Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
25A-190 (42)
Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. Testing or repairs of dampers, smoke hatches, elevator controls, and other peripheral equipment not supplied by fire alarm manufacturer. D. The tester shall be responsible for coordination between the sprinkler and smoke control testers so that water flow, valve tamper, door, damper and fan controls are all tested in a comprehensive manner at the same time. 3.07 TRAINING A. A training session shall be provided by a fully qualified,trained representative of the equipment manufacturer who is thoroughly knowledgeable of the specific installation of the fire alarm system. It should be given to personnel responsible for operating the system and representatives of the local Fire Department. B. Provide a minimum of 8 hours of training. The approved final version of the operation and maintenance manual shall be used during the training. C. Schedule training with Owner with at least 7 days advance notice. - END OF SECTION— 7/5/2013 16725-24 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition These measurements shall be done to certify that all areas conform to the Fire Department sound level requirements for evacuation alarm signals. K. The equipment manufacturer shall have a local branch office staffed with trained, full- time employees who are capable of performing testing, inspection,repair,and maintenance services for the life of the system. 3.06 MAINTENANCE CONTRACT A. The Subcontractor shall provide in writing to the Owner a proposal for an approved Service and Testing Inspection and Maintenance Contract. B. The Maintenance Contract as a minimum shall include: 1. Transmitters shall be tested at least twice yearly. During bi-annual test of each system, at least one alarm initiating circuit shall be tested in each alarm circuit. Submit report of each month's test. 2. Detectors associated with interior fire alarm system shall be tested once every 12 months,with 1/12 (one-twelfth)the number being tested in each monthly test. 3. Self-restoring detectors shall be exposed either to heat or smoke to test ability to initiate alarm. 4. Fusible link detectors shall be unscrewed from holders to test ability to initiate alarm. Every six months, one fusible link shall be exposed to heat to test ability of fusible link to respond to heat. 5. Quarterly test reports shall include the following information: a. Date of test. b. Name and location being tested. C. Number of interior alarm circuits. d. Number of devices tested and type. e. Condition of emergency stand-by power supply. f. Name of company conducting test. g. Name and signature of person conducting test. C. Testing agreement shall not cover: 1. Damage resulting from accidents, fire, storm,water,negligence,misuse, vandalism,nor defective or improper wiring. 2. Testing of waterflow switches on sprinkler system (waterflow switches to be tested by sprinkler company personnel). 3. Testing or repairs of door release mechanisms covered in another section of hardware contract. 7/5/2013 16725-23 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition accepted. A written test log of this complete test shall be submitted prior to acceptance of the system by the Owner. D. Manual and Automatic Fire Alarm Systems 1. Upon completion of system or part as determined by the Owner, satisfactory acceptance test of entire installation shall be made. Test shall include central control station, (i.e.the proprietary protective signaling system), and manual and automatic fire alarm systems. Test(s) shall include but shall not be limited to the following: Manual pull stations,evacuation signals/lights,thermal and/or smoke detectors, automatic door release devices,waterflow and supervisory alarm devices, and elevator capture and recall. E. Test shall meet requirements of the following: L NFPA 72, Chapters 10 and 14: Fire Alarm Systems 2. NFPA 25: Sprinkler Systems F. To assure that wire size,power supply,number of devices on a circuit, etc., are suitable to support 100 percent of devices being in alarm or operated simultaneously,this test shall include the following: 1. Place all sensors and monitor modules in alarm. Each shall display its address and alarm condition. At least the first ten (10)devices on each circuit shall also have their alarm LED's lighted. 2. Operate all control modules for the alarm or operated condition. Each module shall display its address and condition. 3. Reset all alarmed and operated devices. The panel.shall display the address of any off-normal devices. G. Test each sensor for alarm verification by momentarily testing for alarm. The sensor shall not initiate an alarm. Then,test by placing the sensor in alarm such that it remains in alarm for the selected verification time. The sensor shall initiate an alarm. H. Test each sensor for trouble by removing the sensor from its base. The address and trouble condition for each shall be displayed. Insert a different type of sensor into the base. The address and trouble condition shall be displayed. The sensor will return to normal only when the proper sensor type is reinserted in the base. I. Print out the English language descriptor and status of each module in the system. The printout shall also include the date and time. J. Audible sound level measurements shall be conducted throughout the entire building, and all spaces with the evacuation system sounding. Measurements shall be recorded in the following format for each space: "Ambient Sound "Ambient And Evacuation -** "Room/Area" Level db" Sound Level dB" 7/5/2013 16725-22 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. It shall be the responsibility of the representative of the equipment manufacturer to provide the Owner's representatives with maintenance contract proposals of qualified companies who specialize in the maintenance,testing and central station monitoring of fire alarm systems. B. Pre-Testing of Fire Alarm System - Provide the services of an authorized technical representative of the manufacturer of the equipment to supervise the installation, adjustment and all pre-testing of the system required to assure a complete and fully operative facility in accordance with this specification and all local Fire Department Regulations. A signed pre-test report substantiating this shall be submitted by the manufacturer. C. It shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Subcontractor,where equipment or systems added under this Contract are found to be defective or not in accordance with the manufacturer's published data,the specification and/or Contract Drawings,to correct all discrepancies. It shall further be the responsibility of the Electrical Subcontractor to perform all retests and indicate to the Owner,the Fire Department and the Engineer that all systems perform as required by the Contract Drawings and specifications. Retests shall be performed in accordance with the Owner's requirements and at a time which is acceptable to the Owner, and all costs for retesting and operational retesting shall be borne by the Electrical Subcontractor. The Electrical Subcontractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer(7)days in advance of the date when the system will be ready for retesting. 3.04 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. The qualified, factory trained authorized representative of the manufacturer shall provide on-site supervision of the fire alarm system installation. The representative shall certify, in writing,that the system and equipment has been installed, adjusted, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide three(3)copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification before final payment is made. 3.05 FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS A. The Owner shall NOT be responsible for fire alarm system material or equipment prior to final testing and acceptance. B. Before final approval and acceptance by the Owner, fire protection and life safety systems shall be subjected to tests specified in any applicable NFPA Codes and Standards. Tests shall be witnessed by the representative of the Fire Department and by the representatives of the Owner, Owner's Insurance Underwriter and Security Department(if applicable). Conduit,wiring and accessory devices in any portion of new system shall not be covered up or,concealed permanently until they have been tested and approved. At least 7 days notice shall be given to aforementioned representatives before test. C. Test shall comprise activating and verifying the operations of each and every device (input and output) and auxiliary functions.No exceptions to this requirement will be 7/5/2013 16725-21 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. All surface mounted fire alarm devices shall be mounted on backboxes specifically made for the purpose and shall be red in color. Provide all components(i.e. `skirts', etc.) as required for a complete installation. 2. Devices mounted on standard 4" square metal backboxes shall not be allowed. E. Raceways 1. All fire alarm system wiring shall meet the requirements of NEC Article 760 and all National, State and Local Electrical Codes. Conduit sizes shall be determined by the fire alarm equipment manufacturer to support the quantities and types of wiring to be installed. Minimum '/2"conduit. 2. All pull and junction boxes shall be sprayed red and labeled "Fire Alarm". A red stripe,4" wide, shall be painted on all conduit for fire alarm system wiring and/or all junction boxes and conduit fittings shall be painted red. Wiring color code shall be maintained throughout the installation. 3.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. All materials and equipment shall be new and unused and shall meet requirements of the latest Standards of NFPA,UL,NEMA,IPCEA,ANSI and IEEE. Equipment shall have components required or recommended by OSHA,applicable NFPA documents and shall be UL listed and labeled. B. Despite references in the specifications or on the drawings to materials or pieces of equipment by name,make or catalog number, such references shall be interpreted as establishing standards of quality for materials and performance. C. Finish of materials, components and equipment shall not be less than Industry good practice. When material or equipment is visible or subject to corrosive or atmospheric conditions,the finish shall be as approved by the Engineer. D. Provide proper access to material or equipment that requires inspection,replacement, repair or service. If proper access cannot be provided, confer with the Engineer as to the best method of approach to minimize effects of reduced access. E. All work shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be done in accordance with all Local and State Codes. F. The Owner will not be responsible for material, equipment or the installation of same before testing and acceptance. 3.03 COORDINATION OF MAINTENANCE AND PRE-TESTING 7/5/2013 16725-20 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 5. Installation of equipment and devices that pertain to other work in the Contract shall be closely coordinated with the appropriate Contractors. The Electrical Subcontractor shall clean all dirt and debris from the inside and the outside of the fire alarm equipment after completion of the installation. 6. Cover all smoke detection devices with plastic bags immediately after installation to maintain cleanliness. If detectors are contaminated with dirt or dust during the construction period,it shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Subcontractor, at his cost,to clean or replace each device as directed by the Owners representative or the Authority having jurisdiction. 7. All miscellaneous hardware and support accessories, including support rods, nuts, bolts, screws and other such items, shall be furnished as required for proper installation of the system and shall be of a galvanized or cadmium plated finish, or of other approved rust-inhibiting coating. 8. The Electrical Subcontractor shall ensure that all concealed equipment that may require maintenance or access for any reason are made easily accessible. 9. Final location of exterior beacon,master box,Knox box and remote annunciators shall be approved by local fire department prior to rough-in. B. Devices installed in unheated spaces shall be non-addressable type with addressable monitor module to allow connection to addressable fire alarm system, signaling line circuit,whether indicated or not on drawings. 1. Provide non-addressable pull stations and provide an addressable monitor module for the pull stations. The addressable monitor module shall be installed in a heated space. 2. Provide non-addressable heat detectors instead of smoke detectors and provide an addressable monitor module for the heat detector. The addressable monitor module shall be installed in a heated space. C. Wiring I. Wiring Methods a. All wiring between Control Panels,Transponder Cabinets,Terminal Cabinets and Annunciators shall be installed in Conduit. b. All SLC and NAC wiring for devices shall be installed in conduit. C. All wiring between fire alarm transponder panels and remote annunciators shall be two(2) hour fire rated conductors,such as Raychem Cl,to provide survivability. D. Backboxes 7/5/2013 16725-19 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition f) Shielded Construction: Copper/polyester foil tape. g) Unshielded Construction: Polyester separator tape. h) Minimum Voltage Rating to Ground: 72 volts. 6) Manufacturer a) Cl cable shall be as manufactured by Raychem, or equivalent approved equal. B. Raceways 1. Raceways for all fire alarm wiring and peripheral equipment shall be subject to the restrictions of the National Electrical Code. Refer to Specification Section 16100 for additional information. 2.10 KEY REPOSITORY A. Provide a metal key repository at the fire command center location. Keys to the command center, elevators, electric and mechanical rooms and such other keys as required by the Northampton Fire Department shall be provided within the repository. The repository shall have flush hinged door with lock. Lock and key for this repository shall be a Northampton Fire Department type. Each key type shall have its own hook inside the repository and shall have a nameplate above the hook indicating the room or function which the key serves. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Furnish and install the complete fire alarm system in accordance to the drawings, these specifications and all applicable Codes and Ordinances and in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. 2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,all wiring, conduit and outlet boxes required for the erection of a complete system as described herein and as indicated on the drawings. 3. Final connections between the control equipment and wiring system shall be made under direct supervision of a representative of the manufacturer. 4. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for the proper placement of all heat and smoke detectors to ensure proper spacing. Smoke detectors shall be spaces a maximum of 30'-0"on center and no greater than 15'-0"from end walls, doors, etc. ....,, 7/5/2013 16725-18 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a) MC cable shall be as manufactured by AFC Series Fire Alarm Type MC-FPLP Fully Plenum Rated, or equivalent approved equal. 6) Fittings a) Fittings for MC cable shall be suitable for use with the appropriate cable assembly. b) :Fitting shall be as manufactured by AFC or Approved Equal. h. Type Cl Fire Alarm Cable-where UL 2-hour fire rated wiring system is required. 1) Type Cl cable shall be 2-hour fire-rated polymer insulated cables. 2) All Fire Alarm Type Cl cable shall be installed in conduit to provide 2-hour survivability to provide an Electrical Circuit Protective System as defined in the UL Fire Resistive Directory. 3) The"Cl"cable shall be listed in the UL General Information Directory under Power-Limited Fire Alarm Cable(HNIR) and Non-Power Limited Fire Alarm Cable(HNHT). 4) Reference Standards a) Type CI cable shall be in compliance with the latest applicable edition of the following industry standards: (1) National Electrical Code(NEC) (a) NEC 760 (2) Underwriters Laboratory(UL) (a) UL 2196 (b) UL 1424 (c) UL 1425 (d) UL Fire Resistive Directory 5) Construction a) Conductors: Solid or stranded high conductivity copper designed to ensure tensile strength under fire conditions. b) Cable Temperature Rating: 90 degrees Celsius C) Insulation Material: Silicone rubber. d) Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. e) Outer Jacket: Low smoke zero halogen polyolefin. 7/5/2013 16725-17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition f) UL type NPLFP. g) UL 1425. h) ANSI/NFPA 262. g. Type MC-FPLP Fire Alarm Metal Clad Cable—Metal Clad Power Limited Suitable for use in ducts,plenums and other spaces I) Fire Alarm Metal Clad Type MC-FPLP cable may be used in concealed areas if allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. All installations shall comply with Code. 2) Provide all necessary fittings,hangers, and accessories as required. The Fire Alarm Metal Clad Type MC-FPLP shall be prefabricated at the factory and shipped to the site on cable reels. 3) Reference Standards a) MC cable shall be in compliance with the latest applicable edition of the following industry standards: (1) National Electrical Code(NEC) (a) NEC 330 (2) Federal Specification A-A-59544 (3) Underwriters Laboratory(UL) (a) UL 1569 (b) UL 1479 (c) UL 66 (d) UL 83 (e) UL1424 (f) UL 1581 (4) 1,2 and 3 hour Through Penetration Fire Wall Rated (5) NFPA 262 4) Construction a) Conductors (1) Conductors shall be solid copper, soft drawn 98% conductive copper with TFN/THHN, 600 volt MC and 300volt FPLP fully plenum rated insulation. b) Exterior armor (1) The exterior sheath shall be manufactured of galvanized interlocking steel strip with distinct red striping. 5) Manufacturer 7/5/2013 16725-16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C) lacket: Red Fluoropolymer. d) Shield(if required): Overall polyester supported aluminum foil; Stranded tinned-copper drain wire. e) NEC Article 760. f) UL type FPLP. g) UL 1424. h) ANSI/NFPA 262. d. Type NPLF—Non-Power Limited General Purpose. 1) Conductor type NPLF shall meet or exceed the following: a) Conductor: Fully annealed solid bare copper per ASTM 133. b) Insulation: Premium grade color coded,polypropylene. C) Jacket: Red PVC d) Shield(if required): 100% aluminum/polyester,25% overlap; Stranded tinned copper drain wire. e) NEC Article 760. f) UL type NPLF. g) UL 1425. h) UL 1685 Vertical Tray Flame Test. e. Type NPLFR—Non-Power Limited Suitable for floor to floor. 1) Conductor type NPLFR shall meet or exceed the following: a) Conductor: Fully annealed solid bare copper per ASTM 133. b) Insulation: Premium grade color coded, S-R PVC. C) Jacket: Red PVC. d) Shield(if required): Overall polyester supported aluminum foil; Stranded tinned-copper drain wire. e) NEC Article 760. f) UL type NPLFR. g) UL 1425. h) UL 1666 Flame Test. f. Type NPLFP—Non-Power Limited Suitable for use in ducts,plenums and other spaces. 1) Conductor type NPLFP shall meet or exceed the following: a) Conductor: Fully annealed solid bare copper per ASTM 133. b) Insulation: Premium grade color coded,plenum. C) Jacket: Red Fluoropolymer. d) Shield(if required): Overall polyester supported aluminum foil; Stranded tinned-copper drain wire. e) NEC Article 760. 7/5/2013 16725-15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.09 WIRING AND RACEWAYS A. Wiring 1. Refer to Part 3 of thesespecifications for acceptable wiring methods. 2. All fire alarm system wiring shall be new and shall meet the requirements of the NEC Article 760 (ANSI/NFPA 70)and as recommended by the fire alarm system manufacturer. 3. The following cable types shall be utilized: a. Type FPL—Power Limited General Purpose. 1) Conductor type FPL shall meet or exceed the following: a) Conductor: Fully annealed solid bare copper per ASTM B3. b) Insulation:Premium grade color coded,polypropylene. C) Jacket: Red PVC d) Shield(if required): 100% aluminum/polyester,25% overlap; Stranded tinned copper drain wire. e) NEC Article 760. f) UL type FPL. g) UL 1424. h) UL 1685 Vertical Tray Flame Test. b. Type FPLR—Power Limited Suitable for floor to floor. 1) Conductor type FPLR shall meet or exceed the following: a) Conductor: Fully annealed solid bare copper per ASTM B3. b) Insulation: Premium grade color coded, S-R PVC. C) Jacket: Red PVC. d) Shield(if required): Overall polyester supported aluminum foil; Stranded tinned-copper drain wire. e) NEC Article 760. 0 UL type FPLR. g) UL 1424. h) UL 1666 Flame Test. C. Type FPLP—Power Limited Suitable for use in ducts,plenums and other spaces. 1) Conductor type FPLP shall meet or exceed the following: a) Conductor: Fully annealed solid bare copper per ASTM B3. �-■• b) Insulation: Premium grade color coded,plenum. 7/5/2013 16725-14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3) Rooms smaller than 100 sq. ft. 15 4) Rooms from 100 to 400 sq. ft. 75 5) Rooms larger than 400 sq. ft. 110 C. Whether indicated on floor plans or not: Visual strobes located within sleeping areas shall be rated for 110cd if mounted greater than or equal to 24"from the ceiling to the top of the lens or shall be rated 177cd if located less than 24"from the ceiling to the top of the lens. 4. The entire assembly shall meet UL 1480 testing procedures. B. Strobe Unit Only 1. Visual strobes a. Visual strobes shall have an intensity of 15,75,or 110 candela and comply with AD.A Standards. All visual strobes throughout the facility shall be synchronized. b. Visual strobe intensities shall be as follows: 1) Corridors 75 2) Bathrooms 15 3) Rooms smaller than 100 sq. ft. 15 4) Rooms from 100 to 400 sq. ft. 75 5) Rooms larger than 400 sq. ft. 110 C. Whether indicated on floor plans or not: Visual strobes located within sleeping areas shall be rated for 110cd if mounted rg eater than or equal to 24"from the ceiling to the top of the lens or shall be rated 177cd if located less than 24"from the ceiling to the top of the lens. 2. The entire assembly shall.meet UL 1480 testing procedures. C. Rotating Beacons 1. Furnish and install UL listed rotating beacons on the exterior of the building as indicated on the drawings. The unit shall have a red lens and 50 watt lamp. Mounting shall be via V cast pipe mount on a weatherproof base. The entire unit shall be weatherproof. 2. Final location shall be approved by local fire department prior to rough-in. 2.08 REMOTE ALARM INDICATORS A. Provide remote alarm indicators with an LED as shown on the drawings for selected smoke detectors. Device shall be labeled to clearly show which detector it is associated with. LED shall illuminate when the detector is in alarm. 7/5/2013 16725-13 ow Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Heat/rate-of-rise detectors shall be addressable and shall be the fixed temperature/rate-of- rise type. The fixed temperature shall be 135 degrees Fahrenheit unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Detectors shall be automatically restorable. B. Heat/rate-or-rise detectors shall be capable of operating one remote alarm indicator,an auxiliary relay or an audible base. These devices shall be capable of being activated by the associated detector or any other detector as programmed at the control panel. 2.06 MANUAL PULL STATIONS A. Manual pull stations shall be addressable and shall be of the single action type. The device shall be red with the words"FIRE ALARM"in white,raised letters. The station shall mechanically latch upon operation and remain so until manually reset. Only authorized individuals will have the tools/keys to reset the device. 2.07 NOTIFICATION DEVICES A. Combination Horn and Strobe 1. Furnish and install combination audio/ADA visual alarm assemblies,mounted with red impact resistant and flame retardant thermoplastic injection molded frame and ADA compliant strobe lamp. 2. Horns a. Alarm horns shall be polarized and shall be operated by 24 VDC. Each horn assembly shall include separate wire leads for in/out wiring for each leg of the associated signal circuit b. The alarm horns shall be suitable for rear mounting behind the audio-visual assemblies which shall be flush mounted with flush trim ring. C. The lens shall have the word 'FIRE' in on the sides and shall be pyramidal in shape to allow for side viewing. d. Alarm horns in animal holding areas as well as surrounding areas shall have a tone of a suitable frequency that does not disturb laboratory animals. 3. Visual strobes a. Visual strobes shall have an intensity of 15, 75, or 110 candela and comply with ADA Standards. All visual strobes throughout the facility shall be synchronized. b. Visual strobe intensities shall be as follows: 1) Corridors 75 ..,� 2) Bathrooms 15 7/5/2013 16725-12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 6. Should a detectors signal reach a an alarm level,the alarm sequence of events shall be initiated. 7. Smoke detectors shall be capable of operating one remote alarm indicator, an auxiliary relay or an audible base.These devices shall be capable of being activated by the associated detector or any other detector as programmed at the control panel. 8. Where shown on the drawings, smoke detectors shall include a 135 degree Fahrenheit, fixed temperature, self restoring heat sensor. 9. Detectors shall operate properly from+32 to 100 degrees Fahrenheit and from 0 to 93% relative humidity.,non-condensing. B. Duct Smoke Detectors 1. Duct mounted smoke detectors shall be addressable and shall be comprised of a photoelectric smoke detector as specified above mounted within an air duct housing designed for detection of smoke in heating, air conditioning and ventilation (HVAC)ducts in accordance with NFPA 90A. 2. The duct smoke detector housing shall include sampling tubes that extend into and across the duct of the HVAC system. When fans are operating, a continuous cross sectional sampling of air from the duct shall flow through the smoke detector in the housing, after which,the air shall be returned to the duct. 3. Upon alarm actuation of the smoke detector a supervised relay, incorporated into the duct smoke detector shall directly shut down the respective fan. 4. The duct smoke detector shall obtain its operating power from the fire alarm control panel. If the duct smoke detector requires power from an external source, the manufacturer shall inform the Electrical Subcontractor of this requirement and the Electrical Subcontractor shall provide this power from the emergency distribution system at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Each duct smoke detector shall be furnished with a supervised auxiliary relay for use by the ATC system manufacturer for fan shut-down. 6. Each duct smoke detector shall include a remote alarm indicator(LED)with a key switch. This device shall be mounted within proximity of the duct detector and labeled to clearly show which detector it is associated with. The device shall be a key activated device that,when manually operated,will functionally test the detector and force the associated detector into alarm. The system will then activate all functions programmed to follow the detector. The LED shall illuminates when the detector is in alarm. 2.05 HEAT/RATE-OF-RISE DETECTORS 7/5/2013 16725-11 IM Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Control modules shall supervise and control the operation of auxiliary devices. Control modules shall also operate functions such as building fans and dampers, elevator recall,release door hold back devices, as well as any other system control functions indicated on the drawings or mentioned in these specifications. 2. Control modules shall provide 2-pole,2-throw, supervised relay switching that may be used to connect through easily replaceable 2A fuses. 3. Control modules shall communicate the supervised wiring status(normal, trouble)to the fire alarm control panel and will receive a command to transfer the relay from the fire alarm control panel. E. Multi-Voltage Relay 1. The control relay shall be a multi-voltage relay. The voltage of the control coil shall be a selectable input for 120VAC or 24VDC or 12VAC. 2. The output contacts shall be SPDT form C dry contacts rated for 10 amps. 3. The relay shall be a PAM as manufactured by Space Age or Engineer approved equal. 2.04 SMOKE DETECTORS A. Photoelectric Smoke Detector 1. Photoelectric smoke detectors shall be analog addressable and shall utilize a light emitting device and a light sensing device mounted within a smoke chamber. The smoke chamber shall be designed to effectively manage light dissipation and extraneous reflections from dust particles, insects or other airborne contaminants is such a way as to maintain stable, consistent detector operation. 2. The control panel shall be capable of continually analyzing the analog signal from each smoke detector for calibration, sensitivity and address identification. The values from each detector shall be displayed at the control panel upon command. 3. Each smoke detector shall have a unique address. Systems that utilize detector bases, separate from the detectors, shall ensure the bases are interchangeable with other addressable devices. 4. Each smoke detector shall include an LED that shall flash once every 30—60 seconds to indicate that it is operating properly. if the detector goes into alarm, and the alarm is confirmed by the control panel,the LED shall flash continuously until the system is reset at the control panel. 5. Each detectors sensitivity shall be individually adjustable from the control panel. Should a detectors signal reach a predetermined level, and remain there for a predetermined duration, a discrete detector trouble signal shall be annunciated at the control panel, fire command center and remote annunciator. 7/5/2013 16725-10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. System interface modules shall communicate over the same lines as the other addressable devices and shall receive their operating power from a separate source within the fire alarm control panel. B. Communicating Device Module 1. All alarm initiating devices indicated on the electrical drawings shall be addressable. These devices shall report to a communicating device module in the control panel. Each module will communicate with the microprocessor to continually poll the remote devices for normal, abnormal, shorted,and open line conditions. 2. The communicating device module shall continuously interrogate each of the addressable devices on its communications channel for status changes and/or trouble conditions. 3. The system shall communicate with each initiation device individually and each device shall be individually annunciated at the control panel, fire command center and remote annunciator. 4. Each device shall have the capability of being disabled or enabled,individually. 5. The number of addressable devices connected to the communicating device module shall not exceed "75% of its capacity,to allow for future expansion. 6. Each addressable device must be uniquely identified by an address code at time of installation. Verbiage at each alpha-numeric display shall, as a minimum, indicate device type, floor and room number. Room number shall be as designated by the Owner and not necessarily the room number indicated on the drawings. 7. Sensing circuits from the communicating device module shall be "Class A", supervised to provide an indication of sensing circuit faults. Supervision points shall not reduce available: system alarm points. Control points shall be capable of initiating remote alarm signals or systems, and providing a momentary pulse to allow reset of remotely located fire or other types of local controls,by using the manual control feature of the system keyboard. C. Monitor Module 1. Monitor modules shall supervise and monitor the status of non-addressable, normally open, direct contact devices such as sprinkler water flow switches and valve tamper(supervisory) switches. These monitor modules shall communicate the equipment status(normal, alarm,trouble)to the control panel. 2. Monitor modules shall also be used to indicate status of equipment such as, emergency generator, fire pump controllers, and other systems as indicated on the drawings. D. Control Module 7/5/2013 16725-9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. The power supply shall be arranged to allow visual device synchronization throughout the facility. 3. Provide sufficient size and quantity of power supplies to operate all system visual strobes simultaneously,plus 25% spare capacity. 2.02 BATTERIESBATTERY CHARGER A. Batteries 1. Rechargeable, sealed lead-acid batteries shall be provided with reliable and repeatable discharge and recharge characteristics for use in fire alarm systems. 2. Batteries shall be of identical voltage,model number,appearance and approximately the same date of manufacture to allow connections in series to produce a system voltage of 24 volts DC. B. Battery Charger 1. The battery charger shall automatically charge and monitor the condition of the batteries. The charger shall be dual-rate type with a combination high rate/float maintenance rate which is capable of recharging fully discharged batteries to 70% charge within 12 hours. 2. The control panel shall include a voltmeter and ammeter to indicate battery voltage and charging current. 3. The charger shall include a green"Charger On"LED, a yellow Charger Trouble" LED and a red"High Rate LED. The charger shall also include battery voltage test points and a fuse for overcurrent protection. C. The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system upon loss of normal 120 VAC power in a normal supervisory mode for a period of sixty (60)hours with fifteen(15)minutes of alarm operation at the end of this period. The system shall automatically transfer to the standby batteries upon normal power failure. All battery charging and recharging operations shall be automatic. D. Power cable size from the batteries to the control panel and/or fire command center shall be determined by the manufacturer based on power demand and acceptable voltage drop calculations. E. All external circuits requiring system operating power shall be individually fused at the control panel. 2.03 SYSTEM INTERFACE MODULES A. General 7/5/2013 16725-8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. All control equipment shall be listed under UL UOJZ 1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturers listed within this specification have been pre-selected for use on this project.No submittal will be accepted from a manufacturer other than specified. B. To ensure system compatibility, all components of the fire alarm system including control panels, alarm initiating devices, alarm indicating devices,etc. shall be the products of one manufacturer. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Attention is directed to provisions of the General Requirements, Supplementary General Requirements, Division 1 - Warranties and Section 16010—Electrical Special Conditions regarding guarantees and warranties for the work under this Contract. 1.15 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. SimplexGrinnell B. Siemens Building Technologies C. Fire Control Instruments(FCI) D. Edwards System Technology(EST) E. Approved Equal PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER SUPPLIES A. Fire Alarm System Power Supplies 1. Power supplies for the fire alarm system shall consist of full wave,rectified 24 volts DC. Multiple power supplies shall be provided as required to provide 24 volt DC power to all fire alarm system equipment and peripheral equipment connected to the system. 2. The power supply shall receive 120 volt AC power from the building emergency power system and the secondary output of the power supply shall be fused. 3. Power supplies shall be of the dead front construction and housed in a steel enclosure integral to the fire alarm system control panels. Externally mounted power supplies shall not be acceptable. B. Visual Device Power Supplies 1. Power supplies for visual notification devices(ADA strobes) shall provide regulated power for multiple uses. 7/5/2013 16725-7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 12. After the review and comment of the Owner,the shop drawings shall be returned to the manufacturer to be revised and reissued. The manufacturer shall provide a new set of shop drawings reflecting the changes made by the Owner at the initial review. The revised shop drawing shall be used to program the installed fire alarm system. 1.11 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND O &M MANUALS A. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes,in a binder,prior to final payment: I. Final as-built drawings and information for items listed above. 2. Operation and maintenance manuals with the following information: a. Instruction books and/or instruction leaflets b. Recommended renewal parts C. A list of addresses of all peripheral devices connected to the system 3. Wiring diagrams. 4. Certified test reports. 1.12 REFERENCES A. The following list of Reference Standards shall be used in system design, installation, operation and maintenance. The Reference Standards used shall be the latest applicable edition of said Reference Standards unless otherwise approved(NFPA -National Fire Protection Association): 1. Massachusetts Building Code 2. Building Officials Code Association(BOCA) 3. Uniform Building Code(UBC) 4. International Building Code(IBC) 5. Massachusetts Electrical Code 6. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code 7. NFPA 72 -National Fire Alarm Code 8. NFPA 101 —Life Safety Code 9. Underwriters Laboratories(UL) 10. Northampton Fire Department H. International Municipal Signal Association Cable Specifications 12. Approved List of Materials and Methods of Construction for Municipal Fire Alarm 13. Americans with Disability Act B. Each item of the fire alarm system shall be listed as a product of a single fire alarm manufacturer under the appropriate UL category and shall bear the UL label. -� 7/5/2013 16725-6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. A detailed list of each piece of equipment with model numbers and UL listings for each system component. 2. Manufacturer's specification sheets for each item listed above. 3. A description of how the specified system functions. Provide a sequence of operation document indicating `alarm', `trouble' and `supervisory' conditions. 4. Confirmation that the manufacturer's representative will provide jobsite supervision during the installation of the system,will perform the final testing of the system, and instruct the operating personnel on the operation of the system. 5. Stand-by battery calculations. 6. Power supply calculations. 7. Detailed one-line diagrams of the specified system showing all devices and the interconnection wiring,including: a. Conductor sizes and types with cut sheets and information indicating where each type and size is used. b. Conduit sizes and types. '* C. Addresses. d. Candela ratings of visual devices. 9. Floor plans a. Floor plans which indicate the intended use and number of each room b. Location of all alarm, supervisory and trouble initiating devices, including but not limited to pull stations, smoke detectors,monitor and control relay modules, etc. Each device shall include the respective address. C. Location of all visual notification devices with associated address and candela rating. d. Annunciator(s). 10. Shop drawings shall include name(s),license number(s)and expiration date of the license of the Electrical Contractor(s) installing the system. 11. The shop drawings shall be given to the Owner for review and comment, after they have been reviewed by the Engineer. If the address numbers do not appeal to the Owner's requirements,then the Owner shall provide an accurate indication of the numbering system of each device on the shop drawings. The Owner shall also clearly indicate the visual and initiating zones for the building. 7/5/2013 16725-5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Visual Strobes 1. Visual Strobe circuit NAC wiring shall be configured as Class A, Level 1. 2. The system shall be provided with the minimum listed visual strobe circuits as follows: a. One (1) strobe circuits for each floor level. b. Horn circuit and strobe circuit shall be separate set of wires and shall not be allowed to utilize a common cable or set of wires. 1.06 SYSTEM SUPERVISION A. The fire alarm system shall remain in function as presently programmed. Provide re- programming and supervision of system as required for new devices. 1.07 AUTOMATIC SYSTEM OPERATION A. The fire alarm system shall remain in function as presently programmed. Provide re- programming and supervision of system as required for new devices. 1.08 MANUAL SYSTEM OPERATION A. The fire alarm system shall remain in function as presently programmed. Provide re- programming and supervision of system as required for new devices. 1.09 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING A. The fire alarm system shall remain in function as presently programmed. Provide re- programming and supervision of system as required for new devices. 1.10 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with the requirements hereinbefore specified, and with the Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples Division 1 in the manner described therein, modified as noted hereinafter. B. All shop drawings shall have clearly marked the appropriate specification number of drawing designation, for identification of the submittal. C. Disposition of shop drawings shall not relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from the responsibility for deviations from drawing or specifications,unless he has submitted in writing a letter itemizing or calling attention to such deviations at time of submission and secured written approval from the Engineer,nor shall such disposition of shop drawings relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from responsibility for errors in shop drawings or schedules. D. Fire alarm system shop drawings shall contain the following information. Shop drawings that are missing any information described below will not be reviewed: .. 7/5/2013 16725-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. All new equipment shall be UL Listed for its intended purpose and cross-listed for use on the existing system. 2. The installer and manufacturer's warranty shall be for a minimum of one year from the date of final acceptance testing. 3. Provide all connections,programming and testing as required for final acceptance by AHJ. C. The system shall include all necessary hardware, software and peripheral devices to perform the following functions: 1. Fire and smoke detection 2. Audio and visual notification 3. System supervision 4. Trouble indications 5. Control functions, such as: a. Egress door release b. Smoke controls including smoke supply and exhaust fans,stair pressurization fans and associated dampers 6. Status monitoring of non-system equipment,such as: a. Sprinkler/standpipe system 7. Report alarm to municipal fire department 1.05 CIRCUITING CRITERIA A. Signaling Line Circuit 1. Addressable SLC loop wiring shall be configured as Class A,Level 1. 2. Separate addressable signaling line circuit(s)(SLC)for each floor shall terminate on separate communication card in the fire alarm control panel. The system shall be designed with a maximum of 80% of the devices each communication card is capable of supporting. B. Horn Circuits 1. Horn circuit NAC wiring shall be configured as Class A, Level 1. 2. The system shall be provided with the minimum listed horn circuits as follows: a. One (1)horn circuits for each floor level. b. Horn circuit and strobe circuit shall be separate set of wires and shall not be allowed to utilize a common cable or set of wires. 3. Termination at shield on twisted shielded cable shall be verified per manufacturer's recommendation prior to energization of horn circuits to ensure proper grounding and eliminate system-wide noise. 7/5/2013 16725-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16725 FIRE ALARM (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS: As provided under Section 16001 - Electrical Filed Sub-Bid Requirements and supplemented under the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract, and applicable parts of Division 1 - General Requirements. 1. Work of this Filed Sub-Bid Requirements includes all individual specification sections listed in Section 16001. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents and including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements, shall be included in, and made part of,this Section. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. For work to be included as part of this Section,to be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor,refer to the Related Work section of Specification Section 16010. B. Carefully examine all of the Contract Documents, criteria sheets and all other Sections of the specifications for requirements that affect work under this Section,whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. The Electrical Subcontractor bidding the project shall carry all costs to obtain and provide all related equipment,wiring methods and devices required for a complete installation from the Building Fire Alarm Maintenance Contractor. This work shall be part of the bid. If additional equipment or work is required by the Building Fire Alarm Maintenance Contractor that was not part of the original bid,the Engineer shall be notified immediately upon awarding of the bid. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF WORK(MODIFICATIONS TO AN EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM) A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products that match and are compatible with the existing devices and equipment. B. Provide the changes as indicated on the documents to the existing hardwired fire detection, alarm and control system with audible/strobe devices in compliance with all applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 7/5/2013 16725-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16725 FIRE ALARM (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS ...............................................................................................................2 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS ..............................................................................................................2 1.03 RELATED WORK...........................................................................................................................2 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF WORK(MODIFICATIONS TO AN EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM)2 1.05 CIRCUITING CRITERIA................................................................................................................3 1.06 SYSTEM SUPERVISION................................................................................................................4 1.07 AUTOMATIC SYSTEM OPERATION..........................................................................................4 1.08 MANUAL SYSTEM OPERATION.................................................................................................4 1.09 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING ...........................................................................................................4 1.10 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS..................................................................................................4 1.11 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND O & M MANUALS.................................................................6 1.12 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................6 1.13 QUALITY ASSURANCE................................................................................................................7 1.14 WARRANTY ...................................................................................................................................7 1.15 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ............................................................................................7 PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 POWER SUPPLIES..........................................................................................................................7 2.02 BATTERIES/BATTERY CHARGER.............................................................................................8 2.03 SYSTEM INTERFACE MODULES ...............................................................................................8 2.04 SMOKE DETECTORS ..................................................................................................................10 2.05 HEAT/RATE-OF-RISE DETECTORS..........................................................................................11 2.06 MANUAL PULL STATIONS........................................................................................................12 2.07 NOTIFICATION DEVICES ..........................................................................................................12 2.08 REMOTE ALARM INDICATORS ...............................................................................................13 2.09 WIRING AND RACEWAYS.........................................................................................................14 2.10 KEY REPOSITORY.......................................................................................................................18 PART 3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ...........................................................................................................................18 3.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.........................................................................................20 3.03 COORDINATION OF MAINTENANCE AND ...........................................................................20 3.04 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION .....................................................................................21 3.05 FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS.....................................................................................................21 3.06 MAINTENANCE CONTRACT.....................................................................................................23 3.07 TRAINING.....................................................................................................................................24 7/5/2013 16725-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. All testing shall be completed only after all telecommunication outlets have been secured in their final position and are properly labeled per this specification. D. For testing,building must be operational(i.e. building lighting and power must be energized). E. Provide individual binders representing all the Telecommunication Rooms containing documentation and test results for all cables. All binders shall be indexed with tabs denoting Room or area location. Testing and Documentation shall include,but not be limited to: 1. Horizontal Cabling System a. All Horizontal Category 6 link testing shall be performed with a Level III accuracy cable tester updated with the most recent firmware to the latest Category 6 standard update. b. Line map continuity C. Length d. Link Attenuation(Insertion Loss) less than 31.0 dB @ 250 MHz. e. Link NEXT Pr.to Pr. greater than 38.3 dB @ 250 MHz. f. Link NEXT PWR.sum greater than 32.7 dB @ 250 MHz. g. Link ELFEXT Pr. To Pr. greater than 16.2 dB @ 250 MHz. h. Link ELFEXT PWR.sum greater than 13.2 dB @ 250 MHz. i. Link return loss greater than 10.0 dB @ 250 MHz. 3.08 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. The Electrical Contractor will provide a suitable telecommunications ground for equipment as required per ANSI/'TIA/EIA-607 (telecommunications grounding), IEEE Emerald Green book and NEC requirements. B. All cable tray, ladder rack, access floors shall be groundedibonded by the Electrical Contractor. Equipment racks,ARMM cable sheaths at both ends,and cabinets shall be grounded/bonded to the Telecommunications Grounding Busbar(TGB)by the Cabling Contractor. C. Each device to be individually grounded to the telecommunications grounding busbar, provided by others. D. All aforementioned telecommunications devices shall be grounded/bonded to the TGB using stranded 6 AWG bare copper(AWG wire). Coordinate exact grounding locations for each component with the Electrical Drawings and the Electrical Contractor. End Of Section ems• 7/5/2013 16700-11 aw Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Provide labeling as required and to Pioneer Valley Transit Authority standards B. All labels shall be clearly printed on clear or opaque tape and meet the following requirements: 1. The font shall be approximately 1/8" in height, block characters and clearly legible. 2. The text and color shall contrast with the label background(e.g. black on white). 3. Hand written labels are not acceptable. 4. All labeling material shall meet the minimum flame rating requirements. 5. Labeling methods to be approved on-site by owner prior to commencement of labeling. C. Horizontal cables shall be uniquely identified with each cable being labeled. This label must be visible prior to the termination of the cable for verification by the owner. D. Provide nameplates in the face plate and/or patch panels. Patch panel(s)layout per system services shall exhibit all station numbers in sequential order. E. Nameplates shall be securely attached to the equipment. F. All copper, fiber optic cables shall be clearly labeled at both ends. G. Provide warning tags at each location where fiber optic cable is exposed to human intrusion. These tags shall be YELLOW or ORANGE and shall contain the warning: "CAUTION FIBER OPTIC CABLE". The text shall be permanent,black, block characters and be at least 3/16"high. A warning tag shall be permanently affixed to each exposed cable or bundle of cables, at intervals of not more then five feet(5'-0"). Any section of exposed cable that is less than five feet(5'-0")in length shall have at least one warning tag affixed. H. Provide fiber optic warning tags at all fiber optic patch panels. 1. Telecommunication Outlets(TO) 1. Each telecommunication outlet shall be labeled with its own unique identification number. 2. All faceplates must have printed adhesive labels. Hand-written labels are not acceptable. 3. The label format will be provided by Pioneer Valley Transit Authority. At a minimum the contractor shall provide the following labeling format: <Building><Room Number><Jack Number>. 3.07 TESTING, INSPECTION AND CLEANING A. All cables (UTP and fiber) shall be tested as noted below. B. Provide a hard and soft copy of all test results. Hand written test results will not be accepted. 7/5/2013 16700-10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. When stripping cable for termination remove only a minimum amount(i.e., as little as possible) of cable jacket insulation. G. Provide cable slack at each Telecommunications Outlet. Cable slack shall be properly secured to adhere to bend radius requirements and cable support requirements. H. Splices are not permitted for any cabling. I. No horizontal cable run shall exceed 280 feet. (Including Slack) 3.05 CABLE SUPPORTS AND MANAGEMENT A. A. Cabling contractor to review the pathways/sleeves he proposes to use prior to installing any cable. B. Generally, cable pathways are provided by others. The pathways shall be parallel to building lines and shall sweep/turn at 90 degree angles maintaining minimum bend radius for cable and will comply with the guidelines and recommendations outlined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1,B.2,B.3 and ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A. C. Provide cable and supports as required. All cables shall be supported per TIA/EIA Standards. Supporting method must be approved by Pioneer Valley Transit Authority prior to installation. D. Where cable tray, ladder rack and.conduit are not provided for support of the telecommunication cables,provide cable supports at 4 to 5 foot intervals. E. Cable supports shall be mounted independently from the building structure. Cables shall not be supported from the ceiling structure, mechanical, electrical, fire protection or plumbing devices. F. Where metal conduit is provided by others for use by the telecommunications contractor, provide each end of the conduit with plastic grommets for cable sheath protection. G. Provide all strain relief for purpose of maintaining bend radius and providing additional protection/support of exposed cables. H. At all equipment racks,provide Velcro straps at 1 foot intervals for support of cables. 1. Backbone Riser Cable 1. For backbone riser cable, provide vertical and horizontal management and support as required. All riser mounting and support hardware shall be installed on plywood. The vertical ladder rack is not to be used for support of the riser cabling. 3.06 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION 7/5/2013 16700-9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition O. All cabling shall be terminated at both ends and tested according to Section 3 of this document. 3.02 FACEPLATES A. Install all faceplates for telecommunications outlets. B. Coordinate with the Engineer for orientation and color of all faceplates. C. Coordinate with the Electrical Contractor for mounting compatibility. D. Refer to the System Drawings on the Electrical Contract drawings for the exact quantity, configuration and location of the telecommunications outlets. E. Coordinate with General Contractor,Engineer and furniture supplier for devices to hold Faceplates. 3.03 MODULAR INSERTS AND ICONS A. Install all modular inserts and lettered icons for all required outlets. B. Refer to telecommunications details for the orientation of modular inserts within each telecommunications faceplate or patch panel. C. The telecommunications details provide the contractor with a picture legend to accompany the notation and icons representing each telecommunication outlet on the System drawings on the Electrical Contract drawings. 3.04 HORIZONTAL CABLE A. For data provide one (1)horizontal Category 6 cable from each data modular insert within faceplate to its corresponding patch panel B. All four pairs of each horizontal cable shall be terminated at both ends. 1. One end of the horizontal cable shall be terminated in an eight position, eight conductor modular jack at the telecommunication outlet. 2. One end of the horizontal cable shall be terminated in an eight position, eight conductor termination block(IDC). C. Install wire and cable in approved/provided raceways and cable tray as specified and as approved by the authorities that have jurisdiction. D. Cable Pulling: Pulling Tension: Maximum pulling tensions for 4-pair horizontal UTP cable shall not exceed 110N (25 lb/f)or as specified by the manufacturer. E. Maintain cable twist to within '/2" of the main point of Insulation Displacement Contact (IDC)or as specified by the cabling manufacturer. 11%14, 7/5/2013 16700-8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. Telecommunications contractor will furnish and install any sleeves required to penetrate walls to run telecommunications cabling.Fire rated walls shall be firestopped and their fire rating shall be returned to their original rating. Firestopping material shall be installed per manufacturer's and industry standards. H. Refer to system plans on the Electrical Contract Drawings(drawings and specifications) for risers,Horizontal Cable termination closet locations,Equipment Rack elevations, and wallfield elevations. I. Cooperate and coordinate with work of other sections in executing work of this section. J. Perform work so that progress of entire project including work of other sections is not interfered with or delayed. Obtain detailed installation information from all manufacturers of equipment provided under other sections. K. Materials and Workmanship 1. As part of a top notch quality installation, cables must be neatly dressed and combed with exposed cables running parallel to each other within the bundle. Cable bundles shall run parallel to each other. In addition cables shall be wrapped with Velcro every one(1;) foot in exposed areas, including all IDFs,the Computer Room and all Labs. 2. Work shall be executed in workmanlike manner and shall be neat,plum,parallel to the building structure, perpendicular to all electronics and associated cabling and neat in appearance when completed. All work shall adhere to the standards as set forth in this specification. Maintain maximum headroom at all times. Pioneer Valley Transit Authority shall be the sole judge of aforementioned requirements. 3. Material and equipment shall be new and installed according to manufacturer's recommended best practices so that completed installation shall operate safely and efficiently, and be neatly installed. 4. The communications contractor is to be responsible for protecting installed and stored equipment from dust, dirt, damage and debris throughout the life span of the project. L. The cabling contractor owns the greater quantity and better quality where conflicts exist. M. Continuity of Services: Do not interrupt existing services. Existing services shall remain operational at all times. if the existing services need to be disrupted for any reason the contractor shall contact the Owner(representative to be announced at a later date)and schedule the aforementioned shutdown. The contractor shall schedule the shutdown with the Owner 48 hours in advance. N. Any reference to telecommunication outlet shall indicate faceplate,modular insert, termination, cabling,labeling, etc. 7/5/2013 16700-7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Cables shall meet or exceed testing parameters called out in Section 3 of this document. C. Safeguarding of cable is the responsibility of the cabling contractor. Safeguarding of all cable and equipment shall occur up through acceptance of completed installation. The contractor will be responsible to replace any damaged cable at no additional charge. 2.05 CABLE SUPPORTS AND MANAGEMENT A. Cable Support System shall consist of fastener assemblies,J-Hooks, system support bars and tri-hooks manufactured by Ortrocnics.Fastener assembly(clamp or clip),JHook B. Cable Support System shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations and located at four to five-foot intervals such that the cables do not rest on ceiling tile or grid at any point along the distance. C. Cable management straps shall be of the Velcro variety. D. Backbone cable (copper and Fiber) shall be supported using manufacturers recommended methods such as cable clamps,Kellem grips, etc. E. Flexible conduit into furniture shall be Hubbell Polytuff or approved equal. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All devices shall comply with ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-13.1,B.2,B.3. Commercial Buildings Telecommunications Standard. B. In Communication Rooms, all cable to be dressed behind wallfield so no cable runs on or is visible on the plywood wall. C. All telecommunication outlets shall be T568B wiring configuration. D. Coordinate all work with all contract documents including but not limited to: 1. Architectural floor plans and equipment layouts. 2. Electrical contract documents. 3. Pioneer Valley Transit Authority requirements. E. Coordinate all work with all on-site contractors including,but not limited to: 1. General Contractor. 2. Furniture Vendors. 3. Pioneer Valley Transit Authority. 4. Electrical Contractor. F. Refer to Electrical Series contract drawings for pathways including sleeves, slots, conduits, and cable tray to be utilized by this contractor. _ 7/5/2013 16700-6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. All devices shall comply with ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-13.1,B.2, B.3 Commercial Building Telecommunications Standard. B. The wiring configuration for all telecommunications devices shall be T568B. C. All equipment shall be delivered, assembled and installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. All methods of work that are not specifically described or indicated in the contract documents shall be subject to the control and approval of the owner or Owner's representative. Equipment and materials shall be of the quality and manufacture indicated. The equipment specified is based upon the acceptable manufactures listed. D. Where"Approved Equal"is stated, equipment shall be equivalent in every way to that of the equipment specified and subject to written approval from the Owner. E. Manufacturer and part numbers are indicated in this specification to establish quality and performance characteristics of individual products. F. Unless indicated, all products shall be new. 2.02 FACEPLATES A. Faceplates 1. The color of all faceplates shall be coordinated with the Engineer. 2. 4-port Faceplates shall be Ortronics manufactured P/N OR-40300546. 3. 2-port Faceplates shall be Ortronics manufactured P/N OR-40300548. 4. 1-port Faceplates shall be;Ortronics manufactured P/N OR-40300549. 5. Wall Phone Faceplates shall be single gang, one port, 8 position, 8 conductor Category 6 equipped with hanging studs. Wall phone faceplates shall be stainless steel, Ortronics manufactured P/N OR-403STJI 1. 6. Open Office faceplates shall be constructed to fit securely in the opening provided by the workstation manufacturer. Surface mount devices are specifically excluded. 2.03 MODULAR INSERTS AND ICONS A. Modular inserts shall be Ortronics and shall be provided in the following colors: blue for data(Ortronics Id.No.OR-TJ600.-36),white for voice (Ortronics Id.No. OR- TJ600-88). B. Blank modular inserts for standard telecommunications outlet configuration shall be Ortronics. The color shall be coordinated with the Engineer and shall match the color of the faceplates. C. Provide Icons for all modular inserts. 2.04 HORIZONTAL CABLE A. Horizontal cable shall be non plenum rated Category 6,UTP. All Cat 6 UTP cable shall be blue in color. 7/5/2013 16700-5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition manufacturers training programs completed by each, and years of related experience of each. E. Cabling Contractor shall maintain an office or competent technical presence with appropriate testing equipment and replacement parts within 2 hours drive time from this project. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Material and equipment requiring shop drawings submittals shall include,but not be limited to the following: 1. Faceplates. 2. Modular inserts. 3. Horizontal cable. 4. Cable management and support. B. Submittal Requirements 1. Provide product data for all equipment shown on drawings or schedules,prepared by manufacturers, suppliers and vendors. Provide indicating arrow on all product data sheets. 2. Submittals shall contain information specific to systems, equipment and materials required by Contract Documents for this Project only. Do not submit catalogs that describe products, models, options or accessories other than those required, unless irrelevant information is marked out or unless relevant information is highlighted clearly. All part numbers shall be clearly marked with a highlighter or referenced with an arrow. 3. At the completion of the construction,the Telecommunications Contractor shall provide the following to the Owner. a. "As-built"drawings developed from record drawings and design changes of each floor plan documenting the location and labeling of each tele- communication outlet and the approved Owner's labeling scheme. These drawings should be provided in AutoCAD format(electronic media) as well as two complete sets in hardcopy. b. Test results of all the telecommunication systems called out in Part 3 Ex- ecution of this document. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 7/5/2013 16700-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 6. Labeling and Documentation of all cabling and devices. 7. Grounding, Bonding and Electrical Protection 8. Fire seal and fire-stopping. 9. Testing of all cabling and device(s). 10. Shop drawings. 11. Coordination with all disciplines including,but not limited to;Furniture Vendor, Electrical Contractor,Equipment Contractor,Engineer and Architect. E. Work not included: 1. Peripherals connected to the data cabling infrastructure (servers,workstations, printers, etc.) shall be provided by others. 2. Electronic backbone equipment(hubs, switches,routers, etc.) shall be provided by others. 3. All voice equipment connected to telephone cabling infrastructure(phones,faxes PBX) shall be provided by others. 4. All line/equipment cords connecting voice equipment to the telephone cabling infrastructure shall be provided by others. F. Where conflicts exist within the contract documents,the Contractor shall own the greater quantity and quality. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Cabling Contractor shall be thoroughly familiar with the cabling methods set forth in the latest release of the BICSI TDMM's(Building Industry Consulting Services International Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manuals)and unless otherwise specified, shall supervise the installation in accordance with the recommendations and practices outlined in the latest release of the BICSI Telecommunications Cabling Installation Manual. B. Cabling Contractor shall hold Systimax status and therefore be able to provide a twenty (20)year Extended Product Warranty program for the copper and fiber optic Cabling Systems.Pricing shall include a cabling infrastructure warrantee. C. Cabling Contractor shall have at least five (5)years experience installing and servicing Telecommunication systems, and shall provide a list of completed projects equivalent in size and complexity to this project,with contact names and telephone numbers. D. Cabling Contractor shall submit in writing a list of qualified technicians including foreman/general foreman assigned to this project, including relevant 7/5/2013 16700-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 12. ANSI/TIA/EIA-607 Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications. 13. FCC Part 15 (addresses electromagnetic radiation). 14. FCC Part 68 (connection of premise equipment and wiring to the network). 15. ANSFICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association. 16. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM). 17. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers(IEEE). 18. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA). 19. Underwriters Lab(UL). 20. Building Industry Consulting Services International (BICSI). 21. Local Building Codes. 1.03 WORK INCLUDED A. Perform work and provide material and equipment as shown on Drawings and/or as specified and/or indicated in this Specification(s). Completely coordinate work of this Section with work of other trades and provide a complete and fully functional installation. B. Drawings and Specifications form complimentary requirements;provide work specified and not shown, and work shown and not specified as though explicitly required by both. Although work is not specifically shown or specified,provide supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances, devices and materials obviously necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. C. Give notices, file plans,obtain permits and licenses,pay fees and back charges, and obtain necessary approvals from authorities that have jurisdiction as required to perform work in accordance with all legal requirements and with Specifications,Drawings, Addenda and Change Orders, all of which are part of Contract Documents. D. Work shall include,but shall not be limited to,the following: 1. Faceplates. 2. Modular inserts. 3. Horizontal cable. 4. Cable management and support. 5. Nameplates and labeling for all Telecommunications Outlets. 7/5/2013 16700-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS: As provided under Section 16001 -Electrical Filed Sub-Bid Requirements and supplemented under the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract,and applicable parts of Division 1 -General Re- quirements. I. Work of this Filed Sub-Bid Requirements includes all individual specification sections listed in Section 16001. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Section 260510- Electrical Special Conditions,is included as an integral part of this section. B. Materials and equipment shall be manufactured, installed and tested as specified in the latest editions of applicable publications, standards,rulings and determinations of: 1. Owner Telecommunications Standards. 2. ANSI -American National Standards Institute. 3. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronics Industry Alliance. 4. FCC -Federal Communications Commission. 5. NEC -National Electric Code. 6. NFPA 70—National Fire Protection Association. 7. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.1,B.2,B.3, Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard. 8. ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.3-1, Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard Addendum 1 —Additional Transmission Performance Specifications for 50/125 micron Optical Fiber Cables. 9. TIA-492AAAC,Detail Specification for 850-nm Laser Optimized, 50-micron Cladding Diameter Class la Graded-Index Multimode Optical Fibers. 10. ANSI/TIA/EIA-569-A, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. 11. ANSI/TIA/EIA-606The Administration Standards for the Telecommunications Infrastructure of Commercial Building. 7/5/2013 16700-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16700 TELECOMMUNICATION (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) PART 1 -GENERAL Error! Reference source not found....................................................................GENERAL PROVISIONS Error! B 1.02 REFERENCES ..................................................................................................................................1 1.03 WORK INCLUDED..........................................................................................................................2 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS..........................................................................................................................3 1.05 SUBMITTALS ..................................................................................................................................4 PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS.......................................................................................................................4 2.02 FACEPLATES...................................................................................................................................5 2.03 MODULAR INSERTS AND ICONS ...............................................................................................5 2.04 HORIZONTAL CABLE....................................................................................................................5 Error! Reference source not found................................................... Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found..................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found...................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found..................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found..................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found..................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found.................................................. Error! Reference source not found. Error! B 2.05 CABLE SUPPORTS AND MANAGEMENT.................................................................................6 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL........................................................................................................................................6 3.02 FACEPLATES..................................................................................................................................8 3.03 MODULAR INSERTS AND ICONS ..............................................................................................8 3.04 HORIZONTAL CABLE...................................................................................................................8 Error! Reference source not found.................................................. Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found.................................................. Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found..................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found..................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found..................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found..................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B Error! Reference source not found..................................................Error! Reference source not found. Error! B 3.05 CABLE SUPPORTS AND MANAGEMENT.................................................................................9 3.06 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION............................................................................................9 3.07 TESTING, INSPECTION AND CLEANING ...............................................................................10 3.08 GROUNDING AND BONDING ...................................................................................................11 7/5/2013 16700-i Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. The Owner will not be responsible for material, equipment or the installation of same before testing and acceptance. END OF SECTION— 7/5/2013 16500-13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 19. At time of final inspection, all fixtures and equipment shall be fully Tamped, and shall be complete with required lenses or diffusers,reflectors, side panels, louvers or other components necessary. All fingerprints shall be removed from light fixture lens,reflectors, etc. 20. Each lighting fixture shall be packaged with complete instructions and illustrations showing how to install. Install lighting fixtures in strict conformance with manufacturer's recommendation and instructions. 21. Provide fixtures constructed,wired and installed in compliance with the current edition of applicable City, State and National Codes.Provide fixtures conforming to UL Standards,and to provisions of applicable Codes that exceed those Standards. In addition,provide fixtures that conform to additional Regulations necessary to obtain approval for use of specified fixtures in locations shown. Use only electrical components UL listed. 22. Particular attention is called to Article 410 of the NEC. Provide only fixtures that meet these requirements, as interpreted by local agencies. As manufacturers' catalogue numbers may not include thermal protection devices, it is Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the fixture provided with the ceiling construction in accordance with Local Code enforcement practice. 23. Mounting of all lighting fixtures shall conform to seismic requirements. 3.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. All materials and equipment shall be new and unused and shall meet requirements of the latest Standards of NEMA, UL, IPCEA, ANSI and IEEE. Equipment shall have components required or recommended by OSHA,applicable NFPA documents and shall be UL listed and labeled. B. Despite references in the specifications or on the drawings to materials or pieces of equipment by name,make or catalog number, such references shall be interpreted as establishing standards of quality for materials and performance. C. Finish of materials, components and equipment shall not be less than Industry good practice. When material or equipment is visible or subject to corrosive or atmospheric conditions,the finish shall be as approved by the Engineer. D. Provide proper access to material or equipment that requires inspection,replacement, repair or service. If proper access cannot be provided, confer with the Engineer as to the best method of approach to minimize effects of reduced access. E. All work shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be done in accordance with all Local and State Codes. 7/5/2013 16500-12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 8. Do not scale electrical drawings for exact location of the lighting fixtures. Consult the architectural reflected ceiling plans for the proper locations of lighting fixtures. 9. Prior to fabrication and submittal of shop drawings, check for adequate headroom and non-interference with other equipment such as ducts,pipes or openings. 10. Pendant or surface mounted fixtures shall be provided with required mounting devices and accessories,including hickeys, stud extensions,ball aligners, canopies and stems. Locations of fixtures in mechanical areas shall be coordinated with the Mechanical Contractor and his equiment. Mounting stems of pendant fixtures shall be of the correct length to uniformly maintain the fixture heights shown on the drawings. Variation in mounting individual fixtures shall not exceed 1/4 inch. Height shall not vary more than 1/2 inch from the floor mounting height shown on the drawings. Fixtures hung in continuous runs shall be installed absolutely level and in line with each other.Hanging devices shall comply with Code requirements. Use single stem hangers(double stem hangers shall not be acceptable). Threaded rods shall be used to support lighting fixtures in those spaces where no other means of support is attainable, and only if fixtures are installed absolutely level with no looseness for movement, and only if approved by Code. 11. Rigidly align continuous rows of lighting fixtures for true in-line appearance, subject to Engineer's approval. 12. Install pendant lighting fixtures plumb and at a height from the floor as specified or indicated on the drawings. In cases where conditions make this impractical, refer to the Engineer and install as directed. Use ball aligners and canopies on pendant fixtures unless noted otherwise. 13. Do not install fixtures and/or parts such as finishing plates and trims for recessed fixtures until all plastering and painting that may mar fittings finish has been completed. 14. Housings shall be rigidly installed and adjusted to a neat flush fit with the ceiling or other finished mounting surface. 15. The housings of recessed lighting fixtures shall be adequately protected during installation. 16. Install reflector cones,baffles, aperture plates,light controlling element for air handling fixtures, and decorative elements after completion of ceiling tiles, painting and general cleanup. 17. Replace blemished, damaged or unsatisfactory fixtures as directed by the Architect and Engineer. 18. Any lamps,ballasts,reflectors, lens, diffusers, side panels or other parts damaged prior to the final inspection shall be replaced at no expense to the Owner. 7/5/2013 16500-11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain detailed information from manufacturers of equipment provided under Part 2 of this specification as to proper methods of installation. 3. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain final roughing dimensions and other information as needed for complete installation of items furnished under other Sections or furnished by the Owner. 4. The Electrical Subcontractor shall keep fully informed of size, shape and position of openings required for material and equipment provided under this and other Sections. Ensure that openings required for work of this Section are coordinated with work of other Sections. Provide cutting and patching as necessary. 5. All miscellaneous hardware and support accessories,including support rods, nuts, bolts, screws and other such items, shall be of a galvanized or cadmium plated finish or of another approved rust-inhibiting coating. B. Lighting Fixtures 1. Furnish, assemble,hang and connect all lighting fixtures. Lighting fixtures shall be as indicated on the drawings. 2. Install each fixture properly and safely. Provide hangers,rods,mounting brackets, supports, frames,yokes, support bars and any other equipment required for a complete installation. Refer to Section 16050 for Hangers and Supports. 3. Lay-in recessed fixtures in grid type ceilings shall be supported from the underside of roof or floor slab, and utilize single jack chain with attachments to building construction independent of other systemsSingle jack chain shall be trade size#12, steel with minimum 0.106 wire diameter and average tensile strength of 115 lbs. All rectangular and square fixtures shall be supported at each of the(4)four corners of the fixture and at no less than (2)two points on the structural ceiling. All downlight type fixtures shall be supported at(1) one location on the fixture and at(1) one point on the structural ceiling. Hamer wire will not be acceptable. 4. All lighting fixtures shall be supported from the structural slab above and shall not be suspended from ducts,piping,equipment, ceiling support system, etc. 5. Where continuous rows of lighting fixtures are installed(pendant mounted),the Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install appropriate mounting channels to properly align fixtures. Use Kindorf or Unistrut channels. 6. Before ordering fixtures,the Electrical Subcontractor shall verify with the General Contractor the type of ceilings that shall be installed in the various spaces. Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for providing the correct light fixture trim to coordinate with the ceiling type. 7. Coordinate fixture locations and mounting heights with Architectural plans, reflected ceiling plans and other reference data prior to installation. 7/5/2013 16500-10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. All prismatic lens shall be minimum of.12511 thick. C. Make lenses,louvers, or other light diffusing elements contained in frames removable, but positively held within the frames so that hinging or other motion of the frame shall not cause the diffusing element to drop out. D. Provide faceplates on incandescent recessed fixtures which open for access to the interior of the fixture, serve as a ceiling trim, and are positively held to the fixture body by adjustable means that permit the faceplate to be drawn up to the ceiling as tight as necessary to ensure complete contact of faceplate with ceiling surrounding the fixture. E. Refer to architectural plans to match trim styles. Coordinate trim styles with ceiling type. 2.12 EXTERIOR FIXTURES A. Provide fixtures designed and manufactured specifically for outdoor service. Make components,including nuts,bolts,rivets, springs, and similar parts,of materials of effective corrosion resistance, or of materials which have been subjected to finishing treatment which shall ensure such resistance. B. Provide fixtures for use outdoors or in areas designated as damp locations,which are suitably and effectively gasketed to prevent access of moisture into electrical components or enclosing diffusers, lenses or globes. C. Provide metal parts of fixtures for use in outdoor or damp locations that are specified as requiring painting with suitable weather and moisture resisting qualities equal to epoxy- based coatings. D. Provide anodized aluminum for aluminum parts of exterior fixtures that are not specified as requiring a painted finish. 2.13 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Refer to lighting fixture schedule on the drawings. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Unless specifically noted or indicated otherwise, all equipment and material specified in Part 2 of this specification or indicated on the drawings shall be installed under this Contract whether or not specifically itemized herein. This Section covers particular installation methods and requirements peculiar to certain items and classes or material and equipment. 7/5/2013 116500-9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition U. Ballasts shall be marked with manufacturer's name,part number, supply voltage,power factor, open circuit voltage, current draw for each lamp type and UL listing. V. Electronic ballasts operating compact fluorescent twin tube,triple tube or quad tube or T5 compact fluorescent shall be high power factor IC type with integral end-of-lamp-life detection circuitry. W. Ballasts shall be as manufactured by Osram Sylvania, Magnetek,Universal or Advance. 2.09 LAMPHOLDERS A. Provide fluorescent fixture sockets that are white, of heat resistant plastic and rated at 660 watt.Fluorescent lamp sockets operating with an open circuit voltage in excess of 300 volts shall be of the safety type that opens the supply circuit when the lamp is removed from the sockets. B. Rigidly and securely attach lampholding sockets to the fixture enclosure or husk. C. Provide sockets suitable for specified lamps, and set to position the lamps in optically correct spacing and relationship to lenses,reflectors, filters,and baffles. D. Where fluorescent lamps are to be used "bare"without diffusers or lenses,provide at least (2) approved lamp retaining clips per fluorescent lamp for safety, and wire grounds over lamp housing. 2.10 FLUORESCENT LAMPS A. Linear and Biax fluorescent lamps shall have ratings and lamp color as indicated on the lighting fixture schedule. B. Compact fluorescent lamps shall have ratings and lamp color as indicated on the lighting fixture schedule. C. All fluorescent lamps shall have a color temperature of 3,500 degrees Kelvin. D. Linear fluorescent lamps and Biax fluorescent lamps shall have a minimum CRI of 85. Coact fluorescent lamps shall have a minimum color rendition index CRI of 82. E. Each fluorescent lamp shall be suitable and approved to comply with the Federal TCLP for mercury toxicity and shall be classified as non-hazardous waste. In addition, each fluorescent lamp shall comply with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency "Universal Waste Rule"and also state regulations pertaining to the above. F. Lamps shall be as manufactured by Osram Sylvania, General Electric or Phillips Lighting. 2.11 LENSES/FACEPLATES/TRIM A. Where plastic lenses are indicated provide lenses of virgin methyl methacrylate, unless otherwise indicated. 7/5/2013 16500-8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Ballast shall be specifically designed to operate the number and type of lamps for each fixture as indicated on the Lighting Fixture Schedule. D. Ballasts shall operate at an input frequency of 60 Hz and an input voltage of 108 to 132 (120 volt circuit) or 249 to 305 (277 volt circuit)with no damage to the ballast. E. Ballasts shall provide transient immunity as specified by ANSI C62.41, Category A. F. Ballasts shall provide starting sequence consistent with ANSI standard C82.11. G. Ballasts shall operate as a parallel circuit allowing remaining lamp(s)to maintain full light output if one or more lamps fail. H. Ballasts shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage to the ballast. I. Ballasts shall be UL Listed(UL 935) as Class P Thermal Protection, and for use in indoor or Type 1 outdoor applications and shall contain a temperature-sensing device that shall switch the ballast off if excessive internal temperature develops. J. Ballasts shall tolerate operation in ambient temperatures up to 105 degrees F (40 degrees C)without damage. K. Ballasts shall comply with limits of FCC Part 18, Subpart C Limits for Non-Consumer Equipment for EMI and RFI. L. Ballasts shall have Power Factor greater than 0.98. M. Lamp Current Crest Factor(ratio of peak to RMS lamp current)shall be 1.7 or less in accordance with lamp manufacturers recommendation and ANSI C82.11. N. Ballasts shall have a Normal Ballast Factor between 0.85 and 1.00 per ANSI C82.11. O. Ballast Efficacy Factor(relative light output per watt consumed) shall be at least 10% greater than CBM certified electromagnetic ballasted system for the same application. P. Input current Total Harmonic Distortion shall not exceed 10%. Q. Ballasts sound rating shall be Class"A",unless otherwise explicitly noted on the drawings. R. Ballasts shall be fully encapsulated(potted)to ensure maximum thermal and structural integrity and shall contain no PCBs. S. Ballasts shall not be affected by lamp failure and shall deliver normal lamp life. T. Operating temperature shall not exceed 60°C at any point on the case during normal operation. 7/5/2013 16500-7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition I. Ballasts shall be UL Listed (UL 935)as Class P Thermal Protection, and for use in indoor or Type 1 outdoor applications and shall contain a temperature-sensing device that shall switch the ballast off if excessive internal temperature develops. J. Ballasts shall tolerate operation in ambient temperatures up to 105 degrees F(40 degrees C)without damage. K. Ballasts shall comply with limits of FCC Part 18, Subpart C Limits for Non-Consumer Equipment for EMI and RFI. L. Ballasts shall have Power Factor greater than 0.98. M. Lamp Current Crest Factor(ratio of peak to RMS lamp current) shall be 1.7 or less in accordance with lamp manufacturers recommendation and ANSI C82.11. N. Ballasts shall have a Normal Ballast Factor between 0.85 and 1.00 per ANSI C82.11. O. Ballast Efficacy Factor(relative light output per watt consumed) shall be at least 10% greater than CBM certified electromagnetic ballasted system for the same application. P. Input current Total Harmonic Distortion shall not exceed 10%. Q. Ballasts sound rating shall be Class "A",unless otherwise explicitly noted on the drawings. R. Ballasts shall be fully encapsulated(potted)to ensure maximum thermal and structural integrity and shall contain no PCBs. S. Ballasts shall not be affected by lamp failure and shall deliver normal lamp life. T. Operating temperature shall not exceed 60°C at any point on the case during normal operation. U. Ballasts shall be marked with manufacturer's name,part number, supply voltage,power factor, open circuit voltage, current draw for each lamp type and UL listing. V. Electronic ballasts operating T5 or smaller diameter lamps shall be high power factor IC type with integral end-of-lamp-life detection circuitry. W. Ballasts shall be as manufactured by Osram Sylvania,Magnetek,Universal or Advance. 2.08 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS (Compact Fluorescent Type - CFL) A. Fluorescent ballasts shall be electronic type and operate lamps at a frequency above 20k Hz with no visible flicker(<3% flicker index). B. Ballast manufacturer shall have been producing electronic ballasts for at least ten (10) years with a low failure rate. 7/5/2013 16500-6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition N. Ballasts shall have a Normal Ballast Factor between 0.85 and 1.00 per ANSI C82.11. O. Ballast Efficacy Factor(relative light output per watt consumed) shall be at least 10% greater than CBM certified electromagnetic ballasted system for the same application. P. Input current Total Harmonic Distortion shall not exceed 10%. Q. Ballasts sound rating shall be Class "A",unless otherwise explicitly noted on the drawings. R. Ballasts shall be fully encapsulated(potted)to ensure maximum thermal and structural integrity and shall contain no PCBs. S. Ballasts shall not be affected by lamp failure and shall deliver normal lamp life. T. Operating temperature shall not exceed 60°C at any point on the case during normal operation. U. Ballasts shall be marked with manufacturer's name,part number, supply voltage,power factor, open circuit voltage, current draw for each lamp type and UL listing. V. Low-Temperature Fluorescent Ballasts: Comply with the above requirements, except ballast may be Class P electromagnetic type. Starting temperature shall be minus 20 deg F or colder. W. Ballasts shall be as manufactured by Osram Sylvania,Magnetek,Universal or Advance. 2.07 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS (T5) A. Fluorescent ballasts shall be electronic type and operate lamps at a frequency above 20k Hz with no visible flicker(<3% flicker index). B. Ballast manufacturer shall have been producing electronic ballasts for at least ten(10) years with a low failure rate. C. Ballast shall be specifically designed to operate the number and type of lamps for each fixture as indicated on the Lighting Fixture Schedule. D. Ballasts shall operate at an input frequency of 60 Hz and an input voltage of 108 to 132 (120 volt circuit)or 249 to 305 (277 volt circuit)with no damage to the ballast. E. Ballasts shall provide transient immunity as specified by ANSI C62.41, Category A. F. Ballasts shall provide starting sequence consistent with ANSI standard C82.11. G. Ballasts shall operate as a parallel circuit allowing remaining lamp(s)to maintain full light output if one or more lamps fail. H. Ballasts shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage to the ballast. 7/5/2013 16500-5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition box to the light fixture. All light fixture whips shall originate from the junction box, daisy chain connections from light fixture to light fixture will not be allowed per NEC Article 250.118(5)(c)and 348.60 (Exhibit 348.1). B. MC Cable may be used for connecting to lighting fixtures. Maximum length of MC cable whip allowed shall be 5'-0" from the junction box to the light fixture. All light fixture whips shall originate from a junction box daisy chain connections from light fixture to light fixture will not be allowed. C. Install insulated bushings at points of entrance and exit of wiring. 2.06 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS (T8 AND T12) A. Fluorescent ballasts shall be electronic type and operate lamps at a frequency above 20k Hz with no visible flicker(<3% flicker index). B. Ballast manufacturer shall have been producing electronic ballasts for at least ten(10) years with a low failure rate. C. Ballast shall be specifically designed to operate the number and type of lamps for each fixture as indicated on the Lighting Fixture Schedule. D. Ballasts shall operate at an input frequency of 60 Hz and an input voltage of 108 to 132 (120 volt circuit) or 249 to 305 (277 volt circuit)with no damage to the ballast. -A"'k E. Ballasts shall provide transient immunity as specified by ANSI C62.41, Category A. F. Ballasts shall provide starting sequence consistent with ANSI standard C82.11. G. Ballasts shall operate as a parallel circuit allowing remaining lamp(s)to maintain full light output if one or more lamps fail. H. Ballasts shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage to the ballast. I. Ballasts shall be UL Listed(UL 935)as Class P Thermal Protection, and for use in indoor or Type 1 outdoor applications and shall contain a temperature-sensing device that shall switch the ballast off if excessive internal temperature develops. J. Ballasts shall tolerate operation in ambient temperatures up to 105 degrees F (40 degrees C)without damage. K. Ballasts shall comply with limits of FCC Part 18, Subpart C Limits for Non-Consumer Equipment for EMI and RFI. L. Ballasts shall be designated High Power Factor type and shall have a power factor greater than 0.98 for primary lamp. M. Lamp Current Crest Factor(ratio of peak to RMS lamp current) shall be 1.7 or less in 1+, accordance with lamp manufacturers recommendation and ANSI C82.11. 7/5/2013 16500-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.09 COORDINATION A. The work of this Section shall be coordinated with other work of the Contractor. The placement of all access panels shall be coordinated with all other Trades and with the Engineer. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Provide materials,equipment, appurtenances and workmanship for the work of this Section conforming to the highest;commercial Standards as specified and indicated on the drawings.Make fixture parts and components not specifically identified or indicated on the drawings, of materials most appropriate to their use or function, and resistant to corrosion and to thermal and mechanical stresses encountered in the normal application and function of the fixtures. B. Provide recessed fixtures that are constructed to be suitable for and compatible with the ceiling,wall or pavement materials and construction in which they shall be installed. C. All recessed incandescent lighting fixtures shall have thermal protection and shall be identified as thermally protected, as indicated by the NEC Article 410.65(C) and as specified by UL. 2.02 MARKING OF FIXTURES A. Plainly mark fixtures equipped with ballasts for operation of rapid start lamps "Use Rapid Start Lamps Only". Similarly,mark other fixtures according to proper lamp type. Clearly mark ballasts that have multi-level outputs as such, and indicate proper terminals for the various outputs. Provide markings that are clear and readily visible to service personnel, but invisible from normal viewing angles when lamps are in place. 2.03 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Provide fixtures, completely factory assembled,wired, and equipped with necessary sockets,ballasts,wiring, shielding,reflectors, channels, lenses and other parts and appurtenances necessary to complete the fixture installation and deliver to project site ready for installation. 2.04 FINISHES A. The Engineer shall select light fixture finishes and indicate_ the color selections on the shop drawing submittals. 2.05 FIXTURE WIRING A. Flexible metal conduit(Type FMC)may be used for connecting to lighting fixtures. Maximum length of flexible metal conduit(whip)allowed shall be 5'-0" from a junction 7/5/2013 16500-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.07 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with the requirements hereinbefore specified, and with the Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples Division 1 in the manner described therein,modified as noted hereinafter. B. Submit samples of each fixture type under this Section as may be requested by the Engineer for approval. Samples shall be in size and form requested by the Engineer, and reasonable to show characteristics, color and finishes of the materials. C. Submit complete manufacturer's product data of all materials and systems to the Engineer for approval, consisting of complete product description and specifications, complete performance test data,complete preparation and installation instructions, and all other pertinent technical data required for complete product and product use information. D. All shop drawings shall have clearly marked the appropriate specification number or drawing designation for identification of the submittal. E. Disposition of shop drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications unless he has submitted, in writing, a letter itemizing or calling attention to such deviations at time of submission and secured written approval from the Engineer,nor shall such disposition of shop drawings relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors in shop drawings or schedules. F. Shop drawings shall include,but shall not be limited to,the following: 1. Light fixtures a. Indicate on shop drawings,materials,finished,metal gauges, overall and detail dimensions, sizes, electrical and mechanical connections, fasteners,welds,joints, end conditions,provisions for the work of others, and similar information. Include pertinent mounting details including hung ceiling construction. Indicate complete details of the fixture, including manufacturer's catalogue numbers for sockets,ballasts, light shields, switches and type of wiring, and targeting and locking devices for adjustable fixtures. Indicate type and extent of approved inert insulating materials to prevent electrolytic corrosion at junctions of dissimilar metals shall be supplemented by additional drawings if information or descriptions listed above are not included in the cuts. b. Manufacturer's Catalogue Sheets shall indicate input and load electrical characteristics, ambient temperature rating,noise level rating,mounting methods and UL listing for use with required lamp. 2. Ballasts 3. Lamps a. Provide shop drawings for each type of lamp specified. 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS A. No substitutions shall be permitted. The Contractor shall submit one of the fixtures listed for each fixture type as indicated on the lighting fixture schedule. 7/5/2013 16500-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16500 LIGHT FIXTURES (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS: As provided under Section 16001 -Electrical Filed Sub-Bid Requirements and supplemented under the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract, and applicable parts of Division 1 - General Requirements. I. Work of this Filed Sub-Bid Requirements includes all individual specification sections listed in Section 16001. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents and including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements, shall be included in, and made part of,this Section. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Refer to Section 16010. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. For work to be included as part of this Section,to be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor,refer to the Related Work section of Specification Section 16010. B. Carefully examine all of the Contract Documents, criteria sheets and all other Sections of the specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section,whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturers listed within this specification have been pre-selected for use on this project.No submittal will be accepted from a manufacturer other than specified. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Attention is directed to provisions of the General Requirements, Supplementary General Requirements,Division 1 - Warranties and Section 16010—Electrical Special Conditions regarding guarantees and warranties for the work under this Contract. 7/5/2013 16500-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16500 LIGHT FIXTURES (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS ................................................................................................................1 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS ...............................................................................................................1 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK..............................................................................................................1 1.04 RELATED WORK...........................................................................................................................1 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE................................................................................................................1 1.06 WARRANTY ...................................................................................................................................1 1.07 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS..................................................................................................2 1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS............................................................................................................................2 1.09 COORDINATION............................................................................................................................3 PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL........................................................................................................................................3 2.02 MARKING OF FIXTURES.............................................................................................................3 2.03 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION..............................................................................................3 2.04 FINISHES.........................................................................................................................................3 2.05 FIXTURE WIRING..........................................................................................................................3 2.06 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS (T8 AND T12)................................................................................4 2.07 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS (T5).................................................................................................5 2.08 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS (Compact Fluorescent Type-CFL) ...............................................6 2.09 LAMPHOLDERS.............................................................................................................................8 2.10 FLUORESCENT LAMPS................................................................................................................8 2.11 LENSES/FACEPLATES/TRIM.......................................................................................................8 2.12 EXTERIOR FIXTURES...................................................................................................................9 2.13 LIGHTING FIXTURES ...................................................................................................................9 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................................9 3.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.........................................................................................12 7/5/2013 16500-i Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition -END OF SECTION— 7/5/2013 16410-25 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition l. Follow the manufacturer's instructions and the contract documents concerning any short circuit device settings,heater selection,timing relays, or startup of components. 2. Heater installation and overload relay adjustment shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Subcontractor after field installation of the motor control center and verification of all motor full load amperes. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative to assist the Electrical Subcontractor in installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this section for a period of one working days. The manufacturer's representative shall provide technical direction and assistance to the Electrical Subcontractor in general assembly of the equipment, connections and adjustments, and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide three(3)copies of the manufacturer's field start-up report before final payment is made. 3.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide three(3)copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification before final payment is made. 3.08 TRAINING A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide a training session for up to two Owner's representative for one normal workdays at a jobsite location determined by the owner. B. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. The training program shall consist of the instruction on the operation of the assembly, circuit breakers, and major components within the assembly. C. The training program shall include the following: 1. Review of the project one-line drawings and schedules. 2. Review of the factory record shop drawings. 3. Review of all equipment in the electrical distribution system. 4. Discuss the maintenance timetable and procedures to be followed in an ongoing maintenance program. 5. Provide three ring binders to participants complete with copies of drawings and other course material covered. 7/5/2013 16410 -24 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. When appropriate,the short circuit calculations and the clearing times of the phase overcurrent devices will be retrieved from the short-circuit and coordination study model. Alternative methods shall be presented in the proposal. 3. The flash protection boundary and the incident energy shall be calculated at all significant locations in the electrical distribution system (switchboards, switchgear,motor-control centers,panelboards,busway and splitters)where work could be performed on energized parts. 4. The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall include all MV, 575v,&480v locations and significant locations in 240 volt and 208 volt systems fed from transformers equal to or greater than 125 kVA. 5. Safe working distances shall be specified for calculated fault locations based upon the calculated arc flash boundary considering an incident energy of 1.2 cal/cm2. 6. The Arc Flash Hazard analysis shall include calculations for maximum and minimum contributions of fault current magnitude. The minimum calculation shall assume that the utility contribution is at a minimum and shall assume a minimum motor load. Conversely,the maximum calculation shall assume a maximum contribution from the utility and shall assume motors to be operating under full-load conditions. 7. Arc flash computation shall include both line and load side of main breaker calculations,where necessary. 8. Arc Flash calculations shall be based on actual overcurrent protective device clearing time. Maximum clearing time will be capped at 2 seconds based on IEEE 1584-2002 section B.1.2. F. Power Company Approval 1. Where required, copies of the final report shall be submitted to the power company for their review and approval. Approved copies of the report shall be submitted to the Engineer. 3.05 FIELD SETTINGS A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall perform field adjustments of the circuit breakers as required to place the equipment in final operating condition. The settings shall be in accordance with the approved protective device coordination study or as directed by the Engineer. B. For transformers, adjust taps to deliver appropriate voltage and measure primary and secondary voltage to confirm proper setting. C. Field Adjustments for Motor Control Centers/Starters 7/5/2013 16410 -23 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 6. Select each primary protective device required for a delta-wye connected transformer so that its characteristic or operating band is within the transformer characteristics,including a point equal to 58 percent of the ANSI withstand point to provide secondary line-to-ground fault protection. Where the primary device characteristic is not within the transformer characteristics, show a transformer damage curve. Separate transformer primary protective device characteristic curves from associated secondary device characteristics by a 16 percent current margin to provide proper coordination and protection in the event of secondary line-to-line faults. Separate medium-voltage relay characteristic curves from curves for other devices by at least a 0.4-second time margin. 7. Include complete fault calculations as specified herein for each proposed and ultimate source combination.Note that source combinations may include present and future supply circuits, large motors, or generators as noted on Drawing one- lines. 8. Submit qualifications of individual(s)who will perform the work for approval prior to commencement of the studies. Provide studies in conjunction with equipment submittals to verify equipment ratings required. Submit a draft of the study to the Engineer for review prior to delivery of the study to the Owner. Make all additions or changes as required by the reviewer. 9. Include fault contribution of all motors in the study.Notify the Engineer,in writing, of circuit protective devices not properly rated for fault conditions. ,Iwkk 10. Provide settings for the chiller motor starters or obtain from the Mechanical Subcontractor, include in the study package, and comment. H. When an emergency generator is provided, include phase and ground coordination of the generator protective devices. Show the generator decrement curve and damage curve along with the operating characteristic of the protective devices. Obtain the information from the generator manufacturer and include the generator actual impedance value,time constants and current boost data in the study. Do not use typical values for the generator. 12. Evaluate proper operation of the ground relays in 4-wire distributions with more than one main service circuit breaker, or when generators are provided, and discuss the neutral grounds and ground fault current flows during a neutral to ground fault. 13. For motor control circuits, show the MCC full-load current plus symmetrical and asymmetrical of the largest motor starting current and time to ensure protective devices will not trip during major or group start operation. E. Arc Flash Analysis Study 1. The arc flash hazard analysis shall be performed according to the IEEE 1584 equations that are presented in NFPA70E-2012,Annex D. 7/5/2013 16410 -22 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall expedite collection of the data to assure completion of the studies as required for final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings and prior to release of the equipment for manufacture. D. Short Circuit and Coordination Study 1. The short circuit study shall be performed with the aid of a digital computer program and shall be in accordance with the latest applicable IEEE and ANSI standards. 2. In the short circuit study,provide calculation methods and assumptions,the base per unit quantities selected, one-line diagrams, source impedance data including power company system characteristics,typical calculations,tabulations of calculation quantities and results, conclusions,and recommendations. Calculate short circuit interrupting and momentary(when applicable)duties for an assumed 3-phase bolted fault at each supply switchgear lineup,unit substation primary and secondary terminals, low-voltage switchgear lineup, switchboard,motor control center, distribution panelboard,branch circuit panelboards, and all other distribution equipment throughout the system. Provide a ground fault current study for the same system areas,including the associated zero sequence impedance data. Include in tabulations fault impedance,X to R ratios, asymmetry factors, motor contribution, short circuit kVA, and symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents. 3. In the coordination study, provide time-current curves graphically indicating the coordination proposed for the system, centered on conventional, full-size,log-log forms. Include with each curve sheet a complete title and one-line diagram with legend identifying the specific portion of the system covered by that particular curve sheet.Include a detailed description of each protective device identifying its type, function,manufacturer, and time-current characteristics. Tabulate recommended device tap, time dial,pickup,instantaneous, and time delay settings. 4. Include on the curve sheets power company relay and fuse characteristics, system medium-voltage equipment relay and fuse characteristics, low-voltage equipment circuit breaker trip device characteristics,transformer characteristics,motor and generator characteristics,and characteristics of other system load protective devices. Include all devices down to largest branch circuit and largest feeder circuit breaker in each motor control center, and main breaker in branch panelboards. 5. Include all adjustable settings for ground fault protective devices. Include manufacturing tolerance and damage bands in plotted fuse characteristics. Show transformer full load and 150,400, or 600 percent currents,transformer magnetizing inrush, ANSI transformer withstand parameters,and significant symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents. Terminate device characteristic curves at a point reflecting the maximum symmetrical or asymmetrical fault current to which the device is exposed. 7/5/2013 16410 -21 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. The results of the Short Circuit& Coordination Study and Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study shall be summarized in a final report. Six(6)bound copies of the final report shall be submitted to the Engineer. 2. The report shall include the following sections: a. Descriptions,purpose,basis and scope of the study. b. Tabulations of the worst-case calculated short circuit duties as a percentage of the applied device rating(automatic transfer switches, circuit breakers, fuses,etc.);the short circuit duties shall be upward- adjusted for X/R ratios that are above the device design ratings. C. Protective device time versus current coordination curves with associated one line diagram identifying the plotted devices,tabulations of ANSI protective relay functions and adjustable circuit breaker trip unit settings. d. Fault study input data, case descriptions,and current calculations including a definition of terms and guide for interpretation of the computer printout. e. One-line diagram showing protective device ampere ratings and associated designations, cable size&lengths,transformer kVA & voltage ratings,motor& generator kVA ratings, and switchgear/switchboard/panelboard designations. f. Incident energy and flash protection boundary calculations. g. Comments and recommendations for system improvements,where needed. h. Executive Summary including source of information and assumptions made. 3. Arc Flash labels shall be provided in hard copy. The labels shall be 3/5 in. x 5 in. thermal transfer type label of high adhesion polyester for each work location analyzed. a. Labels shall include, at minimum,the location designation,nominal voltage, flash protection boundary,hazard risk category, incident energy, working distance, and report number and issue date. C. Data Collection for the Study 1. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide the required data for preparation of the studies. The Engineer performing the short circuit& coordination and arc flash hazard analysis studies shall furnish the Electrical Subcontractor with a listing of the required data immediately after award of the contract. 7/5/2013 16410 -20 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.04 SHORT CIRCUIT& COORDINATION STUDY AND ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS A. General 1. Provide a Short Circuit& Coordination Study and Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study. These studies shall be performed by the distribution equipment manufacturer or a firm engaged by the distribution equipment manufacturer and the Arc Flash Analysis shall be per NFPA 70E,Article 130.3,Annex D. 2. The studies shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to receiving final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings and prior to release of equipment for manufacture. If formal completion of the studies may cause delay in equipment manufacture,approval from the Engineer may be obtained for a preliminary submittal of sufficient study data to ensure that the selection of device ratings and characteristics will be satisfactory. 3. The studies shall include all portions of the electrical distribution system from the normal power incoming secondary source or sources,[the emergency standby source or sources,down to and including all panels and distribution equipment in the distribution system.Normal system connections and those which result in maximum fault conditions shall be adequately covered in the study. The study shall also include variable frequency drives,harmonic filters,power factor correction equipment,transformers and protective devices associated with variable frequency drives, emergency and standby generators associated paralleling equipment and distribution switchgear where applicable. 4. The firm should be currently involved in high and low voltage power system evaluation. The study shall be performed, stamped and signed by a registered professional engineer in the State of Massachusetts Credentials of the individual(s)performing the study and background of the firm shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval prior to start of the work. A minimum of five(5) years experience in power system analysis is required for the individual in charge of the project. 5. The firm performing the study shall demonstrate capability and experience to provide assistance during, start up as required. 6. The power system studies are required to confirm the adequacy of the ratings of all electrical system components and proper coordination settings of all circuit breakers to the satisfaction of the Electrical Engineer. These studies shall not be used as a basis to compromise the electrical system and do not imply that short circuit ratings of distribution equipment and devices may be lower than those indicated on the drawings or specified herein. 7. The switchgear equipment manufacturer shall carry in his bid to the Electrical Subcontractor, a sufficient allowance to provide modifications to the equipment, if necessary,based on the results of the studies identified herein. B. Study Report 7/5/2013 16410-19 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition installed on non-metallic, vibration isolating pads meeting seismic requirements and selected for at least 0.2"deflection. Panelboards shall not be mounted on wall above transformers. b. Trapeze mounted transformers shall be supported with threaded rods and channel and shall be isolated with hanger isolators meeting seismic requirements and suitable for the weight and size of the transformer. 3.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. All materials and equipment shall be new and unused and shall meet requirements of the latest Standards of NEMA,UL, IPCEA,ANSI and IEEE. Equipment shall have components required or recommended by OSHA, applicable NFPA documents and shall be UL listed and labeled. B. Despite references in the specifications or on the drawings to materials or pieces of equipment by name,make or catalog number, such references shall be interpreted as establishing standards of quality for materials and performance. C. Finish of materials, components and equipment shall not be less than Industry good practice. When material or equipment is visible or subject to corrosive or atmospheric conditions,the finish shall be as approved by the Engineer. D. Provide proper access to material or equipment that requires inspection, replacement, repair or service. If proper access cannot be provided, confer with the Engineer as to the best method of approach to minimize effects of reduced access. E. All work shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be done in accordance with all Local and State Codes. F. The Owner will not be responsible for material, equipment or the installation of same before testing and acceptance. 3.03 PHYSICAL SEPARATION OF NORMAL AND EMERGENCY SYSTEMS A. Massachusetts State Electrical Code requires all emergency system generation and distribution equipment be installed within dedicated 2-hour fire rated rooms, closets or shafts. All equipment, conduit,piping, ductwork, etc., alien to the emergency system shall not be located within these rooms, closets, or shafts except the equipment that serves these rooms,closets or shafts. B. All portions of the emergency system, such as feeders, located outside of emergency electric rooms, closets or shafts shall be installed in a 2-hour fire rated enclosure. The method of achieving this fire rating; either with UL listed 2-hour fire rated MI cable or 2- hour fire rated enclosures shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor. C. The emergency system and the legally required standby system of the essential electrical system shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring, devices and equipment, and shall not enter the same raceways,boxes or cabinets with each other or other wiring, -- except in transfer switches. 7/5/2013 16410-18 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 5. Equipment mounted on sheetrock and studded walls shall not be attached directly to the sheetrock wall.Provide V2"fire-resistant plywood attached to wall studs or provide metal channel attached to wall studs for mounting of equipment. 6. All electrical equipment shall be installed such that the handle of the highest circuit breaker does not exceed 6'-6"above finished floor. 7. The location of all electrical distribution equipment installed in mechanical or plumbing equipment rooms shall be coordinated with the respective Subcontractor. 8. The equipment shall be installed and checked in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations prior to first energization. This shall include but not limited to: a. Checking to ensure that the pad location is level to within .125 inches. b. Checking to ensure that all bus bars are torqued to the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Assemble all shipping sections,remove all shipping braces and connect all shipping split mechanical and electrical connections. d. Secure assemblies to foundation or floor channels. e. Measure and record megger readings phase-to-phase,phase-to-ground, and neutral-to-ground(four-wire systems only). f. Inspect and install all circuit breakers,components,etc. in their proper compartments. 9. Identification shall be provided for all electrical distribution equipment. The electrical system identification shall clearly describe the equipment connected. Method of identification shall be by laminated nameplate made of bakelite or similar material with engraved letters at least 1/4" high and securely attached to the equipment with galvanized screws. Adhesives or cements shall not be used. A list of nameplates shall be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to fabrication. 10. Control wiring shall be provided as required. Interface all local and remote control wiring and operational systems for each load. 11. Recessed and surface mounted equipment shall be mounted on walls with studs and cross-bracing, as required to assure sufficient strength so as to restrict any movement of the equipment. 12. Dry Type Transformers a. Floor mounted transformers shall be mounted a minimum of 6" from walls with proper clearance in front.Floor mounted transformers shall be 7/5/2013 16410 -17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. Finish 1. Enclosures shall be finished with ANSI 61 color weather-resistant enamel. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General I. Unless specifically noted or indicated otherwise, all equipment and material specified in Part 2 of this specification or indicated on the drawings shall be installed under this Contract whether or not specifically itemized herein. This Section covers particular installation methods and requirements peculiar to certain items and classes or material and equipment. 2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain detailed information from manufacturers of equipment provided under Part 2 of this specification as to proper methods of installation. 3. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain final roughing dimensions and other information as needed for complete installation of items furnished under other Sections or furnished by the Owner. 4. The Electrical Subcontractor shall keep fully informed of size, shape and position of openings required for material and equipment provided under this and other Sections. Ensure that openings required for work of this Section are coordinated with work of other Sections. Provide cutting and patching as necessary. 5. All miscellaneous hardware and support accessories, including support rods, nuts,bolts, screws and other such items, shall be of a galvanized or cadmium plated finish or of another approved rust-inhibiting coating. B. Electrical Distribution Equipment 1. The Electrical Subcontractor shall install the low voltage distribution equipment per the manufacturers recommendations and the Contract Drawings. 2. The installation of all equipment, including working space requirements, shall conform to all NEC and local codes. 3. All necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor. 4. The Electrical Subcontractor shall ensure that no piping,ductwork or other equipment foreign to the electrical trade passes through the area extending from the floor to the structural ceiling with the width and depth equal to that of the electrical distribution equipment plus 6" on either side of panel. 100%� 7/5/2013 16410-16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Core and Coil Assemblies 1. Transformer core shall be constructed with high-grade,nonaging,grain-oriented silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point. The transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10% above the highest tap voltage. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and compressed. 2. Coils shall be wound of electrical grade copper or aluminum with continuous wound construction. 3. The core and coil assembly shall be completely encapsulated in a proportioned mixture of resin and aggregate to provide a moistureproof, shock-resistant seal. The core and coil encapsulation system shall minimize the sound level. Taps shall be two steps below nominal voltage in 5% increments. 4. The core and coil assembly shall be impregnated with non-hydroscopic, thermosetting varnish and cured to reduce hot spots and seal out moisture. The assembly shall be installed on vibration-absorbing pads and securely bolted to the base to minimize sound transmission. Taps shall be two steps above and 4 steps below nominal voltage in 2.5% increments. 5. Transformers 112.5 kVA and above shall have impedance levels of 5% or higher. If the transformer impedance levels are below 5%, it shall be the Electrical Subcontractor's responsibility to adjust the short circuit ratings of all panelboards downstream of the transformer to a rating higher than the maximum theoretical let-thru current of the proposed transformer. D. Wiring/Terminations 1. Recommended external cable shall be rated 90 degrees C for encapsulated and 75 degrees C for ventilated designs. Connectors should be selected on the basis of the type and cable size used to wire the specific transformer. E. Enclosure 1. The enclosure shall be made of heavy-gauge steel.All transformers shall be equipped with a wiring compartment suitable for conduit entry and large enough to allow convenient wiring. The maximum temperature of the enclosure shall not exceed 90 degrees C. The core of the transformer shall be grounded to the enclosure. 2. On units rated 15 kVA and below the enclosure construction shall be totally enclosed,non-ventilated,NEMA 3R,with lifting eyes. 3. On units rated 30 kVA and above the enclosure construction shall be ventilated, NEMA 2, drip-proof,with lifting holes. All ventilation openings shall be protected against falling dirt. 7/5/2013 16410-15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. All switches shall have defeatable door interlocks that prevent the door from opening when the operating handle is in the "ON"position. G. Switches shall have line terminal shields. H. Where safety switches are installed between variable speed drives and their associated motor, an interlock switch shall be provided on the safety switches and 2#14-1/2"C shall run from the interlock switch to the associated variable speed drive to turn off the drive while the safety switches is in the off position I. All two speed motors shall be provided with 6-pole motor safety switches. J. All motors/pumps/air handling units shall be provided with proper size/rating disconnect switch whether indicated on drawings or not to comply with NEC. Install and connect disconnect switches furnished by other Trades. 2.05 TRANSFORMERS -DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION A. Ratings 1. kVA and voltage ratings shall be as shown on the drawings. 2. Transformers shall be designed for continuous operation at rated kVA, for 24 hours a day, 365 days a year operation,with normal life expectancy as defined in ANSI C57.96. ` 3. Transformer sound levels shall not exceed 55 dB (Following ANSI and NEMA levels for self-cooled ratings) 4. Transformer shall exceed the minimum efficiencies as required by TP-1, 1996. B. Insulation Systems 1. Transformers shall be insulated as follows: a. 2 kVA and below: 150 degrees C insulation system based upon 80 degree C rise. b. 3 to 15 kVA: 185 degrees C insulation system based upon 115 degree C rise. C. 15 kVA and above: 220 degrees C insulation system based upon 150 degree C rise. 2. Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40 degrees C maximum ambient with a 30 degrees C average ambient over 24 hours. 3. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635. 7/5/2013 16410-14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Switches shall have a red handle that is easily padlockable with three 3/8" shank locks in the"OFF"position. 3. Switches shall have defeatable door interlocks that prevent the door from opening when the handle is in the"ON"position. Defeater mechanism shall be front accessible. 4. Switch assembly and operating handle shall be an integral part of the enclosure base. 5. Switches rated 30 amps to 600 amps shall have reinforced fuse clips. 6. Switch blades shall be readily visible in the "OFF"and "ON"position. 7. Switch mechanism shall be non-teasable,positive quick-make/quick-break type. Bail type mechanisms are:not acceptable. 8. Fusible switches shall be suitable for service entrance. 9. Switches shall have line side shields. 10. Suitable for systems capable or 200kA at 480V with Class J,L, R,or T fusing as applicable. 11. Embossed or engraved ON-OFF shall be provided. 12. Double-make/double-break switch blade feature shall be provided. 13. Renewal parts shall be shown on the inside of the door. D. Enclosures 1. Types a. NEMA 1 General Purpose. b. NEMA 3R Raintght. C. NEMA 4 Watertight Stainless Steel. d. NEMA 12 Dust-tight and Oil-tight Special Industry. 2. All interior safety switches shall have NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures. All exterior safety switches shall have NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures unless otherwise noted. 3. Paint color shall be ANSI 61 gray. E. All switches shall be UL-98 listed and meet NEMA Specifications KS-1. 7/5/2013 16410-13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition upstream feeder breaker or main circuit breaker,and designation of upstream panel or other device similar to: PANEL L42 100 AMPERE, 480/277 VOLT, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE FED FROM PANEL D42 2. Where panel is fed directly from an upstream transformer,nameplate shall be similar to: PANEL D22 800 AMPERE, 208/120 VOLT, 3 PHASE,4 WIRE, FED FROM PANEL D42 VIA 225 kVA TRANSFORMER 3. Nameplates shall be laminated plastic,black characters on white background, and secured with screws. Characters shall be 3/16 inch high,minimum. 4. Panelboards shall be provided with typewritten directories with plastic protector indicating circuit numbers, equipment served and room number of the area served. All room numbers used for directory cards shall be the room numbers assigned by the Owner and not necessarily room numbers indicated on the drawings. Coordinate all room numbers with Engineer prior to final printing of directory cards. Directory cards shall be edited and maintained during the course of construction to keep an accurate, up to date record of each feeder or branch circuit. H. Finish 1. Surfaces of the trim assembly shall be properly cleaned,primed, and a finish coat of gray ANSI 49 or 61 paint applied. 2.04 SAFETY SWITCHES A. All safety switches shall be Heavy Duty type. General Duty type switches shall NOT be allowed. B. Provide disconnect switches as shown on drawings,with the following ratings: 1. 30 to 1,200 Amperes. 2. 250 Volts AC,DC; 600 Volts AC. 3. 2-poles and 3-poles plus S/N. 4. Fusible and Non-Fusible. 5. Mechanical lugs suitable for aluminum or copper conductors. C. Construction l. Switch blades and jaws shall be visible and plated copper. 7/5/2013 16410 -12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. The circuit breakers feeding the listed loads below shall be provided with padlockable handle locks. The padlockable handles shall be capable of being locked in the "ON" and"OFF"positions and shall be secured with a screw. The loads are as follows: a. Fire Alarm b. Exit Signs C. Emergency Lights d. Energy Management systems e. Lighting Control Systems f. Dishwasher g. Garbage Disposal h. Microwave i. Stove and/or Range j. Trash Compactor k. CO Detectors F. Enclosure 1. Enclosures shall be at least 20 inches wide and 5 3/4 inches deep made from galvanized steel.Provide minimum gutter space in accordance with the National Electric Code. Where feeder cables supplying the mains of a panel are carried through its box to supply other electrical equipment, an auxiliary gutter shall be provided, sized to include;the additional required wiring space. At least four interior mounting studs with adjustable nuts shall be provided. 2. Enclosures shall be provided with removable blank ends. 3. Panelboards shall have NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless otherwise noted. a. Enclosure types: 1) NEMA 1 surface or flush-mounted general purpose enclosures primarily intended for indoor use. G. Nameplates Ow 1. Each panel shall have an engraved nameplate for each section. Engraved nameplate shall include panel designation,voltage,phase,ampere rating of 7/5/2013 16410 -11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition handle position. Contacts shall be nonwelding silver alloy, and arc extinction shall be accomplished by means of DE-ION arc chutes. 3. Circuit breakers 600 ampere frame and below shall be of the thermal-magnetic type with inverse time-current characteristics or shall be of the solid state type. 4. Circuit breakers over 600 ampere frame shall be microprocessor-based with true RMS sensing trip units. a. Each molded case circuit breaker microprocessor-based tripping system shall consist of three current sensors, a microprocessor, and a flux- transfer shunt trip. True RMS sensing circuit protection shall be achieved by analyzing the secondary current signals received from the circuit breaker current sensors and initiating trip signals to the circuit breaker trip actuators when predetermined trip levels and time delay settings are reached. b. Interchangeable rating plugs shall establish the continuous trip ratings of each circuit breaker. Rating plugs shall be interlocked so they are not interchangeable between frames, and interlocked such that a breaker cannot be closed and latched with the rating plug removed. C. The microprocessor-based trip system shall have thermal memory capabilities to prevent the breaker from being reset following an overload condition until after a preset time delay. d. Molded Case Circuit Breaker Trip Units 1) System coordination shall be provided by the following microprocessor-based time-current curve shaping adjustments: a) Adjustable long time pick-up and delay b) Adjustable short time pick-up and delay,with selective curve shaping C) Adjustable instantaneous pick-up E. Branch Circuit Panelboards 1. Bolt-in type,heavy-duty, quick-make, quick-break, single- and multi-pole circuit breakers of the types specified herein, shall be provided for each circuit with toggle handles that indicate when unit has tripped. 2. Circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic type with common type handle for all multiple pole circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall be minimum 100 ampere frame and through 100 ampere trip sizes shall take up the same pole spacing. 20 ampere, single pole circuit breakers shall be UL listed as type SWD for lighting circuits. .•,R 7/5/2013 16410 -10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition handles. The outer door shall be the entire trim with a piano hinge to expose wiring gutters. Inner door in panelboard trim shall not uncover any live parts. Inner doors shall have a semiflush cylinder lock and catch assembly. Doors over 48 inches in height shall have auxiliary fasteners. Switching device handles in distribution panelboards shall be accessible. 4. Surface trims shall be same height and width as box. Flush trims shall overlap the box by 3/4 of an inch on all sides. 5. Where double tub panels are indicated on the drawings,each tub shall contain the same number of breakers and spaces. Box and trim sizes shall be identical. 6. Where auxiliary gutters are indicated for feed through lugs, a separate gutter shall be attached to the panelboard, sized as required based on conductor size,with an individual cover. 7. A directory card with a clear plastic cover shall be supplied and mounted on the inside of each door. 8. All locks shall be keyed alike. C. Bus 1. Main bus bars shall copper sized in accordance with UL standards to limit temperature rise on any current carrying part to a maximum of 65 degrees C above an ambient of 40 degrees C maximum. 2. A bolted ground bus shall be included in all panels. 3. In addition to the bolted ground bus,an isolated ground bus shall be included in panels as indicated on the drawings. 4. Bus bar taps for panels with single pole branches shall be arranged for sequence phasing of the branch circuit devices. 5. Neutral Bus a. Full-size insulated neutral bars shall be included for panelboards shown with neutral. b. Neutral busing shall have a suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring a neutral connection. D. Power Distribution Panelboards, Circuit Breaker Type 1. Molded case circuit breakers shall provide circuit overcurrent protection with inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics. 2. Circuit breakers shall be operated by a toggle-type handle and shall have a quick-make,quick-break over-center switching mechanism that is mechanically trip-free. Automatic tripping of the breaker shall be clearly indicated by the 7/5/2013 16410 -9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition operating mechanism, silver contacts,and pressure type terminal contacts. The operating handle shall indicate whether unit is"ON", "OFF"or"TRIPPED". Heaters shall be installed without removing the starter from the housing or disturbing the wiring. All heaters shall be sized per the horsepower of the motor code letter. Coordinate with HVAC and Plumbing Trades. 3. The enclosure shall be general purpose NEMA 1 or other as identified on the drawings. 2.03 PANELBOARDS -BRANCH CIRCUIT AND DISTRIBUTION(100A— 1,200A) A. Ratings 1. 240 Volt Class Panels: a. 10 kAIC where shown fed via 150 kVA transformer and less b. 22 kAIC where shown fed via 225 and 300 kVA transformer C. 42 kAIC where shown fed via 500 kVA transformer 2. 480 Volt Class Panels: a. 14 kAIC where shown fed via 500 kVA transformers or less b. 30 kAIC where shown fed via 750 or 1,000 kVA transformers C. 42 kAIC where shown fed via 1,500 kVA transformers d. 50 kAIC where shown fed via 2,000 kVA transformers e. 65 kAIC where shown fed via 2,500 kVA transformers 3. All panelboards shall be UL listed and labeled. Panelboards shall have rating not less than the short circuit ratings available from the power sources. 4. Panelboards shall be fully rated for short circuit ratings indicated above. Series ratings of Panelboards will not be acceptable. B. Construction 1. Interiors shall be completely factory assembled with bolt-on devices. They shall be designed such that switching and protective devices can be replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors. 2. All spaces indicated in distribution panels shall be provide with connector kits to allow installation of future circuit breakers. Where no spaces are indicated on the drawings, a minimum of(4) 3-pole spaces shall be provided. 3. Trims for distribution,lighting and appliance panelboards shall be supplied with a door-in-door trim. The inner door shall be a hinged door over all circuit breaker 7/5/2013 16410 -8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition d. Phase loss protection. The relay shall trip in 2 seconds or less under phase loss condition when applied to a fully loaded motor. e. Visible trip indication. £ (1)NO and(1)NC isolated auxiliary contact. g. Test button that operates the normally closed contact. h. Test rip function that trips both the NO and NC contacts. i. A current adjustment range of 3.2:1 or greater. j. Ambient temperature compensated. k. Ground fault protection. Relay shall trip at 50% of full load ampere setting. 1. Jam/Stall protection. Relay shall trip at 400% of full load ampere setting, after inrush. 6. Each starter shall be equipped with the following: a. A primary and secondary fused control power transformer sized 50 VA above the minimum rating. b. Two LED indicating lights, "RED" for run; "GREEN"for stop. C. A mechanical H-O-A selector switch. Electronic or touch pad type H-O- A switches will not be acceptable. d. Device panel with space to accommodate five(5)oil-tight,pilot-control devices or indicating ammeters,voltmeters, or elapsed time meters. 7. Time delay relays shall be provided as follows: a. All motors 15 HP and above to delay starting of motor upon energization. b. All two-speed motors for delay between "high" and "low" speeds to allow coastdown of motor. C. All reversing starters between forward and reverse and between reverse and forward to allow motor to stop. d. All timers shall be adjustable between 1 and 60 seconds continuous. Final adjustment shall be made by the Electrical Subcontractor to coordinate with system conditions. List of settings shall be provided to the Owner and Electrical Engineer for review. C. Manual Starters (Thermal Overload Switch) 1. The manual starter(thermal overload switch) shall be toggle-operated and shall be rated IHP equal to Eaton Cutler-Hammer Type MS. 2. Manual starters shall be provided with thermal overload protection. Motor overload protection shall be provided by means of a bimetallic type thermal relay in combination with interchangeable heaters Starter shall have quick-break 7/5/2013 16410 -7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. All magnetic motor starters shall be sized by the equipment manufacturer based on the motor horsepower size indicated on the accepted mechanical equipment shop drawings(also refer to nameplate rating of motors). B. Magnetic Motor Starters 1. All 480 volt starters minimum sizes shall be as follows: a. Less than 1/2 HP: NEMA Size 0 b. 1/2 to 10 HP: NEMA Size 1 C. 15 to 25 HP: NEMA Size 2 d. 30 to 50 HP: NEMA Size 3 e. 60 to 100 HP: NEMA Size 4 -Reduced Voltage f. 125 to 200 HP: NEMA Size 5 - Reduced Voltage 2. All 208 volt starters minimum sizes shall be as follows: a. Less than 1/2 HP: NEMA Size 0 b. 1/2 to 7'/z HP: NEMA Size 1 C. 10 HP: NEMA Size 2 d. 15 to 25 HP: NEMA Size 3 e. 30 to 40 HP: NEMA Size 4 -Reduced Voltage f. 50 to 75 HP:: NEMA Size 5 -Reduced Voltage g. 100 HP: NEMA Size 6 -Reduced Voltage 3. Magnetic starters shall be electrically operated, electrically held,three pole assemblies with arc extinguishing characteristics and shall be equipped with double-break silver alloy contacts. The starter shall have straight-through wiring. Each starter shall have provisions for a total of five normally open or five normally closed auxiliary contacts wired to a terminal block with two(2) normally open and two (2)normally closed unused spare auxiliary contacts. 4. Coils shall be of molded construction, color-coded and permanently marked with voltage, frequency and part number. 5. The overload shall be of the solid-state type. The overload relay shall provide high accuracy through the use of state-of-the-art microelectronic packaging technology. The relay shall be suitable for application with NEMA size 1 through Size 7 motor starters. The overload relay shall be of modular in design,be an integral part of a family of relays to provide a choice of levels of protection,be designed to directly replace existing electromechanical overload relays, and be listed under UL Standard 508. The overload shall have the following features: a. Be self-powered. b. Class 10 or 20 tripping characteristics. C. Manual or automatic reset. ...� 7/5/2013 16410 -6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Fuses for equipment other than motor loads shall be general purpose 1-time Class K1. 3. Medium voltage fuses for primary protection for transformers shall be as specified in switchgear specifications. 4. Control power transformers for motor controller circuits shall be as recommended by motor starter and motor control center manufacturer. 5. Fuses for elevator lifts shall be dual element type and sized in accordance with elevator manufacturers recommendations. C. Spare Fuses 1. Provide spare fuses in the amount of 20% (not less than three(3)nor more than nine(9)of all sizes and types). 2. Spare fuses shall include general purpose fuses,motor fuses, and control fuses used in motor control centers, starters, etc. 3. A complete list and quantity of spare fuses shall be submitted with record drawings for review. D. Spare Fuse Cabinet 1. Furnish and install a heavy duty steel cabinet 2'-0" wide by 3'-0" high by F-0" deep with shelves. 2. Cabinet shall be provided with hinged lockage cabinet door. E. Manufacturers 1. Gould Shawmut 2. Bussman 3. CEFCO 2.02 MOTOR CONTROLLERS—MAGNETIC STARTERS AND MANUAL STARTERS A. General 1. The manufacturer shall submit wiring diagram(s)for each type of motor starter. Prior to submission for approval by the Engineer,the Electrical Subcontractor shall submit these drawings to the HVAC/Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) Subcontractors to determine suitability in their system(s). Following this review,the Electrical Subcontractor may submit the drawings to the Engineer for review. The submittal shall clearly indicate that the HVAC/ATC Subcontractors have reviewed the wiring,diagrams and have accepted them for use with their systems. AW 7/5/2013 16410 -5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition the equipment shop drawings. Acceptance of these shop drawings shall be obtained prior to installation of feeder conduits: 1. Main electric room 2. All satellite normal and emergency electrical rooms and closets. Notes: Equipment shop drawings will not be reviewed without the room/equipment layouts. The Architect/Engineer reserve the right to rearrange equipment in electrical equipment rooms or spaces once final equipment dimensional information is known and prior to installation of the equipment. Install equipment in the final location selected by the Architect/Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.11 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND O &M MANUALS A. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes, in a binder,prior to final payment: 1. Final as-built drawings and information for items listed above. 2. Operation and maintenance manuals with the following information: a. Instruction books and/or instruction leaflets b. Recommended renewal parts 3. Wiring diagrams. 4. Certified production test reports. 5. Installation information. 6. Seismic certification and equipment anchorage details. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 FUSES A. All fuses shall be rated for proper voltage in which they are applied. Interrupting ratings shall be greater than the short circuit current available at the terminals of the switch. B. Fuse Types 1. Fuses for motor branch circuits shall be dual element time delay Type RK5. 7/5/2013 16410 -4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition and shall furnish and install such sizes and shapes of equipment to allow for the final installation to conform to the drawings and specifications. F. The low voltage distribution equipment shall be split into shipping groups for handling as directed by the Electrical Subcontractor or as the manufacturer's limitations dictate. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck,rail or ship. Shipping groups shall be bolted to skids. Accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. Each switchgear shipping group shall be equipped with lifting eyes for handling solely by crane. G. The low voltage distribution equipment being stored prior to installation shall be stored so as to maintain the equipment in a clean and dry condition. If stored outdoors, indoor gear shall be covered and heated, and outdoor gear shall be heated. 1.09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Cutler-Hammer B. General Electric C. Square D D. Siemens 1.10 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with the requirements hereinbefore specified,and with the Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Division 1 in the manner described therein, modified as noted hereinafter. B. All shop drawings shall have clearly marked the appropriate specification number of drawing designation, for identification of the submittal. C. Disposition of shop drawings shall not relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from the responsibility for deviations from drawing or specifications,unless he has submitted in writing a letter itemizing or calling attention to such deviations at time of submission and secured written approval from the Engineer,nor shall such disposition of shop drawings relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from responsibility for errors in shop drawings or schedules. D. All final approved shop drawings shall be included in the required O&M manuals. E. Shop drawings shall include,but shall not be limited to,the following: 1. Fuses 2. Motor controllers -magnetic starters. 3. Motor disconnect devices. 4. Panelboards- branch circuit and distribution. (100A-1200A) 5. Safety switches. 6. Transformers- dry type. F. The following equipment rooms,drawn at'/4"=1'-0"scale,with all the electrical equipment laid out including dimensions,Code clearances, etc., shall be submitted with 7/5/2013 16410 -3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. The manufacturer of the low voltage distribution equipment shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the equipment. B. For the equipment specified herein,the manufacturer shall be ISO 9000, 9001 or 9002 certified. C. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (5)years. When requested by the Engineer,an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. D. The low voltage distribution equipment shall be suitable for and certified to meet all applicable seismic requirements of the latest accepted edition of the Massachusetts State Building Code for seismic zone 2 application. Guidelines for the installation consistent with these requirements shall be provided by the switchgear manufacturer and be based upon testing of representative equipment. The test response spectrum shall be based upon a 5% minimum damping factor,with a peak acceleration and ZPA as required per the Code. The tests shall fully envelope the response spectrum for all equipment natural frequencies up to at least 35 Hz. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer's directions shall be followed completely the delivery,y �in storage, protection and installation.Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any conflict between any requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's directions. Obtain the Engineer's written instructions before proceeding with the work. Should Electrical Subcontractor perform any work that does not comply with the manufacturer's directions or written instructions from the Engineer,he shall bear all costs arising in correcting any deficiencies that should arise. B. Equipment and materials shall be delivered to the site and stored in original sealed containers, suitably sheltered from the elements,but readily accessible for inspection by the Engineer until installed. All items subject to moisture damage such as controls shall be stored in dry,heated spaces. Equipment such as switchgear with heater elements installed shall have the heater elements energized after the equipment is received by the Electrical Subcontractor. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible to fully inspect all shipments for damage and report damage to the manufacturer and the Engineer. D. Equipment shall be tightly covered and protected against dirt, water, and chemical or mechanical injury and theft. At the completion of the work, equipment and materials shall be cleaned and polished thoroughly and turned over to the Owner in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer. Damage or defects that develop before acceptance of the work shall be made good at the Electrical Subcontractor's expense. E. The Electrical Subcontractor shall make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements, for equipment and connections to be provided under his respective Trade 7/5/2013 16410 -2 ,a Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16410 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS: As provided under Section 16001 -Electrical Filed Sub-Bid Requirements and supplemented under the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract, and applicable parts of Division 1 -General Requirements. 1. Work of this Filed Sub-Bid Requirements includes all individual specification sections listed in Section 16001. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents,as listed on the Table of Contents and including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements, shall be included in, and made part of,this Section. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Refer to Section 16010. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. For work to be included as part of this Section,to be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor, refer to the Related Work section of Specification Section 16010. B. Carefully examine all of the Contract Documents, criteria sheets and all other Sections of the specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section,whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturers listed within this specification have been pre-selected for use on this project.No submittal will be accepted from a manufacturer other than specified. B. To ensure system compatibility, all low voltage distribution equipment shall be the products of one manufacturer. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Attention is directed to provisions of the General Requirements, Supplementary General Requirements, Division l - Warranties and Section 16010—Electrical Special Conditions regarding guarantees and warranties for the work under this Contract. 7/5/2013 16410 -1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16410 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS ...............................................................................................................1 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS ..............................................................................................................1 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK.............................................................................................................1 1.04 RELATED WORK...........................................................................................................................1 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE................................................................................................................1 1.06 WARRANTY ...................................................................................................................................1 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS.........................................................................................................................2 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING ..................................................................................2 1.09 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ............................................................................................3 1.10 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS..................................................................................................3 1.11 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND O &M MANUALS.................................................................4 PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 FUSES...............................................................................................................................................4 2.02 MOTOR CONTROLLERS—MAGNETIC STARTERS AND MANUAL STARTERS...............5 2.03 PANELBOARDS -BRANCH CIRCUIT AND DISTRIBUTION (100A— 1,200A) .....................8 2.04 SAFETY SWITCHES ....................................................................................................................12 2.05 TRANSFORMERS -DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION.....................................................................14 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ...........................................................................................................................16 3.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.........................................................................................18 3.03 PHYSICAL SEPARATION OF NORMAL AND EMERGENCY SYSTEMS............................18 3.04 SHORT CIRCUIT& COORDINATION STUDY AND ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS .19 3.05 FIELD SETTINGS .........................................................................................................................23 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL.......................................................................................................24 3.07 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION .....................................................................................24 3.08 TRAINING.....................................................................................................................................24 7/5/2013 16410 -i Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition END OF SECTION— 7/5/2013 16100-39 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition -mss, where this equipment is available to the Electrical Subcontractor prior to the completion of the work; otherwise the plug shall be delivered to the Owner. H. Equipment grounding integrity of all equipment and non-current-carrying metal parts must be ensured. I. All equipment requiring electrical connections which is furnished under other Sections and by others shall be connected under this Section. J. Before connecting any piece of equipment, check the nameplate rating against the information shown on the drawings and call to the attention of the Engineer any discrepancies. K. The Electrical Subcontractor shall carefully study all equipment manufacturer's wiring diagrams and make corrections accordingly. L. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be held responsible for any damage done to motors or equipment driven by motors, due to incorrect direction of rotation, caused by faulty electrical connections, and incorrectly sized motor circuit protection, furnished under this Contract. M. Drawings and specifications of other Subcontractors and equipment suppliers furnishing motors shall be consulted for verification of size, speed and operation. N. Motor and equipment disconnect switches indicated on the drawings are attached to the motor symbol and are indicated this way for drafting convenience only. All such switches shall not be attached to the motor itself,but shall be mounted adjacent to the motor and supported independent of the motor. O. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide the correct size overload protection for motor starters provided under Division 16. Where motor starters are furnished by other Subcontractors,the starters shall be furnished complete with individual running overcurrent protection in each phase and shall be installed and wired by the Electrical Subcontractor. Sizing of motor running overcurrent protection for starters furnished by others shall be the responsibility of the Subcontractor who furnishes the motor starter. Motor starters for motor control centers shall be furnished complete under this Section. Refer to schedules on the drawings. P. Furnish, install,wire and connect all motor disconnect switches,motor starters and remote control stations, except as otherwise indicated on the drawings. All automatic temperature control wiring for equipment furnished by the HVAC Subcontractor will be furnished and installed under Heating,Ventilating and Air Conditioning Section, except as otherwise indicated on the Electrical drawings. Q. Motor starters, where grouped, shall be mounted on 3/4" thick, exterior grade plywood mounting board painted with fire-resistant paint of a color to match starter enclosures. R. On multi-speed motors,the isolating switches at the motor location shall be so interlocked or shall be of such a type that operation of(1)switch shall simultaneously , open all conductors to the motor. 7/5/2013 16100-38 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition shall not be located within these rooms, closets, or shafts except the equipment that serves these rooms, closets or shafts. B. All portions of the emergency system, such as feeders, located outside of emergency electric rooms, closets or shafts shall be installed in a 2-hour fire rated enclosure. The method of achieving this fire rating; either with UL listed 2-hour fire rated MI cable or 2- hour fire rated enclosures shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor. C. The emergency system and the legally required standby system of the essential electrical system shall be kept entirely independent of all other wiring,devices and equipment, and shall not enter the same raceways,boxes or cabinets with each other or other wiring, except in transfer switches. 3.05 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. Furnish and install all power wiring and conduit including connections as required for equipment provided by Plumbing,Fire Protection,HVAC, Automatic Temperature Control Trades and for equipment provided by the Owner. All interface and control wiring and conduit shall be provided by the respective Trade. B. Electrical Subcontractor shall review Plumbing,Fire Protection,HVAC,Automatic Temperature Control and Architectural drawings for quantity and location of all equipment requiring power connection. C. All electrical connections to vibration isolated equipment shall be by flexible conduit of length at least 24"in length, installed with visible slack, or in a loop configuration,to allow free movement of the equipment and prevent transmission of noise and vibration. D. Kitchen equipment motors,heating elements, shop equipment and miscellaneous items will be of a voltage and phase as indicated on the drawings. E. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit(Type LFMC) shall be used for connection to all modular office furniture systems and all kitchen equipment. LFMC shall be used for connection to motors,pumps, air handling units and transformers where subject to damp or wet environment. Separate ground conductor shall be installed for all liquidtight flexible conduit sizes. F. Flexible Metal Conduit(Type FN/IC) shall be used for connecting to generators,motors, pumps, air handling units,transformers in dry locations and to lighting fixtures. Separate ground conductor shall be installed for all flexible conduit sizes. 1. For light fixture connections: Maximum length of flexible metal conduit(whip) allowed shall be 6'-0" from the junction box to the light fixture. All light fixture whips shall originate from the junction box. Daisy chain connections from light fixture to light fixture will not be allowed,per NEC Article 250.118(5)(c)and 348.60(Exhibit 348.1). G. Make all final connections to equipment. Special plugs for receptacles indicated on the special purpose receptacle schedule shall be connected to the cord of the equipment, 7/5/2013 16100-37 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition terminal on lighting fixture and from green 10-32 washer-in-head machine screw in ceiling outlet box or junction box through flexible metallic conduit to green 10-32 washer-in-head machine screw in switch outlet box. 4. From panelboard ground bus to green 10-32 washer-in-head machine screw in junction box or disconnect switch through flexible metallic conduit to starter unit, disconnect switch and to ground terminal in connection box mounted on motor. 5. From equipment ground bus in motor control center through conduit and flexible metallic conduit to ground terminal in connection box mounted on 3-phase motors. 6. From dry type transformer neutrals to the building steel (or the ground grid system)by means of copper wire, as scheduled and detailed on the drawings. G. Provide green insulated grounding conductor in all non-metallic conduits. H. All empty conduit runs shall be provided with insulated and grounding bushing and grounded by a#12 AWG green ground conductor to the nearest panel ground bus. 3.03 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. All materials and equipment shall be new and unused and shall meet requirements of the latest Standards of NEMA,UL, IPCEA, ANSI and IEEE. Equipment shall have components required or recommended by OSHA, applicable NFPA documents and shall be UL listed and labeled. B. Despite references in the specifications or on the drawings to materials or pieces of equipment by name,make or catalog number, such references shall be interpreted as establishing standards of quality for materials and performance. C. Finish of materials, components and equipment shall not be less than Industry good practice. When material or equipment is visible or subject to corrosive or atmospheric conditions,the finish shall be as approved by the Engineer. D. Provide proper access to material or equipment that requires inspection,replacement, repair or service. If proper access cannot be provided, confer with the Engineer as to the best method of approach to minimize effects of reduced access. E. All work shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be done in accordance with all Local and State Codes. F. The Owner will not be responsible for material, equipment or the installation of same before testing and acceptance. 3.04 PHYSICAL SEPARATION OF NORMAL AND EMERGENCY SYSTEMS A. Massachusetts State Electrical Code requires all emergency system generation and distribution equipment be installed within dedicated 2-hour fire rated rooms,closets or shafts. All equipment, conduit,piping, ductwork, etc., alien to the emergency system 7/5/2013 16100-36 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 5. All device plate screws shall be colored alike to the device plates. All screws shall be installed "finger-tight"to avoid damage to device plate. 6. Devices mounted in `Wet Locations' or `Damp Locations' shall be equipped with a weatherproof cover. 3.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM A. Provide a complete service and equipment grounding system. B. System shall meet NEC requirements,and as shown on the drawings and as specified. Bonding jumpers shall be installed at all locations required by NEC. C. The building service grounding system shall consist of the following: 1. All exposed connections shall be made by means of approved grounding clamps. Exposed connections between different metals shall be sealed with no-oxide paint Grade A. All buried connections shall be made by the Cadweld process. 2. Dry season resistance of the grounding system shall not exceed 5 ohms. If such resistance cannot be obtained with the grounding system indicated on the drawings,the Electrical Subcontractor shall provide additional grounding as required and as directed by the Engineer,to provide the 5 ohms resistance value. 3. A test shall be conducted at the completion of the grounding system installation and a report shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Electrical Subcontractor shall pay for all materials and workmanship required for test. D. Provide separate green insulated equipment grounding conductor for each single- or 3- phase feeder and each branch circuit. Install grounding conductor in common conduit with related phase and neutral conductors.Parallel feeders installed in more than(1) raceway shall have individual full size green insulated equipment ground conductors in each. E. Determine numbers and sizes of screw terminals for equipment grounding bars in panelboards and other electrical equipment. Provide screw terminals for active circuits, spares and spaces. F. Provide green, insulated equipment ground conductor in same raceway with associated phase conductors, as follows: 1. From ground bus in service entrance equipment to ground bus in all distribution panels,remote panels,motor control centers,etc., size as shown on the drawings. 2. From panelboard grounding bus to green ground terminals of receptacles to green 10-32 washer-in-head outlet box machine screw. (Receptacles with special cast boxes and factory designed and approved ground path do not require separate ground jumper.) 3. From panelboard ground bus to green 10-32 washer-in-head machine screw in ceiling outlet box or junction box,through flexible metallic conduit to ground 7/5/2013 16100-35 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2) Contractor shall be aware of voltage drop for 3-way and 4-way lighting switching circuits and shall increase the size of the switch-legs/conductors as required. I. Telecommunications/Data Empty Raceway Systems 1. Furnish and install the complete empty conduit system for the telecommunication/data system in accordance with the plans and specifications, all applicable Codes,manufacturer's recommendations and the Owner's telecommunication construction standards. 2. All equipment shall meet the requirements of all National, State and Local Electrical Codes. Color code shall be used throughout. 3. All raceways shall contain a minimum of two(2)nylon pull lines with washers larger than the conduit tied to each end of the pull line to facilitate pulling conductors by the telephone/data vendor. 4. All junction boxes shall be painted and labeled "Telecommunications". All pull boxes shall be painted and a stripe 4" wide shall be painted on the pipe or tubing every 10'-0" where such pipe or tubing is exposed. Color of paint shall be determined by Owner. 5. The Electrical Subcontractor shall clean all dirt and debris from the inside and the outside of the telecommunication/data raceway after completion of the installation. 6. Where ceiling cavity is a return air plenum,or where ceiling construction is drywall or concealed spline type,telecommunication/data conduit shall terminate beyond these areas. J. Wiring Devices 1. All wiring devices shall be installed in appropriately sized outlet boxes. Where more than(1) switch or a double duplex receptacle is indicated on the drawings multiple gang outlet boxes shall be provided to accept all devices in the area. Separate boxes are required for wiring devices on emergency circuit,ganging of boxes,using barriers, are not acceptable. 2. All duplex receptacles shall be mounted vertically with the grounding post on the top side of the outlet as viewed from the front. 3. Each and every receptacle and switch, either wall or raceway mounted, shall have panel and circuit identification labeled on their faceplates.Provide self-adhesive labels equal to Brother P-Touch. 4. All single pole toggle switches shall be so installed such that,when lights are off, all switch posts shall be in the down position. 7/5/2013 16100-34 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 14. Splices,taps and lugs shall be electrically and mechanically secure and solderless lugs, and crimp connectors shall be used. Lugs shall be used for conductor sizes #8 AWG and larger. All lugs shall be of the proper size,and in no case shall strands be cut from a conductor in order to fit the conductor into a lug. Provide lug/cable adapters for breakers where oversized cables are indicated.All lug connections to buses in switchboards,unit substations,motor control centers, etc., shall be 2-bolt/nut connections. 15. Provide 1/4"polyethylene;ropes for pulling wire.Provide wire pulling lubricants that meet applicable UL requirements as necessary. 16. Provide cable supports for vertical feeders as required by NEC. Vertical feeders shall be supported at every other floor level. 17. Provide split wedge cable supports with clamps for cable without metallic sheath in pull boxes. Supports shall be as manufactured by O.Z./Gedney or approved equal. 18. All wiring shall be installed and supported in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. 19. Branch circuits conductors shall be sized and installed for a maximum voltage drop of 3% per the following tables: 120 volt Branch Circuit Voltage Drop Table Circuit Length 120 volt Wire Size 0'-60' #12 61'-100' #10 101'-160' #8 Table is based on a 120 circuit load of 1680 watts(14 amps) 277 volt Branch Circuit Voltage Drop Table Circuit Length 120 volt Wire Size 0'-140' #12 141'-225' #10 226'-350' 48 Table is based on a 120 circuit load of 3880 watts (14 amps) 1) Optional voltage drop compliance: If the actual load on the branch circuit is less than 1680 watts for the 120 volt circuit and less than 3880 watts for the 277 volt circuit,the Electrical Subcontractor shall be allowed to increase the circuit lengths listed in the above tables. However,the Electrical Subcontractor shall submit voltage drop calculations indicating circuit loads and increased lengths for approval by the Engineer PRIOR to installing the wiring. 7/5/2013 16100-33 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 5. Follow homerun circuit numbers shown on the drawings to connect circuits to panelboards. Where homerun circuit numbers are not shown on the drawings, divide similar types of connected loads among phase busses so that currents in each phase are within 10% of each other during normal usage. 6. All feeder,branch circuit or auxiliary system wiring passing through pull boxes and/or being made up in panelboards shall be properly grouped,bound and tied together in a neat and orderly manner in keeping with the highest standards of the Trade,with plastic cable ties. Loose ends of the cable ties shall be properly trimmed after making up same. Cable ties shall be Ty-Raps,as manufactured by Thomas& Betts,Holub Industries, Inc., Quick-Wrap,Burndy Unirap or approved equal. 7. Branch circuits and auxiliary system wiring shall be peeled out of the wiring gutters at the terminal cabinet and panels at 90°to circuit breakers and terminal lugs for connecting to same. 8. For large size conductors available only in black, use colored plastic tape at all ends,where connections and splices are made and in all pull boxes for the specified color code identification. Tape shall be wrapped around the conductor (3)complete turns. 9. Joints and splices shall be made in an approved manner and shall be equivalent, electrically and mechanically,to the conductor insulation. All conductors shall be connected by use of solderless crimp (compression)type connectors;these joints ' and splices shall be taped with(1)wrap of varnish cambric tape and then a minimum of(3)wraps of No. 88 Scotchbrand(3M Company)all-weather vinyl plastic electrical tape, or equal Permacel or Plymouth Co. Each wrap of tape shall be half-lapped. Conductors of size#4 AWG or larger shall have(2)coats of insulating varnish applied over the tape for joints in manholes, handholes or exposed-to-weather conditions. 10. Provide nonferrous identifying tags or pressure-sensitive labels for cables, feeders,and power circuits in pull boxes,manholes and switchboard rooms, at cable termination and in other locations. 11. Tags or labels shall be stamped or printed to correspond with markings on the drawings or marked so that feeder or cable may be identified readily. If suspended tags are provided, attach with 1/32" diameter,nylon, 55 pound test monofilament line or slip-free plastic cable lacing unit. 12. The number and size of conductors in each run of conduit is indicated on the drawings. Where there is a conflict between the number of wires indicated and the actual number required,the actual number and size required shall be installed. 13. All branch circuits shall be connected to breakers at Electrical Subcontractor's discretion. The balancing of all loads between phases shall be the Electrical Subcontractor's responsibility. 7/5/2013 16100-32 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Circuit Length 120 volt Wire Size 0'-60' #12 61'-100' #10 101'-160' #8 Table is based on a 120 circuit load of 1680 watts (14 amps) 277 volt Branch Circuit Voltage Drop Table Circuit Length 120 volt Wire Size 0'-140' 412 141'-225' #10 226'-350' #8 Table is based on a 120 circuit load of 3880 watts(14 amps) 1) Optional.voltage drop compliance: If the actual load on the branch circuit is less than 1680 watts for the 120 volt circuit and less than 3880 watts for the 277 volt circuit,the Electrical Subcontractor shall be allowed to increase the circuit lengths listed in the above tables. However,the Electrical Subcontractor shall submit voltage drop calculations indicating circuit loads and increased lengths for approval by the Engineer PRIOR to installing the wiring. 2) Contractor shall be aware of voltage drop for 3-way and 4-way lighting switching circuits and shall increase the size of the switch-legs/conductors as required. H. Feeder and Branch Circuit Conductors(600 Volts) 1. Install wire and cable in approved raceways as specified and as approved by Authorities that have jurisdiction. Surface metal raceways shall not be used unless explicitly specified and shown on the drawings. Do not use surface raceways on floor. 2. Wire from point of service connection to receptacles, lighting fixtures, devices, equipment, outlets for future extension, and other electrical apparatus as shown on the drawings. Provide slack wire for connections where required. Wire nut ends of wires and provide blank covers for outlet boxes designed for future use. 3. Conductors#10 and smaller in branch circuit panelboards, signal cabinets, signal control boards in switchboards and motor control centers shall be bundled. 4. The branch circuit wiring has been designed for dedicated neutral conductors for each circuit and shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. All home runs shall have dedicated neutrals,sharing of neutrals shall NOT be allowed. No more than (3) 1-pole branch circuits (or 6 current carrying conductors)shall be installed in any conduit run. 7/5/2013 16100-31 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition (2) Method#2 -MC cable shall be provided from the panelboard to all devices, and the installation of the MC cable at the panelboard shall be installed in a neat appearance with metal channels and clips arranged above the panelboard on the wall and the ceiling for arranging,mounting and securing the MC cable. (3) The method of providing oversized conduits) for multiple branch circuits(more than (3) 1- pole branch circuits or more than(6) current carrying conductors)from the panelboard to a junction box where all the MC cables terminate shall NOT be allowed. 2) Uses Not Permitted a) MC cable shall not be allowed in electric rooms or closets,with the exception as stated above. b) MC cable shall not be used in mechanical or plumbing rooms, closets or shafts, including mechanical penthouse and all unfinished spaces. C) MC cable shall not be used in hazardous locations ° d) MC cable shall not be used in exposed locations G. Cable Assemblies- Prefabricated 1. Multi-conductor cable assemblies shall be installed concealed only in areas as permitted in these specifications. 2. Multi-conductor cable assemblies shall be run through openings in metal studs. The cable assembly shall be attached with approved clips to metal studs as follows: a. 4'-0" on center for vertical runs b. Within 12" of each outlet box C. 6'-0" on center for horizontal runs 3. Where multiple runs of multi-conductor cable assemblies are run together, all cables shall be bundled and secured together in a neat and workmanlike manner utilizing a UL Listed approved method. 4. Branch circuits conductors shall be sized and installed for a maximum voltage drop of 3% per the following tables: 120 volt Branch Circuit Voltage Drop Table 7/5/2013 16100-30 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 12. Fill slots, sleeves and other openings in floors and walls if opening is not used. Identify unused sleeves and slots for future installation. 13. Lay out conduit and openings in advance,to permit provision in work. Set sleeves and conduit in forms before concrete is poured. Provide remedial work where sleeves and conduits are omitted or improperly placed. 14. Bus duct penetrations through floors shall have concrete curbs built around the floor openings, 3" minimum height. F. Wire and Insulation Applications 1. Service Feeders and Unmetered Feeders: Conductors in Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC). (Refer to Part 2 of this specification section for acceptable conductor types). 2. Feeders: Conductors in conduit. (Refer to Part 2 of this specification section for acceptable conductor types). 3. 2—Hour rated Emergency System,Life Safety Branch and Critical Branch Feeders: Type MI Cable. 4. Branch Circuits. a. MC cable where allowed and conductors in conduit. (Refer to Part 2 of this specification section for acceptable conductor types). 1) Uses Pennitted for Type MC Cable a) MC cable may be utilized in lieu of conduit and cable in dry,hollow partitions and ceiling cavities for general purpose, 20 ampere, single phase, 120 or 277 volt, branch circuits for receptacles and lighting fixtures only. b) In places of Assembly per NEC Article 518. For purposes of this specification,places of assembly will include, conference rooms, auditoriums, classrooms and breakout areas only. C) Where MC cable is allowed the following two methods ONLY are acceptable for homerun installations: (1) Method#1 -EMT shall be provided from the panelboard to the first device(receptacle,light fixture, etc.). MC cable shall then be allowed from the first device to remaining devices as permitted in this specification. The EMT homerun shall contain a maximum of(3) 1- pole circuits or six current carrying conductors. 7/5/2013 16100-29 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. Where conduits pass through masonry or concrete walls, foundations or floors, the Electrical Subcontractor shall set such sleeves as are necessary for passage of the conduits. Sleeves shall be of sufficient size to provide air space around the conduit passing through for fireproofing. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for the exact location of sleeves provided under his Contract. 5. Conduit passing through exterior walls and floors below grade shall be made watertight with caulking compound and pipe sleeves with wall collar located at the center of the wall extending 8" all around the conduit. Collar shall be 1/8" thick steel welded to sleeve. Coordinate material requirements with the Contractor. 6. Sleeves and inserts shall not be used in any portions of the building where their use would impair strength or construction features of the building. Elimination of sleeves must be approved by Engineer. 7. Pipe sleeves shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel and shall be set, as follows: a. Set sleeves 6" above finish floor and flush on each side of walls. b. Set sleeves 6" above finished floor and flush on each side of walls and electric room floors. C. Sleeves in walls and partitions shall terminate flush with finished floor. d. Sleeves shall be set securely in place before concrete is poured. e. Sleeves shall be minimum 2" larger in diameter than the pipe passing through it. 8. Conduits passing through fire partitions shall be provided with 10 gauge steel pipe sleeves and firestopped. 9. All cutting and patching required by the Electrical Subcontractor in finished areas which require access shall have access panels as specified elsewhere in this specification. 10. Fill for floor penetrations shall be fire-resistant, compatible with floor material and finished to prevent passage of water, smoke and fumes. Fill in walls shall be similar to wall material, shall be fire-resistant in fire walls, and shall prevent passage of air, smoke and fumes. Fill spaces in openings after installation of conduit or cable. All fireproofing inside sleeves shall be by the Electrical Subcontractor. Fireproofing required outside of sleeves shall be by the General Contractor. H. Where conduits passing through openings are exposed in finished rooms, finishes of filling materials shall match and be flush with adjoining floor, ceiling and wall finishes. 7/5/2013 16100-28 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition interpreted as moving outlet locations a maximum of 10'-0" in any direction from the location indicated on the drawings. 6. Whenever outlet boxes of any system are installed in brick,masonry or concrete construction, furnish and install the necessary boxes and conduit in connection therewith so that the Contractor may build them in as the work progresses. Box offsets shall be made at all outlets to provide for proper adjustment to finished surfaces. 7. The Electrical Subcontractor is responsible for cutting openings in brick,tile and all types of construction blocks at outlets. Exposed mortar shall not be permitted around device plates. 8. All boxes shall be rigidly mounted to construction and shall be equipped with suitable screw fastened covers. Unused open knockouts in all boxes shall be plugged with suitable blanking devices. All boxes installed that do not have equipment mounted on them shall be provided with blank covers. 9. Boxes installed in fire-rated walls and assemblies: a. Through-the-wall outlet boxes shall not be permitted. Outlet boxes shall not be installed back-to-back but shall be staggered on opposite sides of partitions a minimum 24"for fire-rated walls. b. Only single or double gang boxes shall be allowed. Three-gang and above boxes shall not be allowed. C. Openings cut for outlet boxes shall not exceed a 1/8"clearance between the box and the wallboard. d. The surface area of individual metallic boxes shall not exceed 16 square inches. In addition,the entire surface area of the boxes on the wall shall not exceed 100 square inches per 100 square feet of wall surface to maintain fire-rating of wall. E. Cutting,Patching and Conduit Sleeves 1. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for all core drilling required for his work,but in no case shall he cut into any structural elements without the written approval of the Engineer. 2. All cutting,rough patching and finish patching required for electrical work shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor. 3. All concrete and masonry equipment bases and pads, concrete duct banks, curbs, chases,pockets and openings required for the proper installation of the work under this Contract will be provided by the General Contractor,using dimensions,templates,bolts, anchors, as required by the manufacturer's installation details of the various equipment. 7/5/2013 16100-27 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition �r 25. Where conduits cross under existing roadways,walks or other paved areas, steel conduits may be driven instead of conduits in trenches.After installation,paved grass areas and other areas disturbed shall be restored to original condition. 26. Cap ends of spare conduits 5'-0" beyond pavement and protect them from mechanical damage. Mark the location of conduit ends with concrete monuments, 6" in diameter by 18" long, set flush in the ground with "S/C" indented in the top. 27. Arrange multiple conduits as shown on the drawings. Make minor changes in location, or cross-sectional arrangement as necessary. Where conduit runs cannot be installed as shown because of conditions not discoverable prior to digging of trenches,request the Engineer's instructions before further work is done. 28. Sea] active and spare conduits that enter the building with oakum or other plastic expandable compound until conductors are ready for installation. 29. Manholes shall be set on 6"layer of compacted granular backfill (sand, bank-run gravel,crushed rock). Manholes shall have a minimum of 24"of cover over the roof of the manhole. D. Pull, Junction and Outlet Boxes 1. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install pull boxes for all feeders as required by NEC. Pull boxes shall be code gauge steel plates fastened to angle iron frames with removable covers. Covers shall be secured with brass machine screws. 2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install junction boxes for feeders and branch circuits as required. Boxes shall be sized in accordance with NEC. Junction boxes shall be code gauge steel with removable covers. Covers shall be secured with brass machine screws. 3. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install outlet boxes for all wiring devices. Bar hanger type outlet boxes shall be used in hollow frame partitions, other than masonry or construction block partitions. For metal stud partitions, bar hanger shall be secured with self-threading metal screws or drill through hangers with caddy clips. 4. Through-the-wall outlet boxes shall not be permitted. Outlet boxes shall not be installed back-to-back(even if associated with different systems)but shall be staggered on opposite sides of partitions a minimum of 12" on center or minimum 24"for fire-rated walls. 5. If any discrepancies regarding the locations of outlet boxes are found to exist between the Electrical drawings and any other drawings associated with the project,notify the Engineer at once and have location verified before outlets are installed. Any reasonable change in location of outlets prior to roughing shall not involve additional expense to the Owner. The term "reasonable" shall be --+a 7/5/2013 16100-26 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1) Where conduits enter or leave hazardous areas equipped with explosionproof lighting fixtures, switches,receptacles and other electrical devices. 2) Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations. 3) Where required by NEC. b. Secure conduit system as required by NEC. 18. A minimum 3/16" diameter,twisted nylon plastic type fish cord shall be furnished and installed in all empty raceways. Provide a tag and washer sized larger than the conduit on each end of fish cord indicating the location of the other end. 19. When underslab conduit extends or runs below the bottom of a slab on the ground,the slab shall be thickened in the area of the conduit so as to encase the conduit in concrete by at least 2 inches on all sides. The responsibility for and expense of this work shall be borne by the Electrical Subcontractor. 20. Concrete for conduit envelopes shall be as required or as specified under Division 3. Concrete shall extend a minimum 3" beyond exterior surface of each conduit in bank. A red color agent shall be added to the top 3 inches of the concrete used in the ductbank. Coordinate work of this Section with that of '* Division 3. 21. Steel reinforcing rods shall be installed in all ductbank envelopes and must extend into the wall of building,manhole or other structure it terminates at to prevent sheering of ducts. Where a connection is made to an existing conduit line the envelope shall be doweled to the existing encasement. 22. Concrete envelopes between manholes,or between manhole and building, shall be poured in a single operation. Where more than(1)pour is necessary,provide 3/4"reinforcing rod dowels extending 18" into concrete on each side of joint. Dowels shall be coated with bonded adhesive prior to the second pour. Concrete envelopes installed over extensive area of disturbed earth shall have reinforcing as required. 23. Concrete envelopes that cross other conduits or pipelines or are run under roads and driveways shall be reinforced as required. Provide reinforcement where envelopes connect to manhole and building walls. Concrete envelopes that terminate for future extension shall have dowels as specified for joints between pours. Reinforcement shall be as required. 24. Trenches shall not be backfilled until concrete envelopes have had sufficient time to set. After concrete envelopes have set, conduits shall be cleared with mandrel of the same size as the conduit. 7/5/2013 16100-25 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Running threads shall not be used on rigid metal conduit. Compression fittings shall not be used with rigid steel,intermediate metallic or aluminum conduit. 10. Conduit work shall be installed in such a manner to keep exposed threads to an absolute minimum, and in no case shall more than(3)threads be left exposed after the conduit work is made up tight. 11. Provide flexible conduits for connections to equipment furnished under HVAC, Plumbing Sections and other equipment(transformers,generators, etc.)as specified under Part 2 of this specification and where available space dictates; and where noise transmission must be eliminated or reduced. Flexible conduit shall be liquid-tight except for connections to recessed lighting fixtures. 12. Conduit and EMT runs shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from service entrance equipment to distribution equipment. Conduit shall enter and be secured to cabinet,junction box,pull box or outlet box with locknut outside and bushing inside, or with liquid-tight,threaded, self-locking, cold-weld wedge adapter. Locknuts and bushings or self-locking adapters will not be required where conduits are screwed into tapped connections. Vertical conduit runs that terminate in bottoms of wall boxes or cabinets shall be protected from entrance of foreign material before installation of conductors. 13. Size of rigid metal conduit,intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing and flexible metallic conduit shall be as shown on the drawings. 14. Check raceway sizes to determine that green equipment ground conductor fits in same raceway with phase and neutral conductors to meet NEC percentage of fill requirements. Increase duct, conduit,tubing and raceway sizes shown or specified as required to accommodate conductors. 15. Conduit secured rigidly on opposite sides of building expansion joints and long runs of exposed conduit subject to stress shall have expansion fittings. Fittings shall safely deflect and expand to twice distance of structural movement. Provide separate external copper bonding jumper secured with grounding straps on each end of fitting. 16. PVC conduit that is mounted exterior and exposed shall be installed with expansion fittings to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction where the length change, in accordance with NFPA 70, 2011 NEC, Table 352.44, is expected to be 1/8" or greater in a straight run between securely mounted items. 17. Threaded sealing fittings for rigid steel conduits shall be cadmium-coated, malleable iron. Sealing fittings for aluminum conduit shall be threaded cast aluminum. Fittings that prevent passage of water vapor shall be continuous drain. Install and seal fittings as required by manufacturer's recommendations. In concealed work,install fittings in flush steel box with blank cover plate. a. Install sealing fittings at following points,and elsewhere as shown: 7/5/2013 16100-24 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placing. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete. Run conduit larger than 1"trade size parallel to or at right angles to maintain reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement,place conduit close to slab support. Raceways in slab shall be RMC only,nonmetallic conduit or EMT will not be allowed. 4. Conduit ends shall be cut square,threaded and reamed to remove burrs and sharp edges. Field threads shall be of the same type and have the same effective length as factory cut threads. Excessive exposed threads will not be allowed. Turns, wherever required in exposed conduit runs, shall be made by the use of factory- made bends,or field-made bends as approved. In condulets, or in the event of a multiplicity of conduits making the same turn, a steel junction box with a removable steel cover may be used. Offsets and bends for changes in elevation of exposed conduit runs shall be made at walls or beams and not in open spaces between walls or beams. Conduits shall be routed so as not to interfere with the operation or maintenance of any equipment. The entire job shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner, as approved by the Engineer. Steel supports or racks shall be galvanized steel channel and fittings. 5. All conduit work shall be carefully cleaned and dried inside before the installation of conductors. Wire shall not be pulled into conduit system until building roof and walls are weather-tight. Plug conduit ends to exclude dust, moisture,plaster or mortar while building is under construction.No lubricants or cleaning agents which might have a deleterious effect on conductor coverings shall be used for drawing conductors into raceways. 6. Drawings, in relation to routing of conduits, are diagrammatic. Except where additional conduits may be required to avoid de-rating of branch circuits, as required elsewhere within this Section,the number and size of conduits and wire shall be furnished and installed as indicated by the drawings. Conduits shall be routed in the field so as to be coordinated with the building structure. Permanently concealed conduit shall be as short and direct as possible. Exposed conduit and conduit concealed by removable finishes such as accessible ceiling tile shall be run in straight lines parallel and perpendicular to walls,beams and columns and with right angle bends. 7. Conduits passing through floors,walls and beams shall be of such size,number and in such locations so as not to impair the strength of the construction. 8. Raceways in ceiling spaces shall be routed in such an approved manner as to eliminate or minimize the number of junction boxes required,but also shall be routed in an orderly and organized manner. Support rods and clamps shall be furnished and installed as required. Support of conduits by use of wire is strictly prohibited. Conduits shall be supported and secured by listed conduit support devices as required. Routing and installation of conduits shall be strictly coordinated with the General Contractor,other Trades and the Engineer. 9. Where rigid metal conduit is threaded in the field, a standard conduit cutting die providing 3/4" taper per foot shall be employed. Threadless coupling shall not be used on rigid metal conduit except where specifically allowed by the Engineer. 7/5/2013 16100-23 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain final roughing dimensions and other information as needed for complete installation of items furnished under other Sections or furnished by the Owner. 4. The Electrical Subcontractor shall keep fully informed of size, shape and position of openings required for material and equipment provided under this and other Sections. Ensure that openings required for work of this Section are coordinated with work of other Sections. Provide cutting and patching as necessary. 5. All miscellaneous hardware and support accessories,including support rods, nuts,bolts, screws and other such items, shall be of a galvanized or cadmium plated finish or of another approved rust-inhibiting coating. B. Core Drilling 1. Electrical subcontractor shall provide core drilling required for installation of electrical systems as follows: a. Electrical subcontractor shall carry all costs for core drilling,including but not limited to, drilling of openings,time and materials to safely seal and fireproof/waterproof/smokeproof all openings,protection of structure and area of drilling,clean-up of area, etc. b. Electrical subcontractor shall be responsible for any circular penetrations required for proper installation of electrical systems. '' C. Locate required openings,prior to coring, and coordinate openings with existing utilities,trades, etc. d. Do not disturb or interrupt existing systems. e. Electrical subcontractor shall be responsible for damage to building and building systems from coring operation. £ All holes, openings, etc. shall be sealed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, Architect and Owner. C. Conduits 1. Conduit shall be run concealed in finished areas above suspended ceilings,in wall spaces, etc. Exposed conduit runs in finished areas require Engineer's approval. All conduit runs shall be properly grouped and installed parallel to walls, ceilings, etc., and supported with proper hangers, clamps, etc. Door swings shall be checked before installing back boxes for switches and receptacles. 2. Conduit bends shall be made with conduit bending machines or by an approved hickey. Lock nuts and insulated throat bushings of the compatible material shall be used to fasten conduit to outlet boxes, cabinets, etc. 3. Raceways imbedded in slabs shall be installed in the middle third of the slab thickness where practical,and leave at least 2"concrete cover. Secure raceways 7/5/2013 16100-22 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition have an adjustable time delay from 5 to 20 minutes. Catalog numbers shall be as follows: a) Watt Stopper #DT-300 b) Hubbell #ADT*C C) Sensor Switch #CM-PDT 3. Dimmers shall be 120 volt, 1,000 and 2,000 watts with slider control, color selected by Engineer,manufactured by Lutron N2000 Series or approved equal. Wattage rating of light fixtures connected to the dimmer shall not exceed 80% of dimmer rating. Provide additional dimmer as required whether shown on drawings or not. E. Color of all wiring devices shall be per the Engineer and conform to the Owner's Standards. Receptacles on emergency system shall be red. F. Device plate shall be as follows: 1. All normal power wiring devices shall be painted metal, .040-inch thick, color by Engineer: a. Hubbell: Steel Series b. Pass& Seymour: Steel Series C. Leviton: Steel Series—S5 ApIk-11 2. All emergency power wiring devices shall be painted metal, color by Engineer, with red filled "EMERGENCY" engraved in the plate: a. Hubbell: # Steel Series Engraved b. Arrow Hart: # Steel Series Engraved C. Bryant: # S2271 EM Series 3. Heads of device plate screws shall be of the same material/color as the device plate. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Unless specifically noted or indicated otherwise, all equipment and material specified in Part 2 of this specification or indicated on the drawings shall be installed under this Contract whether or not specifically itemized herein. This Section covers particular installation methods and requirements peculiar to certain items and classes or material and equipment. 2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain detailed information from !� manufacturers of equipment provided under Part 2 of this specification as to proper methods of installation. 7/5/2013 16100-21 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Line Voltage, Wall Mounted: 1) Wall mounted, switch type occupancy sensors shall be dual technology incorporating both passive infrared and ultrasonic/microphobic technologies rated 1,200 watts at 277 volts or 800 watts at 120 volts and require no minimum load. Sensors shall be compatible with all load types, including electronic and compact fluorescent ballasts. Sensor shall have 180° field of view and shall cover up to 900 sq.ft. Sensor shall have an adjustable time delay from 5 minutes to 20 minutes and a manual "off'override. Where required,devices shall be provided with dual relays for multi-level switching. Switches located in `Wet Locations' or `Damp Locations' shall be provided with weatherproof covers. Line voltage sensors for loads in excess of 1,200 watts at 277 volts or 800 watts at 120 volts shall utilize relay control of the branch circuit. Catalog numbers shall be as follows: a) Watt Stopper #DW-100 b) Hubbell #AD 1277 C) Sensor Switch #WSD-PDT d. Line Voltage, Ceiling Mounted: 1) Ceiling mounted occupancy sensors shall be dual technology incorporating both passive infrared and ultrasonic/microphobic technologies rated 1,200 watts at 277 volts or 800 watts at 120 volts and require no minimum load. Sensors shall be compatible with all load types, including electronic and compact fluorescent ballasts. Sensor shall have 360° field of view and shall cover up to 1,000 sq.ft. Sensor shall have an adjustable time delay from 5 minutes to 20 minutes. Line voltage sensors for loads in excess of 1,200 watts at 277 volts or 800 watts at 120 volts shall utilize relay control of the branch circuit. Catalog numbers shall be as follows: a) Watt Stopper #DT-355 b) Sensor Switch #CMR-PDT e. Low Voltage, Ceiling Mounted: 1) Ceiling mounted occupancy sensors shall be dual technology incorporating both passive infrared and ultrasonic/microphobic technologies. Devices shall be low voltage with power packs provided to match sensor manufacturer. Quantity of power packs shall be provided in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements to accommodate quantity of sensors to be powered. Sensors shall be compatible with all load types, including electronic and compact fluorescent ballasts. Sensor shall have 360° field of view and shall cover up to 1,000 sq.ft. Sensor shall 7/5/2013 16100-20 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Receptacles shall have Audible Alarm with ability to turn on/off. Audible alarm will sound when there is a loss of surge suppression protection. Terminals shall be back and side wire including the ground terminal and accept#14, 12 and 10 AWG stranded or solid wire. Distinctive marking on the face of the device shall denote Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor. Catalog numbers shall be as follows: a. Pass& Seymour: # 5362SP b. Hubbell: #HBL5362SA C. Leviton: # 5380 5. Special Purpose Receptacles and Special Purpose Locking Receptacles shall be impact resistant with NEMA configuration number clearly marked on the face. Catalog numbers shall be as shown on special purpose receptacle schedule on drawings. 6. Receptacles,Industrial Heavy Duty: Conform to NEMA Standard PK4—"Plugs, Receptacles,and Cable Connectors of the Pin and Sleeve type for Industrial use". 7. Receptacles in Hazardous(Classified)locations: Comply with NEMA Standard FB 11 - "Plugs,Receptacles,and Connectors of the Pin and Sleeve type for Hazardous Locations"and UL Standard 1010—"Receptacles—Plug combinations for use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations". D. Switches 1. Toggle switches shall be full sized,heavy duty AC type rated for 120/277 volts, 20 amperes and comply with Federal Specification WS 896. Mounting strap shall be one-piece nickel plated steel with integral ground. Terminals shall external screw-pressure plate back and side wired to accept# 14-#10 AWG wire. Contacts shall be silver alloy. Switches located in `Wet Locations' or `Damp Locations' shall be provided with weatherproof covers. Catalog numbers shall be as follows: Manufacturer Single Pole 3-Way 4-Way Key Switches Hubbell: # 1221 # 1223 # 1224 #HBL1221-L Pass& Seymour: #PS20AC1 #PS20AC3 #PS20AC4 #PS20AC-L Leviton: # 1221-2 # 1223-2 # 1224-2 # 1221-2L 2. Occupancy Sensors a. All occupancy sensor locations shall be coordinated with the architectural drawings and furniture drawings to avoid obstructions from bookcases,partitions, file cabinets,white boards,etc. b. The Electrical Subcontractor shall test each sensor for proper operation after installation and shall program all occupancy sensors in the field as directed by Owner and Engineer. 7/5/2013 16100-19 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition positively identify the circuit; face and body shall be high impact resistant nylon. Catalog numbers shall be as follows: a. Pass& Seymour: #5362A b. Hubbell: #5362 C. Leviton: #5362 2. Duplex receptacles with ground fault circuit interrupter characteristics shall be rated for 125 volts, 20 amperes with 20 ampere feed through amperes unless otherwise indicated on contract drawings, and shall conform to the revised 2003 UL 943 standard. All receptacles shall have"SafeLock"protection that will disconnect power to the receptacle if critical components are damaged and ground fault protection is lost. All receptacles shall have"trip indicator"light to identify a tripped condition. All receptacles in bathrooms/toilets, within 6' 0"of sink locations, exterior outlets,utility vault, in wet areas, etc. shall be ground fault circuit interrupter listed as `Weather-Resistant"(Labeled"WR")whether indicated on the drawings or not. Provide weatherproof`While-in-Use' covers for exterior outlets. Catalog numbers shall be as follows: a. Pass& Seymour: #2095-TR b. Hubbell: # GFTR20 C. Leviton: # W7899-TR d. Cooper #TRVGF-20 3. Isolated Ground receptacles shall be rated for 125 volts, 20 amperes unless otherwise indicated on contract drawings. The receptacles shall conform to Federal Specification WC-596 standards and comply with NEC section 250- 146(d)and section 410-56(c). Equipment grounding contacts are connected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device and have inherent electrical isolation from the mounting strap. Devices shall be listed and labeled as Isolated Ground Receptacles. The isolation method shall be integral to the receptacle construction and not dependent on removable parts. Catalog numbers shall be as follows: a. Pass& Seymour: #IG6300 b. Hubbell: #CR53521G C. Leviton: #53621G 4. Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor(TVSS)Receptacles shall be rated for 20 amperes unless otherwise indicated on contract drawings. Receptacles shall comply with UL Standard 1449 "Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors." Receptacles shall have 150V 18mm dual-packed MOV protecting normal and common modes, (L-N, L-G,N-G)with 500V suppressed voltage, offer 3-mode equal protection with 210 joules minimum per mode of energy absorption and 13,000 amp maximum surge capability, 3 thermal fuses,two overcurrent protection fuses and epoxy compound encapsulating the internal components. Receptacles shall have visual LED surge status indicator to alert user to surge suppression circuit condition. Visual indicator will be illuminated(red)when power is on and surge suppression circuit is fully functional and will not be illuminated when power is off or loss of surge suppression protection. 7/5/2013 16100-18 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Power and Grounding Requirements 1. Furnish and install receptacles as shown on the drawings for peripheral equipment at each telecommunication/data closet. 2. Furnish and install a 12" by 4" by 1/4" copper ground bus in each telecommunications closet for peripheral equipment at each telecommunication closet. Run 1#6 AWG copper wire in 3/4" conduit to [the associated receptacle panel ground bus serving the telecommunications closet][the electric service ground bus]. E. All wiring for the telecommunications system shall be furnished and installed as indicated in 26700 and shall utilize empty raceways furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor. 2.09 BOILERS AND RELATED WORK A. Furnish and install a manually operated remote shutdown switch located just outside the boiler room. The switch shall be mounted at 60"AFF and shall have a red engraved nameplate stating"Boiler Shutoff Switch". The switch shall be protected against tampering with a plastic unlocked shield. B. Provide a remote manually operated switch as described above for each boiler and provide at each door to the boiler room as required. 2.10 WIRING DEVICES AND DEVICE PLATES A. Furnish and install wiring devices, complete with all accessories as indicated on the drawings and as specified hereunder. All wiring devices shall be the product of a single manufacturer except where specifically stated otherwise. B. Wiring devices and components shall be designed,manufactured,tested and installed to comply with NFPA 70(National Electrical Code),UL Standards: UL498 receptacles; UL20 switches;UL508 industrial control equipment; UL 943 ground fault circuit interrupters(2003 revision); and, UL 1449 surge suppressor;NEMA standards, state and local codes and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Federal specifications apply to certain receptacles (WC596)and switches(WS896). Furnish and install Federal Specification grade wiring devices, complete with all accessories as indicated on the drawings and as specified hereunder. C. Receptacles 1. Duplex Receptacles shall be Industrial Grade Extra Heavy Duty type Federal Specification rated for 125 volts, 20 amperes unless otherwise indicated on contract drawings and conform to WC596 standards. Receptacles shall have wire bundling clamps on all terminals including ground;terminal screws shall be#10. A full wrap-around bridge strap shall be provided with locking finger tabs to secure the face. Ground contact spring shall be formed on bridge,riveted grounds are not acceptable. Receptacles shall have an ID labeling system area to 7/5/2013 16100-17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Provide a system of cable hook supports in locations as shown on the drawings on 4'-0" centers for all low voltage system cabling such as telephone, data, etc. b. Cable hooks shall have a flat bottom and provide a minimum of 1-5/8 inch cable bearing surface. C. Cable hooks shall have 90-degree radiused edges to prevent damage while installing cables. d. Cable hooks shall be designed so the mounting hardware is recessed to prevent cable damage. e. Cable hooks shall have a stainless steel cable latch retainer to provide containment of cables within the hook. The retainer shall be removable and reusable. f. Cable hooks shall be factory assembled for direct attachment to walls, hanger rods,beam flanges,purlins, strut, floor posts, etc. to meet job conditions. g. Cable hooks shall be Cooper B-Line Series BCH64 (4"hook size). Or Approved Equal. h. Cable hooks shall be supported to the building structure and shall be mounted on the same center line and it shall not be necessary for the low voltage cables to cross a room or corridor except at intersections. 3. Where areas have non-accessible ceilings,provide 4"conduit sleeves,minimum (1)per system, covering the entire length of non-accessible cavity.Number and size of sleeves shall be as indicated on the drawings. 4. Where corridors cross smoke partitions or fire rated partitions,provide 4"conduit sleeves, minimum (1)per system extending 6" beyond partition in both directions.Number and size of sleeves shall be as indicated on the drawings. 5. All voice/data outlets shall consist of a 4 11/6" square by 3" deep, 2-gang backbox with a single gang adapter and device plate as indicated on the drawings. I inch conduit shall run from each outlet to within 6" of the cable tray. 6. Telecommunication backboards in telecommunication rooms shall consist of 3/4" plywood sheets with a finished side primed and painted as required by the Owner and as shown on the drawings and in accordance with Miscellaneous Carpentry Section of the Specifications 7. The following additional equipment is required for the telecommunication empty conduit and backbox system and is included elsewhere in these specifications: Boxes, Supports,Mechanical Suspension Channel, Conduit, Sleeves, Outlet Boxes. 7/5/2013 16100-16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition members 1-5/8 inch by 1-5/8 inch with necessary hardware such as Trapeze Support Kits(9G-55XX-22SH) as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. or Approved Equal. Cable trays installed adjacent to walls shall be supported on wall mounted brackets such as B409 as manufactured by Cooper B-Line, Inc. or Approved Equal. 8) Center hung supports shall be manufactured of 12 gauge, 1-5/8 inch by 1-5/8 inch B-Line B22 steel strut with a pipe welded at the middle of the support to provide eccentric loading stability. Support shall withstand 700 pounds in a 60 percent vs. 40 percent eccentric loading condition with a safety factor of 3. 9) Trapeze hangers and center-hung supports shall be supported by 1/2 inch(minimum) diameter rods. 10) Barrier Strips: Shall be placed as specified on drawings and be fastened into the tray with self-drilling screws. 11) Accessories- special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support, and install a cable tray system. Accessories shall consist of but are not limited to; section splice plates, expansion plates,blind-end plates, specially designed ladder dropouts, barriers, etc. e. Expansion connectors shall be used at building expansion joints. f. The cable tray at a 6'-0" span shall sustain a working load of 400 pounds per linear foot with a load(safety)factor of 1.5 when tested in accordance with NEMA Load Test VE 1.3.01. g. Where there is insufficient elevation or lateral change in direction to accommodate fittings directly connected,adjustable vertical connectors or adjustable horizontal connectors with straight sections in between may be used. Avoid slopes that would cause cables to bend on smaller radius than that allowed by cable manufacturer. h. Cable trays shall be supported independently to the building structure. i. Where the tray pierces fire rated structure,the tray shall be solid with top cover extending 6" from each side of the structure,or as otherwise noted. The entire tray and cover shall be surrounded with fireproofing material equivalent to Chase Corp. CTC PR-855 or O.S. Gedney CFS/CAFS. j. Ground the cable tray system with#10 AWG green insulated copper conductor to the building structural system as per requirements of the NEC. 2. Cable Hook System 7/5/2013 16100-15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Materials and Finish: Material and finish specifications for each tray type are as follows: 1) Aluminum: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052. d. Type of Tray System 1) Ladder type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails)with transverse members(rungs)welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced 12 inches on center. Spacing in radiused fittings shall be 9 inches and measured at the center of the tray's width. Rungs shall have a minimum cable-bearing surface of 7/8 inch with radiused edges. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails. 2) Tray Sizes shall have 6 inch minimum usable load depth, or as noted on the drawing. 3) Straight tray sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-Beams. All straight sections shall be supplied in standard 10 foot lengths, except where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray assembly lengths as shown on drawings. ` 4) Tray widths shall be 24 inches or as shown on drawings. 5) All fittings must have a minimum radius of 12 inches. 6) Splice plates shall be the bolted type made as indicated below for each tray type. The resistance of fixed splice connections between adjacent sections of tray shall not exceed.00033 ohms. Splice plate construction shall be such that a splice may be located anywhere within the support span without diminishing rated loading capacity of the cable tray. a) Aluminum Tray- Splice plates shall be made of 6063- T6 aluminum, using four square neck carriage bolts and serrated flange locknuts. Hardware shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SCI. If aluminum cable tray is to be used outdoors then hardware shall be Type 316 stainless. b) Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings. 7) Cable Tray Supports: Shall be placed so that the support spans do not exceed maximum span indicated on drawings. Supports shall be constructed from 12 gauge steel formed shape channel 7/5/2013 16100-14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Wiring devices and other connectors shall be factory or field installed at spacings as indicated on the drawings, electrically wired, and covers labeled with self- adhesive engraved nameplate as identified on the drawings. 2. Each receptacle shall be identified noting the panel number and circuit number from which it is fed. Receptacles rated higher than a NEMA 50-20R configuration shall also be provided with voltage,phase and amperage identified in the same manner. 3. Receptacles in raceway connected to the optional-standby branch of the emergency power system shall be red and identified as such in label. G. Communication Outlets 1. Raceway covers shall have holecut provision for communications outlets. The raceway must be capable of containing,but not limited to, snap-in modular jacks (3-pair, 4-pair,4-pair keyed and MMJ)coaxial and F-connectors, and communication grommets. Wiring connections of these devices shall be completed at the jobsite by the Owner's appointed Contractor. H. Installation 1. Raceway shall be installed with all appropriate fittings in accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions and in compliance with al appropriate codes. Raceway is to be plumb, square, level and in alignment with casework or furniture as required. 2.08 TELECOMMUNICATION/DATA RACEWAY SYSTEMS A. General 1. Furnish and install a complete empty raceway system for the telecommunication/data system as specified herein and as shown on the drawings. 2. The completed system installation shall meet the approval of the Owner's Telecommunications Departments when applicable and shall be in accordance with all applicable sections of the NEC. B. Equipment 1. Cable Tray System a. Acceptable Manufacturers: Cooper B-Line, Inc., Wiremold, b. General: Provide a complete system of metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;with splice plates,bolts,nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction features. 7/5/2013 16100-13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition cabling and exceeding the TIA/EIA-569-A requirements for communications pathways. 4. Device Brackets and Plates: Provide in sizes to match raceway width and with mounting holes located to ensure proper mounting of devices in up to 4 compartments. Device plates shall be available in any length from 6-inch to 60- inch, with cutouts to accommodate various combinations of power and communications devices in up to 4 compartments. Provide 6-inch and 12-inch long device plates with a flange to overlap the joint of adjacent cover as applicable. 5. Communications Devices and Accessories: Raceway shall accommodate a complete line of connectivity outlets and modular inserts for UTP(including Category 5, 5e, 6) STP(150 ohm)fiber optic, coaxial, and other cabling types with matching faceplates and bezels to facilitate mounting. C. Manufacturer 1. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Wiremold, Hubbell, Panduit or Approved Equal. D. Raceways Only 1. Surface Mounted Metal Raceways shall be: a. Hubbell HBL750 or Wiremold V700 One-Piece Metal Raceway. E. Multi-Outlet Systems and Raceways l. Surface Mounted Metal Multi-Outlet Systems and Raceways shall be: a. SURFACE MOUNTED NON-METALLIC RACEWAYS: Wiremold Access 5000 Dual Channel Nonmetallic or Raceway,Wiremold Wiremold 5500 Series Nonmetallic Raceway where applicable. 1) Material: Raceway and system components UL Listed and exhibit nonflammable self-extinguishing characteristics,tested UL94V-0, or equivalent. 2) Fittings: Rigid PVC compound with base to eliminate mitering. 3) Device Brackets and Plates: For mounting standard devices in- line or offset from the raceway. Device bracket shall provide multiple gang openings at one location. Faceplates shall match and fit flush in the device plate. 4) Provide receptacles and tele/data outlets as indicated on the drawings. F. Wiring Devices on Raceway Systems '-'*, 7/5/2013 16100-12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Lugs and wire connectors shall be one of the following: Ilsco,Anderson,Bumdy Corp., Thomas& Betts Co or Approved Equal. 2.07 SURFACE MOUNTED RACEWAY SYSTEM A. General 1. This specification covers a power wiring system with a factory or field wired multi-outlet raceway used for branch circuit wiring and/or voice, data,video and other low-voltage wiring. Multiple outlet raceway system shall consist of raceway, appropriate fittings,receptacle harness and receptacle identification to complete the installation as shown on the drawings. 2. The multi-outlet assembly is to be utilized in dry interior locations,and UL Listed as a Multi-Outlet Assembly and Surface Metal and Nonmetallic Raceways as covered in Articles 386 (Metal Raceways)and Article 388 (Nonmetallic Raceways) of the National Electrical Code. System shall comply with UL Standard UL5 for Surface Raceways. 3. Submit drawings for approval, show the complete layout of all products that make up the complete system for each floor prior to installation with raceway lengths, device type(power and communications),locations and circuit identification. 4. Three (3) copies of record drawings, showing each raceway section, shall be provided upon delivery of the system. B. Description 1. System: Provide surface raceway systems for branch circuit and data network voice,video and other low-voltage wiring. Surface raceway system shall consist of raceway bases, covers, appropriate fittings and device mounting plates necessary for a complete installation. 2. Configuration: Raceways shall be one- or two-piece design with base and snap- on cover,or three-piece design with base and two snap-on covers which snap side by side on a common base. Base shall be dividable with a fixed barrier for up to 4 compartments. Raceway shall be available in widths of 3/4-inch to 10- inch and depths of 17/32-inch to 5-inch. Provide raceways from a company that can provide custom sizes if required. Raceway covers shall be available in tamper-resistant form with screws on access plates and covers of fittings,but not on standard cover lengths. 3. Fittings: Fittings shall include flat, internal and external elbows, couplings for joining raceway sections,wire clips, blank end fittings,and device mounting brackets and plates as applicable. Where required,provide tamper-resistant form, dividable with barriers and matching the size of the accompanying raceway base. Provide full capacity corner elbows and tee fittings to maintain a controlled 2-inch cable bend radius, meeting the specification for Fiber Optic and UTP 7/5/2013 16100-11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Federal Specification WW-C-563 C. ANSI C80.3 4. Connectors and Couplings a. Connectors and Couplings shall be steel. b. Connectors and Couplings shall be set screw type for all sizes. E. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit(Type LFMC) shall be used for connection to all modular office furniture systems,and all kitchen equipment. LFMC shall be used for connection to motors,pumps, air handling units and transformers where subject to damp or wet environment and shall be waterproof type, with an interwoven ground conductor. Separate ground conductor shall be installed for all liquidtight flexible conduit sizes. Liquidtight flexible metal shall be manufactured by Electri-Flex,AFC,Anamet, or Approved Equal. F. Flexible Metal Conduit(Type FMC)may be used for connecting to generators,motors, pumps, air handling units,transformers in dry locations and to lighting fixtures. Separate ground conductor shall be installed for all flexible conduit sizes.Flexible metal conduit shall be manufactured by Electri-Flex,AFC,Anamet, or Approved Equal. 1. For light fixture connections: Maximum length of flexible metal conduit(whip) allowed shall be 6'-0" from the junction box to the light fixture. All light fixture whips shall originate from the junction box. Daisy chain connections from light fixture to light fixture will not be allowed per NEC Article 250.118(5)(c)and 348.60(Exhibit 348.1). G. All empty conduit runs shall have nylon pull strings installed. Tie a washer larger than the conduit on each end of nylon pull string to avoid losing pull string in conduits. H. Conduit bodies and fittings shall be complete with gaskets and covers where required. I. Expansion fittings shall be provided where conduit passes through building expansion joints, and shall be of the weatherproof telescopic type. The expansion fitting shall permit a minimum movement of 4". J. Where conduits pass through a concrete foundation of a structure below grade or below water level or through a concrete wall or floor which must be sealed,provide a Thruwall &Floor Seal fitting equal to OZ Gedney Type FSK fitting. K. Conduit and tubing shall be manufactured by one of the following: Wheatland,Allied Tube & Conduit Co.,or Approved Equal. L. Flexible conduit shall be manufactured by one of the following: Electriflex,AFC,Alflex or Approved Equal. 2.06 SOLDERLESS LUGS AND CONNECTORS A. All lugs for 600 volt feeder conductors and connectors for branch circuit joints shall be of -- the solderless type suitable for copper and aluminum wire. 7/5/2013 16100-10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition (Type EMT) subject to the restrictions of the National Electrical Code. The minimum size allowed shall be 3/4". 3. Refer to Part 3 of this specification for installation requirements. B. Rigid Metal Conduit(RMC) 1. RMC shall be permitted under all conditions subject to the restrictions of the National Electrical Code and Part 3 of this specification. 2. Conforms to: a. UL 6 b. Federal Specification WW-C-581 C. ANSI C80.1 3. Connectors and Couplings shall be threaded. C. Intermediate Metal Conduit(IMC) 1. IMC shall be permitted under all conditions subject to the restrictions of the National Electrical Code and Part 3 of this specification. 2. IMC shall not be permitted for non-concrete encased medium voltage feeders. 3. Conforms to: a. UL 1242 b. Federal Specification WW-C-581 C. ANSI C80.6 4. Connectors and Couplings shall be compression type or threaded. D. Electrical Metallic Tubing(EMT) 1. EMT shall be permitted under all conditions subject to the restrictions of the National Electrical Code and Part 3 of this specification, except as noted below. 2. EMT shall NOT be permitted: a. For electric service feeders b. To be direct buried underground. C. For exterior runs. d. In concrete,mortar, grout,or other cementitious materials. e. In floor slabs. f. Where subject to physical damage. g. In corrosive areas. h. In hazardous (classified)locations. i. In fire pump rooms. j. For medium voltage feeders. 3. Conforms to: a. UL 797 7/5/2013 16100-9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Insulation types for all conductors shall be as follows: Description Location Dry Damp Wet Copper Branch Circuits#6 AWG and THHN/THW THWN THWN smaller N Copper Branch Circuits larger than#6 XHHW XHHW XHHW- AWG 2 Copper Feeders not listed below XHHW XHHW XHHW- 2 All Service Feeders, Exterior Feeders XHHW-2 XHHW-2 XHHW- and Exterior Branch Circuits 2 All Feeders connected to 100% rated XHHW-2 XHHW-2 XHHW circuit breakers 2 D. Color Coding 1. Color coding shall match the Owners color coding standard. If no standard color coding system exists, use the following: 208/120 Volts 480/277 Volts A Phase - Black A Phase - Brown B Phase - Red B Phase - Orange C Phase - Blue C Phase - Yellow Neutral - White Neutral - Grey Ground - Green Ground - Green with Yellow Stripe 2. Color coding shall be continuous on insulation for#6 AWG or smaller and continuous or marked with color tape at all connections and in all pull,junction and outlet boxes for conductors larger than#6 AWG. E. Manufacturers 1. Branch circuit and feeder conductors shall be manufactured by one of the following: General Cable, Southwire, Okonite or Approved Equal. 2.05 METALLIC CONDUIT A. General 1. Raceways for Service Feeders, including all unmetered feeders regardless if feeders are located within building, shall be Rigid Metal Conduit(RMC). EMT shall be allowed ONLY IF allowed by the Electric Utility Company Standards. 2. Raceways for feeders and branch circuits shall be rigid metal conduit(Type . RMC),intermediate metal conduit(Type IMC)or electrical metallic tubing 7/5/2013 16100-8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition d. Conductors#10 and#l2 AWG shall be connected with pre-insulated spring connectors encased in a steel shell (wire nuts) and rated at not less than 105°C. A minimum of 3/8" skirt shall cover the bare wires. The connector shall meet with UL approval for fixture and pressure work and shall be "B-Cap" Type B1,B2 and B4 electrical spring connectors as manufactured by the Buchanan Co.,Ideal or approved equal. Pushwire connectors(as similar to WAGO Wall-Nuts) shall NOT be allowed,only wire nuts shall be allowed for connections. B. References 1. All wiring shall conform to the National Electrical Code for construction and use. 2. Conductor type THHW shall meet or exceed the following: a. ASTM B-3 or B-8 b. UL Standard 83 C. UL listed as type THHW 3. Conductor types THWN shall meet or exceed the following: a. ASTM B-3 or B-8 b. UL Standard 83 C. UL listed as type THWN ROW 4. Conductor type XHHW shall meet or exceed the following: a. ASTM B-3 or B-8 b. ICEA S-95-658 C. NEMA WC-70 d. UL Standard 44 e. UL listed as type XHHW 5. Conductor type XHHW-2 shall meet or exceed the following: a. ASTM B-3 or B-8 b. ICEA S-95-658 C. NEMA WC-70 d. UL Standard 44 e. UL listed as type XHHW-2 6. Conductor type RHH shall meet or exceed the following: a. ASTM B-3 or B-8 b. ICEA S-95-658 C. NEMA WC-70 d. UL Standard 44 e. UL listed as type RHH C. Insulation 7/5/2013 16100-7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Aluminum Feeder Cable Assemblies 1. Feeder wiring only shall be allowed to be aluminum. The following cable type shall be allowed to be used for feeders only. a. MC CABLE: Type MC Cable shall be Listed by Underwriters Laboratories(UL)and suitable for operation at 600 volts or less as specified in the National Electric Code. The jacketed MC Cable shall be listed for direct burial, cable tray and sunlight resistant applications using PVC jacket free of the heavy metals lead and cadmium. MC Cable, without jacket, shall be listed for Limited Smoke or"LS"rating per FT4/IEEE 1202 procedure per UL Standard 1685. MC Cable with and without jacket shall be listed for use as through-penetrating product along with the listed through penetration fire stop systems per UL Fire Stop Systems C-AJ-3041, W-L-3022, W-L-3041. Interlocking aluminum armor shall be applied over the corrugated mylar wrapped subassembly of phase identified listed Type XHHW-2 conductors,rated for a maximum operating temperature of 90°C maximum in wet or dry locations. A marker tape identifying the construction shall be placed under the wrapping tape. Aluminum alloy conductors shall be compact stranded conductors of AlumaFlex TM (AA-88176)as manufactured by Southwire or STABILOY® (AA-8030)as manufactured by Alcan Cable or approved Listed equal. AA-8000 Series aluminum alloy conductor material shall be recognized by The Aluminum Association. 2.04 CONDUCTORS - 600 VOLTS A. General 1. Feeders a. All feeder wiring shall be manufactured of copper,rated at 600 volts, single conductor. Conductors#8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. 2. Branch Circuits a. All branch circuit,remote control, signal circuit and interlock wiring shall be manufactured of copper,rated at 600 volts, single conductor. Conductors#8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. All wiring#10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. b. Minimum size wire for branch circuit and power wiring shall be #12 AWG. Remote control signal circuit and interlock wiring may be #14 AWG. Fire alarm wiring shall be per the Fire Alarm System Section of these specifications. 1) Refer to Part 3 for voltage drop considerations. C. All wiring shall be installed in conduit(power, low voltage and control wiring),unless specifically indicated otherwise. 7/5/2013 16100-6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Reference Standards 1) MC cable shall be in compliance with the latest applicable edition of the following industry standards: a) National Electrical Code (NEC) (1) NEC 330 b) Federal Specification J-C-3013 C) Underwriters Laboratory(UL) (1) UL 1569 (2) UL 1479 b. Construction 1) Conductors a) Conductors shall be minimum#12 AWG, soft drawn 98% conductive copper with 90°C, THHN, 600 volt rated insulation. Included with each length of MC cable shall be the required number of phase conductors (maximum 3),neutral conductor for each phase conductor(sharing of neutrals is not allowed)and insulated full size green grounding conductor. b) Each conductor, including ground conductor, shall be wrapped with nylon covering. C) Refer to Part 3 for voltage drop considerations. 2) Exterior armor a) The exterior sheath shall be manufactured of galvanized steel or aluminum armor and shall be wrapped around the conductors at the factory. C. Manufacturer 1) MC cable shall be as manufactured by AFC Series MC, or equivalent product as manufactured by Southwire,Allflex or Alliance. d. Fittings 1) Fittings for MC cable shall be suitable for use with the appropriate cable assembly. 2) Fitting shall be as manufactured by AFC, OZ Gedney,Thomas and Betts, or Approved Equal. 3) Include manufacturers literature with shop drawings stating application compatibility with each cable type. 7/5/2013 16100-5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Shallow type boxes shall only be allowed where field conditions do not allow installation of deep type. 3. Floor boxes shall be provided as 1-gang,2-gang or 3-gang as indicated on the drawings. 4. Provide conduit knockouts as required. 5. Covers shall be Brass. Provide Duplex Screw covers for duplex receptacle floor boxes. Provide Style Line Opening covers for telephone/data outlet floor boxes. 6. Provide carpet flanges where required. Carpet flanges shall be Brass to match covers. 2.03 CABLE ASSEMBLIES (PREFABRICATED) A. General 1. Refer to Part 3 of this section for acceptable applications of MC cable 2. Furnish and install multi-conductor cable assemblies as shown on the drawings and specified herein,including all necessary fittings,hangers, accessories, etc. Multi-conductor cable assemblies shall be prefabricated at the factory and shipped to the site on cable reels. B. Branch Circuit Cable Assemblies 1. General a. All branch circuit,remote control, signal circuit and interlock wiring shall be manufactured of copper,rated at 600 volts, single conductor. Conductors#8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. All wiring#10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. b. Minimum size wire for branch circuit and power wiring shall be #12 AWG. Remote control signal circuit and interlock wiring may be #14 AWG. Fire alarm wiring shall be per the Fire Alarm System Section of these specifications. 1) Refer to Part 3 for voltage drop considerations. C. Conductors#10 and#12 AWG shall be connected with pre-insulated spring connectors encased in a steel shell(wire nuts) and rated at not less than 105°C. A minimum of 3/8" skirt shall cover the bare wires. The connector shall meet with UL approval for fixture and pressure work and shall be "B-Cap" Type B1,B2 and B4 electrical spring connectors as manufactured by the Buchanan Co., Ideal or approved equal. Pushwire connectors(as similar to WAGO Wall-Nuts) shall NOT be allowed, only wire nuts shall be allowed for connections... 2. Metal Clad(MC)Cable 7/5/2013 16100-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Boxes shall be constructed of code-gauge galvanized steel or metal with baked enamel and shall be installed at points as required whether indicated on the drawings or not. Minimum dimension shall not be less than NEC requirements. 2. Provide flat plain removable covers with suitable flat head machine screws or slotted truss head bolts. 3. Boxes shall be constructed with suitable barriers separating different systems where required. 4. Boxes exceeding 4'-0" in any direction shall be reinforced with angle iron stiffeners and shall contain cable supports. 5. PVC Schedule 40 junction boxes shall be provided in areas with corrosive atmosphere. 6. Boxes shall be manufactured by one of the following: Hoffman,McKinstry or Approved Equal. B. Outlet Boxes(Backboxes) 1. Outlet boxes shall be one-piece code-gauge galvanized steel construction meeting NEC requirements, of proper size and suitable for location indicated on the drawings. 2. All surface mounted fire alarm devices shall be mounted on backboxes specifically made for the purpose and shall be red in color. 3. Boxes for surface mounted devices shall be a finished type(surface box). 4. Boxes for exterior work, in wet locations, exposed interior locations and in mechanical rooms shall be cast type FS or FD Series,with cadmium plated covers. Steel boxes will not be permitted. 5. Boxes for support of luminaires and ceiling fans shall be Listed and approved to support the weight of the actual luminaire or fan. 6. PVC Schedule 40 outlet boxes shall be provided in areas with corrosive atmosphere. 7. Outlet boxes shall not be less than 4 11/16" square and 2" deep. Outlet boxes for telecommunication/data outlets shall be minimum of 3"deep. . 8. Outlet boxes shall be manufactured by one of the following: Crouse-Hinds Co., Appleton Electric Co., Steel City Electric Co. or RACO. C. Floor Boxes 1. Floor boxes shall be fully-adjustable,rectangular metallic deep cast iron type. 7/5/2013 16100-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Coordinate location of all equipment with the General Contractor. Obtain installation diagrams and methods of installation of all equipment from equipment manufacturers. 1.07 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with the requirements hereinbefore specified, and with the Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples Division 1 in the manner described therein, modified as noted hereinafter. B. All shop drawings shall have clearly marked the appropriate specification number of drawing designation, for identification of the submittal. C. Disposition of shop drawings shall not relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from the responsibility for deviations from drawing or specifications,unless he has submitted in writing a letter itemizing or calling attention to such deviations at time of submission and secured written approval from the Engineer,nor shall such disposition of shop drawings relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from responsibility for errors in shop drawings or schedules. D. All final approved shop drawings shall be included in the required O &M manuals E. Shop drawings shall include,but shall not be limited to,the following: 1. Wireways. 2. Boxes. 3. Cable assemblies—Type MC Cable 4. Conductors- 600 volts. 5. Conduit. 6. Mineral Insulated(MI)metal sheathed cable. 7. Surface mounted raceway system. 8. Telecommunications/data cable. 9. Wiring devices and device plates. 10. Contractor proposed routing of all conduits 2'/2 inches in diameter and larger. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 WIREWAYS A. Furnish and install wireways as required and/or as indicated on the drawings. B. Wireways shall be sized as required or minimum 6"x 6"x length as required. Wireways shall be provided with hinged covers. C. Wireways shall be as manufactured by Cutler Hammer, General Electric, Square D, Siemens or Approved Equal. 2.02 BOXES A. Junction and Pull Boxes 7/5/2013 16100-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16100 WIRING METHODS (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS: As provided under Section 16001 - Electrical Filed Sub-Bid Requirements and supplemented under the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract, and applicable parts of Division 1 - General Requirements. 1. Work of this Filed Sub-Bid Requirements includes all individual specification sections listed in Section 16001. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, as listed on the Table of Contents and including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements, shall be included in, and made part of,this Section. 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Refer to Section 16010. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. For work to be included as part of this Section,to be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor, refer to the Related Work section of Specification Section 16010. B. Carefully examine all of the Contract Documents, criteria sheets and all other Sections of the specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section,whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Attention is directed to provisions of the General Requirements, Supplementary General Requirements, Division 1 - Warranties and Section 16010—Electrical Special Conditions regarding guarantees and warranties for the work under this Contract. 1.06 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible to provide all conduit and wiring connections to equipment provided under other Sections of the specifications and provided by the Owner. 7/5/2013 16100-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16100 WIRING METHODS (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS ...............................................................................................................1 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS ..............................................................................................................1 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK.............................................................................................................1 1.04 RELATED WORK...........................................................................................................................1 1.05 WARRANTY ...................................................................................................................................1 1.06 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS ......................................................................................................1 1.07 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS..................................................................................................2 PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 WIREWAYS.....................................................................................................................................2 2.02 BOXES .............................................................................................................................................2 2.03 CABLE ASSEMBLIES (PREFABRICATED)................................................................................4 2.04 CONDUCTORS - 600 VOLTS ........................................................................................................6 2.05 METALLIC CONDUIT...................................................................................................................8 2.06 SOLDERLESS LUGS AND CONNECTORS...............................................................................10 2.07 SURFACE MOUNTED RACEWAY SYSTEM............................................................................11 2.08 TELECOMMUNICATION/DATA RACEWAY SYSTEMS .......................................................13 2.09 BOILERS AND RELATED WORK..............................................................................................17 2.10 WIRING DEVICES AND DEVICE PLATES...............................................................................17 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION ...........................................................................................................................21 3.02 GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM .......................................................................................35 3.03 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.........................................................................................36 3.04 PHYSICAL SEPARATION OF NORMAL AND EMERGENCY SYSTEMS............................36 3.05 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS ....................................................................................................37 k 7/5/2013 16100-i Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Apw 8. Ceiling mounted lighting fixtures shall be attached to lay-in ceilings with earthquake clips or other approved means of positive attachment to T-bar structure,in addition to direct attachments to the structure. 9. All non-isolated floor or wall mounted equipment shall use RESTRAINT TYPE III or V,unless noted otherwise in the Report. 10. Where base anchoring of equipment is insufficient to resist seismic forces, provide restraint TYPE III shall be located above the units center of gravity to suitably resist "G" forces specified,unless noted otherwise in the Report. 11. A rigid conduit or cable tray system shall not be braced to dissimilar parts of a building or two dissimilar building systems that may respond in a different mode during an earthquake (e.g Wall and roof; solid concrete wall and a metal deck with lightweight concrete fill,bus duct, conduit, etc. crossing a building expansion joint). 3.2 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. All materials and equipment shall be new and unused and shall meet requirements of the latest Standards of NEMA,UL,IPCEA,ANSI and IEEE. Equipment shall have components required or recommended by OSHA, applicable NFPA documents and shall be UL listed and labeled. B. Despite references in the specifications or on the drawings to materials or pieces of equipment by name,make or catalog number, such references shall be interpreted as establishing standards of quality for materials and performance. C. Finish of materials, components and equipment shall not be less than Industry good practice. When material or equipment is visible or subject to corrosive or atmospheric conditions,the finish shall be as approved by the Engineer. D. Provide proper access to material or equipment that requires inspection,replacement, repair or service. If proper access cannot be provided, confer with the Engineer as to the best method of approach to minimize effects of reduced access. E. All work shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be done in accordance with all Local and State Codes. F. The Owner will not be responsible for material, equipment or the installation of same before testing and acceptance. - END OF SECTION— 7/5/2013 16050-17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. All additional supports, clamps,web members, etc.,required to comply with the above requirements shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor, as applicable, for the work furnished and installed under this Contract. D. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints for Electrical System 1. Refer to the Part 2 Vibration and Seismic Restraints for Electrical Systems Report for installation requirements. 2. All floor mounted equipment shall be snubbed, anchored,bolted or welded to the structure to comply with the required seismic forces. Calculations that determine that isolated equipment movement may be less than the operating clearance of snubbers (restraints) do not preclude the need for snubbers. All equipment must be positively restrained to the structure. 3. All suspended equipment shall be two or four point independently braced with TYPE III restraints, installed taught for non-isolated equipment and slack with 1/2" cable deflection for isolated equipment. Rod bracing shall be installed as per approved submittals and shop drawings. 4. All horizontally suspended conduits shall use RESTRAINT TYPE III unless otherwise noted in the Report. 5. For all trapeze supported conduit,the individual conduits must be transversely ` and vertically restrained to the trapeze support at the designated restraint locations. 6. The installation shall not overstress the building structure. Bracing locations and methods shall be reviewed by the Structural Engineer and Engineer prior to installation. 7. Conduit Risers and Busduct Risers a. Where conduits and busduct risers pass through cored holes, core diameters to be a maximum of 2" larger than pipe O.D. Cored holes must be packed with suitable resilient fire stop material as specified in other sections of this specification and/or state and local codes. b. Conduit risers and busduct risers through cored holes require a riser clamp at each floor level on top of the slab attached in a seismically approved manner for vertical restraint. C. Conduit risers and busduct risers in pipe shafts require structural steel attached in a seismically approved manner at each floor level and a riser clamp at each floor level on top of, and fastened to the structural steel. The riser clamp and structural steel must be capable of withstanding all static and seismic loads. d. Refer to manufacturer's seismic restraint methods for busduct. 7/5/2013 16050-16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Unless specifically noted or indicated otherwise, all equipment and material specified in Part 2 of this specification or indicated on the drawings shall be installed under this Contract whether or not specifically itemized herein. This Section covers particular installation methods and requirements peculiar to certain items and classes or material and equipment. 2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain detailed information from manufacturers of equipment provided under Part 2 of this specification as to proper methods of installation. 3. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain final roughing dimensions and other information as needed for complete installation of items furnished under other Sections or furnished by the Owner. 4. The Electrical Subcontractor shall keep fully informed of size, shape and position of openings required for material and equipment provided under this and other Sections. Ensure that openings required for work of this Section are coordinated with work of other Sections. Provide cutting and patching as necessary. 5. All miscellaneous hardware and support accessories, including support rods, nuts,bolts, screws and other such items, shall be of a galvanized or cadmium plated finish or of another approved rust-inhibiting coating. B. Access Panels 1. Access panels shall be furnished to the General Contractor for installation by the General Contractor or his designated Subcontractor for installing the access panels. C. Hangers, Supports and Mechanical Suspension Channel 1. All horizontal runs of conduits shall be properly grouped, aligned,using substantial hangers, straps, etc. Hangers and supports shall be installed at intervals not exceeding Code requirements. 2. Structural Support Interface a. All conduit,raceways, electrical equipment and other similar system components which are supported by roof or floor joists shall be hung from the top chord or bottom chord panel point or a panel point shall be provided by applying a vertical web member. The maximum load shall not exceed 250 pounds. b. All conduit,raceways, electrical equipment, etc.,which are supported by roof/floor beams shall be hung from the beams with clamp attachments which engage both edges of the beam flange. The hanger shall be located directly below the web of the beam and the hanger load shall be limited to 1000 pounds in area above mechanical room and 250 pounds in remaining areas,unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 7/5/2013 16050-15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. For ceiling suspended equipment provide minimum/maximum installation angle allowed for restraint system as well as braced and unbraced rod lengths at each allowable installation condition. G. Related Work 1. The Electrical Subcontractor shall coordinate with the General Contractor for all concrete pads and all attachments. Coordinate with the seismic restraint manufacturer for edge distance of pads, but shall be as minimum 10 bolt diameters of clearance all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow for the use of full anchor ratings. 2. Coordinate to ensure that the concrete pad is restrained itself to the structure to resist the seismic forces. H. Supplementary Support Steel 1. Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel and connections for all equipment and piping as required. I. Definitions 1. The term EQUIPMENT used throughout this specification section above includes ALL non-structural components within the facility and/or serving this facility, such as equipment located in outbuildings or outside of the main structure on grade within five feet of the foundation wall. Equipment buried .•• underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation walls is included. Equipment referred to below is a partial list of equipment for reference. (Equipment not listed is still included in this specification). 2. Life safety systems are defined. a. All systems involved with fire alarm system. b. All systems involved emergency lighting systems. 3. Positive Attachment is defined as a support location with a cast-in or wedge type expansion anchor,a double sided beam clamp, and a welded or through bolted connection to the structure. 4. Transverse Bracing is defined as restraint(s)applied to limit motion perpendicular or angular to the centerline of the conduit, cable tray or bus duct. 5. Longitudinal Bracing is defined as restraint(s)applied to limit motion along the centerline of the conduit, cable tray or bus duct. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General 7/5/2013 16050-14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. TYPE B: Spring Isolator- Restrained a. Shall be the same as TYPE A with the following additional features. 1) Integral restraining bolts with elastomeric cushions preventing metal-to-metal contact. 2) Internal spring adjusting nut or bolt with leveling capability. 3) Built-in all-directional limit stops with minimum 1/4" clearance under normal operation. 4) Mountings shall have Anchorage Pre-approval "R"number from California OSHPD, certifying the horizontal and vertical seismic load ratings. a) Mason Industries Type SLR, SSLFH 3. TYPE D: Double deflection neoprene isolator encased in ductile iron or steel casing. a. Mountings shall have Anchorage Pre-approval"R"number from California OSHPD, certifying the horizontal and vertical seismic load ratings. 1) Mason Industries Type RC or BR 4. TYPE E: Elastomer Hanger Isolator ^ a. Molded neoprene element with an integral bushing to insulate lower support rod from the hanger box. b. Steel hanger box shall withstand three times the rated load without failure. 1) Mason Industries Type HD F. Submittal Requirements 1. Catalog cuts or data sheets on specific seismic restraint devices restraints to be utilized detailing compliance with the specification. Reference seismic restraint types per section of this specification. An itemized list of all isolated and non- isolated equipment. Detailed schedules showing seismic restraints proposed for each piece of equipment,referencing material and seismic calculation drawing numbers. Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors;include number, size and locations for each piece of equipment. 2. When walls and slabs are used as seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable methods must be included. 3. Coordinated drawings shall be marked-up with the specific locations and types of restraints shown for all electrical systems including but not limited to, conduit, cable tray. Rod bracing at various installation angles and assigned load at each restraint location shall be clearly delineated. Any and all tributary loads shall be considered for proper restraint sizing. 7/5/2013 16050-13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Non-isolated systems shall be braced with structural steel strut type with approved fastening devices to equipment and structure. I) Mason Industries Type SSB 2) Avnec 3) Vibration Eliminator Company C. Steel angles(by contractor) shall be provided to prevent rod bending of hung equipment where indicated by the Seismic Restraint vendor's submittals. Steel angles shall be attached to the rods with a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location. Welding of support rods to angles is not acceptable. Rod clamp assemblies shall have Anchorage Pre-approval"R"number from California OSHPD. 1) Mason Ind. Model"SRC". 2) Avnec 3) Vibration Eliminator Company d. Pipe clevis cross braces are required at all restraint locations. They shall be special purpose preformed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the clevis cross bolt. Clevis cross braces shall have Anchorage Pre-approval "R"number from California OSHPD. 1) Mason Ind. Model "CCB". 2) Avnec 3) Vibration Eliminator Company 4. TYPE IV: Double deflection neoprene isolator encased in ductile iron or steel casing. a. Mountings shall have Anchorage Pre-approval "R"number from California OSHPD, certifying the horizontal and vertical seismic load ratings. 1) Mason Industries Type RC or BR 2) Avnec 3) Vibration Eliminator Company 5. TYPE V: Rigid attachment to structure utilizing wedge type expansion anchors for bolting and steel plates, either cast-in or anchored with wedge type expansion bolts, for welding. Powder shots are not acceptable. Concrete anchor bolt spacing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published standards. E. Vibration Isolator Types 1. TYPE A: Spring Isolator-Free Standing a. Spring shall have a minimum outer diameter to overall height ratio of 0.8 : 1 at rated deflection. b. Reserve deflection(from published load ratings to solid height) of 50% of the rated deflection. C. Ductile top cup with adjusting bolt tapped for equipment attachment locking cap screw. d. Minimum 1/4"thick neoprene acoustical base pad or cup on underside, unless designated otherwise. 1) Mason Industries Type SLF 7/5/2013 16050-12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition select the appropriate seismic restraint device type, quantities,locations, installation instructions, drawings and field supervision to insure proper installation and performance of systems. 3. Corrosion protection for outdoor application shall be as follows: a. Springs cadmium plated, zinc electroplated,or powder coat b. Hardware cadmium plated C. All other metal parts hot spray or hot dipped galvanized 4. All seismic restraint devices a. shall maintain the equipment in a captive position and not short circuit isolation devices during normal operating conditions. b. shall have provisions for bolting and/or welding to the structure. 5. Welding of springs to isolator housing,base plates, etc.,is strictly prohibited. 6. Provide restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. 7. The same manufacturer shall provide vibration isolation devices for transformers suitable to maintain minimum deflection. D. Seismic Restraint Types 1. TYPE I: Same as TYPE Il. Cast or aluminum housing,(except ductile iron)are not acceptable. a. Mason Industries TYPE SLR b. Avnec C. Vibration Eliminator Company 2. TYPE II: Where required, each corner or side of equipment base shall incorporate a seismic restraint snubber having an all directional resilient pad limit stop. Restraints shall be fabricated of plate, structural members or square metal tubing. Angle bumpers are not acceptable. a. Mason Industries Type Z-1225 /Z-1011 b. Avnec C. Vibration Eliminator Company 3. TYPE III: Restraints for suspended systems a. Vibration isolated systems shall be braced with multiple 7 x 19 strand galvanized cable rope. 1) Mason Industries Type SCB 2) Avnec Oow 3) Vibration Eliminator Company 7/5/2013 16050-11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Mechanical suspension channel shall be furnished and installed to support electrical equipment, (panelboards, disconnect switches, starters,transfer switches,transformers, etc.) independent of walls. Where walls back up to occupied spaces,the suspension channels shall be at least 1/2" clear of the wall and shall not be directly attached to the wall. B. Channel shall be Unistrut,Type P3000 or approved equal. All fasteners and fittings shall be supplied to provide a complete installation as required. Channel shall be sized and mounted to allow for future conduits. C. All channel and fittings shall be furnished with the manufacturer's standard rust-proofed finish. D. Channel shall be manufactured by one of the following: Unistrut Products Co., Kindorf, or B-Line. 2.05 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Provide a"Vibration isolation And Seismic Restraints For Electrical Systems Report" for vibration isolation analysis, seismic restraint,design plans/details and specifications report for all electrical systems to resist seismic forces as determined in accordance to State of Massachusetts Building Code for the"Seismic Hazard Exposure Group "and the "Seismic Performance Category"as identified in the architectural and structural contract documents for design classifications. Restraint systems are intended to be designed to withstand the stipulated seismic accelerations applied through the component's center of gravity. The Report shall include all necessary equipment information, including but not limited to,weights, dimensions, center of gravity,mounting locations, from the submittal approved manufacturers,the appropriate calculations and installation recommendations that are stamped and certified by a licensed Professional Engineer registered in the state where the project is constructed, and with the expertise of vibration and seismic restraints for electrical systems. (Note that vibration control manufacturers usually can assist in recommendations for such services above). This Report shall be submitted and reviewed prior to installation of equipment. B. Seismic restraint for all electrical systems used on this project shall be provided, except where specifically allowed for exclusion in the Code. C. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraint Devices I. All vibration isolation and seismic restraint devices described in this section shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Mason Industries is the base manufacturer of these specifications;products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with intent, structural design, performance and deflections of the Base Manufacturer. The devices shall be identified by the manufacturer to be suitable for the particular seismic application(s)and also be listed with California OSHPD to ensure product seismic capability. 2. The manufacturer of the seismic restraint devices shall certify that the devices are capable of accepting,without failure,the seismic forces. The manufacturer shall 7/5/2013 16050-10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Concrete inserts for hangers shall be continuous metal or spot inserts designed to be used in ceilings,walls or floors and shall be as follows: a. Continuous concrete inserts shall be used where applicable for hanger rod sizes up to 3/4"diameter. Inserts may be used where supports are parallel to the main slab reinforcement and shall be B-Line series B22I, B32I or B521. b. Spot concrete inserts shall be used where applicable for hanger rod sizes up to and including 7/8" diameter. Inserts shall be B-Line series B2505 through B2508, B2500,B2501 or B3014. F. Welded Steel Brackets 1. Wall or column supported conduits shall be supported by welded steel brackets B-Line series B3064 or B3066. G. Stanchions 1. For floor supported equipment, such as safety switches in mechanical areas, provide either cast-in-place concrete supports or field installed supports. Each support shall be screwed or welded to the corresponding size base stand. Supporting pipe shall be of schedule 40 steel pipe construction. Each base stand shall be secured to the concrete floor by expansion bolts. Base stands shall be B-Line series B3088 or B3088T. H. Riser Conduits 1. Riser conduits shall be supported independently from of any horizontal conduits. 2. Support all vertical runs of conduits at each floor with B-Line series B3373 or B3373CT as required. I. Strut Channel 1. Strut channel trapeze hangers shall be used to support parallel conduit runs. Conduit racks or stanchions fabricated with strut channel shall be used in areas with multiple conduit runs. Strut clamps and straps shall be used to maintain proper alignment. Strut shall be a minimum of 1 518"wide,B-Line series B22 or heavier as required. Clamps and straps shall be B-Line series B2000 suitable for the conduit material (EMT,IMC or RGS). 2. Provide strut channel above ceilings for support of electrical equipment such as lighting fixtures where mechanical equipment and ductwork interfere with direct mounting methods. Strut shall be used to span the width of the interference and supported by rods on each end. 3. Provide all required appurtenances required to properly hang and assemble strut supports. 2.04 MECHANICAL SUSPENSION CHANNEL 7/5/2013 16050-9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. All electrical equipment shall be supported in such a manner as to prevent any strain being imposed on the equipment supported. 5. All material used in manufacturing hangers and supports shall be capable of meeting the respective ASTM Standard Specifications with regards to tests and physical and chemical properties. 6. Hangers and supports shall be spaced in accordance with MSS SP-69 Table 3. 7. Hangers and supports shall be as manufactured the following manufactures. Product numbers used herein are based on B-Line Systems , Inc. a. B-Line Systems, Inc. b. Caddy/Eristrut C. Unistrut d. Kindorf e. Superstrut B. Hangers 1. All hangers and supports shall have some form of adjustment available after installation. Hanger material shall be compatible with the conduit material. 2. Hangers for conduit 2"and smaller shall be B-Line series B3170NF, B3174 or B3198. Hangers for conduit 2 1/2"and larger shall be B-Line series B3100, B3102 or B3170. C. Hanger Rods 1. Hanger rods shall be B-Line series ATR(All Threaded Rod)or series B3205 with threaded at ends with allowance for adjustments. Wire and strap hangers will not be permitted. All electrical equipment shall be supported by rods, hangers, etc.,using bolts. 2. Hanger rods shall be subjected to tension only. Lateral and axial movements shall be accommodated by proper linkage in the rod assembly. 3. Hanger rod diameters shall be based on MSS SP-69 Table 4. D. Beam Clamps 1. All beam clamps shall be concentric loaded type clamps which engage both edges of the beam flange. The hanger shall be located directly below the web of the beam. Consult with Structural Engineer to ascertain maximum loading on hanger in each area. 2. Beam clamps shall be B-Line series B3054, B3055 or B3291 through B3297. E. Concrete Inserts 7/5/2013 16050-8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed,flexible or semi-rigid,permanent, plastic-sheet conduit markers, extending 360° around conduits; designed for attachment to conduit by adhesive,adhesive lap joint of marker,matching adhesive plastic tape at each end of marker, or pre-tensioned snap-on. Except as otherwise indicated,provide lettering which indicates voltage of conductor(s)in conduit. Provide minimum 8" length for 2" and smaller conduit, 12" length for larger conduit. 2. Color coding for all raceways shall match the Owner's color coding. If no color coding exists,provide color-coding of raceways for emergency systems, fire alarm systems,telecommunication systems and other low voltage systems as indicated below. Spacing of markings shall be a maximum of 10'-0" on centers for entire length of conduit. Marking conduit connectors and junction boxes will be an acceptable means of conduit identification,provided there is a marked connector/box a maximum of 10'-0"on center. a. Emergency system Orange b. Optional-standby Yellow C. Fire alarm system Red d. Telecommunication System Blue e. Other low voltage systems Brown E. Color-Code Tape ' 1. Colored tape shall be polyvinyl chloride, self-adhesive not less than 3 mils thick and 1 1/2" wide, suitable for use on 90°C conductors,UL listed and shall be furnished in colors as specified herein. 2.03 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General 1. Hangers, supports, clamps, etc., shall be provided as required for all electrical equipment, including but not limited to,lighting fixtures,junction boxes,pull boxes,conduit,cable tray,busway,trapeze mounted transformers,open plenum type cabling, etc. 2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide all labor,materials, equipment and incidentals required for hangers and supports for all electrical equipment including concrete inserts,anchor bolts,metallic hanging and supporting devices, etc. for supporting electrical equipment. 3. Hangers and supports shall be approved standard design and shall be adequate to maintain the supported load in proper position and alignment under all operating conditions. All supports shall be designed to adequately secure the equipment against excessive dislocation due to thermal expansion and contraction and all probable external forces such as equipment, conduit and personnel contact. Installation shall meet all requirements for seismic bracing that is required by applicable Building Code:s. 7/5/2013 16050-7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition compound for flush finishing. (Compound finishing shall be provided by Gypsum Drywall Trade.) 2.02 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates 1. Provide nameplates on switchgear, automatic transfer switches,transformers, remote mounted enclosed circuit breakers, receptacles on emergency, panelboards and special purpose motor disconnect switches,remote control stations, starters,VFD's, etc.,or other controls furnished or installed under Division 16. Nameplates shall designate equipment controller, function,ratings, source of power and voltage. 2. Provide nameplates for VFD's furnished under other sections. Nameplates shall designate equipment controller,function,ratings, source of power and voltage. 3. Refer to details on drawings for additional requirements and information. 4. Nameplates shall be laminated,black bakelite with 1/4"high,white recessed letters. Nameplates shall be securely attached to the equipment with galvanized screws or rivets. Adhesives or cements shall not be used. 5. Provide a shop drawin og f nameplate schedules for approval. 6. Nameplates for devices and equipment on emergency power shall be "RED" in color. B. Panel Directories 1. Panelboards shall have typed directories,listing all circuit loads,breaker sizes and phases. 2. Where branch circuits are modified in existing panelboards the Electrical Subcontractor shall provide NEW and UPDATED TYPED directories. 3. Provide copy of typed directories in O&M manuals. C. Wire and Cable Markers 1. Feeders shall have wire markers attached indicating voltage, source,and circuit number. 2. Branch circuits shall have wire markers attached indicating source and circuit number. 3. Markers for wire and cable circuits shall be as manufactured by Brady, self- laminating vinyl or by Thomas&Betts E-Z-Code. D. Low Voltage Raceway Identification 7/5/2013 16050-6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition service the equipment and located in a manner approved by the Engineer and to meet requirements specified here and elsewhere, for specific applications. Refer to Architectural Division 1 — Section 08 for additional information. B. Doors shall be set square and flush in cooperation with the designated Subcontractors performing the work. Particular attention shall be exercised in the selection of doors for masonry walls in order that frame sizes used will match the courses of brick or block.All access panels shall be located in closets, storage rooms and/or other non-public areas where possible,positioned so that the junction can be easily reached and shall be constructed in a workmanlike manner. When access panels are required in corridors, lobbies or other habitable areas,they shall be located as directed by Engineer. C. Access panels shall be flush type with 14 gauge panels and 16 gauge frames,minimum, unless otherwise noted. Each access panel shall be furnished complete with continuous piano hinge and flush screwdriver operated cam latch,with factory applied prime finish. Access panels shall be as manufactured by Inryco/Milcor,Karp Associates Inc., Babcock-Davis or equal approved by the Engineer. D. Access panels shall be installed in gypsum wallboard ceilings only where specifically approved by the Engineer. Where possible,all access requirements for raceways and equipment shall be beyond the gypsum wallboard ceilings. E. Access panels shall be specifically designed for each type of wall, ceiling finish and construction with which they are used, as follows: 1. Suspended lath and gypsum wallboard ceilings: Style K with 16 gauge frame, 14 gauge panel and flush screwdriver operated camlocks. 2. Masonry rated walls: Style M with 16 gauge frame, 14 gauge panel and flush screwdriver operated camlocks. 3. Masonry fire rated walls and at shafts: Fire rated with UL, 1.5-hour"B"rating, 16 gauge frame, 20 gauge sandwich type insulated panel, self-latching lock having interior release mechanism, and flush screwdriver operated camlocks. 4. Where installed at fire rated walls or ceilings, access panels shall be of fire- resistive construction with mineral core panel faced both sides and edges with 20 gauge sheet steel, and shall bear the UL label required to meet the fire rating of the wall. 5. Where installed in surfaces finished with ceramic tile or glazed coatings, access panels shall be of stainless steel with No. 4 finish. 6. Where installed in acoustical ceilings, access panels shall be of type which will accept adhesive mounted acoustical panels flush with surrounding surfaces (acoustical panels to be provided by Acoustical Ceiling Trade). 7. Where installed in gypsum wallboard walls or ceilings, access panels shall be of type with 14 gauge face panels and 16 gauge frames equipped with integral perforated,textured metal casing bead edge which will receive drywall 7/5/2013 16050-5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition J. Electrical devices, safety switches,junction boxes,outlet boxes, conduits, branch circuit wiring, etc. located on walls to be demolished shall be completely disconnected and removed. K. Where existing conduits and equipment are embedded in concrete walls, ceilings or floors,the conduit shall be cut back flush to the surface,all wiring shall be disconnected and removed and equipment shall be removed for the General Contractor to patch the existing opening. 1.10 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with the requirements hereinbefore specified, and with the Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Division 1 in the manner described therein,modified as noted hereinafter. B. All shop drawings shall have clearly marked the appropriate specification number of drawing designation, for identification of the submittal. C. Disposition of shop drawings shall not relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from the responsibility for deviations from drawing or specifications,unless he has submitted in writing a letter itemizing or calling attention to such deviations at time of submission and secured written approval from the Engineer,nor shall such disposition of shop drawings relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from responsibility for errors in shop drawings or schedules. D. All final approved shop drawings shall be included in the required O &M manuals. E. Shop drawings shall include, but shall not be limited to,the following: 1. Access doors. 2. Identified locations of Access doors. 3. Electrical Identification 4. Hangers and supports. 5. Mechanical suspension channel. 6. Vibration isolation/seismic restraint. 7. Nameplates and circuit identification. 8. Wire markers, conduit markers and cable markers. 9. Low voltage raceway identification. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS DOORS A. Furnish, for installation by the designated Trade as determined by the General Contractor, all access doors in locations wherever pull or junction boxes, "LB" fittings, equipment, etc., are installed behind gypsum wallboard or masonry walls or ceilings and where such devices would be inaccessible for inspection,maintenance or servicing. Access doors , shall be a minimum of 12" by 12" and shall be sized to suit the access requirement to 7/5/2013 16050-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. During the execution of the work,required relocation,rerouting,etc., of existing equipment and systems on the site or where new work is to be installed or new connections are scheduled to be made, shall be performed by the Electrical Subcontractor, as indicated on the drawings, and/or as required by job conditions and as determined by the Engineer in the field,to facilitate the installation of the new systems. B. The Owner will require continuous operation of the existing systems,while demolition, relocation work or new tie-ins will be performed. Outages required for construction purposes shall be scheduled for the shortest practical periods of time, in coordination with the Owner's designated representative, for specified,mutually agreeable periods of time, after each of which the interruption shall cease and the service shall be restored. This procedure shall be repeated to suit the Owner's working schedule,as many times as required until all work is completed. Any outages of service shall be approved by the Owner,prior to commencing the work.No outages or shutdowns of service shall occur without the written authorization of the Owner,prior to commencing the work. Give notice of any scheduled shutdowns,a minimum of two(2)weeks in advance. The Owner shall make their best efforts to meet this request without adversely affecting the electric service to the site. Shutdowns shall not be scheduled during normal business hours(i.e., shutdowns shall be from 6:00 PM to 6:00 AM). Maximum duration of each shutdown shall be eight(8)hours,unless otherwise approved by the Owner.Not more than one shutdown per twenty-four 24 hour period,unless otherwise approved by the Owner. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall submit with his bid, a preliminary shutdown schedule for review by the Owner,Engine er and General Contractor. Shutdown schedule shall be finalized with the successful Electrical Subcontractor. D. Prior to any deactivation and relocation or demolition work, consult the drawings and arrange a conference with the Engineer and the Owner's representative in the field to inspect each of the items to be deactivated,removed or relocated. Care shall be taken to protect all equipment designated to be relocated and reused or to remain in operation and be integrated with the new systems. E. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements for demolition and extension of existing systems. F. Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible to disconnect,make safe and lower to ground all electrical devices and electrical equipment indicated for removal. Electrical conduits,feeders,branch circuits, cables and all associated supports shall be removed in their entirety,unless otherwise noted on the drawings. G. Electrical Subcontractor shall disconnect and make safe all equipment designated for removal by others. H. All deactivation,relocation and temporary tie-ins shall be provided by the Electrical Subcontractor. All demolition,removal and the legal disposal of demolished materials of system designated to be demolished shall be provided by the General Contractor. I. The Owner reserves the right to inspect the material scheduled for removal, and salvage any items he deems usable as spare parts. 7/5/2013 16050-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Where core drilling has been provided,the core shall be of sufficient size to provide 1/2" annular space around the conduit passing through the core hole and all openings shall be firestopped and sealed to limit the spread of particulate air and smoke in accordance with the requirements of an appropriate UL Listed System. E. Where sleeves are installed for future cable installation,all sleeves shall be firestopped and sealed to limit the spread of particulate air and smoke in accordance with the requirements of an appropriate UL Listed System using re-enterable firestop products. F. All cable installations that will be subject to future moves, additions, or changes shall be firestopped and sealed to limit the spread of particulate air and smoke in accordance with the requirements of an appropriate UL Listed System using fire-rated cable pathways that permit 0 to 100 percent visual cable fill and require no further action to activate the internal sealing mechanism to provide fire and leakage ratings. 1.06 WATERPROOFING AND COUNTER-FLASHING A. Electrical Subcontractor shall coordinate with the General Contractor the counter- flashing of all conduit and equipment provided by him,which pierce roofs,walls and other weather-barrier surfaces. Waterproofing and counter-flashing shall be provided by the General Contractor. Refer to Division 1. B. Any leaks developed due to Electrical Subcontractor's work shall be repaired at the Electrical Subcontractor's expense,to Engineer's satisfaction. 1.07 MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL A. Except where specifically indicated for the General Contractor to provide supports, Electrical Subcontractor shall provide all steel supports and hangers required to support all equipment or materials provided under this Contract. B. All supports shall be cut, assembled, welded and finished by skilled mechanics. Welds shall be ground smooth. Stands,brackets and framework shall be properly sized and strongly constructed. C. Measurements shall be taken on the job and worked out to suit adjoining and connecting work. All work shall be performed by experienced metal working mechanics. Members shall be straight and true and accurately fitted. 1.08 PHASING A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall construct the subject project in phases as directed by the Engineer and General Contractor to suit the project progress schedule, as well as the completion date of the project. B. For additional information related to phasing,review the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions under Division 1 and the Architectural drawings. 1.09 DEMOLITION AND MAINTAINING EXISTING SERVICES 7/5/2013 16050-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS: As provided under Section 16001 -Electrical Filed Sub-Bid Requirements and supplemented under the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract, and applicable parts of Division 1 - General Requirements. 1. Work of this Filed Sub-Bid Requirements includes all individual specification sections listed in Section 16001. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Refer to Section 16010. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. For work to be included as part of this Section,to be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor,refer to the Related Work section of Specification Section 16010. B. Carefully examine all of the Contract Documents, criteria sheets and all other Sections of the specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section,whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Refer to provisions of the General Requirements, Supplementary General Requirements, Division 1 - Warranties and Section 16010—Electrical Special Conditions regarding guarantees and warranties for the work under this Contract. 1.05 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALING A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide firestopping and smoke sealing of all electrical penetrations where required by Code and as determined by the Engineer. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall review firestop or smoke seal systems provided under Division 07—Fire-Stopping and provide same as specified under Division 07. C. Where conduits are installed through sleeves,the sleeves shall be of sufficient size to provide 1/2" annular space around the conduit passing through the sleeve and all openings shall be firestopped and sealed to limit the spread of particulate air and smoke in accordance with the requirements of an appropriate UL Listed System. 7/5/2013 16050-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS ...............................................................................................................1 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK.............................................................................................................1 1.03 RELATED WORK...........................................................................................................................1 1.04 WARRANTY ...................................................................................................................................1 1.05 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKE SEALING....................................................................................1 1.06 WATERPROOFING AND COUNTER-FLASHING......................................................................2 1.07 MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL........................................................................................2 1.08 PHASING.........................................................................................................................................2 1.09 DEMOLITION AND MAINTAINING EXISTING SERVICES....................................................2 1.10 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS..................................................................................................4 PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS DOORS.............................................................................................................................4 2.02 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION.................................................................................................6 2.03 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS .........................................................................................................7 2.04 MECHANICAL SUSPENSION CHANNEL...................................................................................9 2.05 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ...10 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION ...........................................................................................................................14 3.2 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.........................................................................................17 7/5/2013 16050-i Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition [ ] Certification that this proposed substitution is coordinated with all related and adjacent work. [ ] Complete cost change information. [ ] Higher cost to Owner as stated in cost change information [ ] No change in cost to Owner [ ] Lower cost to Owner,credit to Owner as stated in cost change information Deviations from Contract Documents: Itemize all deviations from Contract Documents if this proposed substitution is approved. The undersigned attests that the undersigned has carefully examined this entire submission and that the requirements of the Contract Documents have been met. Should this alternate material or equipment fail to meet the expectations of the owner within the mandated design liability period,this contractor shall replace the material and or equipment with the original specified items at no additional cost to the owner. This Subcontractor shall be responsible for all collateral impacts to the project for replacement of such deviations and substitutions. Firm: _ (seal) By: Signature date Printed or Typed Name Title - END OF SECTION— 7/5/2013 16010-26 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SUBSTITUTION REQUEST SHEET This cover sheet is required for all proposed substitutions including "Or Equals". Contractor: Subcontractor: This Request Reference Number Substitution Summary: Specification Section and Paragraph Number: Contract Drawing and Detail Reference: Date of This Request: This Request Prepared By: Conditions: Indicate all conditions that apply to this proposed substitution: [ ] Substitution required because specified item is no longer available. [ ] Substitution required because Contractor believes specified item is incorrect, inappropriate, or incompatible. [ ] Substitution recommended because it offers the Owner substantial advantage in: [ ] Quality [ ] Time [ ] Cost [ ] This is an "Or Equal". Evidence: Indicate evidence attached: [ ] Tabulated side by side comparison of specified item and proposed substitution directly comparing each feature,characteristic, and performance. [ ] Manufacturer's product data for both specified item and proposed substitution. Origin of all information included on tabulated side by side comparison is highlighted. [ ] Details showing how the proposed substitution interfaces with adjacent work. [ ] Certification that warranty,if any required,will be provided as required. 7/5/2013 16010-25 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 16725 Fire Alarm System • Type of SLCs and NACs • Quantity of SLCs and NACs per floor • Sequence of operation narrative • Power supply calculations • Battery calculations • Terminal cabinets • Power supplies • Batteries • Battery chargers • Smoke detectors • Heat detectors • Duct smoke detectors • Remote test stations • Remote alarm indicating stations • Pull stations • Stopper covers • Horn devices • Strobe devices • Key repositories • Wiring conductors type • Raceways • Final acceptance test report *' • Maintenance contract proposal 7/5/2013 16010-24 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 16100 Pullboxes • Types 16100 Cable Assemblies • Type MC 16100 Conductors • Feeder conductors insulation type • Branch circuit insulation type 16100 Conduit • Type • Fitting type • Connector type 16100 Surface Mounted • Types Raceways • Fittings • Devices 16100 Cable Tray • Sizes • Type 16100 Cable Hooks • Sizes • Type 16100 Ground Bus • Sizes 16100 Wiring Devices • Receptacles • Switches • Coverplates • Occupancy sensors 16410 Circuit Breakers • Types • Sizes • Accessories 16410 Fuses • Types • Sizes • Spare fuse cabinet 16410 Panelboards • Sizes • Circuit breaker types • Door type • Bus material 16410 Starters • Magnetic type • Accessories;HOA, lights, contacts 16410 Safety Switches • Sizes 16410 Transformers • Sizes • Winding material • Insulation rating • Accessories 16410 Power System Study 16500 Light Fixtures • Types • Lamps • Ballasts • Emergency battery type • Hanging methods 7/5/2013 16010-23 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. The following is a checklist of job specific items that shall be submitted as Shop Drawings by the Electrical Contractor for review and approval by Engineer,Architect and Owner. B. The shop drawing submittals shall contain all information as stated below AND as stated in each specification section. C. The following list is not all inclusive,the electrical subcontractor shall be responsible to submit all required shop drawings for all materials that will be installed in the project. Specification Product Submittal Requirements Submitted By Section Contractor 16010 Coordination Full set of coordination drawings Drawings indicating areas of conflict. 16010 Record As-Built Full set of electrical drawings indicating Drawings As-Built conditions of electricals stem. 16050 Access Doors 16050 Electrical • Panels, etc. nameplates Identification • Receptacle, switches, device labeling,method • Conduit labeling and/or coloring method • Conductor labeling method , 16050 Hangers and • Threaded rods Supports • Jack chain • Metal channels • Beam clamps • Concrete anchors 16050 Weatherproofing, • Thru-wall and floor seals Fire-Stopping and • Conduit sleeves Smoke-Stopping • Fire-stopping material • Smoke-stopping material 16050 Preliminary Shutdown Schedule for Demolition Work 16050 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraint 16100 Wireways 16100 Junction Boxes • Outlet boxes • Ceiling fan boxes 16100 Floor Boxes Type • Cover type 7/5/2013 16010-22 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition equipment is wet or contains moisture, it shall be thoroughly dried and inspected by the manufacturer's representative before energizing. C. Raceways and Junction Boxes 1. All raceways and junction boxes shall be blown out and dried prior to installation of feeder conductors and branch circuit conductors. D. Low Tension Systems 1. All cabinets and panels for low tension systems shall be thoroughly cleaned and dried prior to system start-up. E. Electric, Generator and Telephone Rooms 1. Upon completion of cleaning electrical equipment as described in Paragraph B. above,but before energizing equipment,the entire room shall be swept clean and material storage and garbage shall be removed from the room. At this time, equipment may be energized. 2. Once equipment and room are cleaned and energized,the area shall remain clean and doors shall remain closed and locked until completion of job. Electric rooms shall not be used to store material after equipment is energized. If rooms and equipment are subject to(lust and moisture after energizing equipment,the equipment shall be de-energized and re-cleaned to the same specifications. F. Final Cleaning 1. All lighting fixtures, devices, device plates, etc., shall be cleaned and left in "like new" condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer,prior to occupancy. 2. All rubbish and discarded materials shall be disposed of and removed from the site on a day-to-day basis. 3. All equipment,whether part of the Electrical Subcontractor's Contract or not, which must be cleaned due to the Electrical Subcontractor's work, shall be cleaned by the Electrical Subcontractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.05 FINAL INSPECTION A. When all Electrical work on the project has been completed and is ready for final inspection, such an inspection shall be made. At this time, and in addition to all other requirements in the Contract Documents,the Electrical Subcontractor, for the work under this Contract, shall demonstrate that the requirements of these specifications have been met to the Engineer's satisfaction. 3.06 SHOP DRAWING CHECKLIST 7/5/2013 16010-21 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Sections. Ensure that openings required for work of this Section are coordinated with work of other Sections. Provide cutting and patching as necessary. 5. The Electrical Subcontractor shall coordinate the utility service installations with the Owner,the Telephone Company,the City Building Department and the City Fire Department. 6. All miscellaneous hardware and support accessories, including support rods, nuts,bolts, screws and other such items, shall be of a galvanized or cadmium plated finish or of another approved rust-inhibiting coating. 3.03 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. All materials and equipment shall be new and unused and shall meet requirements of the latest Standards of NEMA,UL, IPCEA, ANSI and IEEE. Equipment shall have components required or recommended by OSHA, applicable NFPA documents and shall be UL listed and labeled. B. Despite references in the specifications or on the drawings to materials or pieces of equipment by name,make or catalog number, such references shall be interpreted as establishing standards of quality for materials and performance. C. Finish of materials, components and equipment shall not be less than Industry good practice. When material or equipment is visible or subject to corrosive or atmospheric conditions,the finish shall be as approved by the Engineer. ` D. Provide proper access to material or equipment that requires inspection,replacement, repair or service. If proper access cannot be provided,confer with the Engineer as to the best method of approach to minimize effects of reduced access. E. All work shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner and shall be done in accordance with all Local and State Codes. F. The Owner will not be responsible for material, equipment or the installation of same before testing and acceptance. 3.04 CLEANING A. This Section of the specifications shall include the cleaning of all equipment on a day-to- day basis and final cleaning of all electrical equipment prior to turning building over to the Owner. All necessary cleaning referred to herein shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. Electrical Distribution Equipment 1. All electrical distribution equipment shall be completely cleaned and dried inside and out prior to initial energizing. 2. Cleaning shall consist of vacuuming all busses,windings, enclosures(inside and out), etc. After vacuuming is complete, all equipment shall be wiped down. If 7/5/2013 16010-20 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition closets. The Electrical Subcontractor shall notify the General Contractor and Engineer in writing of such violations and request immediate removal. K. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain from the Plumbing and HVAC Subcontractors copies of all shop drawing prints showing the ductwork and piping installation as they will be put in place on the project. These drawings shall be thoroughly checked by the Electrical Subcontractor and the routing of all conduits and installation of all outlets and electrical equipment shall be coordinated with the ductwork and piping so as to prevent any installation conflict. Such coordination shall be done prior to roughing in conduits, outlets and electrical equipment. L. Location of all wall outlets shall be verified with the Engineer prior to roughing in conduits. Refer to details and wall elevations on the Architectural drawings. Mounting heights indicated on these drawings and/or specific dimensional information given to the Electrical Subcontractor by the Engineer shall take precedence over such information indicated on the Electrical drawings. M. Refer to all other drawings associated with this project. Any and all equipment which require an electrical supply circuit, switch,controls or connections,whether indicated on the Electrical drawings or not, shall be furnished and installed as directed by the Engineer. Locations of lighting fixtures shall conform to the Architectural reflected ceiling plans. N. Refer to the Architectural drawings for areas in which the concrete slab is poured on grade. In these areas a waterproofing membrane will be installed on the grade fill or earth prior to pouring of slab. Electrical conduits shall be installed to avoid the necessity of penetrating this waterproofing membrane.Penetration of the membrane, if required, shall only be made when specifically allowed by the Engineer, and shall be made only at locations directed by the Engineer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Unless specifically noted or indicated otherwise, all equipment and material specified in Division 16 of this specification or indicated on the drawings shall be installed under this Contract whether or not specifically itemized herein. This Section covers particular installation methods and requirements peculiar to certain items and classes or material and equipment. 2. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain detailed information from manufacturers of equipment as to proper methods of installation. 3. The Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain final roughing dimensions and other information as needed for complete installation of items furnished under other Sections or furnished by the Owner. 4. The Electrical Subcontractor shall keep fully informed of size, shape and position 40W of openings required for material and equipment provided under this and other 7/5/2013 16010-19 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish information on all equipment that is furnished under this Section but installed under another Section to the installing Subcontractor as specified herein. D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide all materials, equipment and workmanship to provide for adequate protection of all electrical equipment during the course of construction of the project. This shall also include protection from moisture and all foreign matter. The Electrical Subcontractor shall also be responsible for damage which he causes to the work of other Trades, and he shall remedy such injury at his own expense. E. Waste materials shall be removed promptly from the premises. All material and equipment stored on the premises shall be kept in a neat and orderly fashion. Material or equipment shall not be stored where exposed to the weather. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for the security, safekeeping and damages, including acts of vandalism, of all material and equipment stored at the job site. F. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for unloading all electrical equipment and materials delivered to the site. This shall also include all large and heavy items or equipment which require hoisting. Consult with the General Contractor for hoisting/crane requirements. During construction of the building, the Electrical Subcontractor shall provide additional protection against moisture, dust accumulation and physical damage of the main service and distribution equipment. This shall include furnishing and installing temporary heaters within these units, as approved, to evaporate excessive moisture and , ventilate it from the room, as may be required. G. It shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Subcontractor to coordinate the delivery of the electrical equipment to the project prior to the time installation of equipment will be required; but he shall also make sure such equipment is not delivered too far in advance of such required installation,to ensure that possible damage and deterioration of such equipment will not occur. Such equipment stored for an excessively long period of time (as determined in the opinion of the Engineer) on the project site prior to installation may be subject to rejection by the Engineer. H. The Electrical Subcontractor shall erect and maintain, at all times,necessary safeguards for the protection of life and property of the Owner, Workmen, Staff and the Public. I. Prior to installation,the Electrical Subcontractor has the responsibility to coordinate the exact mounting arrangement and location of electrical equipment to allow proper space requirements as indicated in the NEC.Particular attention shall be given in the field to group installations.If it is questionable that sufficient space, conflict with the work of other Subcontractors, architectural or structural obstructions will result in an arrangement which will prevent proper access, operation or maintenance of the indicated equipment, the Electrical Subcontractor shall immediately notify the Contractor and not proceed with this part of the Contract work until definite instructions have been given to him by the Engineer. J. The Electrical Subcontractor shall not allow any equipment or piping foreign to the electrical installation to be installed or pass through any room in which electrical systems or equipment are located, such as electric rooms, electric closets,telephone or data 7/5/2013 16010-18 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Disposition of shop drawings shall not relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from the responsibility for deviations from drawing or specifications,unless he has submitted in writing a letter itemizing or calling attention to such deviations at time of submission and secured written approval from the Engineer,nor shall such disposition of shop drawings relieve the Electrical Subcontractor from responsibility for errors in shop drawings or schedules. D. A `Substitution Request Sheet' shall be submitted by the Contractor for all substituted equipment. Refer to specification section 16010-1.07 Quality Assurance' for additional requirements. 1. The `Substitution Request Sheet' shall be copied on to the Contractor's letterhead, filled out, signed and sealed by an Authorized Officer of the Corporation then submitted to the Engineer to be approved prior to any substitutions being considered, including all "Or Equals"by manufacturers'not listed in the specifications. Refer to end of this specification section for `Substitution Request Sheet'. E. All final approved shop drawings shall be included in the required O &M manuals. F. Refer to each Division 16 Section for list of required shop drawing submittals. PART 2—PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 COOPERATION AND WORK PROGRESS A. The Electrical work shall be carried on under the usual construction conditions, in conjunction with all other work at.the site. The Electrical Subcontractor shall cooperate with the Engineer, General Contractor, all other Subcontractors and equipment suppliers working at the site. The Electrical Subcontractor shall coordinate the work and proceed in a manner so as not to delay the progress of the project. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall coordinate his work with the progress of the building and other Trades so that he will complete his work as soon as conditions permit and such that interruptions of the building functions will be at a minimum. Any overtime hours worked or additional costs incurred due to lack of or improper coordination with other Trades or the Owner by the Electrical Subcontractor, shall be assumed by him without any additional cost to the Owner. 7/5/2013 16010-17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall indicate progress by coloring-in various conduits, equipment and associated appurtenances exactly as they are erected. This process shall incorporate both the changes noted above and all other deviations from the original drawings whether resulting from job conditions encountered or from any other causes. C. The marked-up and colored-up prints will be used as a guide for determining the progress of the work installed. They shall be inspected periodically by the Engineer and Owner and they shall be corrected immediately if found either inaccurate or incomplete. This procedure is mandatory. D. At the completion of the job,these prints shall be submitted to the General Contractor and then to the Engineer for final review and comment. The prints will be returned with appropriate comments and recommendations. These corrected prints,together with corrected prints indicating all the revisions,additions and deletions of work, shall form the basis for preparing a set of As-built Record Drawings. E. The Subcontractor shall be responsible for generating as-built Record Drawings utilizing CAD based documents in AutoCAD Release 2010 DWG or DXF format. A bound set of plans, as well as the computer files, on disk, shall be turned over to the Engineer for review. After acceptance of the as-built documents by the Engineer,the Electrical Subcontractor shall make any corrections necessary to the as-built documents and prepare one reproducible set of drawings as well as bound blueprint set(s) (quantity as determined by the Engineer)for distribution to the Owner via the Engineer. F. The Electrical Subcontractor may use the computer drawing files used for coordination drawings or request the Engineers most recently updated computer drawing files. The updated drawings may not include all changes made during the course of construction and it shall be the Electrical Subcontractors responsibility to update the as-built documents to include all changes brought forth to the project resulting from bulletins, request for information(RFI's),change orders, etc. The Electrical Subcontractor may review the Engineers latest computer files for completeness prior to purchase,however the Engineer will not be responsible for updating the computer files. G. Included with the above shall be a complete drawing list and a standard layering system, which shall be required to be maintained within the as-built Record CAD documents. H. The Subcontractor shall be issued bulletins in the same manner as the original Design Documents described above. I. The as-built CAD documents required shall be in addition to other requirements stated elsewhere. 1.22 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with the requirements herein before specified, and with the Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples in Division 1 in the manner described therein,modified as noted hereinafter. B. All shop drawings shall have clearly marked the appropriate specification number of drawing designation, for identification of the submittal. 7/5/2013 16010-16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall indicate all electrical equipment and conduit provided by him or his Sub-subcontractors on the coordination drawings. This equipment and conduit shall include,but not be limited to,the following: 1. All electrical distribution equipment, drawn to scale with clearance requirements. transformers,panelboards, fire alarm control panels and terminal cabinets, starters and VFDs,etc. 2. All switchboard and panelboard feeder conduits. 3. All conduits for all systems over 2 '/2 " in diameter. 4. Conduit routing and rack locations for all conduits regardless of conduit size when more than 4 conduits are grouped in a rack. 5. All pull and splice boxes over 8" in size in any direction(height,width or length). 6. MC cable routing and rack locations for all cable when more than 4 runs are grouped in a rack. 7. Lighting fixture housings and supports that interfere with other system and furnishings. D. All costs associated with all aspects of coordination drawings,regardless as to how long they take to produce and how many times they have to be redrawn, shall be borne by the Electrical Subcontractor. E. The Electrical Subcontractor may request the electrical AutoCAD computer drawing files of the electrical contract set on compact disk or via email from the Engineer/Architect, if he so chooses. F. The Electrical Subcontractor shall issue to the HVAC Subcontractor,via compact disk, a complete set of equipment installation layout documents in AutoCAD Release 2010 (DWG or DXF) format, for use in developing the required coordination drawings. G. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for coordinating the Electrical AutoCAD coordination drawings, including, but not limited to,the drawing lists,layering system,producing copies of the drawings for the Engineer as directed, etc. 1.21 RECORD DRAWINGS/AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall maintain current at the site a set of his drawings on which he shall accurately show the actual installation of all work provided under his Contract indicating hereon any variation from the Contract Drawings, in accordance with the General Conditions and Division 1. Changes,whether resulting from formal change orders or other instructions issued by the Engineer, shall be recorded. Include changes in sizes, location,and dimensions of conduit, switchgear,lighting fixtures, fire alarm equipment,wiring devices, etc. 7/5/2013 16010-15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Complete detailed,walk-through,with step-by-step, sequential description of all phases of operation for all portions of the systems, including start-up, shutdown,testing and adjusting. Include all posted instruction charts. 4. Maintenance a. Parts list and part numbers. b. Maintenance, and replacement charts and Electrical Subcontractor's recommendations for preventive maintenance. C. Troubleshooting charts for systems and components. d. Instructions for testing each type of part. e. Recommended list of on-hand spare parts. f. General or miscellaneous maintenance notes. g. Provide an estimate of manhours and material costs to perform scheduled preventative maintenance. 5. Manufacturer's Literature a. Complete listing for all parts with names, addresses and telephone numbers. b. Care and operation. C. FINAL APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, including all and only pertinent brochures,illustrations, drawings, cuts, -mow*. bulletins,technical data, certified performance charts and other literature with the model actually furnished to be clearly and conspicuously identified. d. Internal wiring diagrams and engineering data sheets for all items and/or equipment to be furnished. e. Guarantee and warranty data. 1.20 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Before materials are purchased, fabricated or work is begun,each Subcontractor shall prepare and obtain approval of coordination drawings,and sections for all floors/areas, including buried system/services,resulting in one(1) set of all-Trade-composite at 3/8" scale drawings, showing the size and location of all equipment, in the manner described here-in-under General Requirements. Engineers review and approval of coordination drawings must be obtained prior to any fabrication or installation of any equipment or systems. B. The coordination drawings shall be generated from a computer CAD program compatible with AutoCAD Release 2010, in DWG or DXF format. The HVAC Subcontractor shall take the lead, supervise, and coordinate production of coordinated layout drawings,to show and coordinate all equipment. These drawings shall then be circulated to the Electrical Subcontractor so that he can indicate all his work as directed by the General Contractor and Engineer and as required,to result in a fully coordinated installation. 7/5/2013 16010-14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition prime and finish coats of paint and/or enamel during the course of construction, regardless of the source of damage. 1.19 TRAINING AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall thoroughly instruct the Owner,to the complete satisfaction of the Architect and Engineer,in the proper operation of all systems and equipment provided by him. The Electrical Subcontractor shall make arrangements,via the Engineer, as to whom the instructions are to be given in the operation of the basic and auxiliary systems and the period of time in which they are to be given. The Engineer shall be completely satisfied that the Owner has been thoroughly and completely instructed in the proper operation of all systems and equipment before final payment is made. If the Engineer determines that complete and thorough instructions have not been given by the Electrical Subcontractor to the Owner's representative,then the Electrical Subcontractor shall be directed by the Engineer to provide whatever instructions are necessary until the intent of this specification has been complied with. B. Electrical Subcontractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a minimum of two(2) typed O &M manual sets or quantity as required in Division 1 (see General Conditions and Division 1)bound neatly in 3-ring binders. Binders shall contain all instructions for the installation, operation, emergency operation, start-up,care and maintenance of all equipment and systems(including instructions for the ordering and stocking of spare parts for all equipment installed under this Contract).The lists shall include part numbers and suggested supplier. Each set shall also include an itemized list of component parts that should be kept on hand and where such parts can be purchased. C. O &M manuals shall contain information indicating possible problems with equipment and suggested corrective action. The manuals shall be indexed for each type of equipment. Each section shall be clearly divided from the other sections. A sub-index for each section shall also be provided. The methodology of setting-up the manuals shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner for review prior to final submission of manuals. D. The O & M manuals shall contain instructions including information deemed necessary by the Engineer and shall also include, but not limited to,the following: 1. Introduction a. Explanation of Manual and its use. b. Summary description of each Electrical system. C. Purpose of each system. 2. System a. Detailed description of each system. b. Illustrations, schematics,block diagrams, catalog cuts, and other exhibits. 3. Operations 7/5/2013 16010-13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Notwithstanding any approvals or instructions which must be obtained by the Electrical Subcontractor from the Engineer in connection with the use of the premises,the responsibility for the safe working conditions at the site shall remain that of the Electrical Subcontractor. The Architect, Engineer or Owner shall not be deemed to have any responsibility or liability in connection with safe working conditions at the site. 1.14 PROTECTION A. Materials, conduit, lighting fixtures, switchgear, etc., shall be properly protected during construction and all conduit openings shall be temporarily closed so as to prevent obstruction and damage. Post notice prohibiting the use of all systems provided under the Electrical Contract,prior to completion of work and acceptance of all systems by the Owner except as otherwise instructed by Engineer. Take precautions to protect all materials furnished from damage and theft. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish,place and maintain proper safety guards for the prevention of accidents that might be caused by the workmanship,materials, equipment or electrical systems provided under his Contract. 1.15 DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be held responsible and shall pay for all damages caused by his work to the building structures, equipment,conduits, systems, etc., and all work and finishes installed under this Contract. Repair of such damage shall be done by lawlvk the General Contractor at the expense of the Electrical Subcontractor,to the Engineer's satisfaction. 1.16 CORRECTION OF WORK A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall promptly correct all work provided under his Contract and rejected by the Engineer as defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Documents,whether observed before or after completion of work, and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. 1.17 EXTRA WORK A. No claim for extra work will be allowed unless it is authorized by the Engineer in writing before commencement of the extra said work. 1.18 TOUCH-UP PAINTING A. All equipment and systems shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, splatters and other foreign matter of discoloration leaving every part of all systems in an acceptable prime condition. The Electrical Subcontractor, for the work under his Contract, shall refinish and restore to the original condition all equipment which have sustained damage to the manufacturer's 7/5/2013 16010-12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.11 EQUIPMENT ACCESS A. Electrical Subcontractor shall keep himself fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings required for his equipment and shall give information to the General Contractor and other Subcontractors sufficiently in advance of the work so that all openings may be built in advance. 1.12 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials shall be delivered to the site and stored in original sealed containers, suitably sheltered from the elements,but readily accessible for inspection by the Engineer until installed. All items subject to moisture damage such as controls shall be stored in dry,heated spaces.Equipment such as switchgear with heater elements installed shall have the heater elements energized after the equipment is received by the Electrical Subcontractor. B. Equipment shall be tightly covered and protected against dirt,water, and chemical or mechanical injury and theft. At the completion of the work, equipment and materials shall be cleaned and polished thoroughly and turned over to the Owner in a condition satisfactory to the Engineer. Damage or defects that develop before acceptance of the work shall be made good at the Electrical Subcontractor's expense. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements, for equipment and connections to be provided under his respective Trade and shall furnish and install such sizes and shapes of equipment to allow for the final installation to conform to the drawings and specifications. D. Manufacturer's directions shall be followed completely in the delivery, storage, protection and installation. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any conflict between any requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's directions. Obtain the Engineer's written instructions before proceeding with the work. Should Electrical Subcontractor perform any work that does not comply with the manufacturer's directions or written instructions from the Engineer,he shall bear all costs arising in correcting any deficiencies that should arise. E. All equipment of one type (such as distribution equipment, cable,wiring devices,fire alarm system,etc.) shall be the products of one manufacturer. F. Equipment pre-purchased by the General Contractor on behalf of the Owner or by the Owner himself, if assigned to the Electrical Subcontractor, shall be received, installed, tested, etc., as if the equipment was purchased by the Electrical Subcontractor. All guarantees, service contracts, etc., shall be the same as for all other equipment provided under this Contract. 1.13 USE OF PREMISES A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall confine all apparatus, storage of materials and construction to the limits as directed by the Engineer and he shall not encumber the premises with his materials. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be held responsible for repairs,patching, or cleaning arising from any unauthorized use of premises. 7/5/2013 16010-11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition conflict, such work shall be brought to Engineer's attention for direction as to what is to be provided. L. Final location of all lighting fixtures, smoke detectors, exit signs, switches, receptacles, fire alarm devices, etc., shall be coordinated with the Architectural reflected ceiling plans, architectural elevations, and/or other Architectural details, as applicable and shall not be scaled from locations indicated on the electrical drawings. Obtain approval of locations of all devices from Engineer in the field. The Owner/Engineer reserves the right to relocate any receptacle, device, lighting fixture etc 10'-0" in any direction prior to installation at no additional cost to the Project M. Electrical connections to all equipment shown on the Electrical and/or Architectural drawings that are to be provided with services, shall be included under this Contract as applicable,including all conduit and wiring connections to systems,to make equipment complete and operable. Additional wiring, equipment,etc., shall be provided to accomplish the above requirement, as required,all as part of this Contract,at no extra cost to the Owner. This requirement necessitates that the Electrical Subcontractor review the Architectural drawings and the drawings of other Trades during bidding to ascertain the extent of all requirements, and interface between the Trades and scope of work. N. The Electrical Subcontractor shall coordinate his work with other Trades'work so that all equipment and systems can be easily, safety and properly serviced and maintained. It is imperative that service personnel can safely access all equipment. O. The HVAC,ATC and Electrical Contractors' Scope of Work shall be implemented in accordance with the following matrix: Furnished Installed Power Control Fire Alarm Device —By By Wiring Interlock ' Wiring Duct Smoke Detectors Electric HVAC Electric DDC/ATC Electric Fire Dampers HVAC HVAC N/A N/A N/A Supply and Return HVAC HVAC See Note DDC/ATC N/A Boxes 2 Supply and Return Box DDC/ATC HVAC DDC/ATC DDC/ATC DDC/ATC Damper Actuators Box and Reheat Coil DDC/ATC HVAC N/A DDC/ATC N/A Valves Box and Reheat Coil DDC/ATC DDC/ATC N/A DDC/ATC N/A Valve Actuators Control Panels DDC/ATC DDC/ATC Electric DDC/ATC N/A Sheet Metal Dampers HVAC HVAC N/A DDC/ATC N/A Sheet Metal Actuators DDC/ATC DDC/ATC N/A DDC/ATC N/A Control Valves DDC/ATC IHVAC DDC/ATC DDC/ATC N/A Notes: 1. "Electric" refers to the Electrical Subcontractor/Division 16; "HVAC" refers to the HVAC Contractor/Division 15; " DDC/ATC" refers to the DDC/ATC Subcontractor who shall be a Subcontractor to the HVAC Contractor. 7/5/2013 16010-10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. Locations of conduits,boxes distribution equipment, systems, etc. shall be adjusted to accommodate the work with interferences anticipated and encountered. The Electrical Subcontractor shall determine the exact routing and location of his systems prior to fabrication or installation of any system component. Accurate measurements and coordination drawings shall be completed to verify dimensions and characteristics of the various systems installations. F. Lines which pitch shall have the right-of-way over those which do not pitch. For example, steam piping shall normally have the right-of-way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have the right-of-way over lines whose elevations can be changed. G. Offsets,transitions and changes of direction in all systems shall be made as required to maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on the drawings.The Electrical Subcontractor shall provide elbows, conduit bends, "LB" fittings,offsets in busway,etc. as required for his work to effect these offsets,transitions and changes in direction. H. All work shall be installed in a way to permit removal(without damage to other parts)of pull and junction box covers,wiring, lighting fixtures,and all other system components provided under this Contract requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. All pull and junction boxes shall be arranged in a manner to clear the openings of swinging overhead access doors as well as ceiling tiles. All work shall be done to allow easy access for maintaining equipment. The Owner and Engineer will require proof via the preparation of large scale sections and part plans that pull and junction boxes, etc. are accessible after the work is completed. Any items in the field discovered to be in non-compliance shall be removed and relocated, as required,and as directed by the Engineer ad at no cost to the Owner. I. The Contract Drawings are diagrammatic only intending to show general runs and locations of conduits, distribution equipment, lighting fixtures, systems equipment, etc. and not necessarily showing all required offsets,details and accessories and equipment to be connected. All work shall be accurately laid out with other Trades to avoid conflicts and to obtain a neat and workmanlike installation which will afford maximum accessibility for operation,maintenance and headroom. J. Where discrepancies in scope of work as to what Trade provides items, such as starters, disconnects, flow switches, etc.,exist, such conflicts shall be reported to the Engineer during bidding and prior to signing of the Contract. If such action is not taken,the Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish such items as part of his work as necessary,for complete and operable systems and equipment, as determined by the Engineer. K. Where drawing details,plans, specification requirements and/or scheduled equipment capacities are in conflict and where feeders,branch circuits or equipment are shown to be different between plans and/or between plans and riser diagrams, details or specifications, the most stringent requirement will be included in the Contract.Electrical systems and equipment called for in the specification and/or shown on the drawings shall be provided under this Contract as if it were required by both the drawings and specifications. ** However,prior to ordering or installation of any portion of work which appears to be in 7/5/2013 16010-9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition bound by, any schedule, estimate or of any plan thereof. The Electrical Subcontractor shall study the Contract Documents included under this Contract to determine exactly the extent of work provided under this Contract, as well as to ascertain the difficulty to be encountered in performing the work, in installing new equipment and systems and coordinating the work with the other Trades and existing building conditions. B. The Electrical Subcontractor shall faithfully execute his work according to the terms and conditions of the Contract and specifications, and shall take all responsibility for and bear all losses resulting to him in the execution of his work. C. The Electrical Subcontractor shall be responsible for the location and performance of work provided under his Contract as indicated on the Contract Documents. All parties employed directly or indirectly by the Electrical Subcontractor shall perform their work according to all the conditions as set forth in these specifications. D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish all materials and do all work in accordance with these specifications, and any supplementary documents provided by the Architect. The work shall include everything shown on the drawings and/or required by the specifications as interpreted by the Engineer, regardless of where such information is indicated in the Contract Documents(Architectural, HVAC,Plumbing, Fire Protection, etc.). Unless specifically indicated otherwise, all work and materials furnished and installed shall be new, unused and of the best quality and workmanship. The Electrical Subcontractor shall cooperate with the Engineer so that no error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents shall cause defective materials to be used or poor workmanship to , be performed. 1.10 COORDINATION OF WORK A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall compare his drawings and specifications with those of other Trades as well as the Architectural drawings and specifications, and report any discrepancies between them to the Engineer and obtain from the Engineer written instructions for changes necessary in the electrical work. B. Coordinate work with that of all other Trades affecting or affected by the work of this Section. Cooperate with such Trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. C. All work shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing interrelated work. Before installation, Electrical Subcontractor shall make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Engineer. All changes required in the work of the Electrical Subcontractor or that of any other trade caused by the Electrical Subcontractor's neglect, shall be made by him at his own expense, and to the Engineer's satisfaction. D. The Electrical Subcontractor shall include in his bid sufficient dollar amounts to coordinate the work of this Contract. This project MAY require additional time to coordinate all Trades and allow implementation of the Owner's Standards and maintenance serviceability requirements. This requirement shall include but not be limited to,producing the coordination drawings,as many times and as many draw_ings as required,to ensure serviceability of equipment, as aEproved by the En ig neer. 7/5/2013 16010-8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. The terms "approved", or"approval" shall mean the written approval of the Engineer. Where indicated in the product section of the specifications, "Approved Equal" shall mean the proposed substitute product must be approved by the Owner,Engineer and Engineer in writing prior to acceptance on the project for submission. Basis of approval of a substitute product submitted for"Approved Equal"shall be at the sole discretion of the Owner, Engineer and Engineer. F. The term "Contract Documents" shall mean the entire set of Drawings and Specifications as listed in the Table of Contents of the General Conditions including all bound and unbound material and all items officially issued to date such as addenda,bulletins,job modifications, etc. G. The term "specification" shall mean all information contained in the bound or unbound volume,including all "Contract Documents" defined therein, except for the drawings. H. The terms "directed", "required", "permitted", "ordered", "designated", "prescribed", and similar words shall mean the direction,requirement,permission, order,designation or prescription of the Engineer;the terms "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory", and similar words shall mean approved by, acceptable or satisfactory to the Engineer; and,the terms "necessary", "reasonable", '"proper", "correct", and similar words shall mean necessary,reasonable,proper or correct in the judgment of the Engineer. I. "Accessible" indicates ease of access with or without the use of ladders and without requiring extensive removal of other equipment, such as ductwork,piping,etc. to gain access. "Accessible ceiling" indicates acoustic tile type hung ceilings. Concealed spline or sheetrock ceilings with access panels shall not be considered accessible ceilings. J. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts,hung ceilings, embedded in construction or in crawl spaces. K. "Exposed" means not installed underground or"concealed" as defined above. L. 'Electrical Subcontractor" refers to the Subcontractor responsible for furnishing and installation of all work indicated on the Electrical drawings and in the Electrical specifications. M. "Architect" shall refer to the Architect "Weston& Sampson"and/or the Engineer"Robert W. Sullivan Engineers, Inc. (RWS)". N. "Owner" shall refer to the Owner "Pioneer Valley Transit Authority" or his designated representative. O. "Other Work Contractor" (O.W.C.)refers to the Contractor(s), or Subcontractor(s) performing work under other Sections of the Contract Documents. 1.09 THE SUBCONTRACTOR A. The Electrical Subcontractor shall visit the site of the proposed new facility and base his bids from his own site examinations and estimates. The Electrical Subcontractor shall not hold the Architect, Engineer, Owner or their agents or employees responsible for, or 7/5/2013 16010-7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Refer to provisions of the General Requirements and Supplementary General Requirements in Division 1 regarding warranties for work under this Contract. B. All warranties shall begin on the Date of Substantial Completion of the entire project or the Owner's acceptance of the workmanship and/or material covered by the warranty, whichever is later. The warranty coverage shall continue for the specified period. Refer to individual specification sections for warranty period. If no specific warranty period is specified,the warranty shall extend for a minimum of 365 days. C. Manufacturers shall provide their standard warranties for work under the Electrical Trades. However, such warranties shall be in addition to,and not in lieu of,all other liabilities which the manufacturer and Electrical Subcontractor may have by law or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. D. All materials, items of equipment and workmanship furnished under the Electrical Section shall carry the standard warranty against all defects in material and workmanship. Any fault due to defective or improper material, equipment,workmanship or design which may develop shall be made good, forthwith,by and at the expense of the Electrical Subcontractor for the work under his Contract,including all other damage done to areas, materials and other systems resulting from this failure. E. The Electrical Subcontractor shall warranty that all elements of the systems which are to be provided under his Contract, are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated. F. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner or Engineer of failure of any part of the systems or equipment during the warranty period,the affected part or parts shall be replaced by the Electrical Subcontractor for his work or any other work affected by the failure(s). G. Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish, before the final payment is made, a written warranty covering the above requirements in accordance with the General Requirements. 1.08 DEFINITIONS A. Words in the singular shall also mean and include the plural,wherever the context so indicates, and words in the plural shall mean the singular,wherever the context so indicates. B. Wherever the terms "shown on drawings" are used in the specifications,they shall mean "noted", "indicated", "scheduled", "detailed",or any other diagrammatic or written reference made on the drawings. C. Wherever the term "provide" is used in the specifications it will mean "furnish" and "install" "connects "apply", " " " " erect , "construct",or similar terms, unless otherwise indicated in the specifications. D. Wherever the term "material" is used in the specifications it will mean any "product", "equipment", "device", "assembly", or"item"required under the Contract, as indicated by trade or brand name,manufacturer's name, standard specification reference or other description. 7/5/2013 16010-6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 7. UL: Underwriters' Laboratories G. Electrical Subcontractor for the work in his scope of work shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits,pay all governmental taxes, fees and other costs in connection with his work; file for necessary approvals with the jurisdiction under which the work is to be performed. Electrical Subcontractor shall obtain all required Certificates of Inspection for his respective work and deliver same to the Engineer before request for acceptance of his portion of work is made and before final payment. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturers listed within these specifications have been pre-selected for use on this project.No submittal will be accepted from a manufacturer other than specified. B. Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all equipment, accessories, connections and incidental items necessary to fully complete the work under his Contract for use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. C. Where equipment of a substitute manufacturer differ from that specified and require different arrangement or connections from those shown, it shall be the responsibility of the Subcontractor responsible for the substitution to modify the installation of the equipment/system to operate properly and in harmony with the original intent of the drawings and specifications. When directed by the Engineer,the Electrical Subcontractor shall submit drawings showing the proposed, substitute installation.If the proposed installation is accepted,the Electrical Subcontractor shall make all necessary changes in all affected related work provided under his and other Sections including location of roughing-in connections by other Trades, conduit, supports, etc. All changes shall be made at no increase in the Contract amount or additional cost to the Owner. The General Contractor shall be responsible to assure that the Subcontractor responsible for the substitution bears the cost arising to all other Trades as a result of the substitution.A `Substitution Request Sheet' shall be submitted by the Contractor for all substituted equipment. 1. The `Substitution Request Sheet' shall be copied on to the Contractor's letterhead, filled out, signed and sealed by an Authorized Officer of the Corporation then submitted to the Engineer to be approved prior to any substitutions being considered,including all "Or Equals"by manufacturers'not listed in the specifications. Refer to end of this specification section for `Substitution Request Sheet'. D. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, all equipment and materials required for installation under these specifications shall be new,unused and without blemish or defect. Equipment and materials shall be products which will meet with the acceptance of the Authorities having jurisdiction over the work and as specified hereinbefore. Where such acceptance is contingent upon having the products listed and/or labeled by FM or UL or another testing laboratory,the products shall be so listed and/or labeled. Where no specific indication as to the type or quality of material or equipment is indicated, a first class standard article shall be provided. 1.07 WARRANTY 7/5/2013 16010-5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. All materials and workmanship shall comply with all applicable Codes, Specifications, Local and State Ordinances,Industry Standards and Utility Company Regulations, latest editions. B. In case of difference between Building Codes, State Laws,Local Ordinances, Industry Standards and Utility Company Regulations and the Contract Documents,the Electrical Subcontractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any such difference. C. In case of conflict between the Contract Documents and the requirements of any Code or Authorities having jurisdiction,the most stringent requirements of the aforementioned shall govern. D. Should the Electrical Subcontractor perform any work that does not comply with the requirements of the applicable Building Codes, State Laws, Local Ordinances, Industry Standards and Utility Company Regulations,he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies, as approved by the Engineer/Owner. E. Applicable Codes and Standards shall include all State Laws, Local Ordinances,Utility Company Regulations, and the applicable requirements of the latest adopted edition of the following Codes and Standards,without limiting the number, as follows: 1. NFPA 13: Sprinkler Systems 2. NFPA 70: National Electrical Code 3. NFPA 72:National Fire Alarm Code 4. NFPA 101: Life Safety Code 5. CBM: Certified Ballast Manufacturers Association 6. IES: Illuminating Engineering Society 7. ASTM:American Society for Testing and Materials 8. ANSI: American National Standards Institute 9. UL: Underwriters' Laboratories 10. Occupational Safety and Health Standards IL. Environmental Protection Agency 12. National Fire Protection Association 13. Building Officials Code Association(BOCA) 14. Uniform Building Code(UBC) 15. International Building Code (IBC) 16. Massachusetts Building Code 17. Massachusetts Electrical Code F. In these specifications,references made to the following Industry Standards and Code Bodies are intended to indicate the latest volume or publication of the Standard. All equipment,materials and details of installation shall comply with the requirements and latest revisions of the following Bodies, as applicable: I. ANSI: American National Standards Institute 2. ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials 3. AWG: American Wire Gauge 4. FM: Factory Mutual 5. IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers """k 6. NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association 7/5/2013 16010-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. For work to be included as part of this Section,to be furnished and installed by the Electrical Subcontractor,refer to the following Sections: a. Section 16050—Basic Materials and Methods b. Section 16100—Wiring Methods C. Section 16410—Low Voltage Distribution d. Section 16500—I:ighting Fixtures e. Section 16570—Dimming System f. Section 16700 - Telecommunication g. Section 16725—Fire Alarm System B. Related Work Under Other Divisions and Sections. 1. For work related to and to be coordinated with the electrical work,but not included in this Section, and required to be performed under other designated Sections or Divisions, see the following: a. Division 01 —Section Temporary Electricity b. Division 02—Section Earthwork C. Division 03 —Section Cast-in-Place Concrete d. Division 04—Section Masonry Mortar and Grout e. Division 07—Section Reglets and Counter Flashing f. Division 07—Section Flashing Built into Walls g. Division 07—Section Fire Stopping and Smoke Stopping h. Division 08—Section Access Doors and Panels i. Division 09—Section Painting j. Division 14—Conveying Systems k. Division 15 —Mechanical 1. Division 17—Automatic Temperature Control System M. Division 18—Commissioning 2. Concrete bases and housekeeping pads shall be provided under Division 1 — CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE. 3. Excavation and backfilling shall be provided under Division 1 —EARTHWORK. 4. Temporary lighting and power shall be provided under Division 1 — TEMPORARY FACILITIES. C. Furnish the following materials to be installed under other Divisions and Sections as listed. 1. Furnish duct smoke detectors for installation under Division 15. Wiring shall be included under Division 16. D. Wire the following materials that are furnished and installed under other Divisions and Sections. 1. Aquastat furnished and installed under Division 15. 1.05 REFERENCES 7/5/2013 16010-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 5. Firestopping, fire-proofing, smoke stopping and waterproofing of all electrical equipment where required. 6. Hangers, supports,mechanical channels and all appurtances required for installation of electrical equipment. 7. Seismic Restraints. 8. Demolition. 9. Conductors. 10. MC cable. 11. Surface Raceways. 12. Conduits, fittings and connectors, including supports. 13. Pull boxes. 14. Junction Boxes and Backboxes. 15. Wireways. 16. Cable Tray. 17. J-Hooks. 18. Wiring devices including,but not limited to,receptacles, switches, occupancy sensors, etc. and coverplates. 19. Electrical identification including,but not limited to,receptacles, switches, disconnect switches,panels, switchboards,transformers, conduit and conductors, etc. 20. Panelboards. 21. Dry-Type Transformers. 22. Grounding. 23. Fuses. 24. Fused and Unfused Disconnect Switches. 25. Circuit Breakers. 26. Magnetic Motor Starters. 27. Interior Lighting. 28. Exterior Lighting. 29. Lamps. 30. Ballasts. 31. Emergency Battery Units. 32. Emergency Lighting Heads. 33. Modifications to existing Fire Alarm System. 34. Modifications to existing Telecommunication (Voice and Data) Systems. 35. Modifications to existing Card Reader and Access System. 36. Modifications to existing Closed Circuit TV System. 37. Access doors. 38. Shop Drawing Submittals. 39. Short Circuit& Coordination Study and Arc Flash Hazard Analysis. 40. Coordination Drawings 41. Record As-Built Drawings. 42. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 43. System Start-Up,Demonstration and Training. 1.04 RELATED WORK A. Related Work Under Division 16. 7/5/2013 16010-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16010 ELECTRICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS: As provided under Section 16001 - Electrical Filed Sub-Bid Requirements and supplemented under the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract, and applicable parts of Division 1 -General Requirements. 1. Work of this Filed Sub-Bid Requirements includes all individual specification sections listed in Section 16001. 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents,including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 - General Requirements, shall be included in, and made part of,this Section. Oak 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Carefully examine all of the Contract Documents, criteria sheets and all other Sections of the specifications for requirements which affect work under this Section,whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. B. The work under this Contract shall include all labor,materials,tools, equipment, transportation, insurance,temporary protection, supervision and incidental items essential for proper installation and operation, even though not specifically mentioned or indicated on the drawings,but which are usually provided or are essential for proper installation and operation, of all systems as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. C. Coordinate work with that of all other Trades affecting or affected by the work of this Section. Cooperate with such Trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. D. The specifications and drawings describe the minimum requirements that must be met by the Electrical Subcontractor for the installation of all work as shown on the drawings and as specified here-in-under and in other Division 16 Sections. The following major items of work are included under Division 16: 1. Electrical connections to 1-IVAC,Plumbing,Fire Protection,ATC/DDC control equipment, and Owner furnished equipment. 2. Cleaning, Testing and adjustment of equipment. 3. Phasing of construction. 4. Permit fees,etc. 7/5/2013 16010-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 16010 ELEC—TRICAL SPECIAL CONDITIONS (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 16001) TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 –GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS ...............................................................................................................1 1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS ..............................................................................................................1 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK.............................................................................................................1 1.04 RELATED WORK...........................................................................................................................2 1.05 REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................3 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE................................................................................................................5 1.07 WARRANTY ...................................................................................................................................5 1.08 DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................................................6 1.09 THE SUBCONTRACTOR...............................................................................................................7 1.10 COORDINATION OF WORK.........................................................................................................8 1.11 EQUIPMENT ACCESS .................................................................................................................11 1.12 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS................................................................................................11 ►, 1.13 USE OF PREMISES.......................................................................................................................11 1.14 PROTECTION................................................................................................................................12 1.15 DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK.....................................................................................................12 1.16 CORRECTION OF WORK............................................................................................................12 1.17 EXTRA WORK..............................................................................................................................12 1.18 TOUCH-UP PAINTING ................................................................................................................12 1.19 TRAINING AND OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS.......................................13 1.20 COORDINATION DRAWINGS ...................................................................................................14 1.21 RECORD DRAWINGS/AS-BUILT DRAWINGS........................................................................15 1.22 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS................................................................................................16 PART 2–PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3–EXECUTION 3.01 COOPERATION AND WORK PROGRESS ................................................................................17 3.02 INSTALLATION ...........................................................................................................................19 3.03 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP.........................................................................................20 3.04 CLEANING....................................................................................................................................20 3.05 FINAL INSPECTION ....................................................................................................................21 3.06 SHOP DRAWING CHECKLIST...................................................................................................21 7/5/2013 16010-i Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Architect in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING A General: Filed Subcontractors shall obtain required permits for, and provide scaffolds, staging, and other similar raised platforms,required to access their Work as specified in Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and herein. 1. Scaffolding and staging required for use by this Filed Subcontractor pursuant to requirements of Section 01519 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES shall be furnished, erected, maintained in a safe condition, and dismantled when no longer required, by this Filed Sub-Trade requiring such scaffolding. 2. Each Filed Subcontractor is responsible to provide, maintain and remove at dismantling, all tarpaulins and similar protective measures necessary to cover scaffolding for inclement weather conditions other than those required to be provided, maintained and removed by the General Contractor pursuant to MGL (Refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and as additionally required for dust control). 3. Furnishing portable ladders and mobile platforms of all required heights, which may be necessary to perform the work of this trade, are the responsibility this Filed Subcontractor. 2.02 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT A All hoisting equipment, rigging equipment, crane services and lift machinery required for the work by this Filed Subcontractor shall be furnished, installed, operated and maintained in safe conditions by this Filed Subcontractor, as referenced under Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 16001 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition NAME OF SUB-BIDDER: --s SUB-BID FOR TRADE: ELECTRICAL. 2. Each sub-bid submittal for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by Awarding Authority, as bound herein, accompanied with the required bid deposit in compliance with MGL Chapter 149 Section 44B in the amount of 5 percent of Filed-Sub Bid. G Sub Sub-Bid Requirements: In accordance with Massachusetts General Law, Chapter 149, Section 44F, as amended, The Filed Sub-Bidder shall list in Paragraph E of the "Form for Sub-Bids"the name and bid price of each person, firm or corporation performing each class of work or part thereof for which the Section of the Specifications for that Sub-Trade require such listing. 1. This filed trade requires that the following classes of work be listed in paragraph E under the conditions indicated herein. a. Class Of Work Reference Section b. Telecommunication Section 16700 c. Fire Alarm Section 16725 1.02 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority (Owner) will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor's or Filed Subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid,the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results. B Pre-Bid Conference: Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the Pre-Bid conference; refer to ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS for time and date. 1.03 SEQUENCING A Coordinate work of this Filed Subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. B Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals, required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed Subcontract, have been received and approved by the Architect. 10OWN 7/15/2013 16001 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 16001 ELECTRICAL FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, and CONTRACT CONDITIONS as listed in the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. B Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-bids and is governed by the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL), Public Bidding Law- Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended, and applicable Sections of the MGL, Public Contract Law - Chapter 30. C Specification requirements for the Filed Sub-Bid "ELECTRICAL"include all of the following listed Specification Sections: in their entirety: 1. Section 16001 - Electrical Filed Sub-Bid Requirements 2. Section 16010 - Electrical Special Conditions 3. Section 16050 - Basic Materials and Methods 4. Section 16100 - Wiring Methods 5. Section 16410 - Low Voltage Distribution 6. Section 16500 - Light Fixtures 7. Section 16700 - Telecommunication 8. Section 16725 - Fire Alarm D The work to be completed by the Filed Subcontractor for the work of this Section is shown on the following listed Drawings, not just those pertaining particularly to this Sub-Trade, unless specifically called out otherwise,regardless of where among the Drawings it appears: Electrical Drawings: FPO.1, FP1.1, FP2.1,PO.1, P1.1, P2.1, HO.1, HO.2, HO.3, HO.4, H1.0, H1.1, H2.OA, 112.013, H2.1, EO.1, EO.2, EO.3, EO.4, E1.1, E1.2, E2.1, E2.2, E2.3, E3.1, E3.2, E4.1, FAO.1,FA1.1, FA2.1. E Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the Work of this Filed Subcontract. F Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at a time and place as stipulated in INVITATION TO BID and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. 1. The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: 7/15/2013 16001 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1) Specific hardware configuration of installed systems in this building and specific instruction for operating installed system, including HVAC systems, lighting controls, and interface with security and communication systems. 2) Security levels, alarms, system startup, shutdown,power outage and restart routines, changing setpoints, alarms and other typical changed parameter, overrides, freeze protection,manual operation of equipment,optional control strategies that can be considered, energy saving strategies and set points that, if changed will adversely affect energy consumption, energy accounting,procedures for obtaining vendor assistance,and the like. C. Training III: Conducted on-site 6 months after occupancy. Session shall be structured to address specific topics that trainees need to discuss and to answer questions concerning operation of system. END OF SECTION 7/5/2013 15500 - 88 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Controls Subcontractor: 1. Provide designated Owner personnel training on control system in facility. Intent is to clearly and completely instruct Owner on all capabilities of control system. 2. Training Manuals: a. Standard operating manual for system and special training manuals shall be provided for each trainee,with 3 extra copies left for Operation and Maintenance Manuals. b. Additionally, copies of system technical manual shall be demonstrated during training and 3 copies submitted with Operation Maintenance Manuals. C. Manuals shall include detailed description of subject matter for each session. d. Manuals shall cover control sequences and have definitions section that fully describes relevant words used in manuals and in software displays. e. Copies of audiovisuals shall be delivered to Owner. 3. Training sessions shall be tailored to needs and skill-level of trainees. 4. Trainers shall be knowledgeable on system and its use in buildings. For on-site sessions,most qualified trainers shall be used. Owner shall approve instructor prior to scheduling training. 5. During demonstration, should system fail to perform in accordance with requirements of Operation and Maintenance Manual or sequence of operations, system shall be repaired or adjusted as necessary and demonstration repeated. 6. Controls subcontractor shall attend training sessions other than controls training, as requested,to discuss interaction of controls system as it relates to equipment being discussed. 7. Provide 3 training sessions as follows: a. Training I- Control System: Training may be held on-site or in supplier's facility. If held off-site,training may occur prior to final completion of system installation. Upon completion, each student,using appropriate documentation,must be capable of performing elementary operations and describe general hardware architecture and functionality of system. b. Training I1 -Building Systems: Second training session shall be held on- site for period of after completion of system commissioning. Session shall include instruction on: 7/5/2013 15500 - 87 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition operation of specific piece of equipment are required. More than 1 party may be required to execute training. 6. Controls subcontractor shall attend sessions other than controls training, as requested,to discuss interaction of controls systems as it relates to equipment being discussed. 7. Training sessions shall follow the outline in the Table of Contents of the Operation and Maintenance Manual and illustrate,whenever possible,use of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals for reference. 8. Training shall include, but is not limited to: a. Use of printed installation, operation, and maintenance instruction material included in Operation and Maintenance Manual. b. Review of written operation and maintenance instructions emphasizing safe and proper operating requirements,preventative maintenance, special tools needed, and spare parts inventory suggestions. Training shall include startup, operation in all modes possible, shutdown, seasonal changeover, and emergency procedures, if any. C. Discussion of relevant health and safety issues and concerns. d. Discussion of warranties and guarantees. e. Common troubleshooting problems and solutions. f. Explanatory information included in Operation and Maintenance Manuals and location of plans and manuals in facility. g. Discussion of peculiarities of equipment installation or operation. h. Format and training agenda in"The HVAC Commissioning Process," ASHRAE Guideline latest edition is recommended. i. Classroom sessions shall include use of overhead projections, slides, video/audio taped material, as might be appropriate. 9. Hands-on training shall include startup, operation in all modes, including manual, shutdown, and emergency procedures and preventative maintenance for each piece of equipment. 10. Mechanical subcontractor shall fully explain and demonstrate operation, function, and overrides of local packaged controls,not controlled by central control system. 11. Training shall occur after functional testing is complete, unless otherwise approved by Owner in writing. 7/5/2013 15500- 86 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.13 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Following requirements are in addition to operation and maintenance requirements specified elsewhere. B. Prior to training Owner personnel,Division 23 Contractors shall compile and prepare documentation for equipment and systems specified in Division 23 and shall deliver documentation for inclusion in Operation and Maintenance Manuals, in accordance with requirements. Manuals and equipment information shall be blacked lined to delete any information not specific to project. In addition to hard copies an electronic copy will be provided in PDF format. C. Commissioning Authority shall receive copy of Operation and Maintenance Manuals for review. D. Special Control System Operation and Maintenance Manual Requirements: In addition to documentation that may be specified elsewhere, controls subcontractor shall compile and organize,at minimum, following data on control system in labeled 3-ring binders with indexed tabs. 3.14 TRAINING A. Contractor shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling, and ultimately to ensure that training is completed. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B. Commissioning Authority shall be responsible for overseeing and approving content and adequacy of training of Owner personnel for commissioned equipment. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. C. Mechanical subcontractor shall have the following training responsibilities: 1. Provide Commissioning Authority with training plan 2 weeks before planned training according to outline described in Section 01810. 2. Provided designated Owner personnel with comprehensive orientation and training in understanding of systems, and operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment specified. 3. Training shall normally start with classroom sessions followed by hands-on training on each piece of equipment,which shall illustrate various modes of operation, including startup, shutdown, fire/smoke alarm,power failure, and similar, as applicable. 4. During demonstration, should system fail to perform in accordance with requirements of Operation and Maintenance Manual or sequence of operations, system shall be repaired or adjusted as necessary and the demonstration repeated. 5. Appropriate trade or manufacturer's representative shall provide instructions on each major piece of equipment. Representative may be startup technician for piece of equipment, installing subcontractor,or manufacturer's representative. Practical building operating expertise as well as in-depth knowledge of modes of 7/5/2013 15500 - 85 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition S. The Balancing Contractor shall determine the lowest possible differential pressure control point possible for all variable speed pumping systems and for all differential pressure bypass control valves. In systems that have both variable speed pumping controlled by differential pressure and a differential pressure bypass valve,the Balancing Contractor shall assure,in conjunction with the ATC Contractor,that a minimum of 3 psig difference in setpoints is maintained between the two control settings with the differential pressure setpoint for the variable speed pumping system being the lower of the two settings. 3.12 CONTROL SYSTEMS VERIFICATION A. Verify all control devices are properly connected. B. Verify all dampers,valves and other controlled devices are operated by the intended controller. C. Verify all dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller(open, closed,modulating). D. Verify the integrity of valves and dampers in terms of tightness of close off and full open positions. E. Check all valves are properly installed in the piping system in relation to direction of flow and location. F. Check calibration of all controllers. G. Verify the proper application of all normally open and normally closed valves. H. Check the location of all thermostats and humidstats for potential erratic operation from outside influences such as sunlight, drafts or cold walls. I. Check the locations of all sensors to determine whether their position will allow them to sense only the intended temperatures or pressures of the media. Control Contractor will relocate as deemed necessary by the testing and balancing agency. J. Check the sequence of operation that any control mode is in accordance with approved shop drawings. Verify that only minimum simultaneous heating and cooling occurs. Observe that the control valves at the boiler/heat pump loop are properly sequenced. K. Verify all controller setpoints meet the design intent. L. Check all dampers for free travel. M. Verify the operation of all interlock systems. N. Perform all systems verification to ensure the safety of the system and its components. O. Provide submittal of calibration and testing reports for Engineer's approval and reference by the Commissioning agent. 7/5/2013 15500 - 84 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Remove, clean and/or replace all strainers. C. Examine water in system to determine if it has been treated and is clean. d. Check pump rotation,correct if necessary. e. Check expansion tank to make sure it is not air bound and that the system is full of water. f. Check all air vents at high points of water systems to make sure they are installed properly and are operating freely. g. Make certain all air is removed from circulating system. h. Check operation of differential automatic bypass valves, set valve in closed position. i. Check and set operating temperature of systems to design requirements. j. Complete air balancing must have been accomplished before water balance is begun. k. Set all temperature controls so that all heating coils are calling for full heating. 1. Set hot water systems to proper GPM delivery. m. Check leaving water temperature,return water temperature and pressure drop through all coils. Reset to correct design temperatures. n. Balance each hot water coil,and all other heating elements. o. After making adjustments to coils and other water flow elements,reset settings at pumps, as required to obtain proper flows. P. Determine system operating differential pressure and, in conjunction with the ATC Contractor, set any differential pressure valves for proper operation. q. Upon completion of flow readings and coil adjustments, and after water balance is complete,permanently mark all balancing valves, cocks and flow meters so that they can be restored to their correct position if disturbed. Properly set memory stops on all balancing valves so equipped. r. After the Balancing Contractor sets all water flow balancing devices to proper design GPM,he shall mark the GPM flows on the piping schematic drawings. 7/5/2013 15500- 83 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.9 PUMP TEST SHEETS A. For each pump the following data shall be listed: 1. Pump number and system name. 2. Pump manufacturer and model number. 3. Pump curve. 4. Motor HP and RPM. 5. Voltage -Nameplate,test. 6. Amperage-Nameplate,test. 7. GPM,rated,tested. 8. Pressure rise rated,test. 9. Inlet pressure, outlet pressure. 10. Inlet temperature. 11. Shut-off pressure. 3.10 COIL AND ALL OTHER HEATING ELEMENT TEST SHEETS (UNIT HEATERS, CABINET UNIT HEATERS,FAN COIL UNIT) A. For each element both the specified and test conditions shall be listed: B. Inlet water temperature (hot/chilled water). C. Inlet air temperature. D. Outlet water temperature(hot/chilled water). E. Outlet air temperature. F. Pressure drop through unit. 3.11 WATER SYSTEM BALANCING AND TESTING PROCEDURES A. Preparation of the System for Water Testing and Balancing 1. The Balancing Engineer or Technician must prepare the water system for balancing in the following manner: a. Open all valves to full position,including coil stop valves,return line balancing cocks and close all bypass valves,including system differential pressure bypass valve if applicable. 7/5/2013 15500- 82 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Identify and list size,type and manufacturer of diffusers,grilles, registers,and terminal volume boxes. Include information regarding coils where applicable. m. Measure air quantities in main and branch ducts by traversing entire cross sectional area of duct with pitot tube. Ducts having velocities of 1000 feet per minute or more shall be measured with inclined manometers(draft gauge)or magnehelic gauges; ducts having velocities of less than 1000 per feet per minute shall be measured with micromanometers,hook gauges, or similar low pressure instruments. Openings in ducts for pitot tube insertion shall be sealed with snap-in plugs and covered with duct tape after air balance is complete.Diffuser, grille and register air quantities shall be determined by direct reading velocity meters in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. n. Identify, adjust,balance and measure air quantities in all types of hoods or exhaust "trunks",where applicable. Identify systems by fan designation and room name. o. Obtain design air quantities in main ducts by adjusting fans. Branch duct air quantities shall be adjusted by volume dampers. Dampers shall be permanently marked after air balance is complete to enable them to be restored to their correct position if disturbed at any time. p. Opposed blade dampers at diffusers and registers shall be used to balance air quantities providing final adjustments do not produce objectionable drafts or sound levels. Air quantity adjustments by outlets,deflectors, grids or air scoops will not be permitted. q. As part of this Contract,the Balancing Contractor shall change the pulleys,belts,and fixed sheaves to provide for permanent sheaves, pulleys and belts,based on the final balancing,in order to ensure proper air delivery of the various systems. The Balancing Contractor shall also make all necessary adjustments to vane axial fan blade pitch angle to achieve required air flow. r. In cooperation with the ATC Contractor, determine the proper setpoint for all automatically operated dampers, air valves, static pressure sensors, inlet vane actuators, or other variable or controllable devices requiring coordination between Balancing Contractor and ATC Contractor. The Balancing Contractor shall determine the lowest system static setpoint possible that will deliver the proper air quantities to all outlets at the maximum cooling condition, and will adjust the fan system to operate at its most economical setting to achieve this static setpoint. Fans will be adjusted to the most economical setting by adjusting the fan speed(or blade pitch angle)with any variable volume devices in their maximum or wide-open position. Final static pressure setpoints are to be recorded in the test and balance report and listed for each unit. 7/5/2013 15500- 81 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 6) Changes made or recommended. 7) Amperage nameplate rating. 8) Final operating amperage. 9) Fan RPM. 10) Total CFM. 11) Suction static, discharge static,total static. K. Air System Balancing and Testing Procedures 1. The Balancing Contractor shall perform the following tests, and balance all systems in accordance with the following requirements after clean filters are installed in all filter banks before tests are performed: a. Test and adjust blower RPM or blade pitch angle on vane axial fans to achieve design requirements. b. Test and record motor full load ampere. C. Make pitot tube transverse of main supply, return and exhaust air ducts to obtain design CFM at fans. d. Test and report system static pressure, suction and discharge. e. Test and adjust system for design CFM recirculated air. f. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. g. Test and record entering and leaving air temperatures(db-wb cooling and db heating). h. Adjust all main supply,return and exhaust air ducts to proper design CFM. i. Adjust all zones and branches to proper design CFM, supply,return and exhaust systems. j. Test and adjust each diffuser,grille,register, and constant volume box to within t5% of design requirements. k. Test and adjust all special pressure rooms to maintain pressure relationship indicated on the drawings.Note that air quantities on the drawing may have to be changed to satisfy the pressure relationship. 7/5/2013 15500 - 80 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2) Fan manufacturer and model number. 3) Fan curve. 4) Total CFM. 5) Return air, CFM. 6) Outside air, CFM. 7) Total static pressure. 8) Suction static pressure. 9) Discharge static pressure. 10) Motor manufacturer. 11) Motor size,voltage,phase and RPM. 12) Amperage nameplate rating. 13) Final operating amperage. 14) Fan RPM(supply). 15) Fan RPM (return). 16) Component pressure drop per J.2.c. 5. Exhaust and Ventilating Fan Test Sheets a. Each sheet shall contain in two (2)columns,one(1)for specified conditions and one(1)for test conditions obtained. b. All final sheets shall list the following data: 1) Exhaust fan system and exhaust fan number. 2) Fan manufacturer. 3) Fan curve. 4) Size and model. 5) Motor HP, voltage and phase. 7/5/2013 15500 - 79 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition typewritten form;handwritten forms are not acceptable. Cover of first sheet shall list the name of the job and the location of same. Copies of all forms shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and acceptance prior to the work beginning. 3. Diffuser, Grille,Register, and All Types of Air Terminal Test Sheets a. Each sheet shall be arranged in columns and all final sheets shall show the following data: 1) Fan system. 2) Room number or area designation. 3) Outlet code number,which shall correspond to code number. 4) Size of outlet-manufacturer's listed data. 5) Type of outlet per manufacturer's model designation. 6) Manufacturer of outlet. 7) Manufacturer's effective area for each size. 8) Schedule FPM and required CFM of each outlet, individually for heating and cooling. 9) Test resultant FPM and CFM of each outlet, individually for heating and cooling. 10) Testing, setting and report of CFM settings for each box, including pressure drop at each setting. 11) All rooms/spaces with ducted supply and return/exhaust are to have supply,return/exhaust quantities shown on the same sheet. All rooms are to have air quantities for supply,return/exhaust listed per individual room. Supply,return/exhaust readings shall be listed sequentially,with final CFM offset, or room pressure clearly identified. 4. Air Handling Equipment Test Sheets a. Each sheet shall contain two(2)columns, one (1)for specified conditions and one(1)for test conditions obtained. b. All final sheets shall list the following data: 1) System fan number. 7/5/2013 15500 - 78 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. The Owner shall choose the test and balance contractor at the beginning of construction of the project to allow the Balancing Contractor to schedule this work in cooperation with the HVAC Contractor,ATC Contractor and other Trades involved and comply with completion data and requirements, as well as provide a list of areas where special requirements for balancing devices(dampers,valves)might occur. E. The Balancing Contractor shall provide all testing instruments used for balancing air and water systems. Testing instruments shall have been calibrated within a period of six(6) months prior to balancing. Types, serial numbers and dates of calibration of all instruments shall be listed in the final air and water balance reports herein specified. F. The Architect's,Engineer's and Owner's designated representatives shall be notified minimum five (5)days in advance of proceeding with balancing work to allow time for the witnessing of the testing,balancing and adjusting. G. The Balancing Contractor shall provide all manpower, instruments,temporary connections and all other materials required to accomplish the balancing and testing as hereinafter specified. In the case of phased construction,the action plan shall include an explanation of all temporary facilities and their effect on the overall system. H. The Balancing Contractor shall balance cooling systems in the air conditioning season and heating systems in the heating season. I. In the event it becomes necessary for the Owner to balance the HVAC systems correctly, after the balancing is complete,the cost of this work will be back charged to the Balancing Contractor. 1. The intent of the required documentation would be to clearly indicate the balancing and performance of the systems as they are installed. Furthermore,the above required information will be utilized by the Owner for future renovation and/or alterations of the various systems. Therefore,the drawing content and presentation will be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to actual commencement of the work. In the case of phased construction,the schematics shall indicate the limit of each phase and any temporary measures taken to obtain system performance. 2. The drawings shall be produced on AutoCAD Release 14or later,and a disc and one(1) set of reproducible vellums shall be submitted to the Owner through the Engineer, for his use. All costs associated with the production of the documents shall be included under the Balancing Contractor's contract. J. Test forms used by Balancing Engineers and Technicians shall be set up to include the following information: 1. Each sheet shall have the job name and address,the name of the Balancing Contractor, Owner,Architect and Engineer,the instruments used to perform the test, and the name of the test Technician, date and time of test, outside db/wb temperatures. 2. All forms shall be submitted on a standard 8 1/2"by I V good quality paper, bound together to form a complete report. All forms shall be submitted in 7/5/2013 15500 - 77 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition malfunctioning controls and equipment. Demonstrate all as described in the sequence of operation. 2. Control contractor shall furnish a one-year warranty on all components furnished under this section. 3. Maintenance, Extended Service and Support a. Entire system, including all devices and support shall be warranted for I year from the date of final acceptance. b. Response to Owner reported concerns can be addressed via dial up modem or network connection first, and reasonable time shall be allowed for the contractor to provide on-site support if required. The Owner shall provide for use of a dedicated telephone line or network connection by the control system. D. Electrical Wiring and Connections 1. Install raceways,boxes, and cabinets according to Division 16 Section "Raceways, Boxes, and Cabinets." 2. Install building wire and cable according to Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables." ,,.. 3. Connect HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when switch is in HAND position. 3.8 AIR & WATER TESTING,BALANCING AND ADJUSTING A. The HVAC Contractor shall procure and pay for the services of an independent Balancing and Testing Contractor who specializes in the balancing and testing of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems to balance and adjust, all moving equipment and air distribution and exhaust systems and test all water systems and equipment, as herein specified. All work by the Balancing Contractor shall be done under direct supervision of a qualified heating and ventilating Engineer employed by the Balancing Contractor. B. Balance and testing shall not begin until all HVAC systems have been completed and are in full working order, as determined by the Engineer. Where construction is phased,the Testing and Balancing Contractor shall submit a plan of action that outlines how each phase will be balanced and how, when completed,the entire system will be verified as ready to be tested and balanced. The Balancing Contractor shall coordinate his work with the HVAC and ATC Contractors, shall place all heating,ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation, and continue the operation of same during each working day of adjusting and balancing. C. The Balancing Contractor shall perform all tests as hereinafter specified, compile the test data, and submit five(5)copies of the complete test data for forwarding to the Engineer ,.., for evaluation and approval. 7/5/2013 15500 - 76 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 90 degree and 45 degree fittings, as required to suit the construction and installation conditions. 3.6 SYSTEM START-UP,AND OPERATION. A. After completion of the installation and before acceptance by the Owner,this Contractor shall start-up, operate and thoroughly check the entire HVAC system to assure complete adherence to the design intent with the assistance of commissioning agent. Equipment shall be started up by factory trained technicians and witnessed by commissioning agent, as specified and as required. B. It is intended that the start-up/operational/commissioning endeavor as coordinated by commissioning agent shall conclusively establish that all systems are functioning properly with respect to rotation of equipment,power interlocks, control interlocks and sequential control. C. Should any portion of system performance be found to be contrary to the specified intent, same shall be corrected as required, at no cost to the Owner. D. After completion of the system check procedure, and when the Contractor is firmly convinced that all systems are performing properly and efficiently,he shall submit in writing to the Engineer a certified statement to that effect. 3.7 CONTROLS A. Examination 1. Verify that conditioned power supply is available to control units and operator workstation.Verify that field end devices, and wiring tubing are installed before proceeding with installation. B. Installation 1. Install equipment as indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Implement all features to specified requirements and appropriate to sequence of operation. 3. Connect and configure equipment and wiring to achieve the sequence of operation specified. 4. Verify location of thermostats, sensors,humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details before installation. Confirm mounting height and exact location with Owner/Engineer prior to installation. Generally locate approximately 48 inches above floor to comply with ADA. C. Adjusting and Cleaning 1. Startup of the control system shall be performed by trained personnel in the direct digital control field and shall be a factory trained value added reseller. Demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or 7/5/2013 15500 - 75 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Before any pipe welding is performed, submit a copy of welding Procedure Specifications with proof of its qualification as outlined and required by the most recent issue of the code having jurisdiction. C. Before any operator performs any pipe welding, submit the operator's Qualification Record in conformance with the code having jurisdiction, showing that the operator was tested under the Procedure Specification submitted. D. Fire watches shall be provided for cutting and welding operations in accordance with the requirements of state code and the local fires department. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANUP A. Protection: 1. Be responsible for the maintenance and protection of all material and equipment furnished during all phases of construction from loss, damage or deterioration until final acceptance by the Owner. 2. All materials and equipment on the job site shall be suitably stored and protected from the weather. 3. During the progress of the work, all pipes, ducts and equipment openings shall be temporarily closed so as to prevent obstruction and damage. B. Cleanup 1. After installation, equipment with factory finished surfaces shall be cleaned, and damaged spots touched up with the same type paint applied at the factory. 2. Keep the job site free from accumulation of waste material and rubbish, construction equipment and surplus materials from the site and leave the premises in a clean condition. 3.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Furnish,place and maintain proper guards for the prevention of accidents and any other necessary construction required to secure safety of life and property. Conform to all OSHA requirements. 3.5 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS A. Furnish and install all supplementary steel, channels and supports required for the proper installation, mounting and support of all equipment,piping and ductwork. Method of attachment to the building structure shall be in a manner approved by the Engineer. Type and size of supports shall be determined by the Contractor and shall allow only a minimum amount of deflection. B. All supplementary steel and channels shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner parallel to the walls, floor and ceiling construction. All turns shall be made with 7/5/2013 15500 - 74 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. All piping,valves, fittings and appurtenances shall be installed at sufficient distances from other work to permit clearance of not less than 1"between the finished covering of such piping and all adjacent work. D. All mains and risers shall be securely anchored to the building construction. Anchors shall be constructed from heavy, forged wrought iron secured to the piping and the building construction. E. This Contractor will be held responsible for the quick and free circulation of water in all piping under actual working conditions. System shall be free from noise due to pipe expansion or contraction or from air in the systems. F. Runouts to equipment connections and risers shall be so piped and valved that individual risers and individual equipment may be shut off without interfering with the system. A drain valve shall be provided at each low point of each supply and each return so that the piping which is shut off may be drained. In making such connections, care shall be taken to provide sufficient pitch to vent the system. Water runouts shall pitch up to equipment above and pitch down to equipment below the main or branch. A3/4"brass drain valve shall be placed on the return lines at circulators and capped 1/2"brass hose bibs shall be placed at all low points as necessary for complete drainage of all piping, leaving no pockets. G. High points in all water piping mains shall be vented with automatic air vents. All high points in runouts shall be provided with manual air vents. Automatic air vents shall be provided as indicated on the drawings. Fan coil units shall be provided with manual air vents. H. All openings in piping and fittings shall be capped or plugged until permanent connections are made. Use care to keep foreign materials out of the system. 1. Where pipe or tubing cutters are used,or where the pie is threaded,the burr shall be reamed out to the full inside diameter of the pipe. J. All piping within the building shall be so installed that it will in no way be strained or distorted by expansion and contraction. K. In general,pitch all water mains up in the direction of flow. L. Where piping passes through fire rated walls and floors,the HVAC Contractor shall fire safe the openings with and approved fire retardant material so as to maintain the integrity of the fire rated wall assemblies to the satisfaction of the Engineer. M. All piping shall be adequately supported from the building structure by use of pipe hangers, supports and other devices. 3.2 WELDING A. Pipe welding shall comply with the provisions of the latest edition of ANSI/ASME B31.9 Building Service Piping. 7/5/2013 15500 - 73 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Computer/I.T. Room and Manager's Office Split System: 1. Split systems units shall operate through programmable thermostat to maintain set point. C. Variable Volume Terminal Unit with reheat. 1. The variable volume terminal unit is controlled independent of system pressure fluctuations using electric actuation. The space served by the VAV terminal unit is controlled in Occupied and Unoccupied modes as follows: a. Occupied- The VAV terminal unit is controlled within user defined maximum and minimum supply air volume settings. The controller monitors the room temperature sensor and air velocity sensor and modulates the supply air damper in sequence with the reheat valve to maintain the room temperature at set point. Supply air volume remains at minimum when HW reheat valve is modulated. b. Unoccupied- The terminal unit is controlled using the night set point. During Unoccupied mode the VCV box air damper and HW reheat valves shall modulate open to maintain Unoccupied space temperature setpoint(Heating=65 deg F. adj./Cooling= 85 deg F adj.). In the event that the space requires additional heating or cooling,the controller may reset to the Occupied mode for a predetermined time period upon a signal from the control system or manually at the room sensor. 2. On space temperature drop, box operator shall be modulated to a fixed minimum setting. On continued drop in space temperature heating coil valve will be modulated open. 3. As space temperature rises,the reverse sequence shall occur. 4. The ATC Contractor shall coordinate with the terminal box manufacturer to obtain the proper velocity pressure signal multiplier for each box size,which shall be used for proper calibration of sensed vs. actual CFM airflow. Each box shall be field verified and adjusted such that"sensed flow"matches actual flow as measured by the Balancing Subcontractor. PART 3—INSTALLATION 3.1 PIPING A. Provide and erect in a workmanlike manner all piping system shown on plans or a required to complete the installation as intended. All piping shall be installed so as to provide access to all valve, strainers and other devices and equipment. B. The drawings are schematic and do not indicate all offsets and fittings which may be required. The HVAC Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural conditions and work of other trades affecting all his work and arrange his work accordingly. 7/5/2013 15500 - 72 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition through a factory-installed microprocessor-based unit control module(UCM)in conjunction with a seven-day electronic programmable thermostat. 2. Unit Start/Stop: a. The unit is indexed to "occupied" and "unoccupied"periods through the electronic programmable thermostat. b. When in occupied mode,the unit runs continuously. C. When in the unoccupied mode,the unit cycles as required to maintain night setback temperature setpoints. d. The schedules are set and/or modified through the thermostat. e. If a "smoke" condition is detected by the duct-mounted smoke detector, the unit is shut down. f. Diagnostic "faults" internal to the UCM may also cause the unit to be shut down(see IOM for details). 3. Duct Static Pressure Control: a. The supply fan speed is controlled by the UCM through a variable speed drive to maintain a duct static pressure setpoint(2.0"W.C.,adj.). 4. Space Temperature Control: a. The UCM sequences DX cooling(compressor,condenser fans, and economizer, see below)to maintain space temperature cooling setpoint (initially 78f Deg). The space temperature setpoint value may be modified through the local thermostat. Mechanical cooling is disabled below 50.017 outside air temperature via the UCM. b. Similarly,the UCM stages the gas heating section to maintain space supply duct temperature setpoint(initially 55f Deg). 5. Economizer Operation: a. The outside air dampers are set to a "minimum"position if the outside air enthalpy exceeds economizer setpoint. The dampers are controlled to maintain the required supply air temperature setpoint when mechanical cooling is disabled and outside air is below the OA economizer setpoint. 6. Thermostat Operation: a. For modifying operating schedules, "occupied"and "unoccupied" setpoints,fan operating characteristics (constant or intermittent), see the appropriate Installation and Operation Manual shipped with the thermostat. 7/5/2013 15500 - 71 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition the control systems on the project for the use of the Owner's operating personnel. A competent technician shall be provided for instruction purposes. C. Provide an on-site training program of 8 hours for the Owner's staff in the operation and use of the control system. The 8 hours will be not necessarily be consecutive. J. Guarantee: The control system designated on the drawings and plans and herein specified, shall be guaranteed to be free from original defects in both materials and workmanship for a period of one year of normal use and service, excepting damages from other causes. This guarantee shall become effective starting the date of beneficial use of the system by the Owner. K. Programmed Maintenance: 1. Upon completion of the installation,the control contractor shall submit to the owner, a proposal to provide the necessary programmed maintenance to keep the various control systems in proper working condition. 2. This programmed maintenance agreement shall fully describe the maintenance work to be performed and shall advise the cost of this work during the guarantee period, as well as for subsequent years thereafter. 2.37 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. All exhaust fans shall operate through thermostats for occupied mode or local switch. B. The boilers shall be enabled and shall operate under factory furnished controls by reset schedule. Provide all required control wiring, including wiring for the mechanical room vent dampers. I. Boiler pumps (BP-1, & BP-2) shall operate when their respective boilers operate. 2. Lead-lag control shall be provided for the main system hot water pumps(P-1 and P-2). Lead pump shall operate whenever outside temperature is below 65°F (adj.). Provide an outdoor sensor,wiring and controls. C. Miscellaneous heaters shall cycle their respective 2-way control valve to maintain space thermostat set point. D. Provide all wiring, control points, system components and devices to meet sequences described herein. Provide all interlock wiring necessary to operate boilers including boiler manufacturers supplied devices. E. ROOFTOP UNIT RTU-1 1. The packaged rooftop unit provides mechanical cooling, heating and ventilation `10%k air for the area served. The unit supply fan has a VFD. The unit is controlled 7/5/2013 15500 - 70 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Control devices furnished with equipment shall be installed,wired and adjusted by the ATC Contractor. D. Additional control devices which are not furnished with the equipment shall be furnished, installed and wired by the ATC Contractor. E. The Electrical Contractor will provide a 120 Volt circuit in the mechanical room for use by the ATC Contractor who shall provide all control wiring, including transformers. Coordinate with electrical contractor. F. The Electrical Contractor will furnish smoke detectors as required and wire them to the fire alarm system. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall install the detectors. Provide wiring from the detectors to the fan motor starters. G. The control wiring installation shall be in accordance with National and Local Codes and with the electrical portion of these specifications. All wiring shall be run concealed wherever possible. Exposed wiring shall be run in raceways. Raceways shall be Wiremold 200 Series with all elbows,raceway covers,mounting stops,box extensions and wiring for a complete and neat installation. 120 Volt power will be provided by the Electrical Contractor. All wiring shall comply with the requirements of the electrical section of the specification. H. Submittal Brochure 1. The following shall be submitted for approval: a. Control drawings with detailed wiring diagrams,including bill of material and description of operation for all systems. b. Panel layouts and.nameplates lists for all local and central panels. C. Valve and damper schedules showing size, configuration,capacity and location of all equipment. d. Data sheets for all control systems components. e. Control strategies shall be included within the ATC shop drawing submittal. The listing of each strategy shall be in English and demonstrate the desired ATC sequence of operation. Submittal shall be complete with proposed schedules, listing of setpoints and end device point listing and address. I. Instruction and Adjustment 1. Upon completion of the project,the ATC Contractor shall: a. Completely adjust,ready for use,all thermostats, controllers,valves, damper operators,relays,etc. provided under this section. b. Furnish three instruction manuals covering the function and operation of 7/5/2013 15500- 69 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition (5) Parameter (6) Monitor (7) Page (8) Operate (9) Enter (10) Reset (11) Start (12) Stop b) The keypad LCD panel shall provide a choice of 8 lines of text or a 64 x 138 pixel graphical display of key waveforms or a combination of both. C) The operator shall be able to scroll through the keypad menu to choose between the following screens: (1) Monitor (2) Operate (3) Parameter setup (4) Actual parameter (5) Operating parameter trends (6) Menu for selection of parameters for graphical trend display. (7) Active faults (8) Fault history (9) LDC adjustment (10) Info/files selection to indicate the standard software and optional features software loaded. k. Communication card for interface with control system. 1. Provide an input EMI filter to minimize conducted electrical noise to meet the requirements of IEC 61800-3. 19. Enclosure: a. The VFD enclosure shall be NEMA 1. The VFD shall have complete front accessibility with easily removable assemblies. 20. The VFD manufacturer shall maintain, as part of a national network, engineering service facilities within 150 miles of project to provide start-up service,emergency service calls,repair work, service contracts,maintenance and training of customer personnel. 2.36 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROLS (ELECTRIC) A. Furnish and install a complete automatic control system for the heating,ventilation and air conditioning equipment and systems. A�•. B. It is intended that the automatic control system includes all control devices and control wiring. 7/5/2013 15500 - 68 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 18. Optional features to be included in the VFD's: a. HMCP or thermal magnetic breaker shall provide a disconnect means. Operating handle shall protrude the door. The disconnect shall not be mounted on the door. The handle position shall indicate ON, OFF, and TRIPPED condition. The handle shall have provisions for padlocking in the OFF position with at least three(3)padlocks. Interlocks shall prevent unauthorized opening or closing of the AFD door with the disconnect handle in the ON position. This shall be defeatable by maintenance personnel. b. AC input line current limiting fuses shall provide a means of disconnecting the AFD from the line under fault conditions. C. Three contactor bypass shall include a drive input disconnect,a VFD input isolation contactor, bypass contactor and a VFD output contactor. This circuit shall include control logic, status lights and motor over current relays. The complete bypass system Hand-Off-Auto with Inverter-Bypass selector switch(es),and inverter/bypass pilot lights shall be packaged with the VFD. The unit may be set up for manual bypass operation upon a VFD trip. d. AC output contactor to provide a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. e. Fused space heaters with thermostat for oversize enclosures to minimize condensation potential upon drive shutdown. f. Steel nameplate engraved with user's identifying name or number for oversize enclosures. g. 120 Vac control to allow AFD to interface with remote dry contacts. h. Motor over current relay to provide motor over current sensing of a given level of load current. i. Input isolation transformers,separately mounted,with NEMA 1 enclosure. j. Graphical keypad 1) The operator interface shall consist of a LCD keypad located on the front of the AFD. Features shall include: a) Twelve (12) pushbuttons for selection, display, and modification of the AFD characteristics as follows: Oak (1) Scroll left (2) Scroll right (3) Scroll up/increase (4) Scroll down/decrease 7/5/2013 15500 - 67 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. The VFD's keypad shall be capable of displaying the following monitoring functions at a minimum: 1) Output frequency 2) Output speed 3) Motor current 4) Motor torque 5) Motor power 6) Motor voltage 7) DC-link voltage 8) Heatsink temperature 9) Total operating days counter 10) Operating hours (resetable) 11) Total megawatt hours 12) Megawatt hours (resettable) 13) Voltage level of analog input 14) Current level of analog input 15) Digital inputs status 16) Digital and relay outputs status 17) Motor temperature rise,percentage of allowable 16. Protective Functions: a. The VFD's shall include the following protective features at minimum: 1) Overcurrent 2) Overvoltage 3) Inverter fault 4) Undervoltage 5) Phase loss 6) Output phase loss 7) Undertemperature 8) Overtemperature 9) Motor stalled 10) Motor over temperature 11) Motor overload 12) Logic voltage failure 13) Microprocessor failure 14) DC injection braking b. The VFD's shall provide ground fault protection during power-up,starting, and running. VFD's with no ground fault protection during running are not acceptable. 17. Diagnostic Features: a. Fault History 1) Record and log faults 2) Indicate the most recent first, and store up to 9 faults. 7/5/2013 15500 - 66 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b) Run C) Ready d) Reversing e) Jogging f) At speed g) In torque limit h) Motor rotation direction opposite of commanded i) Overtemperature 2) Programmable open collector output with available 24 Vdc power supply and selectable with the following available at minimum: a) Fault b) Run C) Ready d) Reversing e) Jogging f) At speed g) In torque limit h) Motor rotation direction opposite of commanded. i) Overtemperature 3) Programmable analog output signal,selectable with the following available at minimum: a) Output current b) Output frequency C) Motor speed d) Motor torque e) Motor power f) Motor voltage g) DC link voltage 15. Monitoring and Displays: a. The VFD's display shall be a LCD type capable of displaying three(3)lines of test and the following thirteen (13) status indicators: 1) Run 2) Forward 3) Reverse 4) Stop 5) Ready 6) Alarm 7) Fault 8) Local 9) Panel 10) Remote " 11) Hand 12) Auto 13) Off 7/5/2013 15500 - 65 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1) Monitor 2) Operate 3) Parameter Set-up 4) Actual parameter values 5) Active faults 6) Fault history 7) LCD contrast adjustment 8) Information to indicate the standard software and optional features software loaded. d. The following setups and adjustments, at a minimum, are to be available: 1) Start command from keypad,remote or communications port. 2) Speed command from keypad,remote or communications port. 3) Motor direction selection. 4) Maximum and minimum speed limits. 5) Acceleration and deceleration times,two settable ranges. 6) Critical (skip) frequency avoidance. 7) Torque limit. 8) Multiple attempt restart function. 9) Multiple preset speeds adjustment. 10) Catch a spinning motor start or normal start selection. 11) Programmable analog output. , 12) Proportional/integral process controller. 14. The VFD's shall have the following system interfaces: a. Inputs-A minimum of six(6)programmable digital inputs,two(2)analog inputs and serial communications interface shall be provided with the following available as a minimum: 1) Remote manual/auto. 2) Remote start/stop. 3) Remote forward/reverse. 4) Remote preset speeds. 5) Remote external trip. 6) Remote fault reset. 7) Process control speed reference interface,4-20mAdc. 8) Potentiometer or process control speed reference interface, 1-10 Vdc. 9) RS232 programming and operation interface port. b. Outputs-A minimum of two(2)discreet programmable digital outputs,one (1)programmable open collector output,and one(1)programmable analog output shall be provided,with the following available at minimum: 1) Programmable relay outputs with one(1)set of Form C contacts for each, selectable with the following available at minimum: a) Fault 7/5/2013 15500 - 64 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 10. The system containing the VFD's shall comply with the 5%level of total harmonic distortion of line voltage and the line current limits as defined in IEEE 519-1992. 11. The VFD's shall be able to start into a spinning motor. The VFD's shall be able to determine the motor speed in any direction and resume operation without tripping. If the motor is spinning in the reverse direction,bring the motor to a controlled stop, and then accelerate the motor to the preset speed. 12. Standard operating conditions shall be: a. Incoming Power:Three-phase,208 Vac(+ 10%to-15%)and 50/60 Hz 5 Hz)power to a fixed potential DC bus level. b. Frequency stability of+/-0.05%for 24 hours with voltage regulation of +/- 1% of maximum rated output voltage. C. Speed regulation of+/- 0.5% of base speed. d. Load inertia dependant carryover(ride through)during utility loss. e. Insensitive to input line rotation. f. Humidity: O to 95% (non-condensing and non-corrosive). g. Altitude: 0 to 3,300 feet(1000 meters)above sea level. h. Ambient Temperature: -10 to 40°C (VT). i. Storage Temperature: -40 to 60°C. 13. Control Function: a. Frequently accessed VFD programmable parameters shall be adjustable from a digital operator keypad located on the front of the VFD. The VFD's shall have a 3 line alphanumeric programmable display with status indicators. Keypads must use plain English words for parameters, status, and diagnostic messages. Keypads that are difficult to read or understand are not acceptable, and particularly those that use alphanumeric code and tables. Keypads shall be adjustable for contrast with large characters easily visible in normal ambient light. b. Standard advanced programming and trouble-shooting functions shall be available by using a personal computer's RS-232 port and WindowsTM based software. In addition, the software shall permit control and monitoring via the VFD's RS232 port. The manufacturer shall supply a diskette with the required software. An easily understood instruction manual and software shall be used for modifying the drive setup and reviewing diagnostic and trend information as outlined in this section through section 18. C. The operator shall be able to scroll through the keypad menu to choose between the following: 7/5/2013 15500 - 63 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. The supplier of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the electromechanical power components used within the assembly, such as bypass contactors when specified. 2. For the equipment specified herein,the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 certified. 3. The supplier of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period often(10)years. When requested by the Engineer,an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. E. The variable frequency drives shall have the following features: 1. The VFD's shall be rated for 208 VAC. The VFD shall provide microprocessor based control for three-phase induction motors. The controller's full load output current rating shall be based on variable torque application at 40°C ambient and 10 kHz switching frequency. 2. The VFD's shall be of the Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) design converting the utility input voltage and frequency to a variable voltage and frequency output via a two-step operation. Adjustable Current Source VFD's are not acceptable. Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors (IGBTs) shall be used in the inverter section. Bipolar Junction Transistors, GTO's or SCR's are not acceptable. The VFD's shall run at the above listed switching frequencies. 3. The VFD's shall have an efficiency at full load and speed that exceeds 97%. The efficiency shall exceed 90% at 50% speed and load. 4. The VFD's shall maintain the line side displacement power factor at no less than 0.96,regardless of speed and load. 5. The VFD's shall have a one(1)minute overload current rating of 110%for variable torque applications. 6. The VFD's shall be capable of operating any NEMA design B squirrel cage induction motor,regardless of manufacturer,with a horsepower and current rating within the capacity of the VFD. 7. The VFD's shall limit harmonic distortion reflected onto the utility system to a voltage and current level as defined by IEEE 519 for general systems applications, by utilizing the standard 3%nominal impedance integral ac three-phase line reactor. 8. Any harmonic calculations shall be done based on the kVA capacity,X/R ratio and the impedance of the utility transformer feeding the installation, as noted on the drawings,and the total system load. The calculations shall be made with the point of common coupling being the point where the utility feeds multiple customers. 9. Total harmonic distortion shall be calculated under worst case conditions in , accordance with the procedure outlined in IEEE standard 519-1992. Copies of these calculations shall be made available upon request. 7/5/2013 15500- 62 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. The primary air valve shall include a differential pressure type sensor upstream of the damper blade.The sensor shall traverse the inlet collar(for total pressure)along (2) axis. A minimum of(12) sensing points shall be utilized. Each sensing point shall be centered within equal concentric cross-sectional areas for accuracy. The sensor shall be designed to average the pressure signals by utilizing a center averaging pressure chamber.Each of the pressure sensing points shall be connected to this chamber. The average signal of these pressures shall pass to the control device signal through a single port located on the center averaging chamber.Brass balancing taps and airflow calibration charts shall be provided for field measurements. The sensor shall be designed to provide an amplified differential pressure signal a minimum 2.5 times the equivalent velocity pressure signal for the same capacity as measured with a conventional pitot tube.Documentation shall be submitted which substantiates this requirement. F. Supply terminals equipped with hot water heating coils, shall be as follows: 1. Coils shall be furnished by the terminal manufacturer as a complete assembly,with capacities and other characteristics as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Coils shall be enclosed in a sheet metal casing to match the size of the terminal. 3. Coils shall be connected to the terminal with slip and drive connections to allow for coil removal. 4. Terminals with water coils shall have access doors upstream of the coil for cleaning access. Coils shall have left- or right-hand connections to suit job conditions, and shall be 2-row to meet heating requirements. 5. Coils shall have aluminum plate fins(maximum of 10 fpi),and shall be tested with 400 psig hydrostatic pressure(underwater).All coils shall be performance certified in accordance with ARI 410 (latest Edition). 2.35 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES A. Furnish and install variable frequency drives as indicated. The drives shall be Model HV9000 as manufactured by Cutler-Hammer,or equal as manufactured by ABB,Yaskawa Electric,Mitsubishi Electric, Square D, or approved equal. B. References: 1. The variable frequency drives and all components shall be designed,manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest applicable standards of IEC, UL, CUL, CSA,and NEMA. C. Submittals: 1. The following information shall be submitted: a. Dimensioned outline drawing. b. Schematic diagram. C. Power and control connection diagram(s). D. Qualifications: 7/5/2013 15500 - 61 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Install and connect electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's electrical connection diagram submittal to the electrical contractor. E. Install and connect devices furnished by the manufacturer but not specified to be factory mounted. Furnish a copy of manufacturer's piping connection diagram submittal to the piping contractor. F. Connect piping and drain connections to the air conditioning unit. Provide pitch and trap per manufacturer's instructions and local codes. G. Start up air conditioning unit in accordance with manufacturer's start up instructions. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. 2.34 SINGLE-DUCT TERMINAL UNITS A. Provide air terminal units (boxes) of the single duct type, with integral hot water heating coils and sound attenuators,as scheduled and shown on the drawings.Units shall be similar to Enviro-Tec Model SDR-SA-WC or approved equal. B. Terminal casings shall be constructed of a minimum 22 gauge sheet metal casing and insulation as specified herein and a minimum 20 gauge for damper assembly construction. C. Terminal shall be mechanically assembled and sealed for an airtight casing allowing a maximum air leakage of 0.5% at 3"w.g. Interior walls of the terminal casing shall be lined with 1/2"minimum dual density fiberglass insulation with 4 lbs./cu.ft.skin outer layer,rated for a maximum air velocity of 4500 fpm.Insulation and/or liner must meet all requirements of UL 723, ASTM C665 Bacteriological Standards, UL 723 Flamespread, ASTM 84 Flamespread, and NFPA 90A. Raw edges exposed to the airstream shall be secured with a metal edging for isolation.All terminals shall have the insulation faced with an internal liner foil reinforced Kraft facing(FRK), "Hospital Grade".All exposed foil lining edges must be wrapped, tucked and secured with metal brackets. For supply boxes, provide Y-0" long factory installed sound attenuators with foil liner at the discharge of all supply air terminals between the terminal damper and the air diffusers/registers.For return boxes,provide Y-0" long factory sound attenuator at the inlet of air terminals between the terminal damper and the return registers/grilles. Sound attenuators shall be a 1-piece construction using the same materials as box specification. D. Valve assembly shall be manufactured of a minimum 22 gauge air valve body to handle high pressure and a minimum 16 gauge composite damper blade, with key attached to a solid shaft.The shaft shall have a position indicator marked on the end to verify damper position. Two(2)galvanized damper blades shall sandwich closed cell foam gasket material to ensure minimum valve leakage. Damper leakage shall not exceed 2% of unit maximum rated capacity with inlet pressure up to 6" w.g. Damper shall pivot in nylon self-lubricating bearings and shall remain unaffected by temperature and humidity.The valve assembly shall have built-in maximum heavy gauge mechanical stops to prevent over-stroking of the damper. E. Primary Air Pressure Sensor 7/5/2013 15500 - 60 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. Controls: Unit shall be complete with factory-installed, 2-way fully modulating electronic control valve, integral stop and balancing valves, and wall-mounted thermostat. 2.33 COMPUTER ROOM SPLIT SYSTEM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT A. Acceptable manufacturers subject to compliance with the specification: 1. Stulz 2. Liebert 3. Data Air B. The system shall be complete with the following features: 1. Air Distribution—Centrifugal DWDI fan,ball bearings minimum life of 100,000 hours. 2. Microprocessor control 3. LCD display monitor 4. Control setpoint adjustable parameters a. Compressor short cycle control b. Common alarm C. Setback control d. Temperature calibration e. System auto-restart f. 8 level alarms 5. Direct expansion coil,with stainless steel drain pan. 6. Air cooled centrifugal fan remote condensing unit 7. Electric reheat(SCR type) 8. Firestat 9. Filter box 10. Condensate pump 11. Refrigerant line sweat kit 12. Single point power kit. C. Install unit in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install unit plumb and level,firmly anchored in location indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 7/5/2013 15500 - 59 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a service switch. Switch box shall be mounted on the Boiler jacket panel within without obstructing cleanout panel accessibility or preventative maintenance routines. 2.31 HOT WATER CABINET HEATERS A. General: Cabinet heaters shall be U.L. listed hot water type with discharge and mounting arrangements as shown on the Drawings. Units shall be as manufactured by Sigma or approved equal. B. Cabinet: Shall be minimum 16-gauge steel with removable front and shall have baked enamel finish of color as selected by Architect. C. Filter: Shall be 1-inch permanent aluminum wire mesh type. D. Fans: Shall be multiple forward curved centrifugal fans assembled on a common fan board. Motor shall be resiliently mounted permanent split capacitor high external static type with built-in thermal overload protection and disconnect switch. E. Coils: Coils shall be 5/8-inch O.D. seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to configured aluminum fins with continuous fins collars and sleeved coil end supports. Coils shall be tested at 300 psig air under water and shall be suitable for working pressure of 125 psig and temperatures indicated. Coils shall be complete with manual air vents. Supply and return connections shall be on same side of unit. F. Controls: Unit shall be complete with factory-installed, , 2-way fully modulating electronic control valve, integral stop and balancing valves, and remote thermostat and three-speed, four-position, fan selector switch. 2.32 HOT WATER UNIT HEATERS A. General: Unit heaters shall be U.L. listed hot water type with discharge and mounting arrangements as shown on the Drawings. Units shall be as manufactured by Sigma or approved equal. B. Mounting: The units shall have threaded fasteners and wall or ceiling brackets for permanent wall or overhead suspended installation as shown on the drawings. C. Casing: Shall be minimum 18-gauge furniture steel. It shall be phosphatized and completely dip painted with a heavy duty baked enamel. Cast brass supply and return pipe tap connections shall be provided. D. Fans: The fan shall be of the direct drive,broad blade propeller fan type that has been statically and dynamically balanced at the factory to eliminate vibration. Unit shall be complete with disconnect switch. E. Coils: Coils shall be 5/8-inch O.D. seamless copper tubes mechanically bonded to configured aluminum fins with continuous fins collars and sleeved coil end supports. Coils shall be tested at 300 psig air under water and shall be suitable for working pressure of 125 psig and temperatures indicated. Coils shall be complete with manual air vents. 7/5/2013 15500 - 58 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 6. Self check scanner, CB Hawk or Honeywell BC7700 with enhancer. 7. Stack thermometer. 8. Complete IRI Gas Train with gas pressure regulators mounted.HVAC Contractor to vent valves to atmosphere. 9. All Boiler room wiring from the main disconnect switch panel to all Boiler controls, system circulators, Limit circuit, Operating controls, gas valves and actuators, switches and additional control devices shall be furnished and installed under this section of the work by the HVAC Subcontractor and shall conform to the job standards as established by Division 16000. 10. Boiler Control circuit shall be taken from a two-wire branch circuit, one side grounded,not exceeding 150 Volts, line to line. All safety control switching shall be accomplished in the hot ungrounded conductor and through the 24V low voltage wiring provided by the Boiler manufacturer and in accordance with the manufacturers instructions and recommendations. 11. Control system wiring shall comply with ASME CSD-1 requirements and 522 CMR 5.07.(19). An electrical thermal switch fused to break the ungrounded conductor in the main circuit at 165o F. Shall be installed in the main power line within six feet over the top of the Boiler. If the ceiling above the Boiler exceeds 12 Ft.In height, an additional thermal switch shall be installed on the ceiling and series connected with the lower switch. Fuse protection for the control circuit shall be provided. A manually operated remote heating plant shutdown switch shall be furnished and installed just outside the Boiler room door and shall be marked for easy identification. If there is more than one(1)Boiler room door,there shall be a switch located at each door. Shutdown switches must be wired to disconnect all power to the Boiler controls. 12. All wiring for the Boiler and Burner shall be rated for the Maximum operating temperature to which it may be exposed. All wiring between components shall have copper conductors not less than 18 AWG and constructed in accordance with the NEC/NFPA 70. All field installed romex,conduit,junction boxes and the like shall be installed so as not to interfere with the Boiler manufacturers recommended cleaning and maintenance procedures. R. CONTROLS 1. The control system shall monitor both boiler lockout and limit circuits to automatically skip over those boilers that are powered down for maintenance, tripped or otherwise will not start. The control shall be compatible with Modbus RTU protocol for connection to the Building DDC control system. The control system shall be fully integrated into the Boiler Cabinet and incorporate single and multiple boiler control logic,inputs,outputs and communication interfaces. Using parameter menu selections,the control system shall allow the boiler to respond to remote system water temperature and outside air temperatures and warm weather shut down or building automation system remote start/stop commands. 2. The Boiler shall be equipped with: temperature/pressure gauge; a system supply sensor; outdoor sensor; tank sensor; high limit temperature control with manual reset;ASME certified pressure relief valve set for 80 PSI;outlet water temperature sensor;return water temperature sensor;outdoor air sensor,flue temperature sensor; ventless High and Low gas pressure switches; low water cut off with manual reset and a condensate trap for the heat exchanger condensate drain. 3. Any Boiler not equipped with a factory wired shut-off switch: Installing Contractor shall furnish and install an electrical junction box at the Boiler and equipped with a SPST switch marked"ON/OFF"to be wired into the limit circuit so as to function as 7/5/2013 15500 - 57 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. A high voltage terminal strip shall be provided for Supply Voltage. Supply Voltage shall be 120V/60Hz/single phase. The high voltage terminal strip plus integral relays shall be provided for independent pump control of the System pump and the Boiler pump. The System pump and boiler pump dry contacts shall be sized for up to 1-1/2 Hp/120V, 3 Hp/240V or 30 amp pumps. L. Boilers shall be installed and vented as specified and shown on the Contract Drawings. 1. Direct Vent system with a vertical termination of both the vent and combustion air. The flue shall be Category IV approved AL29 4-C double wall vent material terminating at the vertical with the manufacturers specified vent termination. A separate pipe shall supply combustion air directly to each boiler from the outside. The air inlet pipe may be PVC,CPVC,ABS,Galvanized,Dryer Vent,or Stainless Steel sealed pipe. The air inlet must terminate with the manufacturer's specified air inlet cap. The boiler's total combined air intake length shall not exceed 100 equivalent feet. The boiler's total combined exhaust venting length shall not exceed 100 equivalent feet. Foam Core pipe is not an approved material for exhaust piping. M. This Contractor shall furnish and install a condensate neutralizing box complete with limestone granules shipped loose for field installation. A condensate trap assembly shall be furnished if a condensate collection tray is not provided by the Boiler manufacturer. The trap allows condensate to drain from sump while retaining flue gases in the boiler. The trap has factory installed overflow switch,which shuts down the boiler in the event the drain line becomes obstructed,preventing proper condensate removal. N. If the point of condensate disposal is above the trap,a condensate pump shall be required to move the condensate to the drain. If overflow from the pump would result in property damage, select a pump with an overflow switch. Wire this switch in series with installer provided external high limit, to shut off the boiler, and, if desired, in series with installer supplied alarm,to trigger an alarm in the event of overflow. O. Condensation removal unit shall be Hartell or equal to Little Giant VCMA series, Underwriters Laboratories listed vertical type pumping units. They shall have '/2 gallon leakproof flame retardant,rustproof high impact ABS tank,motor and pump with stainless steel shafts. Unit shall have snap action operating float switch and auxiliary safety overflow switch. Unit shall be capable of pumping 70 GPH against 20 Feet of Head. Motor shall be 1/30 Hp for 1 Phase/120 Volts. Shutoff head shall be not less than 15 feet. P. The entire boiler base frame and other components shall be factory painted prior to shipment using a hard finish enamel. Q. In addition to items above,the following items and accessories shall be furnished and mounted on the boiler: I. Low water cutoff. McDonnell Miller 150 mounted on the right-hand side, and an auxiliary low water cutoff,McDonnell Miller 150 M.R. on the left side. 2. 8" dial pressure and temperature gauge. 3. Solid state operating high limit and modulating pressure controls. 4. Water relief valves of type and size as scheduled to comply with ASME Code requirements. _101*k 5. Insulation and lagging consisting of 2" fiberglass blanket under a removable preformed 16 gauge jacket. 7/5/2013 15500 - 56 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. Boiler heat exchanger shall be constructed of 316L stainless steel, fire tube heat exchanger. The boiler shall be able to operate in a full-flow system,or a variable flow system using variable frequency drives on the system pumps,without requiring the use of a three-way valves or primary/secondary piping loops or return temperature control systems. Water tube boilers,and Boilers manufactured of Aluminum or Cast Iron, or Boilers with secondary heat exchangers are not equivalent and shall not be considered acceptable. G. As previously specified, each Boiler shall bear the ASME "H" stamp for 160 PSI Maximum water working pressure and shall be National Board listed where applicable. There shall be no banding material,bolts,gaskets or"O" rings in the header construction. The heat exchanger shall be designed for a single-pass, flow through design and will drain condensation to the bottom of the heat exchanger assembly. The complete heat exchanger assembly shall carry a ten (10)year limited warranty. H. Each Boiler shall be constructed with a heavy gauge steel jacket assembly,primed and pre- painted on both sides. The combustion chamber shall be sealed and completely enclosed, independent of the outer jacket assembly,so that integrity of the outer jacket does not affect a proper seal. A burner/flame observation port shall be provided. The burner shall be a premix design and constructed of high temperature stainless steel with a woven metal fiber outer covering to provide modulating firing rates. The Boiler shall be supplied with a gas valve designed with negative pressure regulation and be equipped with a variable speed blower system,to precisely control the fuel/air mixture to provide modulating boiler firing 00%, rates for maximum efficiency.The Boiler operate in a safe condition at derated output with gas supply pressures as low as 4.00"Ins.and shall automatically compensate for fluctuations of gas supply pressure between 4.00"Ins.w.c. and 14"Ins.w.c.inlet gas pressure. If inlet gas pressure exceeds 13"W.C.,a 100%lock-up type gas pressure regulator of adequate size shall be installed in gas supply piping and adjusted to prevent pressure in excess of 13"W.0 L Boiler Management Control (BMCS) system shall include a liquid crystal touch screen display for boiler set-up,boiler status and boiler diagnostics. All components shall be easily accessed and serviceable from the front of the jacket. Control system shall provide for multiple boiler control and operation with Compensated Water Reset Control, Cascade Lead/Lag, password security, outdoor air reset, pump delay with freeze protection, pump exercise, domestic hot water prioritization and PC port connection. J. Boiler Management Control System (BMCS) shall have alarm contacts for any failures, runtime contacts and data logging of runtime, ignition attempts and ignition failures. In addition,the BMCS shall allow 0-l OVDC input connection for BMS control and have built- in "Cascade" to sequence and rotate while maintaining modulation of up to eight boilers without utilization of an external controller. The control may be compatible with optional ModBus communication. K. Each Boiler shall be equipped with two terminal strips for electrical connections as follows: 1. A low voltage board with 30 data points for: Safety and operating controls;Alarm contacts; Runtime contacts; Louvre Proving Switch; Two Flow Switches; Tank Thermostat; Remote Enable/Disable (Wall Thermostat/Zone Control); System Supply Sensor; Outdoor Sensor; Tank Sensor; Modbus Building Management System signal and Cascade Control Circuit. 7/5/2013 15500 - 55 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition chemicals required for the flushing and cleaning operation; supplying all chemicals required for the flushing and cleaning operation; supplying all chemicals required for the systems for the initial fill and the one year service period; supplying the test kits; and training the Owner's personnel in the use of the test kits and chemical log books. B. The complete piping systems shall be thoroughly cleaned and flushed prior to the initial fill. C. The Water Treatment Contractor shall perform all analysis required to determine the type and quantity of chemicals required for cleaning and treatment of the systems. D. Hot Water Systems 1. A liquid chemical bypass type feeder of approximately five gallon capacity, complete with valves and fittings and shall be provided for the systems as indicated on the drawings. E. The HVAC Sub-Contractor shall notify the water treatment contractor prior to the initial start-up operation of any water system so shat the system can be initially charged with the chemicals. 2.30 HOT WATER BOILERS A. Furnish and install as scheduled and detailed on the drawings and in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and all State and Local Codes, stainless steel hot water boilers quantity and rated capacities as scheduled. Each unit shall be designed for operation on natural gas, and shall produce hot water at the temperatures and conditions as scheduled. B. Acceptable manufacturers subject to compliance with the specifications shall be as follows: 1. Lochinvar 2. Buderus 3. Viessmann C. Boilers shall be designed for the electric power characteristics, as scheduled, including a control transformer mounted on the boiler. D. All boilers shall be constructed in accordance with ASME and all applicable State Boiler Codes and shall receive authorized boiler inspection prior to shipment. A copy of the inspection reports shall be furnished for Owner's use. The front and rear doors shall be hinged or davitted. The doors or heads shall be sealed with fiberglass tadpole gaskets and fastened tightly using heavy duty capscrews that thread into replaceable brass nuts. Front tube sheet and all flues shall be fully accessible for inspection of cleaning when the doors are swung open. Observation ports for the inspection of flame conditions shall be provided at each end of the boiler. E. Each Boiler shall be capable of full modulation firing down to 4% of rated input with a turndown ratio of not less than 25:1. Boiler shall operate at a minimum of 92%thermal efficiency at maximum input as Certified with AHRL Boiler shall operate up to 98% thermal efficiency with return temperatures at 90°F. or below. 7/5/2013 15500 - 54 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Refrigeration lines shall be soft, annealed copper, cleaned and dehydrated.All insulation shall have an approved vapor barrier, shall run continuously, and all joints and/or seams shall be taped or sealed. Insulation on exterior runs shall be protected from UV with an approved jacket, shield or paint. D. Where refrigerate lines penetrate the exterior wall a factory rigid 90 degree elbow 10 inches on each leg shall be installed. The vertical leg that extends vertically in the wall shall be fitted with a factory swedge fitting and the horizontal leg to be sealed for testing. E. Isolate all refrigerant lines from the structure to prevent binding and noise transmission. F. After condensing units are set and piped,trade contractor is required to fill openings at exterior wall around refrigerant piping with expanding foam backer coated with putty in a color that matches brick or siding. G. The evaporator located below the condensing unit; refer to manufacturer's recommendations in regard to suction line oil traps. H. All joints to be brazed or soldered with a minimum of six percent(6%) silver solder. 1. Refer to Section 3 for additional refrigerant line pressurization and leak testing procedures. 2.27 ELECTRIC HEATERS A. Furnish and install the electric unit and baseboard heaters as indicated on the drawings. The heaters shall have the capacities and characteristics listed in the schedule on the drawings. B. The heaters shall be as manufactured by Q-Mark or approved equal. 2.28 PACKAGED DX COOLING, GAS HEATING ROOFTOP UNIT A. Furnish and install the roof-mounted packaged indirect gas-fired heating and DX cooling unit as indicated on the drawings. Refrigerant shall be R-41OA. The unit shall be as manufactured by Trane, Carrier, Lennox or approved equal. The unit shall have the capacities and characteristics listed in the schedule on the drawings. B. Description: Factory assembled and tested; designed for roof installation and consisting of compressors, condensers, evaporator coils,condenser and evaporator fans,powered exhaust fan,refrigeration and temperature controls, gas heater,hot gas bypass, filters, automatic control dampers, and variable frequency drives(VFD's). 2.29 CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT A. The Water Treatment Vendor shall provide complete water treatment service designed to minimize corrosion and scale information in the hot water heating,chilled water and dual ,,. temperature water systems. This service shall be provided for a period of one year from the date of the initial fill. The service shall include furnishing the treatment equipment; supervision of the flushing , cleaning and initial fill of the systems; supplying all 7/5/2013 15500 - 53 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition -mss 5. Starters shall be furnished with two(2)auxiliary contacts. 6. Enclosures shall be NEMA 1, general purpose, unless required by location to be otherwise. Refer to Electrical Floor Plans for actual location of starters. G. Starters for single phase motors manually controlled shall be of the thermal toggle type with red pilot light. Automatically controlled single phase motors may be controlled directly by the automatic control device(thermostat,pressures switch,etc.)provided these devices have an adequate amperage rating. Provide HOA selector switch with overload protection and red pilot light for all automatically controlled motors. If the automatic control device does not have an adequate ampere rating or if the motor is interlocked with another motor starter,provide a magnetic starter with HOA selector switch and pilot light in cover. 2.25 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. All valves on all water piping systems shall have circular brass valve tags at least I''/2"in diameter attached with brass hooks to each valve stem. Stamp number of the valve and the service, such as"HWS"and"HWR"for hot water supply and supply and hot water return respectively. The numbers of each service shall be consecutive and shall correspond with the numbers indicated for valves and controls on the record drawings and on the three printed valve lists. These printed lists shall state number and locations of each valve and the equipment which it serves. Include other necessary information, such as sequencing of valves and heating/cooling changeover isolation valves. 1. These printed lists shall be prepared in a form to meet the approval of the Engineer and one copy shall be framed under glass mounted in an approved location. B. All piping shall be identified by semi-rigid plastic pipe markings which shall be each wall. Markings shall indicate pipe content and direction of flow. The basic marker shall be in color as called for under the ANSI Specifications A-13.1. Also, an identification of the pipe content and flow arrows shall be shown in black. 1. Brush applied paint and adhesive marking systems shall not be used on this installation. C. All items of mechanical equipment such as starters, air handling units and pumps shall be identified by approved nameplates provided by this Contractor. 1. The nameplates shall be aluminum 2'/z"x 3/4"with a black background with etched or engraved natural aluminum lettering. The nameplates shall bear notations corresponding to the same unit notations indicated on the design drawings. 2. All equipment nameplates shall be conspicuously visible. 2.26 REFRIGERANT LINES A. Refrigerant lines must not extend more than 55 feet from air handler to A/C unit. IF the distance is greater than 55 feet,then the size of the A/C unit and refrigerant piping must be upgraded per manufacturer's recommendations. Verify long line set requirements of manufacturer at all runs exceeding 55 feet. B. Refrigerant piping shall be sized and installed in accordance with manufacturer's criteria. Al"k, 7/5/2013 15500 - 52 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition horsepower, speed and current characteristics. Motors shall be General Electric, Westinghouse,Reliance, Allis-Chalmers, Gould or approved equal. B. Unless otherwise specified,motors 1/2 HP and larger shall be squirrel cage induction or wound rotor induction type,ball or roller bearings with pressure grease lubrication, specifically wound for 208 volts, 3 phase, 60 Hertz alternating current. All motors 5 horsepower and larger shall be energy efficient type with a power factor rating at full load and at a rated voltage of not less than 85 percent. C. Motors less than 1/2 HP shall be capacitor start or split phase type, designed for 120 volt, single phase, 60 Hertz alternating current. D. Drives for belted motors shall be as manufactured by Dodge Manufacturing Company, Browning Manufacturing Company or T.B. Woods Company with adjustable motor sheaves and adjustable sliding bases. The drive belts shall be as short as practicable. V- belt drives for all fans and fan units shall be sized for 150 percent of the design drive capacity. All multiple belt drives shall have matched sets of belts. E. All equipment shall be furnished complete with motors,drives and motor starters. All packaged equipment shall have motors, drives and starters installed pre-wired and tested at the factory. In general, all three phase motors shall have magnetic starters with overload protection of the ambient compensated thermal element type providing overcurrent running protection in all three phases and all single phase motors shall have manual starters with thermal overload elements. Thermal overload element for all motors shall be selected and sized to satisfy the actual nameplate data of the motor rather than by use of NEMA horsepower/amperage standard charts. All starters shall conform to the NEMA Industrial Control Standards and shall be a product of one manufacturer, Cutler- Hammer, Square D, Arrow-Hart, or approved equal. F. Magnetic starters for all three phases motors under 40 horsepower shall be of the full voltage type. All magnetic starters not integral with the package equipment shall be combination type with fused disconnect switch and fuses furnished by this Subcontractor. Magnetic starters shall not be smaller than NEMA Size O. All magnetic starters shall provide low voltage release and shall conform to the following: 1. Start/Stop momentary contact pushbuttons shall be provided in the cover of all manually controlled starters. Remote pushbutton stations with pilot lights shall be provided as described in the control sequence description. 2. HANDS-OFF-AUTO selector switches shall be provided in the cover of all starters automatically controlled and shall be wired so that all safety control devices are in the control circuit in both the HAND and the AUTO position. 3. Two (2) pilot lights shall be provided in the cover of each starter. Green shall indicate "motor run"and red shall indicate "motor stop." 4. Control voltage shall be 120 maximum voltage. Provide necessary control transformers with overload protection on secondary side built in and wired within _ each starter enclosure. Transformer shall be of machine tool quality with sufficient capability to handle control circuit requirements, 50 VA minimum. Transformer secondary shall be protected with coordinate time delay fuse. 7/5/2013 15500 - 51 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition statically and dynamically balanced. The fan housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum with a rigid internal support structure. The fan shroud shall have a rolled bead for added strength. B. Motors shall be heavy duty ball bearing type, carefully matched to the fan load, and furnished at the specified voltage,phase and enclosure. Motors and drives shall be mounted on vibration isolators, out of the airstream. Fresh air for motor cooling shall be drawn into the motor compartment from an area free of discharge contaminants. Motors shall be readily accessible for maintenance. C. Drive frame assemblies shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel and mounted on vibration isolators. Precision ground and polished fan shafts shall be mounted in permanently sealed,lubricated pillow block ball bearings. Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (L 10) life in excess of 100,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of the fully machined cast iron type,keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Motor pulleys shall be adjustable for final system balancing. D. A disconnect switch shall be factory installed and wired from the fan motor to a junction box installed within the motor compartment. E. A fan conduit chase shall be provided through the curb cap to the motor compartment for ease of installation. F. All fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for sound and air performance. G. Each fan shall bear a permanently affixed manufacturer's nameplate containing the model number and individual serial number for future identification. H. Fans shall be Model GB as manufactured by Greenheck or approved equal. 2.23 CEILING EXHAUST FANS A. Ceiling mounted exhaust fans shall be of the centrifugal direct drive type. The fan housing shall be constructed of steel. The plastic duct collar shall be a tapered sleeve for ease of connection to 3 in and 4 in round ductwork and shall include a backdraft damper. The grille shall be constructed of non-yellowing high strength polymer and attached to the housing with torsion springs. The wheels shall be constructed of high strength polymer. The access for wiring shall be external. The motor disconnect shall be internal and of the plug in type. B. All fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seals for sound and air performance and shall be U.L. Listed. C. Fans shall be Model SP as manufactured by Greenheck or approved equal. 2.24 MOTORS,DRIVES AND STARTERS A. All motors shall conform to NEMA Standards and shall be suitable for load, duty, service and location. Motors shall have nameplates giving manufacturer's name, serial number, 7/5/2013 15500 - 50 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. All diffusers,grilles and registers shall be equipped with factory mounted opposed blade dampers. All air distribution devices shall be of steel construction unless otherwise specified herein or scheduled on the drawings. 3. Distribution devices shall be factory primed and finish painted by the manufacturer in a color approved by the Architect during shop drawing review,unless otherwise noted. 4. All diffusers,grilles and registers must be compatible with the designed ceiling/wall type. Refer to architectural drawings for exact details of ceiling/wall construction. 2.21 INLINE EXHAUST FANS A. Furnish duct mounted, exhaust of the centrifugal belt driven in-line type. The fan housing shall be of the square design constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel and shall include square duct mounting collars. B. Fan construction shall include two removable access panels located perpendicular to the motor mounting panel. The access panels must be of sufficient size to permit easy access to all interior components. C. The fan wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of aluminum and shall include a wheel cone carefully matched to the inlet cone for precise running tolerances. Wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced. D. Motors shall be heavy duty ball bearing type, carefully matched to the fan load and furnished at the specified voltage,phase and enclosure. Motors and drives shall be mounted out of the airstream. E. Precision ground and polished fan shafts shall be mounted in permanently sealed, lubricated pillow block ball bearings. Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (L10)life in excess of 100,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. F. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven horsepower. Pulleys shall be of the fully machined cast iron type,keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. G. Motor pulleys shall be adjustable for system balancing. A NEMA 1 disconnect switch shall be provided as standard, except with explosion resistant motors,where disconnects are optional. Factory wiring shall be provided from motor to the handy box. H. All fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for both sound and air performance. I. Each fan shall bear a permanently affixed manufacturer's nameplate containing the model number and individual serial number for future identification. J. Fans shall be Model BSQ as manufactured by Greenheck or approved equal. 2.22 ROOF DOWNBLAST EXHAUST FANS A. Roof exhaust fans shall be centrifugal belt driven type. The fan wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of aluminum and shall include a wheel cone carefully matched to the inlet cone for precise running tolerances. Wheels shall be 7/5/2013 15500-49 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4) The maximum hanger spacing of 10'-0" on centers and additionally on each side of an elbow or change-in-direction fitting. 5) In addition to the above,provide supports on each side of any duct mounted device, fans, coils, flow measuring stations, framed dampers, etc.,to permit removal of the device without disconnecting adjacent duct sections. 6) Provide angle sway bracing to the structure wherever lateral loads would be imposed on the ductwork, including but not limited to elbows downstream of fan discharges, and to ductwork exposed to the weather, subject to wind loads. 11. All openings for pilot tube traverses shall be fitted with neat removable plugs or caps.As a minimum,such openings shall be provided at every fan inlet and at such other points as may be required for airflow measuring and balancing.Coordinate the location of plugs and caps with the Balancing Contractor. 12. Provide other miscellaneous sheet metal work shown on the drawings including blanking off portions of louvers not required for the specific usage and diffusion plates or mixing air scoops to allow for air mixing where job conditions require the provision of same. All above work shall be provided as part of this Contract at no extra cost to the Owner. 13. Branch takeoffs, tees and vanes, except otherwise specified, shall conform to Figures and Plates of the applicable SMACNA Duct Manuals, as detailed on the HVAC Contract Drawings. a. Where applicable and as approved by the Engineer, all exposed ductwork shall be installed in a workmanlike manner to result in a neat appearance with no visible penetrations, screws,or other sheet metal imperfections. b. Install all UL listed devices in accordance with their listing. 2.20 AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES A. General 1. Provide diffusers,registers and grilles as shown and scheduled on the drawings and herein specified. Diffusers,registers and grilles shall be as manufactured by: a. Metal-Aire b. Tuttle and Bailey C. Price 7/5/2013 15500-48 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 7. The installation of special items of equipment in the duct systems, including automatic dampers,thermostats,thermometers,duct airflow measuring devices and other related controls,shall be done under the direct supervision of the manufacturer of such controls. 8. All elbows,tees and branch takeoffs in round ductwork shall be made of the same materials as the ductwork. 9. Duct connections to equipment shall be in no case smaller than the equipment openings. 10. Duct Hangers and Supports a. The HVAC Contractor shall provide suitable angle iron/strap hangers and supports inside the mechanical shafts,mechanical rooms and in ceilings of the buildings, and on the roof(s) as shown on the drawings (Architectural/HVAC). This work shall be performed as required by job conditions and as instructed by the Engineer in the field to support all air distribution ductwork and devices in both horizontal and vertical planes. b. When hanging and supporting the ductwork,the following shall be complied with: 1) Except as otherwise noted, ductwork up to 42" in greatest dimension shall be hung by using sheet metal bands secured as a minimum at(2) locations to the vertical sides of the ductwork and at(1)location under the duct. All support systems shall be compatible with the building structure and roofing system as approved by the Engineer. 2) Ductwork shall be securely attached to the building construction. The hanger design and spacing shall be governed by the major duct dimension and shall be in accordance with SMACNA Duct Manual,except as modified hereinbefore. Vertical ductwork shall be supported at each floor level in an approved manner using angles or channels attached to the ducts. The installation, when complete and under operating conditions, shall be free from chatter or vibration. If necessary to achieve this, additional supports and/or bracing shall be furnished without extra cost to the Owner. Supports and bars and similar items shall be primed and painted structural steel. Touch up with aluminum paint any surfaces where galvanizing is destroyed on indoor ductwork, zinc primer on exposed ductwork with a final coat of aluminum paint. Provide vibration isolation hangers where specified under Vibration Isolation Section of these specifications. 3) The Sheet Metal Contractor shall provide all supplemental steel required to support the ductwork in shafts,mechanical rooms or on the floor where structural steel is not properly positioned. Beam clamps shall be double sided. 7/5/2013 15500 - 47 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition g. Dampers in stainless steel ducts shall be stainless steel. h. Dampers located in welded systems shall be rigidly connected with welded connections (not breakaway). i. Static rated fire dampers are not acceptable. F. Sheet Metal Installation 1. All ductwork shall be installed to true alignment,generally parallel or perpendicular to adjacent building walls, floors and ceilings, so as to present a neat and workmanlike appearance. 2. Care shall be paid to the exact locations of all sheet metal work with respect to equipment, ducts, conduits, piping, slabs, beams, columns, ceiling suspension systems,lighting fixtures and electrical,plumbing and fire protection systems in the building.Close coordination and cooperation shall be exercised with other Trades in locating the piping and equipment in the best interests of the Owner. The drawings and specifications covering other work to be done in the building shall be carefully studied and arrangements shall be made to avoid conflict. 3. The drawings shall be followed where they are definite and provided such procedures do not cause objectionable conditions for equipment provided or installed under this Contract. The drawings are intended to indicate the sizes of ductwork and if certain sizes are omitted or unclear, obtain additional information before proceeding. 4. Locate and size all openings for ductwork in the building construction.Provide all sleeves as hereinbefore specified. 5. Provide access doors in ductwork at the following locations: a. A+fire dampers b. A+ automatic dampers C. A+filters d. Otherwise indicated or specified 6. Provide labels with a minimum of 1" high red letters on white background. Each access door shall be labeled as follows(or worded as required by Code): a. Automatic Damper b. Filter Access C. Coil Access 7/5/2013 15500- 46 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition applicable requirements for damper sleeve thickness;retaining angles; sealing; duct-to-sleeve connections; preparation of wall, floor or ceiling openings; and all other requirements to provide an installation equivalent to that tested by the damper manufacturer during the UL 555,UL555S and UL555C qualification procedures. Contractor shall detail any proposed installations that deviate from these manufacturer's instructions and explain the needed deviations. All fire, smoke and ceiling radiation damper installations shall comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Any submitted deviations must be acceptable to the appropriate authority having jurisdiction. Pa iti0n ssembly,, Penetradov Apr RakitM Flo Ra>W Type Ducted and 1 Hour Sprinklered No damper; duct sleeved and packed only 1 Hour Ducted and Non- 1.5 Hour Sprinklered 1 Hour Open(Transfer) 1.5 Hour 1.5 to 2 Hours Ducted or Open 1.5 Hour 3 Hour Ducted * 3.0 Hour 4 Hour Ducted * 3.0 Hour *No open transfer will be permitted through these partitions. e. Fire damper sleeves shall be manufactured with a metal sleeve of appropriate length and thickness for the required damper installation as shown in the table below: Maximum Duct I.D. Sleeve Gauge (U.S.) Up to 84" 20 gauge 85"& Up 18 gauge f. Fusible link temperature rating for all fire dampers shall be 212°F or 50°F above the highest system temperature,whichever is greater. 7/5/2013 15500 -45 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition installed. Exact requirements and type of partition shall be coordinated with the Engineer. b. All dampers shall meet the requirements of NFPA 90A and further shall be tested, rated and labeled in accordance with UL 555 (6th Edition), UL555S (4th Edition)and UL555C (1st Edition). C. All dampers shall be tested,rated and labeled as "Dynamic Rated" for closure against airflow in the following configuration: 1) Vertical mount(horizontal airflow): Ducted and unducted. 2) Horizontal mount(airflow up): Ducted and unducted. 3) Horizontal mount(airflow down): Ducted and unducted. Note: Static rated dampers shall not be allowed. a. Each damper shall be rated to close against maximum design airflow at its installed location,with 400 fpm and.5 in wg. safety factors and against 4" w.g. maximum pressure across the closed damper. b. All dampers of all ratings and types shall be of the nominal 100% face area type,with blade package and all frame components out of the airstream. These dampers shall include the required oversize enclosures, which shall be sealed by the damper manufacturer for the appropriate duct pressure class into which they are installed. All such dampers shall have appropriate rectangular, flat oval or round duct collars to facilitate connection of mating ductwork. The Contractor shall be responsible for any additional sealing of duct collars and connections required to maintain the duct seal class requirements but shall not jeopardize the UL breakaway connection when utilized. C. The Contractor shall indicate the location and rating of all dampers on his shop drawings and shall provide access doors at each location of sufficient size and type to permit access to the damper components. A list of fire dampers shall be provided for review. The Contractor shall be solely responsible to coordinate all locations of duct access doors and dampers of all types. Amok d. Contractor shall include damper manufacturer's installation instructions as part of the damper submittal. These instructions shall describe the 7/5/2013 15500-44 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3) Insulated flex shall have a gray fire retardant polyethylene outer jacket with an 8 oz. density, 1 1/2" thick fiberglass insulation blanket, factory wrapped. 4) The flexible duct shall be supported as required to prevent sagging.Flexible duct with excessive sagging will not be approved. 5) Flexible ductwork shall be rated at 12"positive pressure and 10" negative pressure.Negative pressure for 14"R and 16"R shall be 5" and negative pressure for 18"R shall be 1". 6) All flexible duct shall be individually cartoned and labeled for delivery to the job site for maximum protection. 6. Automatic Dampers a. The HVAC Contractor shall furnish and install dampers, except those specified to be supplied by equipment manufacturers. All dampers shall be of low leakage design qualified to UL 555S Leakage Class I (maximum leakage of 4 cfm/sq.ft. at V w.g. and 8 cfm/sq.ft. at 4" w.g.). The HVAC Contractor shall review all documents,including the ATC scope work and matrix to identify all damper requirements. b. Automatic dampers shall be multiple opposed blade. All blank off plates and conversions necessary to install smaller or larger than duct size damper shall be the responsibility of the Sheet Metal Contractor. Prior to shop drawings and fabrication,the Sheet Metal Contractor must coordinate the largest damper size with the actuator selection by the ATC Contractor. C. All damper frames shall be constructed of a minimum of 13 gauge galvanized sheet metal and shall have flanges for duct mounting. All multiple damper sections must have jackshafts. d. Damper blades shall not exceed 6" in width. All blades shall be of corrugated type construction,fabricated from (2) sheets of minimum 22 gauge galvanized sheet steel, spot welded together. e. All damper bearings shall be made of nylon. Bushings that turn in bearings shall be oil impregnated sintered metal. f. Replaceable butyl rubber seals shall be provided with the damper. Seals shall be installed along the top,bottom and sides of the frame and along each blade edge. Seals shall provide a tight closing,low leakage damper. 7. Fire dampers a. Fire dampers shall be provided as shown on the drawings and wherever Architectural drawings indicate fire rated partitions. Devices shall be of the appropriate service for the partition class into which they are 7/5/2013 15500 -43 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2) Flexible ductwork shall be supported at a maximum spacing of 2'-0", and as detailed on the drawings. Ductwork must not be compressed. Duct elbows must not exceed 45 degrees. 3) Flexible ductwork shall not be used for return or exhaust air systems. b. Flexible Duct(Rigid) 1) Flexible duct shall be similar to Flexmaster Triple Lock Buck Duct Flexible Air Duct. Flexible duct(insulated) shall be UL 181, Class 0 listed air duct and constructed in accordance with NFPA 90A and 90B. It shall have a smoke/flame spread rating of 50/25. 2) Triple Lock Buck Duct shall be made from a tape of dead soft aluminum sheet, spiral wound into a tube and spiral corrugated to provide strength and stability. The joint shall consist of a triple lock that is mechanically performed without the use of adhesives to make a durable airtight seam. A double lock is not acceptable. 3) Insulated flex shall have a gray fire retardant polyethylene outer jacket with an 8 oz. density, 1 1/2"thick fiberglass insulation blanket, factory wrapped. 4) The flexible duct shall be supported as required. a) Flexible ductwork shall be rated at 12"positive pressure. Duct from 3"to 16" shall have a negative pressure 12" and duct from 18"to 20" shall have a negative pressure of 8". b) All flexible duct shall be individually cartoned and labeled for delivery to the job site for maximum protection. C. Flexible Duct(Fabric) 1) Flexible duct shall be similar to Flexmaster Type 2. Flexible duct (insulated) shall be UL 181, Class 1 listed air duct and constructed in accordance with NFPA 90A and 90B. It shall have a smoke/flame spread rating of 50/25. 2) Duct fabric shall be of a heavy duty coated fiberglass cloth fabric. The fabric material shall be mechanically locked to the outside helix. (Use of adhesives to lock fabric in place is unacceptable.)The helix is constructed of corrosive resistant galvanized steel, formed and mechanically locked to the duct fabric on the outside to prevent tearing of the flexible duct. 7/5/2013 15500- 42 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. All fabric for flexible duct connections to equipment shall be a minimum of 22 oz. glass fabric,double coated with neoprene, fire retardant, waterproof, airtight, and approved by UL, as manufactured by Ventfabrics,Ventglass or approved equal. C. Flexible connections shall be fabricated from approved flameproofed fabric conforming to NFPA 90A. Asbestos shall not be acceptable. 3. Blank Off Panels for Unused Louver Areas a. Provide minimum 20 gauge sheet metal blank off panels for all unused louver areas. Unused louver areas, for the purpose of this Contract, shall be deemed to be all louver areas not joined or connected to an active plenum. b. Exterior/visible face of blank off panel shall be cleaned and painted flat black by the HVAC Contractor,prior to installation. Panels shall be screwed to louver blades and caulked to provide a weather tight seal. C. Insulation of blank off panels shall be by the Insulation Contractor. Refer to detail on drawings). 4. Gas Fired Equipment Flue a. The boiler stacks shall be fully-engineered, factory-built insulated double-walled construction with type AL294C stainless steel inner jacket,U.L. listed for zero-clearance applications at 550°F. b. Sections shall be pressure-sealed,with joints sealed liquid tight with ceramic bond joint cement. Stack sections shall not exceed 8'-0" in length. Stack assembly shall be complete with all required support, expansion,manifold tees, drained tee caps, flashing guides,barometric dampers, sealants,ventilated roof thimbles,etc.,necessary to provide a complete, fully engineered boiler flue stack,ready for use with approved boilers. C. Contractor shall furnish minimum 1/4" = P-0" scale certified shop drawings as engineered and prepared by flue stack manufacturer, for approval by Owner. Drawings shall include both plan views and sections. 5. Flexible Ductwork a. General 1) Flexible duct runs shall not exceed 5'-0"in length.Flexible duct shall not exceed a maximum of 1/2" sag per linear foot when installed horizontally. 7/5/2013 15500 - 41 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2) All other sheet metal in duct systems constructed to t2" w.g. shall be tested under normal fan pressure and shall not leak sufficiently to cause audible leaks or blowing detectable by hand. If, in the opinion of the Engineer,the ductwork does not appear to be constructed and/or sealed to the approved shop standards, the Engineer may request any or all of this ductwork to be tested at the specified construction pressure. h. Allowable Leakage I) The total allowable leakage shall be less than specified leakage class with no audible leaks. 2) If no leakage class is listed elsewhere,the system shall meet leakage Class 4. E. Sheet Metal Accessories 1. Access Doors in Ductwork a. Provide access doors and frames in all supply, exhaust and return ductwork as required,to permit access to automatic dampers, in-box heating coils, fire dampers, in-duct coils, in-duct humidifiers, and other similar equipment, as well as for cleaning and inspection purposes. Doors shall match material type and heaviest gauge of the duct system in which they are installed. Access doors shall be as follows: 1) All general purpose access doors shall be of double wall construction of not less than 20 gauge sheet metal and shall be neoprene gasketed around their entire perimeter. Doors in insulated ducts or insulated casings shall be covered with fiberglass insulation of type to match adjacent ductwork or casings. Insulation between the metal panels shall be of the same thickness as the duct or panel adjacent to the access doors. 2) All access doors shall be hung on heavy hinges and shall be secured in the closed position by means of cast zinc clinching type cam latches. Where space conditions preclude hinges,(4) heavy window type latches shall be utilized, in addition to a retainer chain. 2. Flexible Connections(AHUs, Fans) a. Provide flexible connections of 4" minimum fabric width between ductwork and the inlets and outlets of all fans and other equipment subject to vibration. The connections shall be placed as close to the equipment as practical and the clear gap at rest shall be not less than 3". There shall be no tension of the fabric under static or dynamic loads. 7/5/2013 15500 -40 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2) The HVAC Contractor shall submit the sheet metal shop drawings to the Balancing Contractor of the project for his review and placement of dampers with the final balancing procedures and requirements in mind. The HVAC Contractor shall coordinate the location and areas,and he shall fabricate the ductwork system accordingly. D. Sheet Metal Testing and Installation 1. General a. All ductwork shall be tested on regular intervals as the job proceeds and shall be completed prior to enclosure in shafts, above ceilings or behind walls. b. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall keep an up-to-date log of the ductwork tested for review by the Engineer. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall notify all other Contractors when the testing is completed and accepted to permit enclosure of ducts. C. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall furnish and install all blank off plates, blind flanges, safing, etc.,necessary to isolate each section of duct being *• tested for leakage. d. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall submit for review all proposed testing procedures, sample report,and equipment to the Engineer prior to proceeding. Additionally,the Sheet Metal Contractor shall notify the Engineer when testing is to occur so that the test can be witnessed at the Engineer's option. e. All test equipment shall be calibrated per ANSI Standards prior to testing. Certified test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to commencement of the testing. f. Testing Procedure I) The testing procedure shall be in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual". 2) The test pressure shall be the specified construction pressure of the duct system. g. Scope of Testing 1) All ductwork(regardless of pressure class)that will be in inaccessible areas including,but not limited to, all ducts that will be made inaccessible by the work of other Trades. 7/5/2013 15500 - 39 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Before any ductwork is fabricated, the Contractor shall submit sheet metal construction standards detailing specifically how each class of ductwork will be constructed for the project.No fabrication shall occur until the construction standard is approved by the Engineer. 4. No ductwork shall be constructed to less than 2"w.g. 5. Radius elbows shall be used wherever possible. Where it is impossible or impractical to install a 1.5 times width to centerline radius of elbow (full radius elbow) lesser radii configurations shall be used, each with "radius-proportional" splitter vanes permanently installed within.No radius shall be less than 1.0 times the width.Provide square elbows in rectangular ducts with double thickness vanes with a minimum radius of 4 1/2". Square elbows may only be used when radius elbows will not fit and where specifically approved by the engineer prior to fabrication and/or as required by coordination shop drawings. 6. Duct dimensions indicated are clear inside dimensions.The sheet metal dimensions shall be increased to accommodate internal liner where liner is required. 7. All joints and seams in all ductwork and casings shall be sealed(SMACNA Seal Class"A").In finished areas, sealing compound shall be neatly applied to exposed ductwork and bands shall be provided over,to cover the sealant. a. All sealants, adhesives and coatings shall be of approved material and quality for each point of application, complying with recommendations for the use and storage. b. The method of installation and materials for sealing the ductwork shall be submitted by the Sheet Metal Contractor for review and approval by the Engineer, as part of the ductwork construction standards and installation submittal. 8. The HVAC Contractor shall provide baffles and/or diffusion plates as required in all air handling units, to ensure proper air mixing, coil velocities and air distribution across filters or coils as determined in the field by the Engineer,at no additional cost to the Owner. 9. It is the intent of this specification to provide a duct system with minimum resistance to airflow. All take-offs shall be throated and transitions made as gradually as possible. 'Bullhead" or sharp take-offs shall not be acceptable. a. In addition to SMACNA requirements, ductwork shall conform to the following: 1) Provide volume dampers in all branch takeoffs and in all main branches and ducts of all ductwork systems (supply,return and exhaust)for properly regulating and balancing airflow to all terminal outlets, for all duct sizes,whether shown on the drawings or not. The above requirement is mandatory. All rectangular dampers shall be opposed blade and each shall be controlled by an approved galvanized locking quadrant indicating the damper position, as detailed on the drawings. Volume dampers installed into ductwork that is specified to be externally insulated shall have extended activator/handle rods such that adjustment of the damper handle will not disturb the insulation. 7/5/2013 15500 - 38 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b) Ventlock C) Duro Dyne 7) Fire Dampers a) Ruskin b) Greenheck 2. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the arrangements of the principal apparatus, ductwork and piping and shall be followed as closely as possible. Because of the scale of the drawings, it is not possible to show all offsets, rises, drops, fittings, accessories, etc. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structure; finish conditions; and the work of other trades affecting the work and arrange ductwork,piping,equipment,accessories,etc.accordingly. Provide the best possible arrangement so as to provide the maximum headroom and access to apparatus. This work shall be included in the project without extra charge. 3. In addition to sheet metal ductwork provided under this Contract furnish and/or install accessories and devices furnished by others, including but not limited to smoke detectors. Provide and install miscellaneous sheet metal work including safing,mixing baffles,and blank off panels at unused louver areas. 4. All duct systems specified to be installed under this Contract, shall conform to the drawings, specifications, Standards, details and recommendations of the latest Edition of SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards"Metal and Flexible"; and"Round and Industrial Duct Construction Standards"(hereinafter referred to as Duct Manual). Where the requirements under this Section exceed the requirements of the Duct Manual, the specification shall govern. Wherever the word "should" appears,replace with the word "shall". 5. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall submit duct fabrication standards and methods of installation,in compliance with SMACNA and these specifications,for review and approval by the Engineer, clearly indicating the combination of metal gauges and reinforcement intended for use for each pressure classification. Duct fabrication shall not be allowed until a satisfactory review of this Standard has been performed. 6. All galvanized steel sheet metal shall conform to ASTM A527 (G-90)having not less than 1.25 oz. of zinc on each side of each square foot of sheet. All other duct materials shall be as hereinafter specified as applicable to this Contract. 7. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall install all duct mounted smoke detectors and wiring to fire alarm system and rooftop unit. Duct detectors shall be furnished by Electrical Contractor. C. Duct Systems 1. The minimum gauge for any steel duct over 2" or under-2"pressure class shall be 24 gauge except when specified heavier. 2. All ductwork required to be removable shall be companion flanged SMACNA Type T-22 for ductwork constructed to SMACNA Metal Duct Standard and companion flanged in accordance with Industrial Standards for ductwork required to be constructed to Industrial Standards. 7/5/2013 15500 - 37 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2) Flexible Connectors a) Ventlock b) Elgen Manufacturing C) Duro Dyne d) Ventglass 3) Flexible Ductwork a) Clevepak Corp. b) Wiremold Co. C) Unaflex Rubber Corp. d) Flexmaster 4) Automatic Dampers Airfoil a) Ruskin b) Greenheck Fan Corp. C) Nailor Industries d) T.A. Morrison& Co. Inc. (TAMCO) 5) Dampers Balancing(OBD) a) Ruskin b) Young Regulator C) Prefco d) Greenheck Fan Corp. e) Nailor Industries 6) Small Balancing Damper less than 48x12 a) Young Regulator 7/5/2013 15500- 36 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Access doors shall be set square and flush. Particular attention shall be exercised in the selection of doors for masonry walls in order that frame sizes used will match the courses of brick or block. Where possible, access panels shall be located in closets,storage rooms and/or other non-public areas and shall be constructed in a workmanlike manner. Doors shall be positioned so that the junction can be easily reached. Where access panels are required in corridors, lobbies or other habitable areas,they will be located as directed by the Engineer. C. Access doors shall be constructed of steel with primer coat of rust inhibitive paint and shall have continuous piano hinge, as manufactured by Inland Steel Products Milcor, Miami, Walsh-Hannon or approved equal.Door locks shall be screwdriver operated with stainless steel cam and studs. 1. Suspended lath and plaster ceilings: Style K with 16 gauge frame, 14 gauge panel and flush screwdriver operated cam locks. 2. Masonry non-rated walls: Style M with 16 gauge frame, 14 gauge panel and flush screwdriver operated cam locks. 3. Masonry fire rated walls and at shafts: Fire rated with UL, 1.5-hour"B"rating, 16 gauge frame, 20 gauge sandwich type insulated panel, self-latching lock having interior release mechanism and key operated cylinder lock keyed as directed by the Architect. 4. For access doors larger than 16 inches in either direction,provide two(2)lock sets. 2.19 SHEET METAL WORK A. General 1. All low and medium pressure sheet metal work shall be constructed and installed in accordance with the latest SMACNA standards. B. Sheet Metal 1. All ducts and fittings shall be manufactured by a sheet metal fabrication company whose primary business experience is the manufacture of commercial and industrial quality ducts and fittings.Sheet Metal Contractor shall have adequate experience of building ductwork of the types required for this project as well as successful experience with projects of similar scope.Bids from sheet metal shops,which do not meet the specified requirements, shall not be acceptable. a. Sheet Metal Accessories 1) Access Doors a) Air Balance b) Buckley Associates C) Ductmate 7/5/2013 15500 - 35 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. No erosion of insulation material shall occur below 5000 fpm duct velocity. Rigid board liner shall be constructed of strong glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin. d. All surfaces shall be protected with an acrylic coating. e. Liner shall be applied with 100% coverage of approved fire resistant adhesive. Ducts over 20" in size in any direction shall be secured with mechanical fasteners("stick-clips")on 12" centers and within 3" of ends. f. Leading and exposed edges of liner joints shall be coated with fire resistant adhesive. Permacote-coated surface shall face the airstream. g. The ductwork system shall be lined/sealed and installed in a manner to allow for low temperature air operation. h. Care shall be exercised to ensure that no gaps or bare sheet metal exist, which might create condensation. i. Acoustical liner installed in medium pressure ductwork and wherever lining starts abruptly from unlined ductwork shall be "nosed" with sheet metal flanging at all joints in accordance with SMACNA liner nosing details. j. Liner shall be coated with a surface coating that does not support the growth of fungus or bacteria as determined by tests in accordance with ASTM C1071 and ASTM G21 and G22. Liner shall be sound absorptive. k. The smooth black surface of the liner shall face the airstream and top pieces shall support the side pieces. 1. Provide 1"thick sound insulation for all supply and return ductwork as indicated on the drawings. m. Flexible connections need not be sound lined. n. All duct sizes indicated on the drawings are inside dimensions of either the bare metal or the sound insulation where specified. Where sound insulation is specified for installation, the sheet metal ducts shall be increased in size to provide the free area inside the sound insulation called for on the drawings. 2.18 ACCESS DOORS/PANELS A. Access doors shall be furnished by the HVAC Contractor and installed by the Contractor erecting the walls or ceiling system(s). Access doors shall be installed in all locations where valves, switches, dampers, controllers or other similar equipment are installed above plaster ceilings or behind walls or anywhere they become inaccessible for inspection,maintenance or servicing. Access doors shall be 24 inch by 24 inch in general and a minimum of 12"inches by 18 inches. Access doors shall be sized to suit the access requirement to service the equipment and shall be located individually and in a manner OM*k approved by the Engineer and to meet requirements specified here and elsewhere, for specific applications. 7/5/2013 15500 - 34 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 9. Piping Insulation a. Insulate all interior or exposed to weather piping systems including all elbows, fittings, compensators, etc. Pipe covering installed on exposed piping shall be double layer with joints staggered, as hereinbefore specified. Where applicable,insulation shall be finished with a presized glass cloth jacket, equal to Porterlag pipe lagging cloth. b. All pipe labels shall be applied to the outside of the finished insulation system/jacket. C. Removable/Reusable Insulation Covers 1) The materials, construction techniques and methods of application described in this specification are for conservation of heat, ease of maintenance and personnel protection. 2) Reusable insulation covers shall be custom built and shall conform to the shape of the fitting or valve being insulated. 3) Identification of reusable covers shall be by means of a permanently attached, stainless steel tag secured to the outer surface of the cover. The identification legend,which shall be mechanically embossed on the tag, shall locate the fitting the cover was designed for. It shall also contain information adequate to reorder the cover from the manufacturer. 4) Reusable covers shall be as manufactured by Insulation Technology,Inc.,Heat Holder LD-1000, 2 inch thick fiber glass mat insulation. LD-1000 shall be an off-white color,have non- combustible wool with long,resilient,inorganic glass fibers,and shall be bonded with a thermosetting resin. Insulation shall be encased in an inner and outer jacket of 550T teflon impregnated fiberglass fabric suitable for temperatures up to 5000F. Fabric shall weigh a minimum of 14 oz./sq.yd. and have a nominal thickness of 0.013 inch. Fabric shall also pass UL 214 Flammability Test. Fabric color shall be gray. 10. Sound Insulation: Furnish and install resilient, mat faced, fiberglass sound insulation where indicated on the drawings. Sound insulation shall be Manville Permacote Linacoustic,RC or equal as manufactured by Knauf,Owens Corning,or approved equal. a. Liner shall meet the requirements of UL 181,ASTM C1338 Standards, UL 723 Flamespread and NFPA 90A for flamespread and smoke developed ratings as borne out by tests and ratings of UL.Liner shall have an NRC no less than 0.80,based on Type A mounting as tested in accordance with ASTM C423-90 "k" factor not to exceed 0.25 (1")at 75°F mean temperature in accordance with ASTM C-518. b. Maximum air friction in straight 24" diameter duct conveying 6200 cfm airflow at 2000 fpm velocity shall be 0.36" per 100'-0". 7/5/2013 15500 - 33 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition insulation safing. Coordinate this requirement with the HVAC Contractor and the Hanger specifications included herein under this Section of the specifications. f. Refer to color coding requirements hereinafter specified. 6. Adhesives, Coatings and Sealants a. Adhesives, coatings and sealants shall be compatible with other insulation materials as recommended by the manufacturer. The following is a partial list of services and the corresponding material to be used. Other equivalent and equal products as recommended by manufacturer may be used, subject to approval of the Engineer: 1) For securing flexible glass duct insulation to ducts: BF 85-20 2) For sealing vapor barriers: BF 85-20 3) For sealing joints on foamed plastic insulation: Armstrong 520 and OCFO-0500 4) For sealing joints in fiberglass ASJ: ASJ joint sealing tape 7. Cements a. Finishing and insulating cement shall be equal to Manville#375 and Portland Cement, mix(1)part Portland cement and(2)parts#375, by weight. Finish shall be 1/2 inch thick, applied in(2) layers,reinforced by 1 1/4 inch mesh,with all corners provided with corner beads. Surface shall be trowelled to a smooth hard finish. b. Insulating cement shall be equal to Manville#460. 8. Accessories and Fastening Materials a. Staples shall be of the outward clinching type of corrosion resisting steel. Use of staples shall be limited to materials and locations, as approved by the Engineer. Additionally, all longitudinal and circumferential insulation laps shall be overlapped and glued with glue as recommended by the insulation manufacturer. b. Wire for securing insulation and jackets shall be#16 AWG copper, copper clad steel or nickel copper alloy. C. Corner angles on insulation of ducts,plenums and equipment in finished areas shall be formed of 28 gauge, 1 inch by 1 inch aluminum adhered to heavy Kraft paper having 2 inch by 2 inch by 2 inch wings to protect external corners under glass cloth jackets. d. Premolded fiber glass pipe fittings shall be Insul-Coustic or Insular. 7/5/2013 15500- 32 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 6) Vimasco(V) 7) Baldwin-Ehret-Hill(BEH) 8) H.K. Porter(HKP) 2. Molded Fiber Glass Insulation a. Molded fiber glass insulation shall be Owens-Corning Type SSL-lI with ASJ(see jacket specs) 1-piece pipe insulation. Insulation shall have a minimum density of 4.0 lbs./cu.ft. and a maximum thermal conductivity of 0.25 at 75oF. 3. Faced Flexible Fiber Glass Duct Insulation a. Faced flexible fiber glass duct insulation shall be equal and equivalent to Owens-Corning Fiberglas Faced Duct Wrap, Series ED 100,FRK-25 having an approximate density of 1.0 lb./cu.ft. and an approximate thermal conductivity of 0.30 at 75oF. 4. Rigid Fiberglass Board Insulation a. Rigid fiberglass board insulation shall be equal to Owens-Corning Fiberglas 25 with ASJ having an approximate density of 4.21bs./cu.ft. and an approximate thermal conductivity of 0.25 at 75oF. 5. Jackets a. Calcium silicate piping and equipment insulation shall be wired in place and finished with two coats of Portland cement and a finish jacket of H.K. Porterlag Lagging Cloth having a treated weight of 8 oz./sq. yd. b. Aluminum jackets shall consist of welded 20 gauge for exterior piping or 0.016 inch thick embossed aluminum with 2 inch laps on longitudinal and circumferential joints for interior piping. Joints shall be positioned to shed water. All joints shall be sealed with a clear silicone caulking compound. Secure in place with 3/4 inch wide by 0.015 inch aluminum bands 18 inches on center. C. Molded fiber glass pipe insulation in both concealed and finished areas shall have a factory applied jacket, equivalent to Owens-Corning Fiberglass ASJ consisting of vinyl coated and embossed vapor barrier laminate having a vapor permeance of 0.02 perms and a beach puncture of minimum of 50 units. d. Faced flexible fiber glass duct insulation in all concealed areas for cold ducts shall have a factory applied finish jacket equivalent to Owens- Coming Fiberglas FRK fire retardant,vapor barrier, foil reinforced Kraft facing. e. At all pipe hanger locations the Insulation Contractor shall provide hard insulation material equal to Kalo to allow for the insulation to be installed through the hangers without the use of shields and without 7/5/2013 15500- 31 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition FWater r Se parators Calcium Silicate Block 1" --- Finishing Cement& Porterlag D. HVAC Insulation Schedule Notes 1. Refer to jacket specifications for finish covering to be installed on calcium silicate insulation in finished areas. 2. Where"Finishing Cement"finishes are scheduled,refer to specifications for Cement herein for materials,method of application,thickness, etc. 3. Piping including refrigerant piping exposed to weather shall be insulated with pipe insulation using double the thicknesses scheduled hereinbefore, up to 12 inches beyond the point where pipes enter the building. Provide weatherproof jacket as hereinafter specified. E. Materials 1. General a. All insulation materials shall be of the highest grade and shall be the standard products as manufactured by recognized companies who can comply with the fire hazard ratings set forth under General Requirements, and other specific requirements hereinafter specified. Manufacturers shall include,but shall not necessarily be limited to, the following manufacturers: 1) Certain-Teed Products Corp. (CSG) 2) Manville(M) 3) Owens-Corning Fiberglas (OCF) 4) Knauf b. Finishes,adhesives, cements,jackets, accessories, etc., shall be as approved for use by the particular manufacturer and shall include, but shall not necessarily be limited to: 1) Benjamin-Foster(BF) 2) Chicago Mastic (CM) 3) Insul-Coustic (IC) 4) 3M 5) St. Clair Rubber(SCR) 1 7/5/2013 15500 - 30 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 6. The finished installation shall present a neat and workmanlike appearance with all jackets smooth, and all vapor barriers sealed and intact. 7. Where insulation is specified for piping, insulate similarly all connections, vents, drains and any piping connected to system subject to heat loss or gain.Do not cover vent petcocks, grease fittings or other maintenance points on equipment unless identified on the insulation with removable access panels or covers. 8. Adhesive and coatings shall be as manufactured by Manville,Benjamin Foster,PPG or Owens-Corning. 9. Zeston 25/50 fitting insulation covers with blanket inserts may be used for heating systems only. Submit details to the Architect and Engineer for approval. B. Insulate the following: 1. All refrigerant piping. 2. All hot water piping. 3. All condensate drain piping. 4. Outside air plenums and ducts. All low velocity supply & return air ductwork serving the entire HVAC system provided under this Contract shall be wrapped externally or lined internally as hereinafter specified and as indicated on drawings. Refer to Sheet Metal Work Section for additional requirements. 5. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, bellmouths and isolation dampers installed in ductwork shall be externally insulated with vapor barrier. 6. Piping jacket covers, as specified below. C. HVAC Insulation Schedule: ASJ= "All-Service-Jacket" Service Type Insulation and Concealed Finished Areas Thickness(Inches) Areas Piping Hot Water Heating Up to 1 1/2" Molded Fiber Glass 1 '/2" ASJ ASJ Hot Water Heating Above 1 '/2" Molded Fiber Glass 2" ASJ ASJ Condensation Drains Molded Fiber Glass 1" ASJ ASJ Refrigerant Piping Arma-flex 1"thick --- Ductwork& Equipment Rigid Fiber Glass-Board Outside Air Intake and exhaust Insulation 1"(See --- --- Plenums Drawings) All Supply Air,Return Air and Flexible Fiber Glass Outside Air Ductwork Concealed w/Vapor Barrier 2" and in mechanical rooms 7/5/2013 15500 - 29 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Gossett, or approved equal. The pumps shall have the capacity and characteristics indicated on the drawings. Motors shall be high efficiency motors B. Piping and equipment installed under this contract will be cleaned, flushed and chemically treated. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate with the cleaning specialist and the pump manufacturer to ensure that chemicals and other materials used for cleaning are not injurious to the pumps' seals. C. Shop drawings and performance curves shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. D. The pump curve shall rise continuously from maximum capacity to shut off. Shut off head shall be approximately 10%greater than the design head. E. The pumps shall operate at or near peak efficiency. F. The pumps shall be capable of operating at 25% beyond design capacity without exceeding break-off point. G. Motors shall operate over the entire range of the pump without exceeding horsepower rating. H. The pumps shall have leakless mechanical seals and be factory mounted and tested. 1. Shafts shall be provided with cupro-nickel shaft sleeves. Suction and discharge connections shall be flanged suitable to accept 150 psig ANSI flanges. 2.17 INSULATION A. General Requirements 1. All insulation materials, finishes, coatings, cements,jackets and other insulation accessories shall have minimum composite or individual fire hazard ratings as well as thickness and "C" values conforming to State Building Codes which control building construction materials that may be used on this project.Where specification requirements exceed the Code requirements,the specification shall govern. 2. Piping insulation for the various piping systems and associated equipment shall be composed of materials, which are non-combustible and/or provide a fire resistive system of insulation,which complies with the applicable Code having jurisdiction. Generally,it is required that fire hazard ratings shall not exceed the following. a. Flame Spread Rating: 25 b. Smoke Developed Rating: 50 3. All fire hazard ratings shall be as determined by NFPA 255 "Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials", ASTM E84 or UL 723. 4. All insulation materials herein specified shall be used subject to the manufacturer's temperature limitations and their compatibility with other materials. 5. Installation of all insulation work shall be executed by a qualified Insulation Contractor who is thoroughly experienced in this particular type of work and who has adequate facilities and equipment for installation of all insulation work herein specified and who is familiar with the requirements of the Code enforcing Authorities as to fire hazard rating. 7/5/2013 15500-28 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Manufacturer's working in this section must provide a seismic design liability insurance certificate, to certify their ability to provide engineering and design as required by this section. This certificate shall be submitted to the Engineer for review prior to any submittals. 2. Only firms having 10 years experience designing and manufacturing seismic devices shall be capable of work in this section. Project listings shall be submitted with their proposed package to this effect. F. Description 1. All isolation and seismic devices shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with intent, structural design, performance, and deflections of the base manufacturer and engineer required by this Section to certify the design. 2.13 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS A. Furnish and install flexible pipe connections in the suction and discharge of each pump. Connections shall be Type SFDEJ as manufactured by Mason Industries or approved equal. The connections shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2.14 PIPE EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION A. Make proper provision for expansion and contraction in all parts of piping systems, wherever possible by means of pipe bends,pipe offsets, swing connections or changes in direction of piping. 2.15 SLEEVES,ESCUTCHEONS AND FIRESTOPPING A. All piping passing through masonry walls, slabs, floor partitions or other building construction shall be provided with pipe sleeves at least two pipe sizes larger than the pipe passing through them or the insulation jacket on covered pipes. Sleeves shall be flush on either side of masonry walls or partitions. All sleeves in penthouse floor slabs shall extend 1/2" above finished floors. All sleeves shall pass continuously through sleeves. B. Where exposed pipes pass through floors,finished walls or finished ceilings,they shall be fitted with neat,heavy spun or stamped steel,chrome-plated escutcheons, firmly secured to the pipes. In unfinished areas,escutcheons shall be cast iron, split and painted to match the adjacent surfaces. Escutcheons shall be of sufficient outside diameter to amply cover the sleeved openings for the pipe. C. Where pipes penetrate fire rated assemblies,walls or floors,openings shall be firestopped. 2.16 WATER PUMPS—IN-LINE A. Furnish and install pumps where indicated on the drawings. The pumps shall be in-line pumps as scheduled. Pumps shall be as manufactured by Grundfos, Taco,Bell and 7/5/2013 15500 - 27 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. The work under this Section shall include the furnishing and installation of all equipment. Appliances,materials,tools, labor and the performing of all operations necessary for the complete execution of the installation of seismic restraint devices and/or systems as may be required. Equipment specifications elsewhere contained in this Section and as specified here in, including but not necessarily limited to the following: 1. All new equipment such as pumps,air handlers,fans, etc.,shall be isolated from the building structure by means of vibration isolators as required. 2. All piping over 1-inch diameter shall be isolated from the building structure as required. 3. Piping penetrations through floors and walls shall be rigidly connected to the building structure. Provide sleeves with clearances around the outside as recommended by the materials manufacturer. All such penetrations shall be smoke and firestopped in an approved manner as herein before specified. 4. Generally,isolation facilities required shall be designed to limit equipment required shall be designed to limit equipment room floor or roof loading to a maximum of 50 pounds per square foot and isolators shall be carefully and specifically selected for each piece of equipment. 5. Equipment isolation bases. 6. Piping flexible connectors. 7. Seismic restraints for isolated equipment. 8. Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment. 9. Certification of seismic restraint designs. C. Submittal Data Requirements ]. The submittal material shall include ten (10) copies of descriptive data for all products and materials including the following. a. Catalog cuts and data sheets on specific isolators and restraints to be utilized. b. Detail methods of isolation for pipes piercing walls and slabs. C. Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors. Include number, size and locations for each piece of equipment. d. Seismic restraint calculations for all connections of equipment to the structure. e. Calculations to support seismic restraint designs stamped by a structural engineer registered in the State of New Jersey. £ A seismic design liability insurance certificate must accompany all submittals. D. Codes, Standards and Regulatory Requirements 1. All state and local codes. 2. Owners Insurance E. Materials Manufacturer Responsibility 7/5/2013 15500 -26 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition assembly. All flanged joints shall be fitted with Flexitalic gaskets suitable for the service intended. C. Refrigerant piping shall be soldered with silver solder. D. All other solder joints shall be made with 95-5 non-lead solder. E. Provide dielectric fittings for all connections between ferrous and non-ferrous piping. 2.11 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide pipe supports,hangers and other devices necessary to support, firmly and substantially,the piping and the apparatus described in this specification. B. Hangers shall be arranged to maintain required grading and pitch,to prevent vibration and to provide for expansion and contraction. C. Each vertical line shall be supported at its base using a suitable hanger placed in the horizontal line near the riser. D. Where the weight of piping or other apparatus makes it impractical to support from above, in mechanical rooms,flanged pipe standards shall be installed to support the weight of piping,valves and fittings, including the installation of pedestal type elbows. E. Hot water piping 2"and smaller shall be supported by clevis hangers,pipe covering protection shields, and one 3/8"copper adjustable hanger rod with beam clamp, shield or concrete insert. The maximum spacing between pipe supports shall be the following: Pipe Size Maximum Spacing -Feet 1"and smaller 7' 1'/z" 9' 2"and larger 10, F. These spans apply to straight runs of piping without concentrated loads. Spans shall be shorter as required by structural conditions, changes in direction or by concentrated loads such as strainers,valves, separators etc. G. Supplementary steel shall be furnished and installed as required to support piping, equipment and ductwork. H. Piping shall not be supported from ductwork,breeching, equipment, ceiling suspension systems or other piping. 2.12 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. The HVAC Contractor shall provide the necessary materials and design for seismic restraint for the entire new HVAC system including all piping and equipment within the buildings. Provide isolation materials and seismic restraints complete and as manufactured by Mason Industries or approved equal. 7/5/2013 15500 - 25 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Hot water piping 2 ''/z"and 3" shall be supported by clevis hangers with pipe covering protection shields and one '/2"adjustable rod with concrete insert or beam clamp. 2.09 FINNED TUBE RADIATION A. Provide where shown on the drawings, finned tube radiation of the style, size and capacity indicated on the drawings and specified below. Radiation shall be as manufactured by Sigma, Sterling, Trane or approved equal. Heating element enclosures shall be wall to wall unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Provide end caps and corner pieces where required. Enclosures shall be complete with hangers and bracket pedestals. B. Access doors shall be integral part of and flush with the surface of the enclosure and permanently hinged to the enclosures. It shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Contractor to size the access doors and position all valves and balance fittings so that they are accessible through the access panels. C. Provide a sealer strip at the top of the enclosure between the wall and enclosure for the full length of the enclosures. D. Provide additional hangers for supply and return piping in enclosures where required. All hangers for heating elements shall be of the ball bearing cradle type,providing for lengthwise movement of element during expansion and contraction as well as aligning element to prevent contract with bracket wall or enclosure. Vertical adjustment shall also be provided. E. Radiation shall be as manufactured by"Sigma"slope type or approved equal. F. Enclosure shall be 16 gauge steel. Color to be selected by the Architect. Provide 18 gauge full backplate behind enclosures. Enclosure and Accessories: 1. Enclosure shall be of the type shown on the drawings and shall be manufactured of 16 gauge steel. All enclosures shall be reinforced with welded gussets and full length vertical stiffeners. All enclosure edges shall be flanged. Securing of the enclosure to brackets shall be of the security lock type preventing removal without tools. Enclosures shall be finished in baked enamel. Color as selected by the Architect. 2. Accessories, including valve compartments, shall be of the telescoping type and shall be installed by engaging the backplate. Accessories shall be die-formed with flanged edges. No sheet metal screws shall be visible when enclosure is installed below eye 2.10 BOLTS GASKETS AND JOINTS A. All screwed joints shall be made tight with Teflon tape. B. All flanges shall be faced and drilled to US Standards and fitted with machine bolts of proper number and size,having semi-finished hexagon nuts and a washer under each nut. All bolt threads shall be coated with Bostic Never-Seize or approved equal before 7/5/2013 15500 - 24 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Unless otherwise specified,the thermometers shall have 9" scales and white face with black filled engraved letters. They shall be angle or straight stem type as conditions necessitate. C. All thermometer wells shall be installed in such a manner that minimum restriction will be imposed on the flow in the pipes and so that the thermometers can be easily read. D. The scale range for thermometers on hot water piping shall be 0 to 240°F. 2.06 AIR VENTS A. Furnish and install manual and automatic air vents where specified and where indicated on the drawings. Air vents shall be as manufactured by Spiro-Vent Bell &Gossett, Taco, Amtrol or approved equal. B. Manual air vents for cabinet unit heaters and radiation shall be similar to Bell & Gossett No. 4V or equal. C. Automatic air vents shall be provided at each high point in the hot water,piping mains at each air separator, at the hot water coil and where shown on the drawings. D. Automatic air vents shall be rated for a maximum operating temperature of 240°F at 150 prig. Vents shall be Bell & Gossett No. 87, Taco 418 Hy-Vent,or Amtrol 706. A ball valve shall be installed on the system side of each automatic air vent. Furnish and install a copper drain line form each automatic air vent down to 6"above the mechanical room floor. Drains from automatic air vents installed above ceilings shall be installed to the nearest utility sink or floor drain. 2.07 AIR SEPARATORS A. Furnish and install air separators for hot water systems as indicated on the drawings. The separators shall be constructed for 125 psig operating pressure at 350°F. Separators shall be as manufactured by Spirotherm,Taco or Amtrol. 2.08 EXPANSION TANKS A. Furnish and install expansion tanks as indicated on the drawings. Expansion tanks shall be as manufactured by Taco,Amtrol, or Armstrong. B. The tanks shall be pressurized captive air bladder type expansion tanks. C. The tanks shall have replaceable elastomeric bladders suitable for a maximum operating temperature of 240 °F. Tanks shall be furnished with integral base ring for vertical mounting. Tanks shall be designed, constructed and stamped for a maximum working pressure of 125 psi at 350°F in accordance with Section VIII,Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 7/5/2013 15500 - 23 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.03 STRAINERS A. Furnish and install full size Y-pattern, self-cleaning strainers where specified and where indicated on the drawings. A strainer shall be provided upstream of each temperature control valve and on the inlet of each pump unless suction diffusers are used. B. Strainers 2"diameter and smaller shall be semi-steel, iron body or bronze body, screwed strainers rated for 150 psig. C. Strainers for all piping, 2-1/2"diameter and larger shall be semi-steel or cast iron body flanged strainers rated for 125 psig. D. Strainers for all piping shall have stainless steel screens with perforations recommended by the manufacturer for the intended service. E. Strainers shall be as manufactured by Sarco, Mueller,Armstrong or approved equal. 2.04 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Furnish and install pressure gauges where indicated on the drawings and specified herein. The gauges shall be Bourdon spring type pressure gauges as manufactured by Trerice, Wexler, Taylor Instuments or approved equal. B. Unless otherwise specified,the gauges shall have 4'/z"dials. C. The gauges shall have white faces with black filled engraved figures. The body of the gauge shall be dull black with the bezel or rim chrome plated. The accuracy of the gauges shall be plus or minus 1% of the scale range. The gauges shall be suitable for pressures to which they are subjected. D. Each gauge shall be provided with a ball valve or gauge cock on the system side of the gauge. E. A pressure gauge shall be installed on the steam supply main in each building,on the suction and discharge of each water pump, and where indicated on the drawings. F. The gauges at the pumps shall be provided with snubbers and with gauge cocks or ball valves. G. Gauges on pump suctions shall have a range of 0 to 60 psig. H. Gauges on pump discharges shall have a range of 0 to 100 prig. 2.05 THERMOMETERS AND WELLS A. Furnish and install where shown on the drawings and where specified herein, separable well type, industrial stem thermometers as manufactured by Trerice, Wexler, Taylor Instruments or approved equal. Provide a thermometer on each hot water connection to the heat exchangers and heating coil. 7/5/2013 15500 - 22 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Unless otherwise specified, isolating valves on piping 2-1/2" and larger shall be 150 pound lug type butterfly valves as manufactured by Hammond,Jamesbury,Keystone or approved equal. Valves shall conform to MSS SP-67. Use high performance valves for hot water. D. Balancing valves shall be installed on the outlet of each pump,hot water coils and where indicated on the drawings. E. All balancing valves on hot water piping 2"diameter and smaller shall be sweat end or screwed end copper alloy valves with provisions for connecting a portable differential pressure meter. Each meter connection shall have pressure/temperature probes. Valves shall be Tour and Anderson Model STAD, STAS or approved equal. Valves shall provide flow measurement, flow balancing,and positive shut off with no drip seat and drain connection with protective cap. F. Unless otherwise specified, all check valves 2'/z"diameter and smaller shall be Class 125 flanged, iron body,bronze mounted swing check valves with regrind-renew bronze disc and seat ring and bolted cover as manufactured by Hammond,Jenkins or Crane. Valves shall conform to MSS SP-71. G. Unless otherwise specified,balancing valves 21/2"diameter and larger shall be y-pattern, globe type, flanged or grooved ductile iron-body valves with provision for connecting a Series 738 portable differential pressure meter. Each meter connection shall have pressure/temperature probes. Valves shall be Tour and Anderson Model 788 STAF or 789 STAG or approved equal. Valves shall provide flow measurement, flow balancing, positive shut-off with no drip seat. H. Check valves on the discharge of the hot water pumps shall be 125 pound iron body, bronze trim, flanged, globe type, silent check valves,Mueller Model 105MAP or approved equal. I. Drain valves shall be provided at all low points in the hot water and where indicated on the drawings. Drain valves shall be 3/a"bronze drain valves with solid bronze cap and chain, Jenkins Fig.No. 314, or equal as manufactured by Hammond or Crane. J. Automatic Control Valves: L All valves shall be fully proportioning and shall be equipped with modulating plugs and bronze discs. Valves 21/2"or larger shall have screwed-in seat rings. 2. Valves shall be sized by the Automatic Control Sub-Subcontractor and guaranteed to be of sufficient size to meet the capacities shown. 3. Valves 2" and smaller shall have screwed connection. Valves 21/2" or larger shall have iron bodies and flanged ends.All valves shall be of the spring return type to the normally open position for fail-safe operation in the event of loss of electric current. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, all control valves shall be operated with electric operators. 5. All valves shall be capable of operation in sequence when required by the sequence of operation. All control valves shall be sized and guaranteed to meet the heating loads as specified. All control valves shall be suitable for the pressure conditions involved. 6. f. All valve sequences with other valves or control devices shall be equipped with pilot positioners. 7/5/2013 15500 - 21 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Victaulic standard grooved end and AGS wedge-shaped grooved end fittings shall be ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, forged steel or fabricated carbon steel fittings conforming to ASTM A53, with factory grooved ends designed to accept Victaulic standard or AGS "W" series couplings. 2. Standard grooved couplings, 2-1/2" through 12", shall consist of two pieces of ductile,iron with synthetic rubber gaskets with a central cavity pressure responsive design(Grade"E"EPDM for water services to 230 deg F). Coupling bolts and nuts shall be heat treated carbon steel, track head conforming to physical properties of ASTM A-183 and A-449. All rigid couplings shall be Style 07.with housings cast with offsetting, angle-pattern bolt pads to provide system rigidity and support and hanging in accordance with ASME B31.1 and B31.9. All flexible couplings shall be Style 75 or 77 for use where vibration attenuation and stress relief are required. Flexible couplings may be used in lieu of flexible connectors for vibration isolation at equipment connections. Three(3)couplings,for each connector,shall be placed in close proximity to the source of vibration. 3. Full size branch connections shall be made with manufactured Victaulic No. 20 grooved end tees. Style 920/92ON Mechanical-T bolted branch connections with locating collar engaging into hole or Style 72 outlet connection shall be used to join grooved pipe. Branch connections shall be Victaulic Grade"E"EPDM compound with working temperature of 30°F to 230°F. 4. Flanges shall be Vic-Flange Style 741 or 743 up to 12". . Flanges and standard fittings shall be of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Grade 65-45-12 or malleable iron conforming to ASTM A-47 Grade 65-45-12, painted with a rust inhibiting modified vinyl alkyd enamel or hot dip galvanized to ASTM A-153 or Zinc Electroplated to ASTM B-633 as required. D. Hot water, and drain piping 2"diameter and smaller shall be type"L"hard drawn copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and 95/5 non-lead solder. E. Cold water make-up piping within the building shall be Type L hard-drawn copper tubing with wrought copper fittings. Condensate drain piping above ceilings in occupied areas shall be Type M hard drawn copper tubing. All other condensate drain piping shall be PVC pipe and fittings. F. Runouts and risers to radiation, unit heaters, and for coil units, un-sized on the drawings, shall not be less than 3/4 ". 2.02 VALVES A. Furnish and install valves as indicated on the drawings and specified herein. All valves in each class shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer. All valves shall be the full line size of pipe sizes indicated on drawings, unless otherwise noted. Valves shall be the same size as the pipe sizes as indicated on drawings unless otherwise specified. B. Unless otherwise specified, isolating valves on hot water piping 2"diameter and smaller shall be ball valves,Apollo Series 70-100 or equal as manufactured by Hammond, Jenkins or Stockham. 7/5/2013 15500 -20 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition coordination drawings,when corrected for actual "as-built"conditions,will be reviewed by the Engineer, corrected and will be used to formulate the Record Drawings to be submitted to the Owner for his use. E. The HVAC Subcontractor shall submit a set of CAD files on disc marked"AS-BUILTS". All costs associated with the production and reproduction of the CAD files shall be included under the HVAC bid for work under the HVAC contracts. 1.30 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate work of this Filed Subcontract with that of other trades,affecting or affected by this work,and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. B. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals,required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed Subcontract,have been received and approved by the Engineer. C. Before proceeding with installation work,inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not.Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING AND FITTINGS A. Hot water piping 2'/2" diameter and larger shall be schedule 40 black steel pipe,ASTM A-53, Grade B, ERW. B. Pipe fittings for piping 2 '/2"diameter and larger shall be standard welding fittings as manufactured by Tube-Turns, Grinnell, Crane or approved equal. Elbows shall be long radius elbows. Branch connections reducing two sizes or less shall be made with welding tees of the same manufacture as the fittings. Branch connections reducing more than two sizes shall be made with weldolets,threadolets or with welding tees.Unless otherwise indicated or approved, all reductions in pipe size shall be made with eccentric reducers. Flanges shall be 150 pound weld neck flanges. C. At the option of the contractor,all piping 2-1/2"and larger may be joined with Victaulic fittings and flanges. Piping shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe,ASTM A-53 ERW. Victaulic couplings, fittings, supports,valves, and strainers shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. All grooved piping products shall be supplied by a single manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be supplied by the same manufacturer as the grooved components. A Victaulic factory trained field representative (direct employee) shall provide on-site training to contractor's field personnel in the proper use of grooving tools and installation of grooved piping products. Factory trained representative shall periodically review the product installation. Contractor shall remove and replace any improperly installed products. 7/5/2013 15500 - 19 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Construction Manager d. Architect(for record purposes) N. After distribution: l. The method used to resolve interferences not previously identified shall be as in paragraph F. above. Distribute revised Coordination Drawings to all parties listed above. O. Coordination Drawings include but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Structure. 2. Partition/room layout, including indication of smoke and fire resistance rated partitions. 3. Ceiling layout and heights. 4. Light fixtures. 5. Access panels. 6. Sheet metal,heating coils,boxes,grilles, diffusers, etc. 7. All heating piping and valves. 8. Smoke and fire dampers. 9. Soil, waste and vent piping. 10. Major water and gases. 11. Major electrical conduit runs, panelboards, feeder conduit and racks of branch conduit. Motor control centers, starters and disconnects. 12. Sprinkler piping and heads. 13. All equipment,including items in the Contract as well as O.F.C.I.and O.F.I.items. 14. Equipment located above finished ceiling requiring access for maintenance and service. In locations where acoustical lay-in ceilings occur indicate areas in which the required access area may be greater than the suspected grid systems. 1.29 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The HVAC Subcontractor shall maintain current at the site a set of his drawings on which he shall accurately show the actual installation of all work provided under his Contract indicating any variation from the Contract Drawings, in accordance with the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions. Changes whether resulting from formal change orders or other instructions issued by the Engineer shall be recorded. Include changes in sizes, location and dimensions of piping, equipment, etc. B. Using the coordination drawings,the HVAC Subcontractor shall modify/correct/edit the HVAC work on the drawings,to obtain a"CAD"set of Record Drawings using AutoCAD version 2005 or higher. C. A marked-up and colored-up set of prints on-site will be used as a guide for determining the progress of the work installed. They shall be inspected periodically by the Engineer and Owner's representatives and they shall be corrected if found either inaccurate or incomplete. This procedure is mandatory. D. Coordination drawings are for the Contractor's,Engineer's and Owner's use during construction and shall not be construed as replacing any shop drawings. The CAD 7/5/2013 15500 - 18 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. The main paths for the installation or removal of equipment from mechanical and electrical rooms shall be clearly indicated on the Coordination Drawings. H. Each of the specialty trades shall add its work to the base drawings with appropriate elevations and grid dimensions. Specialty trade information shall be required for fan rooms and mechanical rooms,horizontal exits from duct shafts, crossovers and for spaces in the above ceilings where congestion of work may occur such as corridors and,where required, entire floors. Drawings shall indicate horizontal and vertical dimensions to avoid interference with structural framing,ceilings,partitions and other services. Indicate elevations relative to finish floor for bottom of ductwork and piping and conduit 6" greater in diameter. 1. Specialty Trade shall include: a. Plumbing system b. HVAC piping and equipment C. Electrical d. Sheet Metal Work e. Sprinkler system f. ATC system I. Upon completing their portion of the Coordination Drawings,each specialty trade shall sign, date and return Coordination Drawings to the Contractor. J. Where conflicts occur with placement of materials of various trades,the General Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the available space to accommodate all trades. Any resulting adjustments shall be initialed and dated by the affected specialty trade Subcontractor. The General Contractor shall then final date and sign each drawing. K. Fabrication shall not start until Coordinate Drawings have been distributed to all parties as indicated herein. L. Format: Coordination Drawings(plans only) shall be done using CAD in AutoCAD, 2007 (or newer) in either IBM or Mac Format, disks shall be given to the Engineer for future transfer to Owner. Coordination Drawings will be used as base for as-built drawings. M. Distribution of Coordination Drawings: 1. The General Contractor shall provide one print of each Coordination Drawing to: a. Each specialty trade Subcontractor b. Owner 7/5/2013 15500 - 17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. Shop drawings shall include, but shall not be limited to,the following: ]. HVAC work layout,including location and sizes of ductwork piping,valves and all other accessories. 2. Equipment cuts for all materials,equipment,devices,etc. used to comply with this Section. 1.27 FIRE WATCHES A. Arrange and pay for fire watches for all welding and cutting operations in accordance with state and local regulations. 1.28 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Before materials are purchased, fabricated or work is begun, each Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings for all floors/areas, including buried systems/services(all- Trade-composite at 3/8" scale), showing the size and location of his equipment and lines, in the manner described herein under General Requirements. B. Coordination drawings are for the Engineer's use during construction and shall not be construed as shop drawings or as replacing and shop drawings. The coordination drawings,when corrected for actual "as-built" conditions,will be reviewed by the Engineer corrected and be used to prepare the Record Drawings to be submitted to the Owner for his use. Aaqwk C. The cost of producing and reproducing the drawings will be included under the Contract of each Trade,including the cost or preparation of the Architectural building outlines. The HVAC Contractor shall take the lead to produce the Architectural backgrounds, show all ductwork,piping, etc., and circulate the drawings to any of his Subcontractors and the other Trades(Plumbing,Fire Protection, Electrical), so that they can indicate all their work as directed by the Engineer as required, to result in a fully coordinated installation. D. In addition to the regular coordination drawing review,the mechanical work will also be reviewed by the Architect/Engineer to ensure that the system and equipment arrangements are suitable to provide maintenance access and service.Valves and instrumentation should be grouped where possible and positioned in accessible locations. E. Prepare a complete set of computer based AutoCAD 2007 (or newer) drawings at scale not less than 3/8" equals P-0", showing basic layout for the structure and other information as needed for preparation of Coordination Drawings. The drawings shall indicate the layout of all specialty tradework as indicated herein and shall be designated as Coordination Drawings. The Contractors can purchase a copy of the floor plans on disk from the engineer to assist in the preparation of Coordination Drawings. The Contractor shall provide a minimum of two(2)weeks' notice to the engineer for preparation of the disk. A signed liability release form will be required from the Contractor prior to the release of the disk from the engineer. F. Highlight all fire rated partitions on the Coordination Drawings for appropriate ^10fth", coordination. 7/5/2013 15500 - 16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 20. Shop Drawings. 21. Hoisting And Rigging Of HVAC Equipment. 22. Fire Watches For Cutting And Welding 23. Record Drawings 24. O& M Manuals And Instructions 25. Fees And Permits 26. Guarantee 1.24 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority (Owner)will not be responsible for errors,omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor's or Filed subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced,that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results. 1.25 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. The following work is not included in this Section and is to be performed under other Sections: 1. Section 03300: Masonry and Concrete Pads 2. Section 16000: Electrical Power Wiring,providing of smoke detector and wiring to fire alarm system 3. Section 01300: General Requirements & Coordination 1.26 SUBMITTALS A. Prepare and submit shop drawings in accordance with the requirements hereinbefore specified, and of Division 0 and applicable parts of Division 1 and in the manner described therein,modified as noted hereinafter. B. All shop drawings shall have clearly marked the appropriate specification number, drawing designation,project name, etc., for identification of the submittal. C. Disposition of shop drawings shall not relieve this Subcontractor from the responsibility for deviations from any drawings or specifications,unless he has submitted in writing a letter itemizing or calling attention to such deviations at time of submission and secured written approval from the Engineer,nor shall such disposition of shop drawings relieve this Subcontractor from responsibility for error in shop drawings or schedules. D. Shop drawing data shall include,but not be limited to,the following: 1. Manufacturer's model and catalog data. 2. Complete connection diagrams for all Trades. 3. Dimensions,capacities,ratings,materials, finishes, etc. 7/5/2013 15500 - 15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition -a**b 1. Scaffolding and staging required for use by this Filed subcontractor pursuant to requirements of Section 01519- TEMPORARY FACILITIES shall be furnished, erected,maintained in a safe condition, and dismantled when no longer required, by this Filed Subcontract requiring such scaffolding. 2. Each Filed subcontractor is responsible to provide,maintain and remove at dismantling,all tarpaulins and similar protective measures necessary to cover scaffolding for inclement weather conditions other than those required to be provided,maintained and removed by the General Contractor pursuant to MGL (Refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and as additionally required for dust control). a. General Contractor is responsible to provide enclosures required for temporary heat from November 1 to March 31; refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. 3. Furnishing portable ladders and mobile platforms of all required heights,which may be necessary to perform the work of this trade, are the responsibility of this Filed subcontractor. 1.23 SUMMARY A. Work of this Section shall include all labor,materials,tools, equipment,transportation, insurance,temporary protection, supervision and incidental items essential for proper installation and operation, even though not specifically indicated on drawings and/or `'' specified but which are usually provided or are essential for proper installation and operation of all systems related to this Section. B. The Contract Documents describe the minimum requirements that must be met by this Subcontractor for the installation of all HVAC work which shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Boilers. 2. Hot Water Pumps. 3. Packaged Rooftop VAV DX Cooling & Gas Fired Heating Units. 4. Split System AC Units. 5. Computer Room Split System AC Units. 6. Exhaust Fans 7. Fin-Tube Radiation. 8. Hot Water Cabinet&Unit Heaters. 9. Grilles, Registers And Diffusers. 10. Piping and Fittings. IL. Hangers, Plates, Inserts,And Sleeves. 12. Seismic Restraints For Equipment And Piping. 13. Smokeproofing And Firestopping Of Piping Penetration. 14. Variable Air Volume Terminal Units 15. Sheet Metal Work. 16. Insulation. 17. Automatic Controls 18. Testing And Balancing. 19. Coordination Drawings. 7/5/2013 15500 - 14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition J. This Subcontractor shall provide the Electrical Subcontractor with all motor size and wiring requirements within (30)days from date of Contract to allow proper coordination of Trades by the other work Contractor. K. This Subcontractor shall verify with the Electrical Subcontractor available electrical characteristics before ordering any equipment or motors. L. Equipment,which includes a number of correlated electrical control devices mounted in a single enclosure or on a common base with equipment, shall be supplied for installation completely wired internally with terminal strip ready for external wiring. Unless specifically directed otherwise in the Contract Documents, if these control devices are separately mounted they shall be furnished by this Subcontractor and wired by Electrical Subcontractor in accordance with the manufacturer's wiring diagram, as shown on the drawings and as specified hereinafter. This is to include starters and disconnects as designated on the equipment schedules. 1.21 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. This Subcontractor shall provide, at appropriate time or as directed by the Engineer,the on-site services of a competent factory trained Engineer or authorized representative of particular manufacturer of equipment,components,etc.,provided under this Contract,to instruct the Owner, inspect, adjust and place in proper operating condition any item provided by him, as applicable.As a minimum, system start-up/commissioning shall start 90 days prior to scheduled building occupancy. B. This Subcontractor shall commission and set in operating condition all major equipment and systems, in the presence of the equipment manufacturer's representatives, as applicable,and the Owner and Engineer's representatives. In no case will major systems and equipment be commissioned by any of the Subcontractor's forces alone,without the assistance or presence of the equipment manufacturer representative. C. A written report shall be issued by the particular equipment manufacturer and this Subcontractor summarizing the results of the commissioning and performance of each system for the Engineer's record.No additional compensation will be allowed for any Contractor for such services. 1.22 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY A. All hoisting equipment and machinery required for the proper and expeditious prosecution and progress of the work under this Contract shall be furnished, installed, operated and maintained in safe condition by this Subcontractor for his material and/or equipment. All costs for hoisting operating services shall be borne by this Subcontractor, for all equipment and work under his charge. 2.01 SCAFFOLDING AND STAGING A. General: Filed subcontractors shall obtain required permits for, and provide scaffolds, staging, and other similar raised platforms, required to access their Work as specified in Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and herein. 7/5/2013 15500 - 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Welded joints shall be ground smooth where exposed. Drilling,cutting and fitting shall be done as required to properly install the work and accommodate the work of other Trades as directed by them. E. Members shall be generally welded except that bolting may be used for field assembly where welding would be impractical. Welders shall be skilled and certified. Bolts,nuts and washers shall be high tensile type,minimum 3/4" diameter, conforming to ASTM. F. All shop and field fabricated iron and steel work shall be cleaned and dried and given (1)coat of rust inhibiting paint on all surfaces and in all openings and crevices. 1.20 ELECTRICAL WORK, MOTORS,MOTOR CONTROLLERS A. This Subcontractor shall provide control wiring to all equipment provided under Section 15500. All control wiring shall be installed in conduits and in accordance with the respective equipment manufacturer requirements, State and Local Codes and the National Electrical Code. All connections shall be provided by this Subcontractor. All conduit and wiring provided by this Subcontractor shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Electrical Sections of these Specifications. B. Motors shall be built in accordance with latest Standards of NEMA and as specified. Motors shall be specifically and expressly wound for voltage required. C. Motors shall be tested in accordance with ANSI 50 and conform thereto for insulation Aowk resistance and dielectric strength. D. Motors shall be provided with adequate starting and protective equipment as specified or required and with conduit terminal box of size adequate to accommodate conduits and wires. E. Capacity shall be sufficient to operate motors under job conditions of operation and load, without overload and shall be at least the horsepower size indicated or specified. F. All motors shall be suitable for continuous duty at rated horsepower, with temperature rise not to exceed 40°C for dripproof motors, 50°C for splashproof motors, 55°C for totally enclosed motors. All motors shall be capable of 15% overload without overheating. G. Direct connected motors shall be furnished with adjustable base. Motors connected to driven equipment by belt or shaft shall be furnished with adjustable sliding bases, except for fractional motors,which shall be furnished with slotted mounting holes. H. Motors smaller than '/2 HP shall be capacitor, starter or split-phase type. Motors '/z HP and larger shall be squirrel cage, induction type unless otherwise noted. Motors 1 HP and larger shall have grease lubricated ball bearings and approved grease fittings. I. All electrical apparatus and controls furnished as a part of this work shall conform to applicable requirements under Electrical Section. 7/5/2013 15500- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Provide chrome-plated brass escutcheons with set screw for exposed piping, in all areas except in mechanical rooms. In these areas use plain brass or cast iron escutcheons suitable for painting. All escutcheons shall be sized to fit the bare pipe or insulation in a snug and neat manner. They shall be of sufficient size to cover sleeved openings for the pipes and of sufficient depth to cover sleeves projecting above floors. Escutcheons shall be as manufactured by Beaton & Caldwell,Dearborn Brass or Grinnell. E. Pipe sleeves shall be made of Schedule 40 pipe, 20 gauge galvanized steel or 16 gauge steel as follows: 1. Sleeves on pipes passing through masonry or concrete construction shall be Schedule 40 pipe. 2. Sleeves on pipes passing through drywall construction shall be 20 gauge galvanized steel. 3. Sleeves on pipes passing through fire rated drywall partitions shall be 16 gauge steel. F. Pipe sleeves shall be set as follows: 1. Set sleeves 1"above finish floor(3"at penthouses and mechanical rooms)and flush on each side of walls,except sleeves through floor occurring in walls and partitions shall terminate V above the finished floor. 2. Sleeves shall be set securely in place before concrete is poured. G. This Subcontractor shall firestop and/or smokestop the space between the sleeves provided under his Contract as applicable, as follows: 1. Materials shall bear label issued by qualified laboratory and specifically indicating that the product has been tested to ASTM E814 Standard,shall be as manufactured by Hilti, 3M,Bio Fireshield Inc. or Dow Corning Corp. 2. Materials shall be delivered in their original,tightly sealed containers or unopened packages, all clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name,product identification and lot numbers where appropriate. 3. Installation shall comply with the directions of the Manufacturer. 4. The materials installation procedures,clean-up,safety precautions and requirements shall be in accordance with the directions of the Manufacturer. 5. All smokestopping and firestopping materials must be applied in direct accordance with their UL label certification. 1.19 MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL A. This Subcontractor shall provide all steel supports and hangers as required to support all equipment, systems or materials provided under his Contract. B. All work shall be cut, assembled,welded and finished by skilled mechanics. Welds shall be ground smooth. Stands,brackets and framework shall be properly sized and strongly constructed. C. Measurements shall be taken on the job and worked out to suit adjoining and connecting work. All work shall be done by experienced metal-working mechanics. Members shall be straight,true and accurately fitted. 7/5/2013 15500 - 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. This Subcontractor shall be held responsible and shall pay for all damages caused by his work to the existing building structures and equipment,piping, etc., and all work and finishes installed under this Contract in the building. Repair of such damage shall be done as hereinbefore specified, at the expense of this Subcontractor and to the Engineer's satisfaction. 1.15 CORRECTION OF WORK A. This Subcontractor shall promptly correct all work provided under his Contract and rejected by the Engineer as defective or as failing to conform to the Contract Documents whether observed before or after completion of work and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. This Subcontractor shall bear all costs of correcting such rejected work. B. The above requirements will also apply to work observed to be in conflict with "Coordination of Work" as outlined above as it relates to installations not allowing accessibility to all system components. 1.16 EXTRA WORK A. No claim for extra work will be allowed unless it is authorized by the Engineer in writing before commencement of the extra said work. 1.17 TOUCH-UP PAINTING A. This Subcontractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and systems provided under this Contract from rust, splatters and other foreign matter or discoloration, leaving every part of each system in an acceptable prime condition. This Subcontractor, for the work under his Contract, shall refinish and restore to the original condition all equipment and piping, which has sustained damage to the manufacturer's prime and finish coats of paint and/or enamel. 1.18 PIPE SLEEVES,PLATES AND ESCUTCHEONS,FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKEPROOFING A. Where pipes pass through walls or floors,this Subcontractor shall provide and set individual sleeves for each pipe and all other work under his charge, as necessary for passage of all pipes. Sleeves shall be of sufficient size to provide ''/z" air space around the pipe passing through(including insulation where pipes are insulated). Where pipes are to be insulated,insulation shall run continuous through sleeves. All openings shall be sealed, smokeproofed and made tight. This Subcontractor shall be responsible for the exact location of sleeves provided under this Contract and shall coordinate all requirements for piping sleeves. B. This Subcontractor, for work under his charge, shall determine the required size of each individual wall opening or sleeve before ordering, fabrication or installation, and he shall prepare sleeving and opening draining for the use of these drawings by the other work contractor. C. Sleeves and inserts shall not be used in any portions of the building,where their use lovwk would impair the strength or construction features of the building. Elimination of sleeves must be approved by the Engineer. 7/5/2013 15500 - 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition I. All YP (equipment of one type such as valves piping,heaters drainage specialties, etc. valves, g � ,g P ) shall be the product of one manufacturer. J. Equipment furnished by the Owner,if assigned to this Subcontractor, shall be received, inspected,installed, etc.,as if they were purchased by this Subcontractor. All guarantees, service contracts, etc., shall be the same as for all other equipment provided under this Contract. Make all connections,and provide all piping and controls as necessary. 1.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. This Subcontractor shall be responsible for all cutting,patching,core drilling, etc. as required for work under his Contract,but in no case shall he cut into any structural elements without the written approval of the Engineer. B. All cutting,rough patching and finish patching required for the installation of work required by this Section shall be provided by this Contractor under this Contract. C. All concrete and masonry equipment bases and pads shall be provided by the Other Work Contractor. 1.12 USE OF PREMISES A. This Subcontractor shall confine all of his apparatus,storage of materials and construction to the limits indicated on any drawings and as directed by the Engineer and he shall not encumber the premises with his materials. B. In storing materials within areas(structure or ground),or when used as a shop,this Subcontractor shall consult with the other work Contractor and shall restrict his storage to space designated for such purposes. This Subcontractor will be held responsible for repairs,patching or cleaning arising from any unauthorized use of premises. C. Notwithstanding any approvals or instructions which must be obtained by this Subcontractor from the Engineer in connection with use of premises,the responsibility for the safe working conditions at the site shall remain this Subcontractor's and the Engineer, Owner and/or any of their Agents shall not be deemed to have any responsibility or liability in connection therewith. 1.13 PROTECTION A. All materials such as valves, fittings,piping,equipment etc., shall be properly protected and all piping and duct openings shall be temporarily closed by this Subcontractor installing same, so to prevent obstruction and damage. This Subcontractor shall take precautions to protect his materials from damage and theft. B. This Subcontractor shall furnish,place and maintain proper safety guards for the prevention of accidents that might be caused by the workmanship,materials, equipment or electrical systems provided under his Contract. 1.14 DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK 7/5/2013 15500 - 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. The manufacturers listed within this specification establish the standards of quality required, either by description or by references to brand name,name of manufacturers or manufacturer's model number. Where one product only is specifically identified by name or manufacturer's model number,this Subcontractor shall base his bid on the use of the name product. Where multiple names are used,this Subcontractor shall base his bid on the use of any of those products named. This Subcontractor shall submit with his bid,the names of products,which are proposed as substitutions for products named in the specifications. Each proposed substitution shall be accompanied by a written statement of money to be added or deducted from his bid. The Owner reserves the sole right to accept or reject said substitutions with or without cause. When equipment and/or materials are proposed to be purchased from a manufacturer other than those specified,this Subcontractor shall provide with his bid, data sufficient to inform the Owner of the basis of equality of the substitution to that of the equipment and/or materials specified. When equipment other than that specified is used,this Subcontractor shall be solely responsible for any extra cost of required revisions such as structural steel, concrete, electrical, piping, and any engineering review, coordination with other Trades, or redesign,etc. Such additional cost shall be identified at the time such substitutions are proposed and incurred by this Subcontractor. E. Manufacturers' directions shall be followed completely in the delivery, storage, protection and installation of any equipment. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any conflict between any requirements of the Contract Documents and the manufacturer's directions and obtain the Engineer's written instructions before proceeding with the work. Should this Subcontractor perform any work that does not comply with the manufacturer's directions or written instructions from the Engineer,he shall bear all costs arising in correcting any deficiencies that should arise. F. This Subcontractor shall furnish and install all equipment, accessories, connections and incidental items necessary to fully complete the work under his Contract for use, occupancy and operation by the Owner. G. Where equipment of the acceptable manufacturers requires different arrangement or connections from those indicated, it shall be the responsibility of this Subcontractor to install the equipment to operate properly and in harmony with the original intent of any drawings and the specifications. When directed by the Engineer,this Subcontractor shall submit drawings showing the proposed installation.If the proposed installation is approved,this Subcontractor shall make all necessary changes in all affected related work provided under other Sections including location of roughing-in connections by other Trades, electrical requirements,piping, supports, insulation, etc. All changes shall be made at no increase in the Contract amount or additional cost to the other Trades and/or Owner. H. All equipment and materials required for installation under these specifications shall be new and without blemish or defect. Equipment and materials shall be products,which will meet with the acceptance of the Authorities having jurisdiction over the work and as specified hereinbefore. Where such acceptance is contingent upon having the products listed or labeled by FM, UL or other testing laboratories,the products shall be so listed or labeled. Where no specific indication as to the type or quality of material or equipment is indicated, a first class standard article shall be provided. 7/5/2013 15500 - 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition such work shall be brought to Engineer's attention for direction as to what is to be provided. J. Final location of all exposed control valves, control devices, etc., shall be coordinated with the Architectural reflected ceiling plans and/or other Architectural details, as applicable. Obtain approval of locations of all devices from Engineer prior to installation in the field. Equipment as specified and/or as may be indicted on any drawings to be provided with services, shall be included under this Contract as applicable,including all piping connections to systems,to make equipment complete and operable. Additional piping, flexible fittings, etc., shall be provided to accomplish the above requirement, as required, all as part of this Contract,at no extra cost to the Owner. This requirement necessitates that this Subcontractor review the architectural drawings and the drawings of other Trades during bidding to ascertain the extent of all requirements, and interface between the Trades and scope of work. K. This Subcontractor shall coordinate his work with other Trades'work so that all equipment and systems can be easily, safely and properly serviced and maintained. It is imperative that service personnel can safely access all equipment. Provide safety rails, steps, ladders,valve chains,handle extensions, etc. as required, in addition to the ones shown on the drawings,to ensure safe and easy access to all equipment and is provided in a manner approved by the Engineer. L. Where ceilings are not provided,the work must be coordinated so that it is installed in a neat manner, as approved by the Engineer. 1.09 GIVING INFORMATION A. This Subcontractor shall keep himself fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings required for his apparatus and shall give information to the Engineer and other Contractors sufficiently in advance of the work so that all openings may be built in advance. 1.10 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS A. Equipment and materials shall be delivered to the site and stored in location as directed by the Engineer, in original sealed containers, suitably sheltered from the elements,but readily accessible for inspection by the Engineer until installed.All items subject to moisture damage such as controls,filters,etc., shall be stored in dry,heated spaces. B. This Subcontractor shall have his equipment tightly covered and protected against dirt, water and chemical or mechanical injury and theft. At the completion of the work, equipment and materials shall be cleaned,polished thoroughly and turned over the Owner in a condition satisfactory to the Owner and Engineer.Damage or defects developing before acceptance of the work shall be made good at this Subcontractor's expense. C. This Subcontractor shall make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements,for equipment and connections to be provided under his Trade and shall furnish and install such sizes and shapes of equipment to allow for the final installation to conform to the drawings and specifications. 7/5/2013 15500 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition many drawings as required,to ensure serviceability of equipment, as approved by the Owner. B. Locations of piping, ductwork and equipment shall be adjusted to accommodate the work with interferences anticipated and encountered. This Subcontractor shall determine the exact routing and location of his systems prior to fabrication or installation of any system component. C. Lines,which pitch, shall have the right-of-way over those,which do not pitch. For example, waste piping shall normally have the right-of-way. Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have the right-of-way over lines whose elevations can be changed. D. Offsets, transitions and changes of direction in all systems shall be made as required to maintain proper headroom and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated in the Contract Documents. This Subcontractor shall provide cleanouts vents and drains as required for his work to affect these offsets,transitions and changes in direction. E. All work shall be installed in a way to permit removal (without damage to other parts)of coils, filters, control appurtenances, shafts, sheaves and drives and all other system components provided under this Contract requiring periodic replacement or maintenance. All systems shall be arranged in a manner to clear the openings of swinging overhead access doors as well as ceiling tiles. All work shall be done to allow easy access for maintaining equipment. The Owner and Engineer may require proof via the preparation of large scale sections and part plans that valves, cleanouts, equipment etc. are accessible after the work is completed. Any items in the field discovered to be in non-compliance shall be removed and relocated, as required, and as directed by the Engineer. F. The Contract Documents are diagrammatic only intending to indicate general runs and locations of piping, ductwork, equipment,terminals and specialties and not necessarily indicating all required offsets, details and accessories and equipment to be connected. All work shall be accurately laid out with other Trades to avoid conflicts and to obtain a neat and workmanlike installation,which will afford maximum accessibility for operation, maintenance and headroom. G. Where discrepancies in scope of work as to what Trade provides items, such as starters, disconnects, flow switches, etc., exist, such conflicts shall be reported to the Engineer during bidding and prior to signing of the Contract. If such action is not taken, This Subcontractor shall furnish such items as part of his work as necessary, for complete and operable systems and equipment, as determined by the Engineer. H. This Subcontractor shall coordinate the installation of all equipment and any catwalks or service platforms provided. I. Where drawing details,plans, specification requirements and/or scheduled equipment capacities are in conflict and where pipe sizes of same pipe are shown to be different between plans and/or between plans and sections or details,the most stringent requirement will be included in the Contract. Systems and equipment called for in the specifications and/or as may be indicated on any drawings shall be provided under this Contract as if it were required by both the specifications and any drawings. However, prior to ordering or installation of any portion of work,which appears to be in conflict, 7/5/2013 15500- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. This SECTION 15500 Subcontractor shall guarantee that all elements of the Systems are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated. C. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the Systems during the guarantee period,the affected part or parts shall be promptly replaced by this SECTION 15500 Subcontractor at no charge to the owner. This SECTION 15500 Subcontractor shall furnish,before the final payment is made, See"Supplementary General Conditions" for additional information. 1.07 THE SUBCONTRACTOR A. This Subcontractor shall not hold the engineer or his agents or employees responsible for, or bound by, any schedule, estimate or of any plan thereof. This Subcontractor shall study all Contract Documents included under this Contract to determine exactly the extent of work provided under each Section, as well as to ascertain the difficulty to be encountered in performing the work, as shown on any drawings, outlined herein, and in installing new equipment and systems and coordinating the work with the other Trades and existing conditions. Any discrepancies noted between the Contract Documents and existing conditions must be brought to the Engineer's attention prior to the submission of bids. B. This Subcontractor shall faithfully execute his work according to the terms and conditions of the Contract and specifications and shall take all responsibility for and bear all losses resulting to him in the execution of his work. C. This Subcontractor shall be responsible for the location and performance of work provided under his Contract as indicated by any Contract Documents. All parties employed directly or indirectly by This Subcontractor shall perform their work according to all the conditions as set forth in these specifications. D. This Subcontractor shall furnish all materials and do all work in accordance with these specifications and any supplementary documents provided by the Engineer. The work shall include every item shown on any drawings and/or required by the specifications as interpreted by the Engineer. All work and materials furnished and installed shall be new and of the best quality and workmanship. This Subcontractor shall cooperate with the Architect so that no error or discrepancy in the Contract Documents shall cause defective materials to be used or poor workmanship to be performed. 1.08 COORDINATION OF WORK A. This Subcontractor shall compare his specifications and any drawings with those of other Trades as well as the Architectural drawings and specifications,and report any discrepancies between them to the Engineer and obtain from the Engineer written instructions for changes necessary in the work. All work shall be installed in cooperation with other Trades installing interrelated work. Before installation,This Subcontractor shall make proper provisions to avoid interferences in a manner approved by the Engineer. All changes required in the work caused by this Subcontractor's neglect, shall be made by him at his own expense,to the Engineer's satisfaction. This Subcontractor must include in his bid sufficient dollar amounts to coordinate the work of this Contract. This project may require additional time to coordinate all Trades. This requirement shall include,but not be limited to,producing the coordination drawings, as many times and as 7/5/2013 15500- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. Applicable Codes and Standards shall include all State Laws, Local Ordinances, Utility Company Regulations and the applicable requirements of the following accepted Codes and Standards, without limiting the number, as follows: 1. National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. Environmental Protection Agency(EPA) 3. Massachusetts State Building Code 4. Local Ordinances 5. Recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association(NFPA in general and in particular) F. In these specifications,references made to the following Industry Standards and Code Bodies are intended to indicate the accepted volume or publication of the Standard. All equipment,materials and details of installation shall comply with the requirements and latest revisions of the following Bodies, as applicable: 1. ANSI American National Standards Institute 2. ASHRAE American Society of Heating,Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers 3. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 4. ASTM American Society of Testing Materials 5. AWS American Welding Society 6. CS Commercial Standards,U.S. Department of Commerce 7. FM Factory Mutual ooft% 8. NFPA National Fire Protection Association 9. CGA Compressed Gas Association 10. FS Federal Specification,U.S. Government 11. HI Hydraulics Institute 12. MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry 13. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 14. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act 15. UL Underwriters'Laboratories, Inc. 16. IMC 2009 International Mechanical Code G. This Subcontractor for the work shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits,pay all governmental taxes, fees and other costs in connection with his work. This Subcontractor shall obtain and pay for all required Certificates of Inspection for his work and deliver same to the Engineer before request for acceptance of his portion of work is made and before final payment. 1.06 GUARANTEE A. Unless otherwise noted, all materials, items of equipment and workmanship furnished under this Section shall carry the standard warranty against all defects in material and workmanship for a period of not less than one(1)year from the date of substantial completion of the entire project as determined by Owner. Any fault due to defective or improper material or workmanship which may develop within that period, shall be made good, forthwith, by and at the expense of this SECTION 15500 Subcontractor, including all other damage done to areas, materials and other systems resulting from this failure. 7/5/2013 15500 -4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition terms "necessary", "reasonable", "proper", "correct" and similar words shall mean necessary,reasonable,proper or correct in the judgment of the Engineer. H. "Piping" includes in addition to pipe or mains,all fittings, flanges, unions, valves, strainers, drains,hangers and other accessories relative to such piping. L "HVAC"includes all HVAC equipment, ductwork,fittings,dampers and appurtenances required for a complete and operational system as described on the drawings and in these specifications. J. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts,hung ceilings, embedded in construction or in crawl spaces. K. "Exposed" means not installed underground or"concealed" as defined above. L. "Invert Elevation" means the elevation of the inside bottom of the pipe. M. "This Subcontractor" refers to the Contractor or his Subcontractors responsible for furnishing and installation of all work indicated on the HVAC drawings and in the HVAC specifications. N. "Owner" or shall refer to(PVTA.) O. "Other Work Contractor" (OWC), "General Contractor" refers to the Contractor or Subcontractors performing work under other Sections of the Contract Specifications as provided in other Sections of the specifications. P. "Architect" shall refer to the Architect "Weston & Sampson"and/or the Engineer"Robert W. Sullivan Engineers, Inc. (RWS)". 1.05 CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES A. All materials and workmanship shall comply with all applicable State Codes, Specifications,Local and.State Ordinances,Industry Standards and Utility Company Regulations,latest editions, B. In case of difference between State Building Codes, State Laws, Local Ordinances, Industry Standards,Utility Company Regulations and the Contract Documents,This Subcontractor shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing of any such difference. C. In case of conflict between the Contract Documents and the requirements of any Code, Authorities having jurisdiction,the most stringent requirements of the aforementioned shall be included in the bid and assume that will be provided unless otherwise directed by the Architect after award of Contract. D. Should this Subcontractor perform any work that does not comply with the requirements of the applicable Building Codes, State Laws, Local Ordinances,Industry Standards and Utility Company Regulations,he shall bear all costs arising in correcting the deficiencies, as approved by the Engineer. 7/5/2013 15500- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. All of the Contract Documents,part A—Bidding Requirements and Contract Forms and Conditions, Part B—Supplemental Specifications, All Divisions of the Specifications; and all Drawings apply to work of this Section. B. Carefully examine all Contract Documents for requirements which affect work of this Section; exact scope of work of this Section cannot be determined without thorough review of all Specification Sections and all other Contract Documents. C. Refer to latest version Division Standards. 1.03 PROVISIONS INCLUDED A. Include Division 0 and applicable parts of Divisionl for conditions and requirements, which may affect the work of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the specifications for requirements, which affect work under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with that of all other Trades affecting, or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such Trades to ensure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Words in the singular shall also mean and include the plural, wherever the context so indicates and words in the plural shall mean the singular,wherever the context so indicates. B. Wherever the terms "shown on drawings" OR "indicated" are used in the specifications, they shall mean "noted", "indicated", "scheduled", "detailed", or any other diagrammatic or written reference made in the specifications or shown on any drawings. C. Wherever the term "provide" is used in the specifications it will mean "furnish" and "install", "connect", "apply", "erect", "construct", or similar terms, unless otherwise indicated in the specifications. D. Wherever the term "material" is used in the specifications it will mean any "product", "equipment", "device", "assembly", or "item" required under the Contract, as indicated by trade or brand name,manufacturer's name, standard specification reference or other description. E. The terms "approved", or "approval" shall mean the written approval of the Architect/Engineer. F. The term "specification" shall mean all information contained in the bound or unbound volume, including all "Contract Documents" defined therein, except for the drawings. G. The terms "directed", "required", "permitted", "ordered", "designated", "prescribed" and similar words shall mean the direction,requirement,permission, order, designation or prescription of the Engineer. The terms "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" and similar words shall mean approved by,acceptable or satisfactory to the Engineer. The 7/5/2013 15500 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 15500 HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS,CONTRACT FORMS,and Contract Conditions as listed in the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. B. Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-bids and is governed by the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL),Public Bidding Law - Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended, and applicable Sections of the MGL, Public Contract Law - Chapter 30. C. The work to be completed by the Filed Subcontractor for the work of this Section is shown on the following listed Drawings: HVAC Drawings: HO-1,110-2,HO-3,HO-4,H1-0,H 1-1, H2-OA,112-011,H2-1. 1. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this Section. The listing of Contract Drawings above does not limit Filed Subcontractor's responsibility to determine full extent of work of this Section as required by all Drawings listed in the Drawing List on the Drawing Title Sheet, as modified by Addenda. D. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at a time and place as stipulated in Invitation for Bids and Instructions to Bidders. I. The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF SUB-BIDDER: SUB-BID FOR TRADE: 2. Each Sub-Bid submittal for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by Awarding Authority,as bound herein,accompanied with the required bid deposit in compliance with MGL Chapter 149 Section 44B in the amount of 5 percent of Filed Sub-Bid. E. Sub Sub-Bid Requirements: I. Insulation Contractor. 2. Sheet Metal Contractor. 3. ATC Contractor. 4. Testing& Balancing Contractor. 1.02 REFERENCES 7/5!2013 15500 - 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. This Subcontractor shall include the assembly and installation of the SECTION 15700 furnished boiler gas train venting piping. Refer to the SECTION 15700 specifications for information regarding the specified boilers and gas trains. Refer to the DIVISION 16 specifications for information regarding the specified generators and gas trains. H. Special Note: Furnish and install aluminum check valves in all gas pipes that enter rooms where compressed air is also installed or when both compressed air and gas piping connect to the same piece of equipment. This is required in all areas where gas and air are present together. 3.12 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT A. Comply with the requirements of Section 01740 — Construction Waste Management for removal,recycling or disposal of construction debris and waste. END OF SECTION 7/5/2013 15400 - 37 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. For systems which utilize central control panels, the Electrical Contractor shall connect power to the control panel. For systems which do not utilize central control panels, the Electrical Contractor shall connect power to the equipment manufacturer provided junction boxes or wiring points C. For systems which utilize central control panels, the 15400 Sub-Contractor shall connect power from the control panel to the various components within the given system. The 15400 Sub-Contractor shall retain the services of a licensed electrical contractor to perform all required work. 15400 Sub-Contractor shall verify with each system vendor all electrical and control work required for the proper installation and operation of their respective systems, which has not included in the vendor's price and include this work in his bid price. All conduit and wiring provided by The Section 15400 Sub-Contractor and his subcontractors shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Division 16 - Electrical of these specifications. 3.11 NATURAL GAS SYSTEM A. Obtain all permits incidental to the entire gas system. Furnish and install all piping, (starting at the house side of the meter), stop valves, and connections to all equipment and outlets requiring gas within the buildings. Provide valves at outlet of meter to shut off all gas to building. See drawings for number of valves required at outlet of meter. Any and all costs or backcharges associated with the new gas service shall be paid in full by the owner. B. A suitable drip or condensate pocket shall be installed at bottom of risers. C. Gas piping and safety devices shall conform to the requirements of the NFPA Standard No. 54 and shall be subject to inspection and approval of the Board of Examiners Plumbers and Gas Fitters. D. Provide a gas cock valve at each branch runout from main or riser. E. All piping shall be securely fastened, separately hung and shall not support any other weight or piping. Piping dropping in concrete block walls or buried shall be factory wrapped for corrosion protection. F. This Section 15400 Subcontractor shall include all costs associated with the installation of a new natural gas service regulators and meter in his bid. This Section 15400 Subcontractor shall make all necessary arrangements, pay all fees, and obtain all licenses and permits required, including coordinating with the General Contractor on contacting the gas company to arrange installation of the service and meter. The Gas Company shall furnish and install the gas service, meter and regulators, including excavation and backfi Il. 7/5/2013 15400- 36 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.08 EQUIPMENT AND PLUMBING CONNECTED EQUIPMENT A. Furnish and install waste and vents, traps, protected cold water, protected hot water, domestic hot and cold water piping as required including pipe stands and trim and all final connections to plumbing connected equipment furnished by others. Equipment shall include,but is not limited to HVAC and electrical. Roughing for this equipment shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Furnish and install shutoff valves at each piece of equipment. Obtain exact roughing in dimensions from manufacturers of all service locations before connecting to or roughing for equipment. C. Furnish and install backflow preventers, pressure reducing valves and vacuum breakers as required. D. Sinks and equipment connected to by the SECTION 15400 Sub-Contractor but furnished and set under another section of the Specification shall be identified on the drawings drawn `lightly' as opposed to Contractor furnished and installed fixtures indicated on the drawings by a"P"number and drawn `heavy'. 3.09 SEISMIC BRACING AND RESTRAINTS A. General Requirements 1. This Subcontractor shall provide a complete seismic restraint design for the entire mechanical system within the area of work as shown on the drawings. 2. The design shall be submitted before installation of the seismic restraints. 3. All calculations, details and other submittal materials shall be submitted and signed by a structural or civil engineer registered in the State of Massachusetts and qualified to perform seismic design calculations. 4. A seismic design liability insurance certificate must accompany all submittals. B. Code and Standards Requirements 1. Massachusetts State Building Code - CMR 780 2. NFPA 13 3. NFPA 14 4. All local and state codes. 3.10 ELECTRICAL COORDINATION A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide the power wiring (208V/120V) to all equipment provided under the plumbing Sections of the specifications. 7/5/2013 15400 - 35 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.06 OPERATION AND START-UP .. A. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to place the systems into operation and then start and operate all systems to demonstrate the fitness of the installation. B. Prior to start-up, this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall check all equipment for rotation, check belts for tightness, provide lubrication, clean all equipment, perform pressure tests and make all other adjustments necessary to start-up. 3.07 COORDINATION A. The structure and its appurtenances, clearances and the related services, such as plumbing, heating, ventilation and electrical, have been planned to be adequate and suitable for the installation of equipment specified under this Section. The Owner will not assume any increase in cost caused by differing requirements peculiar to a particular make or type of equipment and any such incidental cost shall be borne by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor. He shall be responsible for the proper installation and location of his required sleeves, chases, inserts, etc., and see that they are set in the forms before the concrete is poured. He shall be responsible for his work and equipment furnished and installed by him until the completion and final acceptance of this Contract and he shall replace any work which may be damaged, lost or stolen without additional cost to the Owner. ,,w*, B. Cutting and Patching - It shall be the duty of this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor to consult with and give to the General Contractor the exact location and size of all openings and full information as to cutting and patching necessary for the same. In the event this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor fails to provide sleeves, inserts, and template, or fails to notify other Contractors well in advance of his requirement, he shall be responsible for paying for all cutting and patching made necessary by his failure to do so. C. In the event there is a conflict or inadequate space for the proper installation of Plumbing equipment, this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall prepare a scaled (1/4" - F-0" min.) composite sketch, showing the building structure and all equipment and items affecting the installation, to clearly identify the areas of conflict. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall submit four(4) copies of the sketch, along with a written explanation of the problem,to the Engineer for his review and determination on what action to take to resolve the conflict. D. It shall be the duty of this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor to furnish full information to all trades relative to the work they are to do in connection with work under this Section. This includes data for wiring, including wiring diagrams, equipment foundations, pipe connections, etc.,furnished under other Sections. 7/5/2013 15400 - 34 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Obtain detailed information from the manufacturers of apparatus as to the proper method of installing and connecting same. Obtain all information from the General Contractor and the other Subcontractors which may be necessary to facilitate work and the completion of the whole project. 3.05 TESTING A. General 1. All piping systems shall be subjected to testing water or air as noted and shall hold tight at the pressure head stated for the time interval required without adding air or water. While any system is being tested,required head, or pressure shall be maintained until all joints are inspected. 2. All equipment,materials,and labor required for testing any of the various systems or any part thereof shall be furnished by this Plumbing Subcontractor. B. Interior Sanitary and Vent,Conductor: 1. Water test shall be applied to these drainage systems, either in their entirety or in sections as required, after rough piping has been installed. If applied to the entire system, all openings in the piping system shall be tightly closed,except the highest opening and the system filled with water to point of overflow. If the system is tested in sections, each opening shall be tightly closed, except the highest opening in the section under test, and each section shall be filled with water,but no section shall be tested with less than a 10 foot head of water. In testing successive sections, at least the upper 10 feet of the next preceding section shall be tested so that no joint of piping in the building(except the uppermost 10 feet of the system) shall be submitted to a test of less than a 10 foot head of water. The water shall be kept in the system for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts;the system shall then be made tight at all points. 2. Any points of the drainage system to be tested with air instead of water shall be made by attaching an air compressor testing apparatus to any suitable opening and after closing all other inlets or outlets, forcing air into the system until there is a uniform gage pressure of 5 psi or sufficient to balance a column of mercury 10 inches high. This pressure shall be held without the introduction of additional air for a period of at least 15 minutes. C. Interior Water Piping Systems: Upon completion of the entire water supply system or a section of the entire water supply system or a section of it as required, it shall be tested and proved tight under water pressure of 150 psi. Gage should be located on the lowest floor and pressure shall hold for a period of one hour without introducing additional water. The water used for testing shall be from a potable source of supply. D. Natural Gas Piping: 6"column of mercury for one hour. 7/5/2013 15400 - 33 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Type Zurn Size No. Pipe Size A 100 3/4 inch B 200 1 inch C 300 1 inch J. All connections to tanks and equipment shall be made with unions. Insulated piping systems shall be installed to provide proper space for insulation. K. All shock absorbers shall be installed in accessible locations or access panels shall be provided for maintenance. 3.03 DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEM A. The entire water piping system shall be disinfected with a solution containing not less than 50 parts per million of available chlorine. The chlorinating material shall be either liquid chlorine or sodium hypochlorite solution, shall be introduced into the system and drawn to all points in the system. The disinfection solution shall be allowed to remain in the system for a period of eight hours, during which period all valves and faucets shall be opened and closed several times. After disinfection, the solution shall be flushed from the system with clear water until the residual chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 parts per million. B. This work to be supervised or done by an approved chemical testing laboratory and results sent to Engineer or his representative for verification. C. Prior to beginning this process take samples of the water from the undisturbed part of the building, or the municipal main,to determine background condition. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP A. The entire work provided in this Specification shall be constructed and finished in every respect in a workmanlike and substantial manner. It is not intended that the Drawings shall show every pipe, fitting, and appliance, but the Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish and install all such parts as may be necessary to complete the systems in accordance with the best trade practice and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. Keep other Subcontractors fully informed as to the shape, size, and position of all openings required for apparatus and give full information to the General Contractor and other Subcontractors sufficiently in advance of the work so that all openings may be built in advance. Furnish and install all sleeves, supports, etc., hereinafter specified or required. C. In the case of failure on part of Plumbing Subcontractor to give proper and timely information as noted above,he shall do his own cutting and patching or have same done by the General Contractor, but in any case, without extra expense to the Owner. 7/5/2013 15400 -32 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Ow Offsets in vent pipe shall be made with 45° fittings wherever possible. Horizontal vent lines shall pitch toward a waste line. G. Threaded joints shall have American National taper screw thread with graphite and oil compound applied to the male threads. H. Piping to be run straight and plumb and all offsets shall be made at an angle of not less than 45°and all threaded joints shall be as specified above. I. Carefully lay out the work in advance so that the pipes will pass through the opening and permit the proper pitch to the pipe line. Due to the extensive system of ventilation and lighting, it will be necessary for all trades to carefully coordinate their work with those of other trades, so as to avoid the necessity of taking down work installed without prior checking. 3.02 WATER PIPING A. Pipe used in piping assembly must be clean of dirt and obstructions and shall have ends square and reamed before putting into the fittings. B. Cut the tube to required length with a hacksaw or tube cutter designed for copper work. C. Remove burrs from the inside and outside of the cut edge and clean the end of the tube with steel wool or sand cloth until all discoloration is removed and metal is smooth and bright. D. Oxides will be removed by mechanical means. (Sand cloth, steel wool,brush,etc.). E. Removal of oxides or discoloration of pipe and fittings by acids or self-cleaning flux is forbidden. F. Apply a thin, uniform, and complete coating of reliable brand of soldering flux (equal to Nokorode or Crest)to the cleaned surfaces of the tube and fittings. G. When joint is soldered, remove excess solder with a cloth or brush leaving a fillet of solder in the chamfer at the end of the fitting. H. All piping must be true and plumb and with proper pitch for drawing after soldering. I. All lines of water piping shall be protected from water hammer by shock absorbers. Shock absorbers (or shocks) shall be as manufactured by Josam Mfg. Company, J.R. Smith, or Zurn Manufacturing Company or approved equal, shall conform to the Plumbing and Drainage Institute published requirements and installed in accordance with the following schedule: 7/5/2013 15400 - 31 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION A. Pipes shall be plumb and parallel to building walls, beams, and columns. All horizontal lines are to be evenly pitched and properly secured with iron or steel hangers. A pitch of 1/4" per lineal foot shall be maintained on all soil, waste, and conductor lines, wherever possible. Where long runs of piping require less pitch, due to space restrictions, a less pitch shall be allowed on main lines four inches and over in size, but in no event should any pipe line have a slope less than 1/8"per lineal foot. B. No-hub cast iron soil pipe couplings shall be installed as follows: 1. Place gasket on the end of one pipe and the stainless steel clamp assembly on the end of the other pipe. 2. Firmly seat the pipe ends against the integrally molded shoulder inside the neoprene gasket. 3. Slide the clamp assembly into position over the gasket and tighten the bands using a properly calibrated torque wrench, set at 60 inch pounds. Tighten the 4 bands alternately and firmly, first the inner bands,then the outer bands. C. Service weight cast iron piping below ground shall be installed as follows: 1. Piping laid in trenches shall be continuously supported on undisturbed or compacted earth. Hand excavate at the bell to allow barrel to bear loading,not the bell. 2. Lay pipe to a straight line and uniform grade between point where changes in grade or alignment occur. Check line and grade frequently. Keep a stopper in the pipe end when pipe laying is not in progress. Commence at lowest point in the system and work upward. D. Excavation and backfill are specified under SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK, but it shall be the Plumbing Subcontractor's responsibility to insure that the backfill shall be carefully packed around the piping as it is being laid, and that the backfill operation is carried in 6" tamper layers to a point at least 12" above the piping. E. All soil and waste pipes shall be carried out full size through the roof or connected to a common vent above the fixture and as shown on the drawings. F. The main stacks of back ventilation shall run parallel and as close as possible to the soil pipe stacks and shall connect to the vent continuation of the soil stack at least three feet above the rim of the highest plumbing fixture on the stack, vent stacks shall also be dripped into the bottom of the soil stack through a Y and 1/8 bend on an upright Y fitting. 10%11, 7/5/2013 15400 - 30 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition erected,maintained in a safe condition,and dismantled when no longer required, by this Filed Subcontract requiring such scaffolding. 2. Each Filed subcontractor is responsible to provide,maintain and remove at dismantling, all tarpaulins and similar protective measures necessary to cover scaffolding for inclement weather conditions other than those required to be provided,maintained and removed by the General Contractor pursuant to MGL (Refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and as additionally required for dust control). a. General Contractor is responsible to provide enclosures required for temporary heat from November 1 to March 31;refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. 3. Furnishing portable ladders and mobile platforms of all required heights,which may be necessary to perform the work of this trade,are the responsibility of this Filed subcontractor. 2.16 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT A. All hoisting equipment, rigging equipment, crane services and lift machinery required for the work by this Filed subcontractor shall be furnished, installed, operated and maintained in safe conditions by this Filed subcontractor, as referenced under Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. 7/5/2013 15400 -29 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 5. Equipment isolation bases. +, 6. Piping flexible connectors. 7. Seismic restraints for isolated equipment. 8. Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment. 9. Certification of seismic restraint designs. C. Submit ten (10) copies of descriptive data for all products and materials, including the following: 1. Catalog cuts and data sheets for the specific isolators,restraints and all other items to be utilized. 2. Details of methods of sleeving,plumbing, smokeproofing and isolation for pipes penetrating walls and slabs. 3. Specific details of seismic restraints and anchors, including number, size and locations for each piece of equipment. 4. Calculations to support seismic restraint designs. 5. All calculations, details and other submittal materials shall be sealed and signed by a structural or civil engineer registered in the state and qualified to perform seismic design calculations. 100%1. 6. A seismic design liability insurance certificate that must accompany all submittals. D. Code and standards requirements shall include,but not be limited to: 1. Applicable BOCA-NBC with any additional State or Local requirements. 2. NFPA 13, 14, 20, and 24 and other applicable NFPA standards. 3. All State and Local codes. E. Manufacturers working in this section must provide a seismic design liability insurance certificate and certify their ability to provide engineering and design as required by this section. This certificate shall be submitted to the Architect for review prior to any submittals. 2.15 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING A. General: Filed subcontractors shall obtain required permits for, and provide scaffolds, staging, and other similar raised platforms, required to access their Work as specified in Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and herein. 1. Scaffolding and staging required for use by this Filed subcontractor pursuant to requirements of Section 01519- TEMPORARY FACILITIES shall be furnished, 7/5/2013 15400 -28 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. Grade Cleanouts 1. Zurn A-1460-15 or equal. H. Shoktrols 1. Z1700 Series - Stainless steel shoktrols shall be installed on water supply lines to plumbing fixtures to control water hammer. They shall be sized and selected in accordance with PDI Standard WH2O1 with access through approved access panels. 2.13 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT A. All fixtures and equipment shall be supported and fastened in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Where wall hung fixtures are secured to masonry walls or partitions,they shall be fastened with 1/4" through bolts provided with nuts and washer at back. Bolt heads and nuts shall be hexagonal and exposed bolts, nuts, screws, and washers shall be chromium plated brass. B. Where secured to concrete or brick walls, they shall be fastened with brass bolts or machine screws in lead sleeve type expansion shields and shall extend at least three inches into solid concrete or brickwork. C. Fixtures are specified on contract drawings. 2.14 SEISMIC BRACING A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall provide all necessary design and materials for seismic restraint and protection of piping and devices against damage where subject to earthquakes as required for the entire plumbing system within the building. All isolation and seismic devices shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with this section of the specifications. Provide isolation materials and seismic restraints complete and as manufactured by Mason Industries, Tolco or approved equal. B. The work under this section shall include the design, furnishing and installation of all restraint devices and systems as may be required for the plumbing system including, but not necessarily limited to,the following: 1. All plumbing equipment and devices such as pumps, air compressors,tanks,etc. 2. All plumbing system piping as required. 3. Piping penetrations through floors and walls. 4. Sleeves with clearances around the outside,as recommended. 7/5/2013 15400 - 27 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.11 VENTS THROUGH THE ROOF A. All pipes extending through the roof for the sanitary system shall be the same material as the piping system. Vents shall be of size indicated on the Drawings and extend at least 18 inches above the roof, which will be flashed by the Roofing Contractor, for the respective roofing systems. 2.12 DRAINAGE SPECIALTIES A. Before setting any drains, carriers, cleanouts or wall plates, obtain from the General Contractor, the exact information relative to the finished grades of the top of the drains and partition locations. All drainage specialties shall be of the size noted on the drawings and shall be equal to the figure numbers scheduled below. Figure numbers are Zurn Manufacturing Co. Drainage specialties may be Zurn, Josam, JR Smith Company or approved equal. B. Off the floor water closets shall be supported on Zurn adjustable closet fittings Z1203 or Z1204 series as required with Z1210-455 Cast aluminum true wall finishing frame. C. Where no-hub closet carriers are used, the drainage fitting shall be secured to the floor slab utilizing the down lugs and stabilizer assembly. D. Lavatory Carriers 1. Lavatories with backs - shall be supported on Z1231 concealed arm system with block base foot supports. 2. Lavatories slab type - shall be supported on Z1231 concealed arm system with chrome plated threaded escutcheons and block base foot supports. 3. NOTE: All carrier foot supports shall be lagged to the floor slab. E. Floor Cleanouts 1. Floor cleanouts shall consist of dura-coated cast iron body, inside caulk outlet, tapered threaded plug, adjustable nickel bronze top,Zurn or approved equal. For concrete floor- ZN 1400 - inside caulk For carpeted areas-ZN 1400-CMI - inside caulk For heavy traffic unfinished areas Z1400-HD- inside caulk with cast iron top. F. Wall Cleanouts 1. ZN 1445-1 cast iron supreme cleanout tee with tapered threaded plug, round stainless steel access cover with securing screw. 7/5/2013 15400-26 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. All cleanout access covers shall be manufactured by J.R. Smith, Zurn or Josam or approved equal. 2.08 UNIONS AND NIPPLES A. Union connections installed on brass pipe two inches (2") in diameter and smaller shall be brass composition "E" in strict accordance with Federal Specification WW-U-516. B. Piping shall be installed with unions properly spaced to permit alterations and repairs. C. All connections between copper tubing and galvanized tanks or piping shall be made with dielectric unions. D. All close and shoulder nipples shall be of corresponding materials as the pipe and shall be extra heavy design. 2.09 SHOCK ABSORBERS A. Furnish and install, where shown on the Drawings or as required by Code, shock absorbers properly sized and in accordance with Plumbing and Drainage "Standard P.D.I. WH201". These units shall be equal to the Smith "Hydrotrols"type unit. B. Shock absorbers shall be located at all quick-closing fixtures including shower valves. C. All shock absorbers must be located behind access panels or in readily accessible areas. D. Installation of shock absorbers shall conform to manufacturer's recommendations. 2.10 VACUUM BREAKERS AND PRESSURE GAUGES A. Approved vacuum breakers shall be installed with any plumbing fixture or equipment in which the potable supply outlet may be submerged and which cannot be protected by the minimum air gap. This includes all fixtures with hoses or a means for attaching hoses. B. All vacuum breakers shall be certified by a recognized testing laboratory acceptable to the Town of Northampton. C. Vacuum breakers shall be installed with the critical level at least six inches (6") above the fixture they serve and on the discharge side of any control valve. D. Pressure gauges shall be brass or stainless steel case, and shall be four inches (4") in diameter with a range of 0 to 150 psi, as manufactured by U.S. Gauge. Furnish gauge cocks on all gauge connections to permit removal and/or repair without shutting down systems. All gauges shall also be equipped with "snubbers" or shall be liquid filled. low 7/5/2013 15400 -25 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Exposed: Same as concealed, except all insulation shall have factory applied pre-sized glass cloth jacket, or all service jacket. E. Application 1. General: a. All insulation shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall be applied by a qualified insulation contractor. b. Coverings shall not be applied on any apparatus or piping until the apparatus and piping have been thoroughly cleaned, tested, and accepted as tight. 2. Water and Conductor Piping: Pipe insulation shall be installed with vapor barrier jackets drawn tight and firmly sealed to assure a positive vapor seal. End joints shall be covered with 4 inch wide butt strips of material identical to vapor barrier jackets, and they shall be drawn tight and securely sealed. The use of staples, bands, etc.,to secure insulation will not be accepted. 3. Fittings and Valves: a. Cement or molded insulation on fittings and valve bodies shall be same thickness as adjacent covering and finish neatly to match the adjacent pipe insulation. 2.07 CLEANOUTS A. Cleanouts shall be installed where indicated on the Drawings and/or where required in soil, waste and storm pipes. Cleanouts shall be installed at the base of all risers and at each change of direction. In the storm system, install cleanouts same as for soil or waste piping or dandy cleanouts before going below grade. B. Cleanout plugs shall be heavy cast brass of the screwed type, full size up to and including four inches(4"). C. Cleanouts shall be same size as pipe for piping up to four inches (4") in size and not less than four(4") inches for piping of larger size. D. Access cover for cleanouts in carpeted areas shall have recessed top with carpet marker; the floor type shall have recessed top to receive tile. E. Access to cleanouts in walls shall be provided by an access panel. 7/5/2013 15400 -24 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. All domestic,hot water supply piping. 3. All horizontal & vertical roof drainage conductor piping, including roof drain bodies and connections to roof boxes;vertical where so specified. 4. All insulation of trim under handicapped accessible lavatories and sinks. B. Materials: The following materials are specified: I. Water piping insulation - fiberglass. 2. Conductor and waste piping insulation - fiberglass. 3. Fittings and Valve Insulation: a. Hydraulic setting combination insulating and finishing cement. b. Molded or fabricated fitting covers of equal thickness and identical in composition to adjacent pipe insulation. 4. All materials, including vapor barrier jacket, glass cloth jackets, adhesives, etc., shall be fire retardant. 5. See Plumbing Fixture specifications for insulation materials required on trim at accessible lavatories and sinks. C. Insulation Thickness: The piping, fittings, and valves shall be insulated with the following minimum thicknesses: 1. Domestic,hot piping shall be 1" thickness. 2. Cold water piping shall be ''/2" thick. 3. Horizontal rain water conductors and waste piping, including underside of drain bodies and vertical drops from drains to offset and elbow at the end of the horizontal run, l" thick with vapor barrier. Concealed conductor piping, including drains (roof boxes) may be insulated with two layers of vapor barrier blanket, 1" thick, minimum one pound density. Vertical rain water conductor piping shall also be insulated. D. Finish: 1. Concealed: Vapor barrier jacket on all water piping, except where flexible tubing insulation is used which requires no vapor barrier. Pre-sized glass cloth jacket may be used on hot water piping. Fittings shall be finished with pre-sized glass cloth jacket,PVC coverings, or fire retardant cloth. 7/5/2013 15400- 23 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. Panels located in plaster surfaces shall be PS-530. G. Access panels located in fire rated walls and ceilings shall bear the UL label insuring fire rated construction equal to surface in which it is installed. H. Access panels Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 2.05 PIPE SLEEVES A. General 1. All pipe sleeves shall be furnished and set by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor. Their location and setting shall be carefully coordinated with the requirements or limitations of the structural member they are passing through. Any conflict arising shall be solved by utilizing the best trade practices. B. Sleeves and plates shall be black steel, Schedule 40, in accordance with ASTM Specifications A-120. C. They shall be provided at all points where pipes pass through concrete or masonry. They shall be sized so as to provide for piping covering and for lateral expansion. D. The ends shall be flush with the surfaces, except in floors where it is possible for water to accumulate, such as toilets,janitor's closets, etc., in which cases, they shall terminate 1" above the finish floor. E. Where pipes pass through partitions, ceilings, and furring (plaster wallboard and glazed tile), furnish and install No. 24 gauge galvanized iron sleeves, over which furnish and install cast metal floor plates of the escutcheon type, designed to cover the sleeves and to remain in permanent position. F. Space between all pipes and sleeves shall be packed with graphite packing, and sealed at the ends with Fire-Rated sealant. G. Furnish labor to set and fasten all sleeves before the floors and walls are finally constructed. H. Provide chromium-plated escutcheon plates at all exposed locations in finished rooms where pipes pass through walls, floors and ceilings. 2.06 INSULATION A. All piping and equipment installed under this Contract shall be covered as follows: 1. All domestic and non-domestic cold water piping. 7/5/2013 15400 -22 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition degrees of arc (lower quadrants) on the covering at all hangers on insulated piping systems. N. Remove rust from all ferrous hanger equipment immediately after erection and apply one coat of rust-inhibiting paint. O. Piping at all equipment and control valves shall be supported to prevent strains or distortions in the connected equipment and control valves. Piping shall be supported to allow for removal of equipment, valves and accessories with a minimum of dismantling and without requiring additional support after these items are removed. P. All factory fabricated channels with related accessories for piping supports shall be Unistrut Corporation or approved equal. Channels and fittings shall be constructed of bonderized steel, coated with a corrosion-resistant primer and oven baked. All other related accessories (nuts, bolts, rollers, washers, couplers, springs, etc.) shall be electro- galvanized finished. Q. All piping installed under this Section of the Specifications shall be independently supported from the building structure and not from piping, ductwork or conduit of other trades. All supplementary steel, including factory fabricated channels required to meet the requirements specified herein, shall be furnished and installed by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor. R. All underground piping shall be hung from the slab on grade. 2.04 ACCESS PANELS A. Furnish access panels, for installation by the General Contractor or respective Subcontractor, in walls and ceilings at locations indicated on Drawings or as required to permit access for adjustment, removal and replacement of all equipment, such as valves, traps, vacuum breakers, and all other items requiring maintenance and adjustment. B. All access panels shall be located in closets, storage rooms and/or other non-public areas, in a workmanlike manner, positioned so that the junction can be easily reached, and the size shall be sufficient for this purpose (minimum 16" x 16"). When access panels are required in corridors, lobbies, or other habitable areas,they shall be located as directed by the Architect. C. Access panels shall be of steel construction, factory primed with concealed hinge and `Torx' lock. Panels shall be Zurn "Acudoor",Milcor, Continental or approved equal. D. Panels located in drywall surfaces shall be equipped with drywall bead and be fully recessed. OF-5000. E. Panels located in masonry or tile surfaces shall be universal flush access door. OF-5000. 7/5/2013 15400 -21 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. If Codes having jurisdiction require closer spacing, the hanger spacing shall be as required by Code in lieu of the foregoing. Provide hangers at all changes in direction and on both sides of concentrated loads(valves, strainers, regulators, etc.). D. Hangers shall be adjustable clevis hangers. Hanger rods shall have machine threads. Double nut all hangers. E. Hangers shall be Grinnell Company, Carpenter and Paterson, Fee and Mason or approved equal. F. Wire and strap hangers will not be permitted in this installation. G. Friction clamps shall be installed at the base of all plumbing risers and at each floor. H. Where three or more pipes are running parallel, gang type hangers may be used in lieu of the aforementioned clevis hangers. These hangers shall be sized to provide the insulation protectors as hereinafter specified. Separable saddles shall be used for each pipe on gang hangers. Where saddle slips are installed for uninsulated copper piping, they shall be constructed of 16 gauge (minimum) copper. 1. Field painting or spraying of hangers, rods and nuts in lieu of copper plating will not be acceptable. J. All vertical lines, drops and runouts, including insulated pipes shall be supported by split- ring extension type hangers or equal. These hangers shall be copper-plated when used on uncovered copper tubing. Supports on insulated piping shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of the pipe insulation. Hangers shall be placed in the horizontal line near the riser and at every ten foot(10')interval or at each floor slab. K. All horizontal piping shall be suspended from the building by mild galvanized steel rod connecting the pipe hanger to inserts, beam clamps, angle brackets and lag screws, as required by the building construction, in accordance with the following: PIPE SIZE(inches) ROD DIAMETER(inches) 3/4 - 2 3/8 2'/2 - 3V2 '/2 4 - 6 3/4 8 1 L. Hanger rods for other installations shall be sized in accordance with recommended load capacities of Specification ASTM-A-107. M. All hangers on insulated lines shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of the pipe insulation. Provide pipe covering protection saddles at all hangers on insulated lines of .1"NK sheet metal 18 gauge and twelve inches (12"), minimum length, and shall cover 180 7/5/2013 15400-20 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Ball Valves - 3" and smaller- Apollo 70-100 Gate Valves -larger than 3" - Stockham G-612 Globe Valves - 2" and smaller- Stockham B-16 Check Valves - 3" and smaller- Stockham B-319 Check Valves - 4" and larger - Stockham B-342 3. All fixture supplies and supplies to equipment not already furnished as such shall have angle or straight compression stops, unless otherwise specified. 4. Drain valves shall be installed to drain the water from all sections of the hot, cold and recirculating piping. Furnish and install '/2 inch all-brass plug cocks with hose connections on each drain. C. Unions: All unions shall be suitable for working pressure of not less than 125 pounds steam working pressure and shall be of size and material of adjacent piping. D. Flanges: All flanges shall be companion type, faced, and drilled for not less than 125 pounds steam working pressure, complete with necessary adapter, and shall be size and material of adjacent piping. E. Natural Gas Valves 1. Natural gas shutoff valves 2" and smaller shall be Eclipse bronze ball valve, 150 psig maximum working pressure. Over 2" size natural gas shutoff valves shall be Eclipse lubricated plug cocks, 175 prig maximum working pressure. Check valves on natural gas piping shall be Jamesbury disc type check valves, brass body, screwed ends, aluminum soft seated disc. 2.03 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND CHANNELS A. All piping shall be rigidly supported from the building structure by means of approved hangers and supports. Pipes shall be supported so as to maintain the required grading and pitching of lines,to prevent vibration and to secure piping in place;they shall be arranged so as to provide for proper expansion and contraction of pipe. B. Spacing of hangers for horizontal piping shall be in accordance with the following: 1. Cast iron soil pipe - 5'-0" at the ends for 5' lengths, and for 10' lengths use 1 hanger at the ends and 1 at midpoint of the length. 2. Copper tubing- 8'-0" o.c. 3. Threaded steel pipe- 8'-0" o.c. 7/5/2013 15400 - 19 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition approved equal, with lead-free solder joints, seamless cast bronze or wrought copper fittings. 2. Piping for connections between valves and equipment shall be chrome-plated seamless red brass pipe, iron pipe size, containing not less than 85% copper and threaded brass fittings, with flat bands, as manufactured by Crane Company, Walworth, Grinnell,Milwaukee or approved equal. 3. Piping located below grade shall be soft rolled Type `K' copper, silver soldered. Piping shall be a continuous length of pipe with no couplings located below grade. C. Natural Gas Piping and Fittings 1. Gas Piping above floor slabs, including piping for boiler trains, water heater trains and gas sleeve vents, and above ground outside the building, shall be black steel pipe Schedule 40 with black malleable threaded 150 lb. fittings conforming to ANSI-1316.3. Use for gas piping within building, except welded fittings shall be used where required by Code. 2. Gas piping buried under ground floor slabs shall be Wardflex or Code approved equal, as a complete manufacturer recommended system, installed in vented pvc sleeves. 2.02 VALVES, FLANGES AND UNIONS A. General 1. Furnish and install valves, where indicated on Drawings or specified, so located that they may be operated, repaired or replaced with a minimum effort and repacked under pressure. 2. The basic system of valves (i.e.,gate, globe, check for water service) shall be one manufacturer. 3. Valves shall be Apollo, Stockham,Jenkins, Crane or Walworth. B. Water System Valves l. Shut-off valves shall be furnished and installed on connections to each group of fixtures, fixtures fed separately from mains and where shown on the Drawings. All valves shall be of 300 C.W.P. design. 2. The following list of valves is intended only as a guide for type and quality to , this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor: 7/5/2013 15400 - 18 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Soil, Waste,Vent,Kitchen Waste and Conductor Piping and Fittings 1. Piping materials for sanitary and conductor systems inside the building above the floor slab including soil, waste, vent and conductor piping, unless otherwise noted, shall be standard weight, coated, hubless cast iron equal to "no-hub" system. Hubless cast iron soil pipe -No-hub pipe with Husky SD-4000 soil pipe coupling manufactured by Anehiem Foundry. Sealing gasket shall be neoprene in accordance with ASTM-0564. The pipe shall be cast in one piece and with gasket positioning lugs. The pipe shall be legibly marked on the barrel with the manufacturer's name and/or trademark. Couplings shall be 4 bolt up to 4" pipe, 6 bolt on larger sizes. 2. All cast iron soil pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of CISPI Standard 301, ASTM A 888 or ASTM A 74 for all pipe and fittings. Pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute or receive prior approval of the engineer. Latest issue of each standard shall apply. 3. Piping material for sanitary and conductor systems below the floor slab shall be service weight cast iron soil pipe with hub joints, coated with tar or asphaltum. Joints to be made with resilient gaskets. ADHESIVE TYPE LUBRICANT SHALL BE USED WITH THE RESILIENT GASKETS ON PIPES 5" AND LARGER. 4. Vent piping two inches (2") and smaller may be standard weight galvanized steel or wrought iron with screwed fittings. Waste pipe above ground, except for urinals; two inches (2") and smaller, may be Type "L" copper tubing with solder joint sweat drainage fittings, Schedule 40 galvanized steel or wrought iron pipe. 5. Indirect waste piping shall be Type "L" copper tubing with solder joint sweat drainage fittings. 6. Urinal branch and fixture wastes shall be of extra heavy cast iron soil pipe and fittings with caulked joints or threaded cast iron pipe with cast iron drainage fittings. B. Cold Water,Hot Water Piping and Fittings(Domestic and Non-Domestic). 1. All water piping shall be Type "L" hard-drawn copper tubing, as manufactured by Bridgeport Brass, American Brass, Revere Copper and Brass Company or 7/5/2013 15400 - 17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.38 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate work of this Filed Subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. B. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals, required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed Subcontract, have been received and approved by the Engineer. C. Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. 7/5/2013 15400- 16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. The snap-on markers shall be installed on the apparatus in full view and shall be a color that is in sharp contrast with the background. C. Before the snap-on labels are applied, the apparatus shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted, if specified. D. Letters shall not be less than 1-1/2" in height. Arrows shall not be less than 9" long. Identification shall be installed on pipes above hung ceiling and furred spaces. E. All systems shall be identified at intervals of approximately 20' change of direction and on both sides of wall where pipes pass through walls. F. Piping systems shall be identified with approved snap-on covers designating services and direction of flow. Location of identification covers shall be near access panels wherever possible and on both sides of valves. The markers shall be as manufactured by WH Brady Co., Westline Products, Seton Name Plate Co., or approved equal. G. Emergency generator gas supply piping, from regulator outlet to generator shall be labeled in accordance with 248 CMR 6.26A. 1.36 CEILING MARKER SYSTEM A. At all valves located above ceilings of any type, ceilings shall be marked with tacks firmly attached to the ceiling surface. Tacks shall be part of a complete system, Brady Co. Valve Finder Ceiling Tacks or approved equal product from Westline Products or Seton Name Plate Co. 1.37 CLEANOUT &ACCESS PANEL LAYOUT DRAWINGS A. Prepare and submit to Engineer, before finalizing coordination drawings, cleanout and access panel layout drawings for approval. B. These cleanout and access panel layout drawings shall utilize the architectural reflected ceiling plans as base plans for all panels and cleanouts located above ceilings and shall indicate intended locations and types of all cleanouts and access panels to be used on the project. These drawings shall also show all lighting, diffusers, grilles and other ceiling or architectural features that may have an effect upon the proper location of these cleanouts and access panels. C. Cleanout and access panel layout drawings shall also be prepared, utilizing the architectural floor plans, for any and all cleanouts and or access panels to be located in walls, floors and any other surfaces not indicated on the reflected ceiling base plans. 7/5/2013 15400 - 15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Motors, '/2 H.P. and larger shall be wound for 208 volts, three phase, 60 cycle, A.C. service. Motor power factor shall be a minimum of.85. Motors shall be the high-efficiency type. B. Unless otherwise specified, all motor starters shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor. 1.32 WIRING DIAGRAMS A. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall furnish wiring diagrams for all equipment furnished under this Section for which wiring is to be installed by the Electrical Contractor. 1.33 CROSS CONNECTIONS A. No plumbing fixtures, devices or piping shall be installed which will provide a cross or interconnection between a water distributing supply and the drainage system. 1.34 VALVE TAGS AND CHARTS A. All valves on pipes of every description shall have neat circular brass valve tags of at least 1-1/2" in diameter attached with brass hook to each valve stem. Stamp on these valve tags in letters as large as practical the number of the valve and the service, such as HW for Hot Water, CW for Cold Water, etc. The numbers of each service shall be consecutive. B. All valves on tanks and pumps shall be numbered by 3 inch red metal discs with white numbers 2 inches high secured to stems of valves by means of brass hooks or small solid link brass chain. C. These numbers shall correspond to numbers indicated for valves on the record drawings and on two printed detailed lists. These printed lists shall state the numbers and locations of each valve and the fixture or group of fixtures which it controls, and other necessary information, such as requiring the opening or closing of another valve or valves when any one valve is to be opened or closed. D. These printed lists shall be prepared in form to meet approval of the Architect and shall be framed under glass. An additional set of valve tag list framed under glass shall be made available to the facilities department records. E. Copies of charts shall be included in O&M manuals. 1.35 IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling of piping, materials and equipment, as outlined hereinafter for identification Alm* purposes, shall be performed by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor. 7/5/2013 15400 - 14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall provide on the premises and where directed by the Architect, shall maintain in good condition, and shall remove when directed, suitable and substantial watertight sheds in which he shall store all his materials and equipment. 1.28 TEMPORARY SERVICES A. All water, electricity, fire protection and sanitary facilities required for safe and efficient construction during normal working hours shall be furnished in accordance with SECTION 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. 1.29 TESTS A. Furnish all labor, materials, instruments, supplies and services and bear all cost for the accomplishment of the tests herein specified. Correct all defects appearing under test, repeat the tests until no defects are disclosed and leave the equipment clean and ready for use. B. Perform any tests, other than herein specified, which may be specified by legal authorities or by agencies to whose requirements this work is to conform. C. Dispose of test water and wastes after tests are complete, in a manner satisfactory to the Architect and in accordance with governing regulations. 1.30 EQUIPMENT ACCESS REQUIREMENTS A. All work shall be installed so that all parts requiring inspection, operation, maintenance and repair are readily accessible. Minor deviations from the Drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of magnitude shall not be made prior to written approval from the Architect. B. Furnish access panels in walls and ceilings at locations indicated on the Drawings, or as required to permit access for adjustment, removal and the replacement and servicing of all equipment, and all other items requiring maintenance and adjustments. Access panels shall be installed by the General Contractor or Subcontractor in whose work it occurs. C. Coordinate the exact location of access panels in all finished spaces with the Architect. 1.31 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Unless otherwise indicated, motors for equipment specified under this Section shall be furnished and installed by the Plumbing Contractor and shall be as follows: 1. Motors 1/3 H.P. and smaller shall be wound for 120 volts, single phase, 60 cycle A.C. service. 7/5/2013 15400 - 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Complete, specific Shop Drawings of all equipment. 2. Operation description of all Systems. 3. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of all suppliers of the equipment and Systems. 4. Guarantees on all equipment. 5. Preventive maintenance instructions for all Systems. 6. Spare parts list of all System components. 7. Valve tag charts. C. Each manual shall be typewritten and bound under a separate hard cover 3-ring binder and will be reviewed by the Architect. The manuals shall be clearly and permanently identified on the cover with the name of the project. D. Upon completion of the instructions, this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall obtain a letter of acceptance of the instructions as being complete from the Owner. Submit a copy of said letter to the Architect. 1.25 CLEANING OF SYSTEMS A. Before the Plumbing Systems are accepted, all equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all dust, dirt and/or other foreign matter which may be detrimental to the operation of the Systems or to building finishes. B. After the installation is complete, equipment with factory finished surfaces shall be cleaned and damaged or scratched spots shall be touched up with the same type and color paint as applied at the factory. C. All equipment that is to receive finish paint by the Painting Contractor, shall be cleaned by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor and left ready to have surfaces prepared to receive paint. 1.26 RUBBISH REMOVAL A. At the completion of the work, or when ordered by the General Contractor or the Architect, this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall remove from the property, all the rubbish or waste material belonging to him. Keep the job site free from accumulation of waste material and rubbish; premises must be maintained in a clean condition. 1.27 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 7/5/2013 15400- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. If apparatus or materials are substituted by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor for those specified, and such substitution necessitates changes in any mechanical or electrical equipment, or alteration to connections, piping, supports, or construction, same shall be provided. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor is to assume the cost and entire responsibility thereof. The Engineer's permission to make such a substitution shall not relieve this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor from full responsibility for the work. E. Changes to work already performed, made necessary by delays in Shop Drawing approvals, are the responsibility of this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor. 1.22 LOCATION OF FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT A. The Architect will establish the exact location of all fixtures, equipment, and devices to be located in finished spaces of the building. Such precise locations are, for the most part, indicated on the Architectural Plans of the various spaces, and it shall be the responsibility of this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor to obtain instructions from the Architect for the location of any items whose location is not specifically given on the Architectural Drawings. Any work installed contrary to the Architectural Drawings, or without the prior approval of the Architect, shall be relocated and any necessary changing or patching of the surrounding work shall be done at the expense of this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor. 1.23 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings in accordance with SECTION 01110 - SUMMARY OF WORK and SECTION 01780 -PROJECT CLOSEOUT. B. This Contractor shall maintain at the job site at all times a complete and separate set of blackline prints of the plumbing drawings of this trade, on which he shall mark clearly, neatly, accurately and promptly as the work progresses changes to be made, whether resulting from formal change orders or other instructions issued by the Engineer. Include changes in sizes, and grade all pipes,valves,junctions, connections and ends. 1.24 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide operating instructions to the Owner's designated representative, with respect to operating and maintenance procedures, for all equipment and systems installed. The cost of such instruction,up to a full sixteen (16) hours, shall be included in the Contract price. This and all instruction sessions shall be professionally video taped by the SECTION 15400 Subcontractor, and three (3)copies submitted to the Engineer. B. At least two (2)months prior to occupancy or final acceptance of the project,turn over to the Architect, three (3) complete manuals containing the following, in accordance with SECTION 01780 -PROJECT CLOSEOUT: 7/5/2013 15400 - 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. It is the intent of the Specifications that one manufacturer be selected, not a combination, "w for any particular classification of materials. D. Where materials, equipment, apparatus or other products are specified by manufacturer, brand name, type or catalog number, such designation is to establish the standard of desired quality and style and shall be the basis of the bid. 1.19 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT HANDLING A. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall do all handling of his materials and equipment and the resulting cleanup, at his expense, in a safe and satisfactory manner. Special attention shall be paid to the protection of life and property and the equipment or apparatus handled, and any corresponding damages shall be replaced,repaired or paid for by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor, as approved by the Engineer. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall provide all rigging and hoisting required to complete the work of this Section, unless specifically noted otherwise. 1.20 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall be responsible for the maintenance and protection from loss or damage of all causes, of all equipment, materials and tools supplied by him and stored or installed on the job site, until final acceptance of the project by the Owner. B. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall store his materials and equipment in the location designated by the Owner and maintain the storage area in a safe condition. C. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall clean, patch and repair any material and finishes of the building or its contents damaged during the execution of this Contract. 1.21 SHOP DRAWING AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE A. Submit complete Shop Drawings in accordance with provisions of SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTALS. B. Within 30 days after the date of Notice to Proceed and before purchasing any materials or equipment, submit to the Architect for approval, a complete list of the names of manufacturers of all equipment proposed to fulfill the work of this Section. After the list has been processed by the Architect, submit complete Shop Drawings of all equipment and materials. Do not order any material or equipment until approval has been obtained from the Engineer. C. The approval of equipment and materials does not relieve this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor from the responsibility of Shop Drawing errors in details, sizes, quantities and dimensions which deviate from the Specifications, Contract Drawings and/or job -'+k conditions as they exist. 7/5/2013 15400 - 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. No requisitions will be paid until after the breakdown is delivered to the Architect. C. Breakdown to indicate materials and manpower costs for each phase, building, section or other division or segment of work, as the case may be. 1.16 GUARANTEE A. Unless otherwise noted, all materials, items of equipment and workmanship furnished under this Section shall carry the standard warranty against all defects in material and workmanship for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of substantial completions of the work. Any fault due to defective or improper material or workmanship which may develop within that period, shall be made good, forthwith , by and at the expense of this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor, including all other damage done to areas,materials and other systems resulting from this failure. B. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall guarantee that all elements of the Systems are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated. C. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the systems during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be promptly replaced by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor, at no charge to the Owner. D. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall furnish, before the final payment is made, a written guarantee covering the above requirements. 1.17 PLUMBING SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE A. The entire Plumbing System shall be fully operational and under automatic control prior to acceptance by the Owner. All equipment shall be test operated,calibrated and adjusted by the SECTION 15400 Subcontractor and the proper operation of all components of the Plumbing System shall be demonstrated to the Owner. The SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall secure a Letter of Acceptance of the Plumbing System Operation Demonstration from the Owner. A copy of said Letter shall be submitted to the Engineer. 1.18 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be the best of their respective kinds and in full accord with the most modern mechanical construction. All materials shall be new. B. All materials necessary to make the installation complete in every detail shall be furnished and installed under this Contract, whether or not specifically shown on the Drawings or specified herein. 00W 7/5/2013 15400 - 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. This Plumbing Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the other trades, include sections and details as required under SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS. 1.11 WORKMANSHIP A. The entire work provided in this Specification shall be constructed and finished, in every respect, in a workmanlike and substantial manner. It is not intended that the Drawings shall show every detail, but this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall furnish and install all such parts as may be necessary to complete the work in accordance with the best trade practice and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Owner. The Owner shall have the right to reject any part of the work in case the workmanship is not of satisfactory quality and this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall replace same with acceptable work at his own expense. 1.12 INVESTIGATION A. It shall be the responsibility of the bidders to acquaint themselves with the available information, before submitting their bid. Bidders must acquaint themselves with all Architectural, Demolition, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings, as well as the Specifications. The Bidders shall fully inform themselves of all local and state Code requirements. Extra compensation will not be given for obvious conflicts apparent at the time of the start of the project. Refer to SECTION 01110 - SUMMARY OF WORK. 1.13 TAXES AND INSURANCE A. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall include in his bid, applicable federal, state and local taxes and the premiums of the insurance required by the General Conditions of the Contract. 1.14 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall obtain all the permits required for this Section of the work. He shall also obtain all the inspections and tests required. The Town of Northampton shall waive all the building permit fees. Defects discovered in work, materials and/or equipment shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner, and the inspection and test shall be repeated to the Architect's satisfaction. When work is completed, this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall furnish a Certificate of Inspection and Approval to the Owner before final payment of the Contract will be allowed 1.15 CONTRACT COST BREAKDOWN A. At the start of construction, submit a breakdown of material and labor costs to aid the Architect in determining the value of the work installed, as the job progresses. The cost breakdown shall itemize categories of materials or portions of systems, as may be the ,004.1 case,to place a value on the work as it is installed. 7/5/2013 15400- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. The drawings are intended to show the design concept of the building and building systems, including piping locations in all exposed areas, access panels, valve locations, corridor crossings, relationships between various mechanical, electrical, fire protection, structural and architectural systems and the plumbing systems. Every attempt has been made to fully detail all conditions which shall occur. The Plumbing and Architectural drawings contain details, sections, enlarged plans, etc., that must be referred to prior to installing any work. Installation of work not in compliance with these detailed drawings shall be removed and installed correctly at this subcontractor's expense,with no extension of time. 1.10 EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION AND COORDINATION A. All Systems and equipment covered by this Section of the Specifications shall not be installed in congested and problem areas without first coordinating the installation of same with the other trades and the General Contractor. This SECTION 15400 Subcontractor shall, at his own expense, relocate all equipment installed in congested or problem areas should they interfere with the proper installation of the equipment to be installed by other trades and by the General Contractor. B. Particular attention shall be directed to the coordination of Systems with all equipment of other trades installed in the ceiling, chase and soffit areas. Coordinate, with the other trades, locations and elevations of all equipment in hung ceiling, chase and soffit areas to insure adequate space for the installation of fixtures before said equipment is installed. C. Furnish to the General Contractor and all other Contractors all information relative to the portion of the installation specified in this Section that will affect them, sufficiently in advance,so that they may plan their work and installations accordingly. D. In the case of failure on the part of this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor to give proper information, as indicated above, sufficiently in advance, this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor will pay for all back charges incurred by the General Contractor and other Contractors for the modification and/or relocation of any portion of the work already performed by them in conjunction with this Contract due to this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor's delay or for having given incorrect information. E. Obtain from the other trades all information relative to the work covered by this Section of the Specifications, which this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor is to execute in conjunction with the installation of their respective equipment. F. In the event that conflicts, if any, cannot be settled rapidly and amicably between the affected trades with work proceeding in a workmanlike manner, then the Architect shall decide which work is to be relocated and his judgment shall be final and binding. 7/5/2013 15400- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. All work shall be in accordance with the arrangement, details and locations, as indicated on the Contract Drawings, Reference Drawings and any supplemental addenda. bulletins or drawings issued by the Engineer. Layouts are diagrammatic and final arrangement of equipment shall suit field conditions. Install all necessary fittings and equipment offsets required to meet job conditions. The Drawings are not intended to be scaled, but shall be followed with sufficient accuracy to coordinate with other work and structural limitations. Work installed in a manner contrary to that shown on the Drawings, or interfering with the work of another trade, shall be removed and reinstalled when so directed by the Engineer. Discrepancies and questionable points shall be immediately reported to the Engineer for clarification. 1.08 CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be installed in conformance to the governing Codes, Regulations and Ordinances. It shall be the responsibility of this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor to familiarize himself with all governing Codes, Regulations and Ordinances and report any non-compliance of the Plans and Specifications to the Engineer, prior to entering into a contract. All the above requirements shall take precedence over the Plans and Specifications. These requirements are minimum criteria and no reductions permitted by Code will be allowed without written permission of the Architect. B. All workmanship, methods and materials shall meet the highest standards of the trade and, in general, shall conform to the standards of the following associations: AOWAk ANSI American National Standards Institute(Replaces ASA Standards) BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NFPA National Fire Protection Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Assn. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act UL Underwriters' Laboratories ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials NSF National Sanitation Foundation Massachusetts Plumbing and Gas Codes Massachusetts State Building Code 1.09 DRAWINGS AND CONFLICTS IN THE WORK A. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to be complementary. Any materials shown or specified in one, but not in the other, reasonably implied and usually included under good industry practice and/or required by applicable Codes and Regulations for the proper and safe completion and operation of the work described herein, shall be furnished and installed by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Drawings show general arrangement of equipment and are not intended to indicate the exact dimensions of runs. 7/5/2013 15400 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents,that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results. 1.06 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. The following related work is to be performed under the designated SECTIONS: 1. Excavation and backfill: EARTHWORK, SECTION 310000. 2. Painting of piping, fittings, coverings, hangers, supports, and all equipment not specifically outlined to be painted in this Section: PAINTING SECTION 09910. 3. Electricity and water for all tests and temporary operation of Plumbing Systems: SECTION 01519 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES. 4. Equipment access panels for Plumbing equipment shall be furnished by this SECTION 15400 Subcontractor and installed by the General Contractor or respective Subcontractor. 5. Flashing of all deck drains, roof drains and vents through the roof: ROOFING AND FLASHING, SECTION 070002. 6. Continuation of Water Service: SECTION 331113.16—UTILITY SERVICES. 7. Continuation of Conductor Piping: SECTION 331113.19 - STORM DRAINAGE. 8. Sprinklers: SECTION 15300 -FIRE PROTECTION. 9. Heating Work: SECTION 15500 - HVAC. (Includes water heater flue piping, emergency generator exhaust through the roof.) 10. Electrical Work: SECTION 16000 -ELECTRICAL. 11. Except as specified herein, cutting shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor and patching shall be performed by trades, specializing in the specified surfaces affected, IE carpentry,masonry,metals, etc. 12. Continuation of Sanitary Piping: SECTION 331113.19- SANITARY SEWAGE 1.07 INTENT 7/5/2013 15400 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Coordination drawings for all systems prior to fabrication or installation of any "'"'"�•. system. 23. Gas connection to boilers, and roof top units. 24. Commissioning Activities. a. Provide any other component or related system (whether or not listed) which is part of the overall design and basic equipment and deemed necessary for its completion, thoroughness and readiness for operation in perfect condition. b. List of Drawings: The work to be completed by the Filed Subcontractor for the work of this Section is shown on the drawings (refer to Drawing Index). The Plumbing Subcontractor shall carefully inspect all the listed drawings, not just those pertaining particularly to this sub-trade unless specifically called out otherwise, regardless of where among the drawings it appears. Examine all drawings and all other sections of the specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this Section. 25. Disconnection or braking of connections of piping to existing plumbing systems that are to be removed shall be provided by the Plumbing Contractor. The General Contractor shall remove all piping, associated hangers and apparatus. 26. Unless otherwise noted, it is intended that all existing plumbing piping, equipment, and hangers shall be removed. Refer to specification SECTION 02050 for items to be returned to the owner. B. Furnish the following for installation under the designated SECTIONS: 1. Access panels: for installation by trade in which panels occur. C. This Section 15400 Subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain, in safe adequate condition, all staging and scaffolding that are necessary for the proper execution of the work of this Section. D. This Section 15400 Subcontractor shall perform all cutting, coring and channeling up to 5 inches in diameter required for the work of this Section. E. Alternates: The work in this Section is affected by Alternates. Refer to Section 01230 — Alternates for additional information. 1.05 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority (Owner) will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor's or Filed subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the 7/5/2013 15400 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition M. "This Subcontractor" refers to the Contractor or his Subcontractors responsible for furnishing and installation of all work indicated on the plumbing drawings and in the plumbing specifications. N. "Owner" or shall refer to (PVTA.) O. "Other Work Contractor" (OWC), "General Contractor" refers to the Contractor or Subcontractors performing work under other Sections of the Contract Specifications as provided in other Sections of the specifications. P. "Architect" shall refer to the Architect "Weston& Sampson"and/or the Engineer "Robert W. Sullivan Engineers, Inc. (RWS)". 1.04 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install the following items required to complete the work of this SECTION, as shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein: 1. Soil, waste, and vent piping system to a point 10'-0" outside exterior building wall. 2. Storm water conductor piping system to a point 10'-0" outside exterior building wall. 3. Domestic hot, and cold piping systems. 4. Insulation. 5. Plumbing fixtures. 6. Floor drains. 7. Natural gas piping systems, starting at the outlet of the utility company regulators and extending in to the building. 8. Roughing and final connections to equipment furnished under other sections of the contract,including,but not limited to HVAC equipment. 9. Reduced pressure backflow preventers for HVAC makeup and for non-domestic water systems. 10. Testing. 11. Identification. 12. Valve tags and charts. 13. Record drawings. 14. Escutcheons,hangers and sleeves. 15. Hose bibbs and wall hydrants. 16. Hangers, inserts and supports. 17. Water meter. 18. Disinfection of water piping. 19. Seismic restraints. 20. Guarantees. 21. Shop drawing submittals for all systems and equipment. 22. Smokeproofing, firestopping and waterproofing of all penetrations of walls and floors required by the work of this section. 7/5/2013 15400 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Part A and Division 1 of Part B are hereby made a part of this Section. B. Examine all conditions as they exist at the project, prior to submitting a bid for the work of this SECTION. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Words in the singular shall also mean and include the plural, wherever the context so indicates and words in the plural shall mean the singular, wherever the context so indicates. B. Wherever the terms "shown on drawings" OR "indicated" are used in the specifications, they shall mean "noted", "indicated", "scheduled", "detailed", or any other diagrammatic or written reference made in the specifications or shown on any drawings. C. Wherever the term "provide" is used in the specifications it will mean "furnish" and "install" "connect" "a 1 " " " "construct",pp y , erect , construct , or similar terms,unless otherwise indicated in the specifications. D. Wherever the term "material" is used in the specifications it will mean any "product", "equipment" "device" "assembly", y or "item" under the Contract, as indicated by trade or brand name,manufacturer's name, standard specification reference or other description. E. The terms "approved",or "approval" shall mean the written approval of the Architect/Engineer. F. The term "specification" shall mean all information contained in the bound or unbound volume, including all "Contract Documents" defined therein, except for the drawings. G. The terms "directed", "required", "permitted", "ordered", "designated", "prescribed" and similar words shall mean the direction,requirement,permission, order, designation or prescription of the Engineer. The terms "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" and similar words shall mean approved by, acceptable or satisfactory to the Engineer. The terms "necessary", "reasonable", "proper", "correct" and similar words shall mean necessary,reasonable,proper or correct in the judgment of the Engineer. H. "Piping" includes in addition to pipe or mains, all fittings, flanges, unions,valves, strainers, drains,hangers and other accessories relative to such piping. I. "Plumbing"includes all plumbing equipment,ductwork, fittings, dampers and appurtenances required for a complete and operational system as described on the drawings and in these specifications. J. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts,hung ceilings, embedded in construction or in crawl spaces. K. "Exposed" means not installed underground or "concealed" as defined above. L. "Invert Elevation" means the elevation of the inside bottom of the pipe. 7/5/2013 15400 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 15400 PLUMBING (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, and Contract Conditions as listed in the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,shall be included in and made a part of this Section. B. Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-bids and is governed by the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws(MGL), Public Bidding Law- Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended, and applicable Sections of the MGL, Public Contract Law - Chapter 30. C. The work to be completed by the Filed Subcontractor for the work of this Section is shown on the following listed Drawings: Plumbing: P0.1,P1.1,P2.1 1. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this Section. The listing of Contract Drawings above does not limit Filed Subcontractor's responsibility to determine full extent of work of this Section as required by all Drawings listed in the Drawing List on the Drawing Title Sheet, as modified by Addenda. D. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at a time and place as stipulated in Invitation for Bids and Instructions to Bidders. 1. The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF SUB-BIDDER: SUB-BID FOR TRADE: 2. Each Sub-Bid submittal for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by Awarding Authority, as bound herein, accompanied with the required bid deposit in compliance with MGL Chapter 149 Section 44B in the amount of 5 percent of Filed Sub-Bid. E. Sub Sub-Bid Requirements: 1. Insulation. *, 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 7/5/2013 15400 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 2—PRODUCTS , 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS....................................................................................................................17 2.02 VALVES,FLANGES AND UNIONS...........................................................................................18 2.03 PIPE HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND CHANNELS.......................................................................19 2.04 ACCESS PANELS .........................................................................................................................21 2.05 PIPE SLEEVES..............................................................................................................................22 2.06 INSULATION................................................................................................................................22 2.07 CLEANOUTS.................................................................................................................................24 2.08 UNIONS AND NIPPLES...............................................................................................................25 2.09 SHOCK ABSORBERS...................................................................................................................25 2.10 VACUUM BREAKERS AND PRESSURE GAUGES.................................................................25 2.11 VENTS THROUGH THE ROOF...................................................................................................26 2.12 DRAINAGE SPECIALTIES..........................................................................................................26 2.13 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT..............................................................................27 2.14 SEISMIC BRACING......................................................................................................................27 2.15 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING......................................................................................................28 2.16 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT...........................................................................29 PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 SOIL, WASTE, VENT AND CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION..................................................30 3.02 WATER PIPING ............................................................................................................................31 3.03 DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEM "" 3.04 WORKMANSHIP..........................................................................................................................32 3.05 TESTING........................................................................................................................................33 3.06 OPERATION AND START-UP....................................................................................................34 3.07 COORDINATION..........................................................................................................................34 3.08 EQUIPMENT AND PLUMBING CONNECTED EQUIPMENT.................................................35 3.09 SEISMIC BRACING AND RESTRAINTS...................................................................................35 3.10 ELECTRICAL COORDINATION ................................................................................................35 3.11 NATURAL GAS SYSTEM............................................................................................................36 3.12 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT.............................................................................37 loawk 7/5/2013 15400-ii Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 15400 PLUMBING (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS ...............................................................................................................1 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS........................................................................................................1 1.03 DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................................................2 1.04 SCOPE OF WORK...........................................................................................................................3 1.05 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS...........................................................................4 1.06 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE..............................................................................5 1.07 INTENT............................................................................................................................................5 1.08 CODES,REGULATIONS ANI) STANDARDS.............................................................................6 1.09 DRAWINGS AND CONFLICTS IN THE WORK.........................................................................6 1.10 EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION AND COORDINATION........................................................7 1.11 WORKMANSHIP ............................................................................................................................8 1.12 INVESTIGATION............................................................................................................................8 1.13 TAXES AND INSURANCE............................................................................................................8 1.14 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS .....................................................................................................8 1.15 CONTRACT COST BREAKDOWN...............................................................................................8 1.16 GUARANTEE..................................................................................................................................9 1.17 PLUMBING SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE..........................................................................................9 1.18 MATERIALS....................................................................................................................................9 1.19 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT HANDLING..........................................................................10 1.20 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS..........................................................10 1.21 SHOP DRAWING AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE.....................................................................10 1.22 LOCATION OF FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT........................................................................11 1.23 RECORD DRAWINGS..................................................................................................................11 1.24 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS.......................................11 1.25 CLEANING OF SYSTEMS...........................................................................................................12 1.26 RUBBISH REMOVAL ..................................................................................................................12 1.27 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES .....................................................................................................12 1.28 TEMPORARY SERVICES............................................................................................................13 1.29 TESTS.............................................................................................................................................13 1.30 EQUIPMENT ACCESS REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................13 1.31 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS.....................................................................................................13 1.32 WIRING DIAGRAMS ...................................................................................................................14 1.33 CROSS CONNECTIONS...............................................................................................................14 1.34 VALVE TAGS AND CHARTS.....................................................................................................14 1.35 IDENTIFICATION.........................................................................................................................14 1.36 CEILING MARKER SYSTEM......................................................................................................15 1.37 CLEANOUT &ACCESS PANEL LAYOUT DRAWINGS.........................................................15 1.38 SEQUENCING...............................................................................................................................16 7/5/2013 15400 -i Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall comply with all the rules, Codes, Ordinances, regulations and requirements, of all legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction over the whole or any part of the work herein specified. These requirements are minimum criteria and no reductions permitted by Code will be allowed without written permission of the Architect. B. All equipment and materials furnished in connection with the installation shall be new and furnished in accordance with the requirements of the standards of NFPA and they shall be of the best grade and quality of their respective kinds, free from natural, manufacturing or construction flaws, defects or irregularities and finish, fittings and workmanship shall be equal to the highest commercial grade. C. Castings of all metals, of all kinds, shall be clean, smooth, close grained, of uniform thickness and free from all defects such as sandholes,blisters or cracks. D. Before the installation will be accepted, this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall have every portion of his work in a first-class working condition. E. Where installing any of the apparatus herein called for, sufficient clearance shall be allowed to permit the removal and replacing of parts that may require future removal for repairs and replacement. 3.07 SITE WATER MAIN TEST CERTIFICATES A. The Subcontractor shall furnish to this Section 15300 Subcontractor The "Contractor Materials & Test Certificates" for the underground water mains, for Section 15300's use and submittal to the Architect. 3.08 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT A. Comply with the requirements of Section 010000 —Construction Waste Management for removal,recycling or disposal of construction debris and waste. END OF SECTION W 7/5/2013 15300 -27 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. All valves shall be identified with signs attached to the valve handle with a brass chain. Each valve shall have the purpose of the valve engraved on it 3.05 PROCEDURE FOR TESTING A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall perform all tests in accordance with Paragraph 1.23 of this Section of the Specifications, and with NFPA Standard 13, 14 and 24. B. Partial tests shall be made, as required,by the progress of the work. C. All labor, materials, instruments, devices, and power required for testing shall be furnished by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor. All tests shall be performed in the presence and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and such other parties as may have legal jurisdiction. D. Replace all defective work with new work without extra charge to the Contract. Repeat tests as directed until all work is proven to meet the requirements specified herein. E. Restore,to its finished condition, any work or materials disturbed by tests. F. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall be responsible for removing all temporary piping connections required for tests and dispose of test water and wastes after tests are complete in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. G. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall make hydrostatic, pneumatic and operation tests on all Fire Protection equipment in accordance with standards of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and as required by the NFPA. H. Fire Protection Systems 1. Upon completion of the systems,this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall inspect and test the system in the presence of the Owner and the Fire Department. 2. The complete testing procedure for the Systems shall be in accordance with the requirements stated in the National Fire Protection Association's respective standard for the System, but not less than the procedures specified herein. 3. In general, the Fire Protection Systems shall be tested with water to a hydrostatic pressure of 200 pounds per square inch. This pressure shall be maintained for a minimum of four (4) hours or until the Systems have been inspected for leaks or defects. If any leaks or defects are detected, they shall be remedied in an approved manner and the System shall be retested in the manner specified herein. 4. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall secure all Certificates of Approval from all Agencies. Each certificate shall be delivered to the Architect before final acceptance. 3.06 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS llmftk 7/5/2013 15300 -26 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. In the event there is a conflict or inadequate space for the proper installation of Fire Protection equipment, this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall prepare a scaled (1/4" - P-0" min.) composite sketch, showing the building structure and all equipment and items affecting the installation, to clearly identify the areas of conflict. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall submit four(4) copies of the sketch, along with a written explanation of the problem,to the Engineer for his review and determination on what action to take to resolve the conflict. D. It shall be the duty of this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor to furnish full information to all trades relative to the work they are to do in connection with work under this Section. This includes data for wiring, including wiring diagrams, equipment foundations, pipe connections, etc. furnished under other Sections. 3.03 PAINTING A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall apply one (1) coat of anti-rust paint and one (1) coat of flat black enamel to all support steel, hangers and other steel or iron elements of the Fire Protection System, furnished by him, except piping,which will be enclosed or above ceilings when the project is completed. B. Paint shall be omitted from all items with a galvanized finish. C. All surfaces to be painted shall be free of dirt, scale, rust, grease and oil. Rust spots are to be wire brushed. Ambient temperature shall be in accordance with paint manufacturer's requirements when painting is being performed. D. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall touch up, with spray paint, all scratched or damaged surfaces of equipment with factory finish. Spray paint shall be the same color and type as factory finish. E. The Painting Subcontractor shall paint all equipment, enclosures, covers, panels, insulation, conduit and other equipment exposed to view, except factory finished items and sprinkler heads. Care shall be taken not to paint over equipment nameplates. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall leave surfaces to be painted ready to receive paint. The Painting Contractor shall apply paint in accordance with the Painting and Finishing portion of this Specification. Colors shall be selected by the Architect. 3.04 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION A. All piping and equipment shall be marked for ease of identification, as outlined below. B. Marking shall be done using stencils applied to clean, smooth surfaces. All lettering shall be not less than 1-1/2 inches in height and shall have sharply contrasted background for ease of identification. Samples of stenciling shall be submitted for approval. C. All piping shall be marked to identify direction of flow and the system it is serving. Marking designation shall be taken from the schedule on the Drawings. Marking shall be located to be clearly visible from the floor when looking above ceilings and shall be spaced every 20 feet and at all changes in direction. 7/5/2013 15300- 25 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. General Contractor is responsible to provide enclosures required for temporary heat from November 1 to March 31;refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. 3. Furnishing portable ladders and mobile platforms of all required heights, which may be necessary to perform the work of this trade, are the responsibility of this Filed subcontractor. 2.19 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT A. All hoisting equipment,rigging equipment, crane services and lift machinery required for the work by this Filed subcontractor shall be furnished, installed, operated and maintained in safe conditions by this Filed subcontractor, as referenced under Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 OPERATION AND START-UP A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary to place the systems into operation and then start and operate all systems to demonstrate the fitness of the installation. , B. Prior to start-up, this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall check all equipment for rotation, provide lubrication, clean all equipment, perform pressure tests and make all other adjustments necessary to start-up. 3.02 COORDINATION A. The structure and its appurtenances, clearances and the related services, such as plumbing, heating, ventilation and electrical, have been planned to be adequate and suitable for the installation of equipment specified under this Section. The Owner will not assume any increase in cost caused by differing requirements peculiar to a particular make or type of equipment and any such incidental cost shall be borne by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor. He shall be responsible for the proper installation and location of his required sleeves, chases, inserts, etc., and see that they are set in the forms before the concrete is poured. He shall be responsible for his work and equipment furnished and installed by him until the completion and final acceptance of this Contract and he shall replace any work which may be damaged, lost or stolen without additional cost to the Owner. B. Cutting and Patching - It shall be the duty of this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor to consult with and give to the General Contractor the exact location and size of all openings and full information as to cutting and patching necessary for the same. In the event this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor fails to provide sleeves, inserts, and template, or fails to notify other Contractors well in advance of his requirement, he shall be '00M*k responsible for paying for all cutting and patching made necessary by his failure to do so. 7/5/2013 15300 -24 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A D. Manufacturers working in this section must provide a seismic design liability insurance certificate and certify their ability to provide engineering and design as required by this section. This certificate shall be submitted to the Architect for review prior to any submittals. 2.16 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Fire Department connections shall be UL listed with interior self-closing clapper in each opening. Units shall be manufactured of rough brass, complete with bronze caps, plugs and chains. Threads on outlets shall conform to local Fire Department specifications.Fire Department connections shall be similar to Potter-Roemer 45846 series, 2 %2"x 2 '/2"x 6" polish chrome plated. B. On branch line to hydrant, provide approved straightway check valve installed in horizontal position. Piping shall be arranged to drain between check valve and hydrant connection by approved ball drip connection piped to dry well at base of hydrant. C. Installation of the Fire Department connections shall be at location as shown on the drawings and/or approved by the Engineer and all Authorities having jurisdiction. 2.17 BACKFLOW DEVICES A. Double check valve assembly on fire protection water service shall be Watts Series 994RPDA double check assembly or approved equal with FDA approved epoxy coated cast iron check valve bodies with bronze seats, bronze bodied ball valve test cocks, U.L., FM approved outside stem and yoke gate valve shut-offs, repair kit, test kit and pressure gauges. Valve assembly shall be mounted in accordance with Town and State Requirements and properly secured to the wall or floor stand mounted. Assembly shall be tested and certified under AWWA Std. No. C506, and FCCCHR of USC manual, Section 10; and listed by U.L. 2.18 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING A. General: Filed subcontractors shall obtain required permits for, and provide scaffolds, staging, and other similar raised platforms, required to access their Work as specified in Section 01519 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES and herein. 1. Scaffolding and staging required for use by this Filed subcontractor pursuant to requirements of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES shall be furnished, erected, maintained in a safe condition, and dismantled when no longer required, by this Filed Subcontract requiring such scaffolding. 2. Each Filed subcontractor is responsible to provide, maintain and remove at dismantling, all tarpaulins and similar protective measures necessary to cover scaffolding for inclement weather conditions other than those required to be provided, maintained and removed by the General Contractor pursuant to MGL (Refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and as additionally required for dust control). 7/5/2013 15300 -23 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.15 EARTHQUAKE PROTECTION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall provide all necessary design and materials for seismic restraint and protection of piping and devices against damage where subject to earthquakes as required for the entire Fire Protection system within the building. All isolation and seismic devices shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Products of other manufacturers are acceptable provided their systems strictly comply with this section of the specifications. Provide isolation materials and seismic restraints complete and as manufactured by Mason Industries, Tolco or approved equal. The work under this section shall include the design, furnishing and installation of all restraint devices and systems as may be required for the Fire Protection system including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. All Fire Protection equipment and devices such as pumps,piping etc. 2. All Fire Protection system piping as required. 3. Piping penetrations through floors and walls. 4. Sleeves with clearances around the outside, as recommended. 5. Equipment isolation bases. 6. Piping flexible connectors. 7. Seismic restraints for isolated equipment 8. Seismic restraints for non-isolated equipment. 9. Certification of seismic restraint designs. B. Submit ten (10) copies of descriptive data for all products and materials, including the following: 1. Catalog cuts and data sheets for the specific isolators, restraints and all other items to be utilized. 2. Details of methods of sleeving, Fire Protection, smokeproofing and isolation for pipes penetrating walls and slabs. 3. Specific details of seismic restraints and anchors, including number, size and locations for each piece of equipment. 4. Calculations to support seismic restraint designs. 5. All calculations, details and other submittal materials shall be sealed and signed by a structural or civil engineer registered in the state and qualified to perform seismic design calculations. 6. A seismic design liability insurance certificate that must accompany all submittals. C. Code and standards requirements shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Massachusetts State Building Code. 2. NFPA 13, 14, 20, and 24 and other applicable NFPA standards. 7/5/2013 15300 - 22 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.10 FIRE PROTECTION ALARMS A. OS&Y valve monitor switches, flow switches and Sprinkler System's pressure sensor shall be furnished and installed by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor, but wired by the Electrical Contractor. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall coordinate with the Electrical Contractor on this portion of the System. 2.11 DRAINS AND TEST CONNECTIONS A. Drains and test connections shall be provided in the systems as required by all governing Codes,regulations and ordinances. 1. Drains shall be provided at low point in piping, at base of risers, and wherever necessary to insure that all portions of the piping may be completely drained. 2. Test connections shall consist of drain piping with a 1" shutoff valve (OS&Y type)within the building,piped to a safe place of discharge. 3. All drain valve locations shall be submitted to Engineer for approval prior to fabrication of systems. 2.12 WATER FLOW SWITCHES A. Water flow alarm devices shall be Viking, Gem or Grinnell Co., No. BH 1001 with two sets of single pole, double throw contacts installed on sprinkler mains on each floor or area wired to annunciator panels and to fire alarm signal. Unit shall have 60-second time delay mechanism. Installed by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor,wired by DIVISION 16000- ELECTRICAL. 2.13 TAMPER SWITCHES A. Electric supervisory switch locks or "tamper switches" shall be Viking, Gem, or Grinnell No. PIVS-B or approved equal with two sets of double throw, single pole contacts on outside screw and yoke valves. Alarm devices furnished and installed on alarm valves by fire protection subcontractor,wired by DIVISION 16000- ELECTRICAL. 2.14 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH A. Low pressure switch shall be Grinnell model P540-1, field adjustable pressure switch. B. To be field adjusted to signal drop in service pressure to below the pressure which hydraulic calculations show to be the minimum necessary for proper operation of the sprinkler system. C. To be installed between the double check valve assembly and the main alarm check valve by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor and wired by DIVISION 16000- ELECTRICAL. 7/5/2013 15300 - 21 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. All sprinkler heads shall be of '/2 inch nominal orifice size. Heads shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., and approved by Factory Mutual. All heads shall be manufactured by a single manufacturer(Reliable or approved equal). B. All heads in light hazard occupancies shall be quick response and have a temperature rating of 165 degrees F, unless the distance from a heat source or location of head warrants, by Code, a head of another degree rating. Contractor shall install a high temperature head at all high temperature areas including at skylights, kilns and boilers. C. Refer to "Sprinkler Head Schedule" on the Fire Protection Drawings for sprinkler heads specification. D. In areas where heads are located in ceiling tiles, heads shall be installed in the center of tiles unless otherwise noted on the contract drawings. E. All heads must be completely coordinated with lighting layouts and diffuser locations to arrive at a suitable pattern consistent with proper sprinkler head coverage. This section 15300 sub-contractor shall also reference the architectural drawings, the latest reflected ceiling plans, for exact placement of lights, diffusers, exit signs, etc. Sprinkler head layouts shall be as shown on the Fire Protection Contract Documents. F. All heads within 8'-0" of the floor in mechanical and storage areas shall have sprinkler guards. 2.08 SPARE SPRINKLER HEADS AND CABINETS A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall furnish and install, where directed by the Architect, a metal cabinet containing spare sprinkler heads and wrenches. B. The cabinet shall have shelves for storing the spare heads in an orderly manner. The shelf spaces shall be subdivided to segregate the sprinkler heads of each type and clearly identify them with approved markings. The cabinets shall have proper arrangement for hanging the wrenches. C. Spare sprinkler heads shall be provided in numbers, as required by NFPA Standard #13, corresponding to the types and temperature rating of those installed in the premises (six (6), minimum,of each type). D. Wrenches shall be provided in a number so that there will always be a minimum of two (2)wrenches of each type required to remove any sprinkler head on the premises. 2.09 WET ALARM VALVE A. Wet alarm valve shall be approved type for a wet-pipe sprinkler system, complete with water operating gong, excess pressure pump kit, drain valve, pressure gauges, electric alarm bell, and other required trimmings. Valve shall be equal to Reliable Alarm Check Valve, Model E for variable pressure vertical installation, with Water Motor and Gong. Water gong shall be located on outside of building, where directed by Architect, with head and identification tag. Supply pipe to gong shall be I.P.S. brass or copper. 7/5/2013 15300 -20 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition J. Hanger rods for other installations shall be sized in accordance with recommended load capacities of Specification ASTM-A-107,latest amendment. K. Remove rust from all ferrous hanger equipment (hangers, rods and bolts) and apply one coat of rust-inhibiting paint immediately after erection. L. All piping installed under this Section of the Specifications shall be independently supported from the building structure and not from the piping, duct work, or conduit of other trades. All supplementary steel required to meet requirements specified herein shall be furnished and installed by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor. M. All supplementary steel throughout the project for this Section of the Specifications,both suspended and floor mounted, shall be furnished and installed by the Fire Protection Contractor and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.05 SLEEVES AND INSERTS A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall be held responsible for the location of and maintaining in proper position, of sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts supplied and/or set in place by him. In the event that failure to do so requires cutting and patching of finished work, it shall be done at this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor's expense by the trade specializing in the specific surfaces affected. B. All pipes passing through walls,partitions or floors shall be provided with sleeve having an internal diameter one inch(1")larger than outside diameter of the pipe. C. Unless otherwise indicated and/or specified herein, all sleeves through y floors or interior masonry walls and partitions shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe, set flush with finished wall or set one inch (1") above finished floor surfaces, or as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. D. Sleeves through interior non-masonry walls and partitions shall be 22 gauge galvanized steel, set flush with finished surfaces of the partitions. E. Sleeves through interior walls adjacent to all building expansion joints shall be two (2) pipe size diameters larger than diameter of pipe. F. Sleeves passing through lightproof or soundproof ceilings or walls, floors and partitions and through firewalls shall be made tight,using approved caulking materials. 2.06 ESCUTCHEONS A. Escutcheons shall be installed at all wall, ceiling and floor penetrations around all exposed piping. Escutcheons shall be of sufficient outside diameters to cover the sleeve opening and shall fit snugly around the pipe. B. Escutcheons shall be cast brass, gray primed finish and provided with a set-screw to properly hold escutcheons in place. 2.07 SPRINKLER HEADS 7/5/2013 15300 - 19 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.03 VALVES A. All system valves 3" and larger shall be of the OS&Y type, of approved extra heavy flanged pattern and be designed and guaranteed for a minimum working pressure of 175 psi. All shut-off valves shall be located in conveniently accessible positions. Valves controlling the water supply to the system shall have an approved sign attached to the yoke indicating the purpose of the valve. B. Under 3" in size, valves may be slow close butterfly type valves, flanged or grooved ends with integral position monitoring device or they may be as specified for 3" and larger. Valves shall be listed by the Underwriter's Laboratory. C. Check valves shall be of approved type for fire protection systems and be designed and guaranteed for a minimum working pressure of 175 psi. D. Drain valves shall be Underwriters' approved all bronze angle, globe pattern with renewable disc, hoe with cap and chain, ample size hand wheel and rated for a working pressure of 175 psi. 2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. All piping shall be rigidly supported throughout the building from the structure by means of approved hangers and supports. Pipes shall be supported so as to maintain the required grading and pitching of lines,to prevent vibration and to secure piping in place; they shall be arranged so as to provide for proper expansion and contraction of pipe. B. Pipe hangers shall be of black malleable iron, heavy pattern in two (2) parts bolted together, of a type approved for Fire Protection System installation. C. Hangers shall fit the pipe snugly but leave the pipe sufficient freedom of movement for expansion or contraction. Hangers which permit wide lateral motion of the pipe will not be acceptable. D. "C" clamps for hangers on pipes will not be permitted unless installed with safety straps. E. Maximum spacing of hangers on horizontal runs of pipe shall be per NFPA 13 or 14 as applicable. F. Where codes having jurisdiction require closer spacing, the hanger spacing shall be as required by Code in lieu of the foregoing. G. Provide hangers at a maximum distance of two feet (2') from all changes in direction (horizontal and vertical) and on both sides of concentrated loads independent of the piping. H. Hangers,in general, for all horizontal piping shall be clevis type hangers. I. All vertical drops and runout pipes shall be supported by split-ring extension type hangers. 7/5/2013 15300 - 18 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Panels located in drywall surfaces shall be equipped with drywall bead and be fully recessed. OF-5000. E. Panels located in masonry or tile surfaces shall be universal flush access door. OF-5000. F. Panels located in plaster surfaces shall be PS-530. G. Access panels located in fire rated walls and ceilings shall bear the UL label assuring fire rated construction equal to surface in which it is installed. H. Access panels Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. All piping inside the building for the Sprinkler and Standpipe System two inches (2") and smaller in size shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe with threaded ends conforming to ASTM Standard A120, Latest Amendment, approved for use in Fire Protection Systems. All sprinkler and standpipe system piping inside the building two and one-half inches (2- 1/2")and larger in size,unless otherwise noted, shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe with rolled groove ends, approved for use in Fire Protection Systems. B. Fittings for the Sprinkler and Standpipe System up to and including two inches (2") shall be either cast iron or malleable iron screwed type. Cast iron fittings for piping larger than two inches shall be extra heavy pattern. Malleable iron fittings of standard weight pattern will be acceptable in sizes up to six inches (6"). U.L. approved and F.M. listed groove fittings will be allowed for two and one-half inches (2-1/2") and larger. All fittings shall be approved by Underwriters' Laboratories for use in Sprinkler Systems and shall be designed and guaranteed for a working pressure of not less than 175 psi cold water pressure. C. All close and shoulder nipples shall be of corresponding materials as the pipe and shall be extra heavy pattern. D. All pipe shall be run true-to-line and grade and, in general,parallel to walls and ceilings. All open ends of the pipe lines, equipment, etc., shall be properly capped and plugged during the installation in order to keep dirt or foreign materials out of the system. All work shall be performed in a practical manner and according to the highest standards of workmanship. E. All threaded pipes shall have full tapered threads with ends reamed out after threading and cutting. F. The interior of all pipes and fittings shall be cleaned before assembling. All pipe threads (not fittings) shall have a thorough application of approved pipe joint cement before assembling. Any leaky joints shall be remade, as caulking will not be permitted. All pipe shall be pitched as required. Means shall be provided to completely drain the entire system. G. No strap, snap or one bolt outlet fittings will be permitted. 7/5/2013 15300 - 17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition on the project. These drawings shall also show all lighting, diffusers, grilles and other ceiling or architectural features that may have an effect upon the proper location of these access panels. C. Access panel layout drawings shall also be prepared, utilizing the architectural floor plans, for any and all access panels to be located in walls and any other surfaces not indicated on the reflected ceiling base plans. 1.37 CEILING MARKER SYSTEM A. At all valves located above ceilings of any type, ceilings shall be marked with tacks firmly attached to the ceiling surface. Tacks shall be part of a complete system, Brady Co. Valve Finder Ceiling Tacks or approved equal product from Westline Products or Seton Name Plate Co. 1.38 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate work of this Filed Subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. B. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals, required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed Subcontract, have been received and approved by the Engineer. C. Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Architect in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS PANELS A. Furnish access panels, for installation by General Contractor or respective Subcontractor, in walls and ceilings at locations indicated on the Drawings or as required to permit access for adjustment, removal and replacement and servicing of all equipment, such as valves, drains, etc.: and all other items requiring maintenance and adjustment. B. All access panels shall be located in closets, storage rooms and/or other non-public areas, or where detailed in specific areas, in a workmanlike manner, positioned so that the junction can be easily reached, and the size shall be sufficient for this purpose (minimum 16" x 16"). When access panels are required in corridors or other habitable areas, they shall be located as directed by the Architect. C. Access panels shall be of steel construction, factory primed with concealed hinge and `Torx' lock. Panels shall be Zurn "Acudoor" or approved equal. 7/5/2013 15300 - 16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition grilles and other ceiling or architectural features that may have an effect upon the proper location of heads. C. General rules for head locations: 1. All applicable NFPA Standard 13 requirements shall be satisfied. 2. In corridors, hall ways or narrow rooms, with only one line of heads, heads shall all be located at the same consistent distance off the wall. Spacing between heads along this line shall be as consistent as the conditions allow. Placement of heads in centers of tiles is specifically required. 3. In areas or rooms with more than one line of heads,head locations shall present a consistent and repeating pattern, with distances off opposite walls, and between heads, as consistent as the conditions allow. Placement of heads in centers of tiles is required. 4. Provide additional heads as required by coordination and final ceiling layouts. 5. Refer to architectural ceiling plans for a general guide as to the number of heads, lights, diffusers and other ceiling features that will be present in the building. 1.35 SPRINKLER PIPING LAYOUT DRAWINGS A. Prepare and submit to Engineer, before beginning preparation of shop drawings or performing calculations required under Paragraph 1.30, sprinkler piping layout drawings, of all areas in which sprinkler systems are exposed to view, for approval. B. These piping layout drawings shall indicate intended locations and routing of all sprinkler piping that will be exposed to view throughout entire project. These drawings shall also show all lighting, diffusers, grilles, structural components and other ceiling or architectural features that may have an effect upon the routing and location of piping. C. On these drawings shall be shown any and all details of piping attachments to structure, specific details of piping at, around or through structural steel at all areas exposed to view. These details shall be as explicit and illustrative as needed to demonstrate to Engineer what the piping in these areas will look like. D. Submit these drawings to Engineer for approval. Resubmit with revisions and additional detail as required by Engineer until approval is received. 1.36 ACCESS PANEL LAYOUT DRAWINGS A. Prepare and submit to Architect, before finalizing shop drawings or performing calculations required under Paragraph 1.3 1, access panel layout drawings for approval. ' B. These access panel layout drawings shall utilize the architectural reflected ceiling plans as base plans and shall indicate intended locations and types of all access panels be used 7/5/2013 15300 - 15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 5. The owner's insurance company's approved sprinkler layout shop drawings shall be submitted to and approved by the Town of Northampton Fire Department to obtain permit to perform work. D. Sprinkler systems shall be provided throughout the building and shall be hydraulically calculated to provide densities as hereinafter specified with hose allowances as required. 1. Offices, corridors, etc., shall be considered light hazard occupancy, 0.10 gallons per minute per square foot over the hydraulically most remote 1500 square feet with a 100 GPM hose allowance. 2. Kitchen service areas shall be considered ordinary hazard (Group I) occupancy, 0.15 gallons per minute per square foot over the hydraulically most remote 1500 square feet, with a 250 GPM hose allowance. 3. Boiler Rooms and Mechanical Rooms shall be considered ordinary hazard (Group 11), 0.20 gallons per minute per square foot over the most hydraulically remote 1500 square feet with a 250 gpm hose allowance. 4. Storage (Vehicle & Maintenance) areas shall be considered extra hazard (Group I)0.30 gallon per minute per square foot over the most hydraulically remote 2500 square feet with a 250 gpm hose allowance. 1.33 HYDRANT FLOW TEST A. A hydrant flow test will performed by the Northampton Water Department. The flow hydrant was located----- The results of this test are as follows: Static pressure: xxx psi Residual pressure: xxx psi Flow xxxx gpm This information is provided for bidding purposes only. B. This SECTION 15300 Fire Protection Subcontractor shall conduct his own flow tests on (Mxxxx Street) the town water system to determine available pressure and water data, compare the results of his test with that of the test described in `A' above, and use the poorer hydraulic characteristics of the two in the hydraulic calculations. C. Contractor shall include water mains, new and existing, shown on the drawings in his calculations. 1.34 SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT DRAWINGS A. Prepare and submit to Engineer, before beginning preparation of shop drawings or performing calculations required under Paragraph 1.30, sprinkler head layout drawings for approval. B. These head layout drawings shall indicate intended locations and types of all sprinkler -00**. heads be used on the project. These drawings shall also show all lighting, diffusers, 7/5/2013 15300 - 14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. All systems shall be identified at intervals of approximately 20' change of direction and on both sides of wall where pipes pass through walls. F. Piping systems shall be identified with approved snap-on covers designating services and direction of flow. Location of identification covers shall be near access panels wherever possible and on both sides of valves. The markers shall be as manufactured by WH Brady Co., Westline Products, Seton Name Plate Co., or approved equal. 1.32 HYDRAULIC CALCULATED SPRINKLER SYSTEM A. The fire suppression system drawings and hydraulic calculations that are a part of these fire protection construction documents have been developed and prepared for use in complying with permitting requirements. These documents are intended to meet the requirements of 780 CMR, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code (8th edition), section 903.1 and shall not be considered as the fire protection system shop drawings that are defined in 780 CMR section 902.1. The Installing Contractor shall be responsible to prepare shop drawings and hydraulic calculations and to provide all other documentation required to be submitted for review by any Authority Having Jurisdiction and the Architect and/or Registered Professional Engineer that has sealed and signed these documents. B. This specification requires preparation and submission of drawings and other documents, procurement of approvals, and provision of a complete functional system of automatic sprinklers and standpipes. As a result, this Section serves dual purposes of providing specifications and indicating design criteria for The Fire Protection Subcontractor use and guidance in preparing sprinkler installation drawings and other documents for approvals. C. Information Required: The sprinkler contractor shall submit a Hydraulically Balanced System Design: 1. Installer shall provide a proper name plate indicating the installation of hydraulically balanced designed system with information such as number of heads per zone, basis of design, gallons per minute and residual pressure at cross mains and base of risers; static pressure and valved zone control locations. 2. Accompanying sprinkler shop drawings submitted to the owner's insurance company shall be all the sprinkler system requirements,water supply information data,graph and work sheets all as defined in NFPA Standard Nos. 13 and 14. 3. Densities and area requirements shall meet the owner's insurance company requirements. Hydrant flow test data is provided in this specification. Hydrant flow test information must be verified by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor. 4. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall obtain the owner's insurance approval of his design before submitting sprinkler layout shop drawings to the Engineer for approval. o 7/5/2013 15300 - 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Motors '/z H.P. and larger shall be wound for 208 volts, three phase, 60 cycle, A.C. service. Motor power factor shall be a minimum of.85. Motors shall be the high-efficiency type. B. Unless otherwise specified, all motor starters shall be furnished and installed by the Electrical Contractor. 1.29 WIRING DIAGRAMS A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall furnish wiring diagrams for all equipment furnished under this Section for which wiring is to be installed by the Electrical Contractor. 1.30 VALVE TAGS AND CHARTS A. All valves on pipes of every description shall have neat circular brass valve tags of at least 1-1/2" in diameter, attached with brass hooks to each valve stem. Stamp on these valve tags in letters as large as practicable the number of the valve and the service and zone, such as "S.P.", "D", for standpipe, drain, respectively. The numbers of each service shall be consecutive. B. All valves on pumps shall be numbered by 3" red metal discs with white numbers 2" high, secured to stem of valve by means of brass hooks or small solid link brass chain. C. These numbers shall correspond to numbers indicated for valves on the record drawings and on two printed detailed lists. These printed lists shall state the numbers and locations of each valve and the item or group of items which it controls, and other necessary information, such as requiring the opening or closing of another valve or valves, when any one valve is to be opened or closed. D. These printed lists shall be prepared in form to meet approval of the Architect and shall be framed under glass. An additional set of valve tag list framed under glass shall be made available to the Building& Grounds Dept. for offsite records. E. Copies of charts shall be included in O&M manuals. 1.31 IDENTIFICATION A. All labeling of piping, materials and equipment, as outlined hereinafter for identification purposes, shall be performed by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor. B. The snap-on markers shall be installed on the apparatus in full view and shall be a color that is in sharp contrast with the background. Color-coding to be in accordance with the Owner's standards. C. Before the snap-on labels are applied, the apparatus shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted,if specified. D. Letters shall not be less than 1-1/2" in height. Arrows shall not be less than 9" long. Identification shall be installed on pipes above hung ceiling and furred spaces. 7/5/2013 15300 - 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall provide, on the premises and where directed by the Architect, shall maintain in good condition, and shall remove when directed, suitable and substantial watertight sheds in which he shall store all his materials and equipment. 1.25 TEMPORARY SERVICES A. All water, electricity, fire protection and sanitary facilities required for safe and efficient construction during normal working hours shall be furnished in accordance with SECTION 010000-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. 1.26 TESTS A. Furnish all labor, materials, instruments, supplies and services and bear all cost for the accomplishment of the tests herein specified. Correct all defects appearing under test, repeat the tests until no defects are disclosed and leave the equipment clean and ready for use. B. Perform any tests, other than herein specified, which may be required by legal authorities or by agencies to whose requirements this work is to conform. C. Dispose of test water and wastes after tests are complete, in a manner satisfactory to the Architect. 1.27 EQUIPMENT ACCESS REQUIREMENTS A. All work shall be installed so that all parts requiring inspection, operation, maintenance and repair are readily accessible. Minor deviations from the Drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of magnitude shall not be made prior to written approval from the Architect. B. Furnish access panels in walls and ceilings at locations indicated on the Drawings, or as required to permit access for adjustment, removal and the replacement and servicing of all equipment, and all other items requiring maintenance and adjustments. Access panels shall be installed by the General Contractor, or the respective subcontractors. C. Coordinate the exact location of access panels in all finished spaces with the Architect. 1.28 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Unless otherwise indicated, motors for equipment specified under this Section shall be furnished and installed by the Fire Protection Contractor and shall be as follows: 1. Motors smaller than '/2 H.P. shall be wound for 120 volts, single phase, 60-cycle A.C. service. 7/5/2013 15300 - 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. This Contractor shall maintain at the job site at all times a complete and separate set of blackline prints of the fire protection drawings of this trade, on which he shall mark clearly, neatly, accurately and promptly as the work progresses changes to be made, whether resulting from formal change orders or other instructions issued by the Engineer. Include changes in sizes,and grade all pipes,valves,junctions, connections and ends. 1.22 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Provide operating instructions to the Owner's designated representative, with respect to operating and maintenance procedures, for all equipment and systems installed. The cost of such instruction, up to a full eight (8) hours, shall be included in the Contract price. This and all instruction sessions shall be professionally videotaped by this Section 15300 Subcontractor, and three(3)copies submitted to the Engineer. B. At least two (2) months prior to occupancy or final acceptance of the project, turn over to the Architect, three (3) complete manuals containing the following, in accordance with SECTION 15300- CLOSEOUT: 1. Complete, specific Shop Drawings of all equipment. 2. Operation description of all Systems. 3. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of all suppliers of the equipment and Systems. 4. Guarantees on all equipment. 5. Preventive maintenance instructions for all Systems. 6. Spare parts list of all System components. 7. Valve tag charts. C. Each manual shall be typewritten and bound under a separate hard cover 3-ring binder and will be reviewed by the Architect. The manuals shall be clearly and permanently identified on the cover with the name of the project and trade involved. D. Upon completion of the instructions, this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall obtain a letter of acceptance of the instructions as being complete from the owner. Submit a copy of said letter to the Architect. 1.23 CLEANING OF SYSTEMS A. Before the Fire Protection Systems are accepted, all equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all dust, dirt, and/or other foreign matter which may be detrimental to the operation of the Systems or building finishes. B. After the installation is complete, equipment with factory-finished surfaces shall be cleaned. Damaged or scratched spots shall be touched up with the same type and color paint as applied at the factory. C. All equipment that is to receive finish paint by the Painting Contractor shall be cleaned by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor and left ready to have surfaces prepared to receive paint. 1.24 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 7/5/2013 15300 - 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition ' 15300 Subcontractor shall provide all rigging and hoisting required to complete the work of this Section,unless specifically noted otherwise. 1.19 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall be responsible for the maintenance and protection, from loss or damage of all causes, of all equipment, materials and tools supplied by him and stored or installed on the job site, until final acceptance of the project by the Owner. B. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall store his materials and equipment in the location designated by the Owner and maintain the storage area in a safe condition. C. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall clean,patch and repair any material and finish of the building or its contents damaged during the execution of this Contract. 1.20 SHOP DRAWING AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE A. Submit complete Shop Drawings in accordance with provisions of SECTION 010000 - SUBMITTALS. B. Within 30 days after the date of Notice to Proceed and before purchasing any materials or equipment, submit to the Architect for approval, a complete list of the names of manufacturers of all equipment proposed to fulfill the work of this Section. After the list has been processed by the Architect, submit complete Shop Drawings of all equipment and materials. Do not order any material or equipment until approval has been obtained from the Engineer. C. The approval of equipment and materials does not relieve this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor from the responsibility of Shop Drawing errors in details, sizes, quantities and dimensions which deviate from the Specifications, Contract Drawings and/or job conditions as they exist. D. If apparatus or materials are substituted by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor for those specified, and such substitution necessitates changes in any mechanical or electrical equipment, or alteration to connections, piping, supports, or construction, same shall be provided. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor is to assume the cost and entire responsibility thereof. The Engineer's permission to make such a substitution shall not relieve this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor from full responsibility for the work. E. Changes to work already performed, made necessary by delays in Shop Drawing approvals,are the responsibility of this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor. 1.21 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Submit Record Drawings in accordance with SECTION 010000 - SUMMARY OF WORK and- CLOSEOUT. 7/5/2013 15300 - 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition -low*. expense of this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor, including all other damage done to areas, materials and other systems resulting from this failure. B. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall guarantee that all elements of the Systems are of sufficient capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated. C. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of failure of any part of the Systems during the guarantee period, the affected part or parts shall be promptly replaced by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor at no charge to the owner. D. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall furnish, before the final payment is made, a written guarantee covering the above requirements. 1.16 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ACCEPTANCE A. The entire Fire Protection System shall be fully operational and under automatic control prior to acceptance by the Owner. All equipment shall be test operated, calibrated and adjusted by the SECTION 15300 Subcontractor and the proper operation of all components of the Fire Protection System shall be demonstrated to the Owner. The SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall secure a Letter of Acceptance of the Fire Protection System from the Owner. A copy of said Letter shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to formal acceptance of the Fire Protection System. 1.17 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be the best of their respective kinds and in full accord with state of the art mechanical construction. All materials shall be new. B. All materials necessary to make the installation complete in every detail shall be furnished and installed under this Contract, whether or not specifically shown on the Drawings or specified herein. C. It is the intent of the Specifications that one manufacturer be selected, not a combination, for any particular classification of materials. D. Where materials, equipment, apparatus or other products are specified by manufacturer, brand name, type or catalog number, such designation is to establish the standard of desired quality and style and shall be the basis of the bid. 1.18 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT HANDLING A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall do all handling of his materials and equipment and the resulting cleanup, at his expense, in a safe and satisfactory manner. Special attention shall be paid to the protection of life and property and the equipment or apparatus handled, and any corresponding damages shall be replaced, repaired or paid for by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor, as approved by the Engineer. This SECTION 7/5/2013 15300- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition all such parts as may be necessary to complete the work in accordance with the best trade practice and to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the Owner. The Owner shall have the right to reject any part of the work in case the workmanship is not of satisfactory quality and this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall replace same with acceptable work at his own expense. 1.11 INVESTIGATION A. It shall be the responsibility of the bidders to acquaint themselves with the available information,before submitting their bid. Bidders must acquaint themselves with the Site, Plumbing, Architectural, Demolition, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings, as well as the specifications. The Bidders shall fully inform themselves of all local and state Code requirements. Extra compensation will not be given for obvious conflicts apparent at the time of the start of the project. Refer to 1.3 —Scope of Work. 1.12 INSURANCE A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall include in his bid the premiums of the insurance required by the Contract and General Conditions of the Contract. 1.13 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall obtain all the permits required for this Section of the work. He shall also obtain all the inspections and tests required. The Building Department of the Town of Northampton shall waive all the building permit fees. Defects discovered in work,materials and/or equipment shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner, and the inspection and test shall be repeated to the Architect's satisfaction. When work is completed, this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall furnish a Certificate of Inspection and Approval to the Owner before final payment of the Contract will be allowed. 1.14 CONTRACT COST BREAKDOWN A. At the start of construction, submit a breakdown of material and labor costs to aid the Architect in determining the value of the work installed, as the job progresses. The cost breakdown shall itemize categories of materials or portions of systems, as may be the case,to place a value on the work as it is installed. B. No requisitions will be paid until after the breakdown is delivered to the Architect. C. Breakdown to indicate materials and manpower costs for each phase, building, section or other division or segment of work, as applicable. 1.15 GUARANTEE A. Unless otherwise noted, all materials, items of equipment and workmanship furnished under this Section shall carry the standard warranty against all defects in material and workmanship for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of substantial completion of the work. Any fault due to defective or improper material or workmanship which may develop within that period, shall be made good, forthwith, by and at the 7/5/2013 15300 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition been made to fully detail all conditions which shall occur. The Fire Protection and Architectural drawings contain details, sections, enlarged plans, etc., that must referred to prior to installing any work. Installation of work not in compliance with these detailed drawings shall be removed and installed correctly at this subcontractor's expense, with no extension of time. 1.09 EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION AND COORDINATION A. All systems and equipment covered by this Section of the Specifications shall not be installed in congested and problem areas without first coordinating the installation of same with other trades and the General Contractor. This SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall, at his own expense, relocate all equipment installed in congested or problem areas should they interfere with the proper installation of the equipment to be installed by other trades and by the General Contractor. B. Particular attention shall be directed to the coordination of Systems with all equipment of other trades installed in the ceiling areas, chases and soffit spaces. Coordinate, with the other trades, locations and elevations of all equipment in hung ceiling areas, chases and soffit spaces to insure adequate space for the installation of fixtures before said equipment is installed. C. Furnish, to the General Contractor and all other Contractors, all information relative to the portion of the installation specified in this Section that will affect them, sufficiently in advance, so that they may plan their work and installations accordingly. D. In the case of failure on the part of this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor to give proper information as indicated above, sufficiently in advance, this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor will pay for all back charges incurred by the General Contractor and other Contractors for the modification and/or relocation of any portion of the work already performed by them in conjunction with this Contract due to this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor's delay or for having given incorrect information. E. Obtain from the other trades all information relative to the work by this Section of the Specifications, which this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor is to execute in conjunction with the installation of their respective equipment. F. In the event that conflicts, if any, cannot be settled rapidly and amicably between the affected trades with work proceeding in a workmanlike manner, then the Architect shall decide which work is to be relocated without additional charge to the Owner and his judgment shall be final and binding. G. This Fire Protection Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the other trades, include sections and details as required under SECTION 010000 - SUBMITTALS. 1.10 WORKMANSHIP A. The entire work provided in this Specification shall be constructed and finished, in every respect, in a workmanlike and substantial manner. It is not intended that the Drawings shall show every detail, but this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor shall furnish and install 7/5/2013 15300 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. All work shall be in accordance with the arrangement, details and locations, as indicated on the Contract Drawings, Reference Drawings and any supplemental addenda, bulletins or drawings issued by the Engineer. Layouts are diagrammatic and final arrangement of equipment shall suit field conditions. Install all necessary fittings and equipment offsets required to meet job conditions. The Drawings are not intended to be scaled, but shall be followed with sufficient accuracy to coordinate with other work and structural limitations. Work installed in a manner contrary to that shown on the Drawings, or interfering with the work of another trade, shall be removed and reinstalled when so directed by the Engineer. Discrepancies and questionable points shall be immediately reported to the Engineer for clarification. 1.07 CODES,REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS A. All work shall be installed in conformance to the governing Codes, Regulations and Ordinances. It shall be the responsibility of this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor to familiarize himself with all governing Codes, Regulations and Ordinances and report any non-compliance of the Plans and Specifications to the Engineer, prior to entering into a contract. All the preceding requirements shall take precedence over the Plans and Specifications. These requirements are minimum criteria and no reductions permitted by Code will be allowed without written permission of the Architect. B. All workmanship, methods and materials shall meet the highest standards of the trade and, in general, shall conform to the standards of the following associations: BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers NFPA National Fire Protection Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Assn. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act UL Underwriters' Laboratories ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials Massachusetts State Building Code 6th Edition Town of Northampton Regulations And Ordinances 1.08 DRAWINGS AND CONFLICTS IN THE WORK A. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to be complementary. Any materials shown or specified in one, but not in the other, reasonably implied and usually included under good industry practice and/or required by applicable Codes and Regulations for the proper and safe completion and operation of the work described herein, shall be furnished and installed by this SECTION 15300 Subcontractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Drawings show general arrangement of equipment and are not intended to indicate the exact dimensions of runs. B. The drawings are intended to show the design concept of the building and building systems, including piping locations in all exposed areas, access panels, valve locations, corridor crossings, relationships between various mechanical, electrical, plumbing, structural and architectural systems and the fire protection systems. Every attempt has 7/5/2013 15300 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. The terms "directed", "required", "permitted", "ordered", "designated", "prescribed" and similar words shall mean the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Engineer. The terms "approved", "acceptable", "satisfactory" and similar words shall mean approved by, acceptable or satisfactory to the Engineer. The terms "necessary", "reasonable", "proper", "correct" and similar words shall mean necessary,reasonable,proper or correct in the judgment of the Engineer. H. 'Piping" includes in addition to pipe or mains, all fittings, flanges, unions, valves, strainers, drains,hangers and other accessories relative to such piping. I. "Plumbing" includes all plumbing equipment, ductwork, fittings, dampers and appurtenances required for a complete and operational system as described on the drawings and in these specifications. J. "Concealed" means hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction or in crawl spaces. K. "Exposed" means not installed underground or"concealed" as defined above. L. "Invert Elevation" means the elevation of the inside bottom of the pipe. M. "This Subcontractor" refers to the Contractor or his Subcontractors responsible for furnishing and installation of all work indicated on the plumbing drawings and in the plumbing specifications. N. "Owner" or shall refer to (PVTA.) O. "Other Work Contractor" (OWC), "General Contractor" refers to the Contractor or Subcontractors performing work under other Sections of the Contract Specifications as provided in other Sections of the specifications. P. "Architect" shall refer to the Architect "Weston & Sampson"and/or the Engineer "Robert W. Sullivan Engineers, Inc. (RWS)". 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. The following related work shall be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Water Service—SECTION 33 —UTILITY SERVICES. 2. Painting SECTION 09000-PAINTING. 3. Plumbing SECTION 15400-PLUMBING. 4. Electrical SECTION 16000 -ELECTRICAL. 5. Excavation and backfill - SECTION 31 -EARTH WORK. 6. Electricity and water for all tests - SECTION O1 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. 7. Except as specified herein, cutting shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor and patching shall be performed by trades specializing in the specific surfaces affected, i.e. carpentry,masonry,metals, etc. 1.06 INTENT 7/5/2013 15300 -4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Access panels: for installation by trade in which panels occur. C. This Section 15300 Subcontractor shall furnish, install and maintain, in safe adequate condition, all staging and scaffolding that are necessary for the proper execution of the work of this Section 15300. D. This Section 15300 Subcontractor shall perform all cutting,coring and channeling up to 5 inches in diameter required for the work of this Section. E. Alternates: The work in this Section is affected by Alternates. Alternates for additional information. 1.03 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority (Owner) will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor's or Filed subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Words in the singular shall also mean and include the plural, wherever the context so indicates and words in the plural shall mean the singular, wherever the context so indicates. B. Wherever the terms "shown on drawings" OR "indicated" are used in the specifications, they shall mean "noted", "indicated", "scheduled", "detailed", or any other diagrammatic or written reference made in the specifications or shown on any drawings. C. Wherever the term "provide" is used in the specifications it will mean "furnish" and "install", "connect", "apply", "erect", "construct", or similar terms, unless otherwise indicated in the specifications. D. Wherever the term "material" is used in the specifications it will mean any "product", "equipment", "device", "assembly",or "item" required under the Contract,as indicated by trade or brand name, manufacturer's name, standard specification reference or other description. E. The terms "approved", or "approval" shall mean the written approval of the Architect/Engineer. F. The term "specification" shall mean all information contained in the bound or unbound volume, including all "Contract Documents" defined therein, except for the drawings. 7/5/2013 15300- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Procure recent hydrant flow test data. 2. Complete wet automatic sprinkler system. 3. Automatic sprinkler heads. 4. Sprinkler accessories. 5. Sprinkler watchman kit. 6. Inspector's test stations or test connections. 7. System drain and test risers sized as required by applicable NFPA standards. 8. Fire Department connection. 9. Tamper switches. 10. Flow switches. IL. Escutcheons. 12. Catalog cuts, shop drawings and head layout drawings. Hydraulic calculations verifying pipe sizing. 13. Firestopping and smoke stopping of all penetrations of walls and floors required by the work of this section. 14. Sleeves, inserts and hangers. 15. Staging and planking up to and including 8 feet in height. 16. Testing and certificates. 17. Record drawings. 18. Operations and maintenance manuals. 19. Valve tags and charts. 20. Instructions. 21. Spare heads in cabinet, wrenches. 22. Hoisting,rigging, setting of all piping and equipment. 23. Permits, royalties, guarantees, submittals to and approvals from Town of Northampton Fire Department and all other State and Local Authorities exercising jurisdiction over this project. 24. Furnishing of access panels. 25. Coordination drawings/meetings. 26. Seismic restraints. 27. Pipe identification 28. Guarantees 29. Commissioning activities a. Provide any other component or related system (whether or not listed) which is part of the overall design and basic equipment and deemed necessary for its completion, thoroughness and readiness for operation in perfect condition. b. List of Drawings: The work to be completed by the Filed Subcontractor for the work of this Section is shown on the drawings(refer to Drawing Index). The Fire Protection Subcontractor shall carefully inspect all the listed drawings,not just those pertaining particularly to this sub-trade unless specifically called out otherwise,regardless of where among the drawings it appears. Examine all drawings and all other sections of the specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this Section. B. Furnish the following for installation under the designated SECTIONS: 7/5/2013 15300- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 15300 FIRE PROTECTION (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED) PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, and Contract Conditions as listed in the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. B. Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-bids and is governed by the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL),Public Bidding Law - Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended, and applicable Sections of the MGL, Public Contract Law - Chapter 30. C. The work to be completed by the Filed Subcontractor for the work of this Section is shown on the following listed Drawings: Fire Protection Drawings: FPO.1,FP 1.1, FP2.1 1. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this Section. The listing of Contract Drawings above does not limit Filed Subcontractor's responsibility to determine full extent of work of this Section as required by all Drawings listed in the Drawing List on the Drawing Title Sheet, as modified by Addenda. D. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at a time and place as stipulated in Invitation for Bids and Instructions to Bidders. 1. The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF SUB-BIDDER: SUB-BID FOR TRADE: 2. Each Sub-Bid submittal for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by Awarding Authority, as bound herein, accompanied with the required bid deposit in compliance with MGL Chapter 149 Section 44B in the amount of 5 percent of Filed Sub-Bid. E. Sub Sub-Bid Requirements:NONE REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION. 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install the following items required to complete the work of this SECTION, as shown on the Contract Drawings and specified herein: 7/5/2013 15300 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCESS PANELS .........................................................................................................................16 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS....................................................................................................................17 2.03 VALVES.........................................................................................................................................18 2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS .......................................................................................................18 2.05 SLEEVES AND INSERTS.............................................................................................................19 2.06 ESCUTCHEONS............................................................................................................................19 2.07 SPRINKLER HEADS ....................................................................................................................19 2.08 SPARE SPRINKLER HEADS AND CABINETS.........................................................................20 2.09 WET ALARM VALVE..................................................................................................................20 2.10 FIRE PROTECTION ALARMS ....................................................................................................21 2.11 DRAINS AND TEST CONNECTIONS ........................................................................................21 2.12 WATER FLOW SWITCHES.........................................................................................................21 2.13 TAMPER SWITCHES ...................................................................................................................21 2.14 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH..........................................................................................................21 2.15 EARTHQUAKE PROTECTION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS................................................22 2.16 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION.........................................................................................23 2.17 BACKFLOW DEVICES ................................................................................................................23 2.18 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING......................................................................................................23 2.19 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT...........................................................................24 PART 3,-EXECUTION 3.01 OPERATION AND START-UP....................................................................................................24 3.02 COORDINATION..........................................................................................................................24 3.03 PAINTING............................................................................................. 3.04 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION........................................................................................................25 3.05 PROCEDURE FOR TESTING ......................................................................................................26 3.06 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS............................................................................................26 3.07 SITE WATER MAIN TEST CERTIFICATES..............................................................................27 3.08 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT.............................................................................27 7/5/2013 15300 - ii Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 15300 FIRE PROTECTION (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS ...............................................................................................................1 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK...........................................................................................................................1 1.03 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS...........................................................................3 1.04 DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................................................3 1.05 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE.................................................................................................4 1.06 INTENT............................................................................................................................................4 1.07 CODES,REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS.............................................................................5 1.08 DRAWINGS AND CONFLICTS IN THE WORK.........................................................................5 1.09 EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION AND COORDINATION........................................................6 1.10 WORKMANSHIP ............................................................................................................................6 1.11 INVESTIGATION............................................................................................................................7 1.12 INSURANCE....................................................................................................................................7 1.13 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS .....................................................................................................7 1.14 CONTRACT COST BREAKDOWN...............................................................................................7 1.15 GUARANTEE..................................................................................................................................7 1.16 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS ACCEPTANCE.........................................................................8 1.17 MATERIALS....................................................................................................................................8 1.18 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT HANDLING............................................................................8 1.19 MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS............................................................9 1.20 SHOP DRAWING AND MATERIAL SCHEDULE.......................................................................9 1.21 RECORD DRAWINGS....................................................................................................................9 1.22 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS .......................................10 1.23 CLEANING OF SYSTEMS...........................................................................................................10 1.24 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES .....................................................................................................10 1.25 TEMPORARY SERVICES............................................................................................................11 1.26 TESTS.............................................................................................................................................11 1.27 EQUIPMENT ACCESS REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................11 1.28 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS.....................................................................................................11 1.29 WIRING DIAGRAMS ...................................................................................................................12 1.30 VALVE TAGS AND CHARTS.....................................................................................................12 1.31 IDENTIFICATION.........................................................................................................................12 1.32 HYDRAULIC CALCULATED SPRINKLER SYSTEM..............................................................13 1.33 HYDRANT FLOW TEST..............................................................................................................14 1.34 SPRINKLER HEAD LAYOUT DRAWINGS...............................................................................14 1.35 SPRINKLER PIPING LAYOUT DRAWINGS.............................................................................15 1.36 ACCESS PANEL LAYOUT DRAWINGS....................................................................................15 1.37 CEILING MARKER SYSTEM......................................................................................................16 1.38 SEQUENCING...............................................................................................................................16 low 7/5/2013 15300 - i Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. Remove all tape and other packing materials; thoroughly clean and polish all exposed-to-view, and interior surfaces. B Touch-up all scratches and other surface defects, using same materials and colors as shop finish. 3.02 CLEANING A Upon completion of the work of this Section in any given area, remove all furniture packing from the work area. B Clean work under provisions of Section 01740—CLEANING UP. 3.03 PROTECTION A Protect casegoods and equipment with plastic covers under provisions of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 12620 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 12620 FURNISHINGS AND CASEGOODS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A This Section covers miscellaneous equipment and furniture as indicated herein. B Provide all equipment,materials,tools and labor to furnish, assemble and install the furnishings and accessories. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 06200—FINISH CARPENTRY: Installation of miscellaneous millwork items furnished by Owner. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Do not receive furniture and accessories for project until finish work has been completed and dry, including finish woodwork, ceiling materials, wall finishes and painting. B Protect materials from damage due to moisture, direct sunlight, excessive temperatures, surface contamination and damage from construction operations and other causes. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 LATERAL FILES A Three-drawer lateral file as manufactured by HON Brigade and distributed through Global Industries/ Systemax,Port Washington,NY,product: "600 Series, 42 inch 3 Drawer File, or approved equal. The Contractor shall provide and install lateral files where shown on drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A Install furnishings, casegoods and equipment in accordance with manufacturers written instructions; locate where directed by Engineer. 1. Do not commence installation of products until immediately adjacent surfaces have been completely installed and finished. 2. Perform installation work in accordance with the approved shop drawings and the manufacturer's installation instructions. 3. Install products absolutely level and in true line, with units securely anchored to OW the surrounding construction. 7/15/2013 12620 - 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Aoftk Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Vertical blinds shall hang straight and flat without buckling or distortion. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install units to comply with manufacturer's instructions for type of mountings and operations required. Provide units plumb and true, securely anchored in place with recommended hardware and accessories to provide smooth, easy operation. 3.02 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation of gap at window opening perimeter: 1/4 inch. B. Maximum offset from level: 1/8 inch. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust units for smooth operation. Replace any units or components which do not operate smoothly and without hindrance. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 12492 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. 12 inch lengths of headrail with at least two carriers and operating end cap, illustrating materials and selected headrail color. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURER A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Springs Window Fashions, LLC, Middleton, WI. 2. Hunter Douglas, Broomfield, CO. 3. LouverDrape Corporation, Santa Monica, CA. 4. Levolar Window Fashions Division of Newell Rubbermaid Company, Atlanta, GA. 2.02 BLIND COMPONENTS A. Vanes: 3-1/2 inch wide, perforated extruded polyvinyl chloride, equal to SWF Contract GRABER G-71 in selected color. Space vanes 3-1/8 inches on center. B. Headrail: Extruded aluminum 6063 alloy T5 temper,having a minimum wall thickness of 0.047 inch, nominally 1-5/16 inches high, of width for manufacturer's standard trucks and specified operation, with capped ends. C. Carrier trucks: Delrin stem support with traversing delrin wheels or equal high- strength nylon with ratchet rotation mechanism and field replaceable hook. D. Spacer links: Stainless steel, aluminum or delrin spacer/stabilizer links. E. Transversing: Continuous polyester transverse cord with rayon core, attached to master carrier. Blinds may transverse left or right direction or may be centered for center drawer. 1. Cord shall be held down by a spring tensioned pulley. F. Rotation: Bi-directional, no-friction beaded chain mechanism, with high-strength glass-fiber-reinforced polyester spur gear and keyed aluminum rod. Control loop chain shall be endless nickel plated bead chain. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Mounting Brackets: Zinc chromate finished 16 gage steel in manufacturer's standard configuration for head or wall mounting. 2.04 FABRICATION A. Fabrication: Fabricate units to completely fill existing openings, from head-to-sill and jamb-to-jamb. Do not commence fabrication of blind units field measurements are confirmed. 7/15/2013 12492 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 12492 VERTICAL LOUVER BLINDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install: vertical louver blinds and supplementary items required for installation. 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire performance characteristics; shade material tested in accordance with NFPA 701- Vertical Burn Test,rated"FR". 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data,physical properties and installation instructions for each item furnished hereunder. a. Provide additional information required for vane materials, including: Size limitations, fire resistance information. b. Note on submittals any deviations from specified requirements and the reasons thereof. 2. Maintenance Information: Maintenance data and recommended cleaning materials, and cleaning and stain removal methods. 3. Warranty: Provide sample copies of manufacturers' actual warranties for all materials to be furnished under this Section, clearly defining all terms, conditions, and time periods for the coverage thereof. 4. Shop drawings: a. Dimensioned 1/4 inch scale drawings,bearing dimensions of actual measurements taken at the project,where practical. b. Include complete fabrication details and erection drawings. 5. Selection samples: a. Polyvinyl chloride chips indicating Manufacturer's range of colors, transparency, and textures available for initial selection. b. Provide additional samples, of size requested by Engineer,to aid in the Engineer's selection. 6. Verification samples: a. 12 inch vane lengths illustrating perforation pattern, material and color. 7/15/2013 12492 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Clean work under provisions of Section 01740—CLEANING UP. , 1. Clean and vacuum floor mat surfaces upon completion of the installation. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. B. Prohibit traffic from floor mat areas for 24 hours after installation. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 12484 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. 1. Request correction of defects in receiving surfaces which are not correctable by the methods specified herein. Do not commence work until such defects are entirely corrected. 2. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and project conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection of In-situ Conditions: During the operation of work of this Section,protect existing finishes against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Clean, or repair all existing materials which are soiled or otherwise damaged by Work of this Section,to match original profiles and finishes. Existing materials and finishes which cannot be cleaned, or repaired shall be removed and replaced with new work to match existing. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave smooth, flat and hard surface, as required to ensure that floor mated surfaces will be level to within 1/8 inch tolerance in 10 feet in any direction. 2. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. 3. Thoroughly sweep and vacuum all surfaces and remove all foreign matter. 3.03 INSTALLATION—FLOOR GRILLES AND GRATES A. Install the work of this Section in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Engineer, anchoring all units firmly into position, square,plumb, straight, and true. B. Cast the edge extrusion into the concrete slab. C. Set the grid units in place, shimming with vinyl as required to provide stability on the Drain Pan. 3.04 CLEANING A. Daily clean work areas by sweeping and disposing of debris, and scraps. B. After completion of the work of this Section, remove equipment, and clean all wall, partition, and floor areas free from deposits of adhesives and other materials installed under this Section. 7/15/2013 12484 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Kadee Industries Inc., product: KD58SS Stainless Steel Grating. * 2.02 GRATING ASSEMBLIES A. Stainless Steel Grating: 0.093 by 0.156 inch type 304 stainless steel wire spaced 0.125 inches on center and welded to support rods spaced 1 inch on center, 5/8 inch deep overall. 1. Exposed Finish: Number 4 satin finish. 2. Provide with hidden lock-downs with stainless steel recessed angle frame. B. Frame: Fully recessed stainless steel angle frame, nominally 3/4 inches deep. 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: Do not fabricate materials until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Shop-fabricate units of floor mat to greatest extent possible in sizes as indicated. Where not indicated otherwise,provide single unit for each mat installation, but do not exceed manufacturer's maximum size recommendation for units intended for removal and cleaning. Where joints in mats are necessary, space symmetrically and away from normal traffic lanes. Miter corner joints in framing elements with hairline joints or provide prefabricated corner units without joints. Where possible, verify sizes by field measurement before shop fabrication. C. Fabricate frame to be truly straight, level and square. Provide frame pieces in longest available lengths to minimize joints. Space unavoidable joints evenly about centerline of mat and spline butt joints with connecting pins. Form corners with tightly mitered joints or use prefabricated jointless corners. D. Provide frames and mats to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated on approved shop drawings. Provide one-piece mats except where size exceeds manufacturer's recommended limit for easy removal and cleaning. Where more than one-piece mats are used, locate seams away from main traffic pattern. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Filler for patching, smoothing and leveling substrate: Portland cement-based latex underlayment acceptable to flooring manufacturer, equal to the following: 1. Ardex, Inc.,products "Feather Flash" and"Ardex SD-P". 2. Quikrete Companies, product "Fast-Set Underlayment 1248". 3. Silpro Masonry Systems Inc.,product"Profinish". 7/15/2013 12484 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name, and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures, and in accordance with material safety data sheets. 2. Store materials for 3 days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature and humidity stability. 3. Protect materials from damage due to moisture, direct sunlight, excessive temperatures, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. a. Store all mat materials under cover in dry, well-ventilated spaces as soon as delivered. b. Protect floor mating from damage, dirt, stain, moisture, and mildew. 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Maintain a temperature of at least 60 degrees Fahrenheit, with a relative humidity of between 15 and 60 percent, for a period of 72 hours before, during, and 24 hours after installation. 1.09 WARRANTY A. General: Submit warranties under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. B. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's 10 year warranty which shall include texture retention, wear, and static protection and edge ravel resistance and run resistance strength for the life of the matting. Commencing on the date of substantial completion. C. Special Warranty: Mat installer's written guarantee covering prompt and proper replacement of any and all floor mating which indicates improper installation workmanship and/or defective material within twelve months from completion of the installation and acceptance thereof by the Engineer, said corrective work being performed by the mat installer at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Arden Architectural Specialties, Inc.,product: "Elegril". 2. JL Industries, Inc., product: "JL508". 7/15/2013 12484 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Field Measurements: a. Take field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of Work. b. Measure all areas to receive materials to be furnished and installed hereunder, and verify in the field their actual dimensions, including wall-to- wall dimensions, offsets, door locations, and details, fixed equipment, and all other installed items. c. Allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. Extra charges will not be allowed because of lack of familiarity with actual project conditions. Use largest floor mat widths to produce minimum number of seams. Small pieces of floor mat will not be acceptable. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data, physical properties, for each item furnished hereunder, including grilles, accessories, adhesives, and leveling materials. Include manufacturer's application methods or installation instructions for each item furnished hereunder. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770— low* PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1. Bonds and Warranty Documentation: a. Manufacturer's Warranties and Guarantees as specified elsewhere herein this Section. Describe coverage of materials and installation and resultant damage from failure of installation 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. B. Sole Source: Obtain products required for the Work of this Section from a single manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 2. Do not deliver floor mat materials to the project until all concrete, masonry, plaster and other wet work has been completed and dry. 7/15/2013 12484 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 12484 ENTRANCE GRILLES AND FLOOR MATS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of entry floor mats and grilles where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes, but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish and install the following: I. Entrance grilles where indicated on the Drawings, including all accessories necessary to complete the work. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY: Installing metal thresholds. B. Section 08710 -DOOR HARDWARE:Furnishing metal thresholds. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420- REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM D 2859 - Test Method for Flammability of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials. 2. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. ASTM E 648 - Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 4. NFPA: Publication 253 - Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems. 5. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations regarding flammability and smoke generation of interior finishes. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. General: Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing inserts and anchorages furnished by this Section; make arrangements for delivery, receipt and installation of inserts and anchorages to prevent delay of the Work. B. Sequencing: 7/15/2013 12484 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Stainless steel: Number 4 satin finish, except as otherwise specified above under the Article entitled"Toilet Accessories". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Provide templates and rough-in measurements as required. Deliver inserts and rough-in frames to site at appropriate times for building-in by other trades B. Coordinate with trades responsible for providing receiving surfaces on which accessories will be installed. C. Exact locations of accessories within each room or area shall be as directed by the Engineer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Perform installation work in accordance with the approved shop drawings and the manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Install toilet accessories absolutely level and in true line, securely and rigidly anchored with theft proof fasteners of the size and type most appropriate for the specific receiving surface, concealing the fasteners as far as practicable. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application made. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove all protective films and coverings from accessories, and clean and polish each piece. Remove all rubbish, packing materials, and debris, caused by the work of this Section. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 10810- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. Bradley model N°. 234. 2.03 ADA PIPING PROTECTION A. Specified Product (Basis of Design): IPS Corporation, Collierville, TN.,product "Soft Guard Plus". B. Description: 1/8 inch thick pliable PVC Shell finish Soft Guard Plus on all drainage piping including hot and cold water valve and supplies under lavatories to comply with ADA and UPC standards. Covers shall be secured by custom fit, tamper- resistant snap-to-lock fasteners. 1. Complies with ICC/ANSI A117.1 (sec 606.6). 2. PVC Base Insulation Material, Class A rated complying with 25 Flame Spread/450 Smoke Index (tested under ASTM E-84). 2.04 LOCKS A. General: All locks shall be keyed alike. Provide four(4)keys, for lockable accessories, to the Owner. 2.05 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners, screws, and bolts: Type 304 stainless,tamperproof. B. Expansion shields: Fiber, lead or rubber as recommended by accessory manufacturer for component and substrate. 2.06 FABRICATION A. Form exposed surfaces from single sheet of stock, free of joints. Form surfaces flat without distortion, scratches or dents. Weld and grind smooth joints of fabricated components. B. Back paint components where contact is made with building finishes to prevent electrolysis. C. Shop assemble components and package complete with anchors and fittings. Hot dip galvanize exposed and painted ferrous metal and fastening devices. Provide steel anchor plates, adapters, and anchor components for installation. 2.07 FACTORY FINISHING A. Ferrous metals: Clean and treat, spray apply one coat of baked-on rust and moisture- resistant primer, followed by two coats of baked-on synthetic enamel, in selected colors. Ensure that finish coating is uniform in color intensity and degree of gloss, throughout. B. Chrome/Nickel Plating: ASTM 456, Type SC2, satin finish. 7/15/2013 10810- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Mop and broom holders: Surface mounted, nominal 34 inch long stainless steel unit - , with 18 gage 8 inch deep continuous shelf, 4 stainless hooks and 3 mop/broom holders, anti-slip spring loaded, rubber cam mop holders, capable of holding 7/8 to 1- 1/4 inch diameter handles. 1. A&J model N°. UJ45A. 2. ASI model N°. 1308-3. 3. Bobrick model N°. B-239-34. 4. Bradley model N°. 9933. E. Sanitary napkin disposal: Surface mounted feminine napkin disposal unit, fabricated of type 304 stainless steel, with one piece cover. 1. A&J, model N°. U591. 2. ASI model N°. 0852. 3. Bobrick Contura Series B-270. 4. Bradley model N°. 4781-15. F. Soap dispensers: Surface mounted for viscous free flowing soaps, with lockable 40 fluid ounce stainless steel container, and corrosion resistant all purpose valve for liquid soaps, lotions and detergents which will operate with less than 5 pounds of force. 1. Bobrick `Contura' Series, model N . B-4112 2. A&J model N°. U124. 3. ASI model N°. 9343. 4. Bradley model N° 6542. G. Toilet tissue dispenser: double roll type: surface-mounted dispenser with cast aluminum bracket, molded and extruded uncontrolled dispensing ABS spindles, vandelproof keyed locking mechanism, able to accommodate one 2000 sheet rolls. 1. A&J model N°. U806-NC. 2. ASI model N°. 0264-1A2. 3. Bobrick model N°. B-2740. 4. Bradley model N°. 5241-50. H. Towel dispenser& waste receptacle units: Recessed combination paper towel dispenser and waste receptacle unit with stainless steel door and cabinet, welded construction. Paper towel dispenser shall have a capacity of 600 "C fold"or 800 "Multi-fold"towels. Waste container shall have a removable leak-proof rigid molded plastic container with a capacity of 12 gallons. 1. A&J model N°. U650. 2. ASI model N°. 0469. 3. Bobrick model N°. B-3944. , 7/15/2013 10810- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.02 TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Coat/robe hook: Surface mounted bright polished finish stainless steel double robe hook, fabricated from 22 gage type 304 stainless steel,protrudes from wall nominally 1-7/8 inches. 1. A&J model N°. UX 112. 2. ASI model N°. 7345-B. 3. Bobrick model N°. B-7672. 4. Bradley model N°. (n/a). B. Grab bars (of lengths and configurations as indicated on Drawings): Stainless steel, minimum wall thickness 18 gage (Stub's gage), with non-slip knurled, peened or striated surface. 1. Grab bars: 1-1/4 inch diameter with satin finished ends, concealed 1/8 inch thick mounting flange with snap-on cover, equal to: a. A&J model N°. UG2. b. ASI series 3700. c. Bobrick series B-5806. d. Bradley series 832. C. Mirrors: roll-formed angle framed, size(s) as scheduled or otherwise indicated on Drawings,having the following features: 1. Frame: one piece 3/4/by 3/4 inch type 304 18 gage stainless steel roll formed frame, with continuous integral stiffener on all sides. Corners shall be heliarc welded, ground and polished smooth. a. Exposed finish: Brushed satin 2. Back: Mirror back shall be protected by full-size, shock-absorbing, water- resistant, non-abrasive 1/8" (3-mm)thick polyethylene padding. Galvanized steel backing shall have integral brackets for concealed mounting. 3. Mirror glass: 1/4 inch thick clear glass, ASTM C 1048 with Class 1 clear, quality q3 glazing select, conforming to ANSI Z97.1,with Class 1, standard commercial quality, electro-copper back-plating protected by a corrosion-resistant zinc- coating. a. Mirror corrosion resistant backing shall have minimum 15 year warranty. 4. Acceptable models: a. A&J model N°. U700-VC. b. ASI model N°. 0600. c. Bobrick model N°. B-290. d. Bradley model N°. 780. e. Meek model N°. M 1210. 7/15/2013 10810- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Selection samples: Sample color chips indicating each manufacturer's full range of colors available for selection by Engineer. 4. Verification samples: Complete units, as requested by Engineer. 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes and accessibility regulations, and comply with ANSI A 117.1 for installation of work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name, identification of manufacturer or supplier and item identification number corresponding with approved schedule. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with placement of internal wall reinforcement and reinforcement of toilet partitions to receive anchor attachments. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Deliver to the Owner upon completion of the work of this Section, applicable manufacturer's standard warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufactures and models: To establish a standard of quality, design, function desired, and appearance, Drawings and specifications have been based on manufacturers and model numbers specified herein below. Manufacturers offering products which may be considered as equal include the following: 1. A&J Washroom Accessories, Inc., (A&J)New Windsor NY. 2. American Specialties, Inc. (ASI), Yonkers NY. 3. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. (Bobrick), Clifton Park NY. 4. Bradley Corporation/Washroom Accessories Division, (Bradley)Menomonee Falls, WI. 5. Meek Manufacturing Company, Inc., Fort Smith AR. 7/15/2013 10810- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install toilet, bath and custodial accessories. B. Furnish and install protection padding for exposed piping. C. Furnish concealed anchorage devices for handicap handrails for installation under Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY. D. Furnish toilet and bath accessory templates, to locate anchorage reinforcement, to trades responsible. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: 1. Wood blocking. 2. Installation of concealed anchorage devices for grab bars in toilet rooms: Section 10810 - TOILET ACCESSORIES. B. Section 09250 - Gypsum BOARD: Gypsum board partitions and metal framing. C. Section 09310 - CERAMIC TILING: Tiled walls as substrate for toilet accessories. D. Section 10170 - PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420- REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ANSI A 117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible To and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, for each item furnished hereunder. 2. Schedule: Complete schedule, indicating types, quantity, and model numbers of accessories for each location in which the accessories will be installed. 7/15/2013 10810- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Fit and align partition assembly level and plumb. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust partition assembly to provide smooth operation from stacked to drawn position. B. Visually inspect partition in drawn position for light leaks to identify a potential acoustic leak. Adjust to achieve light seal. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01740—CLEANING UP. B. Clean finish surfaces and partition accessories. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 10653- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Panel construction: Nominal 3-1/4 inches thick in manufacturer's standard width. Panel skins shall be Class "A" flame spread rated, tackable and moisture resistant material assembled to a metal frame. 3. Panel finish: Manufacturer's heavy duty fabric with dense woven back weighing not less than 15 ounces per lineal yard. 4. Chair rail: American Black Cherry(Prunus serotina),Plain Sliced in profile as indicated on the Drawing or as selected from the manufacturer's full range of available trim. 5. Trim: Trimless appearance. All exposed metal shall have dark bronze satin finish. B. Suspension System: 1. Carriers: Ball bearing, steel wheels on trolley carrier at top center of every panel, with threaded pendant bolt for vertical adjustment. 2. Track: Formed steel, bracket mount track system, of thickness and profile designed to support live and dead loads; equal to Modernfold N°17 with one 4- wheel steel ball-bearing trolley each panel. C. Hardware: Latching door handles of cast steel, satin chrome finish. D. Acoustic Seals: 1. Panel to panel seals: Grooved and gasketed astragals, continuous flexible vinyl, fitted to panel edge construction; color to match panel finish. 2. Bottom seals: Automatic operable drop seal, activated when panel is in position. 3. Top seals: Continuous contact multi-finger vinyl sweep seals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the work of this Section. B. Confirm track supports are laterally braced and will permit track to be level within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of required position and parallel to the floor surface. C. Confirm floor flatness of 1/8 in 10 feet, non-cumulative. D. Verify that required utilities are available, in proper location, and ready for use. E. Beginning of installation means acceptance of project conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install partition in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. -00* 7/15/2013 10653- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for combustibility requirements for materials. B. Conform to applicable code for fire rated panel construction. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on approved shop drawings. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver partitions to the project until all concrete, masonry and similar wet work has been completed and dry. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate schedule of construction, size of access and route to place of installation to prevent delay of installation due to physical impediments. Any work involving the demolition and reconstruction of partitions, walls, floors, roofing,windows, or doors to place and install the work of this Section shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Submit manufacturer's standard warranty under provisions of Section 01770— PROJECT CLOSEOUT: PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following: 1. Modernfold Inc.,New Castle, IN. 2. Moderco, Inc., Boucherville, QC, Canada 3. Hufcor Airwall Inc., Bellflower, CA. 4. Emco Inc., Lenexa, KS. 2.02 PARTITIONS A. Manually operated, individual panel system, equal to Modernfold"Acousti-Seal",No 931, with the following features: 1. Stacking: Center stacked. 7/15/2013 10653- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Sound Transmission Coefficient(STC): ASTM E 90, STC of 50, tested on panel size of 100 square feet (9.3 square meters). 1. Acoustical performance: NSSEA "Class ratings" are not acceptable in lieu of tested performance. B. Surface Burning of Vinyl Fabric Finish: ASTM E 84; flame/fuel/smoke rating of 25/35/50. C. Install partition system track capable of supporting imposed loads, with maximum deflection of 1/360 of span. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, sound transmission performance data,physical properties and installation instructions for panel system. a. Provide written test report by test facility for acoustical performance. 2. Warranty: Provide sample copies of manufacturers' actual warranties for all materials to be furnished under this Section, clearly defining all terms, conditions, and time periods for the coverage. 3. Shop drawings: Fully describe partition fabrication, layout and installation. a. 1/4 inch scale elevations and plans of each unique folding partition. b. Large scale design details of ceiling track trolleys and hardware; show attachment to framing; and complete installation details. Indicate tolerances required for framing members. 4. Selection Samples: a. Sample card indicating Manufacturer's full range of colors available for selection by Engineer for vinyl fabric, chalkboards and tack surfaces. b. Provide 24 by 24 inch samples if requested by Engineer to assist the initial selection of colors and finishes. 5. Verification Samples: a. 12 by 12 inch record samples of selected colors and finishes for vinyl fabric and tack surfaces. b. 12 inch long samples of trim in finish specified. B. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT: 1. Describe materials detrimental to vinyl fabric surfaces and hardware finish. 2. Include recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, and stain removal methods. 7/15/2013 10653- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 10653 DEMOUNTABLE PARTITIONS PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install: 1. Folding panel acoustical partition,paired hinged panels, manual operation 2. Ceiling track, ceiling guards, and operating hardware. 3. Tackable surfaces. 4. Pass door, frame, and hardware. 5. Shop applied surface finish. B. Furnish overhead track attachment brackets to be installed under Section 05500— METAL FABRICATIONS 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Overhead track structural support framing. B. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood blocking and track support shimming. C. Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE: Lock cylinders. D. Section 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS: Adjacent ceiling finish. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 -REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E 90 - Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. 3. ASTM E 413 - Classification for Determination of Sound Transmission Class. 4. ASTM E 557 - Architectural Application and Installation of Operable Partitions. 5. ASTM E 596 - Method for Laboratory Measurement of Noise Reduction of Sound-Isolating Enclosures. 6. FS CCC-W-408 - Wall Covering, Vinyl-Coated. 7. NEMA LD-3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates. 7/15/2013 10653- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Label rear of box same as front door label identification. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from plumb and level: 1/8 inch. B. Maximum offset from true dimensional alignment: 1/4 inch. 3.05 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT A. Upon completion of the work of this Section in any given area, remove tools, equipment and all rubbish and debris from the work area; leave area in broom-clean condition. B. Test each door and latching device, and make adjustments required to ensure a bind- free operation and proper latching. C. Remove all tape and other packing materials after adjacent work is complete. D. Thoroughly clean and polish all exterior and interior surfaces of mail boxes and mail chute, take care to remove dirt from corners. Clean metal and glass and plastic surfaces with mild cleaning agents as recommended by manufacturer. E. Touch-up all scratches and other surface defects, using same materials and colors as shop finish. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. B. Remove strippable temporary protection after adjacent work is complete. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 10550 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Compartment doors,hinges and all exposed to view surfaces shall be Aluminum with clear anodized finish. Fabricate doors from extruded aluminum, minimum of 0.156 inch thick. 2. Fabricate mail box units with double wall construction, from high strength sheet aluminum, into modular units of specified size compartments, 7 boxes high and 2 wide. Prepunch bolt holes in box units for bolting units in to adjacent units and for anchoring units in place. Provide rear label plates for identifying each box with users name and box number. 3. Fabricate rear access doors from sheet aluminum, of not less than 18 gage. Fabricate with necessary stiffeners to provide rigidity. Secure in place with continuous piano hinges and latch bolt. 2.03 FABRICATION- GENERAL A. Do not fabricate materials until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by,the Engineer. B. Quantities and arrangement of mailboxes shall be as indicated on Drawings. C. Accurately cut and fit components to ensure neat and accurate site assembly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. B. Verify floor openings are sized and stack aligned to tolerances specified for mail chutes. Verify anchors will fit floor openings. C. Verify that prepared openings are ready to receive mail boxes. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing [substrate] and project conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install postal specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and U.S. Postal Service regulations. B. Fit trim, ceiling and floor cover pieces accurately and tight to adjacent construction. 3.03 INSTALLATION - MAIL BOXES A. Install and secure boxes in position,neatly and accurately stacked. B. Install doors and adjust to operate smoothly. W 7/15/2013 10550 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Obtain postal specialties products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of mailboxes. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company with a minimum of 3 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein, and approved by product manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and in manner to keep them dry,protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Take field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of Work. B. Allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. C. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Auth-Florence Manufacturing Co., Inc., Glendale Heights, IL. 2. Bommer Industries, Inc., Landrum, SC. 3. Postal Products Unlimited, Inc., Milwaukee, WI 4. Salsbury Industries, Los Angeles, CA. 5. Security Manufacturing Corp., Grapevine, TX. 2.02 MAIL BOXES A. Rear loading mail boxes, horizontal type conforming to USPS regulated size compartments of nominal 12-1/2 inches deep by 5 x 12-1/2 inches as Manufactured by Bommer Industries, Inc., Landrum SC; Model 6330-74, or approved equal: 7/15/2013 10550 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 10550 POSTAL SPECIALTIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install the following: 1. Multiple mailboxes with hinged and locked doors, complete with trim, cylinders and mailbox identification. B. Furnish the following products to be installed under the designated Sections: 1. Rough in frames for recessed components installed by Section 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06100 -ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood blocking. B. Section 09250 - Gypsum BOARD: Framed wall openings. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, physical sizes and clearances required for each item furnished hereunder. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions: Indicate special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 3. Manufacturer's certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements and are in conformance with U.S. Postal Service requirements. 4. Shop drawings: a. Indicate mail box construction and anchorage details, dimensions, rough- in openings sizes, quantity and arrangement of box sizes. b. Large scale design details of anchorage details, dimensions. 5. Selection samples: Samples indicating metal finishes available for selection by Engineer. 6. Verification samples: a. Sample of mail box door assembly for review of finishes, locking mechanism and specified door identification. b. 12 inch long samples of mail box unit trim in specified finish. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 7/15/2013 10550 - 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Touch-up all scratches and other surface defects, using same materials and colors as shop finish. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect locker finish surfaces and hardware from damage until Owners Final Acceptance. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 10503- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Number Plates: Provide each locker door with polished aluminum number plate with black numerals not less than 1/2 inch height. 2.04 FACTORY FINISHING A. Clean, degrease, and neutralize metal;prime and finish with two coats of baked enamel finish. 1. Colors of locker bodies and doors as selected from manufacturer's standard range. Up to two colors may be selected for each locker type. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on reviewed and approved shop drawings. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. During the operation of work of this Section,protect the work of other trades against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Repair or replace any work so damaged and soiled to match original finishes. look 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Do not commence installation of lockers until immediately adjacent surfaces have been completely installed and finished. B. Perform installation work in accordance with the approved shop drawings and the manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Furnish and install all filler pieces as required to completely fill recesses, and to align with ends of partitions. Refer to the Drawings for the various conditions. D. Set lockers absolutely level and in true line, with units bolted together and to the surrounding partitions, to provide a rigid and secure installation. Conceal screw heads and bolts as far as practicable, leaving exposed panels completely free from unused bolt holes. 3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Test each door and latching device, and make adjustments required to ensure a bind- free operation and proper latching. B. Remove all tape and other packing materials from locker surfaces, and thoroughly clean and polish all exterior and interior surfaces. 7/15/2013 10503- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Fasteners: Cadmium, zinc, or nickel plated steel; exposed bolt heads, slotless type; self-locking nuts or locker washers for nuts on moving parts. 1. Locker assembly fasteners shall be "pop" type rivets with aluminum bodies and steel mandrels. Rivets shall be backed up by washers to ensure correct rivet expansion and secure fastening. C. Equipment: Hooks and hang rods of cadmium-plated or zinc-plated steel or cast aluminum. 2.03 LOCKER TYPES A. Locker: Double tier wardrobe locker 12 inches wide by 15 inches deep by 72 inches high. 1. General design, equal to Republic Storage Systems Company,Inc., Canton OH; product: "Quiet Series Locker". 2. Body: Backs, sides, tops, bottoms and sides minimum 24-gage. Flange tops and bottoms on four sides, and backs on two sides. a. Form exposed ends of non-recessed lockers of minimum 16-gage steel. 3. Door frame and cross members: 16 gage channel or 12 gage angles, with continuous door stop/strike integral with frame on both sides of opening. 4. Door: Flush design without louvers or perforations, 16 gage steel, formed with full channel shape on lock bar side, channel formation on hinge side and flanged top and bottom. Fabricate to swing 180 degrees. 5. Hinges: Provide 2 five-knuckle, 2 inch high full loop pin hinges welded to frame and riveted to inside of door flange. 6. Door handle: a. Latch design: operable by"club fist"as required by Massachusetts Architectural Access Board Regulations. b. Latching method: two point latching with spring steel latch contained in a lock bar under tension. Lock bar contained in door channel by self- lubricating polyethylene guides. Provide frame hooks welded to door frame, furnished with soft rubber silencers at each hook. c. Locking method: door handle latch design capable of receiving user furnished padlocks. 7. Base: Prefaced concrete masonry units with concealed wood blocking. 8. Filler panels: 18 gage steel minimum, factory-fabricated and finished to match locker units. 9. Trim: 18 gage steel minimum; Provide at jambs and head of recessed lockers, finished to match locker units. Secure with concealed fasteners. 10. Accessories: a. Single prong hook mounted on each side of locker. 7/15/2013 10503- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING , A. Do not order or fabricate lockers, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Store lockers inside, under cover, and in manner to keep them dry,protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing work, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. B. Coordinate schedule of construction, size of access and route to place of installation to prevent delay of installation due to physical impediments. Any work involving the demolition and reconstruction of partitions, walls, floors, roofing, windows, or doors to place and install the work of this Section shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, deliver to the Owner extra materials for future repairs and maintenance. 1. Provide spare keyed cylinders (with keys), an amount equal to 10 percent of total lockers. 2. Provide two master keys. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Republic Storage Systems Company, Inc., Canton, OH. 2. Debourgh Manufacturing Company, La Junta, CO. 3. Lyon Metal Products, Inc., Aurora, IL. 4. Penco Products, Inc., Oaks, PA. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel: Mild cold-rolled and leveled steel, free from buckle, scale, and surface imperfections. 7/15/2013 10503- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 10503 METAL LOCKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install the following: 1. Metal lockers, for complete with all required tops, closures and filler pieces. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06100 - ROIJGH CARPENTRY: Wood framed base for lockers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data, physical properties and installation instructions for each item furnished hereunder. 2. Warranty: Provide sample copies of manufacturers' actual warranties, clearly defining all terms, conditions, and time periods for the coverage thereof. 3. Shop drawings: a. 1/4 inch scale (minimum)plans of each area with specified lockers, include layout of all lockers, closures, and filler panels and large scale details of locker construction; and details of accessory items. b. Large scale details of locker construction, showing filler panels, attachment clips, brackets and complete installation details. 4. Selection samples: Manufacturer's color chips, comprising at least 8 different colors, for selections by the Engineer. B. Submit manufacturer's warranties under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain locker and benches from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of lockers. B. Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer,with a minimum of 3 years experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein. 7/15/2013 10503- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. Touch-up all scratches and other surface defects, using same materials and colors as shop finish. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 10410- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2) Larsen "Architectural Series", model number AL-2712-RK 3) Potter-Roemer, "Alta Series", model number 7045. B. Fire Extinguishers: 1. Extinguishers: Multi-purpose dry chemical type (mono amonium phosphate), 10 pound capacity, multi-purpose rated `4A, 60B:C'; with metal valves and siphon tubes, replaceable molded valve stem seals,pressure gauges and hose discharge. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. B. Verify that prepared openings are ready to receive extinguisher cabinets. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of project conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install fire extinguisher cabinets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions in locations indicated, and as additionally directed by regulatory authority having jurisdiction. B. Do not commence installation of fire extinguisher cabinets until immediately adjacent surfaces have been completely installed and finished. C. Install cabinets absolutely level and in true line, with units securely anchored to the surrounding construction. Fit trim pieces accurately and tight to adjacent construction. 1. Maximum variation from plumb and level: 1/8 inch. 2. Maximum offset from true dimensional alignment: 1/4 inch. 3.03 CLEANING AND ADJUSTMENT A. Upon completion of the work of this Section in any given area,remove tools, and all packaging and debris from the work area; leave area in broom-clean condition. B. After adjacent work is complete: 1. Test each door and latching device, and make adjustments required to ensure a bind-free operation and proper latching. 2. Remove all tape and other packing materials from fire extinguisher cabinets . 3. Thoroughly clean and polish all exterior and interior surfaces of extinguisher cabinets, take care to remove dirt from corners. Clean metal and glass surfaces with mild cleaning agents as recommended by manufacturer. 7/15/2013 10410- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of fire extinguisher cabinets and their installed locations. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver cabinets or extinguishers to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Store cabinets and extinguishers inside, under cover, and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. J.L. Industries, Bloomington, MN. 2. Larsen Manufacturing Co., Minneapolis, MN. 3. Potter-Roemer, Union, NJ. -took 4. Amerex Corporation, Trussville, AL (fire extinguishers only) 2.02 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CABINETS AND BRACKETS 1. Fire extinguisher cabinets: a. Cabinet trim style: Square trim, semi-recessed cabinet. 1) Protruding from wall: 1-1/4 inches. b. Door and trim: Aluminum with clear anodized finish. 1) Full glazed design with breakable glazing. 2) Vigilante alarm: Provide 9 volt, battery operated(battery included), plunger activated. vigilante alarm. 3) Handles: Red door handles having raised letters "FIRE". 4) Lettering: Factory applied die-cut lettering, applied to metal portion of door. a) Pattern: Horizontal reading. b) Color: Red c. Cabinet construction: 18 gage cold-rolled steel with factory applied white baked acrylic enamel finish. d. Acceptable models: 1) JL Industries "Academy Series", model number 2026. 7/15/2013 10410- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 10410 SAFETY SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install: 1. Fire extinguisher cabinets and brackets. 2. Fire extinguishers. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood rough-in framing and blocking. B. Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING: Framed wall openings C. Section 09250 - Gypsum BOARD: Gypsum wallboard finishes. D. Division 15 - FIRE PROTECTION: Fire hose connections and related cabinets and accessories. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 -REFERENCES. 1. NFPA 10—Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, indicating: fabrication specifications, finishes, dimensions of cabinet and rough opening, and installation instructions. 2. Shop drawings: Details showing unit dimensions, methods of construction, attachment clips and brackets; and complete installation details. 3. Selection samples: Samples indicating metal finishes available for selection by Engineer. a. Provide additional samples as requested by Engineer to facilitate initial selection of colors and finishes 4. Verification samples: Fire extinguisher cabinet in specified size, finishes, and door type, if requested by Engineer. 7/15/2013 10410- 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Shop fabricate signs where practical and deliver to site completely assembled. All joints of such fabricated work are completely smooth without apparent marks showing throughout the finish. All work"broken down"is erected so that all parts fit accurately with hairline joints, with all joints flush. Joints in lighted signs shall be light-proof. D. Wall and door mounted signs: Attach to surfaces as follows: 1. Vinyl Tape Mounting: Use very high bond, double sided foam tape, of thickness indicated, to mount signs to smooth nonporous surface. Use construction adhesive in conjunction with foam tape. 2. Silicone Adhesive Mounting: Use appropriate liquid silicone adhesive to attach sign units to irregular,porous , or vinyl-covered surfaces. Use double-sided vinyl tape to hold the sign in place until the adhesive has fully cured. 3.02 CLEANING A. Clean and polish installed signs. B. Upon completion of the work of this Section in any given area,remove tools and all rubbish and debris from the work area; leave area in broom-clean condition. C. Remove all names, stamps and decals of sign manufacturers, and installers. No visible advertising of any kind is permitted. ew END OF SECTION Opw 7/15/2013 10400- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. All signs shall be two color signs. 7. Allow one room identification sign for all doors, paratransit mailboxes and at retractable partition closure panel/door. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive tape: Double sided tape,permanent adhesive. 2.05 FINISHES A. Colors and Surface Textures: For exposed sign material that requires selection of materials with integral or applied colors, surface textures or other characteristics related to appearance, provide color matches indicated. B. Metal Finishes: Comply with NAAMM"Metal Finishes Manual" for finish designations and application recommendations. C. Baked Enamel Finish: AA-M4xC 12C42R I x: Apply baked enamel in compliance with paint manufacturer's specifications for cleaning, conversion coating and painting.. D. Paints: Paint for signs is acrylic polyurethane enamel, eggshell finish. Paint for background of tactile photo-polymer signs is eggshell finish automotive grade lacquer. All surfaces shall be cleaned,primed and pre-treated according to the manufacturer's specifications and noted in Shop Drawings as part of the finished surface work. E. Inks: 1. Inks for plastic signs are lacquer based inks. 2. Inks for tactile graphics on photo-polymer signs are eggshell finish Low Odor Vinyl Ink. 3. All inks and paints are evenly applied without pin-holes, scratches or application marks. Prime coats or other surface pre-treatments, where recommended by the manufacturers are included in the work and noted in the shop drawings as part of the finished surface work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION- GENERAL A. Locate sign units and accessories where indicated, locations in accordance with the approved shop drawings. Use mounting methods of the type described and in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install signs plumb, level and true to height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects in appearance. 7/15/2013 10400- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition oowk 1. All Signs shall conform to United States "Americans with Disabilities Act" and Commonwealth of Massachusetts Regulation 521 CMR:Architectural Access Board. 2. Final placing and sizing of lettering shall be done as part of the shop drawing approval process, at which time the manufacturer shall make recommendations for Engineer's review. Lettering shall have stroke width to height ratio and width to height ratio in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act. B. Installation of all signs shall be done by vandal-proof method, fully described on the shop drawings. 2.03 INTERIOR PLAQUE SIGNAGE A. Photopolymer plaque signage (general requirements): Identification signs with raised tactile graphics, text, and Grade 2 Braille. Signs shall consisting of 1/32 inch thick synthetic light sensitive photo emulsion permanently bonded to a rigid phenolic substrate, aluminum or acrylic plaque. 1. Raised lettering: Minimum above the surface of the sign 1/32", and be in compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act. a. Bond photopolymer permanently to sign plaque,with appropriate laminating film, as recommend by the photopolymer manufacturer. 2. Lettering height and font: As selected by the Engineer. 3. Screenprinting: All screen printing graphics, including raised areas of tactile plaques except Braille, shall be screen printed in a contrasting color so as to meet the color contrast requirements of Americans with Disabilities Act. a. All non-tactile text shall be screen printed with catalyzed epoxy ink. Applied vinyl lettering and graphics is not acceptable. b. Apply screen printing inks evenly without pinholes, scratches or orange- peeling. 4. Graphics: All text, symbols and graphics shall be reproduced utilizing computer generated digital art. All screen printed graphics shall utilize photographically prepared screens and shall be printed in accordance with industry standards. Hand-cut screens are not acceptable. a. All edges and corners and letter forms shall be true and clean. Letterforms, color areas, or lines with rounded positive or negative corners,built-up edges, bleeding, spattering, shall not be accepted. b. Prepare artwork from typesetters reproduction of the test specified, minimum 1200 dpi resolution, camera ready artwork. All camera ready artwork and typesetting shall be no less than 75 percent of actual finished size. 5. Mounting: Surface applied by means of silastic adhesive mounting. 6. Sign colors: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's standard and standard special colors. 7/15/2013 10400- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sign fabricator specializing in the work of this Section with a minimum of 3 years experience. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivered packaged signs, labeled in name groups. B. Store all materials in an elevated dry location,protected by waterproof coverings. Store adhesive tape at ambient room temperature. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not install adhesive applied signs when ambient temperature is below 70 degrees Fahrenheit. Maintain this minimum during and after installation of signs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Interior acrylic signs: a. Lynn Sign Company, Merrimac, MA. b. Signs O'Life, Boston, MA. c. Apco New England, Franklin, MA. d. Design Communications, Boston, MA. e. Sunshine Sign,North Grafton, MA. f. General Sign Company,Norwood, MA. g. Back Bay Sign Company, Somerville, MA. h. ASI-Modulex, Inc, Dallas, TX. i. Best Manufacturing Sign Systems, Montrose, CO. j. DGS Corporation Chicago, IL. k. Nelson-Harkins, Chicago, IL. 2.02 SIGNAGE - GENERAL A. General: Provide sign copy to comply with the requirements indicated in the Drawings, for sizes, styles, spacing, content,positions, materials, finishes and colors of letters. 7/15/2013 10400- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 10400 SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install the following informational and directional signage: 1. Interior acrylic plate signage. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES: Temporary project sign and safety signage. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,physical properties for each item furnished hereunder. 2. Schedule: The Engineer will prepare and issue a schedule for all identification devices to be furnished hereunder, including character types, and colors. After receipt of the Engineer's schedule, prepare and submit shop drawings and verification schedule. 3. Shop drawings: a. Plan drawing showing location of each interior sign. Coordinate plan with schedule. b. Elevation drawings showing full size elevations of each sign. Indicate for each sign: sign styles, lettering and locations, and overall dimensions. c. Large scale design details of signs, showing attachment clips and brackets; and complete installation details. 4. Selection samples: a. Sample plastic chips indicating Manufacturer's full range of colors available for initial selection by Engineer. 5. Verification samples: a. Full size sample sign, of type, style and color specified including method of attachment. b. Full size sign in specified finish and typeface. Approved sample may be used in finished Project. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with all applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations regarding signage for exits and handicapped barriers. low 7/15/2013 10400- 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK lowk Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Ensure that all work is free from dents, tool marks, warpage,buckle, open joints, or other defects. Protect compartments during erection, and after erection, and until final approval of the entire project by the Engineer. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjust and align hardware to provide a uniform clearance at vertical edges of doors not to exceed 3/16 inch. B. Adjust hinges to locate doors in partial-open position(approximately 30 degrees open)when unlatched. Return outswing doors to closed position. C. Test operation of movable parts, and make all adjustments necessary to ensure proper operation. 3.05 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the installation,remove all evidence of tapes and other packing materials and thoroughly clean and polish all exposed to view surfaces. B. Provide protection as necessary to prevent damage during remainder of construction period. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 10170 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Panel to stile connection: Full panel height"U" shape stainless steel channel. 4. Panel to wall connection: Full panel height"U" shape stainless steel channel or "Double T" shape extruded aluminum channel, clear anodized. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Equip all doors with combination coat hook and bumper. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. B. Verify correct spacing of plumbing fixtures. C. Ensure wall blocking is coordinated with location of anchors before commencing with installation. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's recommended procedures and installation sequence, and as specified herein. B. Install pilasters, partitions, urinal screens, and doors rigid, straight,plumb and level. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters. C. Anchor urinal screen panels to walls with two panel brackets and tube vertical upright anchored to floor. D. Provide adjustment for floor variations with screw jack through steel saddles integral with pilaster. Conceal floor fastenings with pilaster shoes. E. Hang door and adjust so tops of doors are level with tops of pilasters when doors are in closed position. F. Ensure that all holes in partitions, as required for attachment of related items, are accurately located and drilled, in accordance with the templates furnished by the accessory manufacturer. Conceal all evidence of drilling, cutting, and fitting in the finished work. G. No permanent exposed to view labels of any kind will be permitted to remain on the partitions, urinal screens or doors. 7/15/2013 10170 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Urinal screens: Flush type,42 inch high, 18 inches deep matching construction and finish of toilet partitions with continuous wall hung channel support. Acceptable models are the following: 1. Accurate Partition, "Wall hung". 2. General Partitions, series "WHF-1". 3. Global Partitions, series "Wall hung". 4. Knickerbocker, series"WHF". 5. Hadrian Inc., Mentor OH. 6. Metpar,type "WH" or type "T". 7. Rockville Partitions Inc., Henagar AL. 8. Scranton Products, Moosic PA., "Poly-Mar HD/Poly-Granite HD" series. 9. Sanymetal, series "A". 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: HDPE solid polymer resin components (pilasters, doors and panels) shall contain a minimum 10 percent recycled material(post-industrial). B. Pilasters (stiles): HDPE solid polymer resin, 1-1/4 inch thick, 82 inches high of required depth with uniformly radiused edges in color selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full available range of solid colors. C. Doors and Panels: HDPE solid polymer resin, 1 inch thick, minimum 55 inches high, of required depth with uniformly radiused edges, in color selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full available range of solid colors. 1. Door widths; except as otherwise indicated,provide the following widths: a. Standard stalls, 24 inches [610 mm] b. Handicapped accessible stalls, 36 inches [914 mm] door width having a minimum 32 inch [813 mm] clear opening, or greater. 2. Fabricate panels and doors with bottom extruded aluminum edging strip D. Pilaster floor shoes: 3 inches high formed stainless steel with satin finish, or HDPE in color matching pilasters. E. Top bracing: Extruded aluminum channel having"anti-grip" configuration. F. Hardware and fittings: Type 302/304 stainless steel or Brite anodized 6463T5 extruded aluminum. 1. Door hinges: Continuous spring loaded hinge for full height of door,through bolted to door and stile with theft resistant one-way screws fastening into receiving metal inserts; equal to Capital Partitions' series `B500"hinge. 2. Door latch with nylon slides. Door keeper, one piece 11 gage stainless steel. 7/15/2013 10170 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Verification samples: 6 inch square samples of each color and finish on same substrate to be used in Work, for color verification after selections have been made. 1.05 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Take field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of Work. B. Allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Furnish the following manufacturer's warranties under provisions of Section 01770— PROJECT CLOSEOUT.Manufacturer's warranties are in addition to, and not in lieu of, other liabilities which the Contractor may have by law or other provisions of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's written warranty, for a minimum period of 15 years from date of Project Substantial Completion. Warranty shall cover panel, pilaster and door material and manufacturing workmanship against defects, including delamination of surfacing, corrosion and breakage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS AND MODELS A. Toilet compartments: Flush type, floor mounted, overhead braced, of standard height and depth, except for sizes of handicapped compartments, which shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Acceptable models are the following, or approved equal: 1. Accurate Partitions Corp., Lyons IL, "Overhead Braced" 2. General Partitions Manufacturing Corp., Deer Park NY., style 40. 3. Global Partitions, Estanollee, GA. 4. Hadrian Inc., Mentor OH, "Solid Plastic"Partitions. 5. Knickerbocker Partition Corporation, Freeport NY, series "Metropolitan". 6. Mills Partitions (Bradley Corporation), Menomonee Falls, WI., series 400 "Sentinel" 7. Metpar Corporation, Westbury,NY, series "Overhead-Braced". 8. Rockville Partitions Inc., Henagar AL, "HDE partitions", series "OH". 9. Sanymetal (Crane Plumbing Company), Somerset KY, series "Academy Sanypoly". 10. Scranton Products, Moosic, PA, "Poly-Mar HD/Poly-Granite HD" series, model "FMOB 4004". 7/15/2013 10170 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 10170 PLASTIC TOILET COMPARTMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install the following: 1. Solid plastic toilet partitions, floor/wall mounted with floor to ceiling pilasters. 2. Urinal screens, matching toilet partition design and finish. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: In wall blocking for partition panel support. B. Section 09310- CERAMIC TILING: Ceramic tile wall and floor finishes. C. Section 10810 - TOILET ACCESSORIES: Furnishing templates,providing and installing toilet accessories surface mounted to toilet compartments, and integral with compartments. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standard and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 -REFERENCES. 1. ANSI A 117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, and manufacturer's warranty for each item furnished hereunder. Include information panel construction,hardware, and accessories. 2. Shop drawings: a. 1/2 inch scale dimensioned plans and elevations of each toilet room condition showing urinal screen, and toilet compartment layout. b. Large scale design details of showing attachment clips and brackets; and complete installation details. 3. Samples: a. Selection samples: Manufacturer's full range of color chips, for selection by the Engineer; up to two-color combinations for doors and partitions may be selected in each area. 7/15/2013 10170 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Glidden Professional: Lifemaster No VOC Semi-Gloss"N°. 9200. b. Moore: "BcoSpec Interior Latex Semi-gloss"N°. 224. c. Pittsburgh: "Pure Performance Interior Semi-gloss", 9-500 Series. d. Sherwin-Williams: "Harmony Interior Latex Semi-gloss" B 10 Series. END OF DOCUMENT 7/15/2013 099123 - 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Locate identification in all accessible concealed floor, floor-ceiling and attic spaces. Locate identification within 12 to 18 inches above finished ceilings. c. Apply stenciled lettering by spray or brush, or provide permanent signage. Identification shall be waterproof, fade-proof and non-combustible. Signage shall be mechanically fastened or permanently adhered to partition. d. Stencil character height: 1 inch minimum. e. Color: Easily identifiable color, contrasting with background, acceptable to Owner. 2. Apply stenciled lettering to the following types of partitions using wording specified: a. Applied identification for 4 hour fire rated partitions shall read: "4 HOUR FIRE WALL—PROTECT ALL OPENINGS" b. Applied identification for 3 hour fire rated partitions shall read: "3 HOUR FIRE WALL -PROTECT ALL OPENINGS". c. Applied identification for 2 hour fire rated partitions shall read: "2 HOUR FIRE WALL - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS". d. Applied identification for I hour fire rated partitions shall read: "I HOUR FIRE WALL - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS". e. Applied identification for Smoke barriers shall read: "I HOUR SMOKE BARRIER- PROTECT ALL OPENINGS". f. Applied identification for Smoke partitions shall read: "SMOKE BARRIER PARTITION - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS". 1.04 PAINTING SCHEDULE FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts, and convector and baseboard heating cabinets that are visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black enamel. B. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles, and convector and baseboard cabinets to match face panels. C. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers and access panels on and paint as scheduled above. D. Plywood backboards for electrical panels and other equipment. Paint both front and back surfaces and all edges of plywood backboards before backboards are installed. 1. One coat latex primer-sealer(undercoater): a. Glidden Professional: Lifemaster No VOC Primer N°. 9116. b. Moore: "EcoSpec Interior Latex Primer Sealer" 231. c. Pittsburgh: "Pure Performance Interior Latex Primer". d. Sherwin-Williams: "Harmony Interior Latex Primer"B I 1 W900. 2. Two coats latex semi-gloss paint: 7/15/2013 099123 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. California: "Fres-Coat Unite Semi-Gloss", N°. 563. b. Glidden Professional: Ultra Hide 250 Semi-Gloss N°. 1406. c. Moore: "Superspec Latex Semi Gloss", 276 Series. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss", 6-500 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "ProClassic Waterborne", B31W20 Series. N. Interior WOOD TRIM, unfinished, to receive clear polyurethane (water-based) finish. 1. One coat paste wood filler for open-grained woods. a. California: No equivalent. b. Glidden Professional: No equivalent.. c. Moore: "Benwood Paste Wood Grain Filler",N°. 238. d. Pittsburgh: No equivalent. e. Sherwin-Williams: "SherWood Paste Filler", D70T1 Series. 2. Two coats of satin-gloss (low luster) finish clear water-based polyurethane a. Cabot: Water-based Polyurethane Varnish- Satin"No. 2201. b. California: c. Glidden Professional: Woodpride Water-Based Varnish Satin N°. 1802. d. Moore: "Benwood Clear Acrylic Polyurethane Finish - Low Lustre", N°. 423. e. Pittsburgh: Olympic Interior Water Based Polyurethane",N°. 42386. f. Sherwin-Williams: "Wood Classics Waterborne Polyurethane Varnish— Satin", A68 Series. 1.03 PAINTING SCHEDULE FOR FIRE RESISTIVE AND RATED DESIGNATIONS A. In compliance with Massachusetts State Building Code, Eighth Edition (referencing Section 703.6 of the 2009 International Building Code) and as additionally specified herein, provide identification for all fire walls, fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers and smoke partitions and any other wall or partition which is required to have protected openings or penetrations. B. In compliance with Section 703.6 of the 2009 International Building Code and as additionally specified herein,provide identification for all fire walls, fire barriers, fire partitions, smoke barriers and smoke partitions and any other wall or partition which is required to have protected openings or penetrations. 1. Application: a. Apply to outside of fire rated shafts, and to both sides of partitions at intervals not to exceed 30'-0" for entire length of partition or wall, or once on any partition 30'-0 feet or less in length. 7/15/2013 099123 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition c. Moore: "Acrylic Metal Primer",N°. PO4. d. Pittsburgh: "Pitt-Tech DTM Primer/Finish 100% Acrylic", 90-709/712 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "DTM Acrylic Primer Finish" B66 W1 Series. 2. Two coats acrylic semi-gloss enamel: a. California: "Rust-Stop DTM Primer/Finish",N°. 1061. b. Devoe Coatings: Devflex 4216HP High Performance Waterborne Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel. c. Moore: "Super Spec HP DTM Semi-Gloss Enamel",N°. P29. d. Pittsburgh: "Pitt-Tech Plus High Performance, Semi -Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel", 90-1210 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "Sher-Cryl HPA Semi-Gloss", B66 Series. K. Interior exposed METAL,PIPING: Same as specified for ferrous metal. L. Interior WOOD TRIM,new,unfinished, to receive painted(opaque) finish: 1. One coat acrylic primer-sealer(undercoater): a. Glidden: Wall and Woodwork Primer Sealer,N° 1020. b. Moore: "Alkyd Enamel Underbody",N°. 217. c. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Alkyd Interior Quick-Drying Enamel Undercoater", 6-6 Series. d. Sherwin-Williams: "PrepRite Classic Latex Primer", 1328W200 Series. 2. Two coats acrylic semi-gloss enamel: a. California: "Fres-Coat Unite Semi-Gloss",N°. 563. b. Glidden Professional: Ultra Hide 150 Semi-Gloss N°. 1416. c. Moore: "Superspec Latex Semi Gloss", 276 Series. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Interior Semi-Gloss", 6-500 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "ProClassic Waterborne",B3 I W20 Series. M. Interior WOOD TRIM, shop primed and previously painted,to receive painted (opaque) finish: 1. Touch up bare wood with acrylic primer-sealer(undercoater):. a. Glidden: Wall and Woodwork Primer Sealer,N° 1020. b. Moore: "Alkyd Enamel Underbody",N°. 217. c. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Alkyd Interior Quick-Drying Enamel Undercoater", 6-6 Series. d. Sherwin-Williams: "PrepRite Classic Latex Primer",1328W200 Series. 2. Two coats acrylic semi-gloss enamel: 7/15/2013 099123 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition H. Interior GYPSUM BOARD (drywall) ceilings, and underside of soffits,new: 1. One coat latex primer. a. California: "Prime Touch Primer Sealer",N's. 545. b. Glidden Professional: PVA Wall Primer Sealer N°. 1030. c. Moore: "Superspec Primer", N°. 253. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Interior Quick Drying Latex Sealer", 6-2 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer", B28w2600 Series. 2. Two coats latex flat paint: a. California: "CalPro2000 Series Acrylic Flat", N . 556. b. Glidden Professional: Ultra-Hide 250 Flat N° 1200. c. Moore: "Superspec" Latex Flat, 275 Series. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Latex Interior Flat Wall Paint", 6-70 Series e. Sherwin-Williams: "ProMar 200 Int. Latex Flat Wall Paint Series". I. Interior METAL, FERROUS, excluding railings,to receive semi-gloss finish: (includes galvanized metal doors and frames): 1. One coat of rust prohibitive primer for unfinished metal surfaces, and touch up bare metal at shop primed, existing and previously coated surfaces: a. California: "Rust-Stop DTM Primer/Finish", N°. 1061. b. Devoe Coatings: Devflex 4020PF DTM Primer and Flat Finish. c. Moore: "Acrylic Metal Primer", N°. PO4. d. Pittsburgh: "Pitt-Tech DTM Primer/Finish 100% Acrylic", 90-709/712 Series e. Sherwin-Williams: "DTM Acrylic Primer Finish", B66 WI Series. 2. Two coats acrylic semi-gloss enamel: a. California: "Rust-Stop DTM Primer/Finish", N°. 1061. b. Devoe Coatings: Devflex 4216HP High Performance Waterborne Acrylic Semi-Gloss Enamel. c. Moore: "Super Spec HP DTM Semi-Gloss Enamel", N . P29. d. Pittsburgh: "Pitt-Tech Plus High Performance, Semi -Gloss DTM Industrial Enamel", 90-1210 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "Sher-Cryl HPA Semi-Gloss", B66 Series. J. Interior METAL, GALVANIZED, (includes exposed ductwork): 1. Touch-up with metal primer. a. California: "Rust-Stop DTM Primer/Finish",N°. 1061. b. Devoe Coatings: Devflex 4020PF DTM Primer and Flat Finish. AN** 7/15/2013 0991 23 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition „ e. Sherwin-Williams: "ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer", B28w2600 Series. 2. Two coats latex eggshell paint: a. California: "Ca1Pro2000 Series Acrylic Eggshell",N°. 557. b. Glidden Professional: Ultra-Hide 250 Eggshell N°. 1402. c. Moore: "SuperSpec Latex Egshell Enamel",N°. 274. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Latex Eggshell Enamel", 6-411 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: " ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Eg-Shel", B20- 2600 Series. F. Interior gypsum board(drywall)partitions, and ceilings, at toilet rooms,janitor's closets, for epoxy finish: 1. One coat of sealer, a. California: "Prime Choice ASAP Primer",N°. 50300. b. Glidden Professional: Gripper Primer N°. 3210. c. Moore: "SuperSpec Primer",N°. 253. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Interior Quick Drying Latex Sealer", 6-2 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Primer", B28w2600 Series. f. Tnemec: PVA 51-792 Sealer. 2. Two coats of semi-gloss Water Based Acrylic-Epoxy Coatings (3 mils DFT each coat). a. California: No equivalent. b. Devoe Coatings: "Tru-Glaze-WB" 4418 Waterborne Acrylic Epoxy Coating. c. Moore: "Industrial Acrylic Epoxy Enamel",N's. P43/P44. d. Pittsburgh: "Pitt-Glaze Water Based Acrylic Epoxy Enamels", 16 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy" B70/B60V 15 Series. f. Tnemec: "Tneme-Tufcoat",N°. 112. G. Interior GYPSUM BOARD (drywall) ceilings, and underside of soffits,previously painted: 1. Two coats latex flat paint: a. California: "CalPro2000 Series Acrylic Flat",N°. 556. b. Glidden Professional: Ultra-Hide 250 Flat N° 1200. c. Moore: "SuperSpec Latex Flat", 275 Series. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Latex Interior Flat Wall Paint", 6-70 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "ProMar 200 Int. Latex Flat Wall Paint" Series. 7/15/2013 099123 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide", 6-500 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss". C. Interior CONCRETE MASONRY walls and partitions to receive epoxy finish paint: 1. One coat block filler: a. California: "Mason-Cote 100% Acrylic Latex Block Filler",N°. 3 75 1. b. International "Interlac 895"at 55 to 75 square feet per gallon. c. Devoe Coatings (wet areas): Tru-Glaze-WB 4015 Waterborne Epoxy Block Filler. d. Devoe Coatings (dry areas): Bloxfi14000 Heavy Duty Acrylic Block Filler. e. Moore: "Latex Block Filler", N°. P88. f Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Int/Ext Acrylic Masonry Block Filler", 6-15 Series. g. Sherwin-Williams: "PrepRite Int. Ext Block Filler", B25-W25 Series. h. Tnemec "Series 130 - Envirofill" at 55 to 75 square feet per gallon. 2. Two coats epoxy paint. a. California: "Tile-Cote Polyamide Epoxy",N°. 12. b. International "Intergard 735 WB". c. Devoe Coatings: Tru-Glaze-WB 4428 Waterborne Epoxy Gloss Coating. d. Moore: "Industrial Acrylic Epoxy Enamel", Nos. P43/P44. , e. Pittsburgh: "Pitt-Glaze Water Based Acrylic Epoxy Enamels", 16 Series. f Sherwin-Williams: "Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy", B70/B60V15 Series. D. Interior GYPSUM BOARD (drywall)partitions,previously painted: 1. Two coats latex eggshell paint: a. California: "CalPro2000 Series Acrylic Eggshell", N°. 557. b. Glidden Professional: Ultra-Hide 250 Eggshell N°. 1402. c. Moore: "SuperSpec Latex Egshell Enamel", N°. 274. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Latex Eggshell Enamel", 6-411 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: " ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Eg-Shel", 820- 2600 Series. E. Interior GYPSUM BOARD (drywall)partitions, new: 1. One coat latex primer. a. California: "Prime Touch Primer Sealer"Nos. 545. b. Glidden Professional: PVA Wall Primer Sealer N°. 1030. c. Moore: "Superspec Primer",N°. 253. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Interior Quick Drying Latex Sealer", 6-2 Series. 7/15/2013 099123 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition " DOCUMENT 09912 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. General: Number of coats scheduled herein below is minimum required,refer to Article entitled"APPLICATION" in specification Section 09910 - PAINTING, regarding coverage. 1.02 PAINTING SCHEDULE FOR INTERIOR SURFACES AND MATERIALS A. Interior CONCRETE walls and partitions: 1. One coat acrylic primer. a. California: "Prime Choice 100%Acrylic Universal Primer",N . 50600. b. Glidden Professional: Gripper Interior/Exterior Primer N°. 3210. c. Moore: "First Coat",N°. 216. d. Pittsburgh: "Perma-Crete Acrylic Alkali Resistant Primer",N°. 4-603. e. Sherwin-Williams: "Lox-On Interior Acrylic Masonry Primer" B28 W300 Series. 2. Two coats acrylic semi-gloss paint: a. California: "Fres-Coat Unite 100%Acrylic Latex Semi-Gloss",N°. 563. b. Glidden Professional: Ultra-Hide 250 Semi-Gloss No 1406. c. Moore: "Superspec Latex Semi Gloss", 276 Series. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide", 6-500 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "ProMar 200 Latex Semi-Gloss". B. Interior CONCRETE MASONRY walls and partitions: 1. One coat block filler: a. California: "Mason-Cote 100% Acrylic Latex Block Filler",N°. 3 75 1. b. Glidden Professional: Concrete Coatings Block Filler Interior/Exterior N°. 3010. c. Moore: "Super Craft Latex Block Filler",N°. 285 d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Interior Masonry Latex Block Filler", 6-7 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "PrepRite Int. Ext Block Filler",B25-W25 Series. 2. Two coats acrylic semi-gloss paint: a. California: "Fres-Coat Unite 100% Acrylic Latex Semi-Gloss",N°. 563. b. Glidden Professional: Ultra-Hide 250 Semi-Gloss N° 1406. ROW c. Moore: "Superspec Latex Semi Gloss", 276 Series. 7/15/2013 09 91 23 - 1 now DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.07 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Colors: The Engineer will furnish a schedule of colors for each area and surface. Tinting and matching shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer. No limit is placed on the number of colors that may be required, or the number of colors in any one room, area, or surface. Premium paints of deep-hued,bright,pigment intensive, accent and primary colors may be scheduled for up to 25 percent of all interior and exterior surfaces without additional cost to the Owner. 1. Colors of priming coats (and body coats where specified) shall be lighter in tint than those of finish coat. 2. Colorants: Pure,non-fading pigments, mildew-proof, ultra-violet resistant, finely ground in approved medium; and be limeproof, when used in coatings to be applied on masonry, concrete,plaster, and gypsum board surfaces. B. Paint schedule for exterior surfaces and materials: Refer to Document 09911. C. Paint schedule for interior surfaces and materials: Refer to Document 09912. D. Paint schedule for labeling and identifying fire resistive and rated designations: Refer to Document 09912. E. Painting schedule for mechanical and electrical equipment: Refer to Document 09912. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09910 - 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Apply each coat to a uniform finish; Apply primer and first coat of slightly lighter in color tint than the scheduled color of the final coat. E. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish and remove sanding dust prior to applying succeeding coat. F. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface. G. Prime back surfaces of all interior and exterior woodwork scheduled for painted finish with primer. H. Prime back surfaces of interior woodwork scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with mineral spirits. 3.04 APPLICATION—CONCRETE MASONRY A. Apply epoxy block filler to concrete masonry partitions at maximum rate allowed by coating manufacturer. Apply by airless spray followed by back rolling to force material into voids. Use a squeegee to remove excess material prior to initial set, and provide a smooth surface texture. After initial set, touch-up and fill apparent voids and holidays with fresh material. 3.05 CLEANING A. Upon completion of the work in each area, remove all coating splatters from glass, prefinished surfaces,bright metals, and from other surfaces that have not been painted or finished hereunder. Do not use abrasive paper or abrasive cleaner on any prefinished surface or bright metal. Remove all materials and debris; leave work area in a clean condition. 3.06 PROTECTION AND TOUCH-UP A. During painting work,protect the work of other trades against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Properly clean,repair or replace any work so damaged and soiled. B. Protect all painted and finished surfaces against damage until the date of final acceptance of the work. The Engineer will conduct a final review of all work performed hereunder. Re-coat or touch-up, all scratches and other blemishes on surfaces, and as directed by the Engineer, any areas found which do not comply with the requirements of this Section, and bear all costs therefore. C. Any re-coating or touch-up work, required after the work of this Section has been reviewed and accepted by the Engineer, will be paid for by the Contractor. 7/15/2013 09910 - 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Q. Remove stripper and dispose of in accordance with cited regulations for hazardous waste. R. Cleanup and dispose all visible paint chips on the ground within 8 feet from the foundation of the building, resulting from removal of work on exterior trim. Remove all visible paint chips and debris using HFPA vacuums S. Dispose of caustic waste,paint chips and any exterior trim removed in compliance with Resource Conservation and Recovery Act(RCRA) and all other EPA, state and local authority requirements as might be applicable. T. After removal of paint and waste 1. Allow wood to dry (15 percent moisture content maximum) and sand surfaces smooth. Vacuum wood surfaces with HEPA vacuuming. 2. Wash wood with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate (TSP). 3. Allow wood to dry (15 percent moisture content maximum) and sand surfaces smooth. 4. Touch up knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with two coats exterior stain sealer, "Kilz" or equal. 5. Fill up nail holes, wood defects, chips in layers of paint, and cracks with exterior wood putty, or plastic wood after primer finish is dry, and sand smooth. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply all materials in strict accordance with the approved manufacturer's printed instruction, and in accordance with the best trade practices. Each coat shall be reviewed and approved by the Engineer before succeeding coats are applied. B. Do not apply successive coating until the preceding coat is thoroughly dry, and in no case in less than 24 hours after the preceding coat. C. Number of coats is indicated under Painting Schedules. Number of coats is indicated as a minimum number to be applied over scheduled substrates. An additional coat or coats may be required for proper color coverage of substrate as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner. Examples of these conditions include, but are not limited to: 1. Dark colored substrates may require an additional primer or intermediate coat to stabilize color, if final applied top-coat color is light. 2. Pre-finished or pre-primed products may require an additional field applied coat to stabilize the shop/factory applied base color prior to application of top-coat finishes. 3. Dark color top coat finishes may require additional finish coat over white or light colored substrates to obtain correct color density. 7/15/2013 09910 - 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Spot prime bare metal with metal primer product of the finish coating manufacturer. J. New galvanized surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer. K. Existing galvanized metal surfaces which have been depleted of zinc by exposure or abrasion. 1. Thoroughly abrade surface to be coated with wire brush to remove rust and loose materials 2. Clean surface with industrial solvent to remove dirt, grease and oils. L. Aluminum surfaces scheduled for paint finish: 1. Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water. 2. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. 3. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning. M. New interior wood items scheduled to receive paint finish. 1. Smooth minor defects and remove all foreign matter by sanding, and if necessary, steel wool. 2. Wash sap spots and knots with mineral spirits. When dry, touch up knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with commercial stain sealer. 3. Fill up nail holes and cracks with wood putty or plastic wood after primer of first coat of finish is dry, and sand smooth. N. Existing interior wood items scheduled to receive paint finish. 1. Smooth minor defects by sanding. Remove all foreign matter with mineral spirits and fine sandpaper or steel wool. 2. Touch up knots and pitch streaks with commercial stain sealer. 3. Fill up nail wood defects, chips in layers of paint, and cracks with spackle. Ease edges of existing paint by application of spackle and sanding smooth. O. Gypsum board surfaces, new and existing: Fill minor defects with latex based spackle. Spot-seal all compound surfaces and repair areas in gypsum board, with specified first coat material before application of the first coat. P. Isolate work areas from other workers of this project,provide air sampling results and worker exposure samples as required by referenced regulations. Contractor is responsible for worker safety and environmental exposure of contaminants during the performance of this Work. 1. Maintain shroud barriers until exterior surfaces are thOroughly cleaned of visible debris by use of HEPA vacuum. 7/15/2013 09910 - 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Mix coatings thoroughly, unless otherwise directed by the manufacturer of the specific coating used, to ensure uniformity of color and mass. Strain previously opened coatings to remove skins, lumps, and other foreign matter prior to painting. D. Thin or reduce materials only as recommended by the specific material manufacturer, and only with the approval of the Engineer. E. Impervious surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tri-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to thoroughly dry. F. Concrete and unit masonry surfaces scheduled to receive paint finish: 1. Remove all loose scale and mortar, dirt, salt or alkali powder and other surface contaminates, using a detergent expressly formulated for cleaning of concrete and masonry. 2. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate. 3. Remove stains caused by weathering corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. 4. Thoroughly rinse the cleaned surfaces with clear water, and allow the surfaces to completely dry, allow a minimum of 4 hours before commencing application of coatings. G. Uncoated steel and iron surfaces: 1. Remove grease, scale, dirt,rust, and all foreign materials, down to bright metal by wire brushing, scraping, sanding, or sandblasting where heavy coatings of scale are evident. 2. Wash steel with solvent, apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints,bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned. 3. Spot prime after repairs with metal primer product of the finish coating manufacturer. H. Shop primed steel surfaces: 1. Remove rust,blistered and defective shop prime paint, and all foreign materials, down to bright metal by wire brushing, scraping, sanding, or commercial paint remover. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. 2. Remove all grease or dirt with mineral spirits. 3. Spot prime bare metal with metal primer product of the finish coating manufacturer. Seal top and bottom edges of metals doors with primer. I. Previously painted steel surfaces: 1. Remove rust,blistered and defective paint, down to bright metal by wire brushing, scraping, or sanding. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous as possible 2. Remove grease, dirt and all foreign materials. 7/15/2013 09910 - 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Pecora,product"AC-20+". 2. Sonneborn Building Products Inc.,product, "Sonolac". 3. Tremco,product, "Trimflex 834". 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Accessory materials: other materials not specifically indicated, but are required to achieve the finishes specified of commercial quality. B. Cleaning Materials: Tri-Sodium Phosphate (TSP) substitute. Acceptable products include the following, or approved equal: 1. Savogran,Norwood MA, products "TSP-PF", or"Liquid TSP Substitute". 2. Custom Building Products, Seal Beach, CA.,product"Custom T.S.P. Substitute". 3. DAP Inc., Baltimore MD., product"T.S.P. Substitute Heavy Duty Cleaner". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. Notify Contractor of any condition that may potentially affect proper application of coatings. B. Measure moisture content of surfaces, do not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following maximums: 1. Gypsum board and joint treatment: 12 percent. 2. Portland cement plaster: 15 percent. 3. Masonry or concrete: 12 percent. 4. Interior wood: 15 percent. C. Beginning Work of this Section means acceptance of existing substrate surfaces and site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Furnish and lay suitable drop cloths in all areas where coating work is being done to protect floors and all other surfaces from damage during the work. Protect adjoining surfaces with painters mask tape. B. Prior to preparing surfaces or finishing, remove all finish hardware for painting doors and frames, except hinges and locks on exterior door;remove electrical plates, light fixture trim and fittings. Re-install hardware and other removed items after painted surfaces are thoroughly dry. 7/15/2013 09910 - 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition low e. Pittsburgh Paints, Glidden Professional, Pittsburgh PA. f. Pratt & Lambert Inc., Buffalo,NY. g. Sherwin Williams, Cleveland OH. 2. Interior stains and clear finishes for wood a. Samuel Cabot, Inc., Boston MA. b. PPG Architectural Finishes Inc., Olympic Home Care Products Division, Pittsburgh PA.. 3. Cold galvanizing touch-up paint: a. ZRC Worldwide Inc., Marshfield MA. b. Duncan Galvanizing, Everett, MA. c. Rustoleum Corp., Vernon Hills IL. d. Tnemec Company, Inc., Kansas City, MO. e. Courtaulds Coatings, Inc., Houston Texas. 4. Caulking a. Pecora Corporation,Harleysville PA. b. Sonnebom Building Products Inc.,Minneapolis MN. c. Tremco, Beachwood OH. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except for field catalyzed coatings with good flow and brushing properties; capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. Color pigments shall be processed to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating. Provide best quality grade, where manufacturer makes more than one grade of any material specified. B. Liquid zinc coating, for touch-up of welds, scratches, and abrasions in galvanized steel: Low VOC organic zinc-rich coating containing 92% metallic zinc,by weight in the dried film(ASTM D520, Type I1I) and conforming to SSPC Paint 20, Type II, Level 1. Liquid zinc coating shall be recognized under the Component Program of Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. as an equivalent to hot-dip galvanizing; conforming to MIL-P-2103513 and SSPC Paint 29, Type Il, Level I, for repair of hot-dip galvanizing and meeting the requirements for Zinc-Rich Paints. 1. VOC limit: not more than 250 g/L. 2. Specified manufacturer and product: ZRC Worldwide, Marshfield MA,product "ZRC-221". C. Joint sealant for fill of minor cracks in plaster prior to painting: One component acrylic latex caulking compound, conforming to FS 19-TP-21M and ASTM C 834, paintable within 24 hours after application, with a minimum movement capability of ±12.5 percent, equal to one of the following: 7/15/2013 09910 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures above 45 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours before, during and 48 hours after application of finishes, unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow, or when relative humidity is above 50 percent unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions. C. Apply paints and finishes above minimum temperature conditions in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Provide sufficient lighting to maintain 80 foot-candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. The applicator of work specified herein is responsible to ensure that all paints, enamels, and coatings,proposed to be applied hereunder, are compatible with coatings used for shop-primed items and items which have been prime-coated under the work of other trades. B. Immediately notify the Engineer in writing of conditions which may require a change in the specifications of this Section before proceeding with the work. Failure to do so, in a timely fashion, so as not to interfere with the schedule of work of this Contract, shall be construed as acceptance of the coatings specified. Perform all corrective measures, at no cost to the Owner, for any defects in the work, resulting from the use of such materials. C. Painting work should be scheduled so as to minimize touch-ups. Interior painting is to be without flashmarks. Should flashmarks occur due to touch-ups, the Contractor shall be required to redo the entire surrounding wall surface. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Paints and general finishes: a. Benjamin Moore & Company, Montvale,NJ. b. California Paints, Andover MA. c. Akzo Nobel Paints, LLC, Devoe High Performance Coatings, Strongsville, OH. d. Pittsburgh Paints/PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh PA. 7/15/2013 09910 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Where it is necessary to use solvent-based paints, with less than 1.0 percent by weight total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 4. The following shall be low VOC and not be formulated with aromatic hydrocarbons (organic solvent with a benzene ring in its molecular structure). a. High performance water based acrylic coatings. b. Pigmented acrylic sealers. c. Catalyzed epoxy coatings. d. High performance silicone grafted epoxy coatings. 1.06 FIELD SAMPLES A. Provide field samples under provisions of Section 01450 - QUALITY CONTROL for purpose of verifying selected colors. B. Paint on-site sample areas,minimum 40 square feet, illustrating selected color, and tint. C. Locate samples where directed. The Contractor shall provide in the base Contract, a total amount of samples equal to one sample per room. D. Accepted samples may not remain as part of the work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; container labeling shall include manufacturer's name, type of paint, color mix designation, expected coverage, surface preparation instructions, instructions for mixing and reducing, drying time, and clean-up recommendations. B. Store materials, conforming with applicable codes and fire regulations, in designated spaces. Keep storage area secure when direct access is not required or when not performing work under this Section. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion, maintain a dry-chemical type fire extinguisher in all areas where materials of this Section are being stored or used. C. Store paint materials in a well ventilated area at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees Fahrenheit and a maximum of 90 degrees Fahrenheit. D. Do not use the sanitary system for mixing or disposal of refuse material. Carry water to mixing rooms and dump waste material in a suitable refuse receptacle. Remove oily rags and waste each day. 7/15/2013 09910 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Opaque coatings: Two 9 x 12 inch finished samples on hardboard of each color scheduled in each finish for review and approval. Identify boards with finish type, color mix number and scheduled substrate surfaces or materials. c. Transparent finishes and stains: Two 9 x 12 inch finished samples on same species of solid wood and plywood to be furnished under Section 06 20 00 - FINISH CARPENTRY, of each color scheduled in each finish for review and approval. Identify boards with finish type, color mix number and scheduled substrate surfaces or materials. B. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01780 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: 1. Color chips: After final approval of all colors and tints by the Engineer, submit to the Owner, color chips of all coatings used, with manufacturer's name and mix designation of the coating for the purpose of future re-ordering of coatings. Color chips shall be at least six (6) square inches in size, for each color and tint. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single source responsibility: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer, and use only within recommended limits. B. Environmental Requirements for Volatile Chemicals: 1. For interior applications use paints and coatings that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24) and the following chemical restrictions: a. Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 50 g/L. b. Non-Flat Paints and Coatings: VOC not more than 150 g/L. c. Anti-Corrosive Coatings: VOC not more than 250 g/L. d. Clear wood finishes: 1) Varnishes: VOC not more than 350 g/L. 2) Lacquer: VOC not more than 550 g/L e. Floor coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L f. Sealers: 1) Waterproofing sealers: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 2) Sanding sealers: VOC not more than 275 g/L. 3) All other sealers: VOC not more than 200 g/L. g. Stains: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 2. Do not use water based paints formulated with aromatic hydrocarbons (organic solvent with a benzene ring in its molecular structure), formaldehyde, halogenated solvents, mercury or mercury compounds, or tinted with pigments of lead, cadmium, chromium VI and their oxides. Water based paints shall be low VOC and shall have a flash point of 61 degrees C or greater. 7/15/2013 09910 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 01420 - REFERENCES. The standards referenced herein are included to establish recognized minimum quality only. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. Equivalent quality and testing standards will be acceptable, subject to their timely submission, review and acceptance by the Engineer. 1. ANSI/ASTM D 16 - Definitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products. 2. ASTM D 2016 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Wood. 3. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations for flammability and smoke generation of interior finishes. B. Definitions: 1. "Paint" includes coating systems materials,primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials specified herein, whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. 2. Sheen: Specular gloss readings in accordance with ASTM D52. a. Flat: less than 5 (measured at 85 degrees). b. Eggshell: 5 —20 (measured at 60 degrees). c. Satin: 15-35 (measured at 60 degrees). d. Low Luster: 25 —35 (measured at 60 degrees). * e. Semi-Gloss: 30 -65 (measured at 60 degrees). f. Gloss: 65 or more (measured at 60 degrees). 3. Specified specular gloss readings below are as tested in accordance with ASTM D52. a. Flat: less than 15 (measured at 85 degrees), less than 5 (measured at 60 degrees). b. Non-Flat: greater than 15 (measured at 85 degrees), greater than 5 (measured at 60 degrees). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, physical properties, material compositions, and application instructions for all finishing products to be applied hereunder. a. Include certification of data indicating Volatile Organic Compound(VOC) content of all paint materials. 2. Samples: a. Manufacturer's color selector for custom mixed colors for Engineer 's color scheduling. 7/15/2013 09910 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 7. Prefinished millwork items. 8. Fire resistant testing and certification labels, code required labels, safety warning labels,performance rating plates, nomenclature plates, identification plates, and similar other labels. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY: Concrete masonry partitions. B. Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS: Shop priming of designated miscellaneous metals. C. Section 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY: Wood trim items, setting and filling of nails, sanding of wood trim. D. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALANTS: Requirements for sealant and backing materials. E. Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: Shop priming of metal frames and steel doors. F. Section 08310 -ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS: Shop primed access panels, occurring in partitions and walls. G. Section 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD: Drywall partitions, ceilings and soffits, including joint treatment and sanding. H. Document 09911 - EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE: Painting schedule for exterior surfaces and materials: I. Document 09912 - INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE: 1. Painting schedule for interior surfaces and materials. 2. Painting schedule for Mechanical and Electrical Equipment. J. Section 10410 - SAFETY SPECIALTIES: Shop priming of cabinet doors and frames; shop finishing of cabinet. K. Division 15 - PLUMBING: Prefinished items such as plumbing fixtures, sprinkler heads, convectors, anemostates and similar surfaces and materials. L. Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: Prefinished items such as light fixtures, switch gear, electrical distribution cabinets and similar surfaces and materials. M. Respective sections: Factory-finishing of food service, mechanical,plumbing, fire protection and electrical equipment. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 7/15/2013 09910 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 09910 PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: This Section consists of painting work where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Painting work includes, but is not limited to the surface preparation and application of coated finishes, and subsequent touch-up, of interior and exterior items and surfaces as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as scheduled herein. 1. No attempt is made in this Section to list all surfaces, fixtures and equipment requiring painting on this project. It is the responsibility of the Subcontractor to determine for itself the scope and nature of the Work required for a complete installation from the information provided herein and in the Drawings. B. Surfaces and Materials: In general, without limiting the generality thereof, the following surfaces, fixtures and equipment require a painted finish: 1. New, existing and repaired gypsum board partition and wall surfaces, ceilings and soffits, including all surfaces disrupted and repaired in the process of installing new building systems and components. 2. New and existing metal doors and frames. 3. New and existing wood trim. 4. Factory primed aluminum counter supports. 5. Exposed to view sprinkler piping. 6. Exposed to view electrical conduit and raceways. 7. Exposed to view miscellaneous metal items furnished under Section 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS which are not factory finished. 8. Access panels and frames. C. DO NOT PAINT the following surfaces and materials. I. Concealed from view surfaces, except as indicated otherwise in the Contract Documents or as specified herein. 2. Chrome or nickel plating, stainless steel,bronze,brass. 3. Aluminum other than mill finished or factory primed. 4. Factory finished mechanical and electrical equipment,pumps, machinery and similar items which occur in mechanical, storage or equipment rooms or areas. 5. Factory finished materials, specialties, and accessories unless otherwise specified. 6. Ceramic tile, acoustical tile,resilient flooring, and other integrally finished floor, w wall and ceiling finishes. 7/15/2013 09910 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Flame Spread Classification: Class A (less than 25,per testing by NFPA 255, ASTM E-84 or UL 723). 2. Acceptable products include: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc. product: "Fibrex Sound Attenuation Fire Batt (SAFB)" b. Roxul, Inc., product"Roxul AFB". c. Thermafiber, Inc. product"Thermafiber SAFB". B. Acoustical batt insulation: Unfaced glass fiber insulation nominal 3-1/2 inches [89mm] thick conforming to ASTM C-665 Type I, of width appropriate for spacing of framing or furring members with which used. 1. Flame Spread Classification: Class A (less than 25,per testing by NFPA 255, ASTM E-84 or UL 723). 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Staples, tape, adhesives and fasteners required for the proper and complete installation for work of this Section shall be as recommended by each respective manufacturers of each insulation type. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation baffles between roofing framing members scheduled to receive batt/blanket insulation. Install as recommended by baffle manufacturer in manner to provide continuous free flow of air underside of roof sheathing, from bottom of roof to top of roof B. Acoustical insulation: 1. Install insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer's instructions. 2. Install in interior walls, and ceiling spaces where indicated. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Fit insulation tight in spaces. Leave no gaps or voids. 3.02 CLEANING A. Daily clean work areas by sweeping and disposing of debris and scraps. B. Upon completion of the work of this Section in any given area,remove tools, equipment and all rubbish and debris from the work area; leave area in broom-clean condition. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09810- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, physical properties for each item furnished hereunder. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. 2. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store materials under cover and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight and damage from construction traffic and other causes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Acoustical glass fiber insulation: a. CertainTeed Corporation, Valley Forge, PA. b. Johns Manville Building Insulation, Denver, CO c. Owens Corning Fiberglas Corp., Toledo, OH. d. (Goldline brand) Schuller International, Inc., Denver, CO. e. USG Corp./USG Interiors Inc., Chicago, IL. 2. Acoustical mineral fiber insulation: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc., Sarnia, Ontario b. Thermafiber Inc., Wabash, IN. c. Roxul, Inc., Milton, Ontario. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Acoustical batt insulation: Mineral wool fiber insulation batts, conforming to ASTM C665 Type 1, and ASTM C553 with a nominal density of 2.5 pounds per cubic foot, nominally 3-1/2 inches thick. 7/15/2013 09810- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 09810 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of acoustical insulation where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes,but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish and install: 1. Acoustical insulation as scheduled and where indicated. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Removal of existing partitions, walls and related insulation. B. Section 07210—THERMAL INSULATION. C. Section 07260 -VAPOR RETARDERS: Vapor barriers and in walls, floor assemblies and roof assemblies. D. Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING. E. Section 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD: Installation of wall board over acoustical insulation. F. Division 15 - HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING: Ductwork and piping insulation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 -REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements,the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM C 518 - Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter. 2. ASTM C 553 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications. 3. ASTM C 612 -Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. 4. ASTM C 665 - Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 5. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 6. ASTM E 96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 7/15/2013 09810- 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. E. Thoroughly sweep and vacuum substrate and remove all foreign matter. F. Measure all areas to receive materials to be furnished and installed hereunder, and verify in the field their actual dimensions, including wall-to-wall dimensions, offsets, door locations, and details, fixed equipment, and all other installed items. Extra charges will not be allowed because of lack of familiarity with actual project conditions. Small pieces of carpet will not be acceptable. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Install carpet tile in accordance with carpet and adhesive manufacturers' instructions. Immediately notify Engineer of conflicts. Cement carpet directly to the substrate with specified installation adhesive. Trowel adhesive evenly on the substrate. Install the carpet within thirty minutes after spreading adhesive. B. Lay carpet tile in a square grid pattern, with joints and seams parallel to building lines. Lay joints straight and continuous in both directions and with border carpet tile not less than 1/2 the width of the tile. 1. Install carpet tile using 1/4 turn method as recommended by manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. C. Install specified edging wherever carpeting abuts a dissimilar flooring material, ' except where wood thresholds, or resilient floor tile trim occurs. 3.04 CLEANING A. Daily clean work areas by disposing of carpet scraps. After completion of the work of this Section,remove equipment, and clean all wall,partition, and floor areas free from deposits of adhesives and other materials installed under this Section. B. Clean and vacuum carpet surfaces upon completion of the installation. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Prohibit traffic from carpet areas for 24 hours after installation. Protect with carpet with non-staining cover until Owner's final acceptance. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09682 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Johnsonite, Middlefield OH. b. Burke-Mercer Flooring Products (Division of Burke Industries), San Jose, CA. c. Roppe Corporation, Fostoria OH d. Vinyl Products Inc., Floor Products Division, Sheboygan WI. 2. Transition strips: equal to Johnsonite model: CRS-XX series reducer(exact model number dependent on height of carpet tile.) C. Filler for patching, smoothing and leveling subfloors and underlayments: Portland cement-based latex underlayment acceptable to flooring manufacturer, equal to the following: 1. Ardex, Inc., products "Feather Flash" and"Ardex SD-P". 2. Quikrete Companies,product"Fast-Set Underlayment 1248". 3. Silpro Masonry Systems Inc., product"Profinish". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. B. Ensure that newly placed concrete has cured for a minimum period of 30 days and that moisture content of concrete is within range specified by adhesive manufacturer. C. Verify that surfaces are smooth and flat with a maximum variation of 1/4 inch in 10 feet, and are ready to receive work. D. Request correction of defects in receiving surfaces which are not correctable by the methods specified herein. Do not commence work until such defects are entirely corrected. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Preheat areas to receive carpet to a minimum temperature of 60 degrees F for 72 hours prior to installation, with a relative humidity between 15 and 60 percent. Maintain minimum temperature of 60 degrees F thereafter. B. Remove sub-floor ridges, and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks,joints, holes and other defects with sub-floor filler. C. Apply, trowel, and float filler to leave smooth, flat and hard surface, as required to ensure that carpeted surfaces will be level to within 1/8 inch tolerance in 10 feet in any direction. 7/15/2013 09682 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition closed cell polymer Color: As selected by Engineer. Dye Method: Yam/solution dyed Static Control: Tested 3.0 kv. or less at 20 percent relative humidity. Size: 24 inch by 24 inch A. Carpet tile criteria CPT-2: Pile Fiber: Type 6,6 nylon Stiches per Inch: 9.5 Gauge: 5/64 Pile Thickness: 0.125 inches Finished Weight: 20 ounces Density 5,760 Primary Backing: 100%woven synthetic Secondary Backing: Infinity RE modular reinforced composite closed cell polymer Color: As selected by Engineer. Dye Method: Yarn/solution dyed Static Control: Tested 3.0 kv. or less at 20 percent relative humidity. Size: 24 inch by 24 inch Static Control: Tested 3.0 kv. or less at 20 percent relative humidity. B. Check matching of carpet before installation and ensure there is no visible variation between dye lots. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives for carpet tile: NFPA Class A or UBC Class 1 types, as determined by ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test, as recommended by Carpet manufacturer for application and intended use. Acceptable manufacturers include: 1. Advanced Adhesive Technology, Inc, Dalton GA. 2. DAP Incorporated, Dayton OH. 3. W.W. Henry Company, Aliquippa PA. 4. Macklanburg-Duncan Company, Oklahoma City, OK. 5. Roberts Consolidated Industries, Inc., City of Industry, CA. B. Transition strips, carpet reducers, edgings and accessories: Homogeneous vinyl, in colors as selected by the Engineer. olow 1. Acceptable manufacturers: 7/15/2013 09682 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition d. Edge Ravel Warranty- Lifetime of Carpet. Guaranteed no edge ravel in AM%: normal use (no seam sealers required). e. Delamination Warranty - Lifetime of Carpet. Guaranteed no delamination in normal use (no chair pads required). f. Tuft Bind Warranty - Lifetime of Carpet. Guaranteed not to zipper, wet or dry. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET TILE A. General requirements: Carpet tiles, shall conform with or pass tests of the following Standards: 1. ASTM D-2859 (Methenamine Reagent Pill Test). 2. ASTM E-648 (Flooring Radiant Panel Test): Class I (Minimum Average CRF of 0.48). 3. NBS Smoke Chamber Test: Maximum average of 450. 4. AATCC-134 (Electrostatic Propensity): Maximum electrostatic generation below level of human sensitivity. B. Carpet tile: To establish a standard of quality, design and function desired, specifications have been based on Mannington,pattern "Bark" (CPT-1) and"Blue Matrix" (CPT-2). Products of other manufacturers shall conform to the criteria specified herein below. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the criteria specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be considered the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Mannington Commercial, Calhoun, GA. b. Interface Americas, Inc., Atlanta, GA c. Lees Carpet Company, Greensboro NC. d. The Mohawk Group, Atlanta GA. e. Shaw Industries Inc., Dalton, GA. C. Carpet tile criteria CPT-1: Pile Fiber: Invista Antron Legacy, Type 6,6 Stiches per Inch: 11.83 Gauge: 5/64 Pile Thickness: 0.143 inches Finished Weight: 27 ounces Density 6,797 Primary Backing: 100% woven synthetic Secondary Backing: Infinity RE modular reinforced composite 7/15/2013 09682 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Store materials for 3 days (72 hours)prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature and humidity stability. Carpet and adhesive must be stored at a minimum temperature of 68 degrees F. C. Maintain a temperature of at least 60 degrees Fahrenheit, with a relative humidity of between 15 and 60 percent, for a period of 72 hours before, during, and after installation. D. Ventilate spaces where work of this Section occurs, during and for a period of 72 hours after completion of curing. Ventilate to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of fumes, vapors, and gases. Provide temporary fan units and ducting as required for venting operations 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store all carpeting material under cover in dry, well-ventilated spaces as soon as delivered. Protect carpeting from damage, dirt, stain, moisture, and mildew. B. Store all carpeting material under cover in dry, well-ventilated spaces as soon as delivered. Protect carpeting from damage, dirt, stain, moisture, and mildew. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Sequence work to ensure carpet is not installed until dust generating activities have terminated and work overhead is completed. B. Sequence work to ensure carpet is not installed until building dust generating activities have terminated and work overhead is completed. C. Install carpet after interior wet work is complete and fully cured. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Furnish the following warranties under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT: 1. Furnish carpet installer's written guarantee covering prompt and proper replacement of any and all carpeting which indicates improper installation workmanship and/or defective material within twelve months from completion of the installation and acceptance thereof by the Engineer, said corrective work being performed by the Carpet installer at no cost to the Owner. 2. Furnish carpet manufacturer's warranty which shall contain the following: a. Commencement date for warranty: Date of Project Substantial Completion. b. Wear Warranty - Lifetime of Carpet. No more than 10% face yarn loss by weight in normal use. c. Static Warranty - Lifetime of Carpet. 7/15/2013 09682 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Submit certification from the fiber producer verifying use of the branded fiber in the submitted carpet product. 5. Shop drawings: 1/8 inch scale plans of all carpeted areas indicating direction of carpet, location of seams and method of joining seams. a. Show location of different patterns or styles of carpet. 6. Selection samples: a. Sample swatches containing manufacturer's full color and blend range. b. Vinyl edge strip sample illustrating manufacturer's full color range. 7. Verification samples: a. 12 inch long samples of edge strip. b. After initial selection of carpet and color blends has been made by the Engineer: 18 inches by 27 inches sample of selected carpet for final approval of the Engineer. Approved samples shall be used as the standard of quality and colors for materials furnished under this Contract. B. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770–PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1. Maintenance Data: Prior to Project Substantial Completion, deliver to the Engineer copies of the carpet manufacturer's detailed maintenance recommendations for the care cleaning and stain-removal, and repair of the types of carpets installed. Include product data and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for cleaning materials. C. Maintenance Material Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770–PROJECT CLOSEOUT. Clearly label and package extra materials securely to prevent damage. 1. Extra Materials: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, Deliver to the Owner extra materials for future repairs and maintenance. Clearly label and package securely to prevent damage. a. Owner's carpet tile stock: An amount equal to 3 percent of each color, pattern and type of carpet installed. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Mill specializing in manufacturing carpet tile with a minimum of three years documented experience. B. Applicator: Company specializing in carpet installation of the type specified herein with a minimum of three years documented experience, and approved by carpet tile manufacturer. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not install carpet until areas have been fully enclosed and environmental conditions have reached the levels indicated during occupancy. —, 7/15/2013 09682 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 09682 TILE CARPETING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install carpet tile directly adhered over floors, where indicated on the Drawings, including all accessories necessary to complete the work 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06200 -FINISH CARPENTRY: Installing metal thresholds. B. Section 08710 -DOOR HARDWARE: Furnishing metal thresholds. C. Section 09651 -RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES: Straight resilient bases, where indicated in conjunction with carpet tile. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. 1. ASTM D 2859 - Test Method for Flammability of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials. 2. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 3. ASTM E 648 - Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 4. NFPA: Publication 253 - Test for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems. 5. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations regarding flammability and smoke generation of interior finishes. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data, physical properties, for each item furnished hereunder, including carpet, accessories, adhesives, and leveling materials. 2. Manufacturer's installation instructions: Provide manufacturer's application methods or installation instructions for each item furnished hereunder. Indicate special procedures, and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 3. Manufacturer's sample warranties. 4. Manufacturer's certificate: Provide certificate stating that the carpet, and other related materials to be supplied hereunder meet all requirements specified herein. 7/15/2013 09682 - 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition ►. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09653- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.06 CLEANING .. A General: Comply with requirements of Section 01740—CLEANING UP for periodic and final cleaning, and as additionally specified herein. 1. Daily clean work areas by sweeping and disposing of debris, and scraps. B Post-installation Cleaning: 1. As installation progresses, continually remove excess adhesive from floor, and wall surfaces without damage. a. Protect installed flooring as recommended by the flooring manufacturer against damage from rolling loads, other trades, or the placement of fixtures and furnishings. 2. Sweep floors to remove all loose dirt and debris. 3. After specified waiting period, clean all materials installed hereunder with a non- abrasive commercial detergent approved by the material manufacturers, and thoroughly rinse with clear water. a. Vinyl composition tile floors: Wait at least 5 full days following completion of the installation before commencing with cleaning. C Final Cleaning: 1. General: Perform final cleaning not before 4 days prior to Owner's intended occupancy date. ... 2. Vinyl composition tile floors: a. Wash floors with non-abrasive commercial detergent with floor machine equipped with green or blue pad. Apply manufacturer's recommended stripping solution when floors are badly soiled. b. Apply a minimum of two coats of acrylic floor polish to protect flooring until regular maintenance procedures can be started. c. After application and curing of floor polish, ensure that polished floors are protected with heavy kraft paper. 3.07 PROTECTION A Prohibit traffic on finished floor areas until flooring adhesive has fully set. B Prohibit washing, scrubbing or other similar `wet' operations to occur on finished floor areas for a minimum period of 5 calendar days after installation. C Provide protection of completed flooring areas from construction traffic until Substantial Completion of the General Contract. After cleaning and polishing, cover all resilient tile floor surfaces with non-staining heavyweight kraft paper and overlay with red-rosin paper, taping the edges to maintain position of the protection paper. Reapply papers as required to maintain floor protection. 7/15/2013 09653- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Prohibit traffic until filler and leveler is cured. 4. Vacuum clean substrate, and ensure that substrate is dry, clean and smooth prior to application of flooring. 3.03 INSTALLATION- GENERAL A Install all products in strict accordance with each manufacturer's written installation procedures and other provisions specified herein. 1. Apply primers as recommended by adhesive manufacturer's written instructions. B Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. C Mix tile to ensure that concentration of surface patterns is uniform throughout. Use tile from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. D Maintain reference markers,holes and openings that are in place or have been marked for future cutting; repeat markers on flooring as marked on substrate. Use non- permanent marking devices which may be cleaning washed off when no longer required. 3.04 INSTALLATION - FLOOR TILE A Lay flooring in a square grid pattern, with joints and seams parallel to building lines. Lay tile flooring in pattern as indicated on the drawings with pattern-grain running in row singular direction. Lay tile with joints straight and continuous in both directions and with border tile not less than 1/2 the width of the tile. B Neatly fit resilient materials to all intersecting surfaces, and make joints as inconspicuous as possible. C Terminate flooring at centerline of door in closed position where adjacent floor finish is of different material or color. D Apply resilient materials to have uniform contact with receiving surfaces throughout, with tight joints, and with all finish surfaces smooth, in true plane, free from buckles, waves, and other imperfections. E Extend resilient flooring to wall lines beneath all movable equipment and movable casework. Fit resilient flooring onto breaks and recesses, against non-resilient bases, around pipes and other protrusions, under saddles, and to and around other fixed surfaces,making neat cuts in the flooring and minimizing joints. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF ACCESSORIES A Resilient edge and transition strips: 1. Install edge strips at all edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed. 2. Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive recommended by the edge strip manufacturer. 7/15/2013 09653- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3.01 EXAMINATION A Verification of Conditions: Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority(Owner) will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor's or Filed- Subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results. 1. Ensure existing substrate is not cushion flooring or perimeter-bonded sheet flooring. Ensure substrate is firmly bonded to underlayment. 2. Verify concrete substrate has been cured and is sufficiently dry to achieve a bond with the adhesive, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 3. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and project conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION Almik A General: Comply with flooring manufacturer's requirements for preparation of substrate to receive resilient flooring. 1. Close spaces to traffic during the installation of the flooring. B Protection of In-situ existing finishes against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Clean, or repair all existing materials which are soiled or otherwise damaged by Work of this Section, to match original profiles and finishes. Existing materials and finishes which cannot be cleaned, or repaired shall be removed and replaced with new work to match existing. C Surface Preparation: 1. Remove by mechanical means (light sanding and grinding), all protruding edges, high spots. Ensure that substrate is free from paint, varnish, wax, oil, existing adhesive residue, or other foreign matter. Do not use solvents. 2. Fill minor or local low spots, cracks,joints,holes, and other defects with subfloor filler. Apply, trowel and float finish subfloor filler and leave a smooth, level, hard surface. Prohibit traffic from area until filler is cured. 3. Apply troweled subfloor filler and leveler to provide finished concrete surface smooth, with no more than 1/8 inch variation from plane within 10 feet in any direction. 7/15/2013 09653- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. ASTM E 662 ( Smoke Generation )Maximum Specified Optical Density of 450 or less. 2.03 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE FLOORING A Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT): 12 x 12 inch by 1/8 inch thick with pattern and color extending through thickness of tile; composed of vinyl resins, non-asbestos inorganic mineral fillers, and colorfast pigments complying with FS SS-T-312B(1), Type IV, Composition 1 and ASTM F1066 Composition 1, Class 1, Colors shall be as selected by the Engineer from manufacturer's full available range. Acceptable products include: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Flooring Division, Lancaster PA.,product "Premium Excelon- Stonetex". 2. Azrock Industries, Inc., San Antonio TX.,product"Thru-Quartz". 3. Tarkett, Parsippany NJ,product"Concert". 2.04 ACCESSORIES A Filler for patching, smoothing and leveling subfloors and underlayments: Portland cement-based latex underlayment acceptable to flooring manufacturer, equal to the following: 1. Ardex, Inc.,products"Feather Flash" and"Ardex SD-P". 2. Quikrete Companies,product"Fast-Set Underlayment 1248". 3. Silpro Masonry Systems Inc.,product"Profinish". B Adhesives: Water resistant, acceptable to the resilient flooring manufacturer, for substrate conditions. 1. VOC content: Less than 50 g/L. 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Advanced Adhesive Technology, Inc,Dalton GA. b. DAP Incorporated, Dayton OH. c. W.W. Henry Company, Aliquippa PA. d. Roberts Consolidated Industries, Inc., City of Industry, CA. C Transition and edge strips: 1. General: Homogeneous vinyl, of profiles required for thickness of abutting materials. 2. Edge strips: Tapered or bull nose edge. 3. Colors: Match or contrast with the flooring, as selected by the Engineer from standard colors available, of width shown on the drawings. D Cleaning material: Domestic neutral floor detergent having a pH 7 or pH 8, as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. 7/15/2013 09653- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Protect adhesives from freezing. 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A Maintain uniform temperature of minimum of 65 degrees Fahrenheit and humidity of 20 to 40 percent 48 hours prior to, during, and 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials and accessories in the spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Thereafter, maintain a minimum temperature of 55 degrees Fahrenheit in the areas where the work is completed. 1.09 WARRANTY A General: Submit warranties under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. B Manufacturer Warranty: provide manufacturer's standard wear warranties for all flooring and stair tread materials installed under this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Vinyl composition tile: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Flooring Division, Lancaster, PA. b. Azrock Industries, Inc., Florance, AL. c. Tarkett, Inc., Parsippany,NH. 2. Adhesives: a. Advanced Adhesive Technology, Inc, Dalton, GA. b. DAP Incorporated, Dayton, OH. c. W.W. Henry Company,Aliquippa, PA. d. Roberts Consolidated Industries, Inc., City of Industry, CA. 2.02 DESCRIPTION A Regulatory Requirements: 1. Provide materials and assemblies conforming to applicable building codes and regulatory agencies for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements of flooring in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2. Provide flooring material to meet the following fire test performance criteria as tested by a recognized independent testing laboratory: a. ASTM E 648 ( Critical Radiant Flux ) of 0.45 watts per sq. cm. or greater, Class 1. 7/15/2013 09653- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770— PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Furnish cleaning and maintenance data. 2. Bonds and Warranty Documentation: a. Manufacturer's Warranties and Guarantees as specified elsewhere herein this Section. C Maintenance Material Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. Clearly label and package extra materials securely to prevent damage. 1. Extra Stock Materials: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, deliver to the Owner extra flooring materials for future repairs and maintenance, from the same manufacturing runs as those installed, in the following amounts. a. Vinyl composition tile: 3 percent of each material in each color, and pattern installed. b. Furnish a quantity of adhesive of each type used in sealed cans or containers sufficient to apply the above materials. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. 1. Provide types of resilient tile and accessories supplied by one manufacturer, including leveling and patching compounds, and adhesives. 2. Avoid color and pattern differential;provide flooring from one production run in any single room or contiguous areas. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site,until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by,the Engineer. 2. Deliver resilient flooring materials in original, unopened packages and store protected for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. B Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures, and in accordance with material safety data sheets. Store materials in a clean dry, enclosed space off the ground and protected from the weather 2. Protect materials from damage due to moisture, direct sunlight, excessive temperatures, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. 7/15/2013 09653- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing work. B Sequencing: 1. Sequence work to ensure resilient flooring is not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, wet work is dry and cured, and work overhead is completed. 2. Ensure that installation of flooring and accessories occurs after other finishing operations, including painting. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, physical properties and installation instructions for each item furnished hereunder. a. Furnish manufacturer's product literature on flooring adhesive, highlight adhesive properties, including VOC's and maximum moisture pressure limits for substrates. 2. Shop drawings: 1/4 inch scale plans of each flooring area scheduled for Work of this Section. Drawings shall bear dimensions of actual measurements taken at the project. a. Identify each flooring type, colors and patterns, indicate layout of tile units and direction of tile patterns. b. Where more than one adhesive type is specified or otherwise required by flooring manufacturer, identify on shop drawings areas for each adhesive type. 3. Selection samples: Manufacturers' sample chain of colors and patterns available for selection by Engineer. 4. Verification samples: a. Full sized flooring tile, illustrating color, and pattern for each color and type of tile selected. b. Edging: 12 inches long demonstrating profile, thickness, size and color. 5. Certificates: a. Submit the manufacturer's certification that the resilient flooring has been tested by an independent laboratory and complies with the required fire tests. 7/15/2013 09653- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 09653 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A The work of this Section consists of resilient tile flooring where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes,but is not limited to the following. B Furnish and install the following: 1. Vinyl composition tile flooring. 2. Vinyl transition strips wherever edges of resilient tile flooring materials abut dissimilar flooring, where no thresholds occur. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES: Application of protection paper to finished resilient flooring. B Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Removal of existing finishes. C Section 09651 -RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES: Resilient base. D Section 09682—TILE CARPETING: Carpet tile and transition strips. 1.03 REFERENCES A Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM F-710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. 3. ASTM F-1066—Vinyl Composition Floor Tile. 4. ASTM F-1869—Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride. 5. FS SS-T-312 - Tile, Floor: Asphalt, Rubber, Vinyl,Vinyl Composition. 6. NFPA 253 - Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. 7. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations regarding flammability and smoke generation of interior finishes. 7/15/2013 09653- 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Install Resilient base: Install base on solid backing, bond to vertical substrate with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. Apply wall base to walls, columns, casework and other permanent fixtures in areas where base is required. 1. Install in lengths as long as practical. 2. Scribe to fit to door frames and other interruptions. 3. Form all external and internal corners in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Cope inside corners and fit neatly. 4. Fill voids with plastic filler along the top edge of the resilient wall base on masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates. 3.03 CLEANING A. Post-installation Cleaning: As installation progresses, continually remove excess adhesive from floor,base and wall surfaces without damage. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09651 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Provide coved base at resilient flooring. *• 2. Provide straight (non-coved)base at carpeted and walk-off entrance mat areas. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesives 1. General: Water resistant, low VOC, acceptable to the resilient flooring manufacturer, for substrate conditions. a. Cove Base Adhesives: Maximum VOC 50 [glL less Water] 2. Acceptable manufacturers: a. Advanced Adhesive Technology, Inc, Dalton GA,product: "No. 432 Modified Acrylic Cove Base Adhesive". b. DAP Incorporated, Dayton OH,product: "Cove Base Construction Adhesive". c. W.W. Henry Company, Aliquippa PA, product: "Henry 440 Cove Base Adhesive". d. Roberts Consolidated Industries, Inc., City of Industry, CA,product: "Premium Solvent-Free Cove Base Adhesive". B. Joint Sealer for between the top of wall base and irregular wall surfaces: Plastic filler as recommended by manufacturer. C. Cleaning material: Domestic neutral floor detergent having a pH 7 or pH 8, as recommended by the flooring manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive resilient base. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install all products in strict accordance with each manufacturer's written installation procedures and other provisions specified herein. B. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. 7/15/2013 09651 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum of 65 degrees Fahrenheit and humidity of 20 to 40 percent 48 hours prior to, during, and 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials and accessories in the spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Thereafter, maintain a minimum temperature of 55 degrees Fahrenheit in the areas where the work is completed. 1.09 WARRANTY A. General: Submit warranties under provisions of Section 01780 - CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. B. Manufacturer Warranty: I. Resilient Base: Provide manufacturer's standard one year limited product warranty for resilient base materials. 2. Adhesives: Provide manufacturer's one year limited product warranty for adhesion reliability. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Johnsonite, Middlefield, OH. 2. Burke-Mercer Products Company, San Jose, CA 3. Roppe Corporation,Fostoria, OH. 4. VPI Corporation, Sheboygan, WI. 5. Tarkett, Inc., Parsippany,NH. 2.02 DESCRIPTION A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Provide materials and assemblies conforming to applicable building codes and regulatory agencies for flame/fuel/smoke rating requirements of base trim in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2.03 RESILIENT BASE A. Vinyl Bases: Homogeneous vinyl, 4 inches high, 0.080 gage thickness complying with ASTM F-1861, Type TV, (Themoplastic Vinyl), in colors as selected by the Engineer from manufacturer's available standards. Provide premolded end stops, external and internal corners, of same material, size and color as base. 7/15/2013 09651 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Sequencing: 1. Sequence work to ensure resilient flooring is not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, wet work is dry and cured, and work overhead is completed. 2. Ensure that installation of flooring and accessories occurs after other finishing operations, including painting. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, physical properties and installation instructions. a. Include certification of data indicating Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) content of all adhesives. Submit MSDS highlighting VOC limits. 2. Selection Samples: Manufacturers' sample chain of colors available for selection by Engineer. 3. Verification Samples: Each type resilient base and color selected, 24 inches long. B. Maintenance Material Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. Clearly label and package extra materials securely to prevent damage. An 1. Extra Stock Materials: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, deliver to the Owner extra materials for future repairs and maintenance, an amount equal 24 linear feet for each color and type of resilient base installed. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Avoid color and pattern differential; provide base from one production run in any single room or contiguous areas. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 2. Deliver resilient base materials in original, unopened packages and store protected for three days prior to installation in area of installation to achieve temperature stability. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store materials in a clean dry, enclosed space off the ground and protected from the weather. Protect adhesives from freezing. 7/15/2013 09651 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 09651 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Prepare substrate to receive resilient base. B. Furnish and install the following: 1. Coved resilient base at resilient flooring. 2. Straight(non-coved)resilient base at carpeted areas. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES: Application of protection paper to finished resilient flooring. B. Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Removal of existing finishes. C. Section 06100 -ROUGH CARPENTRY: Plywood wood blocking and nailers . D. Section 09250 - Gypsum BOARD: Gypsum board substrate to receive resilient base. E. Section 09653 -RESILIENT TILE FLOORING: Vinyl composition tile (VCT) flooring. F. Section 09682 —TILE CARPETING: Carpet tile and transition strips. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements,the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM F 1861 - Standard Specification for Resilient Wall Base 3. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations regarding flammability and smoke generation of interior finishes. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. General: Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequence of installation, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. 7/15/2013 09651 - I DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition ROW 3.05 CLEANING A. Properly clean surfaces of panels and open grids free from dirt and handling marks. Wherever surfaces cannot be cleaned by normal methods or have defects, remove and replace with new components. B. Upon completion of the work of this Section in any given area,remove tools, equipment and all rubbish and debris from the work area; leave area in broom-clean condition. C. Clean work under provisions of Section 01740—CLEANING UP. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09510- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 636 requirements. Ensure a deflection not to exceed 1/360 span of 48-inch simple span. C. Install specified edge moldings wherever ceilings intersect a wall or partition surface, and around all items having any dimension of 4 inches or more which penetrate the ceilings, including circular penetrations. Set moldings absolutely level, using as long lengths as practicable, and secure with fasteners recommended by manufacturer for the type of substrate. 1. Sealant Bed: Apply continuous ribbon of acoustical sealant, concealed on back of vertical leg before installing moldings. 2. Screw-attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16 inches on center. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12'-0". Miter corners accurately and connect securely. D. Install hanger attachments to overhead construction in accordance with the approved shop drawings, spacing the attachments not more than 48 inches on centers over location of each main tee member. 1. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest affected hangers to span the extra distance. 2. Install hanger wire to attachments with triple twists. E. Install main tees parallel to the long dimension of each area, spacing the tees 48 inches on centers. Secure the bottom of hanger wires through slots in the main tee members and tie with triple twists. Level the main tees as the work progresses. 1. Secure lateral bracing to structural members as detailed on the Drawings. F. Uniformly space the cross tees at 24 inches on centers, and secure the cross tees into the main tees as recommended by the system manufacturer. G. Provide sealant at gaps between new acoustical ceiling edge angles and all irregular walls. H. Fit acoustical ceiling tile units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function. Install acoustical ceiling tile level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp or dents. 1. Field cut tegular type tile with a tegular reveal at all edge conditions. 2. Where required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction, install retention clips,provide two clips per ceiling panel installed on opposite sides of panel. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from flat and level surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. B. Maximum variation from plumb of grid members caused by eccentric loads: 2 degrees. 7/15/2013 09510- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition +► 1. Tremco, Beachwood OH; product, "Acoustical Sealant". 2. United States Gypsum Company, Chicago IL; product "USG Acoustical Sealant". 3. Pecora Corporation, Harleysville PA;product"AC-20 FTR". PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. 1. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and project conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protection of In-situ Conditions: During the operation of work of this Section,protect existing finishes against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Clean, or repair all existing materials which are soiled or otherwise damaged by Work of this Section,to match original profiles and finishes. Existing materials and finishes which cannot be cleaned, or repaired shall be removed and replaced with new work to match existing. B. Surface Preparation: I. Carefully examine all receiving surfaces,to which attachments will be made hereunder, and determine the most practical way of making such attachments. Request Engineer's approval of any attachment method which differs from that indicated on the approved shop drawings before proceeding with installation. 2. Permit acoustical ceiling tile to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content prior to installation. 3. Store materials in a neat manner and protect from damage and after all related work has been completed, reinstall the existing ceiling materials. 4. Where acoustical panels, acoustical tiles and suspension system have been removed because of new construction and cannot be reinstalled, install new material to match existing. All materials to be used for patching and matching shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of work. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Locate system on room axis, leaving equal sized border units of not less than one-half tile width. B. Install all components of the suspended grid systems in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, the approved shop drawings, conforming to ASTM C- OOW 7/15/2013 09510- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.04 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANELS A. Ceiling panel: 1. Panel size: 24 by 48 inch by 5/8 inch thick. 2. Panel edge: Square edge. 3. Description: ASTM E-1264 Type III, Form 2, Pattern EI, Class A flame spread, wet formed mineral fiber, non-directional fissured, medium textured panel,non- combustible, vinyl latex paint finish. 4. Color: White. 5. Minimum light reflectance range: LR 0.82 to 0.86. 6. Acoustical characteristics: a. NRC range: 0.70. b. CAC range: 30 to 35. 7. Acceptable products: a. Armstrong product "Cirrus, Square Lay-In" product number 533. b. Certainteed product "Cashmere High NRC" product number CM-497 NCRP. c. USG product "Eclipse Climaplus" with SQ edge,product number 78575. 2.05 CEILING GRIDS A. Ceiling grid: 15/16 inch exposed tee grid in white color matching ceiling panel; acceptable products are: 1. Armstrong; 15/16" Prelude Exposed Tee System. 2. Chicago Metallic; 200 Snap-Grid System. 3. USG; DX Series. 2.06 ACCESSORIES A. Edge moldings: Standard edge trim: Grid system manufacturer's standard L-shape edge trim compatible with exposed grid system and color matched. 1. Armstrong: Model 7800. 2. Chicago Metallic: Model 1430. 3. USG: Model M7. B. Hanger attachments: Of the most appropriate types for the specific receiving surfaces. C. Hangers: ASTM A641 Soft temper,pre-stretched galvanized carbon steel wire, with a yield stress of at least 3 times design load, but not less than 12 gage. D. Joint Sealer: One component acrylic latex,permanently elastic, non-staining, non- shrinking, non-migrating and paintable. low_ 7/15/2013 09510- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Acoustical ceiling panel: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Lancaster, PA. b. USG Interiors Inc., Chicago, IL. c. Certainteed Corporation, Valley Forge,PA. 2. Suspension system: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Lancaster, PA. b. USG Interiors Inc., (Donne) Chicago, IL. c. Chicago Metallic Corp., Chicago, IL. 2.02 DESCRIPTION A. General Description: Manufacturer's standard panels of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types,patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectance as indicated. 2.03 PERFORMANCE/DESIGN CRITERIA A. Fire Resistance: Where fire-resistance ratings are indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction,provide materials and construction which are identical to assemblies whose fire-resistance ratings have been tested in compliance with ASTM E 119 by independent agencies acceptable to the Engineer and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide UL Classified material whose surface burning characteristics, when tested in compliance with ASTM E 84 are Class A. C. Where the following ratings are specified, provide materials and construction which are identical to those tested by Underwriters Laboratories or equivalent independent testing agencies acceptable to the Engineer. 1. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Ratings have been tested in compliance with ASTM C423. 2. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC) : Ratings have been tested in accordance with ASTM E1414. 3. Light Reflectance (LR): Ratings has been tested in compliance with ASTM C523. 7/15/2013 09510- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. B. Sole Source: Obtain products required for the Work of this Section from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of acoustical ceiling panels. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 2. Do not deliver acoustical ceiling panels to the project until all concrete, masonry, plaster and other wet work has been completed and dry. 3. Deliver acoustical ceiling panels in original, unopened packages and store protected in a fully enclosed space. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Protect materials from damage due to moisture, direct sunlight, excessive temperatures, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. C. Damaged material: Remove any damaged or contaminated materials from job site immediately, including materials in broken packages,packages containing water marks, or show other evidence of damage, unless Engineer specifically authorizes correction thereof and usage on project. 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum of 60 degrees Fahrenheit and humidity of 20 to 40 percent prior to, during, and after installation. 1.09 WARRANTY A. General: Submit warranties under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. B. Manufacturer Warranty: I. In addition to the specific guarantee requirements of the GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS, the Contractor shall obtain in the Owner's name the standard written manufacturer's guarantee of all materials furnished under this Section where such guarantees are offered in the manufacturer's published product data. All these guarantees shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, other liabilities which the Contractor may have by law or other provisions of the Contract Documents. 7/15/2013 09510- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition ., ceilings to be completed prior to commencing installing the ceilings in such locations. C. Scheduling: 1. Install acoustical units after interior wet work is dry. 2. Schedule work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated and overhead work is completed, tested and approved. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, physical properties for each item furnished hereunder. 2. Shop Drawings: a. 1/4 inch scale plans of each room or space; indicate grid layout and related dimensioning,junctions with other work or ceiling finishes, interrelation of mechanical and electrical items related to the system. b. All drawings bearing dimensions of actual measurements taken at the project. c. Large scale installation details of special conditions. 3. Verification Samples: a. 12 by 12 inch samples of acoustical units, illustrating material and finish. b. 12 inch long samples of suspension system components including main runners, cross runner and edge trim. c. 12 inch long samples of existing exposed spline suspension system components including runners and edge trim for comparison with supplied materials. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770— PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1. Bonds and Warranty Documentation: a. Manufacturer's Warranties and guarantees as specified elsewhere herein this Section. C. Maintenance Material Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. Clearly label and package extra materials securely to prevent damage. I. Provide to the Owner, extra ceiling panels: 3 percent of each type installed. 2. Provide to the Owner, extra suspension components: 3 percent of each type installed. 7/15/2013 09510- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. ASTM C 423 Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the .. Reverberation Room Method "UL Classified". 3. ASTM C 523 - Light reflectance of Acoustical Material by the Integrating Sphere Reflectometer. 4. ASTM C 635 - Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel Ceilings. 5. ASTM C 636 -Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels. 6. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Material "UL Classified" 7. ASTM E 119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials "UL Classified". 8. ASTM E 413 - Classification for Rating Sound Insulation. 9. ASTM E 580 - Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint. 10. ASTM E 1264 - Classification of Acoustical Ceiling Products. 11. ASTM E 1414 - Airborne Sound Attenuation Between Rooms Sharing a Common Ceiling Plenum. "UL Classified". 12. UL Fire Resistance Directory and Building Material Directory. 13. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations regarding flammability and smoke generation of interior finishes. B. General References The following reference materials are hereby made a part of this Section by reference thereto: 1. CISCA (Ceilings and Interior Systems Contractors Association) - Acoustical Ceilings: Use and Practice. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequence of installation, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. B. Sequencing: 1. Field Measurements: a. Take field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of Work. b. Allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. 2. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing work, to allow work which will be concealed by the 7/15/2013 09510- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of acoustical tile where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes, but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish and install the following: 1. Suspended acoustical tile ceiling including suspension system and associated edge moldings. 2. Furnish and install joint sealant at ceiling edge angles where abutting walls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 08310 -ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS,and by trades requiring the same: Shop primed access panels, occurring in partitions and walls. B. Section 09100—NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING: Metal ceiling and soffit framing for gypsum board, including hanger attachments, wire hangers, and 00W screwable metal tee grid system. C. Section 09250 - Gypsum BOARD: Suspended drywall construction ceilings and soffits. D. Division 15 —FIRE PROTECTION: 1. Sprinkler heads in ceiling system. E. Division 15 - MECHANICAL: 1. Air diffusion devices in ceiling. F. Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: 1. Fire alarm and smoke detection equipment mounted in ceiling system. 2. Light fixtures and independent hangers for suspended fixtures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM A 641 - Zinc- Coated(Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire 7/15/2013 09510- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.13 CURING A. Cover with clean non-staining 40 pound kraft paper. Do not use polyethylene sheets directly over tile on horizontal surfaces. 3.14 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface until grout and tile materials are fully set, and not less than 72 hours. Protect floor surfaces with heavy red-rosin paper or kraft paper. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09310- 15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Grouting: Install in accordance with installation requirements of abutting tile. . 3.10 INSTALLATION - GROUT A. Remove spacers, ropes, glue, and similar foreign matter prior to grouting. B. Force the maximum amount of the approved grout into joints in accordance with pertinent recommendations contained in ANSI A108.10 and for epoxy grouts, ANSI A108.6. C. Fill in joints of cushion-edge tile to depth of the cushion; fill joints of square-edge tile flush with the surface. D. Fill all gaps and skips. Do not permit mortar or mounting mesh to show through grouted joints. E. Provide hard finished grout which is uniform in color, smooth and without voids,pin holes, or low spots. F. Remove all excess grout immediately after installation thereof, wash and rinse tile free from grout film, and tool grout to a uniform density throughout. G. Apply grout colorant in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.11 REPAIR A. Replace cracked chipped, broken, and otherwise defective tiles. B. Remove work not complying with requirements of the Contract Documents or the referenced standards, and promptly replace with work which does comply. 3.12 CLEANING A. After completion of the work of this Section, remove equipment, and clean all wall, partition, and floor areas free from deposits of mortar, grout, and other materials installed under this Section, and wash completed tilework. 1. Do not use acid or acid cleaners to clean tile. 2. When tile is thoroughly clean and dry,polish glazed tile with clean dry cloths. B. Test a small area of tile prior to start of general cleaning. Consult with manufacturer of cleaner for recommendations. C. Remove all traces of excess mortar, grout, efflorescence and stains from exposed tile surfaces. D. Use in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 7/15/2013 09310- 14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Apply a slurry bond coat as recommended by manufacturer to ensure adhesion of mortar bed with substrate, and as interface between top of green mortar bed and bottom of tile. D. Install portland cement mortar bed to thickness shown on Drawings. E. Grouting: 1. Allow tile to fully set prior to grouting; do not grout in less than 24 hours after installation of tile. 2. Grout tile joints with in accordance with ANSI A108.10 and as additionally specified . 3.07 WALL TILE INSTALLATION- TCNA NUMBER W244C WITH THIN-SET A. General: Install in accordance with ANSI A108.5, TCNA installation method number W244C, and as additionally specified herein below. Apply materials in strict accordance with the written instructions and recommendations of setting materials manufacturer. 1. Setting materials: Latex modified Portland cement(ANSI A118.4). 2. Grout materials: Acrylic modified Portland cement(unsanded) grout (ANSI A118.6). B. Install latex modified Portland cement mortar bed to a thickness recommended by manufacturer. C. Grouting: 1. Allow tile to fully set prior to grouting; do not grout in less than 24 hours after installation of tile. 2. Grout tile joints in accordance with ANSI Al08.10 and as additionally specified. 3.08 INSTALLATION - TCNA NUMBER TR611 WITH STONE THRESHOLDS A. General: Install in accordance with ANSI A108.5, TCNA installation method number TR611, and as additionally specified herein below. Apply materials in strict accordance with the written instructions and recommendations of setting materials manufacturer. B. Grouting: Install in accordance with installation requirements of abutting tile. 3.09 INSTALLATION—METAL EDGE AND TRANSITION STRIPS A. General: Install in accordance with ANSI A108.5, TCNA installation method number F 113, and as additionally specified herein below. Apply materials in strict accordance with the written instructions and recommendations of setting materials manufacturer. 1. Install with two 1/2 inch diameter stainless steel dowels drilled into slab and AVW solid surfacing. 7/15/2013 09310- 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition be installed lower than height of trim. Maintain a 1/8 inch [3 mm] minimum uniform joint width between edge of tile and metal trim to be filled by grout. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL JOINTS A. General: Provide control joints where indicated on the Drawings, and as directed by the Engineer. Where not indicated,provide joints per the following requirements in specific locations approved by Engineer: 1. Interior tilework: 24 to 36 feet in each direction, except where exposed to direct sunlight or moisture. 2. Interior tilework exposed to direct sunlight or moisture: 12 to 16 feet in each direction. 3. Where tile abuts restraining surfaces such as perimeter walls, dissimilar floors, curbs, columns, pipes, and where changes occur in substrate materials. 4. At perimeter walls in rooms and spaces larger than 12 feet on one side. 5. As continuation of expansion joints, control joints, and seismic joints in the building structure which occur in tile areas. B. Locations: Verify exact locations of joints with Engineer prior to commencing tile installation. C. Control joints: 1. Form control joints neat, straight, and uniformly wide equal to width of normal tile joint. Cut tile neatly and to accurate radius at exposed junction with pipes. 2. Extend control joints full thickness of tile, setting bed and reinforcing. D. Keep open joints free of grout and debris until filled with sealant. Install non- contaminating temporary joint filler to maintain joints in clean condition until installation of joint backing and sealant under Section 07900 - JOINT SEALERS. 3.06 FLOORING INSTALLATION—TCNA NUMBER F112 A. Description: Thick(mud) set tile installation. B. General: Install in accordance with ANSI A108.1A, TCNA installation method number F 112, and as additionally specified herein below. Apply materials in strict accordance with the written instructions and recommendations of setting materials manufacturer. 1. Setting materials: a. Primer coat: Slurry bonding coat. b. Mortar bed: Full thickness Portland cement mortar bed. 2. Grout materials: Portland cement sanded grout(ANSI Al 18.6). 7/15/2013 09310- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Installation Standards: The American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile, 1992 edition (ANSI A108), is hereby made a part of this specification. All work of this Section shall be installed in accordance with the requirements contained in referenced ANSI A108 standards, and as additionally specified below, and in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications of those products used. B. Installation Methods: Schedule of substrate conditions, generic type of tile used, with appropriate setting and grouting methods are listed at end of this Section. 1. Use trowel shapes and sizes as recommended by setting materials manufacturer. 2. Back-butter tiles as required to provide coverage indicated, except for tiles exceeding 144 square inches which require a complete back application of mortar(100% coverage). C. Tile Patterns and types: Tile patterns are shown on the Drawings, if more information is required, obtain the necessary information from the Engineer. Do not interrupt tile pattern around openings. D. Tile Layout and installation 1. Layout tile on room axis, leaving equal sized border units of not less than one- half tile width. 2. Cut and fit tile tight to penetrations through tile. Form corners and bases neatly. Align base and wall joints. 3. Place tile joints uniform in width, subject to variance in tolerance allowed in tile size. Make joints watertight, full without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. 3.04 INSTALLATION—METAL EDGE TRIM A. General: Apply materials in strict accordance with the written instructions and recommendations of edge material and setting materials manufacturers. 1. Ensure that top surface of metal edge and transition strips align with surface plane of tile. 2. Locations: Provide metal edge at every flooring transition between tile and other flooring materials. B. Press perforated anchoring leg of trim into troweled dry set mortar bedding. Trowel additional mortar over perforated anchoring leg of trim to ensure full coverage and support of tile edges. C. Solidly embed tiles in manner that tiled surface is flush with top of trim profile. Tile may exceed trim height by 1/32 inch [1 mm] to 1/16 inch [1.5 mm], but tile may not AOW 7/15/2013 09310- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Cleavage membrane: ASTM D 226 Number 15 asphalt saturated felt or ASTM D 2103,polyethylene film, 4 mil thick. B. Reinforcing mesh: ASTM A 185 2 by 2 inch (50mm by 50mm) size weave of 16/16 wire size; welded fabric, galvanized. Provide in flat sheets, or flatten prior to installation. C. Tie wire: 18 gage soft galvanized annealed wire. 1. Aquamix, Seal Beach, CA., Product: Sealer's Choice Gold"Ultra-Soly". 2. 3M Products, Minnesota: MN., Product: "Cornerstone Sealer/Finish." D. Edge strips: Design as required for the condition of use, and fabricate from extruded aluminum, mill finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. 1. Verify that all concrete substrates are at least 28 calendar days old, completely cured and free of negative hydrostatic conditions or moisture problems. , B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate and site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. During the operation of work of this Section,protect existing finishes against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Clean, or repair all existing materials which are soiled or otherwise damaged by Work of this Section, to match original profiles and finishes. Existing materials and finishes which cannot be cleaned, or repaired shall be removed and replaced with new work to match existing. B. Ensure that all anchors,plugs, electrical and mechanical work to be in or underneath tile have been installed. C. Vacuum clean substrate surfaces. D. Seal concrete substrate cracks with filler; level concrete substrate to acceptable flatness tolerances. 1. The use of PVA bonding agents or gypsum based leveling materials is prohibited. E. Apply conditioner or primer to surfaces as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. 7/15/2013 09310- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Mapei product: "Plani/Lastic". c. Laticrete product"Blue 92". d. TEC product 1 flex Crack Isolation Membrane. e. Bostik Corp. (Hydroment),product"Hydroment Gold". 2.06 GROUTING MATERIALS A. Grout for walls having joints less than 1/8 inch width: Acrylic modified Portland cement (unsanded) grout conforming to ANSI 118.6. Acceptable products are limited to: 1. Mapei product: "Ker-800"with acrylic latex additive "Plastijoints", 2. Laticrete product"Laticrete 1600 Series (unsanded) with admix 1776 antimicrobial. 3. Custom Building Products PolyBlend unsanded grouts. B. Grout for floors, and walls having joints 1/8 inch and greater width: Acrylic modified Portland cement sanded grout conforming to ANSI 118.6. Acceptable products are limited to: L Mapei product: "Ultracolor"with acrylic latex additive "Plastijoints", 2. Laticrete product "Laticrete 1500 Series (sanded) with admix 1776 antimicrobial. 3. Custom Building Products PolyBlend sanded grouts. C. Epoxy grout: Multi-component epoxy grout, stain resistant, conforming to ANSI 118.3. 1. Epoxy Grout shall be non-toxic, non-flammable, non-hazardous during storage, mixing, application and when cured and shall meet the following minimum physical requirements in compliance with ANSI A118.3 test methods: a. Compressive Strength: 6600 psi (464 kg/cm2 )min. b. Shear Bond Strength: 100 psi (70kg/cm2 )min. c. Water Absorption: 1/2% max. d. Service Temperature: up to 230 F (110 C) 2. The finished Epoxy grout shall be chemically and stain resistant to catsup, mustard,tea, coffee, milk, soda, beer, wine, bleach(5% solution), ammonia, juices, vegetable oil,brine, sugar, cosmetics, and blood. It shall also be chemically resistant to dilute acids and alkalis, gasoline, turpentine, and mineral spirits. 3. Acceptable products are limited to: a. Mapei product: "Kerapoxy, KER 400" series. b. Laticrete product"Latapoxy 2000". Series. c. Custom Building Products,product "100% Solids Epoxy". 7/15/2013 09310- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Base trim and special shapes: Provide all bases, caps, stops, returns, trimmers, and ^* other shapes indicated or required to produce a completely finished installation. 1. Except as may be otherwise indicated, provide color and finish matching adjacent field tile. 2.04 STONE THRESHOLDS A. Where indicated on the Drawings,provide marble thresholds complying with Class "A" of the Marble Institute of America, in color selected by the Engineer from standard colors of the approved fabricator, shaped to provide a comfortable transition between tile and other floor finishes, with smooth matte surface finish and in the dimensions and thickness shown on the Drawings. 2.05 SETTING MATERIALS A. Thin-set polymer-modified Portland cement dry-set mortar, complying with the bond strength requirements of ANSI A 118.4. 1. Acceptable products: a. Custom Building Products "Porcelain Tile Mortar" b. Mapei product: "Kerabond"with"Keralastic" additive. c. Laticrete product number 254 Platinum, with antimicrobial additive. B. Mortar bed(factory pre-mixed) for thick-set applications: Acceptable products are limited to: 1. Mapei product: "3 to-l"with"Planicrete 50"additive. 2. Laticrete product number 226 with number 3701 additive. 3. Custom Building Products "Fast Setting Thick Bed Mortar" C. Slurry mix bond coat for thick-set applications: Portland cement, silica sand and latex admix in proportions recommended by additive manufacturer. 1. Portland cement/sand mix: Laticrete product number 211, "Crete Filler Powder" or the field mix the following: a. Portland Cement: Conforming to ASTM C 150, Type 1. b. Sand: Fine silica sand(40 to 60). 2. Latex additive: Acceptable products are limited to: a. Custom Building Products "Custom Crete" b. Mapei product: "Planicrete 50". c. Laticrete product number 4237. D. Anti-fracture membrane for crack suppression and substrate crack isolation: 1. Acceptable products include the following, or approved equal: a. Custom Building Products "Crack Buster Pro' or Fracture Free ,.,,y 7/15/2013 09310- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition e. Mapei Corporation, Elk Grove, IL. f TEK Special Construction Brands, Inc. (division of HB Fuller), Arlington, Heights IL. 4. Edging materials: a. Custom Building Products, Inc., Seal Beach, CA. b. Schluter Systems L.P., Plattsburgh, NY. c. Ceramic Tool Company Inc., Waukesha, WI. 2.02 CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE A. Ceramic mosaic the (designated"CT" on Finish Schedule and Drawings): Standard Grade unglazed ceramic mosaic tile, conforming to ANSI A137.1, nominal 1 x 1 inch by 1/4 inch thick,porcelain body, cushion-edges. Floor tiles shall be non-slip, containing not less than 7-1/2% by weight of silicone carbide or other rustproof abrasive of equal hardness. 1. Field tile and colors: Colors selected by Engineer from the following price groups. a. American-Olean product"Unglazed mosaics", Color Groups 1, 2, or 3. b. Dal-Tile product"Keystones". Color Groups 1, 2, or 3. 2. Floor accent tile: In Pattern determined by Engineer not exceeding 5 percent of floor area: a. American-Olean: Color(s) selected by Engineer from any color in "Unglazed Mosaics" color groups (1 through 4), or any "Satinglo"color groups (I or 2). b. Dal-Tile: Color(s) selected by Engineer from any color in"Keystones" color groups(1 through 4). 2.03 GLAZED CERAMIC TILE A. Glazed ceramic wall tile: Standard grade glazed ceramic tile, conforming to ANSI A137.1, nominal 4-1/4 by 4-1/4 inch by 5/16 inch thick,porcelain body, square- edges. 1. Colors and Patterns: 2 colors in a pattern,with not more than 25 percent of total area being high gloss(Designer Accent) tile in colors selected from the full range of glazed wall tile, including but not limited to: a. American-Olean series: "Matte". b. Dal-Tile series: "Semi-gloss". 2. Cove base trim. 3. Cap trim: Nominal 2 inch high by 6 inch,bullnose, of color as selected by Engineer. 7/15/2013 09310- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Manufacturer Warranty: The manufacturer of installation systems, adhesives, grouts and mortars shall provide a comprehensive non pro-rated written five (5) year warrantee against defective products which covers replacement materials and labor costs for demolition, the accessories, and installation systems. 1. Warranty to provide for tile lifting or separation from substrate, and setting bed/grout deterioration, when products have been installed with referenced TCNA setting systems using specified setting and grout materials. 2. Warranty excludes structural failure, movement or cracking of substrate materials, and workmanship performed not in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and industry standard guidelines. C. Special Warranty: Provide 2 year,non pro-rated warranty which shall include provisions for cracking, breakage or failure of tile due to defective workmanship 1. Materials must be compatible and from one source, single source responsibility for waterproofing, installation, mortars and grouts. Job-site mixtures of sand portland cement and site dilution of additives shall not be permitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified Manufacturer: To establish a standard of quality, design and function desired, Drawings and specifications have been based on the products and materials specified in the following Articles. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Unglazed ceramic mosaic floor tile: a. American Olean Tile Company, Lansdale, PA. b. Dal-Tile Corporation, Dallas, TX. 2. Glazed ceramic wall tile: a. American Olean Tile Company, Lansdale, PA. b. Dal-Tile Corporation, Dallas, TX. c. Sikes Corp., Florida Tile Division, Lakland, FL. d. United States Ceramic Tile Company, Sparta, OH. 3. Mortars, adhesives & Grouts: a. Custom Building Products, Inc., Seal Beach, CA. b. Bostik Corp. (Hydroment), Middleton, MA. c. C-Cure Chemical Company, Inc., Houston, TX d. Laticrete International, Inc., Bethany, CT 7/15/2013 09310- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Accepted mock-ups may not remain as part of the work; the number of mock-ups shall not be restricted. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site,until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by,the Engineer. 2. Deliver tile in manufacturer's sealed cartons, grade-sealed by the manufacturer in accordance with ANSI A 137.1,with grade-sealed unbroken, and clearly marked as to contents, color, and quantity. 3. Deliver and store tile setting materials in original, sealed, containers showing manufacturer's identification, year of production,new weight, date of packaging, and location of packaging. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures, and in accordance with material safety data sheets. 2. Store and protect containers above floor level, keep dry until ready for use. 3. Protect adhesives from freezing or overheating in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Store epoxy mortar and epoxy grouts at 70 degrees Fahrenheit (21°C)temperature for 24 hours prior to use. 1.09 SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental conditions: 1. General: Maintain ambient temperatures between 50 (10° C) and 80 (26°C) degrees Fahrenheit in tiled areas, for 24 hours prior to installation, during installation and for 7 days after completion. 2. Special environmental conditions for epoxy setting and grout materials: Maintain ambient temperatures between 65 degrees Fahrenheit(18°C) and 80 degrees Fahrenheit (27°C) in tiled areas, for 24 hours prior to installation, during installation and for 7 days after completion. 3. When temperature of substrate exceeds 90 (32° C) degrees Fahrenheit, contact manufacturer for instructions. B. Do not install setting or grouting materials in a closed,unventilated environment. Ventilate propane or fossil fuel heaters to prevent damage to the work from carbon- dioxide build up. 1.10 WARRANTY A. General: Submit warranties under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 7/15/2013 09310- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Mount tile and apply grout on one 24 by 24 inch cement backer board, for each tile type and selected color, to indicate color and texture variations, tile flatness and joint size variations. b. Trim shapes and base, in selected colors in types and shapes indicated for project conditions. c. Stone threshold, 12 inch long samples in shaped profile. 5. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. Grade Certificates: Manufacturer's Master Grade Certificates submitted prior to shipment of tile to project. B. Maintenance Material Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. Clearly label and package extra materials securely to prevent damage. 1. Extra Stock Materials: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, deliver to the Owner extra materials in, an amount equal to 3 percent of tile and trim of each color, finish and type installed. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. 1. Conform to ANSI/TCNA A 137.1 and TCNA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. 2. Tiles delivered to the job or installed in the work which do not fall within the accepted color and texture range demonstrated by the samples shall be removed from the site and replace with acceptable materials. B. Sole Source: Obtain installation products required for the Work of this Section from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum board. C. Qualifications: 1. Installer/Applicator: Minimum of 3 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein. 1.07 MOCK-UPS A. Provide mock-up panels, minimum 16 square feet, illustrating color, texture and finish, and demonstrating the minimum standard for the Work. 1. Mock-up will demonstrate quality of work, construction methods, color and texture of tile, flatness of installation,joint spacing and color of grout. Include typical tile accessories and a control joint. 2. Maintain mock-up during construction for workmanship comparison; remove and legally dispose of mock-up when no longer required. lawk 7/15/2013 09310- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 23. ASTM C 1027 - Determining Visible Abrasion Resistance of Glazed Ceramic Tile 24. ASTM D 226 -Asphalt Saturate Felt used in Roofing and Waterproofing. 25. ASTM D 2103 —Polyethylene Film 26. ASTM E 119—Fire Test of Building Construction and Materials. B. Inclusionary References: The following reference materials are hereby made a part of this Section by reference thereto: 1. TCNA (formerly TCA) - Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, latest edition. C. Definitions: For purposes of this specification, the following terms are defined: 1. Wet Areas: Rooms/spaces which has plumbing fixtures, sinks,toilets, or floor drains. Wet areas additionally include rooms/spaces which are exposed to weather. 2. Dry Areas: Rooms/spaces which have no plumbing, sinks, toilets, or floor drains. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate work of this Section with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. B. Scheduling: Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, physical properties and installation instructions for each item furnished hereunder. a. Include maintenance data and recommended cleaning materials, and cleaning and stain removal methods. 2. Shop Drawings: 1/4 inch scale elevations and plans of tile patterns. 3. Selection Samples: a. Manufacturer's sample boards for each type and color group of tile specified, and grout colors, for selections by the Engineer. 4. Verification Samples: AW 7/15/2013 09310- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.03 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. The standards referenced herein are included to establish recognized minimum quality only. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. Equivalent quality and testing standards will be acceptable, subject to their timely submission, review and acceptance by the Engineer. 1. ANSI A108.IA - Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet Set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar. 2. ANSI A108.1B - Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar. 3. ANSI A108.4 - Installation of Ceramic Tile Installed with Organic Adhesives or Water-Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive. 4. ANSI A108.5 - Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex Portland Cement Mortar. 5. ANSI A 108.6 - Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and Grouting Epoxy. 6. ANSI A108.9 - Installation of Ceramic Tile with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout. 7. ANSI A 108.10 - Installation of Grout in Tilework. 8. ANSI A118.1 -Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar. 9. ANSI A118.3 - Chemical-Resistant, Water-Cleanable, Tile Setting and Grouting Epoxy and Water-Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive. 10. ANSI A118.4 - Latex-Portland Cement Mortar. 11. ANSI A 118.6 - Ceramic Tile Grouts. 12. ANSI A 118.7-Polymer Modified Cement Grouts 13. ANSI A118.8 - Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout. 14. ANSI A118.10 - Waterproofing. 15. ANSI A137.1 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 16. ANSI A 10.20 - Safety Requirements for Ceramic Tile, Terrazzo and Marble Work. 17. ASTM C 144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 18. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement. 19. ASTM A 185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 20. ASTM C 627 - Evaluating Ceramic Floor Tile Installation Systems. 21. ASTM C 920 - Specifications for Elastomeric Joint Sealant. 22. ASTM C 1026 - Measuring Resistance of Ceramic Tile to Freeze Thaw Cycles 7/15/2013 09310- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILING PART1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of tiling where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes, but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish and install the following: 1. Ceramic floor tile. 2. Interior wall tile. 3. Tile base and associated trim. 4. Stone thresholds and saddles. 5. Anti-fracture membrane at slab on grade conditions and"dry" flooring areas. 6. Installation systems, adhesives,mortars and grouts. 7. Control joints in tiled floors. C. Install the following furnished under the designated Sections: 1. Install access panels into tiled walls as specified under Section 08310 -ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS. D. Perform drilling and cutting in tile surfaces, as required to accommodate penetrating items of other trades, from templates and instructions furnished by the respective trades. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Removal of existing tile. B. Section 04200 -UNIT MASONRY: Concrete masonry unit substrate. C. Section 06100 -ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood blocking. D. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALANTS: Backer rod and sealant at control joints. E. Section 08310 -ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS: access panels, occurring in partitions and walls. F. Section 10810 - TOILET ACCESSORIES: Furnishing toilet accessories and installation templates. G. Division 15 - PLUMBING: Floor drains. 7/15/2013 09310- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.07 APPLICATION OF JOINT TREATMENT A. Install joint tape at all joints where gypsum boards abut and where boards form internal corners, whether or not such joints will be concealed from view. B. Apply compound to all joints, edges, corners, fastener head depressions and abrasions in the surfaces, whether or not such conditions will be concealed from view. Sand completely smooth all compound surfaces, which will be exposed to view, and leave ready to receive applied coatings or finish. C. Provide the minimum levels of gypsum board finishes as defined by the Gypsum Association recommended specifications GA-214 and GA-216,per the following: 1. At areas hidden from view, except as otherwise specified: Level 1. 2. At areas hidden from view, requiring a fire resistance rating: Level 1. 3. At areas hidden from view, requiring smoke-resistance: Level 1. 4. At concealed plenum spaces above ceilings attic spaces: Level 1. 5. At non-occupied spaces (i.e. attics): Level 1. 6. At surfaces scheduled to receive tile: Level 2. 7. At surfaces scheduled to receive painted finishes: Level 4. 8. At surfaces scheduled to receive abuse resistant gypsum board: Level 5. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation for gypsum board partitions and ceilings from true flatness: 1/8 inch per 10 feet, noncumulative. 3.09 CLEANING A. Daily clean work areas by sweeping and disposing of debris, scraps, and deposits of compound and gypsum fill. B. After completion of the work of this Section,remove equipment, and clean all wall, partition, and floor areas free from deposits of gypsum fill, and other materials installed under this Section. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09250- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Screw install trim through at 8 inches on center maximum with standard bugle head drywall screws. 3. Cut extrusions to proper lengths and dry-fit to drywall. Mitre all corners for hairline joints. 4. Screw install trim through at 8 inches on center maximum with standard bugle head drywall screws. 3.06 APPLICATION OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. General: Install sealant and backing in accordance with the recommendations of ASTM C-919 and sealant manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Perform preparation in accordance with C-790. Thoroughly clean all joints, removing all loose mortar, oil, grease, dust, frost, and other foreign materials that will prevent proper adhesion of primers and sealant materials. 2. If so recommended and furnished by the specific sealant manufacturer, apply primer to all joint surfaces, taking care not to stain adjacent surfaces. B. Seal all partition perimeters prior to taping or compounding. Where perimeters are edged with metal trim, apply sealant and backing material between trim and dissimilar material. C. Seal all penetrations in partition types designated for"acoustical" insulation. Penetrations to receive sealant include electrical boxes, plumbing,heating and air conditioning ducts, telephone, intercom hookups and similar items. 1. Install joint bead back-up in all joints in excess of 5/8-inch depth, and joints that have no back-up therein,placing the joint bead in the joint in a manner that will assure a constant depth 1/8 inch greater than the sealant and caulking material depth tolerances. a. Set beads into joints continuously, by slightly stretching during placement, to permit compression against sides of joint, without surface wrinkles or buckles. b. Do not stretch back-up material into joints. c. Install bond breaker wherever recommended by the sealant manufacturer to prevent bond of the sealant to surfaces where such bond might impair the Work. 2. Apply sealant in continuous beads without open joints, voids or air pockets a. The depth of sealant and caulking materials shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the specific joint function, but in no case exceed 1/2-inch in depth,nor less than 1/4-inch,regardless of the joint width. 3. Remove the temporary masking tape immediately after tooling, and before the sealant or caulking material has taken initial set. 7/15/2013 09250- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Run vertical control joints continuously to top of partition, shaft wall or furred area, as applicable. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF GYPSUM BOARD A. Screw fasten only, gypsum board to framing and furring, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. At all door jambs screw fasten gypsum panels 8 inches on center to both box studs 1. Erect single layer fire-resistance rated gypsum board vertically. 2. Erect standard and moisture resistant layer board in most economical direction. 3. Erect ceiling and soffit gypsum boards to meet UL requirements, where applicable, stagger end joints over supports. Secure gypsum board with fasteners inserted through ceiling buttons; anchor fasteners directly to framing or suspended support system. B. Wherever items penetrate the gypsum board surfaces, use extra care in cutting the gypsum board to ensure a uniformly-dimensioned joint between the penetrating item and the gypsum board, and fill joints with specified sealant material. Verify the expected deflection factor of the penetrating members, and cut the gypsum accordingly, to prevent damage thereto from the deflecting members. C. Treat cut edges and holes in moisture resistant gypsum board with approved liquid sealer. 1. If shellac is used, apply in thin layers to dry quickly. 2. Install casings (metal trim) wherever gypsum board meets a dissimilar material, and in other locations indicated on the Drawings, except at floors where bottom of the board will be concealed by base, integral with flooring,resilient base, wood base or carpeted base. 3. Install casings (PVC trim) wherever gypsum board meets a dissimilar material, and in other locations indicated on the Drawings, except at floors where bottom of the board will be concealed by base, integral with flooring,resilient base, wood base or carpeted base. 3.05 PATCHING EXISTING GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. Patch existing gypsum wallboard surfaces disturbed by new construction. B. All patching material shall be flush with, and match, existing surfaces to be patched. C. Install metal framing necessary for the support of new wallboard. D. Finish new wallboard as specified. Finish shall match surrounding surfaces for texture. 1. Cut extrusions to proper lengths and dry-fit to drywall. Mitre all corners for hairline joints. 7/15/2013 09250- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. United States Gypsum Company, Chicago IL.;product"USG Acoustical Sealant". 3. Pecora Corporation, Harleysville PA.; product"AC-20 FTR". H. Liquid sealer for cuts, holes and ends of moisture resistant board; provide one of the following or acceptable equal. 1. Shellac type sealer: mix 4 pounds of orange or bleached shellac dissolved in 1 gallon of denatured ethyl-alcohol. 2. Varnish type sealer: Fast setting marine varnish. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Obtain gypsum board and shaft wall products from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum boards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that all items which are to be enclosed by Work of this Section, have been permanently installed, inspected and approved. B. Inspect framing and other substrates; verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. During the operation of gypsum board work,protect all wood, metal, glass, flooring, and other finished materials against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Repair or replace any work so damaged and soiled. 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. General: Perform erection procedures for the various gypsum board system conditions, except as otherwise specified, as set forth in GA 201, GA 216,GA 220, the written instructions of gypsum board manufacturer, together with the additional requirements specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings. B. Where fire-resistive rated assemblies are indicated, erect gypsum board systems in strict accordance with the manufacturers' UL listed test constructions for the required fire rating on each specific assembly. C. Install specified control joints where indicated on Drawings and where run of partitions, or furred surfaces exceeds 30 feet. Show locations of all control joints on shop drawings. 1. Locate control joints at corners of head frames of doors. 7/15/2013 09250- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. LC-Bead(J-Bead): Use at exposed panel edges. b. L-Bead: Use where indicated c. U-Bead: Use where indicated. 3. Control joints: Solid zinc "V-shaped control joint, having 3/32 inch thick perforated grounds, equal to USG Control Joint No. 093. C. Tapes and compound: 1. Joint tape: Nominal 2 inch wide, high strength, cross-fibered paper drywall tape. 2. Joint Compound for setting tape: `Speed-setting type compound', field mixed equal to USG "Durabond 20" or Gold bond"Stay Smooth 30". 3. Joint Compound for finishing: field mixed joint compound equal to USG "Durabond 90" and Gold bond"Stay Smooth 90", or factory pre-mixed compound equal to USG"Ready-Mixed Joint Compound" and Gold Bond"All Purpose Compound". D. Fasteners (interior board systems): 1. Type S,bugle head screws complying with ASTM C 1002, for applying gypsum board to metal framing, ceiling grid system, and furring channels. a. Not less than 1 inch long for single layer gypsum board. b. Not less than 1-5/8 inch [41mm] long for double-layer gypsum board. 2. Type W, bugle head screws complying with ASTM C 1002,for applying gypsum board to wood framing and furring. a. Not less than 1-1/4 inch [31mm] long for single layer gypsum board b. Not less than 1-5/8 inch [41mm] long for double-layer gypsum board, 3. Type 5-12, fine thread self-drilling screws complying with ASTM C 1002,for applying gypsum board to light gage metal framing. a. Not less than 1 inch [25 mm] long for 1/2 inch thick single layer gypsum board. b. Not less than 1-1/4 inch [31mm] long for 5/8 inch thick single layer gypsum board. c. Not less than 1-5/8 inch [41mm] long for double-layer gypsum board, E. Ceiling buttons, perforated type, 1 inch diameter, for use at multiple layered gypsum board ceiling systems. F. Laminating adhesive: USG Durabond Joint Compound 90, USG Ready-mixed All Purpose Compound, or equal. G. Joint Sealers (interior acoustical sealant type): One component acrylic latex, permanently elastic, non-staining, non-shrinking, non-migrating and paintable. Acceptable products include the following, or approved equal. 1. Tremco, Beachwood OH.; product, "Acoustical Sealant". _Oft 7/15/2013 09250- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition c. AMICO. model number: AMJB50 (for 1/2"thick board) or AMJB58 (for 5/8"thick board). 2. L Bead: casing edge trim, furnish trim model number corresponding to the board thickness where installed a. Plastic Components model number: 221-50 (for 1/2 inch thick board) or 221-58 (for 5/8 inch thick board). b. Vinyl Corp. model number: SB50 (for 1/2 inch thick board) or SB58 (for 5/8 inch thick board). c. AMICO. model number: AMSB50 (for 1/2 inch thick board) or AMSB58 (for 5/8 inch thick board). 3. L-Bead with removable leg: Casing edge trim for joints at ceilings doors and windows, with removable leg strip, furnish trim model number corresponding to the board thickness where installed a. Plastic Components model number: 224-50 (for 1/2 inch thick board) or 224-58 (for 5/8 inch thick board). b. Vinyl Corp. model number: CT-50(for 1/2 inch thick board) or CT-58 (for 5/8 inch thick board). c. AMICO product"Zip Strip"model number: AMZIP50 (for 1/2 inch thick board) or AMZIP58 (for 5/8 inch thick board). 4. Corner beads, 90 degree with 1-1/4 inch flanges: a. Plastic Components model number: 209. b. Vinyl Corp. model number: CB 125. c. AMICO. model number: AMCB 125. 5. Control joints: "V"type joint with nominal 3/16 inch reveal and removable temporary tape: a. Gold bond model "EZ Strip Expansion Joint". b. Plastic Components model number: 2027-16. c. Vinyl Corp. model number: CJV 16. d. AMICO. model number: AMDCJV 16. B. Paper faced trim accessories for use with Abuse Resistant Gypsum Board: 1. Corner beads (at outside corners): Paper-faced galvanized steel sheet for finishing with joint compound conforming with ASTM C-1047, equal USG product"Sheetrock"Brand Paper-Faced Metal Corner Bead. a. Provide curved-edge cornerbead with notched or flexible flanges at curved openings. 2. Casing beads: Paper-faced galvanized steel sheet for finishing with joint compound conforming with ASTM C-1047, equal to USG product"Sheetrock" Brand Paper-Faced Metal Beads and Trims. 7/15/2013 09250- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. At fire-resistant rated ceilings, provide 5/8 inch thick fire-rated gypsum board as specified herein. C. Abuse resistant gypsum board (ARGB): Impact resistant UL type FRX fire resistance type, ASTM C-1278 board 5/8 inch thick with tapered edges and of lengths to minimize end joints. Board shall consist of an exposed face of gypsum and cellulose fibers, an unexposed face having glass fiber-mesh scrim embedded in gypsum and cellulose fibers, and a perlite core. Acceptable product and manufacturer: USG "Fiberock VHI" (Very-high Impact)Abuse-Resistant Gypsum Fiber Panels or approved equal. 1. Performance properties: a. Surface abrasion: 0.087 inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4777 with 25 pound added weight, 50 abrasion cycles. b. Surface indentation: 0.14 inch, when tested in accordance with ASTM D5420 with 72 in-lb drop energy. c. Soft body impact, when tested in accordance with ASTM E695: 1) Surface failure: 180 ft-lb. 2) Deformation failure: 240 ft-lb, with L/240 deflection. d. Penetration failure: More than 300 ft-lb. e. Hard body impact, when tested in accordance with swinging ram apparatus: 99ft-lb. D. Moisture resistant(MR) gypsum board, fire resistant: Conforming to ASTM C630 and C 1396, with Type "X" core 5/8 inch thick, 48 inch width, of lengths to minimize end joints, with tapered edges. 1. Acceptable products include the following or approved equal: a. USG Sheetrock brand"Mold Tough Firecode Panels" b. National Gypsum Company, Gold Bond brand product"XP Fireshield Gypsum Board". c. G-P Gypsum Corporation product, "Toughrock Fireguard Moisture Guard 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Gypsum board polyvinyl chloride trim accessories, conforming to ASTM D 1784 and C 1047. 1. J Bead: Edge trim with exposed 1/2 inch face cap, furnish trim model number corresponding to the board thickness where installed. a. Plastic Components model number: 200X-50 (for 1/2 inch thick board) or 2005-58 (for 5/8 inch thick board). b. Vinyl Corp. model number: JB50 (for 1/2 inch thick board) or JB58 (for 5/8 inch thick board). 7/15/2013 09250- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition * a. Tremco, Beachwood OH. b. United States Gypsum Company, Chicago IL. c. Pecora Corporation, Harleysville PA. B. The design and details as shown on the Drawings and the model numbers specified herein are to establish the standards of design and quality and not to limit competition. 2.02 DESCRIPTION a. Required board thickness are indicated on the Drawings and the locations where fire resistant construction is required. B. Regulatory Requirements 1. Obtain certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of specified products. 2. Fire resistance ratings: Where gypsum board systems with fire-resistance ratings are indicated,provide materials and assemblies of the rating required, tested per ASTM E 119, which are identical to those indicated by reference to Gypsum Association file numbers in "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designation in the Underwriters Laboratories "Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of other testing agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and to the Owners' insurance underwriters. 2.03 BOARD MATERIALS A. Fire rated gypsum board: UL fire resistance rated, ASTM C 1396 `Type X' board, 5/8 inch thick, 48 inch width, of lengths to minimize end joints, with tapered edges. 1. Acceptable products include the following, or approved equal: a. USG Sheetrock brand"Firecode Core" b. National Gypsum Company, Gold Bond brand product"Fireshield Gypsum Board". c. G-P Gypsum Corporation product, "Toughrock Fireguard". B. Sag-resistant gypsum board ceiling panels: Non-rated 1/2 inch thick, 48 inch width, of lengths to minimize end joints, with tapered edges, conforming to ASTM C 1396, ASTM C 1395 and ASTM C 1396. 1. Acceptable products include the following or approved equal: a. USG Sheetrock brand product "Interior Ceiling Panel, Sag Resistant". b. National Gypsum Company, Gold Bond brand product"High Strength Ceiling Board: c. G-P Gypsum Corporation product, "Toughrock" 1/2 CD Ceiling Board" d. Lafarge Corporation,product "Sagcheck" 7/15/2013 09250- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 2. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store materials inside,under cover and in manner to keep them dry,protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. a. Neatly stack board materials flat to prevent sagging. 2. Handle board materials so to prevent damage to edges, ends and surfaces. 3. Protect trim, accessories and corner beads from being bent or damaged. 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: In accordance with GA 216, maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees Fahrenheit 48 hours before, during taping and compounding, and until completely dry thereafter. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Gypsum board products: a. United States Gypsum Company, Chicago IL. (USG). b. National Gypsum Company, Gold Bond Products Division, Charlotte NC. (Gold Bond). c. G-P Gypsum Corporation, Atlanta GA. d. Lafarge Corporation, Hendron VA. 2. Abuse resistant gypsum board (ARGB): United States Gypsum Company, Chicago IL. (USG). 3. Polyvinyl chloride trim and accessories: a. Plastic Components, Inc., Miami FL. b. Vinyl Corporation, Miami FL. c. Alabama Metal Industries Corporation, (AMICO)Birmingham, AL. 4. Joint Sealants: 7/15/2013 09250- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. General: Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequence of installation, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. 2. Work of this Section shall be closely coordinated with the work of Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING, to assure the steady progress of the Contract. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not install gypsum board until all pipes, ducts, conduits, and other such items which are to be enclosed thereby, have been permanently installed, inspected and approved. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data,physical properties for each item furnished hereunder. 00"k 2. Shop Drawings: a. Details of any special conditions associated with fireproofing. b. Mark-up a set of blackline interior elevations indicate corrections to grid layout and provide dimensioning showing locations of all proposed control joints and expansion joints. 1) Provide interior elevation drawings for interior elevations which are not included as part of the Contract Drawing set. c. 24 by 24 size samples of embossed board showing raised panel design. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. B. Sole Source: Obtain products required for the Work of this Section from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of gypsum board. C. Qualifications: 1. Installer/Applicator: Minimum of 3 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein. 7/15/2013 09250- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition H. Section 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS: Suspended acoustical tile ceilings. 1. Section 09810—ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: Acoustical batt insulation. J. Section 09910 -PAINTING: Applied finish coatings. K. Section 10410 - SAFETY SPECIALTIES. L. Division 15 - FIRE PROTECTION: Sprinkler heads in ceiling system. M. Division 15 - HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING: Supply and return air registers. N. Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: Independent hangers for suspended lighting fixtures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM C 475 - Joint Treatment Materials for Gypsum Wallboard Construction. 2. ASTM C 630 - Water Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. 3. ASTM C 754 - Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw- . Attached Gypsum Board. 4. ASTM C 919 - Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. 5. ASTM C 1002 - Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs. 6. ASTM C 1047 - Accessories for Gypsum wall board and veneer base. 7. ASTM C 1396 - Gypsum Wallboard. 8. ASTM E 90 - Method of Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. 9. ASTM E 119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 10. GA 201 - Gypsum Board for Walls and Ceilings. 11. GA 214 - Recommended Specifications for Levels of Gypsum Board Finish. 12. GA 216 - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. 13. GA 220 - Recommended Specifications for Gypsum Board Winter Related Job Problems. 14. UL -Fire Resistance Directory. 15. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 16. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations for fire rated assemblies. 7/15/2013 09250- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition OOW SECTION 09250 GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of gypsum board(drywall) and trim finishes for partitions, ceilings, and soffits, where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. B. Patch all existing gypsum board finishes disturbed by cutting work, and new construction. 1. Patch all indentions, defects, cracks and holes in existing gypsum board surfaces which are to remain and which are indicated or required to be painted or receive a wall covering. C. Furnish and install: 1. Taped, compounded and sanded gypsum board finishes. 2. Abuse resistant gypsum board. 3. All trim and accessory components related to gypsum board work. 4. Acoustical joint sealant and backing at perimeter of gypsum board partitions. D. Install access panels occurring in gypsum board work furnished by Section 08310 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS, and by trades requiring the same. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Removal of existing finishes,partitions and walls as indicated in the Drawings. B. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: 1. Supplemental wood blocking supporting gypsum board. 2. Installation of metal door frames in gypsum board work. C. Section 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY: Interior wood trim. D. Section 07210 - THERMAL INSULATION. E. Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: Furnishing steel door frames. F. Section 08310 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS: Shop primed access panels, occurring in partitions and walls. G. Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING: Non-load bearing partition and ceiling framing and furring. 7/15/2013 09250- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. After completion of the work of this Section,remove equipment, and clean all wall, """. partition, and floor areas free from deposits of plaster and other materials installed under this Section. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09220 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect other Work against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Clean, repair, or replace any work so damaged and soiled to the acceptance of the Engineer. B. Dampen masonry surfaces to reduce excessive suction. C. Clean concrete surfaces of foreign matter. Clean surfaces using acid solutions, solvents, or detergents. Wash surfaces with clean water. D. Rough smooth concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF LATHING A. Position control joints as specified and as additionally directed and install. B. Apply metal lath taut, with long dimension perpendicular to furring. Lap ends minimum 1 inch; secure end laps with tie wire where they occur between supports. Nest outside ribs of rib lath together. C. Place base screeds at termination of plaster areas,place formed trim where indicated; secure rigidly in place. ' 3.04 PLASTERING- TWO COAT SYSTEM OVER CONCRETE AND MASONRY A. Apply plaster in accordance with PCA Portland Cement Plaster(Stucco) Manual. B. Apply base coat (brown coat)to a nominal thickness of 3/8 inch and a finish coat to nominal thickness of 1/8 inch over substrate. C. Moist cure base coat. After curing, dampen base coat prior to applying finish coat. D. Apply finish coat and wood float to a smooth and consistent finish. E. Avoid excessive working of surface. Delay troweling as long as possible to avoid drawing excess fines to surface. F. Moist cure finish coat for minimum period of 48 hours. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from true flatness of 1/8 inch per 10 feet, noncumulative. 3.06 CLEANING A. Daily clean work areas by sweeping and disposing of debris and plaster deposits. 7/15/2013 09220 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Fasteners: 1. Expansion-type fasteners for securing vertical concrete and masonry surfaces. 2. Concrete stub nails for securing runners to concrete 3. Type S bugle head screws complying with ASTM C 646, 1 inch long for single layer gypsum board, 1-5/8 inches long for double-layer gypsum board, for applying gypsum boards to metal or wood framing, ceiling grid system, and furring channels. 2.05 MIXES A. Mix cement plaster in accordance with PCA, Portland Cement Plaster(Stucco) Manual. 1. Brown coat: Proportion and mix cement plaster in accordance with ASTM C 926, Type C with the following proportions: One volume portland cement,up to 1/2 volume hydrated lime, and sand equal to 3 to 5 times the sum of cement and lime, and glass fibers in proportions recommended by manufacturer. B. Finish coat: Premix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Mix only as much plaster as can be used prior to initial set. D. Mix materials dry, to uniform consistency, before adding water. E. Add air entrainment admixtures to finish coat as recommended by plaster pre-mix Awk manufacturer. F. Protect mixtures from freezing, frost, contamination, and evaporation. G. Do not retemper mixes after initial set has occurred. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that all items which are to be enclosed by Work of this Section, have been permanently installed, inspected and approved. B. Verify masonry joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work of this Section. Verify no bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on masonry surfaces. C. Verify surfaces are flat, honeycomb is filled flush, and surface is ready to receive work of this Section. Verify no bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on concrete surfaces, or form release agents which are detrimental to plaster. D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and project conditions. 7/15/2013 09220 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Silpro Masonry Systems, Inc., Ayer MA. b. Parex LaHabra Products, Inc., Redan, GA. c. Merlex Stucco, Inc., Orange CA. 2. Metal accessories and related items: a. United States Gypsum Company, Chicago IL. b. National Gypsum Company, Gold Bond Products Division, Charlotte NC. c. Georgia Pacific Corporation, Gypsum Division, Atlanta GA. 3. Polyvinyl chloride accessories: a. Plastic Components, Inc., (VinylTech)Miami FL. 2.02 PLASTER BASE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, Portland. [ASTM C 91.] B. Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Aggregate: Natural sand, within the following limits. Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight N°. 4 0 N°. 8 0 to 5 ate' N°. 16 5 to 30 N°. 30 30 to 65 N°. 50 65 to 95 N°. 1200 100 D. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter which can affect plaster. 2.03 LATHING A. Rib lath: Expanded metal lath, with 1/8 inch deep solid metal ribs at 1-1/2 inches on center,weighing 2.75 pounds per square yard, prime painted and complying with ASTM C 847, equal to Gold Bond product"1/8 inch Flat Rib Lath". 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Galvanized steel accessories for portland cement plaster: 1. Casings: 3/4 inch ground. 2. Corner beads: Minimum 2 7/8 inch wide expanded flanges. 3. Inside corner reinforcement: 4 inch wide strip of diamond mesh lath bent at the center to a 100 degree angle. 4. Expansion joints: Double V with expanded flanges, 3/4 inch ground 7/15/2013 09220 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator with a minimum of 3 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein B. Perform work in accordance with PCA Portland Cement Plaster(Stucco) Manual. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Construct mockup, 6 feet long by 4 feet wide illustrating surface texture, application, and workmanship. B. Locate mockup where directed by the Engineer. C. Accepted mockup may remain as part of the Work. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. C. Protect metal trim accessories,plaster screeds and corner beads from being bent or damaged. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit nor more than 80 degrees Fahrenheit. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees Fahrenheit during installation of plaster and until cured.. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing work, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following or approved equal: 1. Pre-mix Plaster: 7/15/2013 09220 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTERING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Provide two-coat portland cement plaster system with smooth surface finish over interior face of existing precast wall panels and concrete masonry unit partitions. I. Provide related metal screeds, grounds and expansion/control joints, and trim accessories 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09910 - PAINTING: Applied finish coatings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 -REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. I. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations for fire rated assemblies. 2. ASTM C 91 - Masonry Cement. 3. ASTM C 150 -Portland Cement. 4. ASTM C 206 - Finish Hydrated Lime. 5. ASTM C 207 -Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 6. ASTM C 897 - Aggregate for Job-Mixed Portland Cement Based Plasters. 7. ASTM C 926 -Application of Portland Cement Based Plaster. 8. ASTM C 1063 - Installation of Lathing and Furring for Portland cement Based Plaster. 9. ASTM D 1784 - Polyvinyl chloride material for outdoor exposure. 10. ASTM E 119 - Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 11. PCA -Portland Cement Plaster(Stucco)Manual. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: product data sheets, physical properties and limitations for plaster materials. 2. Verification Sample: Two samples 24 by 24 inch in size illustrating finish color and texture. 7/15/2013 09220 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.08 TOLERANCES A. Install partition and ceiling framing and furring with a maximum variation from true flatness of 1/8 inch per 10 feet,noncumulative. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 09100- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition installation of mechanical and electrical equipment and fixtures by the respective ** . trades. B. Install all components of concealed grid system in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, with current ASTM C 636 requirements, with design and installation of suspended grid system safely sustaining a membrane loading of at least 7.9 pounds per square foot. C. Install hangers not more than 24 inches on centers over locations of main tee members. Install hanger wires to hanger attachment with triple twists. Install additional wires as required to provide support for main tees, at intervals not exceeding four feet, wherever main tees must be interrupted in order to install other work and at all other locations as may be directed by the Engineer. D. Install main tees parallel to long dimension of the area, at spacing not to exceed 48 inches on-center. Secure with hanger wire as the work progresses. Install cross tees as recommended by the system manufacturer, except spacing shall not exceed 16 inches on-center. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Install framing to height indicated, independent of walls, columns, and above ceiling work. Erect after Work above ceiling is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. B. Securely anchor hangers to structural members or embed in structural slab. Space hangers to achieve deflection limits indicated. C. Space main carrying channels at maximum 48 inch centers; not more than 4 inches from wall surfaces. Lap splice securely. D. Securely fix furring channels or metal studs to hangers to prevent turning or twisting and to transmitted full load to hangers. 1. Place furring channels perpendicular to carrying channels at 16 inches on center, not more 1 inch from perimeter walls and rigidly secure. Lap splice securely. 2. Screw fasten metal studs perpendicular to carrying channels at 16 inches on center, not more I inch from perimeter walls. Lap splice securely. E. Reinforce openings in suspension system which interrupt main carrying channels or furring channels with lateral channel bracing. Extend bracing minimum 24 inches past each opening. F. Fasten using pan head type#8 or larger self drilling screws, of length to penetrate steel studs and track framing by 1/4 inch. G. Install sheets horizontally, locate end joints over studs. Butt side joints and wire tie at mid point between framing. 7/15/2013 09100- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition flanges of vertical studs. Bend ends of horizontal studs or install clip angles in order to secure by screwing to vertical studs. F. Furnish and install additional cross bracing and knee bracing and other framing elements, as required to assure a completely rigid assembly on metal stud partitions and furred areas, whether or not such bracing has been indicated on the Drawings, and for proper receipt of items which will be attached to partition surfaces. G. Install flexible track members in one or multi-piece lengths. Splice flexible track segments by overlapping bands from one flexible track member to another and attaching screwed fasteners at overlapping plates or flange intervals. Screw penetrations of not less than 3 exposed screw threads. H. Provide temporary bracing and leave n place until framing is permanently stabilized. I. Fasten reinforcement plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. 3.04 INSTALLATION OF DEFLECTION TRACK A. Isolate interior metal stud framing and shaft wall framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement due to deflection. 1. Install deflection track top runner in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as required to attain lateral support and avoid axial loading. 2. Install fire-rated deflection track top runner in accordance with manufacturer's instructions at top of fire-rated, corridor and smoke partitions. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING PLATE BLOCKING A. Install steel reinforcing plates in partitions and furred walls for the support of wall mounted objects as follows: 1. Wherever such reinforcing plates are indicated on the drawings. 2. In locations where wall bumpers are to be installed for the protection of wall surfaces from swinging doors. (See Section 0871 0 -DOOR HARDWARE). 3. All markerboard and tackboard locations. 4. All wall mounted acoustical room components. B. Secure gage sheet metal reinforcing plates to steel studs with 1-1/4", Type "S" bugle head screws. 3.06 INSTALLATION - CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Coordinate layout and installation of suspension system components for suspended ceilings with other work supported by, or penetrating work of this section. Re-adjust ceiling suspension system,prior to the installation of the gypsum board and after 7/15/2013 09100- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Wherever fire-resistive rated assemblies are indicated on the Drawings, erect gypsum board systems in strict accordance with the manufacturers' UL listed test constructions for the required fire rating on each specific assembly. C. Wherever fire-resistive rated assemblies are indicated on the Drawings, erect veneer plaster systems in strict accordance with the manufacturers' UL listed test constructions for the required fire rating on each specific assembly. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF FURRING A. Install metal furring channel horizontally, with channels spaced not more than 16- inch on centers , and attaching the channels to the masonry or concrete substrates with expansion type fasteners spaced not more than 8 inches on centers. Shim beneath channels as needed to ensure that a uniform receiving plane is maintained throughout. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF PARTITION FRAMING, GENERAL A. Install metal runners at floor and ceiling to structural elements with suitable fasteners located 2 inches from each end and intermediate fasteners spaced no greater than 24 inches. B. Install metal stud framing with open side facing in same direction, engaging floor and ceiling runners. 1. Stud spacing: a. Typical: 16 inches on-center. b. For abuse-resistant gypsum board finish: 16 inches on-center. c. For cement board substrate to receive tile finishes: 16 inches on-center. d. For partitions supporting wall cabinets and other wall mounted equipment: 12 inches on-center. 2. When necessary to splice studs,nest stud with 8 inch overlap and screw studs together with screws,on both flanges. 3. Where studs are installed directly to exterior masonry walls, install asphalt felt between stud and wall. C. Install studs in direct contact with all door and window frame jambs, abutting partitions, partition corners and existing construction elements; screw fasten with screw through both flanges of studs and track, top and bottom. D. Securely anchor studs to jamb and head anchors of steel door frames. Over head of frames and openings in partitions, install a horizontal section of runner with a web flange bent at each end, horizontally and secure to strut studs with two screws in each bent web. Provide cripple studs over wall openings. E. Where horizontal studs are used for wall reinforcing or framing, cut pieces of stud and install horizontally between vertical studs. Cope horizontal studs to fit between 7/15/2013 09100- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.06 CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING MATERIALS A. Carrying channels, 2 inches deep, 16 gage cold-rolled channels, galvanized. B. Support channels: 3/4 inches deep, 16 gage cold-rolled channels, galvanized. C. Furring Channels: 7/8 x 2-3/4 inch, roll-formed, hat-shaped, furring channel 25 gage hot-dip galvanized steel galvanized steel conforming to ASTM C 645. D. Metal Studs used in soffit and ceiling framing: `C-shaped' screw studs, hot-dip galvanized steel complying to ASTM C 645, 25 gage, of widths indicated on the Drawings, or other gages as required under the specified standards to meet fire resistance ratings. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. Metal sheet plate blocking and bracing, where indicated: galvanized sheet 0.0312 inch thickness (20 gage). B. Fasteners: I. Expansion-type fasteners for securing vertical concrete and masonry surfaces. 2. Concrete stub nails for securing runners to concrete. 3. N°. 7 by 7/16 inch Pan head self-drilling screw to attach metal framing components. C. Asphalt felt moisture barrier: ASTM D226, No. 15 asphalt saturated roofing felt. D. Reinforcing plates for blocking: 20 gage cold rolled sheet steel,provide minimum 6 inch width, or as otherwise indicated on the drawings. 1. Sound isolation clips shall comply with ASTM D 2000 and the following characteristics: a. Modulus 300 Percent, ASTM D 412,Die C: 5.3 MPa. b. Tensile Strength, ASTM D 412, Die C: 11.2 MPa. c. Elongation at Break, ASTM D 573: 454 percent. 2. Projection: 1-5/8 inches from supporting structure with 7/8-inch drywall furring channels. PART 3 —EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION, QUALITY STANDARDS A. General: Perform erection procedures for the various gypsum board system conditions, except as otherwise specified, as set forth in GA 201, GA 206, the written instructions of gypsum board manufacturer, together with the additional requirements specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings. 7/15/2013 09100- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition e. Super Stud Building Products Inc.,product: "ITTC 450 Top Track ^"4 Deflection Clip f. The Steel Network, Inc., product; "VertiTrack VT", "VertiTrack VTD", or "VertiClip SLD". B. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Head of wall dynamic fire rated joint systems for assemblies in compliance with UL 2079 HW-D. Provide clips or deep leg track system including step bushings complying with ASTM C 645 fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568. Thickness as indicated for studs, and width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: a. Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems, LLC,product; "SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track". b. Cemco Steel Framing and Metal Lath, product; "FAS Track UL Assemblies". c. The Steel Network, Inc., Durham,NC. product; "VertiClip SLD". d. Fire Trak Inc., Watkins, MN,product"Fire Trak", or"Posi Clips" C. Coordination: Verify with partition schedule on the Drawings to ensure proper depth of flange offsets at various partitions types. 2.05 CEILING AND SOFFIT SUSPENSION MATERIALS A. Hanger attachments: Galvanized steel hanger eyes, of size and capacity to safely sustain a live load of at least 150 pounds per hanger attachment. B. Hangers: Soft temper,pre-stretched galvanized carbon steel wire, conforming with ASTM A641, with a yield stress load of at least three times design load, but not less than 12 gage. C. Grid system for direct attachment of finish board: Comprised of double web main furring tees, 1 1/2 inches high by 1-3/8 inches flange face by 0.020 inch thick; double web cross tees, 1 1/2 inches high by 15/16 inch flange face by 0.020 inch thick; 0.020 inch thick wall channels, with 1 1/2 inches interior web height; and all splices, clips, and related items. Provide Underwriters Laboratories Label fire-rated assemblies for locations requiring fire-rated ceilings and soffits 1. Chicago Metallic product"system 640 Furring System". 2. Armstrong Word Industries product "Drywall Furring System". 3. Donn (USG) Corporation, Chicago IL.,product"USG Drywall Furring System" with DGLW tees. 7/15/2013 09100- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Marino\Ware, Division of Ware Industries, product: "ViperStud Viper20". c. Cemco Steel Framing and Metal Lath,product; "ViperStud Viper20". d. Telling Industries,product; "ViperStud". e. Super Stud Building Products Inc., product: "Edge EQ, EDS20P". 2. Provide full 20 gage (0.0329 inch [0.84 mm] minimum thickness studs where required under the indicated UL assemblies to meet fire resistance ratings. E. Runners for metal studs: `U-shaped' hemmed,hot-dip galvanized steel track conforming to ASTM C645, of gage and width to match respective stud sizes, or heavier gage per design requirements, having 1-1/4 inch leg,provided at tops and bottoms of all studs and at heads of all openings in stud partitions. F. Internal reinforcement for various stud conditions, and bracing as required: 10 gage, minimum, galvanized steel. G. Furnish cross bracing and knee bracing, as required to assure a completely rigid assembly on metal stud partitions and furred areas. 1. Flex Ability Concepts product"FLEX-C ANGLE": Manufacturer's proprietary L-shaped flexible steel angle with banded flanges and screw attachments at every flange interval. 2.04 DEFLECTION TRACK ASSEMBLIES: A. Non Fire-Rated Assemblies 1. Deflection Track: Manufacturer's standard top runner with extended flanges designed to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of the structure above fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 or ASTM A 568. Thickness as indicated for studs, and width to accommodate depth of studs, and the following configuration. a. Top runner with extended deep flanges that have one of the following: V- shaped offsets that compress, slots 1 inch on center that allow fasteners for stud attachment; 16 gage sliding clip assemblies attached to top track and clipped to stud, or double track systems as required to meet anticipated vertical movement. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: a. Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems, LLC,product; "Deep Leg Deflection Track System", "Fast Top Clip", or"DoubleTrack System". b. Marino\Ware, Division of Ware Industries,product: "Slotted Track". c. Cemco Steel Framing and Metal Lath,product; "Slotted Track CST". d. Telling Industries, product; "ViperTrack Deep Leg Deflection Track". 7/15/2013 09100- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition c. USG Corporation, Chicago IL. B. The design and details as shown on the drawings and the model numbers specified herein are to establish the standards of design and quality and not to limit competition. 2.02 DESCRIPTION A. Regulatory Requirements 1. Obtain certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of specified products. 2. Fire resistance ratings: Where gypsum board systems with fire-resistance ratings are indicated,provide materials and assemblies of the rating required, tested per ASTM E 119, which are identical to those indicated by reference to Gypsum Association file numbers in "Fire Resistance Design Manual" or to design designation in the Underwriters Laboratories "Fire Resistance Directory" or in listing of other testing agencies acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and to the Owners' insurance underwriters. a. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide components that comply with rating requirements specified for fire-rated assemblies under UL 2079 for non-load bearing wall systems. 1) Deflection Clips and Firestop Track: Connections and/or top runner provided in fire-resistance-rated assemblies shall be certified by UL , 2079 for cyclic movement requirements. 2.03 FRAMING MATERIALS A. "Hat shaped"Furring channels: 7/8 x 2-3/4 inch, roll-formed, hat-shaped, furring channel 25 gage hot-dip galvanized steel galvanized steel conforming to ASTM C 645. B. Resilient furring channels: Roll-formed, hat-shaped, 1/2 x 2-5/8 inch, 26 gage hot-dip galvanized steel conforming to ASTM C 645, with pre-punched holes, equal to Dietrich Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh PA, Metal Channel "RC 1". C. Furring channels: `Z-shaped' 1-1/2 inch depth, roll-formed, 25 gage (0.179 inch [0.45 mm] minimum thickness),hot-dip galvanized steel. D. Studs: `C-shaped' screw studs,hot-dip galvanized steel complying to ASTM C 645, 20 gage-equivalent(nominal 0.02 inches [0.75 mm] factory ribbed and/or embossed for performance equivalent to 20 gage (0.0329 inch [0.84 mm] minimum thickness studs), of widths indicated on the Drawings. 1. Acceptable products include the following or approved equal: a. Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems, LLC,product""U1traSTEEL, USTE series". 7/15/2013 09100- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Sole Source: Obtain products required for the Work of this Section from a single manufacturer. C. Qualifications: 1. Installer/Applicator: Minimum of 3 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures, and in accordance with material safety data sheets. 2. Protect materials from damage due to moisture, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein,manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Metal components and related items (including non-rated deflection track assemblies): a. Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems, LLC, Schiller Park,IL. b. Marino\Ware, Division of Ware Industries, South Plainfield NJ. c. Cemco Steel Framing and Metal Lath, City of Industry, CA. d. Telling Industries, Mentor, OH. e. Super Stud Building Products, Inc., Edison NJ. 2. Fire rated deflection track assemblies: a. Clarkwestern Dietrich Building Systems, LLC, Schiller Park, IL. b. Cemco Steel Framing and Metal Lath, City of Industry, CA. c. The Steel Network, Inc., Durham,NC. d. Fire Trak Inc., Watkins, MN. 3. Suspended furring system for ceilings and soffits: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc., Lancaster, PA. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation, Chicago IL. 7/15/2013 09100- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition H. Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: Independent hangers for suspended lighting fixtures. ^*W+ 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM C 525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process.. 2. ASTM C 645 -Non-Load Bearing Steel Studs, Runners, and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. 3. ASTM C 646 - Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Sheet Material to Light Gage Steel Studs. 4. ASTM C 754 - Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw- Attached Gypsum Wallboard. 5. ASTM E 90 - Method of Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions. 6. ASTM E 119 -Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 7. ASTM F 1267- Expanded Metal, Steel, 8. GA 203 - Installation of Screw-Type Steel Framing Members to Receive 100* Gypsum board. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing work, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work 2. Work of this Section shall be closely coordinated with the work of Section 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD to assure the steady progress of the Contract. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, physical properties for each item furnished hereunder. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. 7/15/2013 09100- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 09100 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of non-load bearing metal framing for partitions, ceilings, and soffits, where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes, but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish and install: 1. Metal furring and framing where indicated on the Drawings, including cross bracing and knee bracing. 2. Metal ceiling and soffit framing. 3. Metal ceiling and soffit framing, including hanger attachments, wire hangers, and screwable metal tee grid system. 4. Reinforcing plate blocking. 5. Deflection track assemblies at tops of metal stud partitions. a. Provide fire-rated assemblies at fire-rated, corridor, and smoke partitions. b. Provide non fire-rated assemblies at all other partitions. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: 1. Wood blocking. 2. Installation of metal door frames in gypsum board work. B. Section 07210 - THERMAL INSULATION. C. Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: Furnishing steel door frames. D. Section 08310 - AcCESs DOORS AND PANELS: Shop primed access panels, occurring in partitions and walls. E. Section 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD: Gypsum board, applied over metal framing installed by this Section 09100 including: gypsum board, and related trim components. F. Section 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS: Suspended acoustical tile ceiling, including metal suspension system. G. Division 15 - HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING: Supply and return air registers. 7/15/2013 09100- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Install spacers at a spacing not exceeding 24 inches apart uniformly around perimeter, between interior face of glass unit and the fixed glazing rabbet. D. Apply a continuous heel bead of specified sealant between the outer edges if the glass unit and the web of the receiving member, in sufficient quantity to engage the leg of the applied glazing stop, when installed. E. As the glazing stop is being applied, install spacers between the outer face of the glass unit and the stop, locating the spacers directly opposite the previously installed interior spacers. Install the glazing stops, ensuring that all clearances around the perimeter of the glass unit conform to the requirements of the respective standards referenced herein. F. Apply a continuous bead of sealant around the exterior and interior perimeters, between the glass unit and the fixed rabbet, and between the glass unit and the applied glazing stop, extending the sealant material slightly above the sight line to permit proper tooling thereof. G. Tool all exposed sealant at a 45 degree angle away from the glass surface, leaving the sealant surface uniformly dense and smooth. H. Immediately remove all excess sealant from surfaces of metal and glass. I. Upon completion of the installation,thoroughly clean all surfaces,remove applied labels from glass surfaces (except manufacturer's permanent safety glass labels), and clean and polish same. Touch-up all scratches, abrasions, and other defects in the prefinished metal surfaces with shop-coat finish material, supplied with the various items to be furnished hereunder. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Protect glass from breakage immediately upon installation. Use streamers or ribbons suitably attached to framing and held free of the glass. Do not apply warning markings directly to the glass. B. Cover glass to protect it from activities that might abrade the glass surface. 3.06 CLEANING A. Clean glass surfaces promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to the same. Remove excess glazing tape, labels, dirt, and other contaminants. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 08800- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 00%,, B. Field Measurements: Verify that field measurements are as indicated on approved Shop Drawings. 1. Check all openings, prior to glazing, to make certain that the opening is square, plumb and secure in order that uniform face and edge clearances are maintained. 2. Determine the actual sizes required by measuring the receiving openings. Size glass and mirrors to permit required clearance and bite around full perimeter of glass, as set forth in the referenced FGMA standards, or as recommended by the glass manufacturer. Do not nip edges, to remove flares or to reduce oversize dimensions,under any circumstance. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION OF GLASS HAVING PERMANENT LABELS A. Install glass units so that appropriate manufacturer's permanent label for safety glass, are visible. 3.03 INSTALLATION - DRY GLAZING A. Utilize dry glazing methods for field installation of glass in interior doors and frames. 1. Install in vision panels in fire-rated doors and frames to requirements of NFPA 80. low B. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1/16 inch (2 mm) above sight line. C. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners. D. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of pane. E. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in manner as described above. F. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. G. Knife trim protruding tape. 3.04 INSTALLATION- WET GLAZING A. Utilize wet glazing methods for field installation of glass in exterior storefront systems. B. Place setting blocks at quarter points on web of sill receiving member. Set glass unit in place with equal spaces on all sides. 7/15/2013 08800- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Setting blocks: Neoprene, 80-90 shore A durometer hardness, certified to be "silicone _40%�. compatible"; sized as follows: 1. Length: 0.1 inch per square foot of glass, but not less than 4 inches. 2. Width: equal to glazing rabbet space minus 1/16 inch. 3. Height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area. D. Spacers: Neoprene, 60-80 shore A durometer hardness; sized as required. I. Pecora Corporation, Harleysville PA,product"7hr4 Mirror-Tac". 2. Royal Adhesives and Sealants, South Bend, IL, "Gunther Brand"product "Ultra/Bond Mirror Mastic" E. Glazing sealant: 1. General glazing sealant: One-part medium modulus, neutral curing, synthetic rubber sealant,having a useful life expectancy of at least 20 years, conforming to ASTM C 920, Type S, grade NS, Class 25 for uses NT, G and A, FS TT-S- 00 1 543A, Type, Class A. Color as selected by Engineer. a. Dow Corning Corporation, Midland MI.; product, "Silicone Glazing Sealant". b. General Electric Company (GE Silicones) Waterford NY.;product, "SilGlaze II SCS2800". c. Tremco, Beachwood OH.; product, "Proglaze. d. General Electric Company (GE Silicones) Waterford NY.;product, "SilPruf SCS2000". e. Tremco, Beachwood OH.;product, "Spectrem 2". f. General Electric Company (GE Silicones) Waterford NY; product, "SilPruf SCS2000". g. Tremco, Beachwood OH; product, "Proglaze 2". F. Bond-breakers and backing materials: Type recommended by manufacturer of sealants and gaskets. G. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Type recommended by manufacturer of glass and gaskets. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Inspect receiving surfaces and ensure that they are dry and free from dust, or other foreign materials before glazing. Clean all surfaces with cloth saturated with mineral spirits of high-flash naphtha as recommended by glazing tape manufacturer, before glazing. 7/15/2013 08800- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition h. U Value(Winter/ Summer): 0.31 /0.31 B. Glass Type 2 - Tempered Safety Glass, clear: 1/4 inch thick. C. Glass Type 3 - Tempered Safety Glass, clear: 1/2 inch thick. 2.04 FABRICATION A. General: Do not fabricate materials until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Fabricate glass as required to openings with edge clearances and bite on glass as recommended by the manufacturer with clean-cut edges where concealed, and smooth-ground, polished and seamed edges where exposed to view. Do not cut, seam, nip or abrade glass after heat-tempering. 1. For non-tempered to be cut at site, provide glass larger than required so as to obtain clean cut edges without seaming or nipping. C. Fabricate glass with the following edge treatments. 1. Exposed edges: Polished-finished radiused(penciled). 2. Concealed edges: Cut edges with minimum edge work. 3. Butt joint edges: Flat round and finished with edges eased. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Glazing shoe moulding: 0.035 guage, stainless steel moulding measuring 0.4375 by 2-3/4 inches by 10 or 12 feet in length, in finish as selected by the Engineer. 1. Glazing shoe moulding manufacturer: To establish a standard of quality, design and function desired, Drawings and specifications have been based on Morse Industries, Kent, WA,Product: "Part No. S 16-0064/ Section A42-0064". 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: a. Morse Industries,Kent, WA. b. C.R. Laurence Co., Inc., Pittsburgh, PA. c. Julius Blum & Co. Inc., Carlstadt,NJ. B. Glazing tape: Preformed butyl-polyisobutylene rubber with 100 percent solids contained in extruded tape roll form and complying with AAMA 804.1; coiled on release paper; of sizes required for proper glazing. equal to one of the following: 1. Protective treatments 3030 or 606. 2. Tremco Preshimmed 440. 3. Woodmont Chem-Tape 40. 7/15/2013 08800- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition c. Obtain sealant manufacturer's written report and recommendations regarding proper sealant choice and use. 2.02 GLASS - GENERAL A. General requirements for glass: Of domestic and foreign manufacture, conforming to the referenced standards and with the additional requirements specified herein; factory labeled on each pane stating the strength, type, thickness and quality; with all labels remaining on glass until final cleaning. 1. Glass thickness shown and heat treatment specified are minimum requirements. Provide glass thickness and heat treatment as required to meet specified performance criteria, State and local codes and ordinances. B. Insulated Glass Units: Conform to Class CBA of Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). 1. Air space, dehydrated hermetically sealed complying with ASTM E 774. C. Float Glass: Comply with ASTM C 1036, Class 1 clear, quality q3 glazing select. D. Heat Strengthened Glass: Comply with ASTM C 1048 HS,heat strengthened, Class 1 clear, quality q3 glazing select. E. Tempered Glass: Comply with ASTM C 1048 FT, fully tempered, Class 1 clear, quality q3 glazing select, conforming to ANSI Z97.1. ,.. 2.03 GLASS —TYPES A. Glass Type 1: Insulated"Low-E," glass 1 inch thick units: 1. Components a. Outer layer: 1/4 inch(6 mm)thick tempered glass, Viracon Inc., color "Clear"with Low-E sputter coating on number 2 surface. b. Inner layer: 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick clear tempered glass. c. Airspace: 1/2 inch (13 mm)thick. 1) Gas fill: 100% Air 2. Performance Requirements: Glass units shall be equal to Viracon"Solarscreen Low E Clear VE 1-85"having the following performance characteristics: a. Visible transmittance: 76 percent b. Shading coefficient: 0.62 c. Relative heat gain: 129 d. Solar transmittance: 46 percent e. Reflectance (Visible out): 12 percent f. Reflectance (Visible in): 13 percent g. Solar reflectance: 21 percent ,f,,, 7/15/2013 08800- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition handling materials, avoid contamination. Use rolling blocks and suction cups to move glass units not in shipping crates. a. Carefully store materials to avoid overloading any building component or structure. b. Do not unpack material until it is to be set, unless un-packing is required for inspection by the Engineer. 2. Protect factory finished materials from damage due to moisture, direct sunlight, excessive temperatures, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. 1.09 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.10 WARRANTY A. General: Submit warranties under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. B. Manufacturer Warranty/Guarantee: All shall include replacement of defective glass, and delivery of replacement glass products furnished f.o.b. from point of manufacturer to project site. 1. Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's 10 year written guarantee covering insulating glass against defects in materials and workmanship, including failure of seals effective on date of original factory shipment to site. a. Provide coverage in Guarantee for manufacturing defects, including failure of hermetic seal of air space (except by glass breakage) as evidenced by intrusion of dirt or moisture, internal condensation or fogging, deterioration of protected internal glass coating or other visual indications of seal failure or performance. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE/DESIGN CRITERIA 1. Provide system to accommodate, without damage to system, components or deterioration of seals;movement within system; movement between system and perimeter framing members; dynamic loading and release of loads, and deflection of structural support framing. 2. Tests: a. Submit one (1)piece 12 inches long minimum production samples of gaskets, spacers and setting blocks, with manufacturer and type identified. b. Schedule sufficient time for testing, analysis and reporting of results, understanding that long lead times are required by the sealant manufacturer. 7/15/2013 08800- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. 12 x 12 inch pieces of each specified type and thickness of glass, bearing labels indicating locations where each type of glass will be used. b. Glazing tape: 12 inch length of specified type and size. 4. Certificates: Manufacturer's written certification stating that the materials installed, meet or exceed the requirements specified under this Section. 5. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. One (1)piece, 12 inches long minimum production samples of gaskets and glazing accessories provided under the work of this Section, with manufacturer and type identified. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770— PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1. Bonds and Warranty Documentation: a. Manufacturer's Warranties and Guarantees as specified elsewhere herein this Section. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Perform glazing work in accordance with GANA - Glazing Manual, FGMA Glazing Manual, SIGMA and LSGA standards for glazing and installations methods. 1. Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. B. Glass Labeling: 1. General: Manufacturer's Label shall be, acid-etched, sandblasted, ceramic-fired, laser-etched, embossed, or other similar type which, once applied, cannot be removed without being destroyed. 2. Safety glass: Label tempered safety glass with permanent manufacturer's label on each light with the mark visible after installation. a. Furnish SGCC certification for safety glass in compliance with CPSC 16 CFR 1201 Cat 1 or Cat 11, or ANSI Z-97.1. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 2. Deliver materials in labeled,protective packages, when and as required. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations of GANA Glazing Manual. Use clean gloves and tools when 7/15/2013 08800- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. SIGMA - Vertical Glazing Guidelines, Number A3000-87. 3. Consumer Product Safety Commission-Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. General: Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequence of installation, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. B. Sequencing: 1. Field Measurements: a. Take field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of Work. b. Allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. 2. Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: a. Product data sheets on glazing products: Provide chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. b. Sample Warranty: Provide copies of manufacturers' actual warranties for all materials to be furnished under this Section, clearly defining all terms, conditions, and time periods for the coverage thereof. 2. Shop Drawings: Show sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades. a. Plans and elevations 1/4 inch scale of each type of glazing assembly; indicate dimensions, and reference details. Verify dimensions with field measurements. 3. Verification Samples: AOW 7/15/2013 08800- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL.DOORS AND FRAMES: Steel doors, door and window frames, and related glazing stops, for both fire-resistance rated(labeled) and non- rated (labeled) conditions. F. Section 08411 - AL.ummuM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS: Glazing related to storefront work. G. Section 10810 - TOILET ACCESSORIES: Framed mirrors. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. The standards referenced herein are included to establish recognized minimum quality only. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. Equivalent quality and testing standards will be acceptable, subject to their timely submission, review and acceptance by the Engineer. 1. AAMA 804.1 - Ductile Back-Bedding Compound. 2. ASTM C 669 - Glazing compounds for Back-Bedding and Face Glazing of Metal Sash. 3. ASTM C 797 - Practices for Use of Oil- and Resin-Based Putty and Glazing Compounds. ,,00k 4. ASTM C 1036 - Flat Glass. 5. ASTM C 1048 - Heat-Treated Flat Glass -Kind HS,Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass. 6. ASTM E 546 - Test Method For Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. 7. ASTM E 576 - Test Method for Dew/Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units in Vertical Position. 8. ASTM E 773 - Test Method for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units. 9. ASTM E 774 - Sealed Insulating Glass Units. 10. Consumer Product Safety Commission(CPSC) 16CFR 1201 Code of Federal Regulations for Architectural Glazing Materials. 11. Federal Safety Standards for Architectural Glazing Materials 16CFR1201. 12. FS TT-S-001543A - Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base. 13. IGCC: Certified Products Directory, and Certification Guidelines. 14. NFPA Publication 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 15. SGCC: Certified Products Directory, and Certification Guidelines. B. Inclusionary References: The following reference materials are hereby made a part of this Section by reference thereto: 1. GANA - Glazing Manual (50th Anniversary edition). 7/15/2013 08800- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 08800 GLAZING(FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 08008) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Sub-Bid Requirements: As provided under Section 08008—GLASS AND GLAZING FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS and supplemented under the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract, and applicable parts of Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. Work of this Filed Sub-Bid includes all individual specification sections listed in Section 08008. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of glass and glazing work where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes, but is not limited to the following scope. B. General requirements and definition of glass types for glazing work specified under other individual specifications. C. Furnish and install the following: 1. Tempered glass at transaction counter. 2. Tempered glass in hollow metal doors and frames. 3. Tempered glass in aluminum storefront doors and frames. 4. Insulated glass in aluminum entrance and storefront. 5. All materials required to properly install glass furnished hereunder, including sealant, tapes, setting blocks, and spacers. D. Work of this section includes installation of glazing beads furnished under related sections. 1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Installation of steel door frames. B. Section 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY: Installation of steel doors. C. Section 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS: Requirements for sealants and backing materials. D. Section 08008 - GLASS AND GLAZING FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS: Filed Subcontract requirements for the work of this Section 08800. ow 7/15/2013 08800- 1 Door/Hardware Index Mark# HWSet# 101.1 01 101.2 02 102 07 103 03 104 07 105 07 106 08 108 06 109 07 112 04 113 04 114 09 115 09 117 05 118 05 119 10 120 05 Project: PVTA Northampton Control#: 55957 Print Date:Jul 12013 2:06PM EDT Supplier: Ingersoll Rand Security Version#: 1 Ver Date:Jul 12013 Page 1 of 1 Technologies 11:06AM EDT Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2 EA MANUAL FLUSH FB458 626 IVE BOLT 1 EA DUST PROOF STRIKE DPI/DP2 AS REQUIRED 626 IVE I EA CLASSROOM LOCK MA561 DG 626 FAL 1 EA PERMANENT DEALER SUPPLIED 626 SAR CYLINDER 2 EA STOP WS407/FS436 AS SPECIFIED 626 IVE 2 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE END OF SECTION 7/16/2013 08710-21 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1 EA SEAL 2525 BRN NGP 1 EA DOOR BOTTOM 220S AL NGP HEADING# 07 - (SINGLE WITH CLASSROOM LOCKSET) PROVIDE EACH SGL DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 SERIES AS SPECIFIED 652 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK MA561 DG 626 FAL I EA PERMANENT DEALER SUPPLIED 626 SAR CYLINDER 1 EA STOP WS407/FS436 AS SPECIFIED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HEADING#08 - (SINGLE WITH STOREROOM LOCKSET) PROVIDE EACH SGL DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 SERIES AS SPECIFIED 652 IVE I EA STOREROOM LOCK MA581 DG 626 FAL 1 EA PERMANENT DEALER SUPPLIED 626 SAR CYLINDER 1 EA STOP WS407/FS436 AS SPECIFIED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HEADING# 09- (SINGLE WITH STOREROOM LOCKSET X CLOSER) PROVIDE EACH SGL DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB 1 SERIES AS SPECIFIED 652 IVE 1 EA STOREROOM LOCK MA581 DG 626 FAL 1 EA PERMANENT DEALER SUPPLIED 626 SAR CYLINDER 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71 RW/PA 689 FAL I EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW 630 IVE I EA STOP WS407/FS436 AS SPECIFIED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HEADING# 10 - (PAIR WITH CLASSROOM LOCKSET X FLUSH BOLTS) PROVIDE EACH PR DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 6 EA HINGE 5BB I SERIES AS SPECIFIED 652 IVE 7/16/2013 08710-20 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2 EA MORTISE CYLINDER AS REQUIRED(MATCH EXISTING) 626 SAR 2 EA OFFSET DOOR PULL 8190-0 630 IVE 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71 SS 689 FAL I EA DRIP CAP BY ALUMINUM DOOR SUPPLIER 1 SET SEALS BY ALUMINUM DOOR SUPPLIER 2 EA DOOR SWEEP BY ALUMINUM DOOR SUPPLIER 1 EA THRESHOLD BY ALUMINUM DOOR SUPPLIER 2 EA DOOR CONTACT 679-05HM/WD BLK SCE ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS BY DIVISION 26. OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: DOOR CONTACTS CONNECTED TO BUILDING'S SECURITY SYSTEM. HEADING# 04 - (SINGLE WITH PUSH/PULL) PROVIDE EACH SGL DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 SERIES AS SPECIFIED 652 IVE 1 EA DOOR PULL 8103EZ -0 630 IVE 1 EA PUSH PLATE 8200 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71 RW/PA 689 FAL 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2"LDW 630 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HEADING#05 - (SINGLE WITH OFFICE LOCKSET) PROVIDE EACH SGL DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB I SERIES AS SPECIFIED 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE LOCK MA521 DG 626 FAL 1 EA PERMANENT DEALER SUPPLIED 626 SAR CYLINDER 1 EA STOP WS407/FS436 AS SPECIFIED 626 IVE 3 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HEADING# 06 - (SINGLE WITH OFFICE LOCKSET X SOUND GASKETING) PROVIDE EACH SGL DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 3 EA HINGE 5BB1 SERIES AS SPECIFIED 652 IVE 1 EA OFFICE LOCK MA521 DG 626 FAL 1 EA PERMANENT DEALER SUPPLIED 626 SAR CYLINDER 1 EA STOP WS407/FS436 AS SPECIFIED 626 IVE 7/16/2013 08710-19 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1 EA THRESHOLD BY ALUMINUM DOOR SUPPLIER 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679-05HM/WD BLK SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS914 900-2RS LGR VON 1 EA CARD READER SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS BY DIVISION 26. OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: IMMEDIATE EGRESS ALWAYS ALLOWED. ACCESS BY KEY OR BY CARD READER. CARD READER WILL RETRACT EXIT DEVICE LATCHBOLT AND ALLOW ACCESS. REQUEST TO EXIT AND DOOR CONTACT CONNECTED TO BUILDING'S SECURITY SYSTEM. HEADING # 02 - (ALUMINUM SINGLE VESTIBULE WITH ELECTRIC RIM PANIC HARDWARE X CARD READER) PROVIDE EACH SGL DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 EA PIVOT SET 7226F SET 630 IVE 1 EA INTERMEDIATE 7226F INT 630 IVE PIVOT 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 689 VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC RX-EL-24-R-NL-OP 630 FAL HARDWARE 1 EA RIM CYLINDER AS REQUIRED(MATCH EXISTING) 626 SAR 1 EA OFFSET DOOR PULL 8190-0 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71 HDPA 689 FAL I EA STOP WS407/FS436 AS SPECIFIED 626 IVE I SET SEALS BY ALUMINUM DOOR SUPPLIER 1 EA DOOR CONTACT 679-05HM/WD BLK SCE 1 EA POWER SUPPLY PS914 900-2RS LGR VON 1 EA CARD READER SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS BY DIVISION 26. OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION: IMMEDIATE EGRESS ALWAYS ALLOWED. ACCESS BY KEY OR BY CARD READER. CARD READER WILL RETRACT EXIT DEVICE LATCHBOLT AND ALLOW ACCESS. REQUEST TO EXIT AND DOOR CONTACT CONNECTED TO BUILDING'S SECURITY SYSTEM. HEADING# 03 - (EXTERIOR ALUMINUM PAIR WITH CONCEALED PANIC HARDWARE) PROVIDE EACH PR DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 2 EA PIVOT SET 7226F SET 630 IVE 2 EA INTERMEDIATE 7226F INT 630 IVE PIVOT 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-24-C-C-718 630 FAL 1 EA PANIC HARDWARE CD-24-C-EO 630 FAL 1 EA RIM CYLINDER AS REQUIRED (MATCH EXISTING) 626 SAR 7/16/2013 08710-18 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Replace hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of hardware units. 4. Prepare a written report of current and predictable problems of substantial nature in the performance of the hardware. 5. At completion of project, a qualified factory representative for the manufacturers of locksets, closer, exit devices, and access control products shall arrange and hold a training session to instruct the Owner's personnel on the proper maintenance, adjustment, and/or operation of their respective products. After training a letter of compliance, indicating when the training was held and who was in attendance, shall be sent to the Architect. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Provide for the proper protection of complete items of hardware until the Owner accepts the project as complete. Damaged or disfigured hardware shall be replaced or repaired by the responsible party. 3.06 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Provide hardware for each door to comply with requirements of Section "Finish Hardware," hardware set numbers indicated in door schedule, and in the following schedule of hardware sets. B. It is intended that the following schedule includes complete items of finish hardware necessary to complete the work. If a discrepancy is found in the schedule, such as a missing item, improper hardware for a frame,door or fire codes,the preamble will be the deciding document. C. Locksets, exit devices, and other hardware items are referenced in the Hardware Sets for series, type, and function. Refer to the preamble for special features, options, cylinders/keying, and other requirements. D. Hardware Sets HEADING# 01 - (EXTERIOR ALUMINUM SINGLE WITH ELECTRIC RIM PANIC HARDWARE X CARD READER) PROVIDE EACH SGL DOOR(S) WITH THE FOLLOWING: QTY DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER FINISH MFR 1 EA PIVOT SET 7226F SET 630 IVE 1 EA INTERMEDIATE 7226F INT 630 IVE PIVOT 1 EA POWER TRANSFER EPT10 689 VON 1 EA ELEC PANIC RX-EL-24-R-NL-OP 630 FAL HARDWARE 1 EA RIM CYLINDER AS REQUIRED(MATCH EXISTING) 626 SAR 1 EA OFFSET DOOR PULL 8190-0 630 IVE 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC71 HDPA 689 FAL 1 EA STOP WS407/FS436 AS SPECIFIED 626 IVE 1 SET SEALS BY ALUMINUM DOOR SUPPLIER 1 EA DOOR SWEEP BY ALUMINUM DOOR SUPPLIER 7/16/2013 08710-17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations,using only the fasteners provided by the manufacturer. E. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. Protect all installed hardware during painting. F. Set units level,plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. G. Operating parts shall move freely and smoothly without binding, sticking,or excessive clearance. H. Existing Doors and/or Frames: Remove existing hardware being replaced, tag, and store according to contract documents. Field modify and prepare existing door and/or frame for new hardware being installed. Provide necessary fillers, Dutchmen, reinforcements, and fasteners for mounting new hardware and to cover existing door/frame preps. I. Wire (including low voltage), conduit, junction boxes, and pulling of wire is by Division 26, Electrical. Electrical Contractor shall connect wire to door position switches and run wire to central room or area as directed by the Architect. Wires shall be tested and labeled with the Architects opening number. Connections to/from power supplies to electrified hardware and any connection to fire/smoke alarm system, and/or smoke evacuation system where specified is by Division 26 Electrical. 3.03 ADJUSTING, CLEANING,AND DEMONSTRATING A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to insure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. B. Where door hardware is installed more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the installation during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy and make a final check and adjustment of all hardware items in such space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. C. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. D. Instruct Owner's personnel in the proper adjustment, lubrication, and maintenance of door hardware and hardware finishes. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Prior to Substantial Completion, the installer, accompanied by representatives of the manufacturers of locks, exit devices, closer, and any electrified hardware, shall perform the following work: 1. Examine and re-adjust each item of door hardware as necessary to restore function of doors and hardware to comply with specified requirements. 2. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. ,Ampok 7/16/2013 08710-16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 5. Visual key control: a. Keys shall be stamped with their respective key set number and stamped "DO NOT DUPLICATE". b. All keys shall be stamped with their respective key set letters. c. Do not stamp any keys with the factory key change number. d. Do not stamp any cores with key set on face (front) of Core. Stamp on back or side of cores so not to be visible when core is in cylinder. 6. Deliver all keys and/or key blanks from the factory or authorized distributor directly to the Owner in sealed containers, return receipt requested. Failure to comply with these requirements may be cause to require replacement of all or any part of the keying system that was compromised at no additional cost to the Owner. 7. Approved products: Sargent,Match Existing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to installation of any hardware, examine all doors, frames, walls and related items for conditions that would prevent proper installation of finish hardware. Correct all defects prior to proceeding with installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Coordination: 1. Prior to installation of hardware, schedule and hold a meeting for the purpose of instructing installers on proper installation and adjustment of finish hardware. Representatives of locks, exit devices, closers, automatic operators, and electrified hardware shall conduct training; provide at least 10 days notice to representatives. After training a letter of compliance, indicating when the training was held and who was in attendance, shall be sent to the Architect. 2. Prior to ordering electrified hardware, schedule and hold a meeting for the purpose of coordinating finish hardware with security, electrical, doors and frames, and other related suppliers. A representative of the supplier of finish hardware, and doors and frames, the electrical subcontractor, and the Owner's security contractor shall meet with the Owner, Architect, and General Contractor prior to ordering finish hardware. After meeting a letter of compliance, indicating when the training was held and who was in attendance, shall be sent to the Architect. B. Hardware will be installed by qualified tradesmen, skilled in the application of commercial grade hardware. For technical assistance if necessary, installers may contact the manufacturer's rep for the item in question, as listed in the hardware schedule. C. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames"by the Door and Hardware Institute. 7/16/2013 08710-15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a magnetic locking device provide a minimum of 4 inches between the switch and the magnetic locking device. 3. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Schlage Electronics, GE-Interlogix, Sargent. 2.03 FINISHES A. Finish of all hardware shall be US26D (BHMA 626/652)with the exceptions as follows: 1. Hinges at Exterior Doors: US32D (BHMA 630). 2. Push Plates,Pulls, and Push Bars: US32D (BHMA 630). 3. Protection Plates: US32D (BHMA 630). 4. Exterior Overhead Stops and Holders: US32D (BHMA 630). 5. Interior Overhead Stops and Holders: Powder Coat to Match. 6. Door Closers: Powder Coat to Match. 7. Weatherstipping: Clear Anodized Aluminum. 8. Thresholds: Mill Finish Aluminum. 2.04 KEYING A. Provide cores and cylinders for the Owner's Existing Sargent key system conforming to the following requirements: 1. Provide conventional cylinders at all keyed devices, locksets, cylinder dogging, and exit device trim. Provide construction master keying for use during construction. The hardware supplier, accompanied by the Owner or Owner's security agent, shall void the construction keying upon completion of the building. 2. Provide permanent cores and cylinders keyed by the manufacturer or authorized distributor into the existing key system as directed by the Owner. Provide owner with a copy of the bitting list,return receipt requested. 3. The hardware supplier, accompanied by a qualified factory representative for the manufacturer of the cores and cylinders, shall meet with Owner and Architect to review keying requirements and lock functions prior to ordering finish hardware. Submit a keying schedule to Architect for approval. 4. Provide keys as follows a. Ten master keys for each set. b. Three keys per core and/or cylinder. c. Two construction core control keys d. Two permanent core control keys , e. Six construction master keys for each type (Contractor is to provide one set of construction keys to Architect) 7/16/2013 08710-14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition striking a wall, open against equipment, casework, sidelights, and/or where conditions do not allow a wall stop or a floor stop presents a tripping hazard. 3. Where overhead holders are specified provide friction type at doors without a closer and positive type at doors with a closer. 4. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Glynn-Johnson, Rixson, Sargent. M. Door Stops and Holders 1. Provide door stops for all doors in accordance with the following requirements: a. Provide wall stops wherever possible. Provide convex type where mortise type locks are used and concave type where cylindrical type locks are used. b. Where wall stops cannot be used,provide dome type floor stops of the proper height. c. At any opening where a wall or floor stop cannot be used, a medium duty surface mounted overhead stop shall be used. 2. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Ives,Burns,Rockwood. N. Thresholds, Seals,Door Sweeps,Automatic Door Bottoms, and Gasketing 1. Provide thresholds, weatherstripping (including door sweeps, seals, astragals) and gasketing systems (including smoke, sound, and light) as specified and per architectural details. Match finish of other items as closely as possible. Size of thresholds shall be as follows: a. Exterior Saddle Thresholds— 1/2 inch high x jamb width x door width b. Interior Saddle Thresholds—`A inch high x jamb width x door width c. Bumper Seal Thresholds— 1/2 inch high x 5 inches wide x door width 2. Provide door sweeps, seals, astragals, and auto door bottoms only of type where resilient or flexible seal strip is easily replaceable and readily available. 3. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: National Guard,Reese,Zero. O. Silencers 1. Provide "Push-in" type silencers for each hollow metal or wood frame. Provide three for each single frame and two for each pair frame. Omit where gasketing is specified or required by code. 2. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Ives, Burns,Rockwood. P. Door Contacts 1. Provide recessed or surface mounted type door contacts as specified. 2. Contacts shall be installed as recommended by manufacturers installation instructions and coordinated with other hardware being installed on the opening. Coordinate door and frame preparations with door and frame suppliers. if separate switches are being used with 7/16/2013 08710-13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 8. Door closers meeting this specification: Falcon SC70 series, Norton 7500 series, Sargent 351 series. J. Door Trim 1. Provide push plates 4 inches wide x 16 inches high x 0.050 inch thick and beveled 4 edges. Where width of door stile prevents use of 4 inches wide plate, adjust width to fit. 2. Provide push bars of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. Push bars shall be of sufficient length to span from center to center of each stile. Where required, mount back to back with pull. 3. Provide offset pulls of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. Where required, mount back to back with push bar. 4. Provide flush pulls as specified. Where required,provide back-to-back mounted model. 5. Provide pulls of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. Where required, mount back to back with push bar. 6. Provide pull plates 4 inches wide x 16 inches high x 0.050 inch thick, beveled 4 edges, and prepped for pull. Where width of door stile prevents use of 4 inches wide plate, adjust width to fit. 7. Provide wire pulls of solid bar stock, diameter and length as scheduled. 8. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Ives,Burns,Rockwood. K. Protection Plates 1. Provide kick plates, mop plates, and armor plates minimum of 0.050 inch thick as scheduled. Furnish with machine or wood screws, finished to match plates. Sizes of plates shall be as follows: a. Kick Plates— 10 inches high x 2 inches less width of door on single doors, 1 inch less width of door on pairs b. Mop Plates — 4 inches high x 2 inches less width of door on single doors, 1 inch less width of door on pairs c. Armor Plates — 36 inches high x 2 inches less width of door on single doors, 1 inch less width of door on pairs 2. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Ives,Burns,Rockwood. L. Overhead Stops and Overhead Stop/Holders 1. Provide heavy duty concealed mounted overhead stop or overhead stop/holder as specified for exterior and interior vestibule single acting doors. 2. Provide heavy or medium duty and concealed or surface mounted overhead stop or overhead stop/holder for interior doors as specified. Provide medium duty surface mounted overhead stop for interior doors and at any door that swings more than 140 degrees before 7/16/2013 08710-12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Provide the appropriate quantity of power supplies necessary for the proper operation of the electrified locking component and/or components as recommended by the manufacturer of the electrified locking components with consideration for each electrified component utilizing the power supply, the location of the power supply, and the approved wiring diagrams. Locate the power supplies as directed by the Architect. 3. Provide a power supply that is regulated and filtered 24 VDC, or as required, and UL class 2 listed. 4. Provide a power supply, where specified, with the internal capability of charging optional sealed backup batteries 24 VDC, or as required, in addition to operating the DC load. 5. Provide a power supply complete requiring only 120VAC to the fused input and shall be supplied in an enclosure. 6. Provide a power supply with emergency release terminals, where required, that allow the release of all devices upon activation of the fire alarm system complete with fire alarm input for initiating "no delay"exiting mode. 7. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Von Duprin PS900 series, Precision ELR series, Sargent 3500 series. L Door Closers 1. Provide door closers certified to ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements by a BHMA certified independent testing laboratory. Closers shall be ISO 9000 certified. Units shall be stamped with date of manufacture code. 2. Door closers shall have fully hydraulic, full rack and pinion action with an aluminum cylinder. Closer body shall be 1-1/2 inch diameter, and heat-treated pinion journal shall be 11/16 inch diameter. 3. Provide hydraulic fluid requiring no seasonal closer adjustment for temperatures ranging from 120 degrees F to 10 degrees F. Fluid shall be fireproof and shall pass the requirements of the UL10C "positive pressure"fire test. 4. Spring power shall be continuously adjustable over the full range of closer sizes, and allow for reduced opening force as required by accessibility codes and standards. Hydraulic regulation shall be by tamper-proof, non-critical valves. Closers shall have separate adjustment for latch speed, general speed, and backcheck. 5. Closers shall not incorporate Pressure Relief Valve (PRV)technology. 6. Provide special templates, drop plates, mounting brackets, or adapters for arms as required for details, overhead stops, and other finish hardware items interfering with closer mounting. 7. Mount closers on room side of corridor doors, inside of exterior doors, and stair side of stairway doors from corridors. Closers shall not be visible in corridors, lobbies and other public spaces unless approved by Architect. 7/16/2013 08710-11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Exit devices shall be touchpad type, fabricated of brass, bronze, stainless steel, or aluminum, plated to the standard architectural finishes to match the balance of the door hardware. 3. Touchpad shall extend a minimum of one half of the door width. Touch-pad finish shall be compatible to exit device finish. Compression springs will be used in devices, latches, and outside trims or controls,tension springs also acceptable. 4. Devices to incorporate a deadlatching feature for security and/or for future addition of alarm kits and/or other electrical requirements. 5. Provide manufacturer's standard strikes. 6. Provide exit devices cut to door width and height. Locate exit devices at a height recommended by the exit device manufacturer, allowable by governing building codes, and approved by the Architect. 7. Mechanism case shall sit flush on the face of all flush doors, or spacers shall be furnished to fill gaps behind devices. Where glass trim or molding projects off the face of the door, provide glass bead kits. 8. Non-fire-rated exit devices shall have cylinder dogging. 9. Removable mullions shall be a 2 inches x 3 inches steel tube. Where scheduled, mullion shall be of a type that can be removed by use of a keyed cylinder, which is self-locking when re-installed. 10. Where lever handles are specified as outside trim for exit devices, provide heavy-duty lever trims with forged or cast escutcheon plates. Provide vandal-resistant levers that will travel to a 90-degree down position when more than 35 pounds of torque are applied, and which can easily be re-set. a. Lever style will match the lever style of the locksets. b. Lever trim on doors serving rooms considered by the authority having jurisdiction to be hazardous shall have a tactile warning. 11. Exit devices for fire rated openings shall be UL labeled fire exit hardware. 12. Field drill weep holes per manufacturer's recommendation for exit devices used in full exterior application,highly corrosive areas,and where noted in the hardware sets. 13. Provide electrical options as scheduled. 14. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Falcon 24/25 series with deadlatching, Precision Apex series, Sargent 80 series with deadlatching. H. Power Supplies I. Provide power supplies,recommended and approved by the manufacturer of the electrified locking component, for the operation of electrified locks, electrified exit devices, magnetic locks, electric strikes, and other components requiring a power supply. 7/16/2013 08710-10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 6. Provide mortar guard for each electric pivot specified, unless specified in hollow metal frame specification. 7. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Ives,Donna, Rixson. E. Flush Bolts 1. Provide automatic and manual flush bolts with forged bronze face plates, extruded brass levers, and with wrought brass guides and strikes. Provide 12 inch steel or brass rods at doors up to 90 inches in height. Top rods at manual flush bolts for doors over 90 inches in height shall be increased by 6 inches for each additional 6 inches of door height. Provide dust-proof strikes at each bottom flush bolt. 2. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Ives,Burns,Rockwood. F. Mortise Locks 1. Provide mortise locks certified as ANSI A]56.13, Grade 1 Operational, and manufactured from heavy gauge steel, containing components of steel with a zinc dichromate plating for corrosion resistance. Lock case shall be multi-function and field reversible for handing without opening the case. Cylinders: Refer to 2.04 KEYING. 2. Provide locks with a standard 2-3/4 inches backset with a full 3/4 inch throw stainless steel mechanical anti-friction latchbolt. Deadbolt shall be a full 1 inch throw, constructed of stainless steel. 00%, 3. Provide standard ASA strikes unless extended lip strikes are necessary to protect trim. 4. Provide electrical options as scheduled. Provide electrified locksets with micro switch (RX)option that monitors the retractor crank, and is actuated when rotation of the inside or outside lever rotates the retractor hub. Provide normally closed contacts or normally open contacts as required by security system. 5. Lever trim shall be solid brass, bronze, or stainless steel, cast or forged in the design specified, with wrought roses and external lever spring cages. Levers shall be thru-bolted to assure proper alignment, and shall have a 2-piece spindle. a. Lever design shall be Falcon DG-Dane Gala. b. Lever trim on the secure side of doors serving rooms considered by the authority having jurisdiction to be hazardous shall have a tactile warning 6. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Falcon MA series, Best 45H series, Sargent 8200 series. G. Exit Devices 1. Provide exit devices tested to ANSI/BHMA A156.3 Grade 1, and UL listed for Panic Exit and/or Fire Exit Hardware. Cylinders: Refer to 2.04 KEYING. 7/16/2013 08710-9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition c. Out-Swinging Exterior Doors: Non-removable pins AM*, d. Out-Swinging Interior Lockable Doors: Non-removable pins e. Interior Non-lockable Doors: Non-rising pins 5. The width of hinges shall be 4-1/2 inches at 1-3/4 inch thick doors, and 5 inches at 2 inches or thicker doors. Adjust hinge width as required for door, frame, and/or wall conditions to allow proper degree of opening. 6. Provide hinges with electrified option where specified. Provide with sufficient number and gage of concealed wires to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. Locate electric hinge at second hinge from bottom or nearest to the electrified locking component. 7. Provide mortar guard for each electrified hinge specified, unless specified in hollow metal frame specification. 8. Provide spring hinges where specified. Provide two spring hinges and one bearing hinge per door leaf for doors 90 inches or less in height. Provide one additional bearing hinge for each 30 inches of additional door height. 9. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Ives 51313 series, Hager BB series, Stanley FBB Series. C. Electric Power Transfer 1. Provide power transfer sufficient for number and gage of wires to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. 2. Electric power transfer is to be located per manufacturer's template and UL requirements, unless interference with operation of door or other hardware items. 3. Acceptable manufacturers and/or products: Von Duprin,Adams Rite, Falcon. D. Pivot Sets I. Provide pivot sets complete with oil-impregnated top pivot,unless indicated otherwise. 2. Where offset pivots are specified, Provide one intermediate pivot for doors less than 91 inches high and one additional intermediate pivot per leaf for each additional 30 inches in height or fraction there of. Intermediate pivots spaced equally not less than 25 inches or not more than 35 inches on center, for doors over 121 inches high. 3. Provide appropriate model where pivot sets are specified at fire rated openings. 4. Provide lead-lined model where pivot sets are specified at lead-lined doors. 5. Provide electric pivot, located nearest to the electrified locking component, with sufficient number and gage of concealed wires to accommodate electric function of specified hardware. If the manufacturer of the electrified locking component requires another device for power transfer then provide the recommended power transfer device and the appropriate quantity of pivots. 7/16/2013 08710-8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. Where the hardware specified is not adaptable to the finished shape or size of the members requiring hardware, furnish suitable types having the same operation and quality as the type specified, subject to the Architect's approval. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Fasteners 1. Provide hardware manufactured to conform to published templates, generally prepared for machine screw installation. 2. Furnish screws for installation with each hardware item. Finish exposed (exposed under any condition) screws to match hardware finish, or, if exposed in surfaces of other work,to match finish of this other work as closely as possible including "prepared for paint" surfaces to receive painted finish. 3. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware units that are exposed when door is closed except to the extent that no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. Do not use thru-bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed in other work unless their use is the only means of reinforcing the work adequately to fasten the hardware securely. Review door specification and advise Architect if thru-bolts are required. 4. Hardware shall be installed with the fasteners provided by the hardware manufacturer. B. Hinges 1. Provide five-knuckle, ball bearing hinges of type, material, and height as outlined in the following guide for this specification: a. 1-3/4 inch thick doors,up to and including 36 inches wide: Exterior: standard weight,bronze/stainless steel, 4-1/2 inches high Interior: standard weight, steel,4-1/2 inches high b. 1-3/4 inch thick doors over 36 inches wide: Exterior: heavy weight,bronze/stainless steel, 5 inches high Interior: heavy weight, steel, 5 inches high c. 2 inches or thicker doors: Exterior: heavy weight, bronze/stainless steel, 5 inches high Interior: heavy weight, steel, 5 inches high 2. Provide three hinges per door leaf for doors 90 inches or less in height, and one additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional door height. 3. Where new hinges are specified for existing doors and/or existing frames, the new hinge size must be identical to hinge preparation present in the existing door and/or existing frame. 4. Hinge Pins: Except as otherwise indicated,provide hinge pins as follows: a. Steel Hinges: Steel pins b. Non-Ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins 7/16/2013 08710-7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. No liability is to be assumed where damage or faulty operation is due to improper installation, , improper use, or abuse. C. Products judged to be defective during the warranty period shall be replaced or repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's warranty,at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.08 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The Awarding Authority has determined that certain products should be selected for their unique characteristics and particular project suitability to insure continuity of existing and future performance and maintenance standards. After investigating available product offerings the Awarding Authority has elected to prepare proprietary specifications. These products are specified with the notation: "No Substitute" (NO OTHER PRODUCTS WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR THOSE LISTED IN PROJECTS DOCUMENTS.) B. Approval of manufacturers other than those listed shall be in accordance with paragraph 1.05.A. C. Note that even though an acceptable substitute manufacturer may be listed, the product must '" ' provide all the functions and features of the specified product or it will not be approved. Item Scheduled Manufacturer Acceptable Substitute Hinges Ives (IVE) Hager, Stanley Electric Power Transfer Von Du rin(VON) Adams-Rite,Falcon Pivots Ives(IVE) Donna, Rixson Flush Bolts Ives IVE Burns,Rockwood Locksets Falcon(FAL) Best, Sargent Exit Devices Falcon(FAL) Precision, Sargent Power Supplies Von Du rin(VON) Precision, Sargent Door Closers FAL FAL Norton, Sargent Door Trim Ives IVE Burns,Rockwood Protection Plates Ives(IVE) Burns,Rockwood Overhead Stops Glynn-Johnson (GLY) Rixson, Sargent Stops& Holders Ives(IVE) Burns,Rockwood Thresholds & Weatherstrip National Guard(NGP) Reese, Zero Silencers Ives (IVE) Burns,Rockwood Door Contacts Schlage Electronics(SCE) GE, Sargent Cylinders & Keying Sar ent(SAR) Match Existing D. Hand of Door: Drawings show direction of slide, swing, or hand of each door leaf. Furnish each item of hardware for proper installation and operation of door movement as shown. onk, 7/16/2013 08710-6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and locksets, hinges, exit devices, closers, etc.)from a single manufacturer. D. Fire-Rated Openings: Provide door hardware for fire-rated openings that complies with NFPA Standard No. 80 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and are identical to products tested by Underwrites Laboratories, Intertek Testing Services, or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction for use on types and sizes of doors indicated in compliance with requirements of fire-rated door and door frame labels. E. Electronic Security Hardware: When electrified hardware is included in the hardware specification, the hardware supplier 'Must employ an individual knowledgeable in electrified components and systems, who is capable of producing wiring diagrams and consulting as needed. Coordinate installation of the electronic security hardware with the Architect and electrical engineers and provide installation and technical data to the Architect and other related subcontractors. Upon completion of electronic security hardware installation, inspect and verify that all components are working properly. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final hardware schedule, and include installation instructions with each item or package. B. Each article of hardware shall be individually packaged in manufacturer's original packaging. C. Contractor will provide secure lock-up for door hardware delivered to the Project, but not yet installed. Control handling and installation of hardware items so that completion of Work will not be delayed by hardware losses both before and after installation. D. Items damaged in shipment shall be replaced promptly and with proper material and paid for by whomever did the damage or caused the damage to occur. E. Hardware shall be handled in a manner to avoid damage, marring, or scratching. Irregularities that occur to the hardware after it has been delivered to the Project shall be corrected,replaced, or repaired by the Contractor. Hardware shall be protected against malfunction due to paint, solvent, cleanser,or any chemical agent. F. No direct shipments will be allowed unless approved by the Contractor. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturer's warrantees as specified in Division 1 and as follows: 1. Closers: 10 years, except electronic closers, 2 years. 2. Exit Devices: 3 years, except electrified devices, 1 year. 3. Locksets: 3 years, except electrified locksets, 1 year. 4. Other hardware: 1 year. 7/16/2013 08710-5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition H. Operations and Maintenance Data: Provide in accordance with Division 1 and include the following: 1. Complete information on care, maintenance, and adjustment; data on repair and replacement parts, and information on preservation of finishes. 2. Catalog pages for each product. 3. Name, address, and phone number of local representative for each manufacturer. 4. Parts list for each product. 5. Copy of final approved hardware schedule, edited to reflect"As installed." 6. Copy of final keying schedule. 7. As installed "Wiring Diagrams" for each opening connected to power, both low voltage and 110 volts. 8. One (1) complete set of special tools required for maintenance and adjustment of hardware, including changing of cylinders. 9. Copy of warranties including appropriate reference numbers for manufacturers to identify the project. I. Certificates of Compliance: Upon request of Architect or Authority Having Jurisdiction certificates of compliance for fire-rated hardware and installation instructions shall be made available. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Substitutions: Products are to be those specified to ensure a uniform basis of acceptable materials. Requests for substitutions must be made in accordance with Division I requirements. If proposing a substitute product, submit product data for the proposed item with product data for the specified item and indicate basis for substitution and savings to be made. Provide sample if requested. Certain products have been selected for their unique characteristics and particular project suitability. 1. Items specified as "no substitute" shall be provided exactly as listed. 2. Items listed with no substitute manufacturers listed have been requested by the Owner or Architect to match existing for continuity and/or future performance and maintenance standards or because there is no known equal product. 3. If no other products are listed in a category,then "no substitute" is implied. B. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized architectural hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities in the Project's vicinity, that has a record of successful in-service performance for supplying door hardware similar in quantity, type, and quality to that indicated for this Project and that provides a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available to the Owner, Architect, and Contractor, at reasonable times during the course of the Work for consultation. 7/16/2013 08710-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Hardware Institute. Indicate complete designations of each item required for each door or opening, Include the following information: 1. Door Index; include door number,heading number,and Architects hardware set number. 2. Opening Lock Function Spreadsheet; list locking device and function for each opening. 3. Type, style, function, size,and finish of each hardware item. 4. Name and manufacturer of each item. 5. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 6. Location of each hardware set cross-referenced to indications on Drawings. 7. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols,and codes contained in schedule. 8. Mounting locations for hardware. 9. Door and frame sizes and materials. 10. Name and phone number for the local manufacturer's representative for each product. 11. Operational Description of openings with any electrified hardware (locks, exits, electromagnetic locks, electric strikes, automatic operators, door position switches, magnetic holders or closer/holder units, and/or access control components). Operational description should include how the door will operate on egress, ingress, and/or fire/smoke alarm connection. D. Key Schedule: After a keying meeting between representatives of the Owner, Architect, hardware supplier, and, if requested, the representative for the lock manufacturer, provide a keying schedule, listing the levels of keying, as well as an explanation of the key system's function, the key symbols used, and the door numbers controlled. Utilize ANSI A156.28 "Recommended Practices for Keying Systems" as a guideline for nomenclature, definitions, and approach for selecting the optimal keying system. E. Samples: If requested by the Architect, submit production sample or sample installations as requested of each type of exposed hardware unit in the finish indicated, and tagged with a full description for coordination with the schedule. 1. Samples will be returned to the supplier in like-new condition. Units that are acceptable to the Architect may, after final check of operations, be incorporated into the Work, within limitations of key coordination requirements. F. Templates: After final approval of the hardware schedule, provide templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for the installation of door hardware. G. Riser and Wiring Diagrams: After final approval of the hardware schedule, submit riser and wiring diagrams as required for the proper installation of complete electrical, electromechanical, and electromagnetic products. 7/16/2013 08710-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Applicable state and local building codes and standards. B. FIRE/LIFE SAFETY 1. NFPA -National Fire Protection Association a. NFPA 70—National Electric Code b. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Fire Windows c. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code d. NFPA 105 - Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies C. UL - Underwriters Laboratories 1. UL l OB - Fire Test of Door Assemblies 2. UL l OC - Positive Pressure Test of Fire Door Assemblies 3. UL 1784- Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies 4. UL 305 -Panic Hardware D. Accessibility 1. ADA -Americans with Disabilities Act 2. Massachusetts Architectural Access Board Regulation—521 CMR E. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute 1. Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule 2. Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware F. ANSI- American National Standards Institute 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.1 - A156.29, and ANSI A156.31 - Standards for Hardware and Specialties 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 requirements. Prior to submittal field verify existing doors and/or frames receiving new hardware and/or existing conditions receiving new openings. Verify new hardware is compatible with the existing door/frame preparation and/or existing conditions. Advise architect within the submittal package of incompatibility or issues. B. Catalog Cuts: Product data including manufacturers' technical product data for each item of door hardware, installation instructions, maintenance of operating parts and finish, and other information necessary to show compliance with requirements. C. Final Hardware Schedule Content: Submit schedule with hardware sets in vertical format as illustrated by the Sequence of Format for the Hardware Schedule as published by the Door and 7/16/2013 08710-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July 16, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Furnishing and installation of all mechanical and electrical finish hardware necessary for all doors, and hardware as specified herein and as enumerated in hardware sets and as indicated and required by actual conditions at the building. The hardware shall include the furnishing of all necessary screws, bolts, expansion shields, drop plates, and all other devices necessary for the proper application of the hardware. Installation shall include field modification and preparation of existing doors and/or frames for new hardware being installed. Provide necessary fillers,Dutchmen,reinforcements, and fasteners for mounting new hardware and to cover existing door/frame preps. B. Related Sections 1. Division 6 Section- Finish Carpentry 2. Division 8 Section- Hollow Metal Doors and Frames 3. Division 8 Section - Wood Doors 4. Division 8 Section - Aluminum Framed Storefronts 5. Division 8 Section - Glass and Glazing 6. Division 16 Section - Electrical C. Specific Omissions: Hardware for the following is specified or indicated elsewhere, unless specifically listed in the hardware sets: 1. Windows 2. Cabinets of all kinds, including open wall shelving and locks. 3. Signage, except as noted. 4. Complete toilet accessories including coat hooks, unless note otherwise. 5. Overhead doors,unless noted otherwise. 1.03 REFERENCES 7/16/2013 08710-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Install 1/32 inch maximum misalignment of two adjoining members abutting in plane. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and hardware for smooth operation and tight fit. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. B. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01740—CLEANING UP. 1. Clean storefront system promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage. Thoroughly clean all metal surfaces free from dirt,handling marks, packing tapes, and foreign matter; remove excess sealant. 2. Remove labels from glass surfaces. 3. Clean glass surfaces promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to the same. Remove excess sealing compounds, mortar,paint, dirt, and other contaminants. a. All exposed edges of sealant and gaskets shall be left smooth, uniform in line, and with edges neatly struck. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. 1. The manufacturer shall advise the Contractor of protective treatment and other precautions required by him through the remainder of construction to ensure that the work of this Section will be without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion of the Contract. B. Repair Broken Glass: 1. Replace in kind and thickness all glass breakage caused by the work performed under this Section, and bear all costs therefor. 2. Replace in kind and thickness all glass breakage, caused by other trades,because of negligence or any other reasons, with the costs being borne by the trade at fault, or the Contractor, as applicable. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 08411 - 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Evaluation and Assessment: 1. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 3.02 ERECTION A. Coordinate the installation of the entrance and storefront systems, and related items to be furnished hereunder with the work of the other trades responsible for providing receiving and interfacing materials, and ensure that all receiving and supporting surfaces have been completed and ready to receive the work of this Section. B. Perform the installation work in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings, and the manufacturers' installation instructions, and the herein-referenced standards. Erect the various systems and items plumb and true, in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades. C. All shims shall be aluminum. Wood shims will not be acceptable. D. Provide sheet aluminum closures as indicated or required to complete the Work. E. Provide thermal isolation where components penetrate or disrupt building insulation. F. Install flashings and set thresholds in bed of mastic and secure. G. Perform all glazing work in accordance with FGMA Glazing Manual SIGMA and LSGA standards, and with the entrance and storefronts framing system . manufacturers' recommended glazing procedures. 1. All glass at entrance and storefront frames shall be set by use of resilient glazing gaskets between both interior and exterior stops and glass, weathertight, in strict accordance with the printed glazing instructions of the manufacturers of aluminum work and glazing materials. 2. All glass at aluminum doors shall be set by the use of resilient glazing gaskets provided on the glazing stops, in weathertight, in strict accordance with the printed glazing instructions of the manufacturer. H. Ensure that all metal-to-metal and metal-to-glass joints are completely weathertight, and that adequate provisions have been made to permit expansion and contraction in the metal. 1. Except as required by code,no permanent exposed to view labels of any kind will be permitted to remain on the doors, frames or glass. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Attach to structure to permit sufficient adjustment to accommodate construction tolerances and other irregularities. Erect the aluminum entrance and storefront systems plumb and level, free of warp or twist. 1. Install 1/16 inch per 10 feet, non cumulative, maximum variation from plumb. 7/15/2013 08411 - 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition APWA 5. Shop finish with one color coat, of polyvinylidene flouride enamel minimum 1.0 to 0.80 mil dry film thickness on all exposed surfaces, including all exposed screws, fastenings. 6. Total system dry film thickness: 1.2 mils. 7. Colors and Appearance: Color shall be from storefront manufacturer's available library of non-exotic colors and shall match color sample furnished by Engineer. B. Concealed Steel Items: Galvanized in accordance with ASTM A386 to 2.0 ounces per square foot. C. Isolation coating to cementitious and dissimilar materials: Apply one coat of bituminous paint or other acceptable coating to concealed aluminum surfaces in contact with cementitious and dissimilar materials 2.12 ACCESSORIES A. All anchors and fasteners, including screws,nuts,bolts, rivets, and other fastening devices shall be of tempered aluminum or non-magnetic type 302/304 stainless steel, warranted by the manufacturer to be non-corrosive and compatible with aluminum frame members. All such devices shall be of suitable type and adequate capacity for each intended purpose. 1. Finished aluminum work shall generally be without use of exposed fasteners. Provide exposed fasteners only where acceptable to Engineer, finish to match surrounding aluminum. B. Sealant and backing materials. 1. Sealant used within system: As recommended by manufacturer. 2. For all non-structural system sealant joints, including exterior metal-to-metal weather seals: Sealant type "SE" as specified under Section 07900 - JOINT SEALANTS, or as otherwise recommended by manufacturer. 3. For perimeter joints between system framing and abutting materials, including exterior metal-to-metal weather seals: Sealant type "SE" as specified under Section 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section. Verify wall openings and adjoining air and vapor seal materials are ready to receive work of this Section. Notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. lopk 1. Beginning of installation means acceptance of project conditions. 7/15/2013 08411 - 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition control installation tolerances to ensure proper fit of the aluminum entrance and storefront systems. B. Factory/ Shop Assembly: Before shipment, complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work to the greatest extent possible. Disassemble only for shipment and installation. 1. Except for application of hardware, do not use exposed fasteners. For hardware, use Phillips flat-head machine screws; match finish of member or hardware being fastened. 2. Do not drill and tap for surface-mounted hardware until installation. 3. Perform fabrication, including cutting, fitting, forming, drilling and grinding to prevent damage to exposed finish surfaces. For hardware,perform prior to application of finishes. 4. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations; grind exposed welds smooth and restore mechanical finish. 5. Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with zinc chromate primer, bituminous paint, or other separator. 6. Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles, with hairline fit of contacting members. C. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings Aftk 2.11 FINISHES A. Factory Finish for Exposed Aluminum: Shop-applied Polyvinylidene Flouride (PVDF)resin based, high performance thermoplastic organic coating conforming to AAMA 605.2, NAAMM-Metal Finishes Manual, and the following: 1. Resin base of 70 percent PVDF by weight, Atochem North America, Inc., product"Kynar 500" or Ausimont USA. product"Hylar 5000". 2. Finish Coating shall be manufactured as one of the following products: a. Morton International; product"Fluoroceram". b. P.P.G. Industries Inc.;product"Duranar". c. Valspar Corp.,product: "Fluropon". 3. Surface Preparation: Properly clean aluminum with inhibited chemical cleaner and pretreat with acid chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating, in accordance with Aluminum Association method AA-C 12C42. 4. Shop-prime all surfaces with a corrosion resistant, epoxy-based primer compatible with finish coating, averaging 0.2 to 0.4 mils dry film thickness, fully oven-cured. 7/15/2013 08411 - 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.08 ALUMINUM BRAKE-METAL AND PANNING WORK A. Fabricate and install all extruded aluminum and formed sheet aluminum brake-metal work in conjunction with the aluminum storefront work as detailed and as reasonably required to complete the work including sill extensions, snap trim pieces,jamb and sill trim, closures, coverings, flashings and other miscellaneous extruded and formed brake-metal work in conjunction with the Work of this Section. 1. Provide extruded shapes wherever possible, reserving formed work for conditions where extrusions are not applicable. 2. Provide sheet metal panning not less than 0.060 inch thick. 3. Fasten trim clips, at not more than 16 inches on center. B. Protect surfaces from marring when forming work. Provide sufficient material thickness with all necessary concealed reinforcement and anchorage to prevent"oil canning" or deformation of the finished work. Material deemed defective by the Engineer will be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 2.09 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glass shall conforming to the quality and requirements specified under Section 08800 - GLAZING, of the following types: 1. General: For locations of glass types, comply with the following descriptions and refer to Door Schedule, Interior Elevations and Exterior Elevations for additional locations, and as additionally noted on Drawings. 2. Glass Type 1: Low-E Insulated safety glass. B. Glazing materials, including all sealant, tapes and gaskets, shall be as recommended by the storefront/entrance system manufacturer, and shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. It shall be the responsibility of the aluminum system manufacturer to provide glazing materials which are appropriate for the various uses and conditions, compatible with each other and also compatible with the materials with which in contact. 1. Continuous cushions beneath all glazing materials: Extruded dense EPDM rubber gaskets(60+/- Shore A durometer), complying with ASTM C 864. 2. Continuous and recessed spacers: Extruded, closed-cell sponge neoprene or EPDM gaskets (40 +/- 5 Shore A durometer) complying with ASTM C 509. 2.10 FABRICATION A. General: Do not fabricate materials until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 1. Check dimensions of openings for entrance and storefront systems in the actual construction by accurate field measurement before fabrication. When necessary to proceed with the fabrication without field measurements, coordinate and 7/15/2013 08411 - 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Formed flashings and closures shall be of aluminum Alloy/temper 5005-1434, minimum of 0.083 inch thick, complying with ASTM B 209. 1. Provide and install all miscellaneous formed aluminum work in conjunction with the aluminum frame work as detailed and as required to complete the work including but not limited to sills, mullion covers, closures, flashings. D. Aluminum sections shall be of sizes and profiles indicated on the approved shop drawing details; shall present straight, sharply defined lines and arises; and shall be free from defects impairing strength, durability, or appearance. 2.06 ENTRANCE DOORS A. Aluminum doors shall be thermally broken extruded aluminum,preglazed, single acting, hinged doors, medium stile-and-rail type. Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein,products which may be incorporated in the work include, the following: 1. Kawneer model: "360 Insulclad". B. Entrance doors: 1. Wall thickness of stile and rail extrusions: not less than 0.125 inch. 2. Wall thickness of glazing stops: not less than 0.050 inch. 3. Thickness of door: 2-1/4 inches. 4. Width of door stiles: Nominal 3-3/4 inches, 4-1/16 inches maximum. 5. Width of top rail: Nominal 3-3/4 inches, 4-1/16 inches maximum. 6. Width of bottom rail: 10 inches minimum (in conformance with 2012 ADA). 7. Fabricate doors with hairline joints at corners of stiles and rails; provide heavy concealed reinforcement brackets secured with screws and welded. 8. Weatherstripping: Wool pile type. C. Door frame: Nominal 2 inch width by 4-1/2 inches deep. 1. Wall thickness of frame extrusions: not less than 0.125 inch. 2. Utilize shear block type construction throughout. No visible raw edges are permitted at joints. 3. Weatherstripping: Wool pile type. 2.07 DOOR HARDWARE A. Hardware shall be furnished as indicated on the Drawings, and installed by aluminum entrance and storefront framing system manufacturer, conforming to governing laws and building codes. 1. Install all reinforcing required and prepare doors for finished hardware specified herein below. 7/15/2013 08411 - 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition +, 1. Air infiltration through assembly: tested specimen in accordance with ASTM E 283, with a static pressure difference of 6.24 psf, shall not exceed 0.06 cfm per square foot of unit surface area. 2. Water resistance: test specimen in accordance with ASTM E 331. There shall be no leakage at a minimum static air pressure differential of 8 psf as defined in AAMA 501. 3. Deflection: test in accordance with ASTM E330 at a static air pressure difference of 31 psf(positive and negative). a. Deflection of framing members perpendicular to the plane of the wall shall not exceed L/175 of its clear span. b. At a structural test load equal to 1.5 times the specified design load,no glass breakage or permanent set in the framing members in excess of 0.2 percent of their clear spans shall occur. 4. Uniform structural loading: test in accordance with ASTM E330 at a static air pressure difference of 1.5 times the design wind pressure prescribed by the 2009 International Building Code with Massachusetts Building Code, Eighth Edition amendments. Test will result of no water leakage glass breakage,permanent damage to fasteners,permanent deflection in framing, or other damage which would cause the storefront be defective. 5. Condensation resistance tests (CRF): conform to AAMA 1503.1 for a minimum CRF of 56, and a maximum conductive thermal transmittance "U-Value" of Uc 0.63. F. Entrance doors: 1. Air infiltration through assembly, tested in accordance with ASTM E283 with a static pressure difference of 1.57 psf. a. For single doors, air infiltration shall not exceed 0.50 cfm per linear foot of perimeter crack. 2.04 FRAMING SYSTEM A. Exterior storefront framing systems: Nominal dimension of 2 inch face width by 6 inch total depth, thermally broken system for insulating glass. 2.05 MATERIALS A. Framing and door members shall be of extruded aluminum 6063-T5, 6063-T6, or 6061-T6 alloy and temper, as recommended by manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance and specified finish, complying with ASTM B 221. B. Sill track shall be of special purposed high strength extruded aluminum in either 6351-T5 or 6061-T5 alloy and temper as recommended by manufacturer for strength, corrosion resistance and specified finish, complying with ASTM B 221. 7/15/2013 08411 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. The Vistawall Group, Terrell TX. 4. YKK AP America Inc., Austell, GA. 2.02 DESCRIPTION A. General Description: Storefront framing systems: Integrated flush-glazed, outside glazed, stick fabricated system. Vertical and horizontal framing members shall be of shear block construction. 1. System shall provide flush glazing on all sides for the indicated thickness of glass, with no projected glazing stops. 2.03 PERFORMANCE/DESIGN CRITERIA A. General: Design, fabricate, assemble and erect storefront system, and interfacing conditions with contiguous work, to ensure continuity of building enclosure vapor and air barriers and that all segments of the assemblies will be free from leakage under every condition of weather and exposure. In addition to the specified performance requirements, storefront system shall conform to, or exceed the requirements of the applicable building code and referenced industry standards for air infiltration, water infiltration, operating forces, deflection and deformation under load. B. Engineering criteria: The manufacturer for storefront system shall employ the services of a qualified structural engineer,registered to practice in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, to prepare all calculations and other performance criteria for the respective systems, and bear all costs therefor. All shop drawings for the metal components of the respective systems shall bear the registration stamp of the engineer. 1. Wind loading: Conform to 2009 International Building Code with Massachusetts Building Code, Eighth Edition amendments: a. Basic Wind Speed: 106 miles per hour. (three-second-gust). C. Testing Requirements: Provide manufacturer's testing and submit test data. Demonstrate compliance with specified requirements. 1. Test Sequence: Air infiltration testing shall precede water resistance testing. D. Test samples: 1. Frame Sample(s) for air infiltration, water penetration and structural tests: Minimum sample size: 12-0"high by 4'-0"wide. 2. Door Samples for air infiltration tests: a. For single doors: Minimum size Y-0" x T-0. E. Frame: AWN 7/15/2013 08411 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures. 2. Protect materials from damage due to moisture, excessive temperatures, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. a. Protect finished metal surfaces from damage during fabrication work, shipping, storage, and erection. Protect pre-finished aluminum surfaces with wrapping. Do not use adhesive papers or sprayed coatings which bond when exposed to sunlight or weather. 1.09 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 1. Maintain this minimum temperature during and 48 hours after installation of sealant. 1.10 WARRANTY A. General: Submit warranties under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. B. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's written warranty for entrance and storefront systems, covering repair or replacement of any system which leaks, or exhibits defects in materials, finish, design, within 2 years from date of substantial completion of the General Contract. Failure due to defective materials or workmanship is deemed to include,but not to be limited to: a. Failures in operation of operating component or components. b. Leakage or air infiltration in excess of the specified standard. c. Deterioration of finish to an extent visible to the unaided eye. d. Defects which contribute to unsightly appearance,potential safety hazard, or potential untimely failure of the work of this Section or the Work as a whole. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis of Design (Specified Manufacturer): To establish a standard of quality, design and function desired, Drawings and specifications have been based on Kawneer North America (A Division of Alcoa),Norcross GA, Product: " Trifab 601 UT". B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Kawneer Manufacturing Company,Norcross GA. 2. EFCO Corporation, Monett, MO. 7/15/2013 08411 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2) Provide details of transition areas and modifications to standard system components. 3) Provide details of bracing and stabilizing members; attachment clips and brackets; and complete installation details. 4) Indicate building column line reference dimensions. c. Provide all shop drawings bearing dimensions of actual measurements taken at the project. d. Design engineering shall be the responsibility of the framing systems manufacturer, and may vary from those indicated on the Contract Drawings, but basic sight lines shall be retained. 3. Selection Samples: a. Sample card indicating Manufacturer's full range of coating colors available for selection by Engineer. b. Provide physical samples as requested by Engineer for initial selection of colors and finishes. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770— PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1. Bonds and Warranty Documentation: a. Manufacturer's Warranties and Guarantees as specified elsewhere herein this Section. AM* 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. B. Sole Source: Except for glass, obtain products required for the Work of this Section from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of storefront framing. C. Qualifications: 1. Installer/Applicator: Minimum of 5 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein, and approved by product manufacturer. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 2. Deliver hardware scheduled for field installation packaged individually. Label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule. a. Obtain receipts for when hardware is received by other trades. 7/15/2013 08411 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. General References The following reference materials are hereby made a part of this Section by reference thereto: 1. AAMA SFM-1 - Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual. 2. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations for exits. 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. General: Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequence of installation, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. 2. Arrange keying, and schedule delivery of keys, with Owner. B. Sequencing: 1. Field Measurements: a. Take field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of Work. b. Allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. low* 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, fabrication methods, finishes,performance data, and installation instructions for each item furnished hereunder. a. Provide additional information for glazing and sealant products; including chemical, functional, and environmental characteristics, size limitations, special application requirements. Identify available colors. b. Provide hardware schedule and product data sheets for each type of hardware. 2. Shop Drawings: a. 1/4 inch scale elevations and plans of each entrance and storefront system condition, indicate all hardware mounting heights. 1) Indicate all types and thickness of glass. b. Large scale design details; indicating sizes, types, and gauges of all metal components; expansion provisions, and glazing details. 1) Provide details of perimeter conditions and typical joinery. Indicate which framing members run through and how joints are sealed. 7/15/2013 08411 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood blockings, nailers. C. Section 07210 - THERMAL INSULATION: Perimeter vapor and air seal between storefront frame and adjacent construction. D. Section 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS: Requirements for sealant and back-up materials. E. Section 08800 - GLAZING: Requirements for glass and specification of glass types used for aluminum storefront systems. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. AAMA 501 - Methods of Test for Metal Curtain Walls. 2. AAMA 2605 - Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. 3. ASCA 96 - Voluntary Specification for Performance of Organic Coatings on Architectural Aluminum Curtainwall, Extrusions and Miscellaneous Aluminum Components. 4. AAMA 1503.1 —Voluntary Test Method for Thermal Transmittance and ,ak. Condensation Resistance of Windows, Doors, and Glazed Wall Sections. 5. AAMA SFM-1 - Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual. 6. ANSI A 117.1 - Safety Standards for the Handicapped. 7. ANSI Z 97.1 - Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for Safety Glazing Used in Buildings. 8. ASTM A 123 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coating on Iron and Steel Products. 9. ASTM B 209 - Aluminum Alloy, Sheet and Plate. 10. ASTM B 221 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. 11. ASTM C 509—Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gaskets and Sealing Materials. 12. ASTM C 920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 13. ASTM D 523 — Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss. 14. ASTM E 283 - Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Entrance and storefront, Curtains Walls and Doors. 15. ASTM E 330 Structural Performance of Exterior Entrance and storefront, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 16. ASTM E 331 - Test method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 7/15/2013 08411 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 08411 ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS(FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED AS PART OF SECTION 08008) PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Sub-Bid Requirements: As provided under Section 08008—GLASS AND GLAZING FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS and supplemented under the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract, and applicable parts of Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 1. Work of this Filed Sub-Bid includes all individual specification sections listed in Section 08008. 1.02 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of aluminum entrances and storefronts where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes, but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish and install the following: I. Prefinished aluminum exterior entrance storefront framing systems, of the types specified herein, all required integral reinforcing,bracing members and related accessories for the framing systems, and all angles, clips, and other items required to anchor the systems to the building structure. 2. Prefinished aluminum exterior entrance storefront doors. 3. Prefinished aluminum formed brake-metal work, mullion covers, closures, flashings, and similar components, in conjunction with aluminum entrance and storefront framing. 4. Metal to metal sealing of aluminum assemblies. 5. All glass, including insulated panels, and glazing materials for the aluminum framing system 6. Shimming and fasteners required for installation. 7. Sealant and compressible back-up beads for exterior perimeter joints between framing members furnished hereunder and surrounding dissimilar materials. C. Install the following furnished under the designated Sections: 1. Hardware as indicated on the Drawings. 1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Removal of existing wall construction to receive work of this Section 08411. 7/15/2013 08411 - 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B Beginning of installation means acceptance of project conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A Install access panels in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and direction from authorities having jurisdiction. Install miscellaneous specialties absolutely level and in true line, with units securely anchored to the surrounding construction. B Test each door and latching device, and make adjustments required to ensure a bind- free operation and proper latching. END OF SECTION w 7/15/2013 08310 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1) Acudor OF-5000 series. 2) Karp DSC-214SM series. 3) Nystrom NT series. 4) Williams WB-GP series. c. For gypsum board walls and ceilings: 16 gage galvanized bonderized steel frame, with 22 gage galvanized steel drywall bead. 1) Acudor DW-5040 series. 2) Karp KDW series. 3) Nystrom NW series. 4) Williams WB-PL series. 2. Door: Flush panel door as follows: a. Typical all wall types, except tile: 14 gage galvanized bonderized steel. b. For tiled walls: 14 gage type 304 stainless steel. 3. Hinge: a. Typical: Concealed spring hinge enabling door to open 175 degrees and permit removal of door from frame. b. Panels greater than 24 by 36 inches: Flush continuous piano hinge with stainless steel pin. 4. Latch: Flush cam latch, operated by Allen or Torx head screwdriver. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A Emergency latch release: For all ceiling panels and wall panels accessible from the back which are greater than 18 by 18 inches in size, provide an interior latch release mechanism to permit panel to be opened from back(interior side) of panel. 2.06 FACTORY FINISHING A Panel assemblies fabricated from stainless steel: N°. 4 satin finish. B Panel assemblies fabricated from galvanized bonderized steel: Baked on rust inhibitive gray primer finish. C Panel assemblies fabricated from cold rolled steel: Phosphate dipped with baked on rust inhibitive gray primer finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. Verify that prepared openings are ready to receive the work of this Section and opening dimensions are as indicated on the shop drawings. Verify that all blocking is set in place and secure. 7/15/2013 08310 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1) Acudor FW-5050 series 2) Karp KRP-150FR series. 3) Nystrom IT series. 4) Williams WB-FRSS Regular series. b. For masonry walls: 16 gage galvanized bonderized steel flanged frame, with flange exposed to view 1 inch or less. 1) Acudor FW-5050 series 2) Karp KRP-150FR series. 3) Nystrom IT series. 4) Williams WB-FR series. c. For gypsum board walls and ceilings: 16 gage galvanized bonderized steel frame, with 22 gage galvanized steel drywall bead. 1) Acudor FW-5050DW 2) Karp KRP-350FR series. 3) Nystrom IW series. 4) Williams WB-FR series. 3. Door: Insulated Flush panel door as follows: a. Typical wall types : Flush door, Sandwich construction with 2 inch thick mineral wool fiber insulation between two layers of 20 gage galvanized bonderized steel. b. For ceramic tile walls only: Flush door, Sandwich construction with 2 inch thick mineral wool fiber insulation between two layers of 20 gage Type 304 stainless steel. 4. Hinge: Flush continuous piano hinge with stainless steel pin. 5. Closer: Spring closer. 6. Latch: Flush cam latch, operated by Allen or Torx head screwdriver. 2.04 ACCESS PANELS - FOR NON- RATED CONSTRUCTION A For non-rated wall and ceiling surfaces (service and non-public areas): Flush panel door type meeting the following requirements: 1. Frame type: a. For tiled walls: 16 gage Type 304 stainless steel flanged frame, with flange exposed to view I inch or less, equal to: 1) Acudor OF-5000 series. 2) Karp DSC-214SM series. 3) Nystrom NT series. 4) Williams WB-GP series. b. For masonry walls: 16 gage galvanized bonderized steel flanged frame, with flange exposed to view 1 inch or less. 7/15/2013 08310 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Prior to submitting schedule, coordinate with the work of Division 15 - FIRE PROTECTION, Division 15 -PLUMBING, Division 15 - HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING and Division 16 - ELECTRICAL and meet with the Engineer to determine exact quantities and locations required for the installation of access panels. 3. Shop drawings: Large scale details of access doors, indicating all sizes, gages and thickness;provide complete installation details, coordinated to the specific receiving conditions. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Do not deliver access doors to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B Store access door units inside, under cover, and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Acudor Products Inc., Cedar Grove,NJ 2. Karp Associates Inc., Maspeth,NY. 3. Nystrom Products Company, Minneapolis, MN. 4. Williams Brothers Corporation of America, Front Royal, VA. B Single Source: All work of this Section shall be produced by a single manufacturer, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 2.02 ACCESS PANELS - GENERAL A Access panels scheduled for placement in masonry: Furnish with masonry anchors attached to unit frames at factory. 2.03 ACCESS PANELS - FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATED CONSTRUCTION A For fire-resistance rated wall and ceiling surfaces: Standard flush panel door meeting the following requirements: 1. Panel and frame rating: UL `B"label for 90 minutes. 2. Frame type: a. For ceramic tile walls: 16 gage Type 304 stainless steel flanged frame,with flange exposed to view 1 inch or less, equal to: 7/15/2013 08310 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 08310 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A Fire resistive rated and non-rated access panels and frames, as specified under this Section, furnished by Sections requiring the same and installed under the following Sections: 1. Section 04200—UNIT MASONRY: Installation of access panels into masonry assemblies. 2. Section 09250 - Gypsum BOARD: Installation of access panels into drywall assemblies. 3. Section 09310 - CERAMIC TILING: Installation of access panels into tiled walls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 04200—UNIT MASONRY: Installation of access panels into masonry assemblies. B Section 09290 - Gypsum BOARD: Installation of access panels into drywall assemblies. C Section 09310 - CERAMIC TILING: Installation of access panels into tiled walls. D Division 15 - FIRE PROTECTION: Furnishing access panels required for fire protection systems. E Division 15 - PLUMBING: Furnishing access panels required for plumbing systems. F Division 15 - HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING: Furnishing access panels required for heating/cooling systems. G Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: Furnishing access panels required for electrical systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications and installation instructions. 2. Schedule: Submit Schedule of all access panels to be furnished hereunder, indicating locations for each size and type of access door. a. The Contractor is responsible to ensure that all of the types/styles of panels and frames specified herein can be furnished by the manufacturer submitted. 7/15/2013 08310 - 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Spot-fill imperfections with metallic filler, and sand smooth. Thoroughly clean the surfaces by applying hot or cold phosphate treatment standard with the manufacturer. B. Following cleaning apply one dip or spray coat of rust-inhibitive metallic oxide, zinc chromate, or synthetic resin primer to all surfaces, including those which will be concealed after erection. Bake, or oven dry, the primer at time and temperature recommended by the manufacturer for developing maximum hardness and resistance to abrasion. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION AND INSTALLATION A. Installation of frames and doors, including all accessories and related items furnished hereunder, will be performed under Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY, and Section 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY. 1. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY shall place frames in correct position within specified tolerances, and provide temporary bracing at locations where frames are indicated to be built-into masonry. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY shall build and grout frames into masonry work. B. Final installation of loosely-attached glazing stops will be performed under Section 08800 - GLAZING. END OF SECTION A"" 7/15/2013 08110- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Anchorage: 1. Anchor clips for frames in metal stud partitions: 16-gage (minimum 0.053 inch [1.3 mm] thick) steel z-shaped clips factory welded onto frame, 1-1/2 inch upturned and downturned legs, or equivalent type standard with the manufacturer, contained within the frames, for screw attachment to metal studs under Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING. 2. Anchor clips for frames in metal stud partitions: Steel clips, 18-gage (minimum 0.042 inch [1.0 mm] thick), 1-1/2 inch upturned and downtumed legs, or equivalent type standard with the manufacturer, contained within the frames, for screw attachment to metal studs under Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL. METAL FRAMING. 3. Anchors for frames in masonry walls: Adjustable, T-shaped, positively engaging the retainers on both flanges of each jamb member, when placed. The stem of the anchors shall be 2 inches wide by 12 gage, minimum 0.093 inch (2.3 mm) thick, corrugated or perforated for mortar bond, and extend 10 inches into the masonry, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Anchors for frames in existing masonry walls: Counter-sunk bolts of minimum 3/8 inch diameter, set into masonry expansion shields. 5. Anchors for fire-resistive rated frames: Conform to all UL requirements for the specific fire-resistive ratings. 6. Provide the following number of anchors, clips, or bolts,per jamb: a. For frames 7'-6"in height or less: 3 anchors per jamb. b. For frames 7'-6" in height or less and having doors exceeding 3'-0" feet width, and for cross corridor frames: 4 anchors per jamb. c. For frames greater than 7'-6", up to 10'-0"in height: 4 anchors per jamb. d. For frames greater than 7'-6",up to 10'-0"in height, and having doors exceeding 3'-0" feet width, and for cross corridor frames: 5 anchors per jamb. e. For frames over 10'-0' in height: 5 anchors per jamb. 2.05 FABRICATION A. General: Do not fabricate materials until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Fabrication Tolerances, Maximum variation for doors and frames: Maximum diagonal distortion 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 2.06 FINISHES A. Preparation: Pressure-sand all surfaces of all doors, frames, accessory items, anchors, and related items, to remove blemishes and foreign matter and provide paint grip. 7/15/2013 08110- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Interior frames for Level 2 and 3 doors: 16-gage, 0.053 inch thick (1.3 mm), except as otherwise required for specific U.L. Label. b. Exterior frames: 14-gage, 0.067 inch thick(1.7 mm), with an A60 zinc coating supplied by the hot-dip process conforming to ASTM A653, Grade 37, with coating applied in accordance with A 924. 2. Hinge reinforcement: 7 gage, minimum 0.167 inch(4.2 mm) thick. 3. Lock and strike reinforcement: 12 gage, minimum 0.093 inch (2.3 mm)thick. 4. Door closer reinforcement: 12 gage, minimum 0.093 inch(2.3 mm) thick. 5. Floor clips: 16 gage, minimum 0.053 inch(1.3 mm)thick. 6. Splice plates or channels: same gage as door frame. 7. Removable Glazing stops: Rectangular channel sections, not less than 20-gage, 0.032 inch thick(0.8 mm) steel;pre-drilled and loosely attached within the glazing cut-outs with countersunk tamper-resistant stainless steel screws; sized to properly accommodate the designated thicknesses of glass and glazing materials; and external edges set flush with, or slightly behind, door face. Modify glazing stops for UL Label doors to conform with UL fire rating requirements. C. Frame construction: 1. Fire-rated frame assemblies: Modify specified construction to meet all construction requirements required for fire-resistive rating. a. Affix appropriate UL, FM or Warnock Hersey labels to each rated frame assembly, indicating applicable rating. 2. Shop-fabricate frames as whole single units per door opening, except when frame size is too large to ship as a single unit. Oversized frames may be shipped in large sections as practicable for field assembly with concealed splice plates or channels. a. Frame corner construction: Refer to paragraph A of this Article. 3. Reinforcements, stiffeners, and base angle clips: Welded to interior surfaces of frames to provide a stable base and so as to not interfere with installation of hardware. 4. Appearance of finished frames: Strong, rigid, completely free from warp and buckle, with miters well-formed and in true alignment, and with surfaces smooth and free from defects of any kind. 5. Silencer holes: Prepare frames for silencers at non-gasketed doors, coordinate with Section 08710—DOOR HARDWARE and Hardware Schedule. Provide three single silencers for single doors, and mullions of double doors on strike side. Provide two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. 6. Glazing beads: Carefully place to properly accommodate the various thicknesses of glass and glazing materials, and loosely-attach to frames with flathead galvanized steel screws through pre-drilled holes having countersunk depressions. 7/15/2013 08110- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition with countersunk tamper-resistant stainless steel screws; sized to properly accommodate the designated thicknesses of glass and glazing materials; and external edges set flush with, or slightly behind, door face. Modify glazing stops for UL Label doors to conform with UL fire rating requirements. F. Hardware reinforcing: Welded in place steel reinforcement, hot rolled pickled and oiled steel per ASTM A569. Provide G-60, hot-dipped galvanized reinforcing for all exterior openings, and locations where galvanized doors and frames are scheduled. Reinforcing shall be not less than the following minimum steel thicknesses: 1. Hinges: 7 gage, minimum 0.167 inch(4.2 mm) thick. 2. Closers: Box/channel-shape reinforcing, 12 gage, minimum 0.093 inch(2.3 mm) thick. 3. Locks: Box/channel-shape reinforcing, a. Cylindrical locks: 16 gage, minimum 0.053 inch (1.3 mm) thick. b. Mortise locks: 14 gage, minimum 0.067 inch(1.6 mm) thick. 4. Kick plates: 18 gage, minimum 0.042 inch(1.0 mm)thick. 5. All other hardware: 14 gage, minimum 0.067 inch(1.6 mm)thick. 6. Locations for reinforcing shall be determined from information and templates provided under Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE. G. Provide UL approved welded steel astragal at each UL pair of fire doors. H. Fabrication 1. Fabricate exposed faces of door panels from cold-rolled steel only. 2. Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers and moldings from either cold-rolled or hot-rolled steel (at manufacturer's option). 3. Fabricate doors with hardware reinforcement welded in place. 4. Attach fire rated label to each door unit. 5. Close top and bottom edge of exterior doors with flush end closure. Seal joints watertight. 2.04 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Refer to the Drawings for various types of frames, sizes, and profiles, UL fire-resistive Label frames, and other characteristics of frames and related items. 1. Frame type (all frames): Shop welded frames with mitered joints arc-welded, reinforced and ground smooth. B. Materials for frames, reinforcement, anchors, anchor clips and related items: commercial grade cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A109 or commercial grade hot-rolled and pickled steel conforming to ASTM A415. 1. Frame gage: 7/15/2013 08110- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Curries Company(A Division of Assa Abloy Group Company), Mason City,IA. 4. Republic Doors and Frames, McKenzie, TN. 5. Steelcraft (A Division of Ingersoll-Rand Company), Cincinnati, OH. 2.02 DESCRIPTION A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Fire rated door construction shall conform to UL publications IOB and IOC. 2. Install fire rated door assemblies in compliance with NFPA 80. 3. Corridor door assemblies shall be tested and listed per UL 1784. 2.03 DOORS A. General: Refer to the Drawings for design of doors, sizes, glazing cut-outs in doors, and details. B. Construction: Full flush commercial type, 1-3/4 inches thick, unless noted otherwise, meeting or exceeding the materials, gages, construction, and testing requirements of the referenced ANSI and SDI publications. 1. Exterior Door Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard 99-pound(basis weight)kraft-paper honeycomb. Fabricate doors with specified R-value when tested according to ASTM C1363. 2. Interior Door Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard 99-pound(basis weight)kraft-paper honeycomb,polystyrene, polyurethane,polyisocyanurate, mineral-board, or vertical steel-stiffener core. a. Interior Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection and temperature-rise ratings indicated. C. Interior Doors 1-3/4 inch thick(44.4 mm): ANSI 250.8, Level 2, Model 1 (Full Flush),ANSI A250.4 Physical Performance Level B, (Heavy Duty)having 18-gage, minimum 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) steel faces, with a minimum STC rating of 32. 1. Fire-rated doors: Modify specified construction to meet all construction requirements required for fire-resistive rating. a. Affix appropriate UL, FM or Warnock Hersey labels to each rated door, indicating applicable rating. D. Exterior Doors: ANSI 250.8, Level 3, Model 2 (Seamless), ANSI A250.4 Physical Performance Level B, (Extra Heavy Duty)having 16-gage, 0.058 inch thick(1.46 mm)A60 galvannealed steel faces, with a minimum core R-value of 6.25. 1. Visible edge seams: Epoxy fill edge seams and finish for seamless appearance (Model 2). E. Removable Glazing stops: Rectangular channel sections,not less than 20-gage, 0.032 inch thick (0.8 mm) steel;pre-drilled and loosely attached within the glazing cut-outs 7/15/2013 08110- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition specified under this Section; that specified galvanized and shop priming has been performed; and that all U.L. fire-resistive requirements for the indicated Labels have been met. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770— PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1. Bonds and Warranty Documentation: Manufacturer's standard warranty. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. B. Sole Source: Obtain doors and frames specified in this Section from a single manufacturer. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Prior to shipping, identify each frame and door with a removable metal or plastic label which corresponds with door schedule identifying opening number and location. 2. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 3. Deliver doors and frames boxed or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. 4. Inspect doors and frames upon delivery for damage. Minor damage may be repaired provided the refinished items are equal in respects to new work and acceptable to the Engineer; otherwise remove and replace damaged items. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures. 2. Store doors and frames at the building site upright and under cover. Place the units on wood dunnage and cover in a manner that will prevent rust and damage. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc., (A Division of Amweld International, LLC), Coppell, TX. 2. Ceco Door Products (A Division of Assa Abloy Group Company), Milan, TN. 7/15/2013 08110- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 18. UL 1784—Air Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies. 19. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations for exits. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. General: Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing anchorages furnished by this Section; make arrangements for delivery,receipt and installation of inserts and anchorages to prevent delay of the Work. 2. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for furnishing hardware and installing doors and frames. 3. Ensure that the work performed hereunder is coordinated with issued templates authorized by the hardware supplier. 4. Do not fabricate doors or frames before receiving a copy of the approved hardware schedule, submitted by the hardware supplier, reviewed by the Contractor and accepted by the Engineer. Verify that issued templates are coordinated with the approved schedule; immediately notify the Engineer, in writing, of any conflicts. B. Sequencing: 1. Field Measurements: a. Take field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication of frames scheduled for existing openings,to ensure proper fitting of Work. b. Allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, for doors, frames and shop applied finishes. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Door and Frame Schedule: A complete schedule coordinated with, and using same identifier designations as,the door and frame schedule contained in the Contract Drawings. b. Large scale details of each type door and frame construction, indicating all gages, reinforcing, and anchorage. 1) Indicated cutouts for glazing. 3. Certificates: Manufacturer's written certification stating that doors, frames, and all related items to be furnished hereunder, meet or exceed the requirements 7/15/2013 08110- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition H. Division 16—ELECTRICAL: Wiring connections for electrified door hardware. I. Building-in of frame anchors to wall and partition construction: By trade responsible for wall and partition erection. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ANSI A 117.1 - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 2. ANSI/SDI A250.4 - Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Physical Endurance for Steel Doors, Frames, Frame Anchors and Hardware Reinforcing. 3. ANSI/SDI A250.8—R2008(formerly SDI 100) - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 4. ANSI/SDI A250.11 —Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 5. ASTM A109/A109M- Steel, Strip, Carbon (0.25 Maximum Percent), Cold- Rolled. 6. ASTM A568 /A568M- Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Structural, and High-Strength, Low-Alloy, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled. 7. ASTM A653 /A653M - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 8. ASTM A924/A924M- General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process. 9. ASTM A 1008 /A 1008M- Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High- Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened, and Bake Hardenable. 10. ASTM A 10 11 /A1011M- Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 11. ASTM C 1363 - Thermal Performance of Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus. 12. SDI 111 Series (111A-111F): Recommended Details, Steel Doors and Frames. 13. SDI 117-93: Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 14. NFPA publication 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 15. NFPA publication 105 — Standard for the Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 16. UL publication l OB - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 17. UL publication l OC —Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. 7/15/2013 08110- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 08110 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of hollow metal doors and frames where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes, but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish the following products to be installed under the designated Sections: L Flush UL-Labeled and non-labeled steel doors, complete with internal reinforcing,hardware cut-outs; and provided with glazing openings, where so indicated; installed by Section 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY. 2. Hollow metal frames for doors, UL-Labeled and non-labeled, complete with internal reinforcing; installed under Section 06100 -RoUGH CARPENTRY. 3. Hollow metal frames for fixed-glazed lites, complete with internal reinforcing; installed by: Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY. 4. Glazing beads, loosely attached to hollow metal frames and doors, where so indicated, for removal and permanent installation during glazing operations; installed by: Section 08800 - GLAZING. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY: Building-into masonry hollow metal door frames, placed and braced under Section 0610 00 - Rough Carpentry. B. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: 1. Wood blocking, and nailers. 2. Installation of hollow metal door frames. 3. Placement and temporary bracing of hollow metal frames built-into masonry. C. Section 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY: Wood casing and trim; installation of doors and hardware. D. Section 07920 - JOINT SEALERS. E. Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE: Furnishing finish hardware, and installation templates for hardware cut-outs and reinforcing. F. Section 08800 - GLAZING: Furnishing and installing glass located in doors and frames. G. Section 09910 - PAINTING: Applied finish coatings. 7/15/2013 08110- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING A. General: Filed Subcontractors shall obtain required permits for, and provide scaffolds, staging, and other similar raised platforms,required to access their Work as specified in Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and herein. 1. Scaffolding and staging required for use by this Filed Subcontractor pursuant to requirements of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES shall be furnished, erected, maintained in a safe condition, and dismantled when no longer required, by this Filed Sub-Trade requiring such scaffolding. 2. Each Filed Subcontractor is responsible to provide,maintain and remove at dismantling, all tarpaulins and similar protective measures necessary to cover scaffolding for inclement weather conditions other than those required to be provided, maintained and removed by the General Contractor pursuant to MGL (Refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and as additionally required for dust control). 3. Furnishing portable ladders and mobile platforms of all required heights, which may be necessary to perform the work of this trade, are the responsibility this Filed Subcontractor. 2.02 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT A. All hoisting equipment, rigging equipment, crane services and lift machinery required for the work by this Filed Subcontractor shall be furnished, installed, operated and maintained in safe conditions by this Filed Subcontractor, as referenced under Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 08008- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.02 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority(Owner)will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor's or Filed Subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results. B. Pre-Bid Conference: Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the Pre-Bid conference; refer to INVITATION FOR BIDS for time and date. 1.03 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate work of this Filed Subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. B. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals, required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed Subcontract, have been received and approved by the Engineer. C. Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. 1.04 INSTALLER'S WARRANTY A. In addition to other specified warranties,both in the Conditions of the Contract and in individual Sections of this Filed Sub-Bid, the Filed Subcontractor will be held responsible for the satisfactory performance of the all glazing work for a period of one year. The Filed Subcontractor shall provide a warranty which includes all products provided under this trade, including all storefront, entrance doors, hardware, glass (including insulated units), glazing, anchorage and setting systems, sealing, flashing and other related components, as they relate to specified air, water, and structural integrity. All deficiencies in products provided under this Trade and related components which do not meet the specifications are to be corrected promptly at no expense to the Owner during the warranty period. 7/15/2013 08008- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 08008 GLASS AND GLAZING FILED SUB-BID REQUIREMENTS (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, and CONTRACT CONDITIONS as listed in the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. B. Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-Bids and is governed by the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL), Public Bidding Law- Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended, and applicable Sections of the MGL, Public Contract Law- Chapter 30. C. Specification requirements for the Filed Sub-Bid"GLASS AND GLAZING" include all of the following listed Specification Sections: in their entirety: 1. Section 08008 —Glass and Glazing Filed Sub-Bid Requirements. 2. Section 08411 —Aluminum-Framed Storefronts. 3. Section 08800—Glazing. D. The work to be completed by the Filed Subcontractor for the work of this Section is shown on the following listed Drawings,not just those pertaining particularly to this Sub-Trade, unless specifically called out otherwise,regardless of where among the Drawings it appears: Architectural Drawings: Al.1, Al.2, A3.1, A4.1,A4.2, A4.3,A4.4, A4.5, A5.1, A6.1, A7.2, A7.3, A7.4, A7.5, A8.1, A8.2, A8.3, A10.1. E. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the Work of this Filed Subcontract. F. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at a time and place as stipulated in INVITATION FOR BIDS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. 1. The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF SUB-BIDDER: SUB-BID FOR TRADE: GLASS AND GLAZING 2. Each Sub-Bid submittal for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by Awarding Authority, as bound herein, accompanied with the required bid deposit. G. Sub Sub-Bid Requirements: NONE REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION. 7/15/2013 08008- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Casework to abutting surfaces (except in "wet" AP spaces): c. Countertops to abutting wall surfaces and to SM abutting casework: d. Countertops to plumbing fixtures and fittings: SM e. 5. Interior metal: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Metal to metal: Sc b. Bedding of metal thresholds: B 6. Interior floor drains: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Floor drains to concrete slab: SE b. Floor drains to resilient sheet flooring: SE 7. Acoustical ceilings: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Acoustical ceiling edge angle to irregular wall AP surface 8. Tile: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Tile to tile vertical, and horizontal non-traffic SM joints: b. Tile to tile, horizontal pedestrian traffic joints: HL2 9. Interior Wood: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Wood to wood(natural or stained finishes) SC b. Wood to wood (painted opaque finishes) AP or SC c. Wood to metal Sc d. Wood base to wall surfaces SC END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 07900- 17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Concrete to concrete: horizontal walkable HL2 "'k surfaces: c. Concrete to concrete horizontal vehicular traffic BP2 surfaces: d. Concrete and non-bituminous pavement ramps HT (5 to 12 Percent) horizontal joints at abutting vertical concrete or masonry surfaces: e. Concrete to all items which penetrate concrete SC walls, including, but not necessarily limited to, door frames, louver frames,pipes, vents, and similar items: 2. Interior Masonry: * Includes interior side of exterior masonry walls. Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Masonry to masonry control joints*: P2 b. Masonry* to gypsum board: SC c. Masonry to all items which penetrate masonry SC walls, including, but not necessarily limited to, window frames, door frames, louver frames, and similar items: d. Masonry to all pipes, conduit and vents which SC penetrate non-rated masonry walls*: 3. Gypsum Board: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Gypsum board to metal or wood trim: AP b. Gypsum board to abutting surfaces at exposed AA tops and bottoms partitions and walls: c. Gypsum board to masonry: SC d. Gypsum board to interior door and window AP frames, penetrating conduits and piping, light- fixtures, electrical cover plates, building specialty items, ductwork, grilles, supply diffusers, faucets, piping, escutcheon plates and similar items: e. Gypsum board to plumbing fixtures: SM 4. Architectural millwork and casework: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Casework to abutting materials,kitchens, toilet SM rooms and similar"wet spaces": Aowk 7/15/2013 07900- 16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition c. Concrete slabs on grade to abutting non- HL2 bituminous pavements (horizontal joints, including pedestrian traffic surfaces): d. Concrete to concrete saw cut and tooled control HLl or and isolation joints in horizontal surfaces HL2 including pedestrian traffic surfaces: e. Concrete to concrete control, expansion and BP2 isolation joints in horizontal vehicular traffic surfaces: f. Concrete and non-bituminous sloped (5%to HT 12%)pavement ramps (horizontal joint) at abutting concrete or masonry foundation walls: g. Concrete to all items which penetrate exterior P 1 concrete walls,including, but not necessarily limited to, door frames, louver frames, pipes, vents, and similar items: h. Precast concrete to abutting materials (vertical P2 joints): 2. Exterior Masonry: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Masonry to masonry, expansion and control P2 joints: b. Masonry to abutting masonry, or concrete: P2 c. Masonry to abutting non-porous materials SE or P2 (painted metals, anodized aluminum, mill finished aluminum,PVC, glass, and similar materials): d. Masonry to all items which penetrate exterior SE masonry walls,including, but not necessarily limited to, door frames, louver frames,pipes, vents, and similar items: 3. Exterior Metal: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Metal to metal: PI or SE b. Metal to glass: SE D. Interior joints (Listed by primary building material abutting sealant joints): 1. Interior Concrete: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Concrete to concrete, vertical joints: SC 7/15/2013 07900- 15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. After placement of the sealant and caulking materials, concave-tool the surfaces to uniform density, using a water-wet tool. Do not use detergents or soapy water for the tooling operations. 3. Remove the temporary masking tape immediately after tooling, and before the sealant has taken initial set. 3.05 CLEANING A. Clean all surfaces of adjacent surfaces which have been marked or soiled by the work of this Section,removing all excess sealant and caulking materials with solvents which will not damage the surfaces in any way. 3.06 PROTECTION A. During the operation of sealant work,protect the work of other trades against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Repair or replace any work so damaged and soiled. 3.07 SCHEDULE A. General: Seal joints indicated and all interior and exterior joints, seams, and intersections between dissimilar materials. B. Sealant Colors: 1. Colors for Sealant Types "P2" and"HL2": Match colors furnished by the Engineer, or match other building materials as directed. Should such custom colors not be available from the approved manufacturer, except at additional charge,provide all such colors at no change in Contract Sum. 2. Colors for Sealant Types "BP2", "P I", "HL 1", "HT", "SC", "SE", and"SM": As selected by the Engineer from manufacturer's standard colors. 3. Color for Sealant Types "AA" and"AP": White. 4. Color for Sealant Type `B": Black. 5. Color for Sealant Type "PE": Black. 6. Color for Sealant Type "PS": Dark-Gray. 7. In concealed installation, and in partially or fully exposed installation where so approved by the Engineer, standard gray or black sealant may be used. C. Exterior joints (Listed by primary building material abutting sealant joints): 1. Concrete: Joint Condition Sealant Type a. Concrete to concrete, vertical control joints: P2 or SE b. Concrete foundation walls to abutting concrete, HL2 and other non-bituminous pavements, steps, platforms, and ends of ramp, (horizontal joints): .mIk 7/15/2013 07900- 14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. Repair deteriorated or damaged substrates as recommended by sealant manufacturer to provide suitable substrate for new sealant. Allow patching materials to fully cure. 3.04 INSTALLATION A. General: Conform to SWRI requirements, and sealant manufacturer's written requirements for installation. B. Install joint bead back-up in all joints in excess of 5/8-inch depth, and joints that have no back-up therein,placing the joint bead in the joint in a manner that will assure a constant depth 1/8 inch greater than the sealant and caulking material depth tolerances. 1. Set beads into joints continuously, by slightly stretching during placement, to permit compression against sides of joint,without surface wrinkles or buckles. 2. Do not stretch back-up material into joints. C. Install bond breaker in joints where shown in the Drawings and wherever recommended by the sealant manufacturer to prevent bond of the sealant to surfaces where such bond might impair the Work. D. Apply masking tape or other precautions to prevent migration or spillage of materials onto adjoining surfaces. E. Apply urethane sealant and latex caulking materials into joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using mechanical or power caulking gun equipped with nozzle of appropriate size, with sufficient pressure to completely fill the joints. 1. The depth of sealant and caulking materials shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the specific joint function, but in no case exceed 1/2-inch in depth, nor less than 1/4-inch, regardless of the joint width. 2. Maintain the outer edge of the sealant and caulking materials, where side faces of joints are in the same plane, back 1/8-inch from the faces. 3. Apply sealant in continuous beads without open joints, voids or air pockets so as to provide a watertight and airtight seal for the entire joint length. 4. After placement of the sealant and caulking materials, concave-tool the surfaces to uniform density, using a water-wet tool. Do not use detergents or soapy water for the tooling operations. 5. Remove the temporary masking tape immediately after tooling, and before the sealant or caulking material has taken initial set. F. Apply pouring self-leveling urethane sealant (Sealant designation HL) into horizontal joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, to a level approximately 1/16 inch below adjacent surfaces. 1. Apply sealant without open joints, voids or air pockets so as to provide a watertight and airtight seal for the entire joint length. 7/15/2013 07900- 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Weather conditions must be dry and of the temperature, as recommended by sealant manufacturer, during application operations. 2. Surface receiving work of this section must be absolutely dry and dust free. All joints receiving sealant/caulking materials and primers shall be subject to the approval of the sealant manufacturer for proper use of specified materials. B. Thoroughly clean all joints,removing all loose mortar, oil, grease, dust, frost, and other foreign materials that will prevent proper adhesion of primers and sealant materials. 1. Clean ferrous metals of all rust and coatings by wire brush, grinding or sandblasting. Remove oil, grease and protective coatings with cleaners recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2. Where sealant is indicated to replace existing, thoroughly remove existing sealant and backing, scrape and clean surfaces. Renovate sealant joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and reviewed shop drawings. Remove all existing sealant residue from joint surfaces using chemical cleaners and solvents which are acceptable to sealant manufacturer. C. Prime joint substrates, as recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, as based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or as based upon prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. D. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. E. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C 804 and C 790 for solvent and latex base solvents, respectively. 3.03 PREPARATION FOR REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING SEALANT A. Remove existing joint sealants and backing as shown on drawings and identified during pre-installation conference and inspection(Article 3.1 herein above). Do not remove silicone joints to be recapped and joints to be covered with silicone seals. B. Cut existing sealant close to joint edges. C. Clean joint with power or hand wire brush, grinding, saw cutting, or solvent cleaning to depth at which replacement backing and sealant are to be installed. D. Blow out dust, loose particles, and debris with moisture and oil-free compressed air. Remove any pieces of caulk and backer rod lodged in joint. 7/15/2013 07900- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 7. GE Silicones,product "Silicone lI Paintable Sealant". 8. GE Silicones,product"U1traGlaze SSG4000". 9. Tremco,product"Proglaze SSG". 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Compressible joint bead back-up: Compressible closed cell polyethylene, extruded polyolefin or polyurethane foam rod complying with ASTM C 1330, Type C, 1/3 greater in diameter than width of joint. Shape and size of compressible back-up shall be as recommended by manufacturer for the specific condition used. Provide one of the following, or equal. 1. Construction Foam Products (Division of Nomaco, Inc.), Zebulon,NC,product "HBR Closed Cell". 2. Industrial Thermo Polymers Ltd., Brampton, Ontario CN,product"ITP Standard Backer Rod". 3. BASF Construction Chemicals (Sonneborn), Shakopee MN,product "Sonolastic Closed Cell Backer Rod". 4. W.R. Meadows Inc., Hampshire, IL, product"Sealtight Kool-Rod". B. Primers: Furnish and install joint primers of the types, and to the extent, recommended by the respective sealant manufacturers for the specific joint materials and joint function. C. Bond-breaker tape, and temporary masking tape: Of types as recommended by the manufacturer of the specific sealant and caulking material used at each application, and completely free from contaminants which would adversely affect the sealant and caulking materials. 1. At joints between units at inside right angles: Weathercap "Type B" Cove cap. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance. B. Inspect existing joints to be renovated. 1. Verify joint sealants, backing, and other materials containing PCBs and other hazardous materials have been removed. 2. Verify joint substrates and adjoining materials are structurally sound. 3. Verify joints to be renovated can be satisfactorily repaired with specified methods and materials. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 7/15/2013 07900- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. Sika,product, "Sika Sil-C 995". 5. Tremco,product, "Spectrem 2". O. Joint Sealer Type SE (Silicone, Exterior construction): One-part low modulus, moisture curing, synthetic rubber sealant, having a useful life expectancy of at least 20 years, conforming to ASTM C 920, Type S,NS, Class 25, FS TT-S-001543A, Type, Class A with a minimum movement capability of+100 percent and-50 percent, equal to the following: 1. Dow Corning,product, "790". 2. GE Silicones, product, "SCS9000 SilPruf NB". 3. Sika, product"Sika Sil-C 990". 4. Tremco, product"Spectrem I". P. Joint Sealer Type SF (Silicone, Food contact): One component silicone rubber, acceptable to local health officials, conforming to U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulation 21 CFR 175.105 and 175.300,FS TT-S-00 I 543A, Type Non-Sag, Class A, and ASTM C 920, Type NS, Class 25, Use NT, G, O and A with a minimum movement capability of±25 percent, and a Shore A minimum hardness of 20, equal to the following: 1. Dow Corning, product, "732". 2. GE Silicones, product "Series SCSI 000". 3. GE Silicones, product"SilPruf SCS2000". 4. Tremco, product"Spectrem 2". 5. GE Silicones, product"Max 3500". 6. Tremco, product "Tremflex 834". 7. Pecora, product "AC-20+ Silicone". Q. Joint Sealer Type SM (Silicone, Mildew-resistant): USDA approved one component acetoxy silicone rubber, mildew resistant, acceptable to local health officials, conforming to U.S. Food and Drug Administration regulation 21 CFR 177.2600, FS TT-S-00 I 543A, Type Non-Sag, Class A, and FS TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class A and ASTM C 920, Type S, Class 25, Grade NS,use NT,G and A with a minimum movement capability of±25 percent, and a Shore A hardness of 20, equal to the following: 1. BASF (Sonneborn),product "OmniPlus". 2. Dow Corning, product 786". 3. GE Silicones,product "Sanitary 1700". 4. Tremco,product "Tremsil 200". 5. Pecora, product "898". 6. Dow Corning, product 756 SMS Building Sealant". 7/15/2013 07900- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. Sika, product "Sikaflex 2CNS". L. Joint Sealer Type PE (Polyether): Low modulus type, Single-component non-sagging gun-grade, low-odor,neutral curing polyether, sealant, conforming to FS TT-S- 000227E, Type II, Class A, and ASTM C 920, Type S, Class 25, Grade NS, use NT, T, M, G, A and O with a minimum movement capability of±25 percent, equal to the following: 1. BASF (Sonneborn),product, "Sonolastic 150". 2. STS Coatings,product"GreatSeal PE-150" Sealant. 3. Chem Link,product"MetaLink". 4. York Manufacturing, product: "PE-150 Liquid Tape". M. Joint Sealer Type "PS" (Polysulfide Rubber Sealant): Two-component non-sagging gun grade, low-VOC, activated cure polysulfide rubber sealant, conforming to FS TT-S-000227E, Type 1I, Class A (excluding Section 3.5.7 stain and color change), and ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, use NT, M, G and A with a minimum movement capability of+25 percent. Sealant shall additionally exceed the test requirements of ASTM C1247 for continuous immersion service in liquids and comply with NSF Standards 61, Section 6. 1. Tested properties: a. Percent Solids as tested per ASTM C 1250: 100 percent. b. VOC with activator: 20g/L. c. Joint Movement as tested per ASTM C 1250:: plus or minus 25 percent. d. Hardness (Shore A) as tested per ASTM C 1250: 25 to 30. e. Elongation as tested per ASTM D 412: 500 to 550 percent. £ Tensile Strength as tested per ASTM D 412: 150 to 200 psi. g. 100 percent Modulus as tested per ASTM D 412: 50 psi. h. 200 percent Modulus as tested per ASTM D 412: 80 psi. 2. Acceptable products are limited to the following: a. Pecora,product "Synthacalk GC 2+". 1) Required Primer for immersion service, Pecora product"Synthacalk P53+ Primer". N. Joint Sealer Type SC (Silicone, general construction): One-part medium modulus, natural cure, synthetic sealant,having a useful life expectancy of at least 20 years, conforming to ASTM C 920, Type S,NS, Class 25, use NT, G, A, M, O with a minimum movement capability of±50 percent, equal to the following: 1. Dow Corning, product, "791". 2. GE Silicones, product, "Silpruf'. 3. Pecora, product, "895". 7/15/2013 07900- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. Joint Sealer Type HL2 (Horizontal-self-Leveling, 2-component): Pouring grade self- leveling multi-component urethane sealant, conforming to FS TT-S-000227E, Type I, Class A, and ASTM C 920, with a minimum movement capability of±25 percent, equal to the following: 1. BASF (Sonneborn),product, "Sonolastic SL 2" (self-leveling grade). 2. Sika,product, "Sikaflex 2CSL". 3. Tremco, product, "THC-900/THC-901". H. Joint Sealer Type HT (Horizontal-Trowel): Trowel grade multi-component modified- urethane or neutral-cure silicone paste sealant, conforming to FS TT-S-000227E, Type I, Class A, and ASTM C 920, with a minimum movement capability of±25 percent, equal to the following: 1. BASF (Sonneborn),product"Sonolastic SL 2 (slope grade)" (urethane). 2. GE silicones,product"Tossea1811"(silicone). 3. Pecora, product"Dynatred"(urethane). 4. Sika,product "Sikaflex 2CTG" (urethane). 5. Tremco, product"THC-901" (urethane). 1. Joint Sealer Type P1 (Polyurethane 1-component): Low modulus single component gun-grade polyurethane sealant, non-sagging, conforming to FS TT-S-000230C, Type 1, Class A, and ASTM C 920, Type S, Class 12-1/2, Grade NS, use NT,M, A and O lowk with a minimum movement capability of+25 percent, equal to the following: 1. BASF (Sonneborn),product "Sonolastic NP1". 2. Pecora, product "Dynatrol P'. 3. Sika,product"Sikaflex". 4. Tremco,product"Vulkem 116", or"Dymonic". J. Joint Sealer Type P1+ (polyurethane 1-component): Low modulus single component gun-grade polyurethane sealant, non-sagging, conforming to FS TT-S-000230C, Type 1, Class A, and ASTM C 920, Type S, Class 50, Grade NS, use NT,M, A and O with a minimum movement capability of+50/-50 percent, equal to the following: 1. Tremco,product"Dymeric 240 FC". K. Joint Sealer Type P2 (Polyurethane, Multi-component): Low modulus type, Multi- component non-sagging gun-grade polyurethane sealant, conforming to FS TT-S- 000227E, Type II, Class A, and ASTM C 920, Type M, Class 25, Grade NS, use NT,M, A and O with a minimum movement capability of±25 percent, equal to the following: 1. BASF (Sonneborn), product"Sonolastic NP2". 2. Tremco, product"Dymeric 240/Dymeric 240FC". 3. Pecora,product"Dynatrol 11". 7/15/2013 07900- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Tremco,product"Tremco Acoustical Sealant". 2. USG,product "USG Acoustical Sealant". 3. Pecora,product "AC-20 FTR". C. Joint Sealer Type AP (Acrylic painters caulk): One component acrylic latex caulking compound, conforming to FS 19-TP-21M and ASTM C 834 Type P, Grade NF, paintable within 24 hours after application, with a minimum movement capability of ±12.5 percent, equal to one of the following: 1. BASF (Sonneborn),product, "Sonolac". 2. Tremco,product, "Tremflex 834". 3. Bostik, product, "Chem-Calk 600". 4. Pecora,product"AC-20+". 5. Tremco,product"Mono 555". 6. Pecora,product Unicrylic. D. Joint Sealer Type B (Butyl): Gun-grade modified butyl and polyisobutylene sealant, conforming to FS TT-S-001657, Type I, and ASTM C-834, with a movement capability of f 10 percent or better and a Shore A hardness of 24 to 28, equal to one of the following: 1. Tremco, product`Butyl Sealant". 2. Pecora,product "BC-158". E. Joint Sealer Type BP2 (Bitumen modified polyurethane, Multi-component): Pouring grade self-leveling bitumen modified two component urethane sealant, conforming to ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25 and FS SS-S-00227E, Type 1, Class A, with a minimum movement capability of+50/-25 percent, equal to one of the following: 1. BASF (Sonneborn),product"Sonomeric 2". 2. Pecora, product "Urexpan NR-300". 3. Tremco,product"Vulkem 202". 4. Sika,product "Sikaflex 2CNS". F. Joint Sealer Type HL (Horizontal-self-Leveling, 1-component): Pouring grade self- leveling modified urethane or neutral cure silicone sealant, conforming to FS TT-S- 000230C, Type 1, Class A, and ASTM C 920 Type S, Grade P, Class 25, with a minimum movement capability of±25 percent, equal to the following: L BASF (Sonneborn),product, "SL I" (urethane). 2. GE silicones, product"Tosseal 817" (silicone). 3. Sika,product, "Sikaflex 1CSL" (urethane). 4. Tremco, product"Vulkem 45"/45 SSL (urethane). OW 7/15/2013 07900- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition achieve air tight and watertight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified Manufacturers and Products: To establish a standard of quality, design and function desired, Drawings and specifications have been based on the products specified under this section for each individual sealant type, for the applications scheduled at the end of Section, and as may be additionally identified on the Drawings. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. BASF Construction Chemicals (Sonneborn), Shakopee MN. 2. Chem Link Inc., Schoolcraft, MI. 3. Dow Corning Corporation, Midland MI. 4. Momentive Performance Materials (GE Silicones), Waterford NY. 5. Pecora Corporation, Harleysville PA. 6. Sika Corp, Lyndhurst NJ. 7. STS Coatings, Inc., Comfort TX. 8. Tremco, Inc., Beachwood OH. 9. United States Gypsum Company (USG), Chicago IL. 10. York Manufacturing, Inc., Sanford ME. 2.02 SEALANT MATERIALS A. Sealant Materials, General Requirements: 1. Only use sealant and primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content: a. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. b. Roofing Sealants: 450 g/L. c. Roadway Sealants: 250 g/L. d. Sealant primer: 250 g/L. 2. Sealants containing aromatic solvents, fibrous talc, formaldehyde, halogenated solvents, mercury, lead, cadmium, chromium and their compounds, are not permitted. B. Joint Sealer Type AA (Acrylic acoustical): One component acrylic latex,permanently elastic, non-staining, non-shrinking, non-migrating and paintable. 7/15/2013 07900- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition c. Use fingers to grasp 2 inch piece of sealant above 1 in. mark; pull firmly down at 90 degree angle or more while holding a straightedge along side of sealant. Pull sealant out of joint to the distance recommended by sealant manufacturer for testing adhesive capability, but not less than that equaling specified maximum movement capability in extension; hold this position for 10 seconds. 5. Evaluation of field test results: a. For sealant evidencing adhesive failure, determine if primer is required. If so,re-test using primer. b. Sealant not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. c. Do not use sealant which fails to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 6. Submit report to Engineer with description of test,results, and recommended installation procedures to obtain proper adhesion. a. Report whether or not sealant in joint connected to pull-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .► A. Each container and package must bear an unbroken seal, test number and label of the manufacturer upon delivery to the site. Failure to comply with these requirements shall be sufficient cause for rejection of the material in question, by the Engineer and his requiring its removal from the site. New material conforming to said requirements, shall be promptly furnished at no additional cost to the Contract. 1.07 SITE CONDITIONS A. Do not install single component solvent curing sealant in enclosed building spaces. B. Environmental Requirements: Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and 24 hours after installation. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are below 40 degrees F. 2. When joint substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. C. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealers until contaminates capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from substrates. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Provide 5 year warranty under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. Warranty shall include coverage of installed sealant and accessories which fail to 7/15/2013 07900- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Perform tests under normal environmental conditions that will exist during actual installation. 2. Contractor shall submit for testing, and sealant manufacturer shall test at least 9 pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, and joint backer rods. 3. Schedule testing so that it does not delay the work. 4. Investigate materials failing these tests and obtain joint sealer manufacturer's written recommendations for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. 5. The Engineer may waive part or all of these specific testing requirements if the sealant manufacturer is able to provide written certification, demonstration to the Engineer's satisfaction, that sealant and substrates are compatible and that sealant performance and adhesion will not be compromised by project conditions. E. Product Testing: Provide comprehensive test data for each type of joint sealer based on tests conducted by a qualified independent testing laboratory on current product formulations within 24-month period preceding date of Contractor's submittal of test results to Engineer. 1. Test elastomeric sealant for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement(per ASTM C719), low-temperature flexibility, +► modulus of elasticity at 100% strain, effects of heat aging, and effects of accelerated weathering. 2. Include test results performed on joint sealers after they have cured 1 year. F. Preconstruction Field Testing: Prior to installation of joint sealants, field-test their adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Engineer. 2. Conduct field test for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate indicated. 3. Arrange for tests to take place with both Engineer and joint sealer manufacturer's technical representative present. 4. Test Method: Test joint sealers by hand pull method described below: a. Install joint sealant in 5-feet joint lengths using same materials and methods for joint preparation and joint sealant installation required for completed Work. Allow sealant to cure fully before testing. b. Make knife cuts as follows: A horizontal cut from one side of joint to the other followed by 2 vertical cuts approximately 2 inches long at side of joint and meeting horizontal cut at top of 2 inch cuts. Place a mark 1 in. from top of 2 inch piece. 7/15/2013 07900- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, chemical and physical properties and installation instructions for each item furnished hereunder. 2. Selection Samples: Sample card indicating Manufacturer's full range of colors available for selection by Engineer. 3. Verification Samples: 12 inch long samples of sealant for verification of color, installed where directed by Engineer. 4. Certificates: Manufacturer's certification that the Products supplied meet or exceed specified requirements. 5. Test and Evaluation Reports: a. Compatibility and adhesion test reports: Test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that sealant proposed for use have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with actual samples of substrates to be used on this project. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results, and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation specific to this Project. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770— PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1. Bonds and Warranty Documentation: Manufacturer's standard Warranties and Guarantees. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. B. Sole Source: Provide sealants from a single manufacturer for all work of this Section to the greatest extent possible. Each individual type of sealant installed in the Work shall be from a single manufacturer. C. Qualifications: 1. Testing Agencies: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing laboratory must demonstrate to Engineer's satisfaction that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactory testing indicated without delaying progress of the Work. D. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit samples of all materials that will contact or affect joint sealers to joint sealer manufacturers for compatibility and adhesion testing, as indicated below: 1. Use test methods standard with manufacturer to determine if priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealers to joint substrates. 7/15/2013 07900- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.03 REFERENCES Ask A. The standards referenced herein are included to establish recognized quality only. Equivalent quality and testing standards will be acceptable, subject to their timely submission, review and acceptance by the Engineer. B. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM C 717 - Standard Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants. 2. ASTM C 790—Guide for Use of Latex Sealants 3. ASTM C 804 - Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealants. 4. ASTM C 834 - Latex Sealing Compounds. 5. ASTM C 919 - Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. 6. ASTM C 920 - Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 7. ASTM C 962 - Use of Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 8. ASTM C 1085 - Butyl Rubber Based Solvent Release Sealants. 9. ASTM C 1193 - Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. 10. ASTM C 1247 - Standard Test Method for Durability of Sealants Exposed to Continuous Immersion in Liquids. Awk 11. ASTM D 1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. 12. ASTM D 3960 - Standard Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings 13. FS TT-S-00227E - Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Multi-Component. 14. FS TT-S-00230C - Sealing Compound: Elastomeric Type, Single-Component. 15. FS TT-S-001 543A - Sealing Compound, Silicone Rubber Base. 16. FS TT-S-001657 - Sealing Compound, Single Component, Butyl Rubber Based, solvent Release Type. 17. NSF /ANSI 61 —Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects. C. The following reference materials are hereby made a part of this Section by reference thereto: 1. SWRI— Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 7/15/2013 07900- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. General: The work of this Section consists of sealants and backing materials where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. 1. This Section specifies general requirements, definition of joint sealer types, and application requirements for sealant work specified within other individual specification sections. B. Prepare sealant substrate surfaces, including removal of existing sealant and backing, and thorough cleaning of joints. C. Furnish and install sealant and backing materials. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01732 - CUTTING AND PATCHING: Procedural and administrative requirements for cutting and patching. B. Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Removal of existing finishes,partitions and walls as indicated in the Drawings C. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY. D. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY. E. Section 07840 - FIRESTOPPING: Firestopping sealants and related backing materials. F. Section 08411 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED STOREFRONTS: Perimeter sealant at exterior of storefront framing. G. Section 08800 - GLAZING: Sealant used in conjunction with setting glass. H. Section 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD: Application of concealed acoustical sealant used in conjunction with gypsum board work at abutting surfaces (perimeter of partitions and walls). 1. Section 09310 - CERAMIC TILING. J. Section 09910 - PAINTING: Caulks used in preparation of applied finish coatings. 7/15/2013 07900- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Intumescent firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation (fire safing). 3. (single penetrations only)Firestop putty. 4. (electrical boxes)Firestop pads. 5. Firestop putty over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation (fire safing). H. Cable tray penetrations: 1. (floors only) Firestop mortar. 2. Firestop pillows with woven wire mesh containment, and Firestop putty, sticks or pads for filling voids. 3. Firestop pillows with woven wire mesh containment, and Firestop mortar at perimeter and firestop putty, sticks or pads for filling voids. I. Blank openings: 1. Firestop mortar. 2. Silicone Firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation (fire safing). J. Fire rated joints: 1. Silicone Firestop sealant over backer rod or bond breaker. K. Construction joints at head of wall/floor assemblies: 1. Silicone Firestop sealant/mastic over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non- combustible insulation(fire safing). 2. Elastomeric spray over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation (fire safing). L. Smoke barrier sealant for dampers, fire door frames: 1. Silicone Firestop sealant. M. Temporary sealing of openings and penetrations: 1. Firestop putty, sticks or pads. 2. Firestop pillows. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 07840- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Where penetrations occur for which no listed UL or WH Design System test exists, obtain from the firestop system manufacturer an engineered system acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction for firestopping such penetrations. Engineered system from manufacturer shall include a detail drawing showing the engineered system and shall contain no disclaimers. B. Single metal pipe (non-insulated) and conduit penetrations through walls: 1. (masonry and concrete walls only) Firestop mortar and putty. 2. Intumescent firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation(fire safing). 3. Intumescent firestop sealant with wrap strips. C. Multiple metal pipe and conduit penetrations through walls: I. Firestop mortar and putty. 2. (through masonry walls only) Firestop pillows with woven wire mesh. 3. Silicone Firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation (fire safing). D. Insulated metal pipe penetrations (single and multiple)through walls: 1. Firestop mortar with wrap strips. 2. Intumescent firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation (fire safing). 3. Intumescent firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation (fire safing) and Wrap strips. 4. (multiple penetrations through masonry walls only)Firestop pillows with woven wire mesh. E. Duct penetrations through walls: I. Rectangular and square ducts: Intumescent firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ ceramic wool non-combustible insulation(fire safing), and steel flanges provided under Division 15. 2. Round ducts: Intumescent firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ ceramic wool non- combustible insulation(fire safing). F. Combustible plastic pipe and conduit penetrations through walls: 1. Intumescent firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation(fire safing). 2. Intumescent firestop sealant with firestop collars. G. Cable penetrations through walls: 1. Silicone Firestop sealant over mineral fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation (fire safing). 7/15/2013 07840- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition fasteners recommended by insulation manufacturer. Install sealant over mineral wool -" in accordance with test requirements. G. Conclusion of work day: Wherever work is performed in areas which abut or are adjacent to Owner occupied areas, at the conclusion of the work day ensure that all penetrations and perimeter construction joints are fire stopped and that there are no openings,penetrations or construction joints left unprotected. 3.04 LABELING A. Identify through-penetration firestop systems with pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive, preprinted vinyl labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces of penetrated construction on both sides of each firestop system installation where labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestop systems. 1. Include the following information on labels WARNING: THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM-DO NOT DISTURB. NOTIFY FACILITY MANAGER OF ANY DAMAGE. • Contractor's name, address, and phone number. • Through penetration firestop systems designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. •Date of installation. • Through penetration firestop systems manufacturer's name. •Installer's name. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspecting Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent inspecting agency to inspect through-penetration firestop systems and to prepare test reports. I. Inspecting agency will state in each report whether inspected through-penetration firestop systems comply with or deviate from requirements. B. Proceed with enclosing through-penetration firestop systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued. C. Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace through-penetration firestop systems so they comply with requirements. 3.06 SCHEDULE A. General: Typical penetrations are indicated below with list of standard firestopping/smokeseal approaches. Actual firestopping materials and combination of materials will vary with size of penetration and with individual firestopping manufacturer's approved UL Design System Requirements. Use only UL Design System materials for each penetration that best matches the wall construction. 7/15/2013 07840- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Placement of dams shall not interfere with function or adversely affect the appearance of adjacent construction. C. Installation of single component silicone firestop 1. Apply with manual or powered caulking gun. 2. Apply minimum 1/2 inch thickness for 2 hour rating. Apply 1/2 inch to both sides of wall penetrations. 3. Use incombustible insulation as required to achieve fire resistance rating. 4. Surface of gun grade silicone firestop may be tooled using clean,potable water. 5. Clean excess material off of adjacent surfaces and tools within 10 minutes using either water or Xylol where the use of such would not be hazardous. D. Installation of cementitious firestop mortar. 1. Add dry powder to water and mix with mechanical mixer or hand mixing tools as recommended by firestop mortar manufacturer. Allow a average mixing time is 3 minutes and provide a average wet density of 70 pounds per cubic foot,plus or minus 5 PCF. 2. Do not apply if ambient or substrate temperature is less than 35 degrees Fahrenheit during 24 hours after application. 3. Wet all surfaces prior to application of firestop mortar. 4. Mortar may be hand applied or pumped into the opening. 5. Exposed surfaces shall be finished using conventional plastering tools prior to curing. 6. When installation around layered cables, it is recommended to increase the fluidity of the firestop mortar to provide a better fill around the cables. Vibrate or move the cables slightly to prevent voids from forming between the cables. 7. Allow 48 hours for initial cure prior to form removal. For full cure allow 27 days. 8. Wet material may be cleaned with water. Dry material may require scraping or chipping. E. Installation of firestop collars (plastic pipe only) 1. Firestop collars may be surface mounted to a slab or wall or imbedded in Firestop Mortar to a maximum depth of 2 inches. 2. For wall penetrations with ABS pipe firestop collars must be installed on both sides of the penetration to provide a 2 hour F and T Rating. All other applications required installation on one side only to provide a 2 hour F and T Rating. F. Firesafing insulation: Install firestopping safing insulation on safing clips spaced as needed between each stud, leaving no voids. Secure safing clips to slab using 7/15/2013 07840- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Inspect areas and conditions where firestops are to be installed and notify the Engineer of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and project conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface to receive firestops shall be free of dirt, dust, grease, oil, form release agents, or other matter that would impair the bond of the firestop material to the substrate or penetrating item(s). B. Voids and cracks in substrate shall be filled and unnecessary projection removed prior to installation of firestops. C. All penetrating items shall be permanently installed prior to firestop installation. D. Substrate shall be frost, free and, when applicable, dry. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Installation of firestops shall be performed by applicators/installers qualified and trained by the manufacturer. Installation shall be performed in strict accordance with manufacturer's detailed installation procedures. 2. Apply firestops in accordance with fire test reports, fire resistance requirements, acceptable sample installations, and manufacturer's recommendations. Meet building code requirements. 3. Coordinate with plumbing, mechanical, electrical, and other trades to assure that all pipe, conduit, cable, and other items which penetrate fire rated construction have been permanently installed prior to installation of firestops. Schedule and sequence the work to assure that partitions and other construction which would conceal penetrations are not erected prior to the installation of firestops. a. Ensure that all firestopping is inspected prior to installation of suspended ceilings or concealed by other finished materials. B. Dam construction 1. Install dams when required to properly contain firestopping materials within openings and as required to achieve required fire resistance rating. Combustible damming material must be removed after appropriate curing. Incombustible damming material may be left as a permanent component of the firestop system. ,,M 7/15/2013 07840- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition "* a. Bio Fireshield, product"FS-195". b. Specified Technologies, Inc.,product "Spec Seal Wrap Strip". c. 3M Company,product"Fire Barrier FS 195 Wrap Strip". d. Tremco Inc.,product "Tremco W.S". H. Mineral wool fiber/ceramic wool non-combustible insulation (fire safing): Conforming to ASTM C665, Type 1, ASTM C612, and ASTM C553 with a minimum density of 4 pounds per cubic foot. 1. Flame Spread Classification: Material shall be classified non-combustible per ASTM E-814. 2. Recycled content of slag:: Use maximum available percentage of material (slag). Mineral wool insulation products incorporated into the work shall contain not less than 75 percent of recycled material (slag)by weight. 3. Acceptable products include: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc. Sarnia Ontario, Canada,product: "Fibrex FBX" Industrial board. b. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company, Leeds, AL,product: "Delta Safing Mineral Wool". c. Roxul, Inc.,product"Roxul Safe". d. Thermafiber, Inc.product"Safing 4.0 pcf'. 4. Accessories: Provide galvanized steel safing clips as required for installation of insulation. I. Elastomeric Firestopping: Non halogenated latex based elastomeric coating applied by airless spray. 1. Acceptable products, or approved equal: a. Specified Technologies, Inc.,product"Spec Seal Elastomeric Firestop Spray". b. Bio Fireshield(A Division of Rectroseal),product"Flamesafe FS900+" c. Hilti, Inc., product"CP 6015." 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Forming and damming materials: Mineral fiberboard or other type as recommended by firestopping manufacturer. B. Primer, sealant and solvents: As recommended by manufacturer. C. Woven wire mesh: Galvanized 20 gage woven wire mesh"chicken wire" or"poultry fencing", 1 inch spacing. 7/15/2013 07840- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition d. Tremco Inc., product product"Tremsil" (Gun Grade) or"Tremsil S/L" (Self Leveling). 2. Sealants will not dissolve in water. C. Intumescent firestop sealant and caulks: Acrylic based, water resistant sealant, which will not re-emulsify after drying. 1. Acceptable products, or approved equal: a. Bio Fireshield,product"Biostop 500". b. Specified Technologies, Inc., product"Spec Seal Triple-S Sealant". c. 3M Company,product"Fire Barrier Caulk CP25WB+". d. Tremco Inc.,product"Tremstop lA". D. Firestop putty: sticks or pads. 1. Acceptable products, or approved equal: a. Bio Fireshield, product "Moldable Putty". b. Specified Technologies, Inc., product"Spec Seal Putty Bars and Pads". c. 3M Company,product "Fire Barrier Moldable Putty". d. Tremco Inc., product"Flowable Putty". E. Firestop collars: Pre-manufactured fire protective pipe sleeve, UL classified as "fill, void, or cavity material" for through penetration firestop system when tested in accordance with ASTM E-814/UL 1479. 1. Provide separated(two piece) firestop collar for application when plastic pipe system is already in place. Provide non-separated firestop collar for application prior to installation of plastic pipe system. 2. Acceptable products, or approved equal: a. 3M Company, Inc., product"Fireshield Firestop Sleeve". b. Specified Technologies, Inc., product"Spec Seal Collars". c. 3M Company, product "Fire Barrier PPD's". d. Tremco Inc.,product"Fyrecan sleeve". F. Firestop pillows: UL Classified as "fill, void, or cavity material' for through penetration firestop system when tested in accordance with ASTM E-814/UL 1479. 1. Acceptable products, or approved equal: a. Bio Fireshield, product"Fireshield Firestop Pillows". b. Specified Technologies, Inc.,product"Spec Seal Pillows". c. Tremco Inc.,product"Tremstop P.S". G. Wrap strips: 1. Acceptable products, or approved equal: 1*1W 7/15/2013 07840- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering similar products include the following, or approved equal: 1. Bio Fireshield(A Division of Rectroseal), Houston TX. 2. Dow Corning Corporation, Midland MI. 3. Hilti, Inc. Tulsa OK. 4. 3M Company, Saint Paul MN. 5. Specified Technologies, Inc., Somerville NJ. 6. Metacaulk, (A Division of Rectroseal), Houston TX. 7. Tremco, Inc., Beachwood OH. 2.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. B. Obtain certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of combustibility. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Firestop mortar: asbestos free, cementitious mortar, U.L. classified as a "fill, void, or cavity material" for through penetration firestop system when tested in accordance with ASTM/UL1479. 1. Acceptable products, or approved equal: a. Bio Fireshield, product"Novasit K-10". b. Specified Technologies, Inc.,product"Spec Seal Mortar". c. Tremco Inc., product"Tremstop M". B. Silicone Firestop sealant: Single component,non-combustible silicone elastomer firestop sealant, U.L. classified as a "fill, void, or cavity material" for through penetration firestop system when tested in accordance with ASTM E-814/UL 1479. 1. Acceptable products, or approved equal: a. Bio Fireshield,product product"Biotherm 100" (Gun Grade) or"Biotherm 200" (Self Leveling). b. Specified Technologies, Inc.,product"Spec Seal Pensil 300 Sealant(gun grade)"or"Spec Seal Pensil 300SL" (Self Leveling). c. 3M Company,product"Fire Barrier Silicone Sealants". 7/15/2013 07840- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 6. Shop drawings indicating requirements for penetrations in wall/deck intersections, change of planes, control joints, expansion joints and blank openings. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. B. Sole Source: Obtain firestop and smokeseal products from a single manufacturer, except as otherwise approved by Engineer. C. Environmental Requirements for Volatile Chemicals: Use firestopping caulks that comply with the following limits for VOC content: 1. Firestopping caulks: VOC not more than 250 g/L. D. Special Inspections: Allow for 3 percent of each type of firestopping system to be removed and inspected for conformance with approved submittals. 1. All firestopping shall be inspected prior to installation of suspended ceilings or concealed by other materials. E. Qualifications: 1. Installer: a specialized subcontractor having not less than 3 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein. a. The manufacturer of the firestop material shall submit written certification that the firm to be used for the firestop products has been trained in the application of the products by the manufacturer. 1.07 MOCK-UPS A. Provide mock-ups for purpose of verifying quality of firestop installation. B. Provide firestop samples and locate as directed. Accepted samples may remain as part of the work. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store firestopping materials in original, sealed, packages showing manufacturer's identification and date of packaging. B. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures, and in accordance with material safety data sheets. 7/15/2013 07840- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition low D. Non-combustible dams shall be constructed: 1. As necessary to achieve fire rating as tested and rated. 2. In conformance with installation requirements for type of wall, and partition construction. 3. As recommended by firestop/smokeseal manufacturer. E. Combustible damming materials, if used, must be removed after proper curing. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, and physical properties. a. Indicate requirements for manufacturer's descriptive data for products and related materials with FM, UL or Warnock-Hersey illustrations showing systems and approval of materials in systems. 2. Certificates: Manufacturer's written certification stating that firestopping materials, meet or exceed the requirements specified under this Section and that all fire-resistive requirements for the indicated combustibility,Flame (F-rating) and Temperature (T-rating)Ratings have been met. 3. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 4. Test reports: Submit fire test reports from recognized, independent testing agent(s) indicating the following: a. Fire test report of firestop material applied to substrate and penetration materials similar to project conditions. Tests to indicate both Flame(F- rating) and Temperature (T-rating) Ratings. b. Test reports of products to be used shall indicate conformance to ASTM E- 814. 5. On-site sample installation to be included in Work: Minimum thirty days prior to application in any area provide samples of firestop and smokeseal materials and installation in accordance with the following requirements. a. Apply one sample of appropriate firestop and smokeseal material for each different penetration and fire rating required for the work. b. Sample areas will comply with thickness, fire resistance ratings, and finished appearance of the project and applicable fire code. c. Acceptance samples will constitute standard of acceptance for method of application, thickness, and finished appearance for firestop and smokeseal application. The sample(s) shall remain visible during completion of the work and shall remain as part of the completed work. 7/15/2013 07840- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Division 15 - FIRE PROTECTION: Fire protection system penetrations through fire resistance rated construction. E. Division 15 - PLUMBING: Plumbing system penetrations through fire resistance rated construction. F. Division 15 - HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING: Heating, ventilating and air conditioning system penetrations through fire resistance rated construction. G. Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: Electrical penetrations through fire resistance rated construction. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. The standards referenced herein are included to establish recognized minimum quality only. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. Equivalent quality and testing standards will be acceptable, subject to their timely submission, review and acceptance by the Engineer. 1. ASTM E-84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E-119 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 3. ASTM E-814 - Test Method of Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. 4. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. 5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. 6. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide materials and work to conform to Building Code Requirements in fire resistant wall assemblies. B. Manufacturer's certified product test requirements: 1. All firestop/smokeseal material shall be tested by a recognized, independent testing agency and shall conform to both Flame (F-rating) and Temperature (T-rating) requirements of ASTM E-814. 2. Conform to UL Fire Hazard Classification Requirements. 3. Tested and classified non-combustible per ASTM E-84. C. Firestops in place shall be of sufficient thickness, width, and density to provide a fire resistance rating at least equal to the wall, or partition construction into which it is installed. look 7/15/2013 07840- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition , ►. SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install fireproof firestopping, firesafing materials, smoke seals and related accessories required for this Project for all penetrations through fire resistance rated construction, including, but not limited to,penetrations for plumbing, fire suppression,heating, ventilating and air conditioning, electrical systems, and specialized equipment. 1. Fire resistance rated construction requiring firestopping includes, but is not limited to: rated partitions, smoke barriers, smoke partitions, partitions in rated corridors,passageways and stairs, shaft partitions, shaft wall (vertical and horizontal), area separation fire walls,party wall systems, and temporary fire resistant rated partitions and barriers. 2. Provide removable temporary firestopping(pillows) as required to maintain fire integrity prior to Owner's final acceptance, to permit installation of electrical, telephone, data and sound system wiring. Replace temporary firestopping with permanent, after wiring systems are completed. B. Furnish and install firestopping/smoke seals at construction joints occurring at tops of fire resistance rated partitions, smoke partitions, and temporary partitions between top of partition and underside of deck above. C. Furnish and install all firestopping, firesafing, and smoke seals at perimeter of floor/roof construction and exterior wall systems, as indicated and where required by applicable codes. D. Furnish and install all firestopping, firesafing, and smoke seals at expansion joints in chase walls where expansion joints are not exposed to view. E. Furnish and install all firestopping, firesafing, and smoke seals where required by applicable codes and as additionally required by authorities having jurisdiction at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01732 - CUTTING AND PATCHING: Procedural and administrative requirements for cutting and patching. B. Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY: Masonry partitions. C. Section 09290 - Gypsum BOARD: Gypsum wallboard fireproofing. 7/15/2013 07840- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. Heat weld skirt of membrane accessories and flashing. Welded seams shall be 3 inches wide minimum using machined welding equipment, and 4 inches with hand welding equipment. Make a close and visual inspection for the full length of each field weld. 1. Inspect all lap edges,repair all unsealed areas, voids and fishmouths. H. Provide additional membrane securement at expansion joints, curbs, skylights, and similar roof top penetrations, at interior wall and penthouse perimeters, and at any angle change which exceeds 2 inches in on horizontal foot. 1. Install 2 inch diameter Cadium or Fluorocarbon steel seam fastening plates, 3 inches to 6 inches from inside and outside corners where additional membrane securement is required and where recommended by roofing manufacturer. Space fastening plates not greater than 12 inches on center. 2. Weld polyvinyl chloride flashing over installed fastening plates as recommended by roofing manufacturer, and in no case provide flashing of less than 6 inches in width and at ends of flashing,provide a minimum 2 inch space from edge of plate. I. Extend membrane up cant strips and a minimum of 8 inches onto vertical surfaces. J. Install termination bars with screw fasteners located 6 or 12 inches on center. Install roofing manufacturer's recommended sealant along top and bottom edges of termination bar. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Roofing subcontractor to correct all deficiencies in roof as determined by roof sample analysis and as prescribed by roof system manufacturer. Should additional samples be required, these cost will be borne by the roofing applicator. 3.08 CLEANING A. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by work of this section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their instructions. B. Repair or replace defaced, or disfigured finishes caused by the work of this Section. 3.09 PROTECTION A. Provide special protection or avoid traffic on completed work. Contractor is responsible to restore to original condition, or replace, work and roofing materials damaged by work of other trades. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 07542 - 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Do not subject polymeric materials to contact with petroleum, grease, oil, solvents, vegetable or mineral oil, nor animal fat. Prevent contact with hot pipes, and ducts. 3. Cements and bonding adhesive contain petroleum distillates and are extremely volatile and flammable. Avoid breathing vapors and do not use near fire or flame. 4. Ensure that welding and bonding surfaces are dry during installation. 3.05 INSTALLATION - INSULATION A. Install only as much insulation as can be covered with roofing membrane and completed before the end of the day's work, or before the onset of inclement weather. B. Place the constant thickness insulation of first layer and the subsequent tapered insulation to the required slope pattern in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Neatly fit insulation to all penetrations,projections, and nailers. Loosely butt edges and ends of insulation with gaps not greater than 1/4 inch. D. Secure insulation to substrate with mechanical anchors of type and spacing indicated by membrane manufacturer; but in no case provide less than one anchor per 4 square feet of surface area, or less anchorage than required by FM "Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28". ,. 3.06 INSTALLATION - MEMBRANE A. General: Begin application at the highest point of the highest roof level and work to the lowest point. Proceed in a work sequence to minimize construction traffic on completed areas of roofing. B. 12 inch on center at 1/2 sheets (36 inch width sheets) or 18 inches on center at seams on 60 inch width full sheets. C. Apply membrane in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Roll out membrane, free from wrinkles or tears. Inspect sheet for defects as it is being rolled out. Place sheet into place. Align sheet with previous sheet to obtain a lap width of not less 4-1/2 inches. E. Make cutouts in membrane for protrusions such that when the skirts on the factory fabricated accessories, when welded to the deck membrane, will cover the cutouts. Fasten around cutouts with approved fasteners. F. Clean and dry welding joint areas of both membrane sheets. Weld membrane as recommended by manufacturer without wrinkles and voids. Apply pressure to the lap to ensure contact. 7/15/2013 07542 - 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.03 EMERGENCY MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES A. Maintain continuous temporary protection prior to and during installation of new roofing system. Do not leave unfinished roof areas uncovered over-night or during inclement weather. 1. Provide temporary protective sheeting over uncovered deck surfaces. 2. Turn sheeting up and over parapets and curbing. Retain sheeting in position with weights or temporary fasteners. 3. Provide for surface drainage from sheeting to existing drainage facilities. 4. Do not permit traffic over unprotected or repaired deck surface. B. Maintain on site equipment and materials necessary to apply emergency temporary coverage in the event of sudden storms or inclement weather. C. Do not install more insulation than can be covered by roofing system in the same workday. Do not apply more roofing than can be properly fastened and sealed in the same workday. Ensure that water does not flow beneath any completed sections of the roofing system, provide temporary closures. D. Roofing Subcontractor is fully responsible for all damage due to water penetration occurring during the Work of this Section. A* 3.04 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. The entire work of this Section shall be performed in accordance with the best standards of practice relating to trades involved. B. Follow local, state and federal regulations, safety standards and codes. When a conflict exists, the more restrictive document shall govern. C. Follow insurance underwriter's requirements acceptable for use with specified products or systems. D. The roof system manufacturer's Technical Specifications shall be considered a part of this specification and should be used as a reference for specific application procedures and recommendations. Where a conflict does exist between the manufacturer's written specifications and those procedures specified in this Section, the more stringent requirements meeting the Manufacturer's requirements for the provided warranty shall apply. E. Review all special conditions, such as at projections, at connections to sheet metal gravel stops, flashings, and similar materials with the Roofing Manufacturer, submit the Roofing Manufacturer's recommendations and details to the Designer for approval. F. Special Cautions: 1. Do not use oil-based or plastic roof cement. 7/15/2013 07542 - 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Furnishing portable ladders and mobile platforms of all required heights, which may be necessary to perform the work of this trade, are the responsibility this Filed Subcontractor. 4. Enclose all exterior scaffolding outside of the construction fence with 8-foot high plywood enclosure at end of each work day to prohibit access to the scaffolding by unauthorized individuals. 2.06 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT A. All hoisting equipment, rigging equipment, crane services and lift machinery required for the work by this Filed Subcontractor shall be furnished, installed, operated and maintained in safe conditions by this Filed Subcontractor, as referenced under Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. B. Verify edge nailers, curbs and penetrations are in place prior to roofing, so that the roof system can be installed as continuously as possible. C. Verify the roof deck, and related surfaces are clean, smooth, flat, free of depressions, waves, or projections,properly sloped to drains, and suitable for installation of roof system. D. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice. E. Any condition requiring correction or completion shall be corrected or completed prior to the installation of the roofing system. Notify Contractor of unacceptable conditions. F. Do not proceed until defects are corrected. G. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate and site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Carefully broom clean substrate immediately prior to roofing application. B. Where surface joints at roof and wall substrates exceed 1/4-inch width, fill flush with surface with pourable sealer or insulating foam before proceeding with the installation. Aw 7/15/2013 07542 - 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Georgia-Pacific Building Products, Atlanta, GA,product: "DensDeck Roof Board". c. United States Gypsum Company, Chicago, IL, product: "Securock Glass- Mat Roof Board". E. Insulation fastening plates,minimum 3 inches square. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. Screws: Steel fastener with fluorocarbon coating, complying with FM 4470 corrosion resistance test.. Minimum thread diameter 0.22 inches and minimum shank diameter of 0.172 inches, as recommended by roofing manufacturer. Nail type fasteners are not permitted. B. Flat securement bars: 1 inch wide, aluminum or galvanized steel bar or extruded aluminum, 1/8 inch thickness, pre-punches at 12 inches on center; bar shall have a G90 coating (steel). C. Wind uplift securement bars: 14 gage hot-galvanized dipped U shaped bar, 1 inch wide by 1/8 inch wall thickness, prepunched at 12 inches on center. D. Adhesive: Roofing manufacturers contact adhesive. E. Sealant: Gun grade, non-sagging, urethane sealant, conforming to federal Specification TT-S-230C, Type II Class A, and ASTM C920, in manufacturer's standard colors as selected by the . F. Roof metal: As required by manufacturer's shop drawings. G. Miscellaneous materials: Best grade or quality as furnished or approved by the roofing manufacturer for the specific application. 2.05 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING A. General: Filed Subcontractors shall obtain required permits for, and provide scaffolds, staging, and other similar raised platforms, required to access their Work as specified in Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and herein. 1. Scaffolding and staging required for use by this Filed Subcontractor pursuant to requirements of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES shall be furnished, erected, maintained in a safe condition, and dismantled when no longer required, by this Filed Sub-Trade requiring such scaffolding. 2. Each Filed Subcontractor is responsible to provide, maintain and remove at dismantling, all tarpaulins and similar protective measures necessary to cover scaffolding for inclement weather conditions other than those required to be provided, maintained and removed by the General Contractor pursuant to MGL (Refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and as additionally required for dust control). 7/15/2013 07542 - 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. Cant Strips, tapered edge strips and flashing accessories: Types recommended by manufacturer of polyvinyl chloride material,provided at locations indicated and at locations recommended by manufacturer, including adhesive tapes, flashing cements, and sealants. 2.03 INSULATION MATERIALS A. General: Insulation shall be approved by the roof manufacturer, and shall be UL listed and FM approved. 1. Roof insulation is included as a system component under the specified"Total System"warranty and therefore shall either be furnished by the roofing manufacturer or be otherwise in compliance with the requirements of the roof system warranty . B. Acceptable manufacturers: subject to approval of roofing manufacturer and the following specification requirements are: 1. Atlas Roofing Corporation, Atlanta, GA. 2. The Dow Chemical Co., Midland, MI. 3. Hunter Panels, Portland, ME. 4. Johns Manville Roofing System, Denver, CO. C. Polyisocyanurate foam insulation manufactured with HCFC 14 pound blowing agent and bonded to glass fiber reinforced facers on top and bottom surfaces during the manufacturing process. Insulation shall conform to property requirements of FS HH- I-1972/GEN and FS HH-I-1972/2 1. Thickness as indicated on Drawings. 2. Density: 2.0 pounds per cubic foot(ASTM D-1622). 3. Compressive strength: 20 psi (ASTM D1621). 4. Moisture vapor transmission: Less than 1 perm (ASTM E-96). 5. Water absorption: Less than 1 percent per volume (ASTM C209). 6. Provide tapered insulation system as required to meet elevations and slopes shown on drawings or as required by membrane manufacturer, which ever is more stringent. Provide cants and crickets at drains as necessary. D. Overlayment(recovery)board: 1/2 inch thick complying with ASTM C 1177 and FM 4450, Class I, non structural glass mat faced, noncombustable, water-resistant treated gypsum core panel. 1. Acceptable manufacturers and products: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: a. CertainTeed Corporation, Valley Forge PA., product: "GlasRoc Roof Board" Aowp%4 7/15/2013 07542 - 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Sika Sarnafil Inc., Canton, MA. 2. Bond Cote, Pulaski, VA. 3. GenFlex Roofing Systems, Indianapolis, IN. 2.02 ROOFING MATERIALS A. Membrane: 72 mil thick, manufacturer's standard"bright white" surface color, glass fiber fabric reinforced plasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conforming to ASTM D- 4434 (latest edition), Type II, Grade 1, equal to Sika Sarnafil type "G410 Energy Smart"membrane, conforming to ASTM D-4434, Type 2, Grade 1. I. Sheet width: Nominally 6 feet wide sheets(full-width sheets). 2. Roofing membrane shall have conform to the following minimal properties: ASTM Property Test Resultant Value Method Tensile Strength: D-638 15001bf. Tear Strength: D-1004 10 lbf./in. Breaking Strength: D-751 2701bf./in. Elongation: D-638 20 percent, MDxCD Seam Strength: D-638 80 percent of breaking strength. Heat Aging, D-638 Retaining 95 percent of Tensil Strength tensil strength for heat aged at 176 degrees F. for 7 days. B. Flashing membrane: 72 mil thick, white surface color, plasticized PVC, fiberglass reinforced, ASTM D-4434, Type II, Grade 1. having a minimal tensil strength of 1,600 psi when testing in compliance with ASTM D-638. C. Coated metal flashing: PVC laminated to 25 gage steel, with a zinc coating supplied by the hot-dip process conforming to ASTM A525 or A526, A90 or G90 coating weight standard equal to Sanaclad. 1. Prefabricated edge metal. D. Securement discs: 20 gage 2 inch square fluorocarbon coated steel,punched on center for securement of membrane. 7/15/2013 07542 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. Distribute any materials stored on roof levels for immediate use to prevent concentrated loads that would impose excessive strain on deck or structural members. Protect roof stored materials to prevent displacement by the wind and protect from exposure to inclement weather and sun. G. Damaged material: Remove any damaged or contaminated materials from job site immediately, including materials in broken packages, or show other evidence of damage, unless specifically authorizes correction thereof and usage on project. 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not remove existing roofing when weather conditions threaten the integrity of the building contents or intended continued occupancy. B. Apply roofing in dry weather; do not install roofing in inclement weather or when precipitation is predicted with greater than 20 percent possibility. C. Do not apply roofing membrane to damp or frozen deck surface. D. Apply roofing in ambient temperature approved by roof system manufacturer. 1.13 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing work, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. B. Notify manufacturer's representative 48 hours in advance for deck acceptance. Plan the lay-up of roofing membrane with respect to deck slope; avoid situations where excessive drainage could pass into completed roofing. C. The Roofing applicator shall maintain communication with roofing manufacturer's representative to inform of progress and to schedule period sample testing. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Deliver to the Owner upon completion of the work of this Section, a conditional warranty for the roofing system, on the work of this Section agreeing to promptly repair the roofing as necessary to prevent penetration of water through it. 1. Warranty shall cover product quality,performance, and workmanship for a period of 20 years. 2. Warranty shall include total roofing system, insulation and membrane flashings. 3. Warranty shall provide coverage for maximum peak gust wind speed of 72 miles per hour. 7/15/2013 07542 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition acceptance of the project, furnish to Owner, implemented manufacturer's warranty certification. B. Submit Manufacturer's field quality control reports of field inspections, including, revised"as-built" shop drawings and manufacturer's final punch list. C. All roofing shall be as described in this Section and shall be provided and approved by the roof system manufacturer. Any materials not manufactured or provided by manufacturer shall have written approval from the manufacturer stating the materials are acceptable and are compatible with the other materials and systems required. D. UL Listing: Provide UL list Class "A"roofing materials. E. The roof system manufacturer's Technical Specifications shall be considered a part of this specification and should be used as a reference for specific application procedures and recommendations. Where a conflict does exist between the manufacturer's written specifications and those procedures specified in this Section, the more stringent requirements meeting the Manufacturer's minimum requirements for the provided warranty shall apply. 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. Roofing applicator, with a minimum of 3 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type and size specified herein, and approved by product manufacturer. 1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to applicable building codes for roofing system installation requirements and limitations. When a conflict exists, the more restrictive document will govern. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened containers or packages with labels and package seals intact and legible. B. Store all materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Store rolled goods on clean, raised platforms. Store other materials in dry areas, protected from water and direct sunlight. C. Do not expose stored curable roofing materials and accessories, including uncured flashing, adhesives, sealants and pourable sealer, to a constant temperature in excess of 80 degrees Fahrenheit. D. Provide continuous protection of stored materials against deterioration for duration of project. E. Store insulation on dunnage and completely cover with a water-resistant breathable material. Provide weights to prevent wind damage to insulation. 7/15/2013 07542 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Review statement: Written statement, signed by the roofing applicator, stating that the Contract Drawings have been reviewed by an agent of the roofing system manufacturer; accompanied by a pre-installation written statement from the manufacturer that the selected roof system is proper, compatible, and adequate for the application shown. a. Provide certification from roofing manufacturer that system meets all identified code requirements. b. The roofing applicator will notify the and Owner in writing if the existing conditions when exposed are in conflict with the Contract Documents for the proper application of the selected roofing system or the warranty requirements. 4. Project roofing superintendent's resume and project experience list for similar installations. 5. Shop drawings: a. Setting plans for insulation, showing types of insulation, thickness and direction of slopes. b. Fully dimensioned 1/4-inch scale plans of roof. Indicate on plans, major areas of patching existing roofing and all areas of new roofing. Plans shall show changes in level,key locations of details, all roof penetrations,roof slopes and direction of slope. Indicate on plans any areas of proposed staging and material storage on roof. c. Large scale design details, minimum of 1-1/2 inch per foot scale, showing perimeter flashing conditions and penetrations. Details shall show dimensions of actual measurements taken at the project and reflect actual conditions; manufacturer's standard preprinted details will not be accepted as substitute for shop drawings. 6. Verification samples: a. Provide 8-1/2 by 11 inch samples of roofing membrane and membrane flashing materials. b. Provide 12 inch long samples of membrane batten. c. Provide 12 inch long samples of each metal flashing type. B. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT: 1. Manufacturer's field quality control reports of field inspections, including, revised"as-built" shop drawings and manufacturer's final punch list. 2. Manufacturer's warranties: Include coverage of materials and installation. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer's authorized technical representative shall provide a final inspection at the completion of the project to insure, that the project has been completed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Upon approval and 7/15/2013 07542 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.05 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements,the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM D4434/D4434M - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) Sheet Roofing. 2. FM: Roof Assembly Classifications and Loss Prevention requirements I-28 and I-29S. 3. FM 4470 - Corrosion Resistance Testing. 4. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations for fire- resistance roof ratings. B. The following reference materials are hereby made a part of this Section by reference thereto: 1. NRCA - Roofing and Waterproofing Manual, Latest edition. 1.06 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate work of this Filed Subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. B. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals,required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed Subcontract, have been received and approved by the . C. Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, physical properties and installation instructions for each item furnished hereunder. a. Manufacturer's written and notarized certification that roofing membrane furnished for project has been treated with specified"dirt-repellent"acrylic coating. b. Material Safety Data Sheets for products submitted. 2. Manufacturer's specimen warranties: Provide sample copies of manufacturers' actual warranties for all materials to be furnished under this Section, clearly defining all terms, conditions, and time periods for the coverage thereof. 7/15/2013 07542 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.02 SUMMARY Am A. Removal of existing roofing system as required for preparation of new membrane roof system where indicated. B. Furnish and install the following: 1. Adhered polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sheet roofing_system, including insulation and roof edging. 2. Flashing at all penetrations through the roofing system and at all materials which abut roofing system. C. Patch and repair existing roofing at new construction or where existing roof scheduled to remain is damaged by the work of this Contract. D. Provide manufacturer's pre-construction and final inspection as specified herein. These inspections are to be included in the base bid; additional inspections, or work incurred as a result of the final inspection shall be without additional cost to the Owner. 1.03 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority (Owner)will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor's or Filed Subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results. B. Pre-Bid Conference: Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the Pre-Bid conference; refer to INVITATION FOR BIDS for time and date. 1.04 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01732 - CUTTING AND PATCHING: Procedural and administrative requirements for cutting and patching. B. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Pressure treated blocking, curbing and nailers. C. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALANTS: Sealant other than those specified in this Section 07542. 7/15/2013 07542 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition • SECTION 07542 POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE (PVC) ROOFING (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, and CONTRACT CONDITIONS as listed in the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. B. Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-Bids and is governed by the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL),Public Bidding Law- Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended, and applicable Sections of the MGL, Public Contract Law - Chapter 30. C. The work to be completed by the Filed Subcontractor for the work of this Section is shown on the following listed Drawings: Architectural Drawings: AD2.1, AD4.1, AD5.1,AD5.2, AO.3,A2.1, A2.2, A4.1, A4.2, A4.3, A4.4, A4.5,A4.6, A4.7. Structural Drawings: 51.01, S2.01. Plumbing Drawings: P1.1, P2.1. 00*- HVAC Drawings: HO.1, HO.2,HO.3, HO.4,H1.1, H2.OA, H2.OB. Electrical Drawings: EO.1, EO.2,EO.4, E2.3, E3.1, E4.1. 1. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this Section. The listing of Contract Drawings above does not limit Filed Subcontractor's responsibility to determine full extent of work of this Section as required by all Drawings listed in the Drawing List on the Drawing Title Sheet, as modified by Addenda. D. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at a time and place as stipulated in INVITATION FOR BIDS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. 1. The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF SUB-BIDDER: SUB-BID FOR TRADE: ROOFING AND FLASHING. 2. Each Sub-Bid submittal for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by Awarding Authority, as bound herein, accompanied with the required bid deposit in compliance with MGL Chapter 149 Section 44B in the amount of 5 percent of Filed Sub-Bid. E. Sub Sub-Bid Requirements: NONE REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION. 7/15/2013 07542 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Door frames, window frames, and similar penetrations in exterior walls. b. Gaps, cracks, cavities and joints in the building envelope, not sealed with other forms of air boots, including electrical boxes and conduit, ducts, fans, and piping. c. Where additionally indicated on Drawings. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 07260- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition *, C. Seam Tape: High Density Polyethylene Tape or HDPE Tape as recommended by vapor barrier manufacturer, with pressure sensitive adhesive. Minimum width 4 inches. D. Pipe Boots: Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material and pressure sensitive tape per manufacturer's instructions. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Ensure that subsoil is approved by Engineer. B. Level and tamp or roll aggregate, sand or tamped earth base. 3.02 INSTALLATION - VAPOR BARRIERS WITHIN BUILDING ASSEMBLIES A. Place vapor and air barrier on warm side of all thermal insulation. Attach using commercial grade double stick tape. Lap and seal all sheet joints. B. Extend vapor and air barrier tight to full perimeter of adjacent window and door frames and other items interrupting the plane of membrane. Tape seal in place. 3.03 INSTALLATION - BELOW-SLAB VAPOR BARRIERS/RETARDERS A. General: Install vapor barrier in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM E 1643. Place vapor barrier beneath all floor slabs B. Unroll vapor barrier with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour. C. Lap vapor barrier over footings and seal to foundation walls. D. Overlap joints a minimum of six inches with top lap in direction of spreading concrete. Turn up double layer at slab edges abutting walls. Seal with manufacturer's tape. E. Seal all penetrations (including pipes, reinforcing steel, and permanent utilities)with manufacturer's pipe boot or vapor barriers recommended detail. F. Do not puncture vapor barrier. No punctures or unsealed penetrations are permitted. G. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor barrier, overlapping damaged area 6 inches and taping all four sides with tape. 3.04 INSTALLATION - FOAMED-IN-PLACE AIR BARRIER A. Foamed-in-place air barrier: Apply foam in froth method to a uniform monolithic density without voids, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. L Apply application of foam for air barrier seal includes,but is not limited to: 7/15/2013 07260- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Permeance complying with ACI 302.2R. c. Permeance after conditioning when tested in accordance with ASTM E 1745 (where applicable): Less than 0.01 perms (gr/ft2/hr/in-Hg). d. Water vapor barrier tested by ASTM E-1745: Meets or exceeds Class A. 2.03 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION A. Foamed-in-place insulation for air barrier sealant: UL Class I, two component polyurethane self frothing foam insulation equal to Dow Chemical Corporation, product "Froth-Pak"having the following characteristics: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Corp., Polymers Div., Styropar Group, Parsippany NJ. b. Dow Chemical Corporation (Dow Building Solutions), Midland MI. c. Universal Protective Coatings, San Rafael CA. 2. Product characteristics. a. Propellent: HCFC or HFC,No CFC's are permitted. b. Apparent Density (ASTM D1622): 1.7 pounds per cubic foot. (with 1.75 pcf HCFC) c. Water Absorption (ASTM D2842): less than 2.5 percent water absorbed. d. Open cell content(ASTM D2856): less than 2 percent. e. Apparent aged(18 months) R value: 4.9 per inch. £ Flexural Strength, parallel (ASTM C203): 17 to 23 pounds per square inch. g. Flexural Strength,perpendicular(ASTM C203): 26 to 42 pounds per square inch. h. Flame Spread(ASTM E84): 25 or less (Class I rated). i. Smoke Developed(ASTM E84): 350 (Class 1 rated), tested for 2 inch depth. 2.04 ACCESSORIES A. General: Staples, tape, adhesives and fasteners required for the proper and complete installation for work of this Section shall be as recommended by each respective manufacturers of each type of vapor barrier. 1. Double-stick tape for attachment of vapor barrier: Double coated acrylic closed- cell foam tape, as manufactured by 3M Industrial Specialties Division, St. Paul MN, , product"Scotch VHB - 4952" or approved equal, having a thickness of 0.045 inches and a width of 1 inch. B. Air seal boot: PVC or EDPM premolded pipe and seal for penetrations at ceiling vapor barrier. 7/15/2013 07260- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Sole Source: Obtain products required for the Work of this Section for each type of vapor retarder shall be from a single manufacturer, and the related accessories as recommended by the prime manufacturer of the vapor retarder. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 2. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures, and in accordance with material safety data sheets. 2. Store materials under cover and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight and damage from construction traffic and other causes. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 VAPOR BARRIERS WITHIN BUILDING ASSEMBLIES A. Sheet plastic vapor barrier: Clear polyethylene film, 0.006 inches (6 mil)thick provided in full-wall length and width pieces, without joints, wherever possible. 2.02 UNDER SLAB VAPOR BARRIERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Specified Product (Basis of Design): To establish a standard of quality, design and function desired, Drawings and specifications have been based on Stego Industries LLC company,Product: "Stego Wrap (15 mil)". 2. Acceptable manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Stego Industries LLC, San Juan Capistrano, CA,product: "Stego Wrap (15 mil)". b. W.R. Meadows, Hampshire, 1L,product: "No. 723 Perminator(15 mil)". c. Reef Industries, Houston, TX, product"Griffolyn-15 Mil Green". d. Insulation Solutions Inc., East Peoria IL,product"Viper 11, 15 mil vapor barrier". B. Under slab vapor barrier: L Vapor barrier must have the following qualities. a. Minimum thickness: 15 mils. 7/15/2013 07260- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 7. ASTM D 2856 - Open Cell Content of rigid Cellular Plastics by Air Pycnometer. Awk 8. ASTM E 136 - Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C. 9. ASTM E 154 - Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover 10. ASTM E 1643 - Standard Practice for Selection, Design, Installation, and Inspection of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. 11. ASTM E 1745 - Plastic Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular fill under Concrete Slabs 12. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 13. ASTM E 96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. B. General References The following reference materials are hereby made a part of this Section by reference thereto: 1. ACI 302.1R Vapor Barrier Component(plastic membrane) is not less than 10 mils thick. 2. NFPA 701 - Fire Tests for Flame Resistant Textiles and Films 3. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations for thermal insulation and vapor barriers. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Aonk A. Coordination: 1. General: Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequence of installation, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. B. Sequencing: Coordinate work of this section with related work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data,physical properties for each item furnished hereunder. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: Manufacturer's installation instructions for placement, seaming and pipe boot installation. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. 7/15/2013 07260- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 07260 VAPOR RETARDERS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of vapor retarders (vapor barriers)where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes,but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish and install the following: 1. Vapor barriers and in walls, floor assemblies and roof assemblies. 2. Sheet membrane vapor barriers (vapor retarders)under concrete slabs-on-grade including seam tape, and pipe boots. 3. Foamed-in-place insulation/air barrier sealant: applied to seal gaps, cracks, cavities and joints in the building envelope, at door frames,perimeter of window frames, and other similar penetrations in exterior walls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Removal of existing partitions, walls and related insulation. B. Section 03361 - RESURFACING OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Resurfaced concrete slabs on grade. C. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood blocking,nailers. D. Section 07210 - THERMAL INSULATION: Thermal insulation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 -REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM D 570 - Water Absorption of Plastics. 2. ASTM D 1004 - Initial Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting. 3. ASTM D 1622 - Apparent Density of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 4. ASTM D 1938 - Tear Propagation Resistance of Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting by a Single-Tear Method. 5. ASTM D 2842 - Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 6. ASTM D 2582 -Puncture-Propagation Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Thin Sheeting. 7/15/2013 07260- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Where faced insulation is specified, apply membrane facing on warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and staple side flanges of membrane between framing members. 4. Where insulation is located between joists/rafters and is not to be covered, install wire insulation supports to keep insulation in place. C. Foamed-in-place insulation/air barrier sealant: Apply insulation in method to a uniform monolithic density without voids, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1. Apply application of foam for air barrier seal includes, but is not limited to: a. Door frames, window frames, and similar penetrations in exterior walls. b. Gaps, cracks, cavities and joints in the building envelope, not sealed with other forms of air boots, including electrical boxes and conduit, ducts, fans, and piping. c. Where additionally indicated on Drawings. 3.03 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Section 01740—CLEANING UP. B. Daily clean work areas by sweeping and disposing of debris, and scraps. C. Upon completion of the work of this Section in any given area, remove tools, equipment and all rubbish and debris from the work area; leave area in broom-clean condition. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 07210- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition •. 3. Premier industrial Supply,product: "XtraFoam". 4. Convenience Products,Division of Clayton Corp.,product: "Touch'n Foam No Warp" 5. Henry Company, product: "NailTite NT-100". 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Staples,tape, adhesives and fasteners required for the proper and complete installation for work of this Section shall be as recommended by each respective manufacturers of each insulation type. B. Setting adhesive for rigid insulation: Conforming with ASTM C-557. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. 1. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and project conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Insulation beneath slabs-on-grade and exterior of foundation walls: 2 inch thick rigid insulation. 1. Place insulation boards at the exterior perimeter of foundation walls and beneath slabs-on grade. a. At exterior perimeter of foundation walls, extend insulation from 2 inches below grade to top of footing. b. Beneath slabs-on-grade, extend insulation to provide 100 percent coverage beneath slab. 2. Butt edges and ends tight to adjacent boards. Bevel insulation to allow snug fit at cants. 3. Place soil as a perimeter restraint to minimize movement of insulation. B. Batt and blanket insulation: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not compress or "stuff' insulation into voids, compressed insulation has less thermal resistant value. 2. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation, do not cut around electrical boxes. Leave no gaps or voids. 7/15/2013 07210- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition manufacturer of each product, other manufacturers will be considered for acceptance per the following: 1. Contractor must provide appropriate product data with bid for the Engineer to consider the substitutions as "equal"to the manufacturer and product specified. 2. Contractor must include unit prices showing any add or deduct costs for all recommended substitutions which have a greater or lesser cost than furnishing and installing the specified manufacturer and product. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Under-slab and foundation insulation,rigid extruded polystyrene insulation: Closed cell foam board, square edge, self-extinguishing, conforming to ASTM C 578, Type IV, with a compressive strength of 25 pounds per square inch when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1621 equal to Dow Chemical Corp., Styrofoam Brand "Square Edge" insulation. 1. Panel size: 48 by 96 inches beneath slab, and 24 by 96 inches at verticals. 2. Minimum R-value: 5 per inch thickness. 3. Thickness as indicated on Drawings. 4. Acceptable products include but are not limited to: a. Dow Chemical Corp.,product, Styrofoam Brand"Square Edge" b. Owens Corning, product"Foamular 250". c. Pactiv, Corp. product"GreenGuard Type IV 25 PSI Insulation Board". d. DiversiFoam Products,product"CertiFoam 25 SE". B. Thermal batt/blanket glass fiber insulation conforming to ASTM C-665 Type I, un- faced, comprised of inorganic fibers bonded with formaldehyde-free thermosetting resin. 1. Surface burning characteristics when tested per ASTM E84: a. Flame Spread: 25 or less. b. Smoke Developed: 50 or less. 2. Thicknesses and R-values: a. Walls: 1) Nominal 3-1/2 inch thick [89 mm] with R-15 thermal rating. b. Roof/Ceiling Construction: 1) Nominal 9-1/2 inch thick [241 mm] with R-30 thermal rating. C. Foamed-in-place insulation for air barrier sealant: Low Pressure Polyurethane foam sealant. Acceptable products include the following or approved equal: 1. Fomo Products, Inc., product: "Handi Foam" or "Nandi-Seal". 2. Dow Chemical Company, product: "Great Stuff Pro". 7/15/2013 07210- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Rigid board insulation materials are combustible and may constitute a fire hazard, do not expose insulation materials to open flames or other ignition sources, comply fully with manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction, for delivery,handling, storage and installation. 2. Protect materials from damage due to moisture, direct sunlight, excessive temperatures, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. C. Damaged material: Remove any damaged or contaminated materials from job site immediately, including materials in packages containing water marks, or show evidence of mold. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: L Rigid insulation board(extruded polystyrene): a. Dow Chemical Corp., Midland MI. ►. b. Owens Corning Commercial Insulation, Toledo OH. c. Pactiv Building Products, Atlanta, GA d. DiversiFoam Products, Rockford, MN 2. Glass fiber batt/blanket insulation: a. CertainTeed Corporation, Valley Forge PA. b. Johns Manville Building Insulation, Denver CO c. Owens Corning Fiberglas Corp., Toledo OH. d. (Goldline brand) Schuller International, Inc., Denver CO. e. USG Corp./USG Interiors Inc., Chicago IL. 3. Low pressure polyurethane foamed-in-place insulation/air barrier sealant: a. Fomo Products, Inc.,Norton OH. b. Dow Chemical Company, Midland, MI. c. Premier industrial Supply,Phoenix AZ. d. Convenience Products, Division of Clayton Corp., Fenton MO. e. Henry Company, El Segundo CA. B. Acceptable Substitutions: To establish a minimum standard of quality, design and function desired,the Schedule at the end of this Section indicates a single 7/15/2013 07210- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. Equivalent quality and testing standards will be acceptable, subject to their timely submission, review and acceptance by the Engineer. 1. ASTM C 203 -Breaking Load and Flexural Properties of Block Type Thermal Insulation. 2. ASTM C 518 - Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter. 3. ASTM C 578 -Preformed Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation. 4. ASTM D 1621 - Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics. 5. ASTM E 136 - Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C. 6. ASTM E 84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 7. ASTM E 96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 8. All applicable federal, state and municipal codes, laws and regulations for thermal insulation. B. Definitions: 1. The term "R-Value" referred to herein refers to the thermal resistance of the insulation alone and does not allow consideration of air spaces or other factors. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data, physical properties for each item furnished hereunder. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site, until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. 2. Deliver materials in original packages, containers or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures, and in accordance with material safety data sheets. Alowk 7/15/2013 07210- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 07210 THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of building insulation where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes,but is not limited to the following scope. B. Furnish and install the following: 1. Rigid insulation beneath interior concrete slabs. 2. Rigid insulation at perimeter foundation walls. 3. Thermal batt insulation. 4. Low pressure, low expansion polyurethane foamed-in-place insulation/air barrier sealant: applied to seal gaps, cracks, cavities and joints in the building envelope, at door frames,perimeter of window frames, and other similar penetrations in exterior walls. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Removal of existing partitions, walls and related insulation. B. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Wood blocking,nailers. C. Section 07260 - VAPOR RETARDERS: I. Vapor barriers and in walls, floor assemblies and roof assemblies. 2. Vapor barrier, seam tape,pipe boots, detail strip for installation under concrete slabs. D. Section 09810 - ACOUSTICAL INSULATION: Acoustical batt insulation between framing members. E. Section 09250 - Gypsum BOARD: Installation of wallboard over insulation in Z- channel furring system. F. Division 15 - HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING: Ductwork and piping insulation. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. The standards referenced herein are included to establish recognized minimum quality only. Where these standards conflict with other 7/15/2013 07210- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.07 CLEANING A. Daily clean work areas by sweeping and disposing of scraps and sawdust. B. Upon completion of the work of this Section in any given area,remove tools, equipment and all rubbish and debris from the work area leave area in broom-clean condition. C. Clean excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. D. Remove protective material from pre-finished surfaces, immediately prior to Final Acceptance. E. Carefully clean exposed and semi-exposed wood surfaces, in strict accordance with fabricator's instructions. Touch-up shop-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas, matching adjoining finish. F. Wash down plastic laminate with a solution of mild detergent in warm water, applied with soft clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from corners. Wipe surfaces clean. G. Clean and polish hardware, and bright metal trim components. 3.08 PROTECTION A. Protect installed woodwork and maintain specified conditions, in a manner acceptable to both fabricator and installer. Ensure that work of this Section will not be damaged or soiled, and is completely free of defects at the time of final acceptance of Project by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 06400- 15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Work shall be installed to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet for plumb and levelness, including tops. 3. There shall be no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces. C. Tops and woodwork shall be scribed and trimmed to fit adjoining work. 1. Where cuts occur,refinish surfaces and repair damaged finishes D. Secure woodwork to anchors or built-in blocking or blocking directly attached to substrates. 1. Secure woodwork to grounds, furring, stripping and blocking as required with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing performing a complete installation. 3.04 INSTALLATION - CASEWORK AND COUNTERTOPS A. Install casework without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately and evenly aligned. B. Adjust casework hardware centering the doors and drawers in the openings, and provide unencumbered operation. C. Complete the installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. D. Tops: Anchor tops securely to base units and to other support systems as required. , E. After installation and leveling of cabinets and countertops have been completed; apply a continuous bead of Sealant Type SM to all joints which abut walls or partitions. Tool the sealant to a uniformly dense surface, level with the edges of the casework. Immediately remove all excess sealant from surfaces of the casework. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from true position 1/16 inch with a maximum of 1/32 inch offset from true alignment with adjoining surfaces intended to be flush. 3.06 ADJUSTING A. To whatever extent work was not completed at shop or prior to installation of woodwork, perform and complete the specified finishing of woodwork. B. Repair damaged and defective woodwork where possible eliminating defects functionally and visually. 1. Where not possible to repair damaged or defective work, replace with matching new work. 2. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. C. Adjust doors and drawers for smooth and balanced movement, lubricate hardware for use. 7/15/2013 06400- 14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition manufactured sizes. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of all laminated, panels, shelving and tops. D. Cap edges with specified banding, matching color of plastic laminate panels. 1. Casework facing: Machine apply flat PVC banding, 0.018 inch (0.050 mm), using waterproof hot melt adhesive. 2. Drawer and door fronts: Machine apply to all four edges, 2mm thick PVC banding, using waterproof hot melt adhesive, corner radiused profile for consistent design and safety. 3. Shelving: Machine apply to all four edges, 2mm thick PVC banding, using waterproof hot melt adhesive, corner radiused profile for consistent design and safety. E. Fit corners and joints hairline. Make all joints and miters tight, secure with concealed fasteners. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. 1. Verify adequacy of blocking, backing and support framing for all finish carpentry work. 2. Examine pre-fabricated woodwork before installation and verify all packing has been removed. 3. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and project conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Before installing work under this section,woodwork shall be conditioned to average prevailing humidity conditions in areas of installation. B. Protect other Work against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Clean,repair, or replace any work so damaged and soiled to the acceptance of the Engineer. 3.03 INSTALLATION- GENERAL A. Install work in accordance with the latest AWI Architectural Woodwork Standards in grade specified herein,under the Article entitled"QUALITY ASSURANCE". B. Woodwork shall be installed plumb, level, true and straight without distortions. 1. Use concealed shims as required 7/15/2013 06400- 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Fabricate plastic laminated casework with top and bottom fillers and corner ., panels described as optional for Custom Grade Work in the Quality Standards. 4. Drawers: a. Laminated drawer fronts: High density laminate over 3/4 inch specified core material. Drawer fronts shall be applied to separate drawer body component sub-front. b. Drawer bottoms (plastic laminated casework): 1/4 inch thick color polyester laminate, housed and glued into front, sides and back. c. Underside of drawer to receive continuous hot melt glue at joint between bottom and back/sides/front for sealing and rigidity. d. Reinforce drawer bottoms as required with intermediate spreaders. 5. Doors: Square edge design, 3/4 inch thick, without any profiling and shall fully overlap the cabinet frame. a. Laminate doors: Fabricate doors with particle board core and front and rear faces high-pressure laminate, of selected color. b. Maintain a maximum 1/8" reveal between pairs of doors, between door and drawer front, or between multiple drawer fronts within the cabinet. 6. Base cabinets: Provide full horizontal top frame with glued and doweled joints, 3/4 inch plywood end panels and bottom. Bottom shall be glued and doweled and let into routed end panels. Provide 4 inch high toe rail, securely screwed to the end panels and to the bottom panel by concealed glue blocks. "" " 7. Wall cabinets: Provide same finishes as base cabinets, with 3/4 inch thick top and bottom veneered plywood panels. Top and bottom panels shall be glued and doweled and let into routed end panels. Back of case shall be recessed and let into routed end panels and further secured with glue blocks. 8. Door and drawer spreaders: Provide minimum 3/4 thick full width cabinet body spreaders immediately behind all door/drawer and multiple drawer horizontal joints to maintain exact body dimensions, and close off reveal. Front edge to be match face of adjacent cabinet doors/drawers. 2.08 FABRICATION OF PLASTIC LAMINATE CLAD ITEMS A. Do not fabricate materials until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Except as otherwise specified hereunder, fabricate plastic laminate clad items in strict accordance with the details on the Drawings, the approved shop drawings, and workmanship standards set forth in the AWI Architectural Woodwork Standards, for specified Quality Grade. C. Shop fabricate all plastic laminate clad items. Adhere plastic laminate to particle board backing sheets by cold-press-method. Use of contact cements are not permitted. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with laowk 7/15/2013 06400- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Bolts, nuts, washers, lags,pins, and screws: Of size and type to suit application chrome finish in exposed-to-view locations. 2.06 FABRICATION- GENERAL A. Do not fabricate materials until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. B. Coordinate the fabrication of casework with that of the various trades responsible for installing materials and items which will be inserted into, or applied to,the casework surfaces. Obtain and verify templates, dimensions, and instructions from the respective trades before making cutouts, holes, slots, and other cutting in the casework. C. Shop assemble custom casework for delivery to site. Deliver in assemblies as large as possible for entrance into the designated areas. Provide for concealed job connections of adjacent units. D. Prepare woodwork in the shop for all necessary electrical installations. E. Fabricate, install and finish all work so that both sides of countertops,panels, doors, shelves and other casework are of balanced construction,to prevent warping. F. Cap exposed plywood, and particle board edges. G. Fit corners and joints hairline, secure with concealed fasteners. H. Finish all solid wood and plywood surfaces smooth, and free from all machine and tool marks that will show through facing materials. L Make all joints tight, and form to conceal shrinkage. Glue all miters having a dimension of 4 inches or more from heel to point. J. Provide shop fabricated counters, shop mitered components, closure trims with ample allowance for field cutting and fitting. Provide additional trim as required for scribing and site cutting. K. Finished work shall be free from visible adhesive and pencil marks. 2.07 FABRICATION- CASEWORK A. Fabricate casework in accordance with requirements of specified AWI Grade and the following additional requirements: 1. Cabinets shall be in flush overlay construction, with drawer fronts and hinged doors overlapping openings a minimum of 1/4 inch all four sides. 2. Fabricate cabinets in integral units, each completely enclosed, without the use of common partitions. 7/15/2013 06400- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Adhesive for installation of plastic laminate: Rigid bond Polyvinyl acetate (PVA) type only. 1. Contact cements are only permitted at countertops with sinks or similar"wet condition" areas; and field installed applications as required. D. Glue for lamination and fabrication of wood and plywood items: Exterior Grade, phenolic resin glue. E. Counter support brackets: Equal to Rakks Flush Mount Counter Supports by Rakks/Rangine Corp,Needham MA. 1. Construction: Fabricated from horizontal aluminum T section and vertical aluminum L section. Vertical leg designed to attach to side of supporting stud and be concealed by gypsum board or other wall finish. a. Model EH-1818FM for 24 inch counters. b. Model EH-1824FM for 30 inch counters. 2. Factory applied finishes: Exposed aluminum surfaces shall be free of scratches and other serious blemishes and be factory finished with: a. Primer suitable for field painting. F. Sealant, for joints between countertops and dissimilar materials: One component acetoxy silicone rubber, mildew resistant, FS TT-S-00 I 543A, Type Non-Sag, Class A, and FS TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class A and ASTM C 920, Type S, Class 25, , Grade NS, use NT,G and A with a minimum movement capability of±25 percent, and a Shore A hardness of 20, in manufacturer's standard colors as selected by the Engineer. 1. Only use sealant and primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content: a. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. b. Sealant primer: 250 g/L 2. Sealants containing aromatic solvents, fibrous talc, formaldehyde, halogenated solvents, mercury, lead, cadmium, chromium and their compounds, are not permitted. 3. Subject to requirements specified herein, the following products are acceptable, or approved equal: a. Dow Corning Corporation, Midland MI; product, "786". b. General Electric Company, Waterford NY; product, "Sanitary 1700". c. Sonneborn Building Products Inc., Minneapolis MN; product, "Sonolastic - OmniPlus". d. Tremco, Beachwood OH; product, "Proglaze". G. Fasteners: 1. Concealed joint fasteners: Threaded steel. 7/15/2013 06400- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Finish: clear lacquered zinc. 2. For desk and casework drawers: Full extension type, 100 pounds per pair minimum rated capacity, steel ball bearing rollers, lever disconnect, drawer hold in detent feature. a. Acceptable slides, include the following, or approved equal: 1) Accuride N . 3832A 2) Knape and Vogt N°. 8400. 3) Hafele N°. 3832. b. Finish: clear lacquered zinc. 3. For pencil drawers: 3/4 extension type, 45 pounds per pair minimum rated capacity, steel ball bearing rollers, friction disconnect. a. Acceptable slides include the following, or approved equal: 1) Accuride N . 2006 (regular mount),N°. 2009 (bracket mount). 2) Knape and Vogt N . 8200 3) Hafele N°. 2009 H. Shelf supports. 1. Shelf pins for laminated shelving, cast zinc alloy with nickel plated finish and recessed seat. I. Wire management grommets and covers: 2 inch diameter, as manufactured by Doug Mockett & Company, Manhattan Beach CA., model number"MM3 with 3A cover" or approved equal. 1. Grommet Finish: Provide in metallic finish selected by Engineer from Manufacturer's standard finishes. 2. Locations: Provide where shown on Drawings, and if not shown, allow the following numbers of grommets; exact locations to be determined in field. a. For counters 6 feet or less provide 2 wire grommets and covers. b. For counters over 6 feet,provide 1 wire grommet and cover for every 42 inches of counter, or fraction thereof. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. PVC edging for plastic laminate casework: 1. Thickness: 2mm thick for door and drawer edges; lmm for exposed edges of casework bodies. 2. Edges: Square. 3. Custom colors to match plastic laminate colors. B. Edging for adjustable shelving: Flexible PVC tee moulding,having equal to Outwater Plastics, Woodridge NJ, in color as selected by Engineer. OW 7/15/2013 06400- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 15. Waterloo Furniture Components, Ontario Canada. B. Door and drawer pulls: Staple-shape wire pull, 4 inches long, solid brass with US26D, brushed chrome finish, with one-inch finger clearance. C. Locks: 1. General: a. Provide at least three keys per keyed alike group. b. Finish: lock plug finish "nickel". 2. Locks for drawers and doors: deadbolt type. 3. Locks for front mounted gang locks. D. Catches: Magnetic. E. Casework hinges: 1. Hinge for full overlay cabinet doors: Self closing concealed hinge having maximum 125 degree angle of opening. Hinges shall be equal to Blum "Modul 125 Series", with straight arm, model N°. 95M5550. a. Number of hinges: Provide number of hinges indicated in Drawings, or if not indicated,provide number recommended by manufacturer for size and weight of door. F. Pad silencers for doors: 10 mm (3/8 inch) diameter, self-adhesive resilient plastic or nylon buttons, at least 2 per door, in clear color. G. Drawer Slides (provide one pair per drawer except as noted otherwise): 1. For heavy loads: Full extension type, 150 pounds per pair minimum rated capacity (for drawers over 30 inches,provide 175 pounds rated capacity), steel ball bearing rollers, drawer hold in feature. a. Acceptable slides, include the following, or approved equal: 1) For drawers up to 24 inches wide: a) Accuride N°. 4032. b) Knape and Vogt N°. 8500. c) Hafele N°. 4034. 2) For drawers over 24 inches and up to 30 inches wide: a) Accuride N°. 4032. b) Knape and Vogt N°. 8500. c) Hafele N°. No equal. 3) For drawers over 30 inches wide: a) Accuride N°. 4437. b) Knape and Vogt N°. 8520. c) Hafele N°. No equal. 7/15/2013 06400- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Thicknesses: a. Typical: 3/4 inch thick panels, except as otherwise indicated. 3. "No Formaldehyde Added": Provide board which is fabricated using pre- consumer recycled wood fibers and an exterior-grade urea-formaldehyde free resin binder. Product shall contain no formaldehyde additives. Acceptable products include the following or approved equal. a. Collins Pine Company (distributed through Panel Source International, Tacoma WA.),product: "PureKor Particleboard Plus" b. Plummer Forest Products,Post Falls ID., product"PFP particleboard". c. Rodman Industries, Oconomowoc, WI.,product: "Rodman Resincore I". d. SierrePine Inc., Martel, CA.,product"Encore SDP" 4. Thicknesses: a. 3/4 inch thick at cases. b. 1 inch thick at shelves under 30 inches wide. c. 1 1/8 inch thick at shelves 30 inches or more wide. d. 1 1/8 inch thick at counters without sinks. B. At all toe spaces: APA MARINE A-A EXT, fir veneer marine grade plywood, with plugged cores and sanded faces, 3/4 inch thick. 2.04 CABINET HARDWARE A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: I. Accuride Corp., Santa Fe Springs, CA. 2. CompX International, Inc., Dallas TX. 3. Doug Mockett & Company, Inc., Manhattan Beach, CA. 4. Engineered Products Company, Flint MI. 5. Glynn-Johnson, Indianapolis IN. 6. Grass America Inc., Kernersville NC. 7. H.B. Ives Company, Wallingford CT. 8. Hafele America Company, Archdale NC. 9. Julius Blum, Inc. , Stanley NC. 10. Knape & Vogt, Grand Rapids, MI. 11. (Lamp) Sugatsune America,Inc. Carson, CA.. 12. Mepla Inc., High Point NC. 13. Outwater Plastic Industries Inc., Woodridge NY. 14. Stanley Hardware,New Britain CT. 7/15/2013 06400- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.02 PLASTIC LAMINATE FACING A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Formica Corp., Cincinnati, OH. 2. Laminart, Elk Grove Village, IL. 3. Pioneer Plastics Corp. (Pionite), Auburn ME. 4. Nevamar Corp., Odenton MD. 5. Ralph Wilson Plastics Co. (Wilsonart), Temple TX. B. Plastic laminate, high pressure, conforming to NEMA LD3 Grade GP48, nominal 0.048 inch thickness, in texture and color as selected by the Engineer. 1. High pressure grade laminate shall be used for all exposed to view surfaces including a. Exposed outward face of cabinet fronts and closure trim. b. Cabinet doors (all sides). c. Drawer fronts (all sides). d. Interior surfaces of open cabinets (without doors). e. Plastic laminated trim. 2. General purpose grade laminate shall be used for counter tops except where colored core laminate is indicated. C. Plastic laminate, cabinet interior grade, conforming to NEMA LD3-1985 Grade CL20, 0.020 inch nominal thickness, in a low non-directional texture in solid color price group as selected by the Engineer. 1. Cabinet interior grade laminate may be used for the interior surfaces of all `closed cabinets,' where high pressure grade is not required. 2. All shelving shall be high pressure grade on all sides. D. Plastic laminate, unfinished balancing (backer) sheet, conforming to NEMA LD3- 1985 undecorated laminate, Grade BK20, 0.020 inch nominal thickness. E. Edging: 1. Hardwood edge trim: Select White Maple (Acer saccharum) {sapwood}, Plain Sawn. 2.03 BACKING FOR LAMINATES A. Cabinetry case body, countertops, casework end panels, drawers and doors: APA C-C PLUGGED EXT, fir plywood, sanded. L "FSC": Provide board which is comprised of 75 percent FSC certified wood. 7/15/2013 06400- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition • B. Relative Humidity: Maintain a relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent for a minimum period of 5 calendar days before, and during, installation of architectural woodwork: maintain relative humidity after installation until Owner's Final Acceptance. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD MATERIALS—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. General requirements: 1. Solid wood components: New, dressed four sides (S4S), and free from warping and other defects. 2. Panel Products: Composite panel products and plywood shall be "no added urea-formaldehyde", including all concealed components. a. Composite panel products include but are not limited to particle board(PB), Medium Density Fiberboard(MDF), wheatboard and strawboard and similar manufactured products. 3. Moisture Content: a. Solid hardwood(s) scheduled for transparent finish: Moisture content shall not exceed 8 percent when delivered to Project. b. Typical (hardwood and softwoods): Moisture content of wood shall be between 5 and 10 percent when delivered to the project. B. Wood Species: 1. Exposed wood scheduled for transparent finish(edge trim), meeting AWI Premium Grade Standards (as installed). a. WD-1: Select White Maple(Acer saccharum) {sapwood}, Plain Sawn. C. Concealed supports for edge and corner backing shall be kiln dried birch or poplar, meeting AWI Premium Grade Standards. D. Blocking and furring at base and walls shall comply with American Softwood Lumber Standard PS 20-70 and with specific grading requirements of SPIB: Kiln dried(KD15), Structural Light Framing,N°. 2 grade, free of warping and large knots. E. Internal concealed framing for casework: Kiln-dried, (KD15), eastern pine,poplar, eastern spruce, or southern pine, conforming to AWI Premium grade. F. Fir plywood for concealed from view applications in conjunction with the various casework items: APA C-C PLUGGED EXT. 7/15/2013 06400- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Certify that all composite wood and agrifiber products used on this Project do not contain urea-formaldehyde resin. 1) Written certification from Millworker, that only"formaldehyde free" manufactured composite panel products are incorporated into the Work, including all concealed components. Composite panel products include but are not limited to particle board(PB), Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) and similar manufactured products. 6. Manufacturer's Instructions: Provide installation instructions and templates for hardware and field applied items. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standards: All work performed under this Section shall be of quality grades, indicated below, as defined in the referenced AWI "Architectural Woodwork Standards", as modified herein by this Specification Section. 1. All plastic laminated work: Custom grade. B. Qualifications: 1. Fabricator/Installer: AWI member specializing in architectural woodwork of type specified herein having a minimum of 5 years documented experience. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: . 1. General: The woodwork manufacturer, woodwork installer and the Contractor are jointly responsible to make certain that woodwork is not delivered until the building and storage areas are sufficiently dry so that the woodwork will not be damaged by excessive changes in ambient humidity and relative moisture content. 2. Concrete, masonry, plaster, tile setting and polishing and other wet work shall be completed and dry before delivery, storage and installation of woodwork items. 3. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays and to minimize on-site storage. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Ship and handle all materials and fabricated items in a manner which will prevent damage thereto, and store all materials and fabricated items at a dry, elevated, ventilated, and protected interior location. 1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Temperature: Maintain ambient temperature above 55 degrees Fahrenheit for 5 calendar days before, and during installation of architectural woodwork; maintain temperature after installation until Owner's Final Acceptance. 7/15/2013 06400- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. The Contractor and the woodwork manufacturer shall cooperate to establish and maintain these field dimensions. B. Scheduling: 1. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing work, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data, for each item furnished hereunder, including, but not limited to: Fastenings, adhesives, hardware, and accessories. 2. Shop drawings bearing dimensions of actual measurements taken at the project, include at least the following, which are in addition to shop drawing requirements described in AWI Architectural Woodwork Standards: a. 1/4 inch scale elevations and plans of each casework item. b. Large scale design details of minimum 1-1/2 inch to 1-foot scale, showing abutting materials, installation conditions, clearances. Show details of drawers and doors. c. Full size or half-full size sections, showing individual components,profiles and j ointing. 3. Selection Samples: a. Plastic laminate chips for initial color selection by Engineer. b. Sealant material: Manufacturer's standard strips of sealant, in all available colors, for selections by the Engineer. c. Provide additional samples as requested by Engineer for initial selection of material colors and finishes. 4. Verification Samples: a. 12 by 12 inch samples of plastic laminate (of each color required for project). b. 12 inch long samples of solid hardwoods illustrating maximum range of color variations and applied transparent shop finish. c. One each of all cabinet hardware. (approved cabinet hardware samples will be returned to Contractor and may become part of the Work). 5. Certificates: 1) Provide report from National Evaluation Service Committee on fire retardant treated wood flame spreading, strength, corrosion and hygroscopic properties. 7/15/2013 06400- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING:Metal framing for drywall construction work. E. Section 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD: Wall board construction work, having taped and compounded joint finish. F. Division 15 - PLUMBING: Plumbing fixtures and piping. G. Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: Electrical connections for lighting. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - References. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ASTM D 523 - Standard Specification for Specular Gloss. 2. AWI (Architectural Woodwork Institute) Architectural Woodwork Standards. 3. APA Grades and Specifications. 4. National Lumber Grades Authority, American Lumber Standards, and Grading Rules and Standards of the various lumber associations whose species are being used, with grade-marks for same. 5. U.S. Department of Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendation R-16, for sizes and use classifications of lumber; and Product Standard(PS): a. PS-1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood Standard. b. PS-20 -American Softwood Lumber Standard. 6. MIL L-19140E - Lumber and Plywood, Fire Retardant Treated. 7. UL - Building Materials Directory. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Sequencing: 1. Field Measurements: Where possible the woodwork manufacturer shall take field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting of Work. a. Allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. 2. Field dimensions which are not controlled by Project conditions: The woodwork manufacturer is responsible for details and dimensions not controlled by Project conditions and shall show on his shop drawings all required field measurements beyond his control. a. The Contractor shall acknowledge the woodwork fabricator's need for accurate field dimensions prior to custom fabrication. 7/15/2013 06400- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 06400 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of shop fabricated millwork and architectural woodwork where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes, but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish and install the following: 1. Cubbies fabricated from medium density fiberboard. 2. Plastic laminate casework. 3. Plastic laminate countertops. 4. Hardwood edge banding. 5. Exposed blocking and blocking concealed by the work of this Section required for the installation of architectural woodwork. 6. Hardware for work of this Section. 7. Sealant, for joints between countertops, cabinets and abutting wall and partition surfaces. C. Furnish the following products to be installed under the designated Sections: 1. Plastic laminate shelves (for wall mounted adjustable shelving) for installation under Section 06200 -FINISH CARPENTRY. D. Make all cut-outs within casework items as required to accommodate sinks,piping, conduit, and other mechanical and electrical work, from templates provided by the respective mechanical and electrical trades. E. No attempt is made in this Section to list all elements of architectural woodwork required on this project or to describe how each element will be installed. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine for itself the scope and nature of the work required for a complete installation from the information provided herein and in the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 05500 -METAL FABRICATIONS: Supports for countertops. B. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY: Concealed wood blocking and nailers. C. Section 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY: 1. Fixed wood shelving and trim. look 2. Interior wood trim. 7/15/2013 06400- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 06200- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. Prefit hardware before finish is applied, remove and reinstall after finish is completed. Install hardware so that parts operate smoothly, close tightly and do not rattle. 5. Drill and countersink units which are not factory-prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. C. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant, forming tight seal between threshold and surface to which set. Securely and permanently anchor thresholds, using countersunk non-ferrous screws to match color of thresholds (stainless steel screws at aluminum thresholds). D. Tools for maintenance: All special tools packaged with hardware items shall be saved, tagged/identified as to product use, and turned over to the Owner upon completion of the Work. E. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by hardware installation. F. Prior to Final Inspection make final check and adjustment of all hardware, clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware. 3.06 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation for wood work from true position of 1/8 inch in 8 feet for plumb and level and with a maximum of 1/16 inch offsets in adjoining surfaces intended to be flush. B. Maximum variation for doors and frames: Maximum diagonal distortion 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.07 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced movement. 3.08 CLEANING A. Daily clean work areas by sweeping and disposing of scraps and sawdust. B. Upon completion of the work of this Section in any given area,remove tools, equipment and all rubbish and debris from the work area; leave area in broom-clean condition. C. Remove protective material from pre-finished surfaces. 3.09 PROTECTION A. During the operation of finish carpentry, protect the work of other trades against undue soilage and damage by the exercise of reasonable care and precautions. Repair or replace any work so damaged and soiled. A 7/15/2013 06200- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. Touch-up all scratches and other surface defects,using same materials and colors as shop finish. F. Run a bead of manufacturer's recommended urethane adhesive along back of molding and at each end. Use enough adhesive so that the entire surface of the cut edge at each end is covered. G. Use galvanized or stainless steel screws to secure one end of molding to starting point. Pull center of molding away from wall until other end is at mark. Secure this end with galvanized or stainless steel screws. H. For runs of trim using more than single piece of molding use the following procedure: 1. Oversize and cut next piece of molding. Secure on wall, butt free end of molding into first piece of molding, using manufacturer's recommended urethane adhesive between the pieces. Push molding flat to wall and secure with galvanized screws. a. Use 2 fasteners per every framing member for trimboard applications. Trimboards 12 inches or wider will require additional fasteners, locate not to exceed 8 inches on center. 2. Glue adhere and fasten (with nails, or screws)profile trim elements to substrate using manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3. Provide scarfed joints where cellular PVC trim is joined. Glue all end to end cellular PVC trim joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3.05 INSTALLATION - DOORS AND HARDWARE A. Install doors in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, ANSI/SDI- 100, ANSI A250.11, and the Door Hardware Institute recommendations. B. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of referenced organizations, and the requirements of Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE. 1. Use the templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. 2. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in the following applicable publications, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with the governing regulations. a. Conform to ANSI 117.1 for positioning requirements for the handicapped. b. "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames"by the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI.) c. WDMA Industry Standard 1.S.1.7, "Hardware Locations for Wood Flush Doors". 3. Installation of hardware shall comply with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101 requirements 7/15/2013 06200- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.03 INSTALLATION—GENERAL CARPENTRY A. Comply with installation requirements of AWI (Architectural Woodwork Institute) Quality Standards, Eighth edition for Premium Grade quality work. B. Dress and sand woodwork until free from machine and tool marks, abrasions,raised grain, or other defects that will show through the finish on surfaces exposed to view. Wherever possible, carry out sanding on a shop belt sander,not in the field. Sandpaper field joints and leave in perfect condition for finishing. C. Make all joints tight, and form to conceal shrinkage. Glue all miters having a dimension of 4 inches or more from heel to point. Joints shall be glued tight and so formed as to conceal shrinkage. Cope trim at returns and miter at corners to produce tight-fitting joints with full surface contact throughout length of joint. D. Make a minimum of splices and joints in running trim, and where such splices and joints occur, fasten securely, with all exposed surfaces having smooth, continuous planes. Stagger joints in adjacent or relate members. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. E. Scribe and cut work to fit adjoining work closely. Refinish cut surfaces in prefinished items. F. All nails in interior finished work shall be blind nailed wherever possible. Nail trim with finish nails only, set using appropriate nailpunch and fill with matching wood filler. Sand smooth wood filler. Do not fasten trim with screws or bolts unless otherwise directed, or is to be subsequently covered with smaller trim. G. Woodwork shall be properly framed, closely fitted and accurately set to the required lines and levels and shall be rigidly secured in place. Shim as required using concealed shims to achieve specified tolerances. H. Cover exposed edges of plywood shelving with 3/8 inch hardwood edging. Width of edging to match thickness of shelving. 3.04 INSTALLATION - PREFABRICATED PRODUCTS INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Do not commence installation of products until immediately adjacent surfaces have been completely installed and finished. B. Perform installation work in accordance with the approved shop drawings and the manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Install products absolutely level and in true line, with units securely anchored to the surrounding construction. D. Remove all tape and other packing materials; thoroughly clean and polish all exterior and interior surfaces. 7/15/2013 06200- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Panel color: Grey or beige as selected by the Engineer. 2.05 ACCESSORIES AND HARDWARE A. Stainless steel mail slot with hinged cover and associated hardware. 1. Finish: No. 304 brushed satin. 2. Size: As indicated on the Drawings. B. Glue for lamination and fabrication of wood,plywood and particle board items: Exterior Grade,phenolic resin glue. C. Nails: 1. Nails for interior trim items: 6d and 8d coated or galvanized finish nails, except as otherwise specified herein. D. Screws: Flat-head wood screws of the appropriate sizes, galvanized finish for interior use. E. Bolts, nuts, washers, blind fasteners, lags: Galvanized, of size and type to suite application as indicated in the drawings. F. Paint for back-priming: 1. Products which may be considered as equal include the following, or approved equal: a. California: "Wipe-Out 100%Acrylic Latex Stain Block",No 52500. b. Glidden: Wall and Woodwork Primer Sealer,N° 1020. c. Moore: "Alkyd Enamel Underbody",N°. 217. d. Pittsburgh: "Speedhide Alkyd Interior Quick-Drying Enamel Undercoater", 6-6 Series. e. Sherwin-Williams: "Wall and Wood VOC Primer", B49 WZ2 Series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify adequacy of blocking, backing and support framing for all finish carpentry work. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate and site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prime all wood surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious and masonry materials,prior to installation. 7/15/2013 06200- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition D. Provide other finish carpentry products,not specifically described, but required for a complete and proper installation, as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Engineer. 2.03 CLOSET AND SHELVING HARDWARE A. Metal closet rods and brackets: 1. Closet pole: 0.109 inch (92.77 mm)wall thickness steel tubing, 1-5/16 inch diameter, of custom cut lengths required for full width of closet, chrome finish. a. Provide intermediate supports for span lengths greater than 48 inches. B. Adjustable shelving,wall mounted standards and brackets: 1. Acceptable manufacturers, include the following, or approved equal: a. Knape & Vogt, Grand Rapids MI. b. Spur Systems International Limited. c. Reeve Store Equipment Company (ReeveCo), Pico Rivera, CA. 2. Standards (uprights): 14 gage double tracked uprights, in epoxy powder-coat finish, color as selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors. a. Locate uprights no greater than 24 inches on center. 3. Brackets: 14 gage formed brackets, color and finish matching standards, a. Depth(typical): 270mm (10-1/2 inch depth), or as otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2.04 MANUFACTURED SHELVING SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Specified Manufacturer: To establish a standard of quality, design and function desired, Drawings and specifications have been based on Akro-Mils/Myers Industries, Inc., Akron, OH., Product: "Panel, model N° 30636 with compatible plastic bins, model N°. 30230". Color: green or blue as selected by the Engineer. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: a. Akro-Mils/Myers Industries, Inc., Akron, OH. b. Quantum Storage Systems,Miami, FL. c. L.K. Goodwin Co., Inc.,Providence, RI. B. Manufactured shelving system consisting of the following components: I. Pre-drilled 16 gauge cold rolled steel louvered panel, with pre-punched tabs to receive bins. a. Bin/tote colors: As selected by the Engineer from the manufacturer's full available range. 7/15/2013 06200- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING ... , A. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing work, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 WOOD MATERIALS —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: Materials, as fabricated and installed, shall comply with specified grades of the latest addition AWI Quality Standards. B. Panel Products: Composite panel products and plywood shall be "no added urea-formaldehyde", including all concealed components. I. Composite panel products include but are not limited to particle board(PB), Medium Density Fiberboard(MDF), wheatboard and strawboard and similar manufactured products. C. Moisture content: 1. Wood for interior use shall have a moisture content between 5 and 10 percent, when delivered to the project. 2.02 BOARD AND PANEL MATERIALS A. Interior trim to receive paint: Clear straight-grained poplar, C-Select or better. B. Interior trim furnished under this Section, scheduled to receive transparent finish: Select White Maple (Acer saccharum) {sapwood}, Plain Sawn, AWI Premium Grade (as installed). C. Plywood and panel products: 1. Shelving to receive paint: 3/4 inch thick Birch veneer plywood (AA) with 3/8 inch hardwood edge banding at all edges. 2. Engineered panels scheduled for opaque finish: Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) of thickness indicated on the Drawings, conforming to ANSI A208.2, product class MD-EXT having a minimum density of 45 pounds per cubic foot (769 kg/m3). a. Georgia Pacific product"Synergite". b. Canfibre Group Ltd., Toronto, Ontario Canada,product: "AllGreen MR MDF". c. Norbord Industries Inc., Deposit,NY, Product: "Norbord MR" d. SierrePine, product "Medex NC" 7/15/2013 06200- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Certification: a. Certify that all composite wood and agrifiber products used on this Project do not contain urea-formaldehyde resin. 1) Written certification from Millworker, that only"formaldehyde free" manufactured composite panel products are incorporated into the Work, including all concealed components. Composite panel products include but are not limited to particle board(PB), Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF) and similar manufactured products. 3. Shop drawings: a. Large scale design details, minimum 1-1/2 inch to one foot scale, showing profiles,jointing and fastening methods; and complete installation details. b. Provide full scale drawings of wood trim elements required to match existing, showing all profiles and dimensions. c. Provide shop drawings bearing dimensions of actual measurements taken at the project. 4. Samples: Provide samples as requested by Engineer for selection of colors and finishes. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standards: All materials and workmanship scheduled to receive transparent ** finishes shall meet AWI Premium grade quality standards. All other materials and workmanship shall meet AWI Custom grade quality standards. B. Install work in accordance with the latest specified AWI quality standards, except that standing and running trim joints shall be field mitered and fitted. C. Discard lengths of material which are unsound, warped, bowed,twisted, improperly treated, not adequately seasoned or too small to fabricate work with minimum of joints or optimum jointing arrangements, or which are of defective manufacture with respect to surfaces, sizes or patterns. 1.06 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver interior finish carpentry materials to the project until all concrete, masonry, plaster, and other wet work has been completed and dry. B. Ship and handle all materials and fabricated items in a manner which will prevent damage thereto, and store all materials and fabricated items at a dry, elevated, ventilated, and protected interior location maintaining 60 degrees Fahrenheit and a maximum relative humidity of 55 percent. 7/15/2013 06200- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. Section 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD: Drywall construction work having taped and compounded finish. H. Section 09910 -PAINTING: Field applied primer(excluding backpriming) and finish coatings. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ANSI A250.11 (formerly SDI 105) - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Doors and Frames. 2. AWI Quality Standards, Eighth edition, for the following sections. a. AWI Section 100: Lumber. b. AWI Section 300: Standing and Running Trim (Interior and Exterior). c. AWI Section 600: Closet and Storage Shelving. d. AWI Section 1700: Installation. 3. APA - applicable grades and specifications. 4. FS MM-L-736 - Lumber; Hardwood 5. PS-1 - Construction and Industrial Plywood. 6. PS-20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. 7. SDI 122 - Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 8. SPIB Grading Rules, current edition. 9. U.S. Department of Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendation R-16, for sizes and use classifications of lumber 10. American Lumber Standards Committee,National Lumber Grades Authority for Canadian Lumber, and applicable grading rules and standards of the various lumber associations whose species are being used for grades specified. 11. AWPA C-27 - Plywood, Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes. 12. MIL L 19140E - Lumber and Plywood, Fire Retardant Treated. 13. UL Building Materials Directory. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data, installation instructions for hardware, adhesives and accessories furnished hereunder. 7/15/2013 06200- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install: 1. Interior finish wood trim. 2. Adjustable wall mounted shelving with standards and brackets. 3. Storage and closet shelving, coat rods and related hardware. 4. Manufactured shelving system. B. Install the following furnished under the designated Sections: 1. Steel doors furnished by Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. 2. Door hardware, thresholds, weatherstripping, seals and gaskets furnished by Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE. C. Backprime all wood which comes in contact with cementitious and masonry materials D. No attempt is made in this Section to list all elements of finish carpentry required on this project or to describe how each element will be installed. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine for itself the scope and nature of the work required for a complete installation from the information provided herein and in the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY:Wood blocking, curbs,nailers, and backer boards. B. Section 06400 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: 1. Furnishing and installing cabinetry, and other built-in-place furniture. 2. Plastic laminated countertops. C. Section 07900 - JOINT SEALANTS: Sealant and backing materials, for joints between casework, countertops and abutting surfaces. D. Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: Furnishing hollow metal doors. E. Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE: Furnishing finish hardware, weatherstripping, thresholds, seals and gaskets for installation under this Section 06 20 00. F. Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING: Metal framing for drywall construction work, and attachment. 7/15/2013 06200- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition c. Lumber and plywood rough-bucks, blocking and nailers directly related to storefront systems. B Fire retardant treat all equipment backer boards, additionally provide fire retardant treated lumber and plywood where indicated or noted on Drawings. C Wood blocking schedule: The following schedule lists common items for which blocking is required and may not be indicated on the Drawings. It is not the intention of this schedule to list all conditions requiring blocking or limit the extent of blocking required for completion of the Work;provide all wood blocking, edgings, nailers, required for receipt of various finishes and surfacing materials. Securely anchor wood blocking and run continuous between framing. 1. Blocking sizes indicated below are minimum sizes for conditions which not otherwise sized or indicated on Drawings. In case of conflict, sizes identified on Drawings govern. Items Nominal size of blocking with fastener notes Door frames, having openings 2 by 4 inch, full height of wall exceeding 3'-10"in width; framing Door frames, cross corridors; 2 by 4 inch, full height of wall framing Door stops,wall mounted; 1 by 3 inch. Grab bars; 2 by 6 inch, with 1/4 inch dia. toggle bolts. Lavatories; 3/4 inch plywood extending full height from floor to top of wall framing. Install lavatories with 1/4 inch dia. toggle bolts Mirrors, framed; 2 by 4 inch Soap dispensers, wall 1 by 3 inch mounted; Paper towel dispensers, waste 1 by 3 inch. receptacles, feminine napkin dispensers; Toilet paper dispensers; 2 by 4 inch Towel bars; 2 by 6 inch, '/4 inch diameter toggle bolts Window treatment: 2 by 4 inch END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 06100- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.05 INSTALLATION - METAL DOOR FRAMES A Place in position all steel frames, furnished under Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, in accordance with the approved shop drawings and frame schedule. 1. During the installation of metal door frames, after the manufacturer's steel spreader bar has been removed, install wood spreaders at door opening, carefully dimensioned to permit square, true installation of door frames and doors. 2. Spreaders and bracing shall remain in place until doors are installed. B Coordinate installation of frames with the various trades installing abutting wall construction for anchor placement. 1. Place, erect and level all frames into correct scheduled locations, including those in masonry partitions. 2. Provide temporary spreaders and bracing for door frames to be installed into masonry partitions. Maintain frame position with temporary bracing until frames are built-into-place under Division 4 - MASONRY. C Coordinate installation of frames with installation of hardware under Section 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY and as furnished under Section 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE. D Install frames in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, ANSI/SDI-100, SDI-105, and the Door Hardware Institute (DHI)recommendations. 1. Provide rigid temporary bracing for frames as required to ensure maintenance of positioning, and remove only after frames have been permanently anchored. 2. Where exposed fastener heads occur in frames, fill with automotive body filler and sand smooth. 3.06 TOLERANCES A Framing members: Maximum deviation more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet from true or plumb position. B Door frames: Maximum diagonal distortion 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 3.07 SCHEDULES A Wood treatment schedule: 1. Pressure preservative treat all concealed or exposed-to-view: a. Lumber and plywood which comes in contact with concrete, masonry, or earth. b. Lumber and plywood nailers, blocking and curbing directly related to roofing, flashing, and roof accessories. 7/15/2013 06100- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E Install blocking, grounds and furring, as required for proper attachment of the work of other trades, in accordance with the requirements provided by the respective related trades. 1. Spacing for furring and strapping shall not exceed 16 inches on center. F Field cuts of fire retardant treated lumber: Do not rip or mill fire retardant treated lumber. Only end cuts, drilling holes and joining cuts are permitted. G Field cuts of ACQ pressure-treated lumber: Apply solution of copper naphthenate containing a minimum of 2 percent metallic copper in-solution, in accordance with AWPA standard M4. Brush liberally all cuts and holes. H Install concealed from view plywood with specified fasteners spaced not more than 10 inches on centers. I Install fire-treated plywood backer boards with counter-sunk galvanized fasteners, of specified sizes, spaced not more than 12 inches on centers. 3.03 INSTALLATION - ROOF NAILERS AND BLOCKING A General: Provide anchorage for nailers as required for roof and edging, coordinate requirements with Section 07542—POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE(PVC)ROOFING. 1. Secure nailers and blocking to metal deck with electro-galvanized screws at not greater than 12 inch on center spacing, extending a minimum of 3/4-inch below deck. 2. Secure nailers and blocking to wood substrates with electro-galvanized screws at not greater than 12 inch on center spacing, extending a minimum of 1-1/2 inch into board substrates and 3/4 inches into sheet materials. B When building up layers of nailers and blocking, fully secure each layer to at least the one below, alternating location of fasteners, spacing at 12 inches on center. Provide fasteners in lengths to penetrate through more than one substrate layer of blocking. Stagger locations of butt ends of boards, such that no two joints are"lined up". C Ensure finished height of nailers is same as top surface of roof insulation within 1/4- inch,plus or minus. 3.04 INSTALLATION—EQUIPMENT BACKBOARDS A Provide panel mounting backboards for HVAC, Fire Prevention, Electrical and telephone/data equipment. Fabricate panels using fire-retardant treated 3/4 inch thick panels mounted to fire-retardant treated 2 by 4's. Provide a nominal space of 3-1/2 inches behind panels to permit wiring. AMW 7/15/2013 06100- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. For lumber having actual thickness of greater than 7/8-inch but less than 1-1/2 inches to masonry and concrete: Anchor bolts or expansion bolts, as most applicable for the specific receiving surface material, at least 1/4-inch diameter of the most appropriate lengths for the specific application, spaced as shown, and staggered as far as practicable. Countersink all bolt heads, and provide head washers of matching material. 3. For lumber having actual thickness of 7/8-inch and less: Anchor bolts or expansion bolts, at least 1/4-inch in diameter; or screws, of the most appropriate sizes; in lengths most suitable for the specific application, countersunk, spaced, and staggered. E Protection paper: Canadian red-rosen paper or kraft paper. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A All materials shall be inspected before use, with all checked, split and otherwise deficient stock rejected, or used only for miscellaneous blocking, furring or other incidental use. The Contractor shall be responsible for replacing all lumber which, due to warpage, twist, splitting, or checking, results in unsatisfactory work. Such replacement shall be required at any time, whether before or after application of finish material under other Sections. B Verify exact locations of toilet accessories, door stops and similar items with Engineer prior to installation of blocking for accessories. 3.02 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A Closely coordinate the installation of the rough carpentry work with the work of other trades responsible for the installation of interfacing or overlaying materials, so as not to delay the work of the related trades. B Erect all rough carpentry work plumb, level, and true with tight, close fitting joints, securely attached and braced to surrounding construction, all in a first class workmanlike manner. Counterbore for bolt heads,nuts, and washers where required to avoid interference with other materials. Bear complete responsibility for structural integrity, connections, and anchorage of all rough carpentry work. C Make provisions for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe,plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. D Use as long lengths as practicable for wood nailers, blockings, and curbs, to minimize number of joints, and attach the members with the types, and spacing, of fasteners specified herein. 7/15/2013 06100- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition chemical, in accordance with AWPA UC1,UC2,UC3A, and UC313, or NER-643 as appropriate. b. Minimum preservative retention for framing, lumber and plywood in contact with water, ground, concrete and masonry: 0.40 pounds per cubic foot(6.4 kg/m3) of ACQ chemical, in accordance with AWPA UC4A,UC413,UC4C, or NER-643 as appropriate. c. Minimum preservative retention for lumber and plywood in permanent wood foundations: 0.60 pounds per cubic foot(9.6 kg/m3) of ACQ chemical, in accordance with AWPA UC4B, or NER-643. 3. Fixation of Chemical: Treated wood shall not be shipped from treatment plant until fixation of the preservative has occurred in the wood. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A Adhesives: 1. General: Provide adhesives approved which are Low-VOC or non-VOC, non-flammable, water-proof after cured, odor free, . 2. Adhesive for lamination and fabrication of wood and plywood items: Exterior adhesives containing no urea formaldehydes,having a VOC limit of 70 g/L. 3. Adhesive for subfloors and underlayment: High strength, waterproof and non- freezing adhesive complying with AFG-01 "Frozen Lumber Test" and ASTM ., 3498, and having a VOC limit of 50 g/L. B Nails (interior and exterior): Galvanized common nails, of size and type to suit application and as required by state and local building codes. C Screws: 1. Screws for interior applications: Flat head electroplated-galvanized wood screws of the appropriate sizes. 2. Screws for exterior applications: a. For pressure preservative treated wood: Flat head stainless steel, wood screws, of the appropriate sizes. Aluminum and coated metals are prohibited. b. For general application(non-pressure preservative treated wood): Flat head hard aluminum, or stainless steel, wood screws, of the appropriate sizes. D Anchor bolts, expansion bolts and lag screws: Hot-dipped galvanized steel, of the following types: 1. For lumber having actual thickness of 1-1/2 inches or greater to masonry and concrete: Anchor bolts or expansion bolts, as most applicable for the specific receiving surface material, 3/8-inch minimum diameter, spaced as shown on drawings, and staggered as far as practicable. Countersink all bolt heads, and provide head washers of matching material. 7/15/2013 06100- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B Fire retardant treated wood. Designated as "FRTW" 1. Chemical Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, Products which may be incorporated in the work include: a. Hickson Corporation, product, "Dricon". b. Osmose, Inc., Griffin GA., product "FirePro". c. Hoover Treated Wood Products, Inc.,product"PyroGuard". d. Viance, LLC., Charlotte, NC,product: "D-Blaze FRT". 2. Fire retardant treated wood shall comply with the following requirements: a. All fire-retardant lumber and plywood must have an Underwriters Laboratories stamp signifying a FR-S rating certifying a 25 or less flame spread and smoke developed value, when tested in accordance to ASTM E- 84, or UBC Standard No. 42-1. b. Corrosion rates: Less than one mil per year for carbon steel, galvanized steel, aluminum, copper and red brass in contact with the fire retardant treated wood when tested in accordance with Federal Specification MIL-L- 19140E Paragraph 4.6.5.2. c. The fire retardant treated wood must have an equilibrium moisture content of not more than 25 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3201 procedures at 95 percent relative humidity and 80 degrees Fahrenheit. d. Fire retardant chemical: Registered for use as a wood preservative by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. e. Testing: Fire performance and strength properties for both lumber and plywood, of the fire retardant treated wood shall be recognized by issuance of a ICC Evaluation Service Report. Fire retardant chemical must not damage the middle lammella of the wood structure when exposed to 170 degrees Fahrenheit and 90 percent relative humidity for 23 days. C Pressure preservative treated wood. Designated as "PT" 1. Chemical Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, Products which may be incorporated in the work include: a. Osmose, Inc., Griffin GA.,product"NatureWood". b. Universal Forest Products, Inc., Grand Rapids MI.,product"ProWood ACQ". c. Viance, LLC., Charlotte, NC., product"Preserve" 2. Treatment: Ammoniacal Copper Quaternary Compound(ACQ), arsenic-free and chromium-free chemical "ACQ Preservative" in accordance with AWPA Standards. Apply the preservative in a closed cylinder by pressure process in accordance with AWPA Standard C15. a. Minimum preservative retention for floor plates, framing, lumber and plywood above ground use: 0.25 pounds per cubic foot(4.0 kg/m3) of ACQ 7/15/2013 06100- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. B Furring:Nominal 1 by 3 inches or 1 by 4 inches Douglas Fir, Eastern Spruce, Eastern Hemlock, or Southern Pine, surfaced dried construction grade. C Plywood and sheet products: 1. Marine grade plywood: EWA MARINE A-A EXT, fir veneer marine grade plywood, with plugged cores and sanded faces . 2. For substrate beneath gypsum board: Square edge APA graded C-D-X EXT, touch-sanded, 1/2 inch thick, except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings 3. For electric panel board mountings and similar uses: APA graded B-D INT, Group 2 species, touch-sanded, fire-retardant treated, 3/4 inch thick, except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 4. For unspecified interior concealed from view locations: APA graded C-D PLUGGED INT, Group 2 species,thickness as indicated on the Drawings. 2.02 WOOD TREATMENTS A Treated wood products shall be produced by a single treatment plant, fully licensed by the chemical manufacturers, and conforming to the requirements specified herein. 1. Toxicity and Environmental Quality: a. Products containing chromium will not be permitted. b. Products containing arsenic will not be permitted. c. Fire-retardant-treated wood products shall be free of halogens, sulfates, ammonium phosphate and formaldehyde. 2. Dye wood or otherwise color code all treated wood at treatment plant to clearly distinguish the different treatments in the field. 3. Kiln dry all treated lumber and plywood to the following maximum moisture content after treatment. a. Lumber: 19 percent. b. Plywood 15 percent. c. Discard pieces with defects which might impair quality of work. 4. Quality marks: Each piece of lumber and plywood shall be permanently affixed with a quality mark, containing the following information: a. Identification of the inspection agency. b. Standard to which material was treated. c. Identification of the treating plant. d. Fire retardant treated wood shall include: stamp signifying a FR-S rating e. Preservative treated wood shall include: Retention and end use for which product is suitable. 7/15/2013 06100- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2) Provide report from ICC Evaluation Service on fire retardant treated _10"k wood flame spreading, strength, corrosion and hygroscopic properties. 3) Provide report from ICC Evaluation Service on pressure preservative treated wood strength, corrosion, anti-fungi, and anti-insect properties. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. 1. All lumber shall: a. Be new, dressed four sides (S4S), clear and free from warping and other defects. b. Have a moisture content not exceeding 19 percent when delivered to the project. c. Be in accordance with the grading rules of the lumber manufacturer's association under whose jurisdiction the lumber is produced and bear the mark of grade and mill identification. B Certifications: I. Plywood: Conform to the requirements of Product Standard PS-1, and bear applicable APA grade trademarks. a. Plywood for electrical boards treated for retardance, meet Class I or a flame , spread rating of 25 or less and bear U.L. label "Classified FRS". 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Protect wood materials from damage due to moisture, direct sunlight, excessive temperatures, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. 2. Store materials in an elevated dry location,protected by waterproof coverings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BOARD AND SHEET MATERIALS A Lumber for blocking, nailers and curbs as indicated or required: Hem-Fir, Douglas Fir, Eastern Spruce, Eastern Hemlock, or Southern Pine, surfaced dried stud or utility grade. Wood members shall be of sizes indicated on the Drawings or of the same size as the members being braced. 1. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. 7/15/2013 06100- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 10. MIL L-19140E - Lumber and Plywood, Fire Retardant Treated. 11. SDI 122 - Installation and Troubleshooting Guide for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 12. SPIB Grading Rules, current edition. 13. UL - Building Materials Directory 14. US. Department of Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PSI for Construction and Industrial Plywood. 15. US. Department of Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS2 for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels. 16. US. Department of Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS-20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. 17. U.S. Department of Commerce Simplified Practice Recommendation R-16, for sizes and use classifications of lumber 18. American Lumber Standards Committee,National Lumber Grades Authority for Canadian Lumber, and applicable grading rules and standards of the various lumber associations whose species are being used for grades specified. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A Coordination: 1. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for locating anchorages installed into blocking which is provided under this Section. 2. Coordinate work of this Section with the work of the various trades responsible for applying finish materials and other items to rough carpentry work, and ensure that the work performed hereunder is acceptable to such trades for the installation of their work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data, physical properties and installation instructions for products specified herein. 2. Certifications: a. Written certification from the respective treatment plants indicating types of wood preservative treatment and fire-retardant treatment used, treatments method, applications instructions, and conformance to the requirements specified herein. 1) Provide certification that fire retardant treatment materials do not contain ammonium phosphate. 7/15/2013 06100- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS •• � A Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY: Building-into masonry hollow metal door frames, placed and braced under this Section 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY. B Section 06400 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: Shop fabricated casework. C Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL,DOORS AND FRAMES:Furnishing hollow metal framing. D Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING:Metal framing for drywall construction work. E Section 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD: Wall board construction work, having taped and compounded joint finish. F Section 09910 - PAINTING: Applied primer and finish coatings to exposed to view rough carpentry work. G Section 10810 - TOILET ACCESSORIES: Providing anchorage devices and mounting templates for toilet accessories. H Division 16 - ELECTRICAL:Providing and mounting electrical panels and equipment. 1.03 REFERENCES A Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. APA - applicable grades and specifications. 2. APA PRB-108 Performance Standards and Policies for Structural-Use Panels.. 3. ANSI A250.11 (formerly SDI 105) -Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Doors and Frames. 4. ASTM D 3201 - Test Method for Hygroscopic Properties of Fire-Retardant Wood. 5. AWPA Standards and references for preservative treated wood including Standards UCI, UC2, UC3A, UC313, UC4A, and P5 6. AWPA Standard UCFA—Fire Protection as Required by Codes Above Ground Interior Construction. 7. AWPA Standard UCFB —Fire Protection as Required by Codes Above Ground Exterior Construction. 8. AWPA M4—Care Of Preservative Treated Wood Products. 9. NER-643: ACQ Preserve and ACQ Preserve Plus Wood Preservative Treatment, ICBO Evaluation Service. 7/15/2013 06100- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A The work of this Section consists of rough carpentry where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes,but is not limited to the following. B Furnish and install the following: 1. Fire retardant treated plywood backer panels for mounting of electrical panelboards, telephone/data backboards, HVAC and fire control equipment and other equipment. 2. Plywood wall sheathing beneath gypsum wallboard at interior walls and partitions as blocking for wall mounted equipment and products. 3. Various wood blockings, edgings, nailers, curbs, cants, grounds, furring, sheathing, framing members including wood preservative, as required for receipt of various finishes and surfacing materials, not described herein above. 4. Rough installation hardware, including bolts, screws, spikes, nails, clips, and connection assemblies, as needed for installation of the rough carpentry work. C Install the following furnished under the designated Sections: 1. Metal door frames furnished under Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. a. Place frames and erect in correct positions within specified tolerances. Additionally provide temporary bracing at locations where frames are indicated to be built-into masonry. Section 04200 -UNIT MASONRY shall grout frames and"build-into' into masonry work. D Coordinate work of this Section with the work of the various trades responsible for applying finish materials and other items to rough carpentry work. Furnish and install furring,blocking, and shims, and other usual items of normal rough carpentry work as required by the various trades for the proper completion of the project. 1. The applicable requirements specified in Part 1 - GENERAL and Part 3 - EXECUTION of the individual specification sections furnishing materials to be installed under this Section, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. E No attempt is made in this Section to list all elements of rough carpentry required on this project or to describe how each element will be installed. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine for itself the scope and nature of the work required for a complete installation from the information provided herein and in the Drawings. 7/15/2013 06100- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Continuous Welds: Where noted on the drawings,provide continuous welds of a _A uniform size and profile. 4. Minimize Weld Show Through: At locations where welding on the far side of an exposed connection occurs, grind distortion and marking of the steel to a smooth profile with adjacent material. B. Immediately after welding, touch-up welds, burned areas and damaged surface coatings. 1. Thoroughly remove all spatter by power wire-brushing (or if inaccessible, wire brushing)per SSPC, surface preparation specification SP2 or SP3. Allow surface to cool to ambient temperature. Clean surface with solvent wipe to remove oils, grease and dirt in accordance with SSPC surface preparation specification SP 1. 2. Apply one coat of liquid zinc to attain a minimum of 1.5 mils dry film thickness. Coating should extend at least two inches beyond either side of weldment to ensure complete coverage of welded area. 3.03 FIELD BOLTING A. Accurately drive all bolts into holes,protecting the bolt heads so as not to damage the thread during the driving. Ensure that bolt heads and nuts rest squarely against the metal. Where structural members have sloping flange faces, provide approved beveled washers at the bolted connections to afford square seating for bolt heads or nuts. Nick bolt threads for unfinished bolts to prevent the nuts from backing off. 1. Bolt Head Orientation: All bolt heads shall be oriented as indicated on the contract documents. Where bolt-head alignment is specified, the orientation shall be noted for each connection on the erection drawings. Where not noted,the bolt heads in a given connection shall be oriented to one side. B. Use an approved calibrated manual or power torque wrench to obtain the proper torque and tension as recommended by the bolt manufacturer for all ASTM A 325 bolts. 3.04 TOUCH-UP A. Touch-up all welds, burned areas, scratches, abrasions, on galvanized metals, using specified liquid zinc coating. B. Touch-up all welds, scratches, abrasions, and other surface damaged on shop-primed or painted metals, using the same coatings as specified under shop applied finishes, herein above. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 05500- 16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition of raw surfaces resulting from job fitting,repair of job inflicted scratches and marks, and final cleaning up of the finished surfaces. 1. Touch-up finishes shall be fully compatible with, and exactly match shop applied finish, color, texture and sheen. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 ERECTION- GENERAL A. General: Accurately set all work to established lines and elevations, and rigidly fasten in place with suitable attachments to the construction of the building. At the completion of the work, check all work, re-adjust as required, and leave in perfect condition. Grind all exposed to view welds smooth to the touch. B. Setting bearing and leveling plates: 1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. 2. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. a. Use nonshrink grout, either metallic or nonmetallic, in concealed locations , * where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink,nonmetallic grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated. b. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. C. Miscellaneous framing and supports: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and additional requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. 1. Anchor supports for operable partitions, and similar products, securely to and rigidly braced to building structure. 3.02 FIELD WELDING A. Field weld components indicated on approved shop drawings in accordance with AWS D1.1. Weld profile, quality, and finish shall be consistent with approved samples and mock-ups. 1. Welds ground smooth: . For groove welds, the weld shall be made flush to the surfaces of each side and be within+ 1/16", -0" of plate thickness. 2. Contouring and blending of welds: Where fillet welds are indicated to be ground contoured, or blended, oversize welds as required; grind to provide a smooth transition and to match profile on approved mock-up . 7/15/2013 05500- 15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Shop apply specified primers thoroughly and evenly on the surfaces and worked into the joints and other open areas on the surfaces. Surfaces inaccessible after assembly shall be given two coats. Dry film thickness of primer shall be not less than 2.4 mils per coat. C. For hot-dipped galvanized steel items scheduled for field applied painted finish: 1. Touch-up all breaks on hot-dip surfaces caused by cutting, welding, drilling or undue abrasion with liquid zinc coating as specified above under the Article entitle "Hot Dip Galvanizing". 2. Factory-Applied Primer over Galvanized Steel: Provide factory-applied prime coat, certified OTCNOC compliant less than 2.8 lbs/gal. and conforming to EPA and local requirements. Apply primer within 12 hours after galvanizing at the same galvanizer's plant in a controlled environment meeting applicable environmental regulations and as recommended by the primer coating manufacturer. Primer coat shall exhibit a rugosity (smoothness)not greater than 4 rug (16-20 microns of variation) when measured by a profilometer over a 1 inch straight line on the surface of architectural and structural elements that are less than 24 pounds per running foot. Profilometer shall be capable of operating in 1 micron increments. Blast cleaning of the surface is unacceptable for surface preparation. Primer shall have a minimum two year re-coat window for application of finish coat. Coatings must meet or exceed the following performance criteria as stipulated by the coatings manufacturer: a. Basis-of-Design: Primergalv by Duncan Galvanizing, Everett, MA. b. Abrasion Resistance: ASTM D 4060 (CS17 Wheel, 1,000 grams load).1kg load, 200 mg loss. c. Adhesion: ASTM D4541, 1050 psi. d. Corrosion Weathering: ASTM D5894, 13 cycles, 4,368 hours; rating 10 per ASTM D714 for blistering and rating 7 per ASTM D610 for rusting. e. Direct Impact Resistance: ASTM D2794, 160 in. lbs. f. Flexibility: Method: ASTM D522, 180 degree bend, 1 inch mandrel, passes. g. Pencil Hardness: ASTM D3363, 3B. h. Moisture Condensation Resistance: ASTM D4585, 100 degrees F, 2000 hours; passes, no cracking or delamination. i. Dry Heat Resistance: Method: ASTM D2485, 250 degrees F. 3. Touch-up finish in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide touch-up such that repair is not visible from a distance of 6 feet. D. For aluminum fabrications: Shop-applied standard electrostatically applied baked enamel coating complying with AAMA 603. Coating shall be applied to 1.5 to 2 mills dry film thickness in color selected from manufacturer's fully available range. E. Field touch-up: Shall be the responsibility of the installing contractor and shall include the filling, and touch-up of exposed job made bolt or screw holes, refinishing ' 7/15/2013 05500- 14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 001k 3. System shall be true,plumb and level to the tolerances indicated, with no more than 1/720th of the span maximum deflection in either plane, when maximum loading conditions are applied due to equipment operations. 2.08 FINISHES -HOT-DIP GALVANIZING A. Surface preparation prior to galvanizing: Pickle steel prior to galvanizing in conformance with SSPC-SP8. Remove all rust, dirt, weld flux, weld spatter, and other foreign matter. B. Hot-Dip Galvanizing: For steel exposed to the elements,weather or corrosive environments and other steel indicated to be galvanized,provide coating for iron and steel fabrications applied by the hot-dip process. 1. Basis-of-Design: "Duncan Galvanizing, Everett, MA, product"Duragalv." 2. Comply with ASTM A 123 for fabricated products and ASTM A 153 for bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. Provide thickness of galvanizing specified in referenced standards. 3. Wherever possible,perform galvanizing after assembly of items. 4. Galvanized items shall be straightened to remove all warpage and distortion caused by the galvanization process. 5. Fill vent holes after galvanizing(if applicable), and grind smooth. 6. Touch-up all breaks on hot-dip surfaces caused by cutting, welding, drilling or undue abrasion with liquid zinc coating as specified herein above. Apply liquid zinc by brush or spray on all damaged areas in two coats to a total dry film thickness of not less than 3 mils. Apply first coat within two hours after damage to hot-dip film to prevent undue oxidation of exposed surface. On all welds remove weld spatter by power wire brushing or equivalent before applying liquid zinc coating. Repair material should extend at least 3 inches beyond all edges of the damaged galvanized area as possible to assure continuity of galvanic protection. 7. Touch-up of galvanized surfaces with aerosol spray, silver paint,bright paint, brite paint, or aluminum paints is not acceptable. 2.09 FINISHES - SHOP APPLIED COATINGS A. Schedule: Shop applied coatings as indicated on Drawings, and as additionally specified and scheduled in this Section. B. For non-galvanized steel surfaces: 1. Surface preparation prior to priming: Thoroughly clean all steel of all loose mill scale by power wire brushing or sandblasting. Remove all rust, dirt, weld flux, weld spatter, and other foreign matter by wire-brushing or scraping (power wire- brushing, if necessary). Grind smooth any sharp projections. 7/15/2013 05500- 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Design, fabricate and install for temperature change range of 120 degrees F, -^ ambient temperature and 180 degrees F, material surfaces. H. Carefully coordinate the installation of metal fabrications with the work of trades responsible for the installation of interfacing work, and for the installation of work into the various assemblies furnished hereunder, and permit the installation of the related materials to be made at the appropriate times. I. Fit and assemble metal fabrications in largest practical sections for delivery to site, ready for installation. 1. Galvanized assemblies: Where size of assembly is too large for galvanizing kettle, galvanize components prior to fabrication and assemble after galvanizing. 2.07 FABRICATION - SUPPORTS A. Design, engineer and fabricate structural overhead support for equipment, furnishings, and products furnished under Sections, which includes, but is not limited to: 1. Folding panel partitions. 2. Equipment furnished under individual specification sections. 3. Owner's furnished equipment. B. Fabricate support system to carry the entire load of supported products to building A % structure above without transferring any horizontal or vertical load to ceiling system(s). Provide frequently spaced holes for multiple adjustment. Provide diagonal bracing. Use of a "Universal Grid" system members is acceptable. C. Fabricate supports for equipment, fixtures, and appurtenances utilizing a"Universal Grid" system with rails extending wall-to-wall,perpendicular to the path of travel of the same. 1. Design, engineer and fabricate supporting framework to support a concentrated load at any single point along the exposed rails, as exerted by the equipment to be purchased by the Owner. a. Installed framework shall have a minimum loading safety factor of 2.5, based upon ultimate strength under static loading conditions. b. The concentrated load shall be the maximum that will be encountered by positioning the equipment at the extremities of its travel (maximal load configurations). c. Base loads on the most severe conditions as may be encountered by any of the manufacturers producing equipment for the type of services of the rooms indicated. 2. Rail shall be on centers as required by equipment manufacturer and allow continuous attachment along any point on the rail. 7/15/2013 05500- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Rust-Oleum: 1069 Heavy Duty Rust Inhibitive Red Primer. c. Sherwin Williams: Kern Flash Primer HS, Red Oxide E61R702. d. Tnemec: 10-99 Red Primer. e. Wibur& Williams (California Products Corporation): 1703 Universal Metal Primer. 2.06 FABRICATION - GENERAL A. Metal surfaces shall be clean and free from mill scale, flake,rust and rust pitting; well formed and finished to shape and size, true to details with straight, sharp lines, and angles and smooth surfaces. Curved work shall be to true radii. Exposed sheared edges shall be eased. B. Shop fabricate items wherever practicable, accurately fitting all parts and making all joints tight. Do not fabricate materials until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by, the Engineer. C. Do all cutting, punching, drilling, and tapping required for attachment of anchor bolts and other hardware and for attachment of work by other trades. All such work shall be done prior to hot-dip galvanizing of the various components. D. Grind all edges of bars and plates completely free from nicks and machine marks, prior to galvanizing and/or shop priming. "' E. Grind all exposed-to-view welds completely smooth and flush to the surface plane of the base metals. Perform welding work prior to galvanizing in all cases, except where field welding is necessary, in which case, completely coat all such welds with two coats of specified liquid zinc coating, after performing grinding operations. 1. Finish welds on exposed to view components to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 1 welds: no evidence of a welded joint. F. Use screws and bolts only where welding cannot be performed, of sufficient size to ensure against loosening from normal usage of miscellaneous metal items furnished hereunder. 1. Countersink all screw heads and bolt heads as far as practicable. Use not less than two screw,bolts, or other anchorage items, at each connection point. 2. Draw up all threaded connections tightly, after buttering same with pipe joint compound, to exclude water. G. Provision for Thermal Movement: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 7/15/2013 05500- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Products which may be considered as equal include the following, or approved equal: a. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst NJ., product: "Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod Gel. b. Simpson Strong Tie, Pleasanton, CA.,product"SET High Strength Epoxy". c. Symons Corporation, Des Plaines, IL.,product"Rescon Gel anchor 304". B. Grout: Ready mixed, non-metallic high-strength controlled expansion grout of flowable consistency, conforming to ASTM C 1107 with minimum compressive strength of 8,000 pounds per square inch (55.2 MPa) at 28 days. 1. Products which may be considered as equal include the following, or approved equal: a. Five Star Products, Inc., Fairfield CT,product"Five Star Grout." b. L&M Construction Chemicals, Omaha NE, Product: "Crystex." c. BASF Construction Chemicals, Cleveland, OH.,product"Masterflow 713". d. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ.,product"SikaGrout 212". e. ChemMasters, Madison, OH., product"Conset". C. Metal paste filler: 2 component epoxy, high strength, structural adhesive putty: 1. Products which may be considered as equal include the following, or approved equal: a. Abatron, Inc. Gilberts IL,product: "Ferrobond-P". b. DynatronBondo Corp., Atlanta, GA,product: "Bondo Plastic Filler". c. U.S. Chemical &Plastics Company.,Massillon OH,product"Metal filled epoxy". D. Liquid zinc coating, for touch-up of welds, scratches, and abrasions in galvanized steel: Low VOC organic zinc-rich coating containing 92%metallic zinc, by weight in the dried film(ASTM D520, Type III) and conforming to SSPC Paint 20, Type II, Level 1. Liquid zinc coating shall be recognized under the Component Program of Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. as an equivalent to hot-dip galvanizing; conforming to MIL-P-2103513 and SSPC Paint 29, Type II, Level I, for repair of hot-dip galvanizing and meeting the requirements for Zinc-Rich Paints. I. VOC limit: not more than 250 g/L. 2. Specified manufacturer and product: ZRC Worldwide, Marshfield MA,product "ZRC-22 I". E. Primer for non-galvanized steel surfaces, modified alkyd rust-inhibitive, high solids primer: 1. Products which may be considered as equal include the following, or approved equal: a. International (Courtaulds Coatings): Interlac 260HS. 7/15/2013 05500- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition AOW H. Plain Washers: Round, ASME B 18.22.1. I. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B 18.2 1.1 2.04 TV MOUNTING BRACKET A. TV mounting bracket: Ceiling mounted bracket, consisting of the following minimum characteristics: 1. Adjustable to accommodate the following unit sizes: 32, 37, 40, 42, 46, 47, 50, 52, 55, 58 and 60 inches, with VESA 200 by x 200 mm to 680 by 460 mm mounting holes. 2. Loading capacity up to 110 lbs. 3. Capable of mounting to the wall and to flat and vaulted ceilings. 4. Adjustable height ranges of 26 - 35.4 inches from the ceiling, in 4 inch increments. 5. Forward and backward tilt and 360 degree pan adjustment . B. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. VideoSecu, Video Security Solutions, Carrollton TX. 2. Sonax, Surrey, BC, Canada. 3. Sanus North America,Eden Prairie, MN. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive for attaching anchors and for direct pinning: high-modulus, high strength, moisture tolerant, epoxy adhesive, two-component 100 percent solids, epoxy resin complying with ASTM C 881. 1. Minimum performance properties (as cured at 70 degrees F. and 50 percent relative humidity): a. Minimum Compressive Strength, tested per ASTM D-695: 1) at 3 days: 11300 psi (31.0 MPa). 2) at 7 days: 11800 psi (44.8 MPa). 3) at 28 days: 12200 psi (58.6 MPa). b. Shear Strength, tested per ASTM D-732 at 14 days: 6200 psi (43 MPa) c. Minimum Flexural Strength tested per ASTM D-790 at 14 days: 10700 psi (74 MPa). d. Minimum Bond Strength tested per ASTM C-882 at 14 days: 1) Plastic Concrete to Hardened Concrete 2200 psi (13.8 Mpa). 2) Plastic Concrete to Steel 2000 psi (13.8Mpa). e. Maximum Water Absorption, tested per ASTM D-570: 24 hour 0.27% £ Minimum Tensile properties tested per ASTM D-638: Tensile Strength 6900 psi (48 Mpa). 7/15/2013 05500- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition structural steel shapes, with submittal and approval of complete engineering Drawings and calculations as a substitution. 3. Finish: a. Rust inhibiting acrylic enamel paint applied by electro-deposition, after cleaning and phosphating, and thoroughly baked. Color is per Federal Standard 595a color number 14109 (dark limit V-). Finish to withstand minimum 400 hours salt spray when tested in accordance with ASTM B 117. B. All channel members shall be fabricated from structural grade steel confirming to the following ASTM specifications: 1. ASTM A 653 Grade A C. All fittings shall be fabricated from steel conforming to one of the following ASTM specifications: 1. ASTM A 36, A 575, or A 576. D. All materials shall be stamped and identifiable by manufacturer and part number (where appropriate). Materials that appear damaged, distressed, unidentifiable or rusted shall not be used and will not be accepted. 2.03 FASTENERS A. General: Provide all fasteners and attachments as required for work specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings. 1. In general, a. Provide all fasteners and attachments of the same material and finish as the metal to which it is applied unless otherwise noted. 1) Provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use. 2) Provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. B. Steel Bolts,Nuts and Washers: ASTM A307, galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized components. C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. 1. Provide hot-dip or mechanically deposited, zinc-coated anchor bolts where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. D. Eyebolts: ASTM A 489. E. Machine Screws: ASME B 18.6.3. F. Lag Bolts: ASME B 18.2.1. G. Wood Screws: Flat head,ASME B 18.6.1. 7/15/2013 05500- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Extruded bar and shapes: ASTM B 221, alloy 6063--T6 or alloy 6463--T52. b. Plate and sheet: ASTM B209, alloy 6063--T6 or Alloy 3003-H14 2. Steel shapes, plates and bars: ASTM Designation A 36. 3. Steel plates to be bent or cold-formed: ASTM A283, grade C. 4. Steel bars and bar-size shapes: ASTM A36. 5. Cold-finished steel bars: ASTM A108. 6. Galvanized carbon steel sheets: ASTM A526, with G90 zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A525. B. Steel materials: to be hot dip-galvanized: Provide steel chemically suitable for metal coatings complying with the following requirements: Carbon below 0.25 percent, silicon below 0.24 percent,phosphorous below 0.05 percent, and manganese below 1.35 percent. Notify galvanizer if steel does not comply with these requirements to determine suitability for processing. C. Metal surfaces, general: For metal fabrications exposed to view upon completion of the Work,provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials whose exposed surfaces exhibit pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, roughness, and, for steel sheet, variations in flatness exceeding those permitted by reference standards for stretcher-leveled sheet. D. Welding rods: AWS E70XX grade, or select in accordance with AWS specifications for the metal alloy to be welded and in accordance with the recommendation of the welding rod manufacturer. 1. Where stainless steel is welded to mild steel, select rods to minimize dilution effects on the stainless steel component. 2.02 UNIVERSAL GRID SYSTEM A. Specified Manufacturer: To establish a standard of quality, design and function desired, Drawings and specifications have been based on Unistrut Corporation, Itasca IL. 1. Acceptable Manufacturers and products: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include the following. a. Unistrut Corporation, Itasca IL, product"Unistrut" b. Cooper US, Inc.,Houston TX,product"Cooper B-Line". c. Gleason Partners, LLC, Grand Rapids, MI.,product"Strut Channel Systems". d. Thomas &Betts Corporation, Memphis TN,product"Kindorf Superstrut". 2. There are no other manufacturers of this product type available in the United States, fabricators may choose to fabricate grid system components using 7/15/2013 05500- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. 1. Galvanizer's tagging: The galvanizer shall mark all lots of material with a clearly visible stamp or tag indicating the name of the galvanizer, the weight of the zinc coating, and the applicable ASTM Specification Numbers. B. Qualifications: 1. Fabricator/Installer: Minimum of 5 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein, and approved by product manufacturer. 2. Welders: Utilize only qualified welders employed on the Work. Submit verification that Welder's are AWS D1.1 and D1.4 qualified within the previous 12 months. 3. Licensed Professionals: Provide the services of a Professional Structural Engineer,registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to design and certify that the work of this section meets or exceeds the performance requirements specified in this section and as required by Massachusetts State Building Code. a. Prepare Shop Drawings for under direct supervision of a same Engineer experienced in design of this work. „ 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals,required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this subcontract, have been received and approved by the Engineer. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Handle and store materials under cover in a manner to prevent defacement, deformation, or other damage to the materials and to shop finishes, and to prevent the accumulation of foreign matter on the metal work. All such work shall be repaired and cleaned prior to erection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: All materials shall be new stock, free from defects impairing strength, durability or appearance, and of best commercial quality for each intended purpose. Unless specifically called for otherwise, work shall be fabricated from the following: 1. Aluminum: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer or finisher for the type of use and finish indicated 7/15/2013 05500- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3) Indicate shop built components, and field-built components. 4) Indicate and detail all field installation connections. 5) Indicate weld types and length. 6) Indicate blocking locations. 3. Selection Samples: a. Sample card indicating Manufacturer's full range of colors of shop applied finishes available for selection by Engineer. 4. Verification Samples: Accepted samples will be used to establish the quality standard for fabrication,workmanship and finish. a. Factory/shop finishes: 3 inch by 6 inch samples of factory-applied coatings and colors proposed for use for approval prior to coating application. b. Provide minimum 24 by 24 inch (or equivalent for shapes) of fabricated and finished ornamental metal components, demonstrating the quality of fabrication work, and finish. 5. Certificates: a. Certificate of Compliance from Galvanizer: Submit notarized Certificate of Compliance with application for payment for galvanizing, signed by galvanizer, indicating compliance with requirements of specifications. Include scope of services provided, and quantity and itemized description of items processed. b. Welders certificates as specified under Article entitled"QUALITY ASSURANCE". 6. Delegated Design Submittals: Provide calculations for loading and stresses for the work of this section,bearing the Professional Structural Engineer's seal. Show how design load requirements and other performance requirements as required by the Massachusetts State Building Code have been satisfied. a. Work scope requiring loading and stress calculations includes, but is not limited to the following: 1) Metal fabrications supporting work of other trades. 2) Seismic restraints. 3) Overhead supports. B. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01770— PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 1. Special Inspections: Submit prior to request for Certificate of Occupancy, to both Engineer and local Building Official having jurisdiction,the following: a. All certifications, reports and programs required by the Massachusetts State Building code for work engineered by Contractor's Professional Engineer under the requirements of this Section. 7/15/2013 05500- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Coordinate time of meeting to occur prior to installation of work under the related .. sections named below. 1. Required attendees: Engineer, Contractor, Installer's Project Superintendent, and representatives of other related trades as directed by the Engineer or Contractor. 2. Agenda: a. Scheduling of metal fabrications operations. b. Review of staging and material storage locations. c. Coordination of work by other trades. d. Installation procedures for ancillary equipment. e. Protection of completed Work. C. Sequencing: 1. Field Measurements a. Take field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of Work. b. Allow for adjustments within specified tolerances wherever taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. D. Scheduling: 1. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing inserts and anchorages furnished by this Section; make arrangements for delivery, receipt and installation of inserts and anchorages to prevent delay of the Work. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's complete product data and specifications for all prefabricated items, shop primer paints, liquid zinc coating, and hydraulic cements, to be furnished hereunder. a. For epoxy anchoring systems: Furnish ICC-ES Code approvals and performance data that includes recommended loading for each application. 2. Shop Drawings, bearing registration stamp of a Professional Structural Engineer registered in Commonwealth of Massachusetts. a. General requirements: 1) Include large scale details of items of all metal fabrications to be furnished hereunder, showing proposed methods of anchorage to surrounding structure and conditions. 2) Indicate on the shop drawings all erection marks for various places of miscellaneous metals, and ensure that the actual field pieces bear corresponding marks. 7/15/2013 05500- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 19. ASTM B 209 - Specification for Aluminum Alloy, Sheet and Plate. 20. ASTM B 221 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. 21. ASTM A 653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated(Galvannealed)by the Hot-Dip Process. 22. AGAI - Inspection Manual for Hot-Dipped Galvanized Products. 23. AISC - Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 24. AISC - Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 25. AWS - Standard Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction. 26. FS QQ-A-250d- Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy, Plate and Sheet. 27. MIL-P-2103513 - Paint High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair(Metric) (superseding DOD-P-21035A) 28. NAAMM, applicable publications. 29. SSPC referenced standards. 30. NAAMM publication AMP 500—Metal Finishes Manual 31. NAAMM publication AMP 555 —Code of Standard Practice for The Architectural Metal Industry. Am", 32. SSPC standards referenced herein, including: a. SSPC-SP I, Surface Preparation— Solvent Cleaning, b. SSPC-SP2, Surface Preparation—Hand Tool Cleaning. c. SSPC-SP3, Surface Preparation—Power Tool Cleaning d. SSPC-SP8, Surface Preparation- Pickling. e. SSPC-Paint 20, Zinc-Rich Coating (Type 1) Inorganic and(Type II) Organic. f. SSPC-Paint 29, Zinc Dust Sacrificial Primer Performance. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate work of this subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. 2. Be responsible for establishing locations and levels for all work of this Section, except such parts as may be delivered to others and set by them. In such cases assist them in properly locating said parts. B. Pre-Installation Meetings: At least two weeks prior to commencing fabrication work of this Section, conduct a pre-installation conference at the Project site. Comply with requirements of Section 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION. 7/15/2013 05500- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Section 09100 -NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING: Non-loadbearing metal framing systems for interior partitions and ceilings. C. Section 09910 - PAINTING: Applied finish coatings other than those specified herein. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. The standards referenced herein are included to establish recognized minimum quality only. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. Equivalent quality and testing standards will be acceptable, subject to their timely submission, review and acceptance by the Engineer. 1. ASTM A 36 - Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A 53 —Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated, Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. 3. ASTM A 108 - Standard Specification for Steel Bar, Carbon and Alloy, Cold Finished. 4. ASTM A 123 - Zinc Coatings on Products Fabricated From Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip. 5. ASTM A 153 - Zinc-Coating on Iron and Steel Hardware. 6. ASTM A 283 - Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars. 7. ASTM A 307 - Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. 8. ASTM A 325 - Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength 9. ASTM A 361 - Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Roofing sheets. 10. ASTM A 385 —Providing High Quality Zinc Coatings. 11. ASTM A 380— Standard Practice for Cleaning, Descaling and Passivation of Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment and Systems. 12. ASTM A 386 - Zinc Coating on Assembled Steel Products. 13. ASTM A 446 - Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheets of Structural Quality, Coils and Cut Lengths. 14. ASTM A 501 - Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. 15. ASTM A 525 - Specification for Sheet Steel, Zinc Coated(Galvanized). 16. ASTM A 780—Repair of Hot-Dip Galvanizing. 17. ASTM A 1011/A 1011 M - Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-High Strength. 18. ASTM B 117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray(Fog)Apparatus. 7/15/2013 05500- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. The work of this Section consists of miscellaneous metals, and ornamental iron where shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, and as required for a complete and proper installation. Work includes, but is not limited to the following. B. Furnish and install: 1. Soffit support framing. 2. Supports for folding panel partitions. 3. Above ceiling supports for products furnished under other sections. 4. Supports for millwork counters 5. Restraining angles at top of masonry walls. 6. TV mounting bracket. C. Furnish the following items for installation under related sections: 1. Anchor bolts, with nuts and washers; inserts; and sleeves; required to attach miscellaneous metal items to masonry, for installation under Section 04200 - UNIT MASONRY. D. Perform all drilling and cutting in miscellaneous metal items required for the attachment of other items. E. Perform all shop painting for all surfaces of exposed to view galvanized and non- galvanized metals, and post-erection touch-up of shop prime coat, using the same material as shop-prime coating. F. Perform application of liquid zinc touch-up to all welds of galvanized steel items furnished hereunder. G. No attempt is made in this Section to list all elements of miscellaneous metal required on this project or to describe how each element and component will be installed. It is the responsibility of the subcontractor to determine for itself the scope and nature of the work required for a complete installation from the information provided herein and in the Drawings. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 06400 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK: Countertops requiring fabricated steel supports. OOW 7/15/2013 05500- 1 D. After erection, any damage to the shop coat and areas at field welds, bolts, and any other unpainted areas shall be touched up with the same paint used for shop coat. END OF SECTION Document 1 wmok. Aft! 10/14/2011 05120-8 substantial stress," as specified in Section M2.2, "Gas Cutting," of the AISC Design-Specification. J. The use of a gas cutting torch in the field for correcting fabrication errors will not be permitted upon any major member of the structural framing. The use of a gas cutting torch will be permitted only on minor members, and then only after approval by the Engineer. K. Steel work shall be adequately and safely supported and braced until the permanent supports and braces (by whomever supplied) are installed. Temporary lateral braces and support members which may be required have not, in general, been designed by the Engineer or indicated on the drawings. All temporary material and all traces thereof shall be completely removed before acceptance of the work. The Engineer has not designated the order of erection of steel work. L. Planking of steel work to provide temporary floors for steel erection or as required by law for steel erection, shall be included under this section. Such planking shall remain the property of the steel erector. Any other planking of steel work, where required by law or for the convenience of other trades, is not included under this section of the specification. M. Sufficient dunnage or other effective means shall be supplied to keep steel members clear of the ground during unloading, sorting, storage, and erection operations. After erection all members shall be left clean and free from mud, dirt, or other foreign matter, and in proper condition for application of field paint. 3.05 SHOP AND FIELD TOUCH-UP PAINTING: A. Structural Steel work shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP-6, Commercial Grade. Except for areas to be field welded, all steel shall be given one shop coat with a 3 mil dry film thickness of an inorganic zinc rich primer. B. A representative of the paint company shall inspect the steel fabricator's plant while shop painting is in progress to verify that the surface preparation and the painting meet this specification, and shall submit this certification to the Engineer. C. Areas to be field welded shall be protected with a shop coat of linseed oil. Paint shall be throughly and evenly applied, to dry surfaces, and shall be well worked into joints and other open spaces. 10/14/2011 05120-7 3.04 STEEL FABRICATION AND ERECTION: A. Columns and base plates shall be set and accurately plumbed and leveled under this section of the specification. B. Column base plates shall rest on setting plates, as detailed, and shall conform to the requirements of the AISC Design-Spec, Section M2.8. C. Setting plates shall conform to the following: 1. Top surface of plates shall be flat to within 0.025-inches in 12-inches. 2. Top surface of plates shall be level to within 0.025-inches in 12-inches. 3. Total of both out-of-level and cut-of-flatness shall not exceed 0.025-inches in 12-inches. 4. Plates shall not be thinner than 1/4-inch, or smaller in any horizontal dimension than the base plate supported thereon. Note: Level and flatness will be checked in the field by the Engineer, using a carpenter's level. A difference in level of 0.025-inches in 12-inches is readily detectable by this means. Amok D. Grouting of column setting plates shall be performed under Section 03300 of the specification. Structural grouting shall be non-shrink and conform to the requirements of Section 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE of the specification. No load shall be applied to grout until five days after the plate has been grouted. E. Bearing surfaces of columns shall be saw cut at cap and base plates, and contact surfaces of plates planed. Quality of the saw cut shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Maximum out-of-square shall be 1/64-inch. F. Except as otherwise indicated on the drawings, gusset plates shall have a minimum thickness of 3/8-inch. G. Holes shall be made in steel members for attachment of wood blocking, nailers, etc. Holes shall be sized to suit the fasteners indicated on the architectural drawings: where size and spacing are not indicated, holes shall be 9/16-inch diameter, at 3 feet O.C. H. Camber of beams and girders shall be that indicated on the design drawings. Where no camber is indicated, any minor camber resulting from rolling or shop assembly shall be upward. 1. The finish of gas-cut edges parallel to the line of application of the major force in a Alok member with such edges shall be equal to that for "edges which will be submitted to 10/14/2011 05120-6 H. Where calibrated air-driven power wrenches are used to determine required bolt tension, the proper air pressure for each power wrench shall be determined at least twice daily, and more often if required by the Engineer. Proper air pressure shall be determined by means of torque measurements on trial bolts. Once determined, the proper air pressure shall be maintained at the wrench until it is retested. The length of size of the air supply hose shall not be altered, and the pressure-reducing valve shall not be adjusted without recalibrating the wrench. 1. After bolting of a joint is completed, the joint shall be marked with a symbol indicating bolting is completed. J. The erector shall furnish trained personnel to inspect and check each installed bolt and perform other such spot checking or testing as required by the Engineer to ensure that the requirements of this specification are met. K. The erector shall test a minimum of 5 percent of the bolts tightened by power wrench, in a sufficient number of joints to give a representative sample of the job, and all bolts tightened by manual wrench. Bolts shall be tested by means of a manual torque wrench. The minimum permissible torques required to turn bolts in place shall be those required to produce the tension values listed in Table J3.7 of the AISC specification. Torque measurements shall be made with the nut rotating. A bolt shall be considered properly tightened if it develops a static torque 15 percent above the required torque. L. Bolt tension checks for calibrating wrenches shall be made at the job site using a bolt tensometer as manufactured by Skidmore-Wilhelm Manufacturing Company, Cleveland, Ohio, or an approved equal. Each test or calibration shall be made using a new, unused bolt. The specification shall be increased if, in the opinion of the Engineer,job conditions require it. M. After inspection the joint shall be marked by the erector with a symbol which indicates work is completed and joint is satisfactory. N. If it is discovered that bolts marked as approved by the erector's inspector are not in compliance with the requirements of this section and the referenced specification, codes, or authorities, the erector's bolting and inspecting procedures shall be revised as required by the Engineer before any of the remaining bolts are installed. O. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect and test all bolted connections; costs for this additional testing will be borne by the Owner. 10/14/2011 05120-5 E. Welding shall be by the manual shielded metal-arc process. If the fabricator wishes to - * use other processes, full details of materials, equipment, and procedures shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer before any welding, other than as specified herein, is performed. F. All welds shall be free of undercut, unfilled craters, and cracks, and shall have smoothly faired contours. Flux and loose scale shall be removed from previous weld bead before succeeding bead is laid. G. Welds other than those indicated on the design drawings may be used only if approved in advance by the Engineer. All such welds shall be shown on the approved shop drawings of the member. 3.03 CONNECTIONS (BOLTED): A. Unfinished bolts shall conform to ASTM A307. The nuts of all unfinished bolts shall be secured against loosening by denting the bolt threads with a chisel, or by other means approved in advance by the Engineer. B. High strength bolted connections shall conform to the AISC Joint-Specification. The connections shall be bearing type, unless noted otherwise on the drawings. Erector shall furnish with his proposal a full and detailed description of all installation and inspection procedures for high strength bolting. C. The entire high strength bolting operation, including all materials and equipment used, personnel employed, and routine inspection procedures, shall be under the direct supervision of and shall be the direct responsibility of the steel erector, but subject to the approval and observation of the Engineer at all times. D. Bolts shall be tightened with calibrated power wrenches adjusted to stall or cut-out at the selected bolt tension; wrenches shall not be used with this feature inoperative or out of adjustment. At locations inaccessible for calibrated wrenches, manual wrenches may be used to tighten bolts. E. All bolts have a hardened washer under the element (nut or bolt head) turned in tightening. Beveled washers shall be used where flange slope exceeds 1:20. F. The sockets used to tighten high strength bolts shall score or mark the nuts so that nuts that have been tightened can be easily identified. High strength bolts or nuts once tightened shall not be loosened then re-used. Care shall be taken not to damage the threads of high strength bolts during installation. Joints shall be properly aligned and drifted and holes reamed, if required, to permit bolts to be slipped into place by hand. No burning is allowed for hole adjustment. G. The recommendations of the wrench manufacturer shall be followed in the operation _Owk and maintenance of the power wrenches. 10/14/2011 05120-4 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL: A. Rolled steel sections and column base plates shall be fabricated from material which conforms to ASTM A36 unless noted otherwise. B. Base plate anchor bolts and setting plates shall be furnished and delivered to the site under this section of the specification for installation under another section. Bolts shall conform to ASTM A307 and plates to ASTM A36. C. Paint for the structural steel shop coat shall be an inorganic zinc rich primer such as Tnemec 90-93, PPG Metalhide, or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONNECTIONS (GENERAL): A. Connections shall be designed by the fabricator subject to the provisions of the design drawings, specifications and the referenced AISC Specifications. Such connections shall be designed as Type 2 (simple frame) Connections, and shall be selected from the appropriate AISC Manual Tables to support one-half the total uniform load ROW capacity of the beam unless noted otherwise. B. The axes of axially loaded members which meet at a point shall intersect at the point. C. Accessory material not indicated on the design drawings, intended to be left in place on the completed structure by the erector, shall be indicated on the approved shop drawings. Where so indicated by the Engineer on the shop drawings, such items shall be removed before acceptance of the completed work. 3.02 WELDING: A. Welding shall be only for the connections and assemblages shown on the drawings or specified herein, and shall be performed in the shop, except where specifically noted otherwise. B. Welders employed on the work shall be experienced structural welders, previously qualified by tests and prescribed in the AWS Code, using the base metals and electrodes specified herein. Welders shall present satisfactory evidence of qualification, in accordance with Paragraph 604 of the AWS Code. C. Welding materials and workmanship shall conform to the same code. D. Welding electrodes shall conform to the requirements of AWS Code, Section A5.1 or A5.5, E7OXX series. 10/14/2011 05120-3 AISC Joint Spec Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM A36 Structural Steel ASTM A307 Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Standard Fasteners ASTM A325 High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints Including Suitable Nuts and Plain Hardened Washers ASTM A490 Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts for Structural Steel American Welding Society(AWS) AWS Code Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) SSPC SP-6 Commercial Blast Cleaning 1.05 SUBMITTALS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS, SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING: A. Complete, checked shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. Shop drawings shall include erection diagrams, details of all framing members, including all anchorage, templates, fasteners, etc., and full details of welds. B. Submit welders' certificate for both shop and field welders. C. Submit Certificate of Design with stamp and registration for connections designers. D. Submit catalog and calibration data for bolt tensioning device, including a certificate of latest calibration. E. Six sets of manufacturer literature of the shop paint shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. F. Submit standards mill test reports, as described in the Quality Assurance section. 10/14/2011 05120-2 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. This Section covers structural steel work complete. B. Structural steel shall consist of all material as defined in Section 2, "Definition of Structural Steel," of the AISC Code, and accessory material called for, or reasonably implied by the drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 01450, STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS B. Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Section 05311, STEEL ROOF DECK OOW D. Section 05500, MISCELLANEOUS METALS E. Section 07840, FIRESTOPPING F. Section 09900, PAINTING 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Standard mill test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer in advance of shipment of any steel. Separate reports shall be submitted for each heat of steel represented in the structure. Reports shall cover test results indicating compliance with the chemical and physical requirements of ASTM A36. B. All connection details submitted shall bear the stamp of the Professional Engineer, registered in the state where the project is located, in responsible charge of the design of the connections. 1.04 REFERENCES: A. The following standards from a part of these specifications as referenced: American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC) AISC Code Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges AISC Design Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings 10/14/2011 05120-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Perform final cleaning operations from the top down. If masonry cleaning work is performed after windows, doors, frames, and other work has been installed, provide complete protection for said items; be fully responsible for any damage due to the cleaning operations. 4. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and non-metallic scrape hoes or chisels. 5. Perform final cleaning of masonry units by scrubbing with stiff bristle fiber brushes and clear water, changing the water frequently. E. Provide suitable protective coverings for all other surfaces and materials during the final cleaning procedures, and bear full responsibility for correcting any damage caused by these operations, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 04200- 20 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Maximum variation from plumb: For lines and surfaces of walls do not exceed 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in any story up to 20 feet maximum. At expansion joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet. C. Maximum variation from level: For lines of sills, tops of walls and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/8 inch in 3 feet, or 1/4 inch in 10 feet and 1/2 inch in 30 feet. D. Maximum variation of linear building line: For position shown in plan relating to columns, walls and partitions, do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet or 3/4 inch in 40 feet. E. Maximum variation in specified height: 1/2 inch per story. F. Maximum variation of joint thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 feet. 3.12 CLEANING A. Progress Cleaning: 1. General: Maintain site free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish resulting from the work of this Section. a. Remove from work areas surplus and waste materials resulting from the work of this Section. Remove on a continual on-going basis through-out the term of construction. 2. During the progress of the work, keep the exposed surfaces of masonry clean at all times, and protected against damage. As each segment of the masonry is erected, dry-brush the surfaces free from mortar spots and droppings. B. Cleaning prefaced-glazed concrete units: Clean as directed by manufacturer's written recommendations,using approved cleaners. 1. Do not powerwash prefaced-glazed concrete units. 2. Prohibited cleaners and solvents, include,but are not limited to: paint remover, lacquer thinner, epoxy thinner, methylene chloride acetone, muriatic acid. Contact glazing manufacturer for cleaner recommendations for hard to clean areas. C. Prior to performing the final cleaning work, examine all face joints in exposed masonry to locate cracks, holes or other defects in the mortar; and point up all such defects and fill with mortar as specified herein. Where necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, cut out defective joints in masonry and replace with new materials, exercising extreme care to match original work. D. At a time approved by the Engineer,perform final cleaning operations on all masonry as specified herein . 1. Perform the final cleaning work only when the ambient temperature is above 40 degrees Fahrenheit, and rising. 2. Do not use wire brushes or other abrasive tools in the cleaning operations. 7/15/2013 04200- 19 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 4. Do not splice reinforcing bars. 5. Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement. Maintain position with 1/2 inch of dimensioned position. 6. Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing. 7. Allow masonry lintels to attain specified strength before removing temporary supports. B. Where not detailed otherwise, maintain the following minimum bearings for lintels on each side of opening: 1. 6 inches bearing on concrete. 2. 3 inches bearing on steel. 3. 8 inches bearing on masonry. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection will be performed under the provisions of Division 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Testing frequency: Tests and evaluations listed in this article shall be performed during construction for each 5,000 square feet of wall area or portion thereof. C. Evaluation of Quality Control tests: In absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, masonry will be considered satisfactory if results from source quality control tests comply with minimum requirements indicated. 3.10 PROTECTION OF WORK A. Stain prevention: Provide protection and prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of exposed masonry and building finishes. Protect base of walls from rain- splashed mud and mortar splatter. 1. Remove immediately all grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 3.11 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from true surface level for exposed to view walls and partitions: 1. Unit-to-unit tolerance: 1/16 inch. 2. Surface, overall tolerance: 1/4 inch in 10 feet in any direction and 1/2 inch in 20 feet or more. a. Where both faces of single wythe wall or partition will be exposed to view, request and obtain decision from the Engineer as to which face will be required to conform to the specified surface level tolerance. 7/15/2013 04200- 18 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition low J. Protect all masonry from rain prior to, and during the installation thereof. If the temperature is in excess of 80 degrees Fahrenheit at time of installation, lightly moisten contact surfaces of masonry units by brushing with water. K. Cold/Hot Weather Procedures: No masonry work shall be laid in temperatures below 40 degrees Fahrenheit without the submittal to and review by the Engineer of cold weather procedures. 1. In ambient temperatures below 40 degrees Fahrenheit make provisions to adequately protect the masonry materials and the finished work from frost, including heating of masonry materials. a. Heat enclosed work areas as necessary to adequately protect the work of this Filed Sub-Bid. Such additional temporary heat and protection measures required is in addition to the protection furnished by General Contractor under provisions of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES, which occurs from November 1St to March 3 Is'. 2. No frozen work shall be built upon nor shall anti-freeze admixtures be permitted in the mortar mix. 3. Any completed work found to be affected by frost shall be taken down and rebuilt at no additional expense to the Owner. 3.07 BUILDING-IN WORK A. As work progresses install built-in metal door and glazed frames, fabricated metal frames, window frames,wood nailing strips, anchor bolts, plates and other items to be built-in the work. B. Install built-in items plumb and level; take care not to distort alignment of such items. C. Bed anchors of metal frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout except where joints are indicated to receive caulking and sealant. Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings. 1. Rake joints to receive sealant to a uniform depth of 3/4 inch for installation of caulking and sealant. D. Do not build-in organic materials subject to deterioration. 3.08 BUILDING-IN LINTELS A. Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings. 1. Openings up to 42 inches wide: Place two N 04 reinforcing bars 1 inch from bottom web. 2. Openings from 43 inches wide up to 78 inches wide: Place two N 05 reinforcing bars I inch from bottom web. 3. Openings over 79 inches wide: Reinforce as detailed in Drawings, consult 00*_ Engineer/Engineer if not detailed. 7/15/2013 04200- 17 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Lay no unit having chipped edges or face defects where such unit would be exposed to view. Remove any such unit, if installed, and replace with an undamaged unit, and bear all costs therefore. 6. Do not spread any more mortar than can be covered before surface of mortar has begun to dry. 7. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set. Where adjustment must be made, remove entirely, clean off mortar, and reset with fresh mortar. 8. Except for cleaning down and repointing, finish all masonry as the walls and partitions are carried up. E. Build-in reinforcement and anchorage items as the work progresses, grouting for secure anchorage. 1. Where steel reinforcing rods have been cast into concrete slabs, and left with upturned ends, carefully place masonry units down over the upturned ends of the rods, and fill cells of masonry units with specified grout. 2. Embed prefabricated horizontal joint reinforcing as the work progresses, with a minimum cover of 5/8"(16 mm) on exterior face of walls and 1/2" (13 mm) at other locations. Lap units not less than 6" (152 mm) at ends. Use prefabricated L and T units to provide continuity at corners and intersections. Cut and bend units as recommended by manufacturer for continuity at returns, offsets, column fireproofing,pipe enclosures and other special conditions. �* F. Except as indicated otherwise, isolate masonry from overhead structure: 1. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing members with a control joint. 2. Isolate top joint of masonry partitions from horizontal structural framing members and slabs, decks or blocking with compressible joint filler. G. Provide control joints at 30 feet on center maximum spacing, and keep clean of mortar droppings. H. Provide complete protection against breakage and weather damage to all masonry work, including substantial wood boxing around door jambs, over the tops of walls and wherever necessary to protect work at all stages of completion. Protect masonry when not roofed over, at all times when masons are not working on the walls. Apply tarpaulins or waterproof paper,properly weighted, or nailed, to assure their remaining in place to protect masonry from all possible hazards. 1. Point and fill all holes and cracks in new mortar joints with additional fresh mortar; do not merely spread adjacent mortar over defect or use dead mortar droppings. Do all pointing while mortar is still soft and plastic. If hardened, chisel defect out and refill solidly with fresh additional mortar, and tool or rake joints as specified herein. 7/15/2013 04200- 16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition how 1) Interior joints (all): Tool joints flush. b. Vertical joints (all): Tool joints flush. 2. Concealed from view masonry, including masonry which will be concealed by flashings and similar materials: Fill joints with mortar and strike joints flush. Concave tool exterior joints below grade. 3.05 CONTROL JOINTS A. Locate control joints where shown on Drawings, at corners adjacent to openings in masonry, changes in wall height and intersections with structural walls as approved by Engineer. L Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control joints. B. Form vertical control joints with a sheet building paper bond breaker fitted to one side of the hollow contour end of the block unit. Fill the resultant core with grout fill. Rake joint at exposed unit faces for placement of backer rod and sealant. 1. Size control joints in accordance with the requirements of Section 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS. C. Install preformed control joint device in continuous lengths. Seal butt and corner joints in accordance with manufacturers recommendation. 3.06 LAYING MASONRY- GENERAL A. Build the masonry walls and partitions in the various combinations and thickness to match existing construction and as indicated on the Drawings. B. Erect all masonry work in compliance with the line and level tolerances specified herein. Hold uniform joint sizes to match existing masonry. Correct, or replace, as directed by the Engineer,non-conforming masonry work at no additional cost to the Contract. C. Lay out coursing before setting to minimize cutting closures or jumping bond, Avoid the use of less-than-half-size units. D. Laying masonry units: I. Lay masonry units in full bed of mortar, with full head joints; uniformly joint with other work. 2. Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints. 3. Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted. 4. Interlock intersections and external corners. 5. Cut all exposed masonry with a motor-driven carborundum blade saw to ensure straight and clean,unchipped edges. 7/15/2013 04200- 15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Sandblast the foundation tops, if necessary, and remove all laitance and foreign material. 3. Verify that the foundation elevation is such that the bed joint thickness shall not vary from specified thickness, and that the foundation edge is true to line with masonry not projecting over more than 1/4". C. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. D. Protect surfaces of windows, door frames, louvers and vents as well as similar finish products with painted and integral finishes from mortar droppings and stains. 3.03 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Build chases and recesses as shown or required to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Provide not less than 8 inches of masonry between chase recess and jamb of openings and between adjacent chases and recesses. B. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After installation of equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to the opening. C. Establish lines, levels and coursing indicated. Protect from displacement. D. Match existing masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of new masonry with existing masonry. E. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension. Form vertical and horizontal joints of uniform thickness. F. Isolate masonry partitions from vertical structural framing and where indicated on the Drawings. Maintain joints free from mortar,ready to receive sealant and joint bead back-up. G. Provide compressible filler at tops of interior masonry partitions abutting structural above. 3.04 COURSING, BONDS AND JOINTS A. Coursing,joints and bond pattern: Running bond except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings. B. Joints: 1. Exposed to view masonry: except as specified below, fill all joints with mortar, strike off flush, and when mortar is thumb print hard tool joints with a non- staining tool. Joints shall be free of drying crack. a. Horizontal joints ,,,ft., 7/15/2013 04200- 14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.08 SCAFFOLDS AND STAGING A. General: Filed Subcontractors shall obtain required permits for, and provide scaffolds, staging, and other similar raised platforms, required to access their Work as specified in Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and herein. 1. Scaffolding and staging required for use by this Filed Subcontractor pursuant to requirements of Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES shall be furnished, erected, maintained in a safe condition, and dismantled when no longer required, by this Filed Sub-Trade requiring such scaffolding. 2. Each Filed Subcontractor is responsible to provide, maintain and remove at dismantling, all tarpaulins and similar protective measures necessary to cover scaffolding for inclement weather conditions other than those required to be provided, maintained and removed by the General Contractor pursuant to MGL (Refer to Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES and as additionally required for dust control). 3. Furnishing portable ladders and mobile platforms of all required heights, which may be necessary to perform the work of this trade, are the responsibility this Filed Subcontractor. 2.09 HOISTING MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT A. All hoisting equipment, rigging equipment, crane services and lift machinery required for the work by this Filed Subcontractor shall be furnished, installed, operated and maintained in safe conditions by this Filed Subcontractor, as referenced under Section 0 15 19 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive the work of this Section. B. Verify built-in and other items provided by separate Sections of the work are properly sized and located. C. Verify foundation walls supporting masonry is constructed within tolerances required by code D. Beginning of installation means acceptance of site conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to other Sections. B. Foundations: 1. Do not commence installation until foundations are clean, rough, and level. 7/15/2013 04200- 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition E. Building paper(to maintain joints open for subsequent application of sealant and backer rod): N°. 15 asphalt saturated felt. F. Cleaning solution: Non-acidic,not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. 2.06 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. General: Mix mortar and grout in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C270, and ASTM C476 as applicable. 1. Control batching procedure to ensure proper proportions by measuring materials by volume. Amount of mixing water and mortar consistency shall be controlled by mason. 2. Control batch sizes to allow for use within manufacturer's recommended pot life. 3. Retempering will be permitted only within the first two hours of initial mix or shorter times as directed by manufacturers. 4. Discard all mortar and grout which exceeds the time limits allowed by the manufacturer .Discard mortar that has partially set. B. Maintain sand uniformly damp immediately before mixing process. C. Add mortar color and admixtures in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration, matching existing mortar. D. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar or grout. E. Pouring grout shall be fluid consistency(as fluid as possible for pouring without separation of constituent parts). 2.07 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Preconstruction testing: Except for testing by the Contractor, required as part of this Section, the Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing laboratory to perform the following preconstruction testing indicated as well as other inspecting and testing services required by referenced unit masonry standard or indicated herein for source quality control: I. Concrete Masonry Unit Tests: For each different concrete masonry unit indicated, units will be tested for strength, absorption, and moisture content per ASTM C 140. 2. Mortar composition and properties will be field evaluated per ASTM C 780 for compressive strength, consistency, mortar aggregate ratio, water content, air content, and splitting tensile strength. 3. Grout compressive strength will be tested per ASTM C 1019 for compressive strength and slump. Awk 7/15/2013 04200- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition *. 1. Mortar for masonry below grade or in contact with earth: ASTM C 270 type M using the property specification. 2. Mortar for non-load bearing masonry above grade: ASTM C 270 type N using the property specification. 3. Mortar mix shall match existing color and be as recommended by the additive manufacturer. 4. Mortar for pointing, dirt and stain resistant type: ASTM C 270 type N using the property specification with added aluminum tristearate, calcium stearate, or ammonium stearate to a quantity of 3 percent of Portland cement weight. 2.03 GROUT MIXES A. Prepackaged grout (ready mix) complying with ASTM C 1107, or site-mixed Portland cement grout complying with ASTM C 476 may be used. B. Grout for bond beams and lintels: Fine grout having a compressive strength of 2,500 to 3,000 pounds per square inch (17.2 to 20.6 MPa) at 28 days; slump 8 to 10 inches. 2.04 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGE MATERIALS A. Single wythe longitudinal reinforcement for concrete masonry unit walls and partitions: in overall width 1-5/8 inches less than the overall wall thickness, as manufactured by Dur-O-Wal, Hohmann, AA Wire, or equal. 1. Interior partitions: Ladder design, 9 gage ASTM A 641 class 1 galvanized wire. B. Reinforcing steel, additional to rods which are embedded in concrete: Solid steel reinforcing bars, conforming to ASTM A 615, Grade 60, hot dipped galvanized in accordance with ASTM 123, B2 finish, of sizes indicated on the Drawings. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Patching material for existing glazed block: "Spectra-Glaze Patch Set" as manufactured by The Spectra Group through Spectra Industrial Licensing Corporation, Baltimore, MD or approved equal. B. Compressible filler: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride; oversized 50 percent to joint width; self-expanding, continuous in length, and in width to fill the joint to a point 3/4 inch back from each face of wall or partition. C. Compressible filler for joints at tops of non-load bearing masonry partitions, and for expansion joints in masonry walls: Closed cell Neoprene or PVC foam board, soft grade, 25 percent thicker than joint width, continuous in length, and in width to fill the joint to a point 3/4 inch back from each face of wall or partition. D. Premolded control joints for concrete masonry construction: Solid rubber of profile as indicated(to maintain lateral stability of wall), 60-80 shore A hardness. 7/15/2013 04200- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. Color and texture: Match existing. laftk B. Mortar materials for site mixed mortar: 1. Portland cement for masonry conforming to ASTM C 150, Type I, non-staining, without air entrainment. Use Type III as necessary for laying masonry in cold weather. a. For concrete masonry, use gray color portland cement 2. Aggregates for grout: Conforming to ASTM C 144 for fine aggregate and ASTM C 404, Size 8 or 89. 3. Aggregate for concrete masonry mortar: Clean, washed uniformly well graded sand conforming to ASTM C 144, with the following gradation, and having a fineness modulus between 2.15 and 2.35: Sieve Size Percentage Passing 0 ...............................100/o #8 ...............................95 to 100% #16 .............................70 to 100% #30 .............................40 to 75% #50 .............................10 to 35% #100 2 to 15% ........................... 0 4. Lime: Approved brand of plastic hydrated lime, conforming to ASTM C 207, Type "S". 5. Water: Clean and fresh without contaminants. C. Prepackaged mortar(ready mix) 1. General: complying with ASTM C 1142, factory blended consisting of: a. Portland cement: Comply with ASTM C 150, Type 1. b. Hydrated lime: Type S, complying with ASTM C 207. c. Aggregate: Provide clean, sharp, well graded aggregate free from injurious amounts of dust, lumps, shale, alkali, surface coatings, and organic matter, and complying with ASTM C144. d. Admixtures: Prepackaged mortar mixes contain manufacturer's own proprietary admixtures, additional field admixtures are strictly prohibited. e. Water: Provide water free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, and organic materials. Water shall be potable. f. Pigments: Chemically inert synthetic iron oxide pigments, lightfast, weather resistant, complying with ASTM C-979. 1) Mortar Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of standard colors. D. Mortar types: Afthk 7/15/2013 04200- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Minimum allowable compressive strength for an individual unit of not less than 500 psi (net area); and not less than 600 psi. (net area) for average of 3 units; when tested in accordance with ASTM C 140. 4. Oven dry density: a. Normal weight units: 125 pounds per cubic foot 5. Moisture content for average of 3 units, when delivered, not exceeding 35 percent of the total absorption, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 140. 6. Provide units clearly labeled as non-load-bearing. C. Structural glazed prefaced concrete units: Conforming to ASTM C 744 equal to Burns and Russell product"Spectra-Glaze II"and meeting the following additional requirements: 1. Strength: Comply with ASTM C-90, Type 1 (Moisture-Controlled) Fire rated for 2 hour construction where indicated on Drawings. 2. Unit size: Nominal 8 by 16 inches by widths indicated below: a. Unit width at interior partitions,nominal 6 inches except where noted otherwise. b. Provide sanitary cove units as starter course for all interior partitions and walls. 3. Face finish: Smooth colored, satin composite silica dioxide polymer finish conforming to ASTM C 744 and Thermal Shock test; single or double sided glazed as appropriate to detail condition, surface scored into nominal 8 by 8 inch face. 4. Color: Any two colors selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full standard range. 5. Trim shapes, as indicated on Drawings in color matching field block. D. Concrete masonry grout blocks: Open end high strength concrete masonry units and slot type strength concrete masonry units for use at reinforced concrete masonry construction where indicated on the Drawings. Conform to all requirements specified above for standard concrete masonry units, and the following additional requirements: 1. Plain-faced units of nominal thickness indicated on the Drawings, nominal 8 by 16 inch face dimension with light gray color and uniform medium-fine texture, sound, true to plane and line, and free from chips, cracks, and other defects. 2.02 MORTAR A. Prepackaged mortar(ready mix) complying with ASTM C 1142, or site-mixed portland cement mortar complying with ASTM C 270 may be used. 1. Admixtures are not permitted except where expressly specified herein or as otherwise approved by Engineer for specific field conditions. 7/15/2013 04200- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work Aook of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. 1.14 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work of this Subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. B. Coordinate work with that of other trades which require placement and building-in of, as work progresses, anchor bolts, wood blocking, hollow metal frames, and anchorage items. C. Examine all Drawings as to requirements for the accommodation of work of other trades. Provide all required recesses, chases, slots, and cutouts. Place anchors, bolts, sleeves and other items occurring in the masonry work. Take every precaution to minimize future cutting and patching. Closely coordinate the location and placement of such items. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Acceptable Concrete Masonry Fabricators: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, Fabricators offering concrete masonry products which may be incorporated in the work include the following, or approved equal: 1. Foster-Southeastern, Inc., Holbrook, MA. 2. Adolf Jandris and Sons, Inc.; Gardner, MA. 3. Anchor Concrete Products, Inc.; Brick,NJ. 4. Trendstone, Trenwyth Industries, Inc.; Emigsville, PA. 5. Medway Block Company, Inc., Medway MA. 6. Park Avenue Cement Block Co.. Cranston RI. B. Non-loadbearing concrete masonry units (at interior non-load-bearing partitions only): Conform to ASTM C129, Type 1,normal light weight, 2-core, 58 percent solid for 2 hour fire resistant construction: 1. Plain-faced units of nominal thickness indicated on the Drawings,nominal 8 by 16 inch face dimension with light gray color and uniform medium-fine texture, sound, true to plane and line, and free from chips, cracks, and other defects. 2. Aggregate: sand and gravel, a. Normal weight block: conform to ASTM C 33. 7/15/2013 04200- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition , +► 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Do not deliver cement, lime, and similar perishable materials to the site until suitable storage is available. Store such materials in weatherproof structures, and ensure that materials are in perfectly fresh condition when brought for use. Protect masonry units and manufactured products of all types from wetting by rain or snow, and keep covered when not in use. B. Masonry Face Units: Handle all masonry units carefully in transit and on the site, so as to keep units whole, with edges sharp, and faces clean and undamaged. Deliver all masonry units on pallets; or handle units individually, and properly stack same. C. Aggregates: Deliver, store and handle aggregate materials so as to prevent contamination with earth or other foreign materials. 1. Store cement, lime and similar products under cover and from direct contact with earth or floor slabs. D. Manufactured items: Deliver manufactured products in original containers plainly marked with product identification and manufacturer's name. 1. Store metal accessories and the like under cover and from direct contact with ground, and in manner to prevent rust. E. Damaged material: Remove any damaged or contaminated materials from job site immediately, including materials in broken packages, packages containing water marks, or which show other evidence of damage, unless Engineer specifically authorizes correction thereof and usage on project. 1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Hot and cold weather requirements shall be in accordance with the recommendations of the Masonry Industry Council as contained in the document "HOT AND COLD WEATHER MASONRY CONSTR UCTION"published by the MCAA (Masonry Contractor's Association of America). Enforcement for these requirements shall take place under the following conditions which modify those in the referenced document. 1. The recommended hot weather requirements for 100 degrees Fahrenheit (37.8 degrees Celsius) shall be enforced for this project when ambient temperatures are above 90 degrees Fahrenheit (32.2 degrees Celsius)under all wind conditions including zero velocity. 2. Cold weather requirements shall be enforced when ambient temperatures fall below 40 degrees Fahrenheit(4.4 degrees Celsius). 1.13 SEQUENCING A. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals,required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed Subcontract, have been received and approved by the Engineer. 7/15/2013 04200- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,20]3 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Prefaced concrete units: chips of satin composite silica dioxide polymer facing. Furnish manufacturer's full range of colors for selection by Engineer. 6. Verification samples: a. Samples of each masonry accessory or anchorage item required. b. Concrete masonry units, including: 1) Prefaced concrete units. 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in performing the masonry work of this Section with minimum of 10 years documented experience. Work shall be done by skilled workmen, fully instructed as to the requirements of this Specifications and adequately supervised during the work. 1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single-source responsibility: 1. Facing units: Obtain exposed masonry units of uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from one manufacturer for each different product required for each continuous surface or visually related surfaces. 2. Concrete masonry units:.Obtain concrete masonry units for the project from a Awwk single manufacturer. 3. Mortar materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from one manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source and producer for each aggregate. 4. Prepackaged mortar materials: Obtain masonry cement or masonry mortar from a single manufacturer. Where colored mortar is required provide batch tickets confirming all materials are from a single production run to ensure uniformity of the mix. 1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Obtain certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of specified products. B. Fire performance characteristics: Where indicated,provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose fire resistance has been determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting organization, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by another means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 7/15/2013 04200- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.06 SEQUENCING A. Coordinate work of this Filed Subcontract with that of other trades, affecting or affected by this work, and cooperate with the other trades as is necessary to assure the steady progress of work. B. Do not order or deliver any materials until all submittals, required in the listed Specification Sections included as part of this Filed Subcontract,have been received and approved by the Engineer. C. Before proceeding with installation work, inspect all project conditions and all work of other trades to assure that all such conditions and work are suitable to satisfactorily receive the work of this Section and notify the Engineer in writing of any which are not. Do not proceed further until corrective work has been completed or waived. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications, performance data, physical properties for each item furnished hereunder. 2. Material certificates: Provide for the following, signed by manufacturer and Contractor certifying that each material complies with requirements. a. Each different cement product required for mortar and grout, including name of manufacturer, brand, type, and weight slips at time of delivery. b. Each material and grade indicated for reinforcing bars. c. Each type and size of joint reinforcement. d. Each type and size of anchors,ties, and metal accessories. 3. Material test reports from a qualified independent laboratory employed and paid by Contractor indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance of the following proposed masonry materials with requirements indicated: a. Mortar complying with the property requirements of, and tested in accordance with ASTM C 270. b. Mortar complying with the proportion requirements of ASTM C 270 and tested in accordance with ASTM C 780. c. Grout mixes: Include description of type and proportions of grout ingredients. d. Masonry units; report for tests performed within the previous six months. 4. Shop drawings: a. Provide elevations of masonry work showing jointing patterns and coursing; indicate locations of expansion and control joints. 5. Selection samples: 7/15/2013 04200- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 14. ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement. 15. ASTM C 207 - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. 16. ASTM C 270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. 17. ASTM C 387 - Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials, for Mortar and Concrete. 18. ASTM C 404 - Aggregates for Masonry Grout. 19. ASTM C 476 - Grout for Masonry 20. ASTM C 595 - Blended Hydraulic Cement. 21. ASTM C 744 - Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonry Units. 22. ASTM C 778— Specification for Standard Sand. 23. ASTM C 780 - Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry. 24. ASTM C 1019 - Method of Sampling and Testing Grout. 25. ASTM C 1072 -Method for Measurement of Masonry Flexural Bond Strength. 26. ASTM C 1329— Standard Specification for Mortar Cement. 27. ASTM C 1357 —Test Methods for Evaluating Masonry Bond Strength. 28. ASTM D 1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber. 29. ASTM D 2000 - Classification System for Rubber Products. 30. ASTM D 2287 -Nonrigid Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer Molding and AIM* Extrusion Compounds. 31. ASTM E 119 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 32. ASTM E 447 - Compressive Strength of Masonry Prisms. 33. ASTM E 488 - Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements. 34. ASTM E 518 - Test Method for Flexural Bond Strength of Masonry. 35. American National Standards Institute Building Code requirements. 36. MCAA—Hot and Cold Weather Masonry Construction. B. The following reference materials are hereby made a part of this Section by reference thereto: 1. UL Fire Resistance Directory. 2. IMI: Masonry Construction Guide Manual. 3. PCA, "Concrete Masonry Handbook". 4. NCMA applicable TEK Bulletins. 5. NCMA TEK Bulletin N°. 45 - Removal of Stains from Concrete Masonry Walls. 7/15/2013 04200- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition * 1.04 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01732 - CUTTING AND PATCHING: Procedural and administrative requirements for cutting and patching. B. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: Concrete foundation work and slabs. C. Section 06100- ROUGH CARPENTRY: Setting and temporary bracing of hollow metal frames occurring in masonry, and removal of temporary centering when frames have been built into the masonry. D. Section 07840 -FIRESTOPPING. E. Section 07920 -JOINT SEALANTS: Sealant, caulking materials, and compressible joint bead back-up, in conjunction with masonry work. F. Section 08110 -HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. 1.05 REFERENCES A. Referenced Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. The standards referenced herein are included to establish recognized minimum quality only. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. Equivalent quality and testing standards will be acceptable, subject to their timely submission, review and acceptance by the Engineer. 1. Masonry Standards Joint Committee (MSJC) [The Masonry Society (TMS)/American Concrete Institute (ACI)/American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)]: TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 - "Specifications for Masonry Structures" 2. ASTM A 82 - Steel Web, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A 123 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coating on Iron and Steel Products. 4. ASTM A 153 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. 5. ASTM A 497 - Welded Wire Fabric; Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A 615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bar for Concrete Reinforcement. 7. ASTM A 641 - Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. 8. ASTM B 117 - Salt Spray (Fog) Testing. 9. ASTM B 633 - Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 10. ASTM C 5 - Quicklime for Structural Purposes. 11. ASTM C 129 -Non-Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. 12. ASTM C 140 - Method of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units. 13. ASTM C 144 - Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. 7/15/2013 04200- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Concrete masonry unit construction for interior partitions. 2. Masonry infill of existing openings, as indicated on Drawings and as required to patch existing masonry at new construction. 3. Patch existing glazed block construction to remain. 4. Grout fill for hollow metal steel frames, and wherever ties or anchorage items occur, and as further indicated in the Drawings. 5. Reinforcing, ties, anchors, and other metal accessories, for anchoring unit masonry together and to other materials. 6. Compressible joint fillers for control joints in unit masonry work. 7. Control joints in concrete masonry. B. Place, install and build-in, as work progresses, the following products and materials furnished under the indicated Sections: 1. Anchor bolts, wood blocking, and anchorage items furnished or set by other trades as specified in individual Sections. 2. Access door frames furnished by Section 08310 - AcCESs DOORS AND PANELS or by section requiring the same. C. Build-into place as work progresses, the following products and materials furnished under the indicated Sections: 1. Hollow metal door and window frames set-in-place by Section 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY, and furnished by Section 08110 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. D. Clean and point exposed to view surface masonry. 1.03 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the conditions under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority (Owner)will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor's or Filed Subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results. B. Pre-Bid Conference: Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the Pre-Bid conference; refer to INVITATION FOR BIDS for time and date. 7/15/2013 04200- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY (FILED SUB-BID REQUIRED) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, and CONTRACT CONDITIONS as listed in the Table of Contents, and applicable parts of Division I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. B. Work of this Section requires Filed Sub-Bids and is governed by the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL), Public Bidding Law- Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended, and applicable Sections of the MGL, Public Contract Law - Chapter 30. C. The work to be completed by the Filed Subcontractor for the work of this Section is shown on the following listed Drawings: Architectural Drawings: AD4.1, A0.3, Al.1, A1.2,A4.1, A4.4, A4.6, A5.2, A6.1, A7.2, A7.4, A7.5, A8.1, A9.1, A10.1, A10.2,A11.1. Structural Drawings: S 1.01, 52.01. 1. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work of this Section. The listing of Contract Drawings above does not limit Filed Subcontractor's responsibility to determine full extent of work of this Section as required by all Drawings listed in the Drawing List on the Drawing Title Sheet, as modified by Addenda. D. Sub-Bids for work under this Section shall be for the complete work and shall be filed in a sealed envelope with the Awarding Authority at a time and place as stipulated in INVITATION FOR BIDS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. I. The following shall appear on the upper left hand corner of the envelope: NAME OF SUB-BIDDER: SUB-BID FOR TRADE: MASONRY. 2. Each Sub-Bid submittal for work under this Section shall be on forms furnished by Awarding Authority, as bound herein, accompanied with the required bid deposit in compliance with MGL Chapter 149 Section 44B in the amount of 5 percent of Filed Sub-Bid. E. Sub Sub-Bid Requirements: NONE REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Furnish and install: 7/15/2013 04200- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3. Primed floor shall be covered with cementitious underlayment within 24 hours, , or primer shall be reapplied. 4. Protect primed substrate from foot traffic. 5. Install a bond breaker where vertical surfaces meet the new topping. D. Cementitious underlayment application: 1. Ambient temperature shall be a minimum of 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) and shall not exceed 100 degrees F (38 degrees C)before during and after application until cementitious underlayment is fully cured. 2. Close all windows and doors and other openings to minimize air flow. 3. Divide spaces as required to permit continuous placement without cold joints. Show anticipated joint locations on shop drawings and coordinate with the Engineer 4. Smooth finish cementitious underlayment as recommended by the manufacturer using approved tools where cementitious underlayment will be a substrate for a finished flooring surface. Work a narrow dimension as recommended by the manufacturer. 5. For placements greater in depth where the addition of aggregate is recommended,pre-blend or broadcast 3/8 inch(10 mm) clean, dry coarse aggregate per product requirements. The addition of aggregate will inhibit the workability of the product, which will require the installation of a finish coat to Awk obtain a smooth surface. 3.07 TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: The following allowable installed tolerances are allowable variations from locations and dimensions indicated by the Contract Document and shall not be added to allowable tolerances indicated for other work. 1. Allowable Variation from True Level: 1/8 inch in 10 feet when measured with a 10 foot long straight edge in all directions. 3.08 DEFECTIVE UNDERLAYMENT A. Defective cementitious underlayment and patching mortar: Defined as material not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specified requirements. B. Refinish or remove and replace cementitious underlayment and patching mortar surfaces that are too rough to receive finish flooring or where physical properties do not meet specified requirements. C. Repair or replacement of defective cementitious underlayment material will be determined by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 03361 - 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition ** 3. Prime subfloors as recommended by cementitious underlayment manufacturer, using the correct primer for porous and non-porous subfloors. B. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this Section. C. Mix product directly from sealed package with water in proportions recommended by manufacturer. Where recommended by product manufacturer, add crushed stone aggregate additional sand and blend to dry mix prior to adding latex admixture. Avoid over watering. D. Apply cementitious underlayment and patching mortar while primer is still tacky. Place and trowel patching mortar where required to the desired thickness. E. If two or more layers of cementitious underlayment are applied, place second layer after first layer has set to walkable hardness. F. Where slab depressions occur and exceed the maximum allowable depth of neat patching mortar use of aggregate additive to provide patching mortar as specified for depth of conditions encountered and allow to cure to walkable hardness before the application of cementitious underlayment. Fill depressed areas level with existing abutting surfaces. G. Where depressions occur, fill depressed area level with abutting surfaces. H. Install expansion joint filler at: 1. Perimeter of placements. 2. Around penetrations through decks. 3.06 APPLICATION—CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. Surface Preparation: I. Make adhesion tests as recommended by manufacturer to ensure good bond to substrate. B. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this Section. C. Primer application: I. Apply primer as recommended by manufacturer provide additional primer coats as required due to porous substrates. a. Allow the first primer coat to dry before applying additional coats. 2. Allow the primer to dry to a non-tacky film, approximately 1 to 3 hours depending on temperature and humidity before applying cementitious underlayment. 7/15/2013 03361 - 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Edges: Confirm edges are saw cut. Broken and fractured edges are not 100W, acceptable. 2. Shape for slabs-on-grade: Confirm excavated shape has a greater surface area at the bottom than at the top to create a "dovetail slot" where the new concrete fill is mechanically locked. 3. Shape for supported slabs: Confirm sound support and formwork at limits of placement. I. Where concrete patching, filling, or cementitious underlayment is required to "feather edge", saw cut a minimum 3/4 inch wide by 3/8 inch deep bonding channel in the concrete substrate at the point of feather edging. 3.03 RESURFACING WORK - GENERAL A. For spalling slab areas: Saw-cut around spalled areas to a depth of 1/2 to 3/4 inch. Angle bottom of saw cut away from spalled areas to provide keying. Chip out spalled area to saw cuts, chip area flat and level. Fill voids flush with surface with patching mortar. B. In locations where concrete is loose, chipped or missing to a depth of more than 3 inches; dowel stainless steel reinforcing into existing concrete. Drill holes in existing concrete equal to depth of repair; insert 1/4-inch diameter stainless steel dowels and pack solid with high-strength non-shrink grout. 3.04 CONCRETE FILL A. Install all framing, formwork and dowels required for the placing of concrete and for bonding new concrete to existing. B. Shortly before placing concrete, saturate the perimeter edges of the openings with water. After the free or glistening water disappears, the edges shall be given a thorough coating of neat cement slurry mixed to the consistency of thick paste and scrubbed in with a stiff bristle brush. C. Place mix and strike level with adjacent surfaces. D. Texture of finished concrete shall match that of existing abutting concrete. 3.05 APPLICATION - PATCHING MORTAR A. Surface Preparation: 1. Clean substrate free of grease, wax, curing compounds and all other foreign materials. Substrates shall be solid and sound; remove all soft or crumbly materials. 2. Make adhesion tests as recommended by manufacturer to ensure good bond to substrate. Acid etch polished floors. Completely strip sealed floors of existing sealer compounds. 7/15/2013 03361 - 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A * C. Perimeter joint filler: Glass fiber strips, compressible to 50 percent original thickness under load of 25 pounds per square inch with full recovery. Conforming to ASTM C612, Class 2. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Inspect all surfaces and verify that they are in proper condition to receive the work of this Section. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. B. The Contractor shall inspect and sound the areas involved to determine the full extent of the work involved and shall outline the limits of work involved using a marking crayon,paint or other suitable method for review by Engineer. 3.02 PREPARATION - GENERAL A. Clean concrete surfaces of dirt, laitance, corrosion, or any other foreign materials that will inhibit performance other contamination;wire brush using acid; rinse surface with clean water and allow to dry. B. Remove loose and friable materials from depressions and edges so new material bonds to sound existing construction. C. Provide uncontaminated, absorbtive, structurally sound surface. Do not acid etch. D. Flush out cracks and voids with Muriatic acid to remove laitance and dirt. Chemically neutralize by rinsing with water. E. Clean all surfaces to receive patching, and cementitious underlayment. Mechanically shotblast all floors to achieve a CSP 3 to CSP 5 standard. Vacuum clean surfaces to remove all residue off the substrate. Remove defective materials, and foreign matter such as dust, adhesives, leveling compounds,paint, dirt, floor hardeners,bond breakers, oil, grease, curing agents, form release agents, efflorescence, laitance, shotblast bee bees, etc. Repair all cracks, expansion joint, control joints, and open surface honeycombs and fill in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Reinforcing fibers must be burned off, scraped and vacuumed. Remove fibers after shotblasting leaving no fibers on the concrete surfaces. F. Repair,patch, and fill deep depressions, holes and non-moving cracks in concrete by utilizing bonding primer with approved patching materials. Comply with all requirements of the patching material manufacturer's technical information. G. Apply recommended number of coats of specified cementitious underlayment primer, at strength recommended for the substrate,by the manufacturer. H. Preparation for patching holes and depressions: 7/15/2013 03361 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.04 THICK PATCHING MORTAR A. Description: Cement and polymer-based, trowel applied patching mortar for conditions up to 3 inches thick B. Factory blended portland cement-based product mixed with latex admixture, having the following performance characteristics: 1. Thickness Range: From feather edge to 1/2" maximum thickness. 2. Working Time: At least 30 minutes at 70°F. 3. Compressive Strength: ASTM C109, minimum 7,900 psi after 28 days. 4. Tensile Strength: ASTM C 190, minimum 700 psi after 28 days. 5. Flexural Strength: ASTM C348, 1,850 psi after 28 days. 6. Shear Bond Strength: ASTM C1042, minimum 1,540 psi after 28 days. 7. Acceptable products: a. Silpro: "Mascrete Topping and Structural Repair Mortar". b. Ardex: "SD-P". c. Pro Spec: "Premium Patch 200". 2.05 CONCRETE FILL MATERIALS A. Minimum compressive strength of slabs on grade, and topping slabs on metal deck: 3,000 psi at 28 days,unless otherwise indicated on the Structural Drawings. B. Maximum water to cement ratio: 0.45. C. Concrete materials: 1. Cement conforming to ASTM C 150, Type II -Normal. 2. Fine aggregates conforming to ASTM C 33; natural sand. 3. Course aggregates conforming to ASTM C 33; crushed stone or gravel. 4. Water: Clean and potable. D. Concrete bonding agent: Two component epoxy bonding agent conforming with ASTM C881, Type 2. 2.06 ACCESSORIES: A. Primers: Unless otherwise recommended by cementitious underlayment and patching mortar manufacturer for substrate material, condition, and porosity encountered: 1. Ardex: "P-51". 2. Pro Spec: "Level Set Primer". 3. Silpro: "C 21 All Acrylic". B. Cleaning agent: Commercial Muriatic acid. 7/15/2013 03361 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.02 CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT A. Description: Cement and polymer-based, self-drying, self leveling applied cementitious underlayment for conditions up to 1-1/2 inches thick. B. Cementitious underlayment: Factory blended portland cement-based product with latex admixture,having the following performance characteristics: 1. Working Time: At least 30 minutes at 70°F. 2. Compressive Strength: ASTM C109, minimum 5,500 psi after 28 days. 3. Tensile Strength: ASTM C190, minimum 570 psi after 28 days. 4. Flexural Strength: ASTM C348, minimum 1,200 psi after 28 days. 5. Shear Bond Strength: ASTM C1042, minimum 1,540 psi after 28 days. 6. Acceptable products: a. Silpro: "Silflo 230". b. Ardex: "SD-T". c. Pro Spec: "Level Set 300". C. Water: Clean and potable. D. Extension aggregate: Clean, washed, well graded peastone. 2.03 THIN PATCHING MORTAR A. Description: Cement and polymer-based, trowel applied patching mortar for conditions up to 1/2 inches thick B. Factory blended portland cement-based product mixed with latex admixture,having the following performance characteristics: 1. Thickness Range: From feather edge to 1/2" maximum thickness. 2. Working Time: At least 30 minutes at 70°F. 3. Compressive Strength: ASTM C109, minimum 4,700 psi after 28 days. 4. Tensile Strength: ASTM C190, minimum 1,040 psi after 28 days. 5. Flexural Strength: ASTM C348, 1,560 psi after 28 days. 6. Bond Strength to Concrete: ASTM C321, Crossed brick method, failure in concrete. 7. Acceptable products: a. Silpro: "Masco Underlayment and Repair Mortar with Silpro C21". b. Ardex: "SD Feather Finish". c. Pro Spec: "Feather Edge". 7/15/2013 03361 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition marks, or show other evidence of damage, unless Engineer specifically authorizes . correction thereof and usage on project. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Do not place cementitious underlayment when ambient temperature is below freezing. B. When air temperature has fallen or is expected to fall below 40 degrees. F (4 degrees. C), heat water and aggregates before mixing to attain concrete at point of placement with temperature of 50 degrees F, 80 degrees F maximum. C. Do not place concrete,patching mortar, or cementitious underlayment on surfaces that are covered with standing water, snow, or ice. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified Manufacturer: To establish a standard of quality, design and function desired, Drawings and specifications have been based on products of Silpro Corporation, Ayer MA. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements specified herein, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work OWN include the following, or approved equal: 1. Silpro Corporation, Ayer MA. 2. Ardex Engineered Cements, Aliquippa PA. 3. Bonsal American (Pro Spec), Charlotte NC. C. Acceptable Substitutions: The products specified herein establish standards of quality, design and function desired. Under provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, other equal products not named herein, may be considered for acceptance as an equal by the Engineer upon submission of complete product information. Further additional information may be requested by the Engineer for determination that the proposed product substitution is fully equal to the specified product(s). There is no guarantee that proposed substitutions will be approved, and the Contractor is hereby directed not to order any materials until said approval(s) are received in writing. 1. Requesting substations is at the Contractor's own risk, with regard to uncompensated delays of the Project. Time is required for sufficient review and additional requests for information. Delays of work which result from substitution reviews and resubmissions are not grounds for additional time or cost change orders, and will not be considered by the Awarding Authority. 7/15/2013 03361 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition schedules and diagrams to indicate beds, sizes and lengths of reinforcing members. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. Materials manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum 3 years experience. B. Mixing and application equipment as approved by the manufacturer. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Notify the Engineer where conflicts apply between referenced standards and existing materials, and existing methods of construction. B. Sole Source: Obtain products required for the Work of this Section from a single manufacturer, or from manufacturers recommended by the prime manufacturer of materials. C. Qualifications: 1. Installer/Applicator: Minimum of 3 years documented experience demonstrating previously successful work of the type specified herein, and approved by product manufacturer. D. Perform work to provide homogeneous concrete surface with required strength, durability, and without planes of weakness, and other structural defects, and free of air pockets, voids,projections, off sets of plane, and other defacements on exposed surfaces. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver items to the site,until all specified submittals have been submitted to, and approved by,the Engineer. B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original undamaged packages or acceptable bulk containers. C. Storage and Handling Requirements: I. Store and handle materials following manufacturer's recommended procedures, and in accordance with material safety data sheets. 2. Protect materials from damage due to moisture, direct sunlight, excessive temperatures, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction operations and other causes. D. Damaged material: Remove any damaged or contaminated materials from job site immediately, including materials in broken packages, packages containing water 7/15/2013 03361 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 5. ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates. Aafthl 6. ASTM C 78 — Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Concrete (Using Simple Beam with Third-Point Loading). 7. ASTM C 109 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-inch Cube Specimens). 8. ASTM C 15 0 -Portland Cement. 9. ASTM C 190—Method of Test for Tensile Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars. 10. ASTM C 191 — Standard Test Method for Time of Setting of Hydraulic Cement by Vicat Needle. 11. ASTM C348 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Hydraulic-Cement Mortars. 12. ASTM C 469— Standard Test Method for Static Modulus of Elasticity and Poisson's Ratio of Concrete in Compression. 13. ASTM C 580 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength and Modulus of Elasticity of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings, and Polymer Concretes. 14. ASTM C928 - Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid-Hardening Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repairs. 15. ASTM D 4259 - Abrading Concrete. 16. ICRI 03732 - Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays. 17. RFCI(Resilient Floor Covering Institute)MRP - Addressing Moisture Related Problems Relevant to Resilient Floor Coverings Installed Over Concrete. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Manufacturer's product data sheets, specifications,performance data, physical properties for proposed patching cementitious underlayment. 2. Concrete Mix Test Reports: Submit Preliminary Design Mix Reports (ACI 301). 3. Manufacturer's instructions: Manufacturer's preparation, mixing,priming, and application instructions. 4. Shop drawings: a. Patching and resurfacing scope drawings: 1/4-inch scale elevations and plans of areas covered by the Work of this Section. b. Reinforcement shop drawings: Plans and details showing bar sizes, spacing, locations, depth of doweling, and quantities of reinforcing steel Include Awk 7/15/2013 03361 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 03361 RESURFACING OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Restoration,repair,preparation and resurfacing of existing concrete slab and terrazzo surfaces affected by the Work of this Contract as necessary to ensure compatibility of existing floors to receive finish flooring by patching and providing a monolithic cementitious underlayment no less than 1/4 inch thick, and infilling of all areas of existing slabs on grade cut, trenched or selectively demolished to facilitate installation of mechanical, electrical, plumbing and fire protection. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Grinding down high spots in existing concrete surfaces to specified tolerances. 2. Patch low spots in existing concrete slabs that exceed maximum depth of cementitious underlayment without use of aggregate additive. 3. Restore concrete surfaces after conclusion of demolition. a. Fill concrete slabs-on-grade where cutting or trenching has occurred. 4. Shotblasting clean all existing concrete slabs free of dirt, laitance, corrosion, oil stains, or other contamination ready to receive cementitious underlayment, and finish flooring. 5. Provide cementitious underlayment over all existing concrete slabs. a. Coordinate application of cementitious underlayment with the work of the following Sections: 1) Division 9—FINISHES. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. B. Division 9—FINISHES: Manufacturer's specified tolerances for installation of finish flooring. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ACI 20LIR- Guide for Making a Conditions Survey of Concrete in Service. 2. ACI 224.1 R- Causes and Repair of Cracks in Concrete Structure. 3. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 4. ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 7/15/2013 03361 - 1 Methods C39 and C42. The Contractor shall repair all core holes to the Amok satisfaction of the Engineer. 5. The burden of proof, including, but not limited to the work of cutting and testing the cores, inspection, evaluation, engineering, repair of the holes, or removal and replacement of the concrete in question, and all associated costs therefor, shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 6. If load testing of the concrete is permitted, and if not otherwise indicated, slabs or beams under load test shall be loaded with their own weights plus a superimposed load of 2 times the design live load. The load shall be applied uniformly over the portion being tested in the approved manner and left in position for 24 hours. The structure shall be considered satisfactory if deflection "D" in feet, at end of 24-hour period, does not exceed the following value: D equals 0.001 (L x L)/t in which "L" is span in feet, "t" is depth of slab, or beam in inches. If deflection exceeds "D" in the above formula, the concrete shall be considered faulty unless within 24 hours after removal of the load, the slab, or beam under test recovers at least 75 percent of the observed deflection. 7. If the suspect concrete still fails to meet specification requirements, the Engineer ,", shall have the right to reject the concrete, have it removed and replaced, in accordance with paragraph 5 above, or to require mechanical strengthening of the concrete to satisfy project requirements. The Contractor shall submit a removal and replacement plan for review by the Engineer. END OF SECTION Document] 10/14/2011 03300-16 4. A minimum of four standard compression test cylinders shall be made and tested for each 100 cubic yards or fraction thereof for each type and design strength of concrete from each day's placement of concrete. One cylinder shall be tested at 7 days and two cylinders at 28 days. The fourth cylinder from each set shall be kept until the 28 day test report on the second and third cylinders in the same set has been received. The Engineer reserves the right to require test cylinders to be made for each truckload of concrete if the nature of the project or project experience indicates such additional tests are required for proper control of concrete quality; such tests will be at the Owner's expense. 5. The strength level shall be considered satisfactory so long as the averages of all sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed the specified strength fc, and no individual strength test (average of two cylinders) result falls below the specified strength f c by more than 500 psi. 6. In the event the average compressive strength of the two 28 day cylinders do not achieve the required level, the Engineer may elect to test the fourth cylinder immediately or test it after 56 days. M. FAILURE TO MEET REQUIREMENTS: 1. The Engineer shall have the right to reject concrete represented by low strength tests or to agree to further testing of the concrete. Rejected concrete shall be promptly removed and replaced with concrete conforming to the specification. The decision of the Engineer as to whether substandard concrete is to be accepted or rejected or additional tests shall be conducted shall be final. All direct and indirect costs associated with further curing and testing of the concrete shall be at the Contractor's expense. All costs associated with removing rejected concrete, placing new concrete, and conducting tests on new concrete shall be at the Contractor's expense. 2. If the Engineer agrees to consider further curing and/or testing of the concrete before making a final decision, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Engineer, including proposed criteria for acceptance of the concrete. The plan may include additional curing of the concrete, drilling and testing of cores, load testing of the structure, or a combination. 3. If additional curing is permitted before further inspection and testing, the Contractor shall provide any necessary materials and labor to further cure the suspect concrete. 4. If drilling and testing of cores is permitted, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the cores, including provision of ladders, scaffolding, and such row incidental equipment as may be required. If additional curing is permitted, cores shall be drilled after the curing period, and shall be in accordance with ASTM 10/14/2011 03300-15 K. MONOLITHIC FLOOR FINISH: lowk 1. Monolithic floor finish shall be applied to areas designated on the drawings. 2. A curing compound, of a type and color as recommended by the manufacturer, shall be applied to the surface to receive the monolithic floor finish. 3. Metallic aggregate hardener for monolithic floor finish shall be "Durpolate" manufactured by Castle Chemical Corp., "Proplate" manufactured by Protex Industries, Inc., "Hydroment" manufactured by USM Corporation, or approved equal. The aggregate shall include an inorganic pigment with color to be selected by the Engineer. 4. The dry shake shall be applied with not less than 80 pounds per 100 square feet, proportioned and installed in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. The dry shake shall be distributed uniformly over the surface of freshly floated concrete, floated in, troweled over and cured in the normal manner. 5. All areas with a monolithic finish shall be completely protected during construction with a plywood cover. L. TESTING: 1. The Contractor shall provide all field testing and inspection services, and shall pay for all such services. The Engineer shall approve the testing laboratory and shall inform the Contractor when samples are to be taken for testing. The Contractor shall forward all test results to the Engineer as soon as they are available. a. The Testing Laboratory shall conform to the requirements of ASTM E-329 as modified in 780 CMR RI in the State Building Code. The State Board of Building Regulations and Standards shall license them. 2. At least one slump test shall be performed from each truckload of concrete. The sample for slump shall be taken from the middle third of a truckload. Air content tests shall be made at the discretion of the Engineer. If the measured slump or air content falls outside the specified limits, a check test shall be made immediately on another portion of the same sample. In the event of a second failure, the concrete shall be considered to have failed the requirements of the specification and shall be immediately removed from the jobsite to be discarded. 3. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer of his readiness to proceed with concrete placement at least one working day prior to each placement. The Engineer will inspect the preparations for concrete, including the preparation of previously 110%k placed concrete, the reinforcing, and the alignment and tightness of formwork. No placement shall be made without the prior approval of the Engineer. 10/14/2011 03300-14 , ., L FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES: 1. All concrete that is to be left exposed to view shall be scraped to remove projecting imperfections left by voids in the forms. 2. In addition to scraping, exterior exposed concrete shall be covered with a cement-base plaster mix. The mix shall consist of Thoroseal Plastic Mix and Acryl 60, as manufactured by Standard Drywall Products, Miami, FL, or approved equal. It shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. In addition to scraping, interior concrete surfaces which will be exposed to view and concrete surfaces which are to be prepared and painted as specified in Section 09900, PAINTING, shall receive a smooth rubbed finish, in accordance with ACI 301 and as described below. 4. To permit satisfactory finishing, forms shall be removed from the vertical faces of the concrete as early as is possible without damaging the surface. Immediately after stripping forms, any fins or projections left by the forms shall be chipped off, and the surfaces rubbed smooth. 5. Form tie holes and other voids and faults shall be patched. Voids shall be cleaned out, roughened, thoroughly wetted, coated with neat cement paste, and filled with mortar of cement and sand in the same proportions, materials, and color as used in the concrete. The surface of the patch shall be flush with the surrounding surface after finishing operations are complete. Surface shall be kept continuously damp until patches are firm enough to be rubbed without damage. 6. Rubbing shall be performed while the surface is wet using a carborundum or cement sand brick, to achieve a smooth uniform, even textured finish. Patched and chipped areas shall be blended to match as closely as possible the appearance of the rest of the surface. No cement wash or plastering will be permitted, and no mortar shall be used except as required above. 7. Where finishing is performed before the end of the curing period, concrete shall under no circumstances be permitted to dry out, and shall be kept continuously moist from time of placing until end of curing period, or until curing membrane is applied. J. CONCRETE FLOOR FINISHING REQUIREMENTS: Unless designated otherwise, concrete floors shall have a troweled finish as specified in Section 11.7 of ACI 301. Troweled finishes shall conform to the requirements of"Class A Tolerances," Section 11.9 as specified in ACI 301. 10/14/2011 03300-13 G. REMOVING FORMS AND SUPPORTS: , 1. Removal of forms shall take place in accordance with ACI 347, Section 3.6. Except as otherwise specifically authorized by the Engineer, forms shall not be removed until the concrete has aged for the following number of day-degrees or attained 50 percent strength. (Day-degrees equals the total of number of days times the average daily air temperature at the surface of concrete. For example, 5 days at a daily average temperature of 60°F. equals 300 day-degrees.) Location Day-Degrees Beams and Slabs 500 Walls and Vertical Surfaces 200 2. Shores under beams and slabs shall not be removed until the concrete has attained at least 70 percent of the specified cylinder strength and also sufficient strength to support safely its own weight and the construction loads upon it. H. PATCHING: 1. Defective concrete and honeycombed areas as determined by the Engineer shall be chipped down reasonably square and at least one-inch deep to sound concrete by means of hand chisels or pneumatic chipping hammers. Irregular voids or surface stones need not be removed if they are sound, free of laitance, and firmly imbedded in the parent concrete, subject to Engineer's final inspection. If honeycomb exists around reinforcement, chip to provide a clear space at least 1-inch wide all around the steel. For areas less than 1-1/2 inches deep, the patch may be made following the procedure for filling form tie holes, described in the subsection below, using adequately dry (non-trowelable) mixtures to avoid sagging. Thicker repairs will require build-up in 1-inch layers on successive days. Unless otherwise indicated, thicker repairs shall be made with Vertipatch mortar mixture blended with Acryl-Set, both by Master Builders, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio, or approved equal. 2. For concrete areas exposed to serious abrasion and/or impact forces, the Engineer may order the use of grout with a non-shrink metallic aggregate (Embeco by Master Builders, Inc.; Ironite by Fox Industries, Madison, IL; or approved equal) as an additive in the proportions listed below: Small Patches Large Formed Patches Material Volumes Weights Volumes Weights Cement 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 Metal Aggregate 0.15 0.25 0.2 0.33 Sand 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.0 Ans Pea Gravel -- -- 1.5 1.5 10/14/2011 03300-12 Concrete floors which are to receive paint, concrete fill, mortar setting beds, grout fill, or any other subsequent finish shall be cured by one of the following procedures immediately after completion of placement and finishing: a. Ponding or continuous sprinkling. b. Application of absorptive mats or fabric kept continuously wet. C. Application of sand kept continuously wet. d. Application of waterproof sheet materials conforming to ASTM C171. e. Application of curing compounds conforming to ASTM C309, if it can be demonstrated to the Engineer's satisfaction that the compound is applicable and that it will not prevent bonding of the subsequent finish to be received. Compound shall be placed at a rate of 200 square feet per gallon, in two applications perpendicular to each other. 3. Curing procedure shall be continued for at least 7 days. a. Moisture loss from surface placed against metal or wood forms shall be minimized by keeping forms wet until removal. b. Curing shall be continued for at least 7 days. When forms are removed during the curing period, surfaces shall be cured by spraying or by the use of a curing compound as previously specified. C. Surfaces shall be protected from traffic or damage until surfaces have hardened sufficiently. If necessary, 1/2-inch thick plywood sheets shall be used to protect the exposed surface. F. BRACING AND SUPPORTS: I. All concrete members shall be adequately and safely supported and braced until the permanent supports and braces are installed. 2. Backfilling against exterior walls shall not be done until supporting slabs are in place and have attained 70 percent of design strength, otherwise walls shall be braced against earth lateral pressure, using a system approved by the Engineer. 3. Backfilling against retaining walls shall not commence until the wall concrete has reached its 28-day strength. 10/14/2011 03300-11 the progress of the work so that conditions surrounding the construction of any —O part of the structure can be ascertained. D. PIPES AND EMBEDDED METALS: 1. Special care shall be taken to bring the concrete into solid contact with pipes and iron work embedded in the walls and floors, particularly underneath and around all pipes where a head of water exists, making watertight joints. 2. In general, such embedded items are not shown on the structural design drawings. Design drawings of the other trades shall be consulted for their location and details. 3. Anchor bolt location, size and details shall be verified with the equipment manufacturer's certified drawings before installation. 4. Anchor bolts, reglets, sleeves, edge angles and similar embedded items will be provided, delivered to the site under other Sections of the specification, for installation under this Section. 5. Where edge angles, etc., have nuts welded on to receive machine screws, the threads of the nuts shall be protected from concrete, and the concrete shall be excluded from the space to be occupied by the screw, by the use of wood plugs or AOW other effective means. 6. Inserts required for hanging mechanical and electrical items will be provided and installed in the forms under the mechanical and electrical Sections of the specification. 7. Should the Contractor be allowed to leave openings in the concrete for pipes or ironwork, to await the arrival of items that would delay the prosecution of the work, the openings shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. Appropriate construction joints shall be provided. In filling any such openings with concrete, a mixture of 1: 1-1/2 : 3 shall be used and a watertight bond shall be secured between the old and new concrete. 8. In bolting miscellaneous items to concrete after the concrete has set, expansion bolts of an approved pattern and type shall be used. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for approval, the types of expansion bolts. Expansion bolts shall not be used until they are approved. E. CURING: 1. Concrete curing shall be performed as specified in ACI 301 and as stated herein. All curing procedures shall have prior approval of the Engineer. look 2. Concrete Floors 10/14/2011 03300-10 8. Concrete slabs on the ground shall be well-tamped into place and foundation material shall be wet, tamped, and rolled until thoroughly compacted prior to placing concrete. 9. Concrete shall be deposited continuously in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be deposited on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, construction joints may be located at points as provided for in the drawings or approved by the Engineer. 10. Chutes, hoppers, spouts, adjacent work, etc., shall be thoroughly cleaned before and after each run, and the water and debris shall not be discharged inside the form. B. CONCRETE PLACING DURING COLD WEATHER: 1. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen ground, and no frozen material or material containing ice shall be used. Materials for concrete shall be heated when concrete is mixed, placed, or cured when the mean daily temperature is below 40°F, or is expected to fall to below 40T, within 72 hours, and the concrete after placing shall be protected by, covering, heat, or both. No accelerant shall be used to prevent freezing. 2. The temperature of concrete surfaces shall not be permitted to drop below 50°F. for at least 7 days after placement of the concrete. 3. All details of Contractor's handling and protecting of concrete during freezing weather shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All procedures shall be in accordance with provisions of ACI 306. C. CONCRETE PLACING DURING HOT WEATHER: 1. Concrete just placed shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun and the forms and reinforcement just prior to placing shall be sprinkled with cold water. The Contractor shall make every effort to minimize delays that will result in excessive mixing of the concrete after arrival on the job. 2. During periods of excessively hot weather (90°F, or above) ingredients in the concrete shall be cooled insofar as possible and cold mixing water shall be used to maintain the temperature of the concrete at permissible levels all in accordance with the provisions of ACI 305. Any concrete with a temperature above 90T, when ready for placement will not be acceptable, and will be rejected. 3. Temperature records shall be maintained throughout the period of hot weather giving air temperature, general weather conditions (calm, windy, clear, cloudy, etc.) and relative humidity. The record shall include checks on temperature of concrete as delivered and after placing in forms. Data should be correlated with 10/14/2011 03300-9 2. Concrete shall be placed in alternate areas, as defined by the construction and control joints indicated on the design drawings. A minimum of 3 days shall elapse between placement of adjacent sections. 3. Segregation of the concrete shall be prevented during handling; should any segregation occur, the concrete shall be remixed before it is placed. Concrete shall be placed in the forms in horizontal layers not over 1 to 2 feet thick. Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely more than 4 feet. If the free drop to the point of placement must exceed 4 feet, the Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Engineer for the proposed method of depositing the concrete. The concrete shall not be required to flow over distances greater than 3 feet in any direction in the forms or on the ground, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. 4. Unless otherwise noted, the work begun on any day shall be completed in daylight of the same day. 5. "Cold Joints" are to be avoided, but if they occur, they are to be treated as bonded construction joints. 6. Chutes for conveying concrete shall be of U-shaped design and sized to insure a continuous flow of concrete. Flat (coal) chutes shall not be employed. Chutes shall be metal or metal-lined, and each section shall have approximately the same slope. The slope shall not be less than 25 nor more than 45 degrees and shall be such as to prevent segregation of the ingredients. The discharge end of the chute shall be provided with a baffle plate or spout to prevent segregation. If the discharge end of the chute is more than 5 feet above the surface of the concrete in the forms, a spout shall be used and the lower end maintained as near the surface of deposit as practicable. When the operation is intermittent, the chute shall discharge into a hopper. Chutes shall be thoroughly cleaned before and after each run, and the debris and any water shall be discharged outside the forms. Concrete shall not be allowed to flow horizontally more than 5 feet. 7. Concrete during and immediately after depositing shall be thoroughly compacted by means of suitable tools. Internal type mechanical vibrators shall be employed to produce the required quality of finish. Vibration shall be done by experienced operators under close supervision and shall be carried on long enough to produce homogeneity and optimum consolidation without permitting segregation of the solid constituents or "pumping" or migration of air. All vibrators shall be supplemented by proper wooden spade puddling adjacent to forms to remove included bubbles and honeycomb. This is essential for the top lifts of walls. All vibrators shall travel at least 10,000 rpm and be of adequate capacity. At least one vibrator shall be used for every 10 cubic yards of concrete per hour. In addition, one spare vibrator in operating condition shall be on the site. 10/14/2011 03300-8 AVW thoroughly dampened concrete base. The concrete fill shall be placed immediately, before grout has dried or set. Fill concrete shall be brought to the lines and grades shown on the drawings or approved by the Engineer. G. Concrete for thrust and anchor blocks shall be placed against undisturbed earth and wooden side forms shall be used to provide satisfactory lines and dimensions. Felt roofing paper shall be placed to protect joints. No concrete shall be placed so as to cover joints, bolts or nuts, or to interfere with the removal of the joints. Minimum bearing areas and dimensions shall be as shown on the drawings. 3.03 MIXING: A. Concrete shall be ready-mixed, or transit-mixed, as produced by equipment acceptable to the Engineer. No hand-mixing will be permitted. Adding water in controlled amounts during the mixing cycle shall be done only with the express approval of, and in the presence of the Engineer. B. Ready-mix or transit-mixed concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight agitator or mixer trucks loaded not in excess of rated capacities for the respective conditions as stated on the nameplate. Discharge at the site shall be within 1-1/2 hours after cement was first introduced into the mix. Central mixed concrete shall be plant-mixed a minimum of 1-1/2 minutes per batch and then shall be truck-mixed or agitated a minimum of 8 minutes. Agitation shall begin immediately after the pre-mixed concrete is placed in the truck and shall continue without interruption until discharge. Transit-mixed concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for at least 10 minutes immediately after charging the truck, followed by agitation without interruption until discharged. C. All central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods shall conform to the latest Truck Mixer and Agitator Standards of the Truck Mixer Manufacturers' Bureau of the National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association, as well as ACI 304 and ASTM C94. D. Attention is called to the importance of dispatching trucks from the batching plant so that they shall arrive at the site of the work just before the concrete is required, thus avoiding excessive mixing of concrete while waiting or delays in placing successive layers of concrete in the forms. 3.04 INSTALLATION/APPLICATION/ERECTION: A. PLACING: 1. No concrete shall be placed by pumping methods without the prior written approval of the Engineer. Should the Contractor be allowed to place concrete by pumping methods, procedures, mix design of concrete, and all other precautions shall be in accordance with ACI 304.2R and as approved by the Engineer. 10/14/2011 03300-7 Joint sealant for construction and control joints shall be a two-part polysulfide base sealant conforming to Thiokol's Building Trade Performance Specification, Class A (self-leveling), Type II(hardness: 35-45 Shore A). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: Under no circumstances shall concrete that has set or partially set before placing be used; and no retempering of concrete or grout will be permitted. 3.02 PREPARATION: A. Before placing concrete, forms and the space to be occupied by the concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned, and reinforcing steel and embedded metal shall be free from dirt, oil, mill scale, loose rust,paint or other material which would tend to reduce the bond. B. Unless otherwise indicated, a moisture barrier shall be used under all slabs placed on the ground in accordance with ACI 302.1R. The moisture barrier shall be fungi-resistant and shall have a vapor permeance rating not exceeding 0.01 perms (Perms [grains/ftZ*hr*in. Hg]) per ASTM F1249 or ASTM E96) and 10 mils thickness (49 lbs/MSF). The moisture barrier shall be a high-performance underslab vapor retarder made from polyethylene resins that exceed ASTM E1745, Class A. Sheets shall be lapped 6-inches at joints and sealed with 2-inch wide tape or as recommended by the manufacturer. The vapor barrier should have all laps, seams, penetrations and terminations sealed and should carry across footings. C. When no moisture barrier is used, the earth, concrete, masonry, or other water-permeable material against which concrete is to be placed shall be thoroughly saturated with water immediately before concrete is placed. No concrete shall be placed until the consolidation of the ground and the arrangement and details of forms and reinforcing have been inspected and approved by the Engineer. D. When joining fresh concrete to concrete which has attained full set, the latter shall be cleaned by chipping and washing off all dirt and scum and laitance. It then shall be moistened prior to placing new concrete. E. Concrete surfaces that act as a seat for structural members (other than those resting on grout) shall be troweled to an extremely flat and level surface. If necessary, such surfaces shall be ground off to achieve the required flatness and level. F. Fill concrete on top of concrete shall be placed in the locations indicated on the drawings or designated by the Engineer. Before fill concrete is placed, the following procedures shall be used to prepare surfaces; all dirt, scum and laitance shall be removed by chipping and washing. The clean, roughened base surface shall be saturated with water, but shall have no free water on the surface. A coat of 1:2 cement-sand grout, approximately 1/8-inch thick, shall be well scrubbed into the 10/14/2011 03300-6 A. Except as otherwise noted, aggregate shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C33. B. Fine aggregate shall consist of washed inert natural sand conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33. C. Coarse aggregate shall consist of well-graded crushed stone or washed gravel conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33. D. The following designated sizes of aggregate shall be the maximum employed in concrete. 3/4-inch for reinforced and unreinforced sections less than 18-inch thickness. 2.05 WATER: Water for concrete shall be potable, free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic matter and other deleterious substances. 2.06 GROUT: Grout shall be mixed in the proportions of one part Portland Cement to 2 parts sand, by volume. Only sufficient water shall be used to enable grout to barely hold its shape when squeezed into a ball in the hand. Aggregate for grout shall conform to the requirements of the reference specification for concrete. Prior approval of the Engineer shall be obtained for the use of proprietary grouts, and the instructions of the Engineer shall be followed in their use. 2.07 CURING MATERIALS: A. Curing compound shall be a curing/hardener compound such as Acurion by AntiHydro, Sikaguard Cure/Hard by Sika, Super Diamond Clear by Euclid or approved equal. B. Curing paper shall be a fiber-reinforced laminated Kraft bituminous product conforming to the requirements of ASTM C171. 2.08 JOINT FILLER: 1. Preformed joint filler strip shall conform to ASTM D1751 or D1752, having a thickness as indicated on the drawings. 2. Fillers shall be provided in pieces of the full thickness required. Use of multiple layers of thin pieces to make-up the full thickness will not be permitted. 2.09 JOINT SEALANT: 10/14/2011 03300-5 D. All concrete (unless otherwise directed) shall contain an air-entraining agent. Air entrained concrete shall have an air content by volume of 3 to 6 percent for 1-1/2-inch aggregate and 4 to 8 percent for 3/4-inch aggregate. The air content shall be the responsibility of the testing laboratory and in accordance with ASTM C231. E. All concrete shall contain a mid-range water reducer to minimize cement and water content of the mix, at the specified slump, in accordance with ASTM C494. F. Slump for all concrete shall be from 3-inch to 4-inch, except for concrete using a superplasticizer, when the maximum slump shall be 8- inches. Any concrete having a slump greater than 4-inches (8-inches with superplasticizer) shall be promptly removed from the site. G. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall be added to the concrete. No admixture other than those specified shall be used in concrete without the specific written permission of the Engineer in each case. H. No additional water, except for the amount indicated by the design mix shall be added to the concrete without the prior permission of the Engineer. 2.02 CEMENT: A. The cement shall be an approved brand of American manufactured Portland Cement, Type II conforming to ASTM C150. The brand name and type of cement proposed for use shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval immediately following award of contract. Only one color of cement, all of the same manufacture, shall be used for the work. B. When the use of high-early-strength Portland cement (Type III) is permitted by the Engineer the same strength requirements shall apply, but the indicated strengths shall be attained in 7 days instead of 28 days. 2.03 ADMIXTURES: A. Air entraining agent shall be in accordance with ASTM C260. B. Water reducing agent shall be a mid-range water reducer meeting ASTM C494, Type A. C. Water reducing agent-retarder shall be in accordance with ASTM C494, Type D. D. Superplasticizer agent shall be in accordance with ASTM C494, Type F or Type G and contain no more than 0.1% chloride ions. Product may be plant added or field added based on the best application considering distance, temperature and time. 2.04 AGGREGATES: lank 10/14/2011 03300-4 1.04 SUBMITTALS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS, SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING: A. Six sets of shop drawings of the materials specified herein shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. B. Six copies of the statement of materials constituting the design of mixes which satisfy the specified strength for each size aggregate as required by ASTM C94 shall be submitted to the Engineer within one week following award of the contract. C. Provide one copy of the "Certificate of Delivery" for each load of concrete as it arrives on the site, under the provisions of ASTM C94. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE: A. Concrete conforming to the requirements listed below shall be used where indicated on the drawings. Unless otherwise indicated, concrete used as fill under foundations, and elsewhere approved by the Engineer, shall be the 3,000 psi mix. TABLE A"* Minimum Comp. Maximum Water/Cement Cement Factor: 94 lb. Strength at 28 days (psi) ratio (gallons per bag of Bags per cubic yard cement)* minimum** 4000 0.48 (5.6) 6.5 * Based on air-entrained concrete. If non-air-entrained concrete is called for, the listed maximum water/cement ratios may be increased slightly, as approved by the Engineer. The water is the total water in the mix, including free water on the aggregate. ** These are minimum amounts; increase as necessary to meet mix requirements. B. Concrete shall conform to ASTM C94. One copy of the Certificate of Delivery required by ASTM C94 shall be delivered to the Engineer immediately upon arrival of each load of concrete at the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of the concrete mixtures. C. Standard compression tests of all proposed mixes shall be made by the testing laboratory or other satisfactory evidence shall be presented that the design mixes will attain the minimum strengths listed on the design drawings or called for herein, within the limitations of the ACI Code. No concrete shall be delivered to the job site until the Engineer has approved the design mixes. 10/14/2011 03300-3 ACI 304 Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and * Replacing Concrete ACI 305 Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306 Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork ACI 350 Concrete Sanitary Engineering Structures American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates ASTM C39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens ASTM C42 Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete ASTM C87 Effect of Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate on Strength of Mortar low* ASTM C94 Ready-Mixed Concrete ASTM C 143 Standard Method for Slumps of Portland Cement Concrete ASTM C150 Portland Cement ASTM C171 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete ASTM C231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method ASTM C260 Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ASTM C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM D1751 Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) ASTM D1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for „,k Concrete Paving and Structural Construction 10/14/2011 03300-2 AVP^ SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: This Section covers all concrete and all related items necessary to place and finish the concrete work. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 01450, STRUCTURAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS B. Section 02300, EARTHWORK C. Section 03100, CONCRETE FORMWORK D. Section 03200, CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT '""", E. Section 03150, WATERSTOPS F. Section 07920, JOINT SEALANTS G. Section 09900, PAINTING H. Section 15408, PLUMBING I. Items furnished under other Sections and installed under this Section include, but are not limited to: Items embedded in concrete, including anchors, sleeves, floor drains, castings, frames for hatches, angles, nosings, and other miscellaneous metals. 1.03 REFERENCES: A. The following standards form a part of these specifications: American Concrete Institute (ACI) ACT 301 Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 302 Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction 10/14/2011 03300-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition and trimming,removal of dead material,resetting plants to proper grades or upright position, and maintaining the planting saucer. I. Plants shall be inspected for watering needs at least twice each week and watered as necessary to promote plant growth and vitality. 2. Stakes shall be kept plumb and neat in appearance. Guys shall be tightened and repaired weekly. 3. Planting beds and individual plant pits shall be kept free of weeds, and mulch shall be replaced as required to maintain the specified layer of mulch. Beds and individual pits shall be neat in appearance and maintained to the designed layout. 4. Neatly trim plants where necessary. 5. Plants that die during the maintenance period shall be removed and replaced at once„ unless designated otherwise by the Engineer. 6. Spraying for both insect pests and diseases shall be included during the maintenance period as required and as directed. C. During the maintenance period, any decline in the condition of plantings shall require the Contractor to take immediate action to identify potential problems and undertake corrective measures. If required, the Contractor shall engage professional arborists or horticulturalists to inspect plant materials and to identify problems and recommend corrective procedures. look END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 02950 - 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.7 PLANT SUPPORT A. Brace plants vertically with plant protector wrapped guy wires and stakes to the following: Tree Caliper Tree Support Method 1 inch 1 stake with one tie. 1 to 2 inches 2 stakes with two ties. 2 to 4 inches 3 guy wires with eye bolts and turnbuckles. Over 4 inches 4 guy wires with eye bolts and turnbuckles. B. Plants shall stand plumb after staking or guying. 3.8 WRAPPING A. Trunks of deciduous trees shall be spiral wrapped to a minimum height of the third branch or Two thirds the height of the tree, whichever is higher. Wrap shall be applied from base up and securely tied. 3.9 PRUNING A. Each tree and shrub shall be pruned in accordance with the workmanship requirements of"Pruning Standards"to preserve the natural character of the plant. Pruning shall be done after delivery of plants and after plants have been inspected and approved by Engineer. Review pruning procedures with Engineer before proceeding. B. Perform pruning with clean sharp tools, making cuts flush with no stubs. The use of tree paint is prohibited, except by written permission of the Engineer. C. Remove all dead wood or suckers and all broken or badly bruised branches. In addition,up to one-fourth of the wood shall be removed by thinning out and shortening branches to balance root loss due to re-transplanting. D. Perform root pruning in the fall, fertilize 6 weeks after pruning. 3.10 SITE CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Absolutely no debris may be left on the site. Excavated material shall be removed as directed. Repair any damage to site or structures to restore them to their original condition. 3.11 MAINTENANCE A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after each plant is planted and shall continue for a minimum of 60 days following substantial completion of all planting installations, and until the final acceptance of all planting work. B. Maintenance shall consist of keeping the plants in a healthy growing condition and shall include but is not limited to watering, weeding, cultivating, remulching,pruning 7/15/2013 02950 - 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.6 PLANTING - SHRUBS AND TREES •, A. Plant shrubs in holes at least two feet greater in diameter than the spread of the root systems and at least three feet deep with a minimum of six inches under the ball. B. Obstructions Below Ground 1. In the event that rock, underground construction work or obstructions are encountered in any plant life excavations work under this contract, alternate locations may be selected by the Engineer 2. Where locations cannot be changed, the obstruction shall be moved, subject to the Engineer's approval, to a depth of not less than 3 feet below grade, and no less than 6 inches below bottom of ball or roots when plant is properly set at the required grade. C. Remove [loosen] burlap,ropes, and wires, from the root ball. D. Place bare root plant materials so roots lie in a natural position. E. Backfill soil mixture in 6 inch layers. Maintain plant materials in vertical position. F. Saturate soil with water when the pit or bed is half full of top soil and again when full. G. Provide enough topsoil to bring the surface to finished grade when settled. 140W, H. Mulching: Apply 3 inch thick layer of bark mulch over entire area of the saucer of each tree and planting areas as indicated on the Drawings. I. Flood plants with water twice within the first twenty-four hours of the time of planting. J. Spray all deciduous trees and shrubs immediately after planting with anti-dessicant material specified. Use power sprayer as directed by anti-dessicant manufacturer's instruction to provide an adequate film over trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and foliage. K. Brace plants vertically with plant protector wrapped guy wires and stakes. 1. Inspect trees for injury to trees from construction operations or other sources, evidence of insect infestation and improper pruning prior to wrapping. 2. Stake details as shown in the Drawings, immediately after planting. L. Wrap trunks of all trees spirally from bottom to top with material specified and adequately secure. The wrapping shall overlap and entirely cover the trunk from the ground to the height of the second branches and shall be neat and snug. Overlap shall be approximately 2 inches and tie at 24 inch intervals with waxed twine. 7/15/2013 02950 - 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare sub-soil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain lines, levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes in level areas. B. Remove foreign materials, debris, weeds,undesirable plants,roots, branches, stones in excess of 1/2 inch in size. Remove subsoil contaminated with petroleum products, or other materials which would inhibit healthy plant growth. C. Saturate soil with water to test drainage. 3.3 LAYOUT OF PLANTING AREAS A. Individual plant locations and outlines of shrub and ground cover areas to be planted shall be staked by the Contractor in ample time to permit review and acceptance by Engineer. B. Digging shall not begin until locations are approved by the Engineer. 3.4 PLACING AND TREATING TOPSOIL A. Place both stockpiled topsoil and additional loam during dry weather, on dry unfrozen subgrade; place to a minimum compacted depth as scheduled at end of this Section. Treat additional loam with ground limestone. B. Fine grade topsoil, making changes in grade gradual, eliminating rough or low areas. Blend slopes into level areas. Manually spread topsoil close to trees, plants, and building to prevent damage. Roll, fill depressions to ensure positive drainage. C. Remove roots, weeds, rocks and foreign material while spreading D. Remove surplus subsoil and topsoil from site. Leave stockpile areas and site clean and raked. 3.5 PLANTING- GENERAL A. Balled and burlapped plants (B&B) shall be dug with firm natural balls of earth, of sufficient diameter and depth to include most of the fibrous roots and conforming to the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. B. Roots or balls of all plants shall be adequately protected at all time from sun and from drying winds. C. Plants will be rejected if a ball of earth surrounding roots has been disturbed or damaged prior to or during planting. D. Plants which cannot be planted immediately upon deliver shall be set on the ground and be well protected with soil, wet moss or other acceptable materials. ►, E. Set plants vertical, orientate and locate for best appearance. 7/15/2013 02950 - 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition I. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter which could inhibit vigorous growth of vegetation. 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS A. The Owner reserves the right to engage an independent testing laboratory to analyze and test materials used in the work of this Section. Costs of tests and material analysis made by the testing laboratory will be borne by the Owner when then indicate compliance with the Contract Documents, and by the Contractor when they indicate non-compliance. 1. The Contractor is directed to comply with testing agency requests for auxiliary personnel and services needed to accomplish the testing work. 2. Submit minimum 10 ounce sample of topsoil proposed. Forward sample to testing laboratory in sealed containers to prevent contamination. B. Perform the following testing, analysis, and inspection as part of the Work of this Section at no additional expense to the Owner. 1. Topsoil testing and analysis: Ascertain percentage of nitrogen, phosphorus potash, soluble salt, and organic matter and pH value. Recommendations shall be made by the testing agency as to the type and quantity of soil additives required to bring nutrient content and pH to satisfactory levels for seeding and planting. a. Submit minimum 10 ounce sample of topsoil proposed. Forward sample to testing laboratory in sealed containers to prevent contamination. " C. Testing is not required if recent tests are available for imported topsoil. Submit these test results to the testing laboratory for approval. Indicate, by test results, information necessary to determine suitability. D. Additional testing, analysis, and inspection required by the Contractor for his own information or guidance shall be at his own expense. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify prepared soil base is properly rough graded and ready to receive the work of this Section. B. Verify building and trench backfilling has been inspected. C. Verify substrate base has been contoured and compacted. D. Beginning of landscaping work means acceptance of existing soil base, and site conditions. Aftk 7/15/2013 02950 - 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.5 PLANTING SOIL MIX A. Planting soil mix shall be approved loam which has been pH adjusted according to particular planting applications and improved through the addition of organic matter as directed below. Planting loam shall conform to the following pH levels: 1. For broad-leaved evergreens and other plants requiring an acid soil,planting loam shall have a true pH of 4.5 to 5.5. If it has not, it shall be amended by the Contractor at his own expense to the proper pH range by mixing with sulphur . 2. Planting loam for general planting of nonacid-loving plants shall have a true pH value of 6.0 to 6.5. If it has not, it shall be amended by the Contractor at his own expense to the proper pH range by mixing with limestone . 3. The amount of either sulphur or limestone required to adjust the planting loam to the proper pH range shall be approved by the Designer on the basis of soil tests. B. Planting soil mix shall consist of pH adjusted loam which has be thoroughly premixed with organic material in the proportions of 1 part peat moss with 5 parts of approved loam. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Wrapping materials: natural burlap. B. Stakes: Hardwood or redwood, free of knot holes and other defects with pointed end. C. Cable, wire, turnbuckles and eyebolts: 1. Wire: 12 Guage or greater, 2 strand, twisted pliable galvanized wire, of sufficient strength to withstand wind pressure and resultant movement of plant life. 2. Turnbuckles and eyebolts: zinc or cadmium plated. D. Plant protectors: rubber sleeves over cable to protect plant stems, trunks, and branches. E. Tree Paint: Equal to Samuel Cabot Inc.,product N°. 3210. F. Antidessicant shall be an emulsion specifically manufactured for plant protection which provides a protective film over plant surfaces which is permeable enough to permit transpiration, equal to one of the following: 1. Nursery Speciality Products Inc., Grotton Falls,NY., product, "Wiltpruf'. 2. Dow Chemical Company product, "Dowax". 3. Plant Products Inc.,product, "D-Wax". G. Fungicide shall be zinc ethylene bisdithiocarbonate (Zineb), or equal. H. Insecticide shall be applied only as approved by Engineer for a specific pest infestation. 7/15/2013 02950 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition I. Plants shall meet the sizes indicated. Plants larger or smaller than specified may be used only if accepted by the Engineer. J. Where a size or caliper range is stated, at least 50% of the material shall be at the top of the range stated. K. Plants shall not be pruned before delivery. L. Plants indicated as `B&B" shall be balled and burlapped. 1. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer,plants shall be nursery grown. 2. Plants shall be grown for at least two years under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the Project. 3. Nursery grown plants shall be freshly dug. No heeled in plants or plants from cold storage will be accepted, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. 2.2 TREES AND SHRUBS A. Trees: Heritage River Birch(Betula nigra, 'Heritage), 4 inch to 5 inch caliper, three (3) trees required in locations shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 2.3 SOIL MATERIALS A. Use existing topsoil stockpiled by Division 2 - SITEWORK. 1. Additional loam, if required, shall be fertile, friable, agricultural soil, typical for locality,pH value compatible, capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth, taken from drained site; free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2 inches in diameter, and free from other impurities,plants, weeds and roots. 2.4 SOIL ADDITIVES A. Ground agricultural limestone containing not less that 85 percent total carbonates by weight. Limestone shall be graded per the following: a. 100 percent passing a Number 10 sieve. b. 90 percent passing a Number 20 sieve. c. 60 percent passing a Number 100 sieve. B. Bark Mulch: 100 percent pine [Hemlock species] bark product free from lumps, dirt or deleterious materials. No pieces of bark shall exceed three inches in size. Bark shall be no more than two years old. All plant beds to have three inches pine bark mulch. C. Bone meal shall be readily available find ground, steamed,packing house, bone, with a minimum analysis of 23 percent phosphoric acid and 1 percent nitrogen D. Sand: Hard durable grains of quartz or other rock, clean and free from foreign matter or chemical contamination. 7/15/2013 02950 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.15 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish maintenance of trees immediately after placement until plants are well established and exhibit a vigorous growing condition. B. Maintenance to include: 1. Cultivation and weeding tree pits. 2. Applying herbicides for weed control in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remedy damage resulting from use of herbicides. 3. Remedy damage from use of insecticides. 4. Irrigating sufficient to saturate root system. 5. Pruning, including removal of dead or broken branches, and treatment of pruned areas and other wounds. 6. Disease control. 7. Maintaining wrapping, guys, turnbuckles, and stakes. Adjust turnbuckles to keep guy wires tight. Repair or replace accessories when required PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PLANTS - GENERAL A. Trees: Species and size identifiable in plant schedule, grown in climatic conditions similar to those in locality of the Work. B. Plants shall be healthy and vigorous, free from physical damage, free of disease, insect pests and their eggs, and larvae. C. Replacement plants shall be of same size and species as those being replaced by damage from the Work, or those found unacceptable. D. Except as otherwise specified, size and grade of plant materials shall conform to ANSI Z 60.1 In no case shall ball size be less than 11 inches in diameter for each inch of caliper. E. Plants shall have outstanding form; symmetrical, heavily branched with an even branch distribution, densely foliated and budded, and a strong, straight, distinct leader where this is characteristic of species. Plants shall possess a normal balance between height and spread. The Engineer will be the final arbiter of acceptability of plant form F. Plants shall be healthy and vigorous, free of disease, insect pests and their eggs, and larvae. G. Plants shall have a well developed fibrous root system. H. Plants shall be free of physical damage such as scrapes,broken or split branches, scars,bark abrasions, sunscalds, fresh limb cuts, disfiguring knots, or other defects. 7/15/2013 02950 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Do not install plant life when ambient temperatures may drop below 35 degrees or above 90 degrees Fahrenheit. Do not install plants, when wind velocity exceeds 30 mph. C. Do not install plant life in frozen ground or when snow covers the ground or the soil is otherwise in an unsatisfactory condition for planting. 1.12 PLANTING SEASON A. Planting season: Unless otherwise shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer, the planting seasons shall be those indicated below: 1. Deciduous plants: a. Spring: March 1, to May 1, (inclusive) except for balled and burlapped materials, for which the planting period will terminate on May 15. b. Fall: From September 1, until the ground freezes (inclusive). Such plant items, as may be designated elsewhere in the contract documents, shall be planted in the Spring planting season only. B. Planting season may be extended with the written permission of the Engineer. 1.13 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate the work of this Section with the respective trades responsible for installing interfacing work to ensure that the work performed hereunder is scheduled to minimize damage to plant growth. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Provide 1 year warranty under provisions of Section 01770—PROJECT CLOSEOUT. Warranty shall include coverage for one continuous growing season, and replacement of dead or unhealthy plants. B. Replacement plants shall be of same size and species as specified, planted in the next growing season, with a new warranty commencing on date of replacement. C. Plants shall be guaranteed for a period of 1 year after provisional acceptance and shall be alive and in satisfactory growth at the end of the guarantee period. D. At the end of the guarantee period, a final inspection will be held to determine whether any plant material replacements are required. Each plant shall show at least 75 percent health growth and shall have the natural character of its species as determined by the Designer. Promptly remove plants found unacceptable from the site and replace during the normal planting season. A final inspection of acceptance will be made after the replacement plantings have lived through one year. E. All replacements shall be plants of the same kind and size except for possible replacements due to vandalism or neglect on the part of others. 7/15/2013 02950 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition .. be removed promptly from the project. Replacements shall conform in all respects to the Specifications for new plants and shall be planted in the same manner. F. Acceptance of the planting work shall be established by the Engineer in writing, following the completion of all maintenance work requirements as specified herein, and following the correction of all punch list deficiencies by the Contractor. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Nursery: Company specializing in growing and cultivating the plants with 5 years documented experience. B. Installer: Landscaper specializing in the type work described in this Section with a minimum of 3 years documented experience. 1. Perform all work of this Section by experienced persons familiar with planting procedures under the full time supervision of a qualified foreman. 1.8 INSPECTION OF PLANTS A. The Engineer shall select and tag, at the nursery,prior to digging of plants. B. Plants will be inspected and approval given by the Engineer upon delivery to the site for conformity to Specified requirements. Such approval does not affect the right of inspection and rejection during the progress of the Work. C. Notify the Engineer 5 calendar days prior to the proposed arrival of plant materials on site. D. Provide assistance as required to open and handle plant materials during inspection. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with regulatory agencies for composition of herbicide, fungicide and insecticide. B. Obtain certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of seed mixture. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver fertilizer in sealed containers showing weight, chemical analysis and name of manufacturer. B. Antidesicant shall be delivered in manufacturer's sealed containers and shall contain manufacturer's printed instructions for use. 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS A. Planting shall be performed when weather and soil conditions are suitable for planting the material specified in accordance with locally accepted practice. 7/15/2013 02950 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.5 SUBMITTALS , A. Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Literature: Product data sheets, specifications,performance data,physical properties for the following: a. Fertilizer. b. Anti-dessicant. c. Herbicide, fungicide and insecticide. d. Tree wrap. e. Tree Staking or guying systems. 2. Manufacturer's Certificates or labels from containers certifying that the product meets the specified requirements for the following: a. Ground limestone. b. Fertilizer. 3. Test reports for topsoil indicating nutrient content,pH and organic matter content; with recommendations as to the type and quantity of soil additives required. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Plant Materials shall be as described by ASTM Z 60.1 free of disease or hazardous insects. B. The Engineer reserves the right to test and reject for cause any material not meeting material specifications by tests in accordance with methods adopted by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Costs for these tests shall be borne by the Contractor. C. Following a minimum 90 calender day maintenance period after the completion of all planting installations, the Contractor shall request the Engineer in writing for a formal inspection of the planting work. D. If plant materials and workmanship are acceptable, written notice will be given by the Engineer to the Contractor stating that the work has received provisional acceptance subject to maintenance requirements noted herein, and that the guarantee period has commenced from the date of provisional acceptance. E. If a number of plants are sickly or dead at the time of inspection, or if in the Engineer's opinion, workmanship is unacceptable, written notice will be given by the Engineer to the Contractor in the form of a punch list,which itemizes necessary planting replacements or other deficiencies to be remedied. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of all the plants shall be extended until replacements are made or other deficiencies are corrected. All dead and unsatisfactory plants shall 7/15/2013 02950 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 02950 EXTERIOR PLANTS PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A Fill, grade and treat soil and topsoil to finish grade elevations, including mulching and fertilization. A. Plant trees where indicated on the Drawings. B. Mulch groundcover. C. Maintain cultivation of trees, including but not limited to: fertilization, watering, weeding, and correcting the grade in areas of settlement. D. Repair or replace all plant life dead or damaged by the work of the Contract. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Division 2 - SITEWORK: 1. Excavation and backfilling for foundation. 2. Rough grading and compacted common fill for landscaped areas. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section,under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements,the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ANSI Z 60.1 - American Standard for Nursery Stock. 2. ASTM C 136: Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 3. ASTM E 11: Wire-Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes. 4. Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. (AOAC) 5. FS O-F-241 - Fertilizers, Mixed, Commercial. 6. Tree Care Industry Association, Amherst,NH: Standards for Pruning Shade Trees. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Plants include living trees as specified in this Section and described in ANSI Z 60.1, and replacement trees required as a result of damage by the Work. B. Plant names are identified by the "Standardized Plant Names" as published by the American Joint Committee on Horticulatural Nomenclature. 7/15/2013 02950 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition and surface courses as shown on the Contract Drawings and finish all edges with a neat tamped edge. d. The mixture shall be placed in two (2) courses . Each course shall be spread and finished as required in the Massachusetts Department of Public Works, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, Section 460.63, 1988 edition. e. Prior to completion of bituminous concrete overlay, the Contractor shall have the existing patched surfaces tack coated and leveled to eliminate all "birdbaths" or extreme lows which may create ponding or drainage problems. Leveling course (surface treatment)bituminous concrete applied as necessary, shall be raked and feathered and be properly rolled and compacted. The Contractor shall apply "level" lines, screeds, or use other measures to achieve the proper leveling surface suitable for overlay. All adhesive fabric shall be in place and approved prior to completing this work. f. After completion, the bituminous concrete courses shall conform to the thickness shown on the Contract Drawings, smooth and even and of a dense and uniform structure. When tested with a sixteen(16)foot straight edge placed parallel to the centerline of the pavement,there shall be no deviation from a true surface in excess of one-quarter(1/4) inch. 3.02 ASPHALT EMULSION TACK COAT a. To all existing surfaces to be pave against or overlaid, apply a single very thin (0.05 to 0.15 gallons per square yard) application of diluted asphalt emulsion (Type SS-1)to cover the entire surface of existing pavement. b. Essential qualities of coverage are (1) it must be very thin and(2)uniformly cover entire surface of existing pavement. C. Place only that amount of tack coat which can be overlaid with new pavement by the end of each day, and; IF RAIN IS ANTICIPATED DO NOT APPLY TACK COAT. PART IV - GUARANTEE/WARRANTY 4.01 The pavement and coatings shall be guaranteed against defects in workmanship or quality for a period of one (1)year after final acceptance. The Contractor shall replace, repair, recoat or otherwise make satisfactory to the Owner any unacceptable pavement and or coating at no additional cost to the Owner. - - - END OF SECTION- - - lookk SECTION 02700 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Contractor's option. 2. The general composition of the bituminous concrete mixture (the proportion of asphalt cement to mineral aggregate) shall be in accordance with MHD requirements. 3. The mineral aggregate composition for Type St shall be as follows: TYPE ST SIEVE ANALYSIS MINERAL AGGREGATE U.S. Standard Sieve No. Percent Passing by Weight(per ASTM C-136) 2.02 ASPHALT EMULSION a. Asphalt emulsion tack coat shall be Type SS-1 or SS-1H as specified by the Asphalt Institute. 2.03 TROWELABLE ASPHALT FILLER/PATCH a. Airport grade asphalt emulsion mix and aggregate shall be used to repair gouges or cracks which can then be brought to grade to receive an overlay or color sealcoat. 2.04 ADHESIVE FABRIC FOR CRACK PATCHING a. Fabric shall be the Armor crack repair system as manufactured by Armor Corporation, Farmingdale,NJ, 1.877.99.ARMOR or approved equal. b. The finished surface shall be smooth and uniform,true to required grade and cross section, and free of depressions,ridges, or other irregularities. PART III - EXECUTION 3.01 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT a. Bituminous concrete pavements shall be constructed on a prepared foundation of gravel in accordance with the Massachusetts Standard Specifications, Section 405, except where overlayment is over existing pavement. b. The bituminous mixtures shall be placed on the approved base only when, in the opinion of the Engineer, the course is sufficiently dry and weather conditions are suitable. C. Where walls, curbing, or other suitable permanent supports are not present, the Contractor shall secure proper alignment and adequate compaction of the binder SECTION 02700 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (tests or specifications). 2. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials. 3. Mass. Standard Specs. - Latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Highways, Bridges and Waterways, 1988 Edition, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Works, hereinafter referred to as the "Massachusetts Standard Specifications." 1.03 SUBMITTALS a. Asphalt emulsion Type SS-1 product and application specification. b. Field layout of color sealcoat must be approved by Landscape Architect prior to installation. C. Submit catalog cuts and manufacturer's specifications for Airport Grade Asphalt Emulsion Mix and Aggregate. d. Compaction tests are required on all bituminous concrete base surfaces on a 5' grid interval or per Owner's direction. At the Contractor's expense, an , independent testing agency must perform the work and submit the results directly to the Landscape Architect. PART II - MATERIALS 2.01 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT a. Bituminous Concrete Pavement shall consist of binder mix and dense mix courses constructed to the thicknesses shown on the plans and shall conform to the relevant provisions of Sections 460 and(M3.11.03) of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Works, Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges, 1988 Edition, unless specified otherwise hereinafter. b. Base/Binder Courses 1. Base/Binder Courses shall be Bituminous Concrete Pavement, Dense Finish Course Type I-1. C. Leveling/Overlay Courses I. Leveling/Overlay Courses may conform to "Surface Treatment"mix, Table A, Section M3.11.03 of the MDPW Standard Specifications, comprised of Class I Dense Bituminous Concrete, Type St or Sense Mix Type I-1, at the SECTION 02700 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 02700 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT PART I - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Under this Section, the Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and transportation necessary to construct the following: 1. The bituminous concrete pavement for the driveway shall be composed of materials as specified herein and shall be constructed on a prepared base course to the depth, grade and cross-section shown on the plans, as specified herein and as directed by the Engineer. 2. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Drawings, bituminous concrete pavement shall be composed of a one and one-half(1 1/2 ) inch bituminous concrete binder course, and a one and one half(1 1/2 ) inch bituminous concrete dense mix course. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Perform all work required to complete the work of this Section, as indicated. Such work includes,but is not limited to, the following: 1. This work is patching existing pavement where existing Granite Curbs are to be removed and reset, where trenching for underground cabling conduit is to be laid for security cameras, and in a limited area to where pavement is decomposing at location of Pavement Marking where shown on drawings. 1.03 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS B. 02300, Earthwork C. 02513, Portland Cement Concrete Paving D. 02528, Granite Curb E. 02580, Pavement Marking 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS a. Reference to the standards, specifications and tests of technical societies, organizations and governmental bodies are made in the Contract Documents. SECTION 02700 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Pavement marking materials shall be applied evenly to the pavement surface to be ' coated at a rate specified in MHD Specifications Section 860.62. D. Guidelines and templates shall be employed as necessary to control paint application. Special precautions shall be taken in marking numbers, letters, and symbols. E. Edges of markings shall be sharply outlined. F. Maximum drying time requirements of the paint manufacturer shall be enforced to prevent undue softening of bitumen, and pickup, displacement, or discoloration by vehicle tires. G. If markings require more drying time than stated by the paint manufacturer,painting operations shall be discontinued until cause of the slow drying is determined and corrected. 3.3 PROTECTION OF MARKINGS A. Markings shall remain protected in accordance with MHD Specifications Section 860.63. 3.4 GUARANTEE A. Contractor is to furnish the Owner with a one (1)year unconditional guarantee against fading, chipping,peeling, wearing, etc. The Contractor is to provide said guarantee in writing, in a form acceptable to the Owner's Representative. If said guarantee is not in an acceptable form, the Contractor will have (10) days after receipt of notice from the Owner's representative to correct the form. END OF SECTION PAVEMENT MARKING 02580-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.2 MARKING EQUIPMENT A. Machines, tools and equipment used in the application of pavement markings shall conform to MHD Specifications Section 860.60 and shall be approved and maintained in satisfactory operating condition. B. Push-type machines of a type commonly used for application of paint to pavement surfaces shall be acceptable for marking roadway and parking areas. Applicator machine shall have the necessary paint tanks and spraying nozzles, and shall be capable of applying paint uniformly at coverage specified. Hand-operated spray guns shall be provided for use in areas where push-type machines cannot be used. C. Sandblasting equipment shall be provided as required for cleaning surfaces to be painted. Sandblasting equipment shall include an air compressor,hoses, and nozzles of proper size and capacity as required. Compressor shall be capable of furnishing not less than 150 cfm of air at a pressure of not less than 90 psi at the nozzle for each nozzle used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. New pavement surfaces shall be allowed to cure for a period of not less than 48 hours before application of marking materials. B. Dust, dirt, and other granular surface deposits shall be removed by sweeping,blowing with compressed air, rinsing with water, or a combination of these methods, as required. Rubber deposits, surface laitance, existing paint markings, and other coatings adhering to the pavement shall be completely removed using scrapers, wire brushes, sandblasting, approved chemicals, or mechanical abrasion, as directed. C. Where oil or grease are present on old pavements to be marked, affected areas shall be scrubbed with several applications of tri-sodium phosphate solution or other approved detergent or degreaser, and rinsed thoroughly after each application. After cleaning, oil- soaked areas shall be sealed with cut shellac to prevent bleeding through the new paint. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Marking materials shall be applied to clean, dry surfaces in accordance with the requirements of MHD Specifications Section 860.62. B. Paint shall be applied pneumatically with approved equipment. PAVEMENT MARKING 02580-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Layout: Furnish layout computations. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: Provide the products of one manufacturer and source for consistency. B. Standards: Conform to all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices", 1988 Edition(herein after referred to as MUTCD), together with all issued errata, addenda, additions, revisions and supplemental specifications. Conform to all requirements of the latest ADA standards for handicap parking. 1.7 LAYOUT OF WORK A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer for approval a schedule of pavement marking operations in accordance with MHD Specifications Section 860.61. 1.8 TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Suitable warning signs shall be placed near the beginning of the work site. B. Place traffic cones along newly painted lines to control traffic and prevent damage to newly painted surfaces. Remove when paint has dried fully. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A Materials for pavement markings shall conform to MHD Specifications Section 860.40 as applicable. B Paint shall be in sealed containers that plainly show the designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, color, date of manufacture, manufacturer's name, formulation number and directions, all of which shall be plainly legible at time of use. C. Paint shall be homogeneous, easily mixed to smooth consistency, and shall show no hard settlement or other objectionable characteristics during a storage period of six months. PAVEMENT MARKING 02580-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 02580 PAVEMENT MARKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Include GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with trades affecting, or affected by, work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Perform all work required to complete the work of this Section, as indicated. Such work includes, but is not limited to,the following: 40W 1. This work is painting parking space lines, striping of handicap zones, and painting of handicap symbols on pavement. 1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. 02700, Bituminous Concrete Paving 1.4 REFERENCES A. Work shall conform to codes and standards of the following: 1. Massachusetts Highway Department Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges (MHD Specifications), 1988 Edition. 2. U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration"Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices", 1988 Edition. 3. AAB and ADA Regulations for all handicap parking. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit suppliers certificate of conformance. 000%, B. Test Reports: Submit test reports for required performance. PAVEMENT MARKING 02580-1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2.2 CONCRETE A. Concrete for foundation at granite curb (where indicated) shall conform to MHD Specifications Section M4.00.0, 4000 psi, 1-1/2 in., 565 (Class A). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SETTING CURB A. Curb shall be set in accordance with MHD Specifications Section 501 and as shown on the plans. B. Vertical face of vertical curb shall be plumb, with curb top parallel to adjacent surface. C. Curb shall be set accurately to line and grade. Curb units shall be fitted together as closely as possible. Curb shall not be field cut. D. Joints, between curb units shall be carefully filled with a cement mortar, and neatly pointed on the top and front exposed portions. After pointing excess mortar shall be cleaned from curb surface. E. Backfill material on each side of curb shall be as specified for adjacent surface and shall be thoroughly compacted by means of power tampers. Extreme care shall be taken not to destroy alignment. Curb sections disturbed during backfilling or otherwise shall be reset to line and grade, and properly backfilled. END OF SECTION GRANITE CURB 02528-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Unless otherwise indicated, granite curb materials and construction shall conform to the applicable portions of the following: 1. MHD Specification Section 500, "Curb and Edging". B. Curb Layout: After staking and laying out the curb work, and before beginning curb installation, obtain the Engineer's approval of layout. Contractor shall make minor adjustments as determined by the Owner's Representative. C. The Contractor and his Subcontractors shall inspect all subbases for unstable, unsuitable or improperly prepared areas. Do not begin work over unacceptable areas. Beginning work means the Contractor and his Subcontractors accept the subbase, previous work and conditions and shall be held responsible for any corrections required to properly implement the Construction Documents. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection: The Contractor shall use all means necessary to protect the materials of this Section before, during and after installation. In the event of damage, make all repairs and replacements necessary to approval of the Owner's Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner. All work shall be executed in such a manner as to prevent any damage to existing streets, curbs,paving to remain, existing plant materials, and adjoining properties. B. The Contractor shall remove all debris, construction equipment and waste material from areas within the limit of work prior to inspection for acceptance. C. The Drawings indicate, in general, the alignment and finished grade elevations. The Owner's Representative, however, may make minor adjustments in grades and alignment as are found necessary. D. Existing Curb Salvaged: Maximum reuse shall be made in the new work of existing granite curbing which is removed and stacked under Section 02100, SITE PREPARATION. Existing curb to be reused shall be reset in accordance with the requirements of this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CEMENT MORTAR A. Mortar for pointing joints between curbstones shall be a cement mortar composed of one part Portland cement and two parts sand, by volume with sufficient water to form a workable, stiff mixture. GRANITE CURB 02528-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 02528 GRANITE CURB PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Include GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with trades affecting, or affected by,work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Perform all work required to complete the work of this Section, as indicated. Such work includes,but is not limited to, the following: 1. This work is removal and resetting of existing Granite Curbing. 1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. 02300, Earthwork B. 02513, Portland Cement Concrete Paving C. 02700, Bituminous Concrete Pavement 1.4 REFERENCES A. Work shall conform to codes and standards of the following: 1. Massachusetts Highway Department Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges (MHD Specifications). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C 615 Structural Granite C 131 Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE GRANITE CURB 02528-1 Alokk DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Temperature records shall be maintained throughout the period of hot weather giving air temperature, general weather conditions(calm, windy, clear, cloudy, etc.) and relative humidity. Records shall include checks on temperature of concrete as delivered and after placing in forms. Data should be correlated with the progress of the work so that conditions surrounding the construction of any part of the structure can be ascertained. 3.10 PROTECTION OF CONCRETE SURFACES A. Concrete surfaces shall be protected from traffic or damage until surfaces have hardened sufficiently. If necessary 1/2 in. thick plywood sheets shall be used to protect the exposed surface. END OF SECTION PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition period surface shall be checked frequently, and sprayed with water as often as necessary to prevent drying, but not earlier than 24 hours after placing concrete. 2. If concrete is cured with a curing compound, compound shall be applied at a rate of 200 sq. ft. per gallon, in two applications perpendicular to each other. 3. Curing period shall be seven days minimum. 3.6 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Expansion joints shall be 1/2 in. wide and shall be as located on the Drawings. Expansion joint shall be formed in the concrete to required width with preformed joint filler in place. Joint filler shall extend the full depth of the slab. Joint filler shall extend the full length of the expansion joint. 1. For concrete pavements and pads, depth of joint filler shall be as required to form a 1-1/4 in. deep sealant and backer rod recess below finished concrete surface. 3.7 CONTROL JOINTS A. Unless otherwise indicated, control joints to be tooled shall be scored into the concrete slab every 10 ft. o.c. maximum. Joint shall be made after concrete is finished and when the surface is stiff enough to support the weight of workmen without damage to the slab, but before slab has achieved its final set. Awk 3.8 COLD WEATHER CONCRETING A. Materials for concrete shall be heated when concrete is mixed,placed, or cured when the mean daily temperature is below 40°F. or is excepted to fall to below 40°F. within 72 hours, and the concrete after placing shall be protected by covering, heat, or both. B. Details of handling and protecting of concrete during freezing weather shall be subject to the approval and direction of the Engineer. Procedures shall be in accordance with provisions of ACI 306R. 3.9 HOT WEATHER CONCRETING A. Concrete just placed shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun and the forms and reinforcement just prior to placing shall be sprinkled with cold water. Every effort shall be made to minimize delays which will result in excessive mixing of the concrete after arrival on the job. B. During periods of excessively hot weather(95°F, or above), ingredients in the concrete shall be cooled insofar as possible and cold mixing water shall be used to maintain the temperature of the concrete at permissible levels all in accordance with the provisions of ACI 305. Any concrete with a temperature above 95°F, when ready for placement will not be acceptable, and will be rejected. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Concrete flatwork surfaces shall be screeded off and finished true to line and grade, and free of hollows and bumps. Surface shall be dense, smooth, and at exact level and slope required. 1. Finished concrete surface for subbases shall be woodfloated to a slightly rough surface. Surface shall not deviate more than 1/4 in. in 10 ft. 2. Finished concrete surface for concrete walks and pads shall be wood-floated and steel troweled to a smooth surface. Surface shall not deviate more than 1/8 in. in 10 ft. B. Unless otherwise indicated,horizontal surfaces of concrete surfaces which will be exposed shall be given a light broomed finish, with direction of grooves in concrete surface perpendicular to length of concrete band, slab, or pad. After concrete has set sufficiently to prevent coarse aggregate from being torn from surface, but before it has completely set,brooms shall be drawn across it to produce a pattern of small parallel grooves. Broomed surface shall be uniform,with no smooth, unduly rough or porous spots, or other irregularities. Coarse aggregate shall not be dislodged by brooming operation. C. Immediately following finishing operations, arises at edges and both sides of expansion joints shall be rounded to a 1/4 in. radius. Control joints to be tooled shall be scored into slab surface with scoring tool. Adjacent edges of control joint shall at same time be finished to a 1/4 in. radius. D. Where finishing is performed before end of curing period, concrete shall not be permitted to dry out, and shall be kept continuously moist from time of placing until end of curing period, or until curing membrane is applied. 3.5 CURING A. It is essential that concrete be kept continuously damp from time of placement until end of specified curing period. It is equally essential that water not be added to surface during floating and troweling operations, and not earlier than 24 hours after concrete placement. Between finishing operations surface shall be protected from rapid drying by a covering of waterproofing paper. Surface shall be damp when the covering is placed over it, and shall be kept damp by means of a fog spray of water, applied as often as necessary to prevent drying, but not sooner than 24 hours after placing concrete. None of the water so applied shall be troweled or floated into surface. B. Concrete surfaces shall be cured by completely covering with curing paper or application of a curing compound. 1. Concrete cured using waterproof paper shall be completely covered with paper with seams lapped and sealed with tape. Concrete surface shall not be allowed to become moistened between 24 and 36 hours after placing concrete. During curing PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition otherwise repaired to conform to the requirements of this specification before proceeding with next operation. AWk 3.3 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING A. Paving mix, equipment, methods of mixing and placing, and precautions to be observed as to weather, condition of base etc., shall meet the requirements of ACI 316R. Pavement shall be constructed in accordance with the Drawings. B. The Engineer shall be notified of concrete placement sufficiently in advance of start of operation to allow his representative to complete preliminary inspection of the work, including sub-grade, forms, and reinforcing steel, if used. C. Normal concrete placement procedures shall be followed. Concrete shall arrive at the jobsite so that no additional water will be required to produce the desired slump. When conditions develop that required addition of water to produce the desired slump, permission of the Engineer must be obtained. The concrete shall be transported from the mixer to its place of deposit by a method that will prevent segregation or loss of material. D. Work shall not be performed during rainy weather or when temperature is less than 40degrees F. (4.4 degrees C). E. Adjacent work, etc., shall be protected from stain and damage during entire operation. Damaged and stained areas shall be replaced or repaired to equal their original conditions. F. Existing concrete, earth, and other water-permeable material against which new concrete is to be placed shall thoroughly damp when concrete is placed. There shall be no free water on surface. G. Concrete which has set or partially set before placing shall not be employed. Re- tempering of concrete will not be permitted. H. Concrete shall be thoroughly spaded and tamped to secure a solid and homogeneous mass, thoroughly worked around reinforcement and into corners of forms. I. When joining fresh concrete to concrete which has attained full set, latter shall be cleaned of foreign matter, and mortar scum and laitance shall be removed by chipping and washing. Clean, roughened base surface shall be saturated with water, but shall have no free water on surface. A coat of 1:1 cement-sand grout, approximately 1/8 in. thick, shall be well scrubbed into thoroughly dampened concrete base. New concrete shall be placed immediately, before grout has dried or set. 3.4 FINISHING PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition G. Disposal of debris and other material excavated under this section, and material unsuitable for or in excess of requirements for completing work of this section shall be disposed of off-site. H. Prepared sub-grade will be inspected by the Owner's Representative. Sub-grade shall be approved by the Owner's Representative before installation of gravel base course. Disturbance to sub-grade caused by inspection procedures shall be repaired under this section of the specification. I. Prepare existing concrete handicap curb cut per manufacturers recommendation for securing Truncated Dome for permanent application. 3.2 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE A. Aggregate base course for paving and the spreading, grading, and compaction methods employed shall conform to standard requirements for usual base course of this type for first class road work, and the following: MHD Specifications Section 405, "Gravel Base Course". B. Width of base course shall be greater than or equal to the width of pavement surface, if continuous lateral support is provided during rolling, and shall extend at least 2 x base thickness beyond edge of the course above, if not so supported. " C. Aggregate material shall be applied in lifts less than or equal to 6 in. thick, compacted measure. Each lift shall be separately compacted to specified density, using a 6 ton steel wheel roller or vibratory roller equivalent to a 6 ton static roller, or an approved equivalent. 1. Material shall be placed adjacent to wall, manhole, catch basin, and other structures only after they have been set to required grade and level. 2. Rolling shall begin at sides and progress to center of crowned areas, and shall begin on low side and progress toward high side of sloped areas. Rolling shall continue until material does not creep or wave ahead of roller wheels. 3. Surface irregularities which exceed 1/2 in. as measured by means of a 10 ft. long straightedge, shall be replaced and properly recompacted. D. Base course shall be compacted at optimum moisture content to not less than 95% of maximum density as determined by ASTM D 1557. E. Sub-grade and base course shall be kept clean and uncontaminated. Less select materials shall not be permitted to become mixed with gravel. Materials spilled outside pavement lines shall be removed and area repaired. , .., F. Portions of sub-grade or of construction above which become contaminated, softened, or dislodged by passing of traffic, or otherwise injured, shall be cleaned,replaced, or PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Bond breaker shall be asphalt felt conforming to ASTM D 226, Type I or 6 mil polyethylene sheeting. 2.9 TRUNCATED DOME A. Truncated Dome tiles shall meet all Federal and State code ADA existing surface applied requirements, Yellow Federal Standard 595B #33538 color with UV inhibitors to provide protection from fading and discoloration, of flexible construction to allow them to conform to existing curb ramp contours, with rugged two-part adhesive system providing permanent placement which will withstand both freezing cold and blistering heat. Truncated Dome to be manufactured per the Manual of Unified Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD)requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Areas to be paved will be compacted and brought to sub-grade elevation under Section 02300, EARTHWORK before work of this section is performed. Final fine grading, filling, and compaction of areas to receive paving, as required to form a firm,uniform, accurate, and unyielding sub-grade at required elevations and to required lines, shall be done under this Section. B. Existing sub-grade material which will not readily compact as required shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials. Additional materials needed to bring sub-grade to required line and grade and to replace unsuitable material removed shall be material conforming to this Section. C. Sub-grade of areas to be paved shall be recompacted as required to bring top 8 in. of material immediately below gravel base course to a compaction at optimum moisture of at least 95% of maximum density, as determined by ASTM D 1557. Sub-grade compaction shall extend for a distance of at least 1 ft. beyond pavement edge. D. Excavation required in pavement sub-grade shall be completed before fine grading and final compaction of sub-grade are performed. Where excavation must be performed in completed sub-grade, sub-base, base, or pavement, subsequent backfill and compaction shall be performed as directed by the Owner's Representative as specified in earthwork section. Completed sub-grade after filling such areas shall be uniformly and properly graded. E. Areas being graded or compacted shall be kept shaped and drained during construction. Ruts greater than or equal to 2 in. deep in sub-grade, shall be graded out, reshaped as required, and recompacted before placing pavement. F. Materials shall not be stored or stockpiled on sub-grade. Alftk PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B. Curing paper shall be non-staining, fiber reinforced laminated kraft bituminous product conforming to ASTM C 171. Four mil polyethylene sheeting may be substituted for curing paper. C. Curing compound shall be a resin-base, white pigmented compound conforming to ASTM C 309, Type 2. 2:5 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, expansion joints shall be located 30 ft. o.c., maximum. B. Expansion joint filler shall be preformed, non-bituminous type joint filler conforming to ASTM D 1752, Type II, similar to Sealtight Cork Expansion Joint Filler, manufactured by W.R. Meadows,Inc., Elgin, IL 60120, or approved equal. 1. Pre-molded filler shall be one piece for the full depth and width of the joint leaving a sealant recess as indicated. 2. Use of multiple pieces of lesser dimensions to make up required depth and width of joint will not be permitted. 3. Except as otherwise noted on the Drawings,joint filler shall be 1/2 in. thick. C. Expansion joint shall receive joint backer rod and shall be sealed with joint sealant under the work of Section 07100, WATERPROOFING, DAMPPROOFING, AND CAULKING. 2.6 CONTROL JOINTS A. Control joints indicated to be tooled shall be made by scoring concrete slab after finishing of slab, with scoring tool which will cut into slab at least 1 in., but in no case less than 25% of slab depth. 2.7 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Transverse construction joints shall be placed whenever placing of concrete is suspended for more than 30 minutes. 1. Butt joint with dowels or thickened edge joint shall be used if construction joints occurs at location of control joint. 2. Keyed joints with tiebars shall be used if the joint occurs at any other location. 2.8 BOND BREAKER PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A. Material for aggregate base course shall be a graded, granular, free-draining material, consisting of either durable stone and coarse sand or of blast furnace slag,practically free from loam and clay, and which can be readily compacted to form a stable foundation. 1. Material shall conform to MHD Specifications Section M1.03.0 type b, with less than 8%by weight passing the No. 200 sieve. 2.2 FIBROUS REINFORCEMENT A. All cement concrete shall contain a fibrous reinforcement of 100%virgin polypropylene fibrillated fibers of multi-design gradation as manufactured by Fibermesh, Synthetic Industries, 4019 Industry Drive, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37416 or an equal product approved by the Owner's Representative. 2.3 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE A. Portland cement concrete for pavements and slabs shall be air-entrained type with a maximum water-cement ratio of 5.0 conforming to ACI 316R. Minimum compressive strengths at 28 days shall be as follows: Flexural strength with third point loading - 650 psi; compressive strength- 4000 psi. 1. Concrete shall be air-entrained type, conforming to ASTM C 94. Air content by volume shall be 6%± I%, and shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C 231. 2. Concrete slump shall be no less than 2 in. nor greater than 4 in., determined in accordance with ASTM C 143. 3. Cement shall be Portland cement, conforming to ASTM C 150, Type I or II. Only one color of cement, all of the same manufacturer, shall be used for the work. Type III cement shall be used only with the prior approval of the Landscape Architect. 4. Fine and coarse aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33. 5. Concrete shall contain a water reducing agent to minimize cement and water content of the concrete mix at the specified slump. Water reducing agent shall conform to ASTM C 494. 6. No calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride shall be added to the concrete. No admixtures other than those specified shall be used in the concrete without the specific written permission of the Landscape Architect in each case. 2.4 CURING MATERIALS A. Curing shall be by moist curing or by use of curing compound. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.6 ADA AND MAAB COMPLIANCE A. Special attention is to be given to compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the requirements of the Massachusetts Architectural Access Board (MAAB). 1. Slopes: All Walkways as defined by Section 22.1 of 521 CMR shall be graded to a maximum 4.5%. The cross pitch (perpendicular to travel) for all walkways and paths shall be constructed at 1.5%. The slope of all ramps and side slopes of handicap curb cuts as defined by Section 21.1 of 521 CMR shall be constructed at 7% maximum. Ramps as defined in section 24.1 of 521 CMR shall be constructed to a maximum slope of 7%. 2. The Contractor is to assume that all grades in pedestrian paths of travel shall be verified/checked with a 2-foot electronic"Smart Level". 3. A 5'-0"minimum level(1.5%pitch) area shall be provided at all flush entrances to buildings. Puddling of water at the entrances will not be allowed. B. The above requirements shall supercede the grades shown on the plans. If these requirements cannot be met with the grades shown on the plans, the architect shall be notified immediately for direction. C. Surface Mount Truncated Dome Peal & Stick-pads constructed of UV protected polyurethane and secured to existing concrete curb cut ramp per the Manual of Unified Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD)requirements. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data for the following: 1. Preformed joint filler. 2. Truncated Dome Peal & Stick-pads B. Submit samples of the following: 1. For cement concrete paving show expansion joints, tooling and finish. Minimum 6' x 6' sample panel. 2. Preformed joint filler. 3. Fiber mesh reinforcement PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. 305RHot Weather Concreting c. 306RCold Weather Concreting d. 316RRecommendations for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Concrete Bases. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. A 185 Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement b. C 33 Concrete Aggregates c. C 94 Ready-Mixed Concrete d. C 143 Slump of Portland Cement Concrete e. C 150 Portland Cement f. C 171 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete g. C 231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method h. C 260 Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete i. C 309 Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete j. C 494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete k. D 226 Asphalt-Saturated Organic Roofing Felt for Use in Membrane Waterproofing and Built-Up Roofing 1. D 1557 Moisture - Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb. (4.54-kg) Rammer and 18-in. (457 mm) Drop m. D 1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction 4. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA): Appendix to Part 1191 Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unless otherwise specified, work and materials for construction of the Portland cement concrete paving shall conform to ACI 316R. B. Paving work, base course etc., shall be done only after excavation and construction work which might injure them have been completed. Damage caused during construction shall be repaired before acceptance. C. Existing paving areas shall, if damaged or removed during course of this project, be repaired or replaced under this section of the specification. Workmanship and materials for such repair and replacement, except as otherwise noted, shall match as closely as possible those employed in existing work. D. Pavement, base, or sub-base shall not be placed on a muddy or frozen sub-grade. E. The Owner reserves the right to retain an independent testing laboratory to perform inspection and testing of paving and associated work in accordance with Section 01400, , QUALITY CONTROL. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 02513 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Include GENERAL CONDITIONS and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS as part of this Section. B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. C. Coordinate work with trades affecting, or affected by, work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under the Contract. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Perform all work required to complete the work of the Section, as indicated. Such work includes,but is not limited to, the following: 1. This work is for Concrete walkway from driveway curb, along edge of open court, to the Administration Entrance, and is pitched to drain away from Entrance. 2. Secure Truncated Dome ADA Pads at existing curb cut. 1.3 RELATED WORK UNDER OTHER SECTIONS A. 02300, Earthwork B. 02528, Granite Curb C. 02580, Pavement Marking D. 02700, Bituminous Concrete Pavement 1.4 REFERENCES A. Work shall conform to codes and standards of the following: 1. Massachusetts Highway Department Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges (MHD Specifications). 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): a. Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING 02513-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition feet (5') of the wall for walls less than fifteen feet (15') high and within ten feet (10') of the wall for walls more than fifteen feet(15') high. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIALS: A. Surplus excavated materials, which are acceptable to the Engineer, shall be used to backfill normal excavations in rock or to replace other materials unacceptable for use as backfill. Upon written approval of the Engineer, surplus excavated materials shall be neatly deposited and graded so as to make or widen fills, flatten side slopes, or fill depressions; or shall be neatly deposited for other purposes as indicated by the Owner, within its jurisdictional limits; all at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Surplus excavated material not needed as specified above shall be hauled away and disposed of by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner, at appropriate locations, and in accordance with arrangements made by him. Disposal of all rubble shall be in accordance with all applicable local, state and federal regulations. C. No excavated material shall be removed from the site of the work or disposed of by the Contractor unless approved by the Engineer. D. The Contractor shall comply with Massachusetts regulations (3 10 CMR 40.0032) that govern the removal and disposal of surplus excavated materials. Materials, including contaminated soils, having concentrations of oil or hazardous materials less than an otherwise Reportable Concentration and that are not a hazardous waste, may not be disposed of at locations where concentrations of oil and/or hazardous material at the receiving site are significantly lower than the levels of those oil and /or hazardous materials present in the soil being disposed or reused. END OF SECTION EARTHWORK 02300-10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition A Water jetting may be used when the backfill material contains less than 10 percent passing the number 200 sieve, but shall be used only if approved by the Engineer. B. Contractor shall submit a detailed plan describing the procedures he intends to use for water jetting to the Engineer for approval prior to any water jetting taking place. C. Compaction of backfill placed by water jetting shall conform to the requirements of this specification. 6. If the materials above the trench bottom are unsuitable for backfill,the Contractor shall furnish and place backfill materials meeting the requirements for trench backfill, as shown on the drawings or specified herein. 7. Should the Engineer order crushed stone for utility supports or for other purposes, the Contractor shall furnish and install the crushed stone as directed. 8. In shoulders of streets and road, the top 12-inch layer of trench backfill shall consist of processed gravel for sub-base, satisfying the requirements listed in MHD standard specification M 1.03.1. C. BACKFILLING UNDER BUILDINGS AND FOUNDATIONS: Material to be used as structural fill under structures shall be special bedding material or gravel borrow, as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Where gravel borrow fill is required to support proposed footings, walls, slabs, and other structures, the material shall be placed in a manner accepted by the Engineer. Compaction of each lift shall meet the density requirements of this specification. D. BACKFILLING ADJACENT TO STRUCTURES: 1. The Contractor shall not place backfill against or on structures until they have attained sufficient strength to support the loads to which they will be subjected. Excavated material approved by the Engineer may be used in backfilling around structures. Backfill material shall be thoroughly compacted to meet the requirements of this specification. 2. Contractor shall use extra care when compacting adjacent to pipes and drainage structures. Backfill and compaction shall proceed along sides of drainage structures so that the difference in top of fill level on any side of the structure shall not exceed two feet(2') at any stage of construction. 3. Where backfill is to be placed on only one side of a structural wall, only hand- , operated roller or plate compactors shall be used within a lateral distance of five EARTHWORK 02300-9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition appropriate or replacing as necessa ry and approved by the Engineer, to bring the work into compliance, at no additional cost to the Owner. All backfilled materials under structures and buildings shall be field tested for compliance with the requirements of this specification. 5. Where horizontal layers meet a rising slope, the Contractor shall key each layer by benching into the slope. 6. If the material removed from the excavation is suitable for backfill with the exception that it contains stones larger than permitted, the Contractor has the option to remove the oversized stones and use the material for backfill or to provide replacement backfill at no additional cost to the Owner. 7. The Contractor shall remove loam and topsoil, loose vegetation, stumps, large roots, etc., from areas upon which embankments will be built or areas where material will be placed for grading. The subgrade shall be shaped as indicated on the Drawings and shall be prepared by forking, furrowing, or plowing so that the first layer of the fill material placed on the subgrade will be well bonded to the subgrade. B. TRENCHES: 1. Bedding as detailed and specified shall be furnished and installed beneath the pipeline prior to placement of the pipeline. A minimum bedding thickness shall be maintained between the pipe and undisturbed material, as shown on the Drawings. 2. As soon as practicable after pipes have been laid,backfilling shall be started. 3. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, select backfill shall be placed by hand shovel in 6-inch thick lifts up to a minimum level of 12-inches above the top of pipe. This area of backfill is considered the zone around the pipe and shall be thoroughly compacted before the remainder of the trench is backfilled. Compaction of each lift in the zone around the pipe shall be done by use of power-driven tampers weighing at least 20 pounds or by vibratory compactors. Care shall be taken that material close to the bank, as well as in all other portions of the trench, is thoroughly compacted to densities required. 4. Class B backfill shall be placed from the top of the select backfill to the specified material at grade (loam, pavement subbase, etc.). Fill compaction shall meet the density requirements of this specification. 5. Water Jetting: EARTHWORK 02300-8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Attention is directed to the fact that there are pipes, manholes, drains, and other utilities in certain locations. An attempt has been made to locate all utilities on the drawings, but the completeness or accuracy of the given information is not guaranteed. 2. As the excavation approaches pipes, conduits, or other underground structures, digging by machinery shall be discontinued and excavation shall be done by means of hand tools, as required. Such manual excavation, when incidental to normal excavation, shall be included in the work to be done under items involving normal excavation. 3. Where determination of the exact location of a pipe or other underground structure is necessary for properly performing the work, the Contractor shall excavate test pits to determine the locations. 3.3 BACKFILL PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION: A. GENERAL: 1. Prior to backfilling, the Contractor shall compact the exposed natural subgrade to the densities as specified herein. 2. After approval of subgrade by the Engineer, the Contractor shall backfill areas to required contours and elevations with specified materials. 3. The Contractor shall place and compact materials to the specified density in continuous horizontal layers. The degree of compaction shall be based on maximum dry density as determined by ASTM Test D1557, Method C. The minimum degree of compaction for fill placed shall be as follows: Percent of Location Maximum Density Below pipe centerline 95 Above pipe centerline 92 Below pavement(upper 3 ft.) 95 Adjacent to structures 92 Below structures 95 4. The Engineer reserves the right to test backfill for conformance to the specifications and Contractor shall assist as required to obtain the information. Compaction testing will be performed by the Engineer or by an inspection laboratory designated by the Engineer, engaged and paid for by the Owner. If test results indicate work does not conform to specification requirements, the Contractor shall remove or correct the defective Work by recompacting where EARTHWORK 02300-7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. The Contractor shall satisfy all dewatering requirements specified in Section 02240 DEWATERING, before performing trench excavations. 3. Trenches shall be excavated to such depths as will permit the pipe to be laid at the elevations, slopes, and depths of cover indicated on the Drawings. Trench widths shall be as shown on the Drawings or as specified. 4. Where pipe is to be laid in bedding material, the trench may be excavated by machinery to, or just below, the designated subgrade provided that the material remaining in the bottom of the trench is not disturbed. 5. If pipe is to be laid in recently filled areas, the fill material shall first be placed to a height of at least 12-inches above the top of the pipe before excavation. 6. Pipe trenches shall be made as narrow as practicable and shall not be widened by scraping or loosening materials from the sides. Every effort shall be made to keep the sides of the trenches firm and undisturbed until backfilling has been completed. 7. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the subgrade, during trench excavation, has been disturbed as a result of rain, surface water runoff or groundwater seepage pressures, the Contractor shall remove such disturbed subgrade to a minimum of 12 inches and replace with crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric. Cost of removal and replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. C. BUILDING AND FOUNDATION EXCAVATION: I. Excavations shall not be wider than required to set, brace, and remove forms for concrete, or perform other necessary work. 2. After the excavation has been made, and before forms are set for footings, mats, slabs, or other structures, and before reinforcing is placed, all loose or disturbed material shall be removed from the subgrade. The bearing surface shall then be compacted to meet the requirements of this specification. 3. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the existing material at subgrade elevation is unsuitable for structural support, the Contractor shall excavate and dispose of the unsuitable material to the required width and depth as directed by the Engineer. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, filter fabric is required; the Contractor shall place filter fabric, approved by the Engineer, as per manufacturer's recommendations. Crushed stone shall then be placed in lifts and compacted to required densities. Backfill shall be placed to the bottom of the proposed excavation. lawk D. EXCAVATION NEAR EXISTING STRUCTURES: EARTHWORK 02300-6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition seepage pressures, all at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor also has the option of drying materials in-place and compacting to specified densities. 3.2 EXCAVATION: A. GENERAL: 1. The Contractor shall perform all work of any nature and description required to accomplish the work as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 2. Excavations, unless otherwise required by the Engineer, shall be carried only to the depths and limits shown on the Drawings. If unauthorized excavation is carried out below required subgrade and/or beyond minimum lateral limits shown on Drawings, it shall be backfilled with gravel borrow and compacted at the Contractor's expense as specified below, except as otherwise indicated. Excavations shall be kept in dry and good conditions at all times, and all voids shall be filled to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3. In all excavation areas, the Contractor shall strip the surficial topsoil layer and underlying subsoil layer separate from underlying soils. In paved areas, the Contractor shall first cut pavement as specified in paragraph 3.02 B.1 of this specification, strip pavement and pavement subbase separately from underlying soils. All excavated materials shall be stockpiled separately from each other within the limits of work. 4. The Contractor shall follow a construction procedure, which permits visual identification of stable natural ground. Where groundwater is encountered, the size of the open excavation shall be limited to that which can be handled by the Contractor's chosen method of dewatering and which will allow visual observation of the bottom and backfill in the dry. 5. The Contractor shall excavate unsuitable materials to stable natural ground where encountered at proposed excavation subgrade, as directed by the Engineer. Unsuitable material includes topsoil, loam, peat, other organic materials, snow, ice, and trash. Unless specified elsewhere or otherwise directed by the Engineer, areas where unsuitable materials have been excavated to stable ground shall be backfilled with compacted special bedding materials or crushed stone wrapped all around in non-woven filter fabric. B. TRENCHES: 1. Prior to excavation, trenches in pavement shall have the traveled way surface cut in a straight line by a concrete saw or equivalent method, to the full depth of pavement. Excavation shall only be between these cuts. Excavation support shall be provided as required to avoid undermining of pavement. Cutting operations shall not be done by ripping equipment. EARTHWORK 02300-5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition No. 10 30-95 No. 40 10-70 No. 200 0-10 I. PROCESSED GRAVEL: 1. Processed gravel shall consist of inert material that is hard, durable stone and coarse sand, free from loam and clay, surface coatings and deleterious materials. The coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear, by the Los Angeles Abrasion Test, of not more than 50. 2. The gradation shall meet the following requirements: Sieve Designation Percentage Passing 3 in. 100 1 1/2 in. 70-100 1/4 in. 50-85 No. 4 30-60 No. 200 0-10 3. The approved source of bank-run gravel material shall be processed by Aak mechanical means. The equipment for producing crushed gravel shall be of adequate size with sufficient adjustments to produce the desired materials. The processed material shall be stockpiled in such a manner to minimize segregation of particle sizes. All processed gravel shall come from approved stockpiles. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DISTURBANCE OF EXCAVATED AND FILLED AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION: A. Contractor shall take the necessary steps to avoid disturbance of subgrade during excavation and filling operations, including restricting the use of certain types of construction equipment and their movement over sensitive or unstable materials, dewatering and other acceptable control measures. B. All excavated or filled areas disturbed during construction, all loose or saturated soil, and other areas that will not meet compaction requirements as specified herein shall be removed and replaced with a minimum 12-inch layer of compacted crushed stone wrapped all around in non-woven filter fabric. Costs of removal and replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall place a minimum of 12-inch layer of special bedding materials and -Alk. crushed stone wrapped in filter fabric over the natural underlying soil to stabilize areas which may become disturbed as a result of rain, surface water runoff or groundwater EARTHWORK 02300-4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.6 DRAINAGE: A. The Contractor shall provide, at its own expense, adequate drainage facilities to complete all work items in an acceptable manner. Drainage shall be done in a manner so that runoff will not adversely affect construction procedures or cause excessive disturbance of underlying natural ground or abutting properties. 1.7 FROST PROTECTION AND SNOW REMOVAL: A. The Contractor shall, at its own expense, keep earthwork operations clear and free of accumulations of snow as required to carry out the work. B. The Contractor shall protect the subgrade beneath new structures and pipes from frost penetration when freezing temperatures are expected. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: A. GRAVEL BORROW: Gravel Borrow shall satisfy the requirements listed in MHD Specification Section M1.03.0, Type b. B. CRUSHED STONE: Crushed stone shall satisfy the requirements listed in MHD Specification Section M2.01. E. BACKFILL MATERIALS: 1. Class B Backfill: Class B backfill shall be granular, well graded friable soil; free of rubbish, ice, snow, tree stumps, roots, clay and organic matter; with 30 percent or less passing the No. 200 sieve; no stone greater than two-third (2/3) loose lift thickness, or six inches, whichever is smaller. 2. Select Backfill: Select backfill shall be granular, well graded friable soil, free of rubbish, ice, snow, tree stumps, roots, clay and organic matter, and other deleterious or organic material; graded within the following limits: Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight 3" 100 EARTHWORK 02300-3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department Standard Specification for Highways and Bridges. Code of Massachusetts Regulations (CMR) 310.40.0032 Contaminated Media and Contaminated Debris 1.4 SUBMITTALS: IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS, SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING: Samples of all materials proposed for the project shall be submitted to the Engineer for review. Size of the samples shall be as approved by the Engineer. 1.5 PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTY: A. The work shall be executed in such manner as to prevent any damage to facilities at the site and adjacent property and existing improvements, such as but not limited to streets, curbs, paving, service utility lines, structures, monuments, bench marks, observation wells, and other public or private property. Protect existing improvements from damage caused by settlement, lateral movements, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. B. In case of any damage or injury caused in the performance of the work, the Contractor shall, at its own expense, make good such damage or injury to the satisfaction of, and without cost to, the Owner. Existing roads, sidewalks, and curbs damaged during the project work shall be repaired or replaced to at least the condition that existed at the start of operations. The Contractor shall replace, at his own cost, existing benchmarks, observation wells, monuments, and other reference points, which are disturbed or destroyed. C. Buried drainage structures and pipes, and observation wells, including those which project less than eighteen inches (18") above grade, which are subject to damage from construction equipment shall be clearly marked to indicate the hazard. Markers shall indicate limits of danger areas, by means which will be clearly visible to operators of trucks and other construction equipment, and shall be maintained at all times until completion of project. EARTHWORK 02300-2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority July, 2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED: Perform all work required to complete the work of this Section, as indicated. Such work includes,but is not limited to the following. 1. Contractor shall Make excavations of normal depth in earth for trenches and structures, shall backfill and compact such excavations to the extent necessary, shall furnish the necessary material and fills, and do grading to pitch rainwater run off away from Administration Entrance. 1.2 RELATED WORK: A. 02513, Portland Cement Concrete Paving B. 02528, Granite Curb C. 02700, Bituminous Concrete Paving D. 03300, Cast-in-place-concrete 1.3 REFERENCES: American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) ASTM C131 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. ASTM C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. ASTM C330 Specification for Lightweight Aggregate for Structural Concrete. ASTM D1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method. ASTM D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-density Relations of Soils and Soil Awk Aggregate Mixtures Using Ten-pound (10 Lb.) Hammer and Eighteen-inch(18")Drop. EARTHWORK 02300-1 Full name of persons signing their initials on this checklist: END OF SECTION Document] 09/15/2011 01770-8 Project Closeout Checklist Date Completion Verified By Verified 11.Other Required Releases and Waivers Submitted(List Them) 12.Permits Submitted(List Them) 13.Weekly Payrolls Submitted as Required by Law FINAL COMPLETION 1. All Items in Punch List Completed 2. All Other Required Documentation Submitted(List It) CORRECTION/WARRANTY PERIOD 1. Correction Period Start Date: End Date: 2. Specific Warranties Provided Item Warranty Duration 09/15/2011 01770-7 Project Closeout Checklist Date Completion Verified By Verified START-UP AND TESTING 1. All Checkout and Certifications Complete 2. All O&M Manuals Approved 3. All Preliminary Training by Manufacturers Rep. Completed FINAL CLEANING 1. All Construction Facilities Removed 2. All Construction Debris Removed 3. All Areas Swept/Cleared SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 1. All Items Coordinated Into a Fully Operational System 2. All Field Tests Completed and Reports Submitted 3. All Final Training by Manufacturer's Rep. Completed 4. All Spare Parts and Lubricants Provided CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1. Written Certification Submitted that Work is Ready for Owner& Engineer Inspector 2. Inspection by Owner,Engineer,Contractor completed 3. Punch List of Nonconforming Items Prepared 4. Documents Required by Governing or Other Authorities Submitted (List Them) 5. Final Application for Payment Received 6. Contact Completion and Acceptance Certificate Submittal 7. Consent of Surety to Final Payment Submittal 8. Release and Waiver of Liens and Claims Submitted 9. Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims Submitted 10.Warranties/Guarantees Submitted ' 09/15/2011 01770-6 PROJECT COMPLETION CHECKLIST Owner Job No. Project As part of the project closeout, all items listed below must be checked off as being complete or otherwise accounted for. The person verifying completion of the item shall list the completion date and his/her initials. Project Closeout Checklist Date Completion Verified by Verified AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS HANDED OVER 1. Contract Drawings 2. Specifications 3.Addenda 4.Change Orders/Contract Modifications 5.Reviewed Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 6.Written Interpretations/Clarifications 7.Field Orders 8.Field Test Reports EQUIPMENT CHECKOUT AND CERTIFICATIONS 1.Construction Complete per Drawings/Specifications 2.All Shop Drawings have Final Approval 3.All Shop Tests Complete and Results Submitted 09/15/2011 01770-5 D. The Contractor shall begin work on all corrective work within ten days of being notified of the deficiency by the Engineer and shall then work continuously until the deficiency is corrected. Upon completion of the corrective work, the Contractor shall submit a letter report to the Engineer describing the deficiency and the corrective action that was taken. E. The Contractor shall coordinate all corrective work with the Engineer and/or the Owner. 1.09 COMPLETION CHECKLIST: A. The Project Completion Checklist,which follows,shall be modified as required-for the specific project and shall be completed as the project nears completion. When the project has been fully completed, Final Payment can be approved. Documentl Aaw 09/15/2011 01770-4 1.06 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES: A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's and Owner's inspection. B. Accompany Engineer and Owner on inspection to verify conformance with the Contract Documents. Prepare a punch list of work items that have been determined by inspection to not conform to Contract Documents. Punch list items shall include work items that are missing, incomplete, damaged, incorrect items, or improperly installed or constructed. The Contractor shall correct the punch list deficiencies by re-work, modifications, or replacement, as appropriate, until the items conform to the Contract Documents. The initial punch list shall be produced by the Contractor, with copies to the Engineer and Owner. When the Contractor has reduced the number of deficient items to a reasonable level, the Engineer will develop a definitive punch list for the use of the Contractor. C. Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities. D. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. The Contractor shall submit the following documents with or prior to Final Application for Payment: Set of as-built documents, Contract Completion and Acceptance Certificate, Consent of Surety to Final Payment, Release and Waiver of Liens and Claims, Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, and remaining releases, waivers, warranties/guarantees, and all other data required by the Contract Documents. 1.07 FINAL COMPLETION: A. Prior to final completion, the following tasks shall be completed: 1. All items in the punch list shall be completed. 2. All Contract closeout documentation shall be submitted to and accepted by the Engineer. 1.08 CORRECTION/WARRANTY PERIOD: A. During the correction period, the Contractor shall correct all deficiencies in equipment and materials. B. During the warranty period, the Contractor shall perform all corrective work on warranty deficiencies. C. Corrective work will be identified by the Engineer or Owner, as appropriate. The Contractor will be notified of the item(s)requiring corrective work. 09/15/2011 01770-3 b. The Contractor has installed and adjusted operating equipment, systems, or facilities, as applicable, as defined by the manufacturers' erection, installation, operation and maintenance instructions. 2. All shop drawings shall have final approval. 3. All shop tests shall be complete and approved test results submitted to the Engineer. 1.04 FINAL CLEANING: A. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. 1. Clean the site, including landscape development areas of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted, to smooth, even textured surfaces. 2. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, fencing equipment, temporary utilities and construction facilities from the site, unless otherwise required by the Engineer. Anik 3. Comply with requirements of Section 01740 CLEANING UP. 1.05 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: A. Substantial Completion is officially defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions. The date of substantial completion will be certified by the Engineer. This date will not be certified until the following requirements have been satisfied by the Contractor: 1. All Contract requirements are coordinated into a fully operational system. All individual units of equipment and treatment are fully operative and performing at specified efficiencies. Where efficiencies are not specified, performance shall meet acceptable standards for the particular unit. 2. All field tests have been satisfactorily completed and reports forwarded to the Engineer. 3. All final training has been completed by the manufacturers' representatives. 4. All spare parts and lubricants have been satisfactorily delivered to the Owner. Spare parts are for the exclusive use of the Owner when the facility has been turned over. Contractor is responsible for all maintenance and repair materials Ao%, required until the facility is accepted by the Owner. 09/15/2011 01770-2 0* SECTION 01770 PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. This Section covers administrative and procedural requirements for closing out the project, including, but not limited to: 1. Check Out and Certifications 2. Final Cleaning 3. Substantial Completion 4. Closeout Procedures 5. Final Completion 6. Correction/Warranty Period B. Closeout checklist to be completed by the Engineer. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. General Requirements in their entirety. B. Section 01740, CLEANING UP C. Division 2 through Division 16. 1.03 CHECKOUT AND CERTIFICATIONS: A. Prior to checkout and certifications the following tasks shall be completed: 1. Construction shall be complete. For this purpose, completion of construction is defined as follows: a. The Contractor has completed construction and erection of the work in conformance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications. 09/15/2011 01770-1 2.02 MATERIAL OR DEBRIS IN DRAINAGE FACILITIES: A. Where material or debris has washed or flowed into or has been placed in existing watercourses, ditches, gutters, drains, pipes, structures, such material or debris shall be entirely removed and satisfactorily disposed of during progress of the work, and the ditches, channels, drains, pipes, structures, and work shall, upon completion of the work, be left in a clean and neat condition. 2.03 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES AND EQUIPMENT: A. On or before completion of the work, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically directed or permitted in writing, tear down and remove all temporary buildings and structures built by him; shall remove all temporary works, tools and machinery or other construction equipment furnished by him; shall remove all rubbish from any grounds which he has occupied; shall remove silt fences and hay bales used for trapping sediment; and shall leave the roads and all parts of the property and adjacent property affected by his operations in a neat and satisfactory condition. 2.04 RESTORATION OF DAMAGED PROPERTY: A. The Contractor shall restore or replace, when and as directed, any property damaged by his work, equipment or employees, to a condition at least equal to that existing immediately prior to the beginning of operations. To this end the Contractor shall do as A" required all necessary highway or driveway, walk and landscaping work. Materials, equipment, and methods for such restoration shall be as approved by the Engineer. 2.05 FINAL CLEANUP: A. Before acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall perform a final cleanup to bring the construction site to its original or specified condition. This cleanup shall include removing all trash and debris off of the premises. Before acceptance, the Engineer shall approve the condition of the site. B. Before acceptance by the Owner, the Contractor shall perform a final cleanup to bring the building to a "like new" condition. This cleanup shall include removing all trash and debris from the premises; sweeping and mopping of all floors in rooms where work has been completed; washing of all walls in rooms where work has been completed, windows and doors in rooms where work has been completed; cleaning and polishing of all finish metal surfaces in rooms where work has been completed; cleaning of all installed equipment, utilizing proper solvents for removal of oil and grease; and all other related work required to render the building suitable for use. Before acceptance, the Engineer shall approve the condition of the building. END OF SECTION Document] 08/23/2011 01740-2 SECTION 01740 CLEANING UP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: The Contractor must employ at all times during the progress of his work adequate cleanup measures and safety precautions to prevent injuries to persons or damage to property. The Contractor shall immediately, upon request by the Engineer provide adequate material, equipment and labor to cleanup and make safe any and all areas deemed necessary by the Engineer. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS B. Section 01110 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C. Section 01140 SPECIAL PROVISIONS D. Section 01570 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.01 DAILY CLEANUP: A. The Contractor shall clean up, at least daily, all refuse, rubbish, scrap and surplus material, debris and unneeded construction equipment resulting from the construction operations and sweep the area. The site of the work and the adjacent areas affected thereby shall at all times present a neat, orderly and workmanlike appearance. B. Upon written notification by the Engineer, the Contractor shall within 24 hours clean up those areas, which in the Engineer's opinion are in violation of this section and the above referenced sections of the specifications. C. If in the opinion of the Engineer, the referenced areas are not satisfactorily cleaned up, all other work on the project shall stop until the cleanup is satisfactory. OOW 08/23/2011 01740-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition C. Upon completion of the work of this Section; clean adjacent structures and facilities Aftkl of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition work to the satisfaction of Owner, owner(s) of adjacent properties, and authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION Awk 7/15/2013 01739- 16 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,20]3 Administration Renovation and Addition 2. HVAC&R Filed subcontractor(s) specified under Division 15 is responsible to disconnect, cap and lower to floor items required to be removed, including but not limited to, ductwork, piping, fans, VAV boxes,unit ventilators, and all similar system equipment. General Contractor is responsible for removal from site and proper disposal. J. Electrical Equipment and Lighting Fixtures: 1. Electrical Filed subcontractor specified under Division 16 is responsible to disconnect, cap and lower to floor items required to be including but not limited to, panelboards, light fixtures, and overhead devices including, fire alarm, intercom, bus ducts. General Contractor is responsible for removal from site. 3.09 REPAIRS A. Repair all damage done to elements of buildings and structures to remain, except repairs specified to be provided under other Sections, or as indicated for removal in subsequent project phase(s). Repairs shall be done in such manner as to closely match construction, appearance and quality of original work. 3.10 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated or specified to be recycled,reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA- approved landfill. 1. As work progresses, regularly remove demolished materials from site. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site, except as required for materials determined to be reused, salvaged, or as required for waste segregation and diversion for recycling. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Do not burn or bury demolished materials on site, arrange for legal disposal of the same. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. 3.11 CLEANING A. Daily cleaning: Sweep all street and roads affected by demolition operations. B. Upon completion of the work of this Section;remove unused tools and equipment, surplus materials,rubbish, debris, and dust. Leave area in raked or broom-clean condition, as appropriate. 7/15/2013 01739- 15 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition system. Finishes work shall be provided under individual product specification sections. Filed-subcontractors patching work is as follows: a. Masonry walls and partitions (Masonry Filed subcontractor, refer to Section 04200). B. Ceilings, General: 1. Where ceilings are indicated to be removed, also remove ceiling mounted systems and equipment leaving only bare structure free from hangers. 2. Patching: The General Contractor shall provide patching of substrates and back- up systems except where such materials are specified as part of a Filed subcontractor's system. Ceiling work shall be provided under individual product specification sections. Filed subcontractors patching work is as follows: C. Doors and Frames: Where doors and frames are indicated to be removed from walls or partitions which are to remain, remove doors and frames carefully so as to minimize damage to wall. Repair and patch wall as necessary to accommodate new door frame or other new work. D. Roofing: Roofing and Flashing Filed subcontractor, specified under Section 07542, is responsible for demolition of roofing system components. 1. Remove no more existing roofing than can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. look E. Concrete, General: Demolish in small sections. Cut concrete to a depth of at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw. Dislodge concrete from reinforcement at perimeter of areas being demolished, cut reinforcement, and then remove remainder of concrete indicated for selective demolition. Neatly trim openings to dimensions indicated. F. Concrete Slabs (slabs-on-grade): Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to remain and at regular intervals,using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw cuts. G. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Except where toothing is required, cut masonry using power-driven saw at junctures with construction to remain. Remove masonry between saw cuts. H. Plumbing Equipment: Plumbing Filed subcontractor specified under Division 15 is responsible to disconnect, cap and lower to floor items required to be removed, including but not limited to fixtures, equipment, water heaters,piping, hangers, valves, and insulation I. Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning. and Refrigeration(HVAC&R) Equipment: 1. Drain system components designated for disposal of all lubricants, hydraulics, and refrigerants without releasing into atmosphere. 7/15/2013 01739- 14 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition * 4. Employ tarpaulins on all trucks carrying debris. 3.07 SALVAGE MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Carefully salvage and provide safe storage for products designated for salvage, reuse, as indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein, or as requested by Owner for reuse on the project, or to be stored for Owner's future use. Take particular care with finished items and items requiring special handling. 1. Remove items indicated to be salvaged with extreme care to prevent damage. 2. All components and parts of salvaged items shall be saved and packaged. B. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area as designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint equipment to match new equipment. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Engineer, items may be removed to a suitable,protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.08 SPECIFIC DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS FOR MATERIALS AND SURFACES. A. Walls, General: 1. Remove interior walls and partitions as indicated and as needed to accommodate new work. 2. Where existing walls-to-remain are indicated to receive new finishes, completely remove trim and fasteners. 3. The General Contractor shall provide patching of substrates and back-up systems except where such materials are specified as part of a Filed subcontractors 7/15/2013 01739- 13 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. Repair or replace adjacent work damaged or displaced through installation or removal of bracing work. 3.05 EXPLORATORY DEMOLITION AND CONCEALED CONDITIONS A. Exploratory Demolition and Concealed Conditions: 1. Selective demolition work includes controlled exploratory demolition work which is indicated on Drawings and as may be additionally field directed by the Engineer. Additional exploratory demolition may also be required to thoroughly investigate and determine the exact location of existing concealed work or to expose concealed conditions to view. 2. Exploratory demolition may be used to clarify the Contract Documents to improve the interface of new and existing work. B. Concealed conditions: Carefully check for concealed structure, pipes, conduits, wires, utilities, systems, and other elements before beginning cutting and selective demolition work. C. Discovery: When unknown, concealed utilities and systems are discovered, verify the purpose, routing, circulation, origin, and termination of these items. 1. If the unknown, concealed items are part of a system to be abandoned, remove the item in its entirety. 2. Protect discovered concealed items are part of an existing system to be preserved and incorporated into the Work, or part of an active system to remain. Protect system elements from disturbance and notify both Owner and Engineer and follow the Engineer's directions a. In circumstances when existing system to remain is damaged due to the Work(including cutting, demolition or exploratory investigation)notify both Owner and Engineer immediately. Repair or re-route the damaged system components as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner 3.06 GENERAL DUST CONTROL A. Compliance with requirements for dust protection and air quality control is required for work areas which abut Owner occupied areas. Dust removal and periodic cleaning requirements apply to all work. Contractor shall employ dust and pollution prevention procedures so that a healthy Owner's environment is fully maintained at all times. 1. Clean up loose debris daily, or more frequently as required, to prevent the wind spreading debris. Keep dumpsters covered when not in use. 2. Cover handcarts carrying debris being transported through Owner occupied areas. 3. Wet down debris (as appropriate)to prevent air pollution by dust rising from demolition work. Wet down dumpsters to prevent fires caused by vandals. 7/15/2013 01739- 12 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition cutting,removing a complete pipe section to an existing joint, or other adequate means which results in a clean joint. 2. Protect and maintain conduits, drains, sewers, pipes, and similar utilities that are not to be demolished H. Disconnect existing equipment and fixtures to be removed, or services abandoned, and piping, wiring, and conduit which would otherwise be exposed in the finished work. Remove from site disconnected equipment and fixtures and piping not to be reused. 1. Contractor to remove and dispose of all equipment not tagged or scheduled for reuse. I. Abandoned Equipment, Utilities, Systems: Remove in their entirety. Abandonment in place is not acceptable, except where an item is specifically indicated to be abandoned in place. 1. "Abandoned" means the item is not operational in the completed Contract. 2. Without limitation, remove abandoned pipes, tubing, conduits, wires, cables, ducts, equipment, machines, and all elements and items related to abandoned work including, without limitation, hangers, connectors, anchors, valves, drains, strainers, sumps,panels, mounting boards, grounding rods, ground connectors, boxes, dampers,plenums, insulation, escutcheons, trims, and all other related items. low 3. Where an existing element is indicated to be abandoned in place,the abandoned item shall be cut off and, if hollow, capped. a. Cut off sufficiently below the finished plane to permit space for patching over the abandoned element. The General Contractor shall provide all cutting and chipping required to recess the cut element, and to coordinate depth of cut-offs required for finishing. 3.04 BRACING A. Locate bracing to clear columns, floor framing construction, and other permanent work. If necessary to move a brace, install new bracing prior to removal of original brace. Provide suitable bracing materials which will support loads imposed B. Do not place bracing where it will be cast into or included in permanent concrete work, except as otherwise acceptable to Engineer. C. Install internal bracing, if required, to prevent spreading or distortion to braced frames. D. Maintain bracing until structural elements are rebraced by other bracing or until permanent construction is able to withstand designed live and dead loads. E. Remove bracing in stages to avoid disturbance or damage to existing structure. 7/15/2013 01739- 11 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 8. Where existing finishes are indicated to be removed, remove down to bare subsurface without causing damage to the subsurface. a. After removal of non-asbestos finish flooring materials. Remove underlying mastic and prepare substrate to receive new flooring materials by Shot Blasting method. Create a uniform 20 mil profile. Mechanically scarify areas which cannot be profiled by shot blast method. Thoroughly wash all flooring substrate and leave clean and dry ready for application of new flooring materials. C. Remove foundation walls and footings as indicated on Drawings, and where indicated, to a minimum of two feet beyond area of new construction. D. Cutting openings and holes: Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping,to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. 1. All penetrations in floors and roof shall be framed with miscellaneous metal work prior to cutting and demolition of deck and concrete. 2. Repair damage done to existing elements of building to remain, except repairs specified to be provided under other Sections. Repairs shall be done in such manner as to closely match construction, appearance and quality of original work. E. Use of cutting torches: 1. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. 2. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 3. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. 4. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. Comply with fire prevention measures specified under Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. F. Carefully observe existing structure during demolition operations, cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger. Immediately notify both Engineer and Owner's Project Representative. Do not resume demolition operations until directed. G. Disconnect, cap and clearly identify designated utilities within demolition areas. 1. Cap and remove abandoned existing utilities back to locations indicated, or to limit line of Contract where terminations are not indicated. a. Pipes to be demolished that require a connection shall be removed to the extent required to install the new connection. Remove ripe sections by saw- 7/15/2013 01739- 10 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 00"K 1. Cover or otherwise protect as necessary existing equipment, furniture and furnishing located beyond the immediate demolition work. 2. Protect existing landscaping materials, structures, and appurtenances which are not to be demolished. C. Prevent movement of structure; provide required bracing and shoring. 1. Protect existing active utility services and structures from damage during selective demolition work including during installation of bracing and removal of same. Repair or replace damages to satisfaction of Owner. D. Dangerous Materials: Drain,purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids, flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with demolition operations. 3.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent and occupied building areas, in compliance with governing laws and buildings, with prime consideration given to the safety, protection and convenience of the public and Owner's personnel. 1. Maintain protected egress and access to the Work at all times. B. Perform selective demolition in an orderly and careful manner. Carefully cut materials to be removed to eliminate damage to portions to remain. Protect existing structure designated to remain. 1. Do not demolish building elements beyond what is indicated on Drawings without Engineer's approval. 2. Except as otherwise required by Project phasing requirements,proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 3. Locate equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 4. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. Do not throw trash from windows or from roof. 5. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 6. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 7. Pull nails and fasteners which remain after removal of attached material. Remove lath, strapping and other substructures associated with finishes to be removed. 7/15/2013 01739- 9 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility nor makes any claim as to the actual condition or structural adequacy of any existing construction to be demolished. The Contractor shall investigate and assure himself of the condition of the work to be demolished and shall take all precautions to ensure safety of persons and property. 1. Notify both Owner and Engineer, if any type of hazardous chemicals, gases, explosives, flammable material, unmarked containers, or similar dangerous substances are discovered. Cease work in affected areas until directed by Engineer. Continue work in other areas. B. The Contractor shall have examined the existing conditions per requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements, and reviewed Contract Documents prior to commencement of demolition. Coordinate and verify scope of selective demolition with other portions of work specified in other sections, and under separate Contract. Change orders will not be issued for the removal of any exposed to view materials or equipment, which are either indicated on the Drawings for removal, or not indicated, but necessary to remove for the Work of this Project. C. Layout of demolition in masonry construction. After General Contractor identifies areas requiring demolition and subsequent patching of masonry. Masonry Filed Subcontractor shall indicate on walls the extent of masonry cutting and demolition work which will be performed by the General Contractor. Necessary finished patching of openings will be performed by the Masonry Filed-Subcontractor. D. Prior to commencement of selective demolition work, inspect areas in which work will be performed. Photograph existing damage to structure surfaces, equipment, or to surrounding properties which could be misconstrued as damage resulting from selective demolition work; file with Engineer prior to starting work. Comply with requirements of Section 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: Provide necessary protection of non-work areas of during demolition operations. Provide, erect and maintain temporary barriers as required to protect non- construction related pedestrian and vehicular traffic using the adjacent portions of the site and building. 1. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, odors, and noise to permit continued Owner occupancy of adjacent facility. B. Protect existing structures which are not to be demolished. Protect designated materials and equipment to be removed and retained by Owner. AWW4. 7/15/2013 01739- 8 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable codes for demolition work, safety of structure, dust control, and disposal of debris. Conform to procedures applicable when discovering hazardous materials or contaminated substances. 1. The Contractor is directed not to disturb or attempt removal of any discovered hazardous materials or contaminated substances. Immediately notify both the Owner and the Engineer upon discovery of such conditions. B. Obtain and pay for required permits and licenses required from authorities prior to commencing demolition work. Arrange and pay for legal disposal of removed materials and equipment, obtain proper disposal receipts for verification. C. Notify affected utility companies and Owner before starting work and comply with utility company requirements. D. Do not close or obstruct egress width to exits. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without 3 days prior written notification to the Owner. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Conduct the work in a manner giving prime consideration to protection of the public; protection from the weather, control of noise, shocks and vibration; control of dirt and dust; orderly access for and storage of materials; protection of existing buildings; protection of adjacent surfaces and property; coordination and cooperation with the Owner at all times. 1. Comply with all requirements of this contract relative to protection, scheduling and coordination with the Owner. B. Qualifications: 1. Demolition subcontractor: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 3 years documented experience. 2. Shoring and bracing design: Design shoring, and bracing, under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed at Project location. 1.09 SITE CONDITIONS A. Comply with wind and weather conditions established at pre-demolition meeting. 7/15/2013 01739- 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition j. Review extent and location of selective demolition. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection k. Review special requirements for temporary protection of existing finishes and materials to remain. 1. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by demolition operations. m. Procedures for processing field decisions. n. Procedures for handling hazardous materials. o. Review fire protection procedures for cutting torches, and other potentially hazardous operations. p. Review general safety regulations and requirements for demolition work. C. Sequencing: 1. Coordinate and arrange with mechanical and electrical trades for their disconnecting, rerouting and maintenance of existing services in the buildings as required, as part of the work of this Contract. D. Scheduling: 1. Comply with all requirements of this contract relative to protection, scheduling, phasing, and coordination with the Owner. 1.06 SUBMITTALS ` A. Information and Review Submittals: Submit the following under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS: 1. Schedule: Prior to commencement of work,prepare a schedule indicating proposed methods and sequence of operations for demolition work. a. Include coordination for shut-off, capping, and continuation of utility services as required,together with details for dust and noise control protection. b. Provide detailed sequence of demolition and removal work to ensure uninterrupted progress of Owner's on-site operations. Receive acceptance from Engineer prior to commencing work. 2. Shop drawings: Indicate demolition sequencing and locations of salvageable items. 3. Design Data: Submit calculations for bracing and shoring, signed and sealed by professional engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. 4. Permits: Submit copy of permits required by regulatory agencies for demolition. 5. Special Procedure Submittals: Submit copies of written agreements from private landowners, landfill operators, or other agencies accepting disposal of demolished materials at least two weeks prior to commencement of demolition work. ,. 7/15/2013 01739- 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Comply with all requirements of this contract relative to protection, scheduling and coordination with the Owner. 2. Hazardous materials: When hazardous materials are encountered, they shall be handled,removed, and disposed of in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. 3. Coordinate and arrange with utility, mechanical and electrical trades for their disconnecting, rerouting and maintenance of existing services leading to adjacent occupied buildings, as part of the work of this Contract. 4. Coordinate Work of this Section with related utilities work identified in the Bowl and Concourse Contract Documents. B. Pre-Demolition Meeting: At least two weeks prior to commencing the work of this Section, conduct a pre-demolition conference at the Project site. Coordinate time of meeting to occur prior to installation of work under the related sections named below. 1. Required attendees: Engineer, Contractor's project manager and on-site superintendent, demolition subcontractor's project superintendent, and representatives of related utility trades. 2. Conference Agenda: a. Scheduling of demolition operations, coordination with Owner's ongoing operations. Review critical demolition sequencing with other work. b. Coordination of utility service requirements and disconnects. 1) Review functioning utility services which are to remain in service throughout demolition work. 2) Review requirements for marking location of disconnected utilities, and project record(as-built)requirements. c. Review conditions of existing construction to be demolished. 1) Review extent and location of selective demolition. 2) Review special demolition and salvage procedures required for historic building elements. 3) Exploratory demolition and concealed conditions. d. Coordination of demolition work with work of other contracts. e. Review shoring and bracing procedures, and structural load limitations of existing structure. f. Review of site use, staging, and storage locations for salvaged materials and materials for recycling program. g. Emergency weather protection procedures and weather limitations. h. Review conditions of existing construction to be demolished. "* i. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 7/15/2013 01739- 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition F. Division 15 -PLUMBING: 1. Disconnection, salvage, re-working and re-installation of plumbing system. 2. Disconnection and dismantling designated plumbing systems and components. G. Division 15 - HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC): 1. Disconnection, salvage, re-working and re-installation of roof-top ventilator ducts. 2. Disconnection and dismantling designated mechanical systems and components. H. Division 16 - ELECTRICAL: 1. Disconnection and dismantling designated electrical systems and components. 2. Disconnection, salvage, and re-installation of designated light fixtures. I. Individual specification sections: Cutting and patching incidental to work of individual specification sections shall be performed by respective trades, except as specified in Section 01732—CUTTING AND PATCHING. J. Individual specification sections: Utility shutoffs by respective trades. 1.03 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following standards and those others referenced in this Section, under the provisions of Section 01420 - REFERENCES. Where these standards conflict with other specified requirements, the most restrictive requirements shall govern. 1. ANSI A10.6— Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations. 2. NFPA 241 — Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations. 1.04 OWNERSHIP OF REMOVED MATERIALS A. If during the work, articles of unusual value, or of historical or archaeological significance, are encountered the ownership of such articles is retained by the Owner, and information regarding their discovery shall be immediately furnished to the Engineer. Resolution shall be handled as a Change in the Work. B. Ownership of materials, equipment and furnishings designated for salvage for re-use in this Project or designated for Owner's use is retained by the Owner. C. Ownership of materials, equipment and furnishings to be removed from the Project which are not defined by the above two paragraphs is retained by the Contractor; if any of these are considered of salvageable value to the Contractor,they may be removed from the Project as work progresses. 1. On-site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. 7/15/2013 01739- 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition a. Suspended wiring, conduit, hangers, fixtures, equipment, and appurtenances scheduled for demolition, shall be disconnected and lowered to floor by the Electrical Filed Subcontractor. 5. Remove, salvage and furnish to the General Contractor designated equipment, fixtures or other items so identified. Refer to notes on Drawings. 6. Identify locations of utilities for work of other sections. E. Remove, salvage and provide storage for removed materials, equipment and furnishings indicated for re-use, including but not limited to: 1. Existing light fixtures. F. Conduct walk-through of existing site prior to commencement of selective demolition work and jointly identify and tag with Owner items required to be salvaged. These products in general would be in addition to those indicated on Drawings. 1. All salvaged products not designated for re-use in project, shall be furnished to the Owner for its own use, carefully packaged and clearly identified. G. Identify locations of utilities for work of other sections. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01519 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES: Procedural and administrative requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including: 1. Temporary heat. 2. Temporary barriers and barricades. 3. Temporary fire protection. B. Section 01732 - CUTTING AND PATCHING: Procedural and administrative requirements for cutting and patching. C. Section 03361 -RESURFACING OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: 1. Concrete repair, infill, and topping of existing concrete subflooring and finish flooring system substrate. 2. Fill and level with concrete all depressions left in floor surfaces after alteration work has been completed. 3. Grind floors to remove all high spots. D. Section 04200 -UNIT MASONRY: Cutting and patching of existing masonry,toothing in new work. E. Division 15 - FIRE PROTECTION 1. Disconnection, salvage, re-working and re-installation of sprinkler system. 2. Disconnection and dismantling designated fire suppression systems and components. 7/15/2013 01739- 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 11. In addition to demolition specifically shown, cut, move or remove existing construction to remain as necessary to provide access or to allow alterations and new work to proceed. Coordinate such relocation's and removal to accommodate the demands and requirements of other trades. 12. Removal of unsuitable or extraneous materials not marked for salvage, such as abandoned furnishings and equipment, and debris such as rotted wood,rusted metals and deteriorated concrete. D. Selective demolition and removal work by Filed subcontractors includes, but is not limited to the following: 1. Each Filed subcontractor shall disconnect cut, cap and make safe all utilities, equipment and fixtures which are not indicated for salvage or re-use, or otherwise indicated to be abandoned in place as well as any abandoned materials of any kind. a. Disconnect cut, cap and make safe, all utility services indicated to be demolished at their primary source. Obtain the approval from authorities having jurisdiction, or applicable service provider prior to the execution of the work. b. Cut, cap and make safe all existing utility services indicated to be abandoned in place, where so indicated on the Drawings. 2. The Plumbing Filed subcontractor shall disconnect, detach and dismantle all existing abandoned plumbing systems and equipment including, but not limited to, fixtures, equipment, water heaters,piping, hangers, valves, insulation and appurtenances. a. Piping at slab will be disconnected by Plumbing Filed subcontractor. b. Suspended hangers,piping, equipment, fixtures and appurtenances scheduled for demolition, shall be disconnected and lowered to floor by the Plumbing Filed Subcontractor. 3. The HVAC Filed subcontractor shall disconnect, detach, dismantle all existing abandoned heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems including, but not limited to, air handlers, air conditioners, pumps, cabinet unit heaters, unit heaters, radiation, exhaust fans, intakes, louvers, diffusers, grilles, and all related piping, ductwork, controls, and appurtenances. a. Suspended hangers, equipment, ductwork and appurtenances scheduled for demolition, shall be disconnected and lowered to floor by HVAC Filed subcontractor. 4. The Electrical Filed subcontractor shall disconnect, detach, dismantle all existing abandoned electrical systems and equipment including, but not limited to, panelboards, light fixtures, fire alarm, intercom, speakers, wiring devices, and all related conduit and appurtenances. 7/15/2013 01739- 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition "* SECTION 01739 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. General: The work described in this Section consists of selective demolition, cleaning, removal and legal disposal of all structures, equipment and materials indicated for demolition, or careful removal and temporary storage of materials and equipment indicated for salvage and re-use, or salvage and delivery to Owner. No attempt is made in this Section to list the entire scope of selective demolition required on this project or to describe each element to be removed. Drawings indicate both existing construction and final construction. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine for itself the scope and nature of the existing materials, equipment and finishes required for removal or salvage,based on the information provided in the full set of Contract Documents. B. Permits: Obtain and pay for all demolition and construction permits required by local authorities having jurisdiction and other regulatory agencies and utility companies. C. Selective demolition and removal work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Cut existing concrete slabs and trench where indicated or required to accommodate the work of this Contract. 2. Remove existing lights, diffusers, grilles, speakers and similar equipment where scheduled to be replaced. 3. Remove wood storage shelving, cabinetry, casework and similar items 4. Remove designated exterior walls, interior partitions, ceilings and suspension systems, and flooring systems 5. Remove designated building specialties, including toilet partitions and toilet accessories. 6. Remove designated doors, frames and associated hardware. Disconnect abandoned wiring and accessories for electrified hardware. 7. Remove interior stucco wall finish. 8. Remove all lockers, casework,benches, furnishings,utilities, equipment and fixtures, not indicated for salvage or re-use, and abandoned materials of all kinds. 9. Remove from site all abandoned, disconnected and dismantled fire protection, plumbing and mechanical equipment, including piping, conduits, system wiring, meters and other devices. 10. Remove from site all abandoned, disconnected and dismantled electrical fixtures and equipment, including conduits, wiring, meters and other devices. 7/15/2013 01739- 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition b. Fit work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. Provide vapor and air seal when penetrating existing vapor and air seals. c. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of the installation. 2. Where removing walls or partitions extends one finished area into another,patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the area has received primer and second coat. Extend re-painting to entire surface plane up to where plane changes direction. 3. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 3.05 CORING AND DRILLING A Coring and Drilling of holes incidental to work of individual sections shall be performed by the trade requiring the penetration, except as follows: 1. Coring and Drilling of holes greater than 8 inches in diameter in concrete decks slabs, and precast panels. 2. The General Contractor is responsible for performing core drilling in wall and roof surfaces leading to, or from,the outside of the Building. 3. The General Contractor is responsible for coordination of all coring and drilling and resultant patches necessary for the completion of this Contract and for the quality and appearance of all patch Work in exposed-to-view finished materials. 3.06 CLEANING A Cleaning patched areas: Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed or used as access. Remove paint, mortar, oils,putty and similar items. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 01732 - 7 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition B Execute cutting, fitting, and patching, including excavation and fill, to complete the work. I. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not permitted without prior approval, from Engineer 2. Fit products together, to integrate with other work. 3. Uncover work to install ill-timed work. 4. Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work. 5. Remove samples of installed work for testing, when requested. 6. Provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work. C Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations. 1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a carborundum saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 - SITEWORK Sections where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. 5. Where services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, by-pass utility services, such as pipe or conduit,before cutting. Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after bypassing and cutting. 3.04 FINISHING OF PATCHED AREAS: A General: Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break for assemblies, refinish entire unit. 1. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible, showing no evidence of patching and refinishing. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction Comply with specified tolerances. a. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated materials in accordance to applicable codes and regulations, and compatible to surrounding construction. 7/15/2013 01732 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. All materials used shall be approved by the Engineer for consistency with the existing surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A Pre-bid examination: General Contractor and Filed Subcontractors shall inform themselves of existing conditions before submitting bids, and are fully responsible for carrying out all work required to completely and properly execute the work of the Contract, regardless of the conditions encountered in the actual work. No claim for extra compensation or extension of time will be allowed on account of actual conditions which are inconsistent with those assumed, except for fully concealed conditions. B Examination: Inspect existing conditions prior to commencing Work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, inspect conditions affecting performance of work. Take corrective action before proceeding, if unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions are encountered. C Layout of cutting and patching in masonry construction. After General Contractor identifies areas requiring cutting and patching work. Masonry Filed Subcontractor shall indicate on walls the extent of masonry cutting work which will be performed by the General Contractor. Necessary patching of openings will be performed by the Masonry Filed Subcontractor. 3.02 PREPARATION A Prior to commencement of selective demolition work, inspect areas in which work will be performed. Photograph existing damage to structure surfaces, equipment, or to surrounding properties which could be misconstrued as damage resulting from selective demolition work; file with Engineer prior to starting work. B Protection: 1. Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work. 2. Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. 3. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions. 4. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work. 3.03 GENERAL CUTTING AND PATCHING A Performance: Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive repairs,patching, and finishing. 7/15/2013 01732 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition building's aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace Work cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1. General: Restore'work with new products in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Engage a firm recognized and experienced in the trade or specialty operation required to cut and patch the exposed-to-view work listed below. a. Processed concrete finishes, including precast architectural concrete, (Masonry Filed Subcontractor,refer to Section 04200). b. Concrete masonry, (Masonry Filed Subcontractor, refer to Section 04200). 3. Engage a firm recognized and experienced in firestopping for patching of existing firestopping, smoke seals and firesafing in compliance with applicable codes and as additionally required by authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with requirements of Section 07840 - FIRESTOPPING. F Operational and safety limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or safety components in a manner that would reduce their capacity to perform as intended, or would increase maintenance, or decrease operational life or safety. 1. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: a. Primary operational systems and equipment. b. Fire resistance rated barriers and smoke barriers. c. Fire protection systems. d. Noise and vibration control elements and systems. e. Control systems. f. Communication systems. g. Electrical wiring systems. 1.06 WARRANTY A Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void existing applicable warranties. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A Patching Materials: Use patching materials identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used where exposed surfaces are involved, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. Use materials whose installed performance will equal or surpass that of the existing materials. Comply with specifications and standards for each specific product involved. 7/15/2013 01732 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 00ft, 3. Review by the Engineer does not waive the Engineer's right to later require complete removal and replacement of Work found to be unsatisfactory. 4. Should conditions of Work or the schedule indicate a change of products from original installation, Contractor shall submit a request for substitution. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Only tradespersons skilled and experienced in cutting and patching shall perform such Work. B In performing Work which requires cutting, fixing, or patching, Contractor and subcontractors shall utilize best efforts to protect and preserve the visual appearance and aesthetics of the Project to the reasonable satisfaction of both Owner and Engineer. 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A General performance requirements: Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. B Structural elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that would reduce the load-carrying capacity or load deflection ratio. Always obtain written approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching structural elements. 1. Do not drill through structural beams, slabs or columns. Core drilling through concrete block walls and stair platforms must be approved by the Engineer. 2. Where cutting and patching involves adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of reinforcement with the original structure. C Exposed elements: 1. Employ original installer of new construction to perform cutting and patching for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces. 2. Employ an appropriate tradesperson to perform cutting and patching of existing weather-exposed and moisture-resistant construction, and exposed-to-view surfaces. D Penetrating elements: Fit work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. At penetrations of fire rated walls,partitions, ceiling or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated materials in accordance to applicable codes and regulations, and compatible to surrounding construction. E Visual requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the Engineer's opinion, reduce the 7/15/2013 01732 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 1. Cutting and patching of not-exposed-to-view materials incidental to work of the _4004 Section. 2. Core drilling(up to 8 inches in diameter) of interior building components, incidental to work of individual Sections. 3. Cutting and Patching work of particular exposed-to-view finish work,performed by trades as specified herein. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit written proposals to perform cutting and patching under provisions of Section 01330 - SUBMITTALS. Describe cutting and patching procedures in advance of the time cutting and patching. 1. Submit a written request when cutting work affects the following: a. Structural integrity of any element in the project. b. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. c. Integrity of any fire suppression, fire alarm, or life safety system. d. Interruption or disturbance of utilities service. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out-of-service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. e. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of operational elements and systems. f. Aesthetic and visual qualities of exposed-to-view elements. g. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of operational elements. h. Work of Owner or work performed under separate Contract. i. Owners on-going operations or schedule. 2. Include in the request: a. Identification of project. b. Location and description of affected work. c. Necessity for cutting or alteration. d. Alternatives to cutting and patching. e. Scope of proposed cutting,patching, alteration or excavation. f. List of tradespeople who will execute the work. g. Description of products to be used. h. Extent of refinishing and cleaning to be performed. i. Effect on work by Owner or work performed under separate Contract, and written permission of affected party. j. Date and time cutting and patching is scheduled to be executed. k. Cost proposal, when applicable. 1. Written permission of separate contractor(s) whose work will be affected. 7/15/2013 01732 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 01732 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A Examination of existing conditions and acceptance of conditions. B Administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching, including attendant excavation and backfill as required to complete the Work. General Contractor is responsible for all cutting and patching work, including but not limited to: 1. Perform all cutting, altering,patching, and fitting of the Work(new and existing) as necessary for the Work and the existing improvements. Fully integrate with existing and new construction, all cutting, alterations and patching, to present the visual appearance of an entire, completed, and unified project. a. Make all products and their components of the work fit together properly. 2. Provide openings in elements of the Work, and the patching of same, for penetrations required by all trades, including but not limited to mechanical, plumbing, fire protection and electrical work. a. Individual Filed Subcontract trades are responsible for designated types of coring and drilling penetrations for piping, conduit, ducts and other penetrations as defined elsewhere in this Section. 3. Uncover work to provide for installing, inspecting, or both, of ill-timed work; 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents or as otherwise determined to be defective. 5. Patch and match all surfaces and products disturbed or damaged by the Work. 6. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 01739 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION: Demolition of selected portions of the building for new construction. B Section 03361 -RESURFACING OF CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE: 1. Concrete repair, infill, and topping of existing concrete subflooring and finish flooring system substrate. 2. Fill and level with concrete all depressions left in floor surfaces after alteration work has been completed. 3. Grind floors to remove all high spots. C Individual product specification Sections: 7/15/2013 01732 - 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Amok *N. PART 2—PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 UTILITIES: A. All monthly service charges for electricity, water supply, and heating of the Temporary Facilities shall be paid for by the Contractor. END OF SECTION 09/21/2011 01519-5 Gauze Pads (4"X4") 1 Box Waterproof Tape 1 Roll Latex Gloves 1 Box Anti-Microbial Towelettes 1 Box Hydrocortisone Ointment Packets 1 Box Antibiotic Ointment Packets 1 Box Burn Gel Packets 1 Box Scissors 1 Pair Tweezers 1 Pair Ice Packs- (Chemical Activated) 4 Each Saline Eyedroppers 1 Box CPR Pocket Mask 1 Each Cotton Balls 1 Box Flashlight with Working Batteries 1 Each B. Contractor to provide stairs and platforms to doorway(s) of field offices and window shades, blinds, or curtains. Screens and storm windows shall also be provided. A 09/21/2011 01519-4 owlk 1. 1 Class ABC type Fire Extinguisher of at least 4-lb capacity 2. 1 First aid kit as specified herein—Refer to Paragraph 1.05 A below 3. 1 Double desk- Formica top with three 2 drawer, steel file cabinets under 4. 2 Straight back chairs—metal 5. Folding tables suitable for use as a conference room table for 10 persons 6. 10 Folding metal chairs 7. 1 Drafting table - 3' X 5' 8. 1 Swivel type drafting stool with back- metal 9. 1 Air conditioner- Automatic heating - gas or electric 10. 1 Toilet facility 11. 1 Electric water cooler and continual supply of spring water and paper cups 12. 1 Four-drawer filing cabinet with lock, fire proof or fire resistant 13. 2 Wastebaskets with provisions for trash collection 14. 1 Plan Rack 15. 1 Printer/Copier/Fax/Scanner (plain paper) including paper and toner and dedicated phone line 1.05 SAFETY EQUIPMENT: A. FIRST AID KIT shall be wall mount cabinet and must include the following: Band-Aids—Finger tip 1 Box Band-Aids—Knuckle 1 Box Band-Aids— Strip 1 Box Band-Aids—Large Patch 1 Box Band-Aids—Butterfly—Large 1 Box Band-Aids—Butterfly—Small 1 Box Triangular Bandage 1 Each Compression Bandage 2 Each Roller Bandage 2 Each Gauze Pads (3"X3") 1 Box 09/21/2011 01519-3 1.03 UTILITIES: lowk A. The Owner will bring communications and data cables from the Operations Facility to the temporary PVTA office trailer, and will make necessary connections to provide full communications and data service for support of PVTA administrative functions during construction. B. The Contractor shall install and connect electric utility lines and enclose and weatherproof the areas beneath the trailer with insulation and exterior grade plywood. A. All electric services shall be continuously connected. Electric lights and adequate electric power, proper heat, hot water and satisfactorily cooled drinking water and telephone shall be available at all times, both day and night. Each trailer shall be provided with toilet facilities, which shall be maintained in continual service; trash, garbage and other wastes shall be properly and satisfactorily disposed of on a daily basis. Janitor service, to keep the quarters and equipment neat and clean as acceptable working space, shall be furnished weekly by the Contractor. Repairs shall be made from time to time, as required and as directed by the Engineer. B. The toilet facility shall be built into the trailer. The temporary PVTA office trailer shall be provided with a minimum of two toilet rooms. All toilets units shall be installed as a complete facility with regular maintenance and pump-outs as required D. The Contractor shall submit catalogs and vendors data for the trailer and for the additional equipment and furnishings for review and approval by the Engineer. E. The trailer shall have thermostatically controlled heating and air conditioning units to maintain a minimum temperature of 68°F and a maximum temperature of 72°F. F. The Contractor shall pay all charges for lighting and heating. The trailer shall have provisions for locking and the Contractor shall provide two sets of keys to the Engineer. G. A sufficient number of electrical outlets shall be provided and suitably located in the trailers for the equipment and desks specified in this section of the specifications. H. The Contractor shall provide temporary heat in all internal spaces with the Operations Facility that continue to be occupied during construction, sufficient to maintain a minimum temperature of 50° Fahrenheit, during the period when the existing boilers have been rendered inoperative and the new boilers are not installed, not fully operational, or not adequate to maintain 68°F internal ambient temperature. Equipment used for this temporary heat shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval prior to installation. 1.04 EQUIPMENT AND FURNISHINGS: ,,, A. The Contractor shall also furnish the Engineer's trailer as follows, as a minimum: 09/21/2011 01519-2 SECTION 01519 TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK: A. The requirements made under this Section are applicable to all work contemplated under this contract. 1.02 TEMPORARY FACILITIES: A. Promptly at the start of the construction period, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment, perform all work to furnish, deliver, set up, and maintain for the duration of the project a temporary 24 foot x 60 foot office trailer for sole use of PVTA Operations Facility staff, and a second temporary 14 foot x 40 foot field office / conference room trailer for the exclusive use of the Engineer and Owner, both including the connection of electric services. The trailers and furniture for the Engineer's trailer shall be relatively new and in good condition and acceptable to the Engineer. The trailer for PVTA Operations Staff shall be installed, secured, connected to utility services, fully compliant with all relevant codes, and ready for occupancy by PVTA staff prior to the start of any other work by the Contractor. B. The Contractor will provide moving services for relocation of PVTA administrative furniture from the existing facility into the PVTA trailer, and for removal of PVTA furniture before the PVTA trailer is to be vacated. C. The office trailers shall be adequately lighted for detailed working conditions, heated and air conditioned during the appropriate seasons. The contractor shall enclose and weatherproof the areas beneath the trailers with insulation and exterior grade plywood. D. The trailers shall be located within the portion of the Owner property where indicated on the drawings, where it will not interfere with the construction as approved by the Engineer. The trailers shall have provisions for security devices on all doors and windows that are acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide two sets of keys to the Owner for the temporary Operations Facility office, and to the Engineer for the field office. E. Space shall be provided adjacent to the trailer for parking for the exclusive use of the Engineer and visitors to the Engineer's trailer. The Contractor shall be responsible for snow removal, dust control etc. for the parking area. 09/21/2011 01519-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 10255 W. Higgins Road, Suite 600, Rosemont, IL 60018-5607 �+® www.nrca.net PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road, Skokie, IL 60077-1083 www.cement.org PS Product Standard U. S. Department of Commerce www.omg.org SDI Steel Deck Institute P.O. Box 25, Fox River Grove, IL 60021-0025 www.sdi.org SGCC Safety Glass Certification Council RMS, P.O. Box 9 Henderson Harbor, NY 13651 www.sgcc.org SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association 401 N. Michigan Ave., Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60611 www.glasschange.com SJI Steel Joist Institute 3127 10th Ave. N., Myrtle Beach, SC 29577 www.steeljoist.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association 4201 Lafayette Center Dr., Chantilly,VA 22022-1209 www.smacnapa.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau 4709 Scenic Highway, Pensacola, FL 32504-9094 www.spib.org SSMA Steel Stud Manufacturer's Association , 8 South Michigan Avenue, Chicago IL 60603 www.ssma.com SSPC The Society for Protective Coatings 4024 th Street,6th Floor, Pittsburgh PA 15222-4623 www.sspc.org SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing & Restoration Institute 2841 Main Street, Suite 585, Kansas City, MO 64108 www.swrionline.org TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. 100 Clemson Research Blvd.,Anderson, SC 29625 www.tileusa.com (formerly TCA, Tile Council of America) UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road, Northbrook, IL 60602 www.ul.com WDMA Window&Door Manufacturers Association (formerly National Wood Window& Door Association, NWWDA) 205 E.Touhy Avenue, Suite G-54, Des Plaines, IL 60018 www.nwwda.org PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used) END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 01420 - 6 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition CRI Carpet and Rug Institute 310 Holiday Ave, Dalton, GA 30720 ww.carpet-rug.com CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 N. Plum Grove Road, Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 www.crsi.org CTIOA Ceramic Tile Institute of America 12061 W.Jefferson BLVD, Culver City, CA 90230-6219 www.ctioa.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute 14170 Newbrook Dr., Chantilly,VA 22021-2223 www.dhi.org FM Factory Mutual Engineering&Research Corp. 1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike Norwood, MA 02062 www.fmglobal.com GA Gypsum Association 6525 Belcrest Road, Suite 480, Hyattsville, MD 20782 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America 2945 S.W. Wanamaker Dr., Suite A,Topeka, KS 66612-5321 www.glass.org GICC Glazing Industry Code Committee 3310 Harrison St.,Topeka, KS 66611-2279 www.glazingcodes.net IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council 3933 US Route 11, PO Box 2040, Cortland, NY 13045 www.igcc.org MCAA Mason Contractors Association of America 1910 S. Highland Ave. Suite 101, Lombard, IL 60148 www.masoncontractors.org MIL Military Specifications and Standards Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120 www.milspec.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 8 South Michigan Avenue, Suite 1000, Chicago, IL 60603 www.naamm.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association 2302 Horse Pen Road, Herndon, VA 20171-3499 www.ncma.org NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau 8575 Government Circle, Gaithersburg, MD 20877-4121 www.nebb.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers'Association 1300 N. 17th St., Suite 1846, Rosslyn,VA 22209 www.nema.org NFPA National Fire Protection Association 1 Battery March Park, PO Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council 6305 Ivy Lane, Greenbelt MD 20770 www.nfrc.org * NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association 7/15/2013 01420 - 5 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition www.galvanizeit.org AIA American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20006-5292 www.aia.org AIHA American Industrial Hygiene Association 2700 Prosperity Ave, Suite 250, Fairfax VA 22031 www.aiha.org AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 1 E.Wacher Dr., Suite 3100, Chicago,IL 60601-2001 www.aisc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 30 W. University Drive,Arlington Heights, IL 60004-1893 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute 11 W.42nd Street, 13 Floor, New York, NY 10036 www.ansi.org APA APA-The Engineered Wood Association (formerly APA-American Plywood Association) P.O. Box 11700,Tacoma,WA 98411-0070 www.apawood.org ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 4301 N. Fairfax Dr., Suite 425,Arlington,VA 22203 www.ari.org ASCA Architectural Spray Coaters Association 230 West Wells Street, Suite 311, Milwaukee WI 53203 www.aecinfo.com ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers 1791 Tullie Circle NE,Atlanta GA.30329 www.ashrae.org ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017-2392 www.asme.org ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 100 Barr Harbor Drive,West Conshohocken, PA 19428 www.astm,.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 1952 Isaac Newton Square W., Reston,VA 20190 www.awinet.org AWPA American Wood Preservers'Association P.O. Box 286,Woodstock, MD 21163-0286 www.awpa.com AWPI American Wood Preservers' Institution 1945 Old Gallows Rd., Suite 150,Vienna,VA 22182 www.oas.org AWS American Welding Society 550 LeJeune Road, N.W., Miami, FL 33126 www.aws.org BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc. 355 Lexington Ave., 17 Floor New York, NY 10017 www.buildershardware.com CISCA Ceilings& Interior Systems Construction Association 579 W. North Ave., Suite 301, Elmhurst, IL 60126 www.cisca.org 7/15/2013 01420 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 9. "Product": materials, systems and equipment. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A For products or workmanship specified by association,trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B Conform to reference standard by DATE OF ISSUE for Contract Documents, current on date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. C Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D The contractual relationship to the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. E Schedule of References 1. Listed below are abbreviations for the names and titles of trade association names, federal government agencies and similar organizations which are referenced in the individual specification sections. The addresses and phone numbers provided are for the Contractor's convenience and are believed to be current and accurate,however addresses and phone numbers frequently change, and no assurance is made on their accuracy: AA Aluminum Association 900 19th Street N.W., Suite 300 Washington, DC 20006 www.aluminum.com ABAA Air Barrier Association of America 1600 Boston-Providence Highway Walpole, MA 02081 www.airbarrier.org AAMA American Architectural Manufacturer's Association 1827 Walden Office Sq., Suite 104 Schaumburg, IL 60173-4268 www.aamanet.org ACI American Concrete Institute, International 38800 Country Club Drive, Farmington Hills, Michigan 48331 www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association 222 West Las Colinas Boulevard, Suite 641, Irving TX www.concrete-pipe.org ADC Air Diffusion Council 104 S. Michigan Ave, Suite 1500, Chicago, IL 60603 www.flexibleduct.org AFPA American Forest&Paper Association (FormerlX NFPA National Forest Products Association) 1111 19t St. N.W., Suite 800,Washington, DC 20036 www.afandpa.org AGA American Gas Association Inc. 1515 Wilson Blvd.Arlington,VA 22209-2469 www.agagas.com AGAI American Galvanizers Association Inc. 12200 E.Lliff Ave, Suite 204,Aurora, CO 80014-1252 7/15/2013 01420 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Mths Months psi Pounds per square inch t ton 1.03 DEFINITIONS A Definitions for terms utilized in the Contract Documents: 1. "As necessary," "as directed," "when directed," "satisfactory," "good and sufficient," "approved," or other general qualifying terms are used on the Drawings: These terms are deemed to be followed by the words, "in the opinion of the Architect," or "by the Architect," as the case may be." 2. "Addenda": written or graphic instruments issued prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents, including the Drawings and Specifications, by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. 3. "Approval," "approved, "approved equal," "or equal," or "other approved" means as approved by the Architect." 4. The terms "Contractor", "General Contractor", and"Construction Manager" as used in the Project Manual have the same meaning and are interchangeable in Contract Documents. These terms refer to the same entity. 5. The term "Day": is defined as the following: a. The term "calendar day"is a full 24 hour period, starting from 12 AM (midnight), and includes all weekends and legal holidays. b. The term "working day" shall mean any calendar day except Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays at the place of the building. c. Where the term "day" is used without the adjective of"calendar" or "working", it shall mean "calendar day". 6. Furnish and Install" or"Provide": items identified shall be furnished and installed under this Contract. The term "Furnish", when used separately, shall mean that the items referred to shall be furnished, only. Similarly the term "install", when used separately, shall mean that the items referred to shall be installed, only. 7. "Knowledge," "recognize" and"discover,"their respective derivatives and similar terms in the Contract Documents, as used in reference to the Contractor, shall be interpreted to mean that which the Contractor knows (or should know), recognizes (or should recognize) and discovers (or should discover) in exercising the care, skill and diligence required by the Contract Documents. Analogously, the expression "reasonably inferable" and similar terms in the Contract Documents shall be interpreted to mean reasonably inferable by a Contractor familiar with the Project and exercising the care, skill and diligence required of the contractor by the Contract Documents. 8. "Not in Contract" or"N.LC.": equipment, furnishings, or other materials not included as a part of this Contract. 7/15/2013 01420 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 01420 REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A Abbreviations and Acronyms. B Definitions C Reference Standards. 1.02 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A The following list of common abbreviations are referenced in individual specification sections. This list is provided for convenience to the Contractor and is not intended to define all abbreviations use in the Contract Documents. 1. Abbreviations for contract and specifications. DCAM Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management DCR Massachusetts Department of Conservation and Recreation EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency HVAC&R Heating,ventilating, air conditioning, and refrigeration systems mow, IAQ Indoor Air Quality IEQ Indoor Environmental Quality MEPA Massachusetts Environmental Protection Agency MGL Massachusetts General Laws MHD Massachusetts Highway Department(Mass Highway) MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet NIC Not in Contract OFCI Owner Furnished,Contractor Installed OR or OFOI Owner Furnished and Installed OFM Massachusetts Office of Facilities Maintenance and Management VOC Volatile Organic Compounds 2. Abbreviations for measurements and quantities. C Celsius cm Centimeter F Fahrenheit Hrs Hours Kg Kilogram L Liter M meter m or SM square meter m3 or CM cubic meter mm Millimeter 7/15/2013 01420 - 1 10. Field Monitoring of Site Contaminants. 11. Contingency and Emergency Procedures. 12. Listing of Emergency Contacts. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT: A. The personal protective equipment required to provide the appropriate level of dermal and respiratory protection shall be determined based on the results of continuous air monitoring performed by the Contractor and the standards set forth in the Contractor's health and safety plan. The Engineer may conduct duplicate air monitoring for quality control purposes. Modified Level D protection shall be the minimum requirement for all on-site personnel. END OF SECTION Document] 08/13/2009 01380-1 SECTION 01380 HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. Prior to the start of work on the site, Contractor shall prepare and submit a site-specific health and safety plan that includes consideration of all known and potential hazards at the site. Work may not proceed at the project site until the Contractor's health and safety plan has been received and reviewed by the Engineer. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. OSHA 29 CFR 1910.120 1.03 RELATED WORK: A. Section 02220 BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.01 HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN: A. The health and safety plan shall include,but not necessarily be limited to the following: 1.Identification of Contractor's Site Safety Officer. 2. Identification of Hazards and Risks Associated with Project. 3. Contractor's Standard Operating Procedures, Including Personnel Training and Field Orientation. 4. Respiratory Protection Training Requirements. 5. Levels of Protection and Selection of Equipment Procedures. 6. Type of Medical Surveillance Program. 7. Personal Hygiene Requirements and Guidelines. 8. Zone Delineation of the Project Site. 9. Site Security and Entry Control Procedures. 08/13/2009 01380-1 Shop Drawing Transmittal lop/ Instructions for No action will be taken on any item unless accompanied by this form. DRAWING NO: Identification ofdncumel Type or print all entries. NO.of COPIES: Usually 8oraodinycted/sponifhad. TRANSMITTAL NOS.0ube consecutive(1.2.3,etoJ. CONTRACT DRAWING REFERENCE:Contract drawing number(n)showing details of Each resubmittal of same item shall use same number with suffix letter(A, B,etc.). ducumenl being submitted. SPEC. SECT. NO:Only one Spec. section no.hz each transmittal. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS:Special cases and emergencies,changes in distribution andap�c�|hmndUngvequee�.�o�ahou|db��n�emdhere� DE8CR|pT0N: Complete idnnU§no\ionof document orgmuPcddocuments. SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR:Signature o4 individual who reviews and approves SOURCE: Originator cfdocumml being submitted. material prior Vo submittal toengineer. Contractor to retain last copy. Submit original with two pink and two yellow copies. THIS SECTION TO BE COMPLETED BY CONTRACTOR TR7kNSM. Mo. SECT NO. DATE— NTRACTOR'S JOB NO. W&S JOB NO. 7 PROJECT NAME&CONTRACT NO. LOCATION Att:-R-.White (CONTRACTOR) Weston and Sampson 85 Devonshire Street.3rd floor Boston, MA 02109 RITE NO. CONTRACT BY W&S M DRAWING NO. C DESCRIPTION SOURCE CATALOG NO. OF DRAWING ACTION NO. REVIEWED BY C"IETS BROCHURE,ETC, COPIES FIER CODE THIS CERTIFIES THAT ALL ITEMS SUBMITTED HEREWITH HAVE BEEN CHECKED BY THE CONTRACT OR,ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH.THE REOUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,EXCEPTAS NOTED,AND ARE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT. (FOR CONTRACTOR) SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS: SIGNATURE THIS SECTION TO BE COMPLETED BY W&S I ACT10N CODE FIELD OFFICE 1 NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN a. INSTALLATION SHALL PROCEED ONLY WHEN ACTION CODE IS 1 or 2. RFC'D BY b. ACTION CODED 3 SHALL BE RESUBMITTED WITHIN TIME LIMIT SET IN CONTRACT. 3.AMENDAND RESUBMIT REVIEW DOES NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR FROM RESPONSIBILITY OF DATE 4, REJECTED-SEE REMARKS 5. ACKNOWLEDGMENT COMPLIANCE WITH ALL nFOUInEMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. BY DATE ' --~ - B. The number of samples submitted shall be as specified. Submittal and processing of samples shall follow the procedures outlined for shop and working drawings unless the specifications call for a field submittal or mock-up. C. Acceptance of samples will be acknowledged via a copy of the transmittal noting status. When samples are not acceptable, prompt resubmittal will be required. 3.06 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND SPARE PARTS LISTS: A. Where reference is made in technical specification sections to operating and maintenance manuals and/or spare parts lists, the Contractor shall submit four copies to the Engineer for review in accordance with the instructions furnished under "Shop and Working Drawings." If the submittal is complete and does not require any changes, an acknowledgement (copy of transmittal) will be returned noting status. If the submittal is incomplete or does require changes, corrections, additions, etc., two copies of the submittal will be returned with a copy of transmittal noting status. Four copies of the final operating and maintenance manuals and/or spare parts list shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to or with the equipment when it is delivered to the job site. For systems requiring field adjustment and balancing, such as heating and ventilating, the Contractor shall submit separate test results and adjustment data on completion of the work, to be incorporated into the system manual. B. The information included in the manual shall be as described in the specification sections, but as a minimum shall contain clear and concise instructions for operating, adjusting, lubricating and maintaining the equipment, an exploded assembly drawing identifying each part by number and a listing of all parts of the equipment, with part numbers and descriptions required for ordering spare parts. Spare parts lists shall include recommended quantity and price. C. Operating and maintenance manuals shall be in durable loose-leaf binders, on 81/2- inch by 11-inch paper, with diagrams and illustrations either on 8'/2-inch by I I inch or multiple foldouts. The instructions shall be annotated to indicate only the specific equipment furnished. Reference to other sizes or models of similar requirement shall be deleted or neatly lined out. END OF SECTION 11/10/2011 01330-4 D. The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt submittal and resubmittal, as necessary, of all shop and working drawings so that there will be no delay in the work due to the absence of such drawings. E. The Engineer will review the shop and working drawings as to their general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Corrections of comments made on the drawings during the review do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. The review of the shop drawings is general and shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for details of design, dimensions, code compliance, etc., necessary for interfacing with other components, proper fitting and construction of the work required by the Contract and for achieving the specified performance. The Engineer will review submittals two times: once upon original submission and a second time if the Engineer requires a revision or corrections. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner amounts charged to the Owner by the Engineer for performing any review of a submittal for the third time or greater. F. With few exceptions, shop drawings will be reviewed and returned to the Contractor within 15 days of submittal. G. No material or equipment shall be purchased or fabricated especially for this Contract nor shall the Contractor proceed with any portion of the work, the design and details of which are dependent upon the design and details of equipment or other features for which review is required, until the required shop and working drawings have been submitted and reviewed by the Engineer as to their general conformance and compliance with the project and its Contract Documents. All materials and work involved in the construction shall then be as represented by said drawings. H. Two copies of the shop and working drawings and/or catalog cuts will be returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish additional copies of such drawings or catalog cuts when he needs more than two copies or when so requested. 3.05 SAMPLES: A. Samples specified in individual Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to, physical examples of the work such as sections of manufactured or fabricated work, small cuts or containers of materials, complete units of repetitively-used products, color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets, specimens for coordination of visual effect, graphic symbols, and units of work to be used by the Engineer or Owner for independent inspection and testing, as applicable to the work. 11/10/2011 01330-3 3.03 HARD COPY SUBMITTALS: A. In accordance with the accepted schedule, the Contractor shall submit promptly to the Engineer, by mail (to Weston & Sampson Engineers, attention: R. White), six (6) copies each of shop or working drawings required as noted in the specifications, of equipment, structural details and materials fabricated especially for this Contract. B. Each shipment of drawings shall be accompanied by the Engineer's (if applicable) standard shop drawing transmittal form on which is a list of the drawings, descriptions and numbers and the names of the Owner, Project, Contractor and building, equipment or structure. 3.04 SHOP AND WORKING DRAWINGS: A. Shop and working drawings shall show the principal dimensions, weight, structural and operating features, space required, clearances, type and/or brand of finish of shop coat, grease fittings, etc., depending on the subject of the drawings. When it is customary to do so, when the dimensions are of particular importance, or when so specified, the drawings shall be certified by the manufacturer or fabricator as correct for this Contract. B. All shop and working drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer by and/or through the Contractor, who shall be responsible for obtaining shop and working drawings from his subcontractors and returning reviewed drawings to them. All shop and working drawings shall be prepared on standard size, 24-inch by 36-inch sheets, except those, which are made by changing existing standard shop or working drawings. All drawings shall be clearly marked with the names of the Owner, Project, Contractor and building, equipment or structure to which the drawing applies, and shall be suitably numbered. Each shipment of drawings shall be accompanied by the Engineer's (if applicable) standard shop drawing transmittal form on which is a list of the drawings, descriptions and numbers and the names mentioned above. C. Only drawings that have been prepared, checked and corrected by the fabricator should be submitted to the Contractor by his subcontractors and vendors. Prior to submitting drawings to the Engineer, the Contractor shall check thoroughly all such drawings to satisfy himself that the subject matter thereof conforms to the Contract Documents in all respects. Shop drawings shall be reviewed and marked with the date, checker's name and indication of the Contractor's approval, and only then shall be submitted to the Engineer. Shop drawings unsatisfactory to the Contractor shall be returned directly to their source for correction, without submittal to the Engineer. Shop drawings submitted to the Engineer without the Contractor's approval stamp and signature will be rejected. Any deviation from the Contract Documents indicated on the shop drawings must be identified on the drawings and in a separate submittal to the Engineer, as required under subsection 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples; D. Submittal Procedures, Paragraph 3 of the 1996 General Conditions. , 11/10/2011 01330-2 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with submittals as required by the contract documents. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Divisions 1 — 16 of these specifications that require submittals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL: A. As required by the General Conditions, Contractor shall submit a schedule of shop and working drawing submittals. B. The Contractor shall submit the shop and working drawing submittals either electronically or hard copy. 3.02 ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS: A. In accordance with the accepted schedule, the Contractor shall submit promptly to the Engineer by email (whiter @wseinc.com) or on Compact Disc (mail to Weston & Sampson Engineers, attention: R. White), one electronic copy in Portable Document Format (PDF) of shop or working drawings required as noted in the specifications, of equipment, structural details and materials fabricated especially for this Contract. B. Each electronic copy of the shop or working drawing shall be accompanied by the Engineer's standard shop drawing transmittal form, included in this section (use only for electronic submittals), on which is a list of the drawings, descriptions and numbers and the names of the Owner, Project, Contractor and building, equipment or structure. C. The Contractor shall receive a shop drawing memorandum with the Engineer's approval or comments via email. 11/10/2011 01330-1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK �. Avoll SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED: A. This section covers construction progress photographs to be furnished by the Contractor on the project. B. Construction photographs shall be provided by a commercial photographer acceptable to the Engineer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS AND PRINTS: A. Digital photographs shall be in .gif, jpeg, .bmp or .tif format. B. Photographs shall be taken using a digital camera before groundbreaking, weekly throughout the Work, and on final acceptance of the project. C. Twelve views shall be taken every week. The Engineer shall establish the point in time during the construction process, and the location from which photographs are to be taken. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COMPUTER DISC: A. The twelve views shall be delivered to the Owner on a CD-ROM Disc within one day of exposure. B. Discs turned over to the Owner shall be retained by the Owner for future reference during the project. END OF SECTION DocumenO 05/06/2009 01320-1 E. Each request for change in any contract completion date shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer within 30 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but before the date of final payment under this Contract. No time extension will be granted for requests, which are not submitted within the foregoing time limit. 1.10 COORDINATING SCHEDULES WITH OTHER CONTRACT SCHEDULES A. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the Contractor's CPM Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. The Contractor shall obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the Owner for the preparation and updating of his CPM schedule and shall make the required changes in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules. B. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors, the owner will determine the work priority of each Contractor and the sequence of work necessary to expedite the completion of the entire project. In all such cases, the decision of the Owner shall be accepted as final. The temporary delay of the Contractor's work due to such circumstances shall not be considered as justification for claims for additional compensation. END OF SECTION Document2 02/08/2010 01310-6 B. At each progress meeting the Contractor shall submit a narrative report based on the CPM schedule evaluation described above, in a format agreed upon by the Contractor A, and the Engineer. The report shall include a description of the progress during the previous period in terms of completed activities, an explanation of each activity which is showing a delay, a description of problem areas, current and anticipated delaying factors and their estimated impact on performance of other activities and completion dates and an explanation of corrective action taken or proposed. This report, as well as the CPM Status Report, will be discussed at each progress meeting. 1.08 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SCHEDULE COMPLIANCE A. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current CPM schedule and narrative report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the contract completion date will not be met, the Contractor shall take some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to the Owner. He shall submit to the Engineer for approval, a written statement of the steps he intends to take to remove or arrest the delay to the critical path in the approved schedule. 1.09 ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE AND COMPLETION TIME A. If the Contractor desires to make changes in his method of operating which affect the approved CPM schedule, he shall notify the Engineer in writing stating what changes are proposed and the reason for the change. If the Engineer approves these changes, the Contractor shall revise and submit for approval, without additional cost to the Owner, mow all of the affected portions of the CPM network. The Contractor shall adjust the CPM schedule only after prior approval of his proposed changes by the Engineer. B. If the completion of any activity, whether or not critical, falls more than 100 percent behind its approved duration, the Contractor shall submit for approval a schedule adjustment showing each such activity divided into two activities reflecting completed versus uncompleted work. C. Shop drawings which are not approved on the first submittal or within the schedule time and equipment which do not pass the specified tests shall be immediately rescheduled. D. The contract time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this Contract. In the event the Contractor requests an extension of any contract completion date, he shall furnish such justification and supporting evidence as the Engineer may deem necessary to determine whether the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under the provisions of this Contract. The Engineer will, after receipt of such justification and supporting evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor in writing thereof. If the Engineer finds that the Contractor is entitled to any extension of any contract completion date, the Engineer's determination as to the total number of day's extension shall be based upon the currently approved CPM schedule and on all data relevant to the extension. Such data shall be included in the next updating of the schedule. Actual delays in activities, which, according to the CPM schedule, do not affect any contract completion date shown by the critical path in the network, will not be the basis for a change therein. 02/08/2010 01310-5 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Within 10 days following the issuance of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall Awk submit 4 copies of the CPM Schedule to the Engineer for review and acceptance. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a preliminary network defining the planned operations during the first 60 calendar days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor's general approach for the balance of the project shall be indicated. Cost of activities expected to be completed or partially completed before submission and approval of the complete network shall be included. 1.06 APPROVED CPM SCHEDULE A. Following review by the Engineer, the Contractor shall incorporate the Engineer's comments into the network and submit five prints and two reproducibles of the revised network and two copies of the computer-generated schedule. This final submittal shall be delivered to the Engineer within 60 days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. B. CPM schedules, which contain activities showing negative, float or which extend beyond the contract completion date in the computer-generated schedule will not be approved. C. The approved network shall then be the approved CPM schedule to be used by the Contractor for planning, organizing and directing the work, and reporting progress. D. Approval of the CPM activity network by the Engineer is advisory only and shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for accomplishing the work within the contract completion date. Omissions and errors in the approved CPM schedule shall not excuse performance less than that required by the Contract. Approval by the Engineer in no way makes the Engineer an insurer of the CPM schedule's success or liable for time or cost overruns flowing from its shortcomings. The Owner hereby disclaims any obligation or liability by reason of approval by its agent,the Engineer, of the CPM schedule. E. The CPM activity network shall be submitted on sheets 24-in by 36-in and may be divided into as many separate sheets as required. An electronic file in PDF format shall be submitted concurrent with the hard copy schedule. 1.07 PROGRESS REPORTING A. Progress under the approved CPM schedule shall be evaluated monthly by the Contractor. Not less than seven days prior to each monthly progress meeting, The Contractor shall evaluate the status of each activity on which work has started or is due to start, based on the preceding CPM schedule; to show actual progress, to identify those activities started and those completed during the previous period, to show the estimated time required to complete or the percent complete of each activity started but not yet completed and to reflect any changes indicated for the network. Activities shall not be considered complete until they are, in fact, 100 percent complete. 02/08/2010 01310-4 G. Except where earlier completions are specified, CPM schedules, which show completion of all work prior to the contract completion date, may be approved by the Engineer but in no event shall they be acceptable as a basis for claim for delay against the Owner by the Contractor. 1.04 COMPUTER-GENERATED SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Each computer-generated schedule submittal from the CPM activity network shall include the following tabulations: a list of activities in numerical order, a list of activity precedence's, a schedule sequenced by Early Start Date and a schedule sequenced by Total Float. Each schedule shall include the following minimum items: 1. Activity numbers 2. Estimated duration 3. Activity description 4. Early start date (calendar dated) 5. Early finish date (calendar dated) 6. Latest allowable start date (calendar dated) 7. Latest allowable finish date (calendar dated) 8. Status (whether critical) 9. Estimated cost of the activity 10. Total float and free float B. In addition, each schedule shall be prefaced with the following summary data: 1. Contract name and number 2. Contractor's Name 3. Contract duration 4. Contract schedule 5. The effective or starting date of the schedule. C. The workday to calendar date correlation shall be based on an 8-hour day and 40-hour week with adequate allowance for holidays, adverse weather and all other special requirements of the work. 02/08/2010 01310-3 materials and equipment and their delivery, installation and testing, start-up and training. The Contractor shall break the work into activities with durations no longer than twenty working days each, except as to non-construction activities (such as procurement of materials and delivery of equipment) and any other activities for which the Engineer may approve the showing of longer duration. To the extent feasible, activities related to a specific physical area of the work should be grouped on the network for ease of understanding and simplification. C. Separate activities shall be provided for each significant identifiable function in each trade area in each facility. Activities shall be so identified that there will be no reasonable doubt as to how much work remains on each. Specific activities which shall be included are: all subcontract work, all interface work between subcontractors and between the Contractor and subcontractors, leakage tests of pipelines, electrical connections to each item of equipment, supplier and manufacturer technical assistance, mechanical connections to each item of equipment, all tests, concrete finishing, each item of site work, (including restraints on other activities) and all utilities, fuels and chemicals. D. Each activity on the network shall have the following indicated on the NODE representing it. 1. A single duration (i.e., the single best estimate of elapsed time considering the scope of the work involved in the activity and the resources planned for accomplishing the activity) expressed in working days. 2. A five character (or less) code indicative of the party responsible for accomplishing the activity. 3. A cost estimate for each activity which, when accumulated with the cost of all activities, equals the total contract cost. Estimated overhead and profit shall be prorated throughout all activities. Materials costs shall be assigned to delivery activities. 4. A brief description of the activity. E. The selection and number of activities shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. The detailed network need not be time scaled but shall be drafted to show a continuous flow from left to right with no flow from right to left. In addition to the brief description, the Contractor shall submit a separate list of all activities containing a detailed narrative of the scope of each activity, including the trades, subcontractors involved, and number of man-hours estimated. F. To the extent that the network or any revision thereof shows anything not jointly agreed upon or fails to show anything jointly agreed upon, it shall not be deemed to have been approved by the Engineer. Failure to include on a network any element of work required for the performance of this Contract shall not excuse the Contractor from completing all work required within any applicable completion date, notwithstanding the review of the network by the Engineer. llwkk 02/08/2010 01310-2 SECTION 0 13 10 POW CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING PART 1- GENERAL 1.01 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION A. A Critical Path Method (CPM) construction schedule shall be used to control the work of this Contract and to provide a definitive basis for determining job progress. The Contractor shall prepare the construction schedule. All work shall be done in accordance with the established CPM schedule and the Contractor and his subcontractors shall be responsible for cooperating fully with the Engineer and the Owner in effectively utilizing the CPM schedule. B. The CPM schedule to be prepared and submitted by the Contractor shall consist of a CPM network (diagram of activities) and a computer-generated schedule (print-out) as specified herein. The format shall be the activity-on-node precedence network. C. The Contractor shall develop his own outline of the work and prepare his proposed CPM schedule. The computer-based schedule shall be the product of a recognized commercial computer software producer and shall meet all of the requirements defined herein. 1.02 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Contractor shall have the capability of preparing and utilizing the specified CPM scheduling technique. A statement of CPM capability shall be submitted by the Contractor in writing to the Engineer within 10 days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed to verify that either the Contractor's organization has in-house capability qualified to use the technique or that the Contractor employs a consultant who is so qualified. Capability shall be verified by description of the construction projects to which the Contractor or his consultant has successfully applied the CPM scheduling technique and which were controlled throughout the duration of the project by means of systematic use and updating of a computer-based CPM schedule. The submittal shall include the name of the individual on the Contractor's staff who will be responsible for the CPM schedule and for providing the required updating information. 1.03 NETWORK REQUIREMENTS A. The network shall show the order and inter-dependence of activities and the sequence in which the work is to be accomplished as planned by the Contractor. The basic concept of a network analysis diagram shall be followed to show how the start of a given activity is dependent on the completion of preceding activities and its completion restricts the start of following activities. B. Detailed network activities shall include: construction activities, the submittal and approval of shop drawings, the procurement of materials and equipment, fabrication of 02/08/2010 01310-1 SECTION 01270 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1. General A. The following sections describe the measurement and payment for the work to be done under the respective items listed in the FORM OF GENERAL BID. B. The lump sum price stated in the FORM OF GENERAL BID shall constitute full compensation as herein specified, for all of the work completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications. All other activities required in connection with performance of the work, including all work required under Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, whether described in the contract documents or mandated by applicable codes, permits and laws, will not be separately paid for unless specifically provided for in the form of general bid, but will be considered to be incidental to performance of the overall project. 2. Item 1 The lump sum price for Item 1 shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment and constructing the project, complete, except for the items included in sub-bids under Item 2, as shown on the drawings and called for in the specifications. 3. Item 2 Sub-bids The lump sum prices for the subdivisions of Item 2 shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment and performing all work indicated on the drawings and specified for the respective subtrades listed under the subdivisions of Item 2. END OF SECTION Document 1 t 03/17/00 01270-1 3.12 HAZARDOUS WASTE: Should the Contractor, while performing work under this contract, uncover hazardous materials, as defined in Massachusetts Hazardous Waste Regulations 310 CMR 30.00, he shall immediately notify the Engineer. The Contractor is not, and has no authority to act as, a handler, generator, operator or disposer of hazardous or toxic substances found or identified at the site, and the Owner shall undertake all such functions. END OF SECTION 09/28/2011 01110-6 Director of Building Construction in the Executive Office for Administration and Finance. 3.12 ELECTRIC SERVICE: A. The Contractor shall make all necessary applications and arrangements and pay for all fees and charges for electrical energy for power and light necessary for the proper completion of this contract during its entire progress. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all temporary wiring, switches, connections, and meters. B. There shall be sufficient electric lighting so that all work may be done in a workmanlike manner where there is not sufficient daylight. 09/28/2011 01110-5 D. Hangers for items hung from steel and concrete shall be centered on the vertical center Oak of gravity of the beam. E. Locations and sizes of openings, sleeves, concrete pads, steel frames, and other equipment supports are indicated on the drawings for bidding purposes only. Final sizes and locations of such items shall be obtained from the shop drawings. 3.09 SLEEVES, HOLES, HANGERS, INSERTS, ETC.: A. Except where holes and openings are dimensioned, and hangers, inserts, and supports are fully called for on the architectural and structural drawings (or reference is made thereon to drawings containing such information) to accommodate mechanical or electrical items, they shall be by the mechanical or electrical trade concerned. B. Sleeves, inserts, anchors, etc., supplied under the mechanical and electrical contracts in sufficient time to so permit, shall be set in concrete, masonry, etc., or fastened to steel deck, etc., by the respective architectural or structural trade. Where not supplied in sufficient time, installation of such items shall be the responsibility of the mechanical or electrical trade involved. C. Nothing shall be suspended from the steel roof deck and no fastenings made to it, except with the prior permission of the Engineer. Request for permission shall be accompanied by full details of the hanger or fastener, including the weight of the item to be suspended. D. Nailers and other wood members attached to steel or masonry, for which fasteners are not indicated on the design drawings or in the specification, shall be fastened with the equivalent of 1/2-inch diameter bolts at 3 feet o.c. E. Openings for mechanical and electrical items in finished areas of the building shall be closed off with near escutcheon plates or similar closures. These closures shall be by the mechanical or electrical trade involved. 3.10 ROOF PROTECTION: Where work must be performed over completed roofing, the roofing shall be protected by 2 layers of 1/2-inch thick plywood, laid with joints in the second layer offset 1/2 sheet width and length from joints in the first layer. No material shall be stored or work performed on areas of roof which are not so protected. 3.11 WEATHER PROTECTION In conformance with Sections 44F and 44G of Chapter 149 of the General Laws of Massachusetts, the General Contractor shall install weather protection and shall furnish adequate heat in enclosed areas within the limits of construction, and enclosed portions ,,, of the Facility that are impacted by construction activities, during the months of November through March. Standards for such specifications shall be established by the 09/28/2011 01110-4 E. All property damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be restored to a condition at least equal to that in which it was found immediately before work was begun. Suitable materials and methods shall be used for such restoration. F. Restoration of existing property and structures shall be carried out as promptly as practicable and shall not be left until the end of the construction period. 3.05 REJECTED MATERIALS AND DEFECTIVE WORK: A. Materials furnished by the Contractor and condemned by the Engineer as unsuitable or not in conformity with the specifications shall forthwith be removed from the work by the Contractor, and shall not be made use of elsewhere in the work. 3.06 SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS: This project is subject to the Safety and Health regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR, Part 1926, and to the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Industries, Division of Industrial Safety "Rules and Regulations for the Prevention of Accidents in Construction Operations (454 CMR 10.0 et. seq.)." Contractors shall be familiar with the requirements of these regulations. 3.07 SITE INVESTIGATION: The Contractor acknowledges that he has satisfied himself as to the conditions existing at the site of the work, the type of equipment required to perform this work, the quality and quantity of the materials furnished insofar as this information is reasonably ascertainable from an inspection of the site, as well as from information presented by the drawings and specifications made a part of this contract. Any failure of the Contractor to acquaint himself with available information will not relieve him from the responsibility for estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work. The Owner assumes no responsibility for any conclusion or interpretation made by the Contractor on the basis of the information made available by the Owner. 3.08 HANGERS, PADS, AND SUPPORTS: A. Unless otherwise indicated, hangers and supports shall be by the trade providing the supported item. B. Except where detailed or specified, design of hangers and supports shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. All parts of such hangers or supports shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice, using a factor of safety of at least 2'/2. C. When proprietary hangers, etc., are supplied, satisfactory evidence of the strength of such items shall be furnished. 09/28/2011 01 110-3 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC: .00W`. A. Unless permission to close driveways, parking areas or the public street is received in writing from the Owner or proper authority, all excavated materials and equipment shall be placed so that vehicular and pedestrian traffic may be safely maintained at all times. B. Should the Chief of Police deem it necessary, uniformed officers will be assigned to direct traffic. The Contractor shall make all arrangements for obtaining uniformed officers required. C. The Contractor shall at his own expense, as directed by the Police Traffic Control/Safety Officer, provide and erect acceptable barricades, barrier fences, traffic signs, and all other traffic devices not specifically covered in a bid item, to protect the work from traffic, pedestrians, and animals. He shall provide sufficient temporary lighting such as lanterns/flashers (electric battery operated) or other approved illuminated traffic signs and devices to afford adequate protection to the traveling public, at no additional cost to the Owner. D. The Contractor shall furnish all construction signs that are deemed necessary by and in accordance with Part VI of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices as published by the U.S. Department of Transportation. In addition, the Contractor may be required to furnish up to 128 square feet of additional special construction warning Ank signs. Size and exact wording of signs shall be determined by the Engineer during construction. E. The intent of policing is to ensure public safety by direction of traffic. Police officers are not to serve as watchmen to protect the Contractor's equipment and materials. F. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as relieving the Contractor of any of his responsibilities for protection of persons and property under the terms of the Contract. 3.04 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY: The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private property, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work on the part of the Contractor, such property shall be promptly restored by the Contractor, at his expense, to a condition similar or equal to that existing before the damage was done, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. D. On paved surfaces the Contractor shall not use or operate tractors, bulldozers, or other power-operated equipment with treads or wheels which are shaped so as to cut or otherwise damage such surfaces. 09/28/2011 01110-2 SECTION 01110 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS PART 1 —GENERAL Not Used. PART 2—PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 HAULING, HANDLING AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS: A. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, handle and haul all materials furnished by him and shall remove any of his surplus materials at the completion of the work. B. The Contractor shall provide suitable and adequate storage for equipment and materials furnished by him that are liable to injury and shall be responsible for any loss of or damage to any equipment or materials by theft, breakage, or otherwise. C. All excavated or demolished materials, and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, shall be placed so as not to injure any part of the Work or existing facilities and so that free access can be had at all times to all parts of the Work and to all public utility installations in the vicinity of the work. Materials and equipment shall be kept neatly piled and compactly stored in such location as will cause a minimum impact on PVTA operations, or inconvenience to public travel and adjoining owners, tenants and occupants. As work progresses, demolished or other waste materials shall be removed from the site on a regular basis. No materials shall be burned or buried on site. Legal disposal shall be arranged for all demolished or waste materials. The construction site shall be left neat and orderly at the end of each day's activities. Interior spaces shall be made broom clean at the end of each day's activities, and all debris disposed. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the work under construction during its progress and until final completion and acceptance even though partial payments have been made under the Contract. 3.02 DUST CONTROL A. The Contractor shall wet down construction debris to prevent air pollution by dust rising from demolition, or other, construction activity. Contractor shall employ tarpaulins on trucks carrying debris to prevent spreading dust or debris. 09/28/2011 01110-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition be occupied during the construction period when the existing boiler is not operational and the new boilers have not yet been accepted by the ENGINEER as fully operational. END OF SECTION 7/15/2013 00000 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION A GENERAL 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling its activities and the activities of any subcontractors involved, to meet the completion date established by the contract. Scheduling of the work shall be coordinated with the Owner to assure operations of the Owner are only minimally impacted. 2. The PVTA Northampton Operations Facility will be continuously operational during construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling, coordinating and executing the Work in a manner that does not create safety hazards for patrons or employees of the Owner, does not impede the Owner's operations, and does not jeopardize the integrity of the Facility. 3. The Construction Sequence Requirements shall be used by the Contractor to form a complete schedule for the project, which shall be coordinated with the Owner and Engineer. Prior to performing any work at the site, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan to the Engineer for review. The plan shall describe the proposed sequence, methods, and timing of the work. 3.02 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING REQUIREMENTS A A construction sequencing plan shall be prepared by the Contractor that lays out a clear strategy for achieving critical milestones, and for achieving Substantial Completion of the Work within 148 calendar days from issuance of Notice to Proceed. B It is of the utmost importance that PVTA administration staff, who must be relocated in order for construction activities to commence, are able to relocate and be fully functional within the temporary trailer specified in SECTION 01519 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, as soon as possible after Notice to Proceed is issued. The Contractor shall make the installation, furnishing and fit-up of this trailer the first priority in the approved construction schedule. Plans for achieving this milestone shall be clearly illustrated in the Contractor's Construction Schedule, and shall be approved by the ENGINEER. C It is of the utmost importance that the portion of the Northampton Operations Facility which will continue to be occupied and function during the construction period(non- administrative areas)not be subjected to internal temperatures below 50°Fahrenheit at any time during construction period. Therefore, installation and achievement of normal operations for the new boilers being provided as part of the Work must be accomplished so as to minimize the time period during which the Facility is not serviced by an operational boiler. Plans for achieving this shall be clearly illustrated in the Contractor's Construction Schedule, and shall be approved by the ENGINEER. As noted in SECTION 01510 TEMPORARY FACILITIES, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary heat within interior spaces that will continue to 100%k. 7/15/2013 00000 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition SECTION 01014 SCOPE AND SEQUENCE OF WORK PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A Renovation and addition to the Northampton Operations Facility includes: 1. Removal, reconfiguration and replacement of nearly all interior partitioning within the existing Northampton Operations Facility administration wing, and adjacent former day care center; 2. Construction of an approximately 200 square foot addition to the administration wing, with a new roof membrane; 3. Replacement of portion of existing exterior sidewalk,resetting of existing granite curbing, restriping handicapped parking spaces and installation of new handicapped parking space signs; 4. Removal of existing wood-framed, exterior in-fill panels within precast concrete wall panels at the administration wing and adjacent former day care center; 5. Installation of sections of new tubular aluminum storefront system within precast concrete wall panels at the administration wing and adjacent former day care center; 6. Installation of sections of new hollow metal door/frame/window walls within the administration wing and adjacent former day care center; 7. Removal of existing and installation of new plumbing fixtures within the existing toilet rooms; 8. Installation of new finishes within all new and reconfigured spaces; 9. Replacement of existing boiler; 10. Replacement of existing roof top DX HVAC units on roof of administration wing, and patching/reflashing of the existing roof and roof membrane; 11. Installation of two new split AC systems, one within the reconfigured administration wing and one in an adjacent office; 12. Reuse of existing suspended ceiling light fixtures within the administration wing and adjacent former day care center; 13. Installation of new wired services from a central location to all new and reconfigured spaces. 2.02 RELATED WORK A. SECTION 01110—CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS 7/15/2013 00000 - 1 ,AOPW"' SECTION 00890 PERMITS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: This Section provides specific information and defines specific requirements of the Contractor regarding the preparation and acquisition of permits required to perform the work of this project. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: A. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits required, as defined under the Permits subsection of Section 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. At a minimum, the Contractor shall obtain the following permits: 1. Building Permit from Town of Northampton, Massachusetts 2 . Open Space Permit from Town of Northampton, Massachusetts 3 . BWP AQ 06 Notification Prior to Construction or Demolition from MADEP PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 —EXECUTION 3.01 PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS: A. The Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including any applicable municipal requirements. B. The Contractor shall maintain full compliance with all permits throughout the performance of the work, and upon request, grant access to permitting authorities to inspect the site for the purpose of verifying such compliance. 09/05/2012 00890-1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Classification Effective Date Base Rage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment TREE TRIMMER 01/29/2012 $17.18 $3.37 $0.00 $0.00 $20.55 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on td around utility lines. .__E TRIMMER GROUNDMAN 01/29/2012 $15.15 $3.37 $0.00 $0.00 $18.52 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 This classification applies only to the trimming of branches on and around utility lines. Additional Apprentice Information: Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L.c.149,ss.26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L. c.23,ss.I IE-11 L. All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L.c.23,ss.I 1 E-11 L. All steps are six months(1000 hours)unless otherwise specified. * Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof. ** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field. *** APP to JM;1:1,2:2,2:3,3:4,4:4,4:5,4:6,5:7,6:7,6:8,6:9,7:10,8:10,8:11,8:12,9:13,10:13,10:14,etc. **** APP to IM;1:1,1:2,2:3,2:4,3:5,4:6,4:7,5:8,6:9.6:10,7:11,8:12,8:13,9:14,10:15,10:16,etc. Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 35 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovme_n_t HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 09/03/2012 $39.87 $7.95 $9.45 $0.00 $57.27 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 09/01/2013 $41.37 $8.20 $9.24 $0.00 $58.81 08/31/2014 $42.87 $8.20 $9.29 $0.00 $60.3'00%%. 08/30/2015 $44.37 $8.20 $9.33 $0.00 $61.90 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN" - ..............._........ - --- .---- -__-_.. ..- --- ------- . ...- _..........------ _�-. ____ _-----------.--._ JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN 09/03/2012 $44.30 $7.95 $9.58 $0.00 $61.83 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 09/01/2013 $45.80 $8.20 $9.33 $0.00 $63.33 08/31/2014 $47.30 $8.20 $9.42 $0.00 $64.92 08/30/2015 $48.80 $8.20 $9.46 $0.00 $66.46 Apprentice- LINEMAN(Outside Electrical)- West Local 42 Effective Date- 09/03/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $26.58 $7.95 $0.80 $0.00 $35.33 2 65 $28.80 $7.95 $0.86 $0.00 $37.61 3 70 $31.01 $7.95 $9.18 $0.00 $48.14 4 75 $33.23 $7.95 $9.25 $0.00 $50.43 5 80 $35.44 $7.95 $9.31 $0.00 $52.70 6 85 $37.66 $7.95 $9.38 $0.00 $54.99 7 90 $39.87 $7.95 $9.45 $0.00 $57.27 Effective Date- 09/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $27.48 $8.20 $0.82 $0.00 $36.50 2 65 $29.77 $8.20 $0.89 $0.00 $38.86 3 70 $32.06 $8.20 $8.96 $0.00 $49.22 4 75 $34.35 $8.20 $9.03 $0.00 $51.58 5 80 $36.64 $8.20 $9.10 $0.00 $53.94 6 85 $38.93 $8.20 $9.17 $0.00 $56.30 7 90 $41.22 $8.20 $9.24 $0.00 $58.66 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:2 _..._._.__ ..................._ _.._._ __...__ TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER 07/16/2012 $26.33 $4.18 $2.79 $0.00 $33.30 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 07/16/2012 $24.78 $4.18 $2.74 $0.00 $31.70 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 �- ..._... ..._.. ....._.... -____.-- _ -.._.__-._ .....--- _ .�__.-------- __ ---- _ _ __-.. ----- _ _... _-- TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIAN 07/16/2012 $24.78 $4.18 $2.74 $0.00 $31.70 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 TRACTOR-TRAILER DRIVER 09/03/2012 $37.66 $7.95 $9.38 $0.00 $54.99 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 09/01/2013 $39.16 $8.20 $9.17 $0.00 $56.50"" 08/31/2014 $40.66 $8.20 $9.22 $0.00 $58.08 08/30/2015 $42.16 $8.20 $9.26 $0.00 $59.62 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 34 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate - �_ Unemployment____ TUNNEL WORK-FREE AIR(HAZ.WASTE) 06/01/2013 $39.40 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $59.50 LABORERS(FREE AIR TUNNEL) 12/01/2013 $40.15 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $60.25 " 06/01/2014 $40.90 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $61.00 12/01/2014 $41.65 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $61.75 06/01/2015 $42.40 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $62.50 12/01/2015 $43.15 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $63.25 06/01/2016 $43.90 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $64.00 12/01/2016 $44.90 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $65.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" VAC-HAUL 12/01/2012 $30.74 $8.91 $8.00 $0.00 $47.65 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE B -- _....-.-. ................. _. - _ _ --- . WAGON DRILL DRILL OPERATOR 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.56 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" WAGON DRILL OPERATOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $27.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.72 06/01/2014 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.22 12/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.72 06/01/2015 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.22 12/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 06/01/2016 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 12/01/2016 $30.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.97 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) WATER METER INSTALLER 03/17/2013 $35.81 $8.30 $13.75 $0.00 $57.86 PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/GASFITTER" Outside Electrical-West _. _ _..._.._ ............ ........... --- EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 09/03/2012 $37.66 $7.95 $9.38 $0.00 $54.99 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 09/01/2013 $39.16 $8.20 $9.17 $0.00 $56.53 08/31/2014 $40.66 $8.20 $9.22 $0.00 $58.08 08/30/2015 $42.16 $8.20 $9.26 $0.00 $59.62 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN" --- .-_.............. ......_.__ ....... .. ........... GROUNDMAN 09/03/2012 $24.37 $7.95 $8.98 $0.00 $41.30 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 09/01/2013 $25.87 $8.20 $8.78 $0.00 $42.85 08/31/2014 $27.37 $8.20 $8.82 $0.00 $44.39 08/30/2015 $28.87 $8.20 $8.87 $0.00 $45.94 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' GjUNDMAN/TRUCK DRIVER - --- - "-, 09/03/2012 $33.23 $7.95 $9.25 $0.00 $50.43 �E ELECTRICAL WORKERS-WEST LOCAL 42 09/01/2013 $34.73 $8.20 $9.04 $0.00 $51.97 08/31/2014 $36.23 $8.20 $9.09 $0.00 $53.52 08/30/2015 $37.73 $8.20 $9.13 $0.00 $55.06 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 33 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment_ TEST BORING LABORER 06/01/2013 $33.05 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $52.75 LABORERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE 12/01/2013 $33.80 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $53.50 06/01/2014 $34.55 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $54.2 =` 12/01/2014 $35.30 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.00 06/01/2015 $36.05 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.75 12/01/2015 $36.80 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $56.50 06/01/2016 $37.55 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $57.25 12/01/2016 $38.55 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $58.25 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TRACTORS 12/01/2012 $29.53 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.15 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" - ........ .._ TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT 12/01/2012 $31.32 $8.91 $8.00 $0.00 $48.23 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE B TUNNEL WORK-COMPRESSED AIR 06/01/2013 $45.33 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $65.43 LABORERS(COMPRESSED AIR) 12/01/2013 $46.08 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $66.18 06/01/2014 $46.83 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $66.93 12/01/2014 $47.58 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $67.68 06/01/2015 $48.33 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $68.43 12/01/2015 $49.08 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $69.18 06/01/2016 $49.83 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $69.93 12/01/2016 $50.83 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $70.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TUNNEL WORK-COMPRESSED AIR(HAZ.WASTE) 06/01/2013 $47.33 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $67.4 LABORERS(COMPRESSED AIR) 12/01/2013 $48.08 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $68.18 06/01/2014 $48.83 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $68.93 12/01/2014 $49.58 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $69.68 06/01/2015 $50.33 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $70.43 12/01/2015 $51.08 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $71.18 06/01/2016 $51.83 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $71.93 12/01/2016 $52.83 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $72.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TUNNEL WORK-FREE AIR 06/01/2013 $37.40 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $57.50 LABORERS(FREE AIR TUNNEL) 12/01/2013 $38.15 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $58.25 06/01/2014 $38.90 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $59.00 12/01/2014 $39.65 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $59.75 06/01/2015 $40.40 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $60.50 12/01/2015 $41.15 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $61.25 06/01/2016 $41.90 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $62.00 12/01/2016 $42.90 $7.10 $13.00 $0.00 $63.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Aukk Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 32 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 3 Marble/Tile(Spr/Pitt) Effective Date- 03/04/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate __..._.. - -. -........._..--- 1 50 $14.64 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $40.52 2 60 $17.57 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $43.45 3 70 $20.50 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $46.38 4 80 $23.42 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $49.30 5 90 $26.35 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $52.23 Effective Date- 09/02/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $15.10 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $41.04 2 60 $18.11 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $44.05 3 70 $21.13 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $47.07 4 80 $24.15 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $50.09 5 90 $27.17 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $53.11 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 ...__... "w BORING DRILLER 06/01/2013 $34.45 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $54.15 .ERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE 12/01/2013 $35.20 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $54.90 06/01/2014 $35.95 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.65 12/01/2014 $36.70 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $56.40 06/01/2015 $37.45 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $57.15 12/01/2015 $38.20 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $57.90 06/01/2016 $38.95 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $58.65 12/01/2016 $39.95 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $59.65 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" _.. ......... ......... .-- _._._ ..................... .. ....-.-- ....... .........--_._. ......... - - .................--- TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER 06/01/2013 $33.17 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $52.87 LABORERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE 12/01/2013 $33.92 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $53.62 06/01/2014 $34.67 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $54.37 12/01/2014 $35.42 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.12 06/01/2015 $36.17 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.87 12/01/2015 $36.92 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $56.62 06/01/2016 $37.67 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $57.37 12/01/2016 $38.67 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $58.37 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" AOW Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage.Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 31 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN-Local 7 -OwAk- Effective Date- 03/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate ............ ................. -------................................................. ............ .......... ------------------ 1 40 $14.14 $4.00 $0.42 $0.00 $18.56 2 45 $15.91 $4.00 $0.48 $0.00 $20.39 3 50 $17.68 $9.05 $5.18 $0.00 $31.91 4 55 $19.45 $9.05 $5.23 $0.00 $33.73 5 65 $22.98 $9.05 $6.34 $0.00 $38.37 6 70 $24.75 $9.05 $7.39 $0.00 $41.19 Effective Date- 07/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate ............................. ...............................-...................................................................... -..1111___ -..._." ............ 111111.1........................ 40 $14.54 $4.00 $0.44 $0.00 $18.98 2 45 $16.36 $4.00 $0.49 $0.00 $20.85 3 50 $18.18 $9.05 $5.20 $0.00 $32.43 4 55 $20.00 $9.05 $5.25 $0.00 $34.30 5 65 $23.63 $9.05 $6.36 $0.00 $39.04 6 70 $25.45 $9.05 $7.41 $0.00 $41.91 Notes:Pre-5/31/11 1$35-41/2$37.23/3$39.06/4$40.87/5$42.69/6$44.52 Steps are 800 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:l:l TERRAZZO FINISHERS 03/04/2013 $29.28 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $55.16 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3(SPRIPITT)-MARBLE&TILE 09/02/2013 $30.19 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $56.13 03/03/2014 $30.75 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $56.69 09/01/2014 $31.66 $10.18 $15.82 $0.00 $57.66 03/02/2015 $32.22 $10.18 $15.82 $0.00 $58.22 08/31/2015 $33.13 $10.18 $15.88 $0.00 $59.19 02/29/2016 $33.70 $10.18 $15.88 $0.00 $59.76 09/05/2016 $34.61 $10.18 $15.95 $0.00 $60.74 02/27/2017 $35.18 $10.18 $15.95 $0.00 $61.31 40*S Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 30 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- SIGN ERECTOR-Local 35 Zone 3 Effective Date- 06/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate - - ---- ..................------ 1 50 $12.91 $7.07 $0.00 $0.00 $19.98 2 55 $14.20 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $23.72 3 60 $15.49 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $25.01 4 65 $16.78 $7.07 $2.45 $0.00 $26.30 5 70 $18.07 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $32.19 6 75 $19.36 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $33.48 7 80 $20.65 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $34.77 8 85 $21.94 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $36.06 9 90 $23.23 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $37.35 =Notes: Steps are 4 mos. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP<35 TONS 12/01/2012 $30.74 $8.91 $8.00 $0.00 $47.65 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE B ._..._.. ......... -- - ...... ................................................._..._ ._._...................._................. _.....__. .. ........ ........ SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP>35 TONS 12/01/2012 $31.03 $8.91 $8.00 $0.00 $47.94 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE B """SNKLER FITTER 01/01/2013 $36.13 $8.42 $11.58 $0.00 $56.13 SLER FITTERS LOCAL 669 Apprentice- SPRINKLER FITTER-Local 669 Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate _. ......______. 1 50 $18.07 $7.45 $0.79 $0.00 $26.31 2 50 $18.07 $7.45 $0.79 $0.00 $26.31 3 55 $19.87 $8.42 $6.09 $0.00 $34.38 4 60 $21.68 $8.42 $6.15 $0.00 $36.25 5 65 $23.48 $8.42 $11.20 $0.00 $43.10 6 70 $25.29 $8.42 $11.26 $0.00 $44.97 7 75 $27.10 $8.42 $11.31 $0.00 $46.83 8 80 $28.90 $8.42 $11.36 $0.00 $48.68 9 85 $30.71 $8.42 $11.42 $0.00 $50.55 10 90 $32.52 $8.42 $11.47 $0.00 $52.41 Notes: _ Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:l TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN - 03/01/2013 $35.36 $9.05 $9.21 $0.00 $53.62 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 07/01/2013 $36.36 $9.05 $9.24 $0.00 $54.65 12/30/2013 $36.86 $9.05 $9.26 $0.00 $55.17 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 29 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- SHEET METALWORKER-Local 63 s Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate .............. ...._.................................... .............. --- .._-_-_- ..... ___ ..... -- 1 45 $14.20 $5.65 $3.33 $0.00 $23.18 2 50 $15.78 $5.93 $3.70 $0.00 $25.41 3 55 $17.36 $6.20 $6.66 $0.91 $31.13 4 60 $18.94 $6.47 $6.66 $0.96 $33.03 5 65 $20.51 $6.74 $6.66 $1.02 $34.93 6 70 $22.09 $7.01 $6.66 $1.07 $36.83 7 75 $23.67 $7.28 $6.66 $1.13 $38.74 8 80 $25.25 $7.55 $12.19 $1.35 $46.34 9 85 $26.83 $7.83 $12.19 $1.41 $48.26 10 90 $28.40 $8.10 $12.19 $1.46 $50.15 Effective Date- 07/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 45 $14.54 $5.65 $3.33 $0.00 $23.52 2 50 $16.16 $5.93 $3.70 $0.00 $25.79 3 55 $17.77 $6.20 $6.66 $0.92 $31.55 4 60 $19.39 $6.47 $6.66 $0.98 $33.50 5 65 $21.00 $6.74 $6.66 $1.03 $35.43 6 70 $22.62 $7.01 $6.66 $1.09 $37.38 7 75 $24.23 $7.28 $6.66 $1.15 $39.32 8 S0 $25.85 $7.55 $12.19 $1.37 $46.96 9 85 $27.46 $7.83 $12.19 $1.42 $48.90 10 90 $29.08 $8.10 $12.19 $1.48 $50.85 n _ Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 SIGN ERECTOR 06/01/2013 $25.81 $7.07 $7.05 $0.00 $39.93 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 28 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.56 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" ROLLER OPERATOR 12/01/2012 $29.53 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.15 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" .......... _ _ _..._ ROOFER(Coal tar pitch) 01/01/2013 $26.85 $8.55 $12.10 $0.00 $47.50 ROOFERS LOCAL 248 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ROOFER" ...----._..... ------ ._.._... ........ _...----_... ........_..... ...... ..... ......._........ - ... - ... ....................._ __................ _... . ........ . .- .................. ROOFER(Inc.Roofer Waterproofng&Roofer Damproofg) 01/01/2013 $26.35 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $46.50 ROOFERS LOCAL 248 Apprentice- ROOFER-Local 248 Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate -_..-_-- ---------_-_.........._..._.__ _..__-- ...............___.._- ............ __ 1 60 $15.81 $8.55 $0.00 $0.00 $24.36 2 65 $17.13 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $37.28 3 70 $18.45 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $38.60 4 75 $19.76 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $39.91 5 80 $21.08 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $41.23 6 85 $22.40 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $42.55 7 90 $23.72 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $43.87 8 95 $25.03 $8.55 $11.60 $0.00 $45.18 Notes: Y Steps are 750 hrs.Roofer(Tear Off)1:1;Same as above Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 ROOFER SLATE/TILE/PRECAST CONCRETE 01/01/2013 $26.85 $8.55 $12.10 $0.00 $47.50 ROOFERS LOCAL 248 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ROOFER" -....__._ _ _._..... ...... SCRAPER 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.76 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" ....... .___... ....................._ ............................... ............. ..._.......... _.. - -. .......................... ... .._..._ -- _...... ........-- ................. _.... SELF-POWERED ROLLERS AND COMPACTORS 12/01/2012 $29.53 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.15 (TAMPERS) OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" ___.._.. ._ _ _........._....._ ..._ _......................_.-- _- PROPELLED POWER BROOM 12/01/2012 $26.91 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $46.53 TING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" SHEETMETAL WORKER 01/01/2013 $31.56 $8.64 $12.93 $1.59 $54.72 SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 07/01/2013 $32.31 $8.64 $12.93 $1.62 $55.50 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 27 of 35 1 11 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" ........................................ .............1111_.... PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR(HEAVY& 06/01/2013 $27.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.22 HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.7 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2014 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.2 12/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.72 06/01/2015 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.22 12/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 06/01/2016 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 12/01/2016 $30.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.97 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) 1111... . ................... .....1111.. ..._- ......... - -- _. _........._. - POWDERMAN&BLASTER 06/03/2013 $28.40 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.98 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $29.04 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.62 06/02/2014 $29.70 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.28 12/01/2014 $30.36 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.94 06/01/2015 $31.05 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.63 12/07/2015 $31.73 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.31 06/06/2016 $32.42 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $50.00 12/05/2016 $33.10 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $50.68 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" 111111 -11 .1111 ......... ......... ......... 1111.. ..... ...._... ..._..... ......... ......... 1111._ _ ..................._............................... . 1111. POWDERMAN&BLASTER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $27.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.97 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $28.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.47 06/01/2014 $28.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.97 12/01/2014 $29.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.47 ,, 06/01/2015 $29.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.9. 12/01/2015 $30.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.47 06/01/2016 $30.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.97 12/01/2016 $31.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $48.72 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) 1111... 1111... PUMP OPERATOR(CONCRETE) 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $50.29 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" PUMP OPERATOR(DEWATERING,OTHER) 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.76 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" ._....1.1..11._ ..... _ _ _ - _..... ....__._..._.__ _----_.-__-- READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER 05/01/2008 $19.13 $6.59 $5.15 $0.00 $30.87 TEAMSTERS LOCAL 404 RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER** 03/04/2013 $22.21 $7.20 $5.35 $0.00 -$34.76 **The Residential Wood Frame Carpenter classification applies 09/02/2013 $22.96 $7.20 $5.35 $0.00 $35.51 only to the construction of new,wood frame residences that do not exceed four stories including the basement.CARPENTERS 03/03/2014 $23.71 $7.20 $5.35 $0.00 $36.26 LOCAL 108-HAMPDEN HAMPSHIRE 09/01/2014 $24.46 $7.20 $535 $0.00 $37.01 03/02/2015 $25.26 $7.20 $5.35 $0.00 $37.81 08/31/2015 $26.06 $7.20 $5.35 $0.00 $38.61 02/29/2016 $26.81 $7.20 $5.35 $0.00 $39.36 As of 9/1/09 Carpentry work on wood-frame residential WEATHERIZATION projects shall be paid the RESIDENTIAL WOOD FRAME CARPENTER rate. Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 26 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- PILEDRIVER-Local 56 Zone 3 Effective Date- 03/04/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate - .__- _-.._.__ _..-_ - --_-....--- _.-.....-__ 1 0 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 :Notes:Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps; (Same as set in Zone 1) 1$47.07/2$50.99/3$54.91/4$56.87/5$58.83/6$58.83/7$62.75/8$62.75 t ., m_ _ ..r a . _ Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 PIPELAYER 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.56 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" PIPELAYER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $27.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.72 06/01/2014 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.22 ° 12/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.72 06/01/2015 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.22 12/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 06/01/2016 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 12/01/2016 $30.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.97 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) PLUMBER&PIPEFITTER 03/17/2013 $35.81 $8.30 $13.75 $0.00 $57.86 PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 Apprentice- PLUMBERIPIPEFITTER-Local 104 Effective Date- 03/17/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 45 $16.11 $8.30 $8.40 $0.00 $32.81 2 50 $17.91 $8.30 $8.40 $0.00 $34.61 3 60 $21.49 $8.30 $8.40 $0.00 $38.19 4 70 $25.07 $8.30 $8.40 $0.00 $41.77 5 80 $28.65 $8.30 $13.75 $0.00 $50.70 Notes: Steps are 2000 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 PNEUMATIC CONTROLS(TEMP.) 03/17/2013 $35.81 $8.30 $13.75 $0.00 $57.86 PL UMBERS&PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 25 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3-BRUSH REPAINT Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate -......................... _ ___.-- __ _.._ -- _ ....-._ _ ...-_- -- 1 50 $12.40 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $20.20 2 55 $13.64 $7.80 $1.43 $0.00 $22.87 3 60 $14.88 $7.80 $1.56 $0.00 $24.24 4 65 $16.12 $7.80 $1.69 $0.00 $25.61 5 70 $17.36 $7.80 $11.02 $0.00 $36.18 6 75 $18.60 $7.80 $11.15 $0.00 $37.55 7 80 $19.84 $7.80 $11.28 $0.00 $38.92 8 90 $22.32 $7.80 $11.54 $0.00 $41.66 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER TRAFFIC MARKINGS(HEAVY/HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $26.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $43.97 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $27.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.47 06/01/2014 $27.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.97 12/01/2014 $28.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.47 06/01/2015 $28.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.97 12/01/2015 $29.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.4 06/01/2016 $29.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.97 12/01/2016 $30.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.72 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) PANEL&PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER 12/01/2012 $30.28 $9.07 $8.00 $0.00 $47.35 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE B - ---. _ . - ......... ..... _�. _..- - --- ._......_-.... PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR UNDERPINNING AND ( 03/04/2013 $35.17 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $62.64 DECK) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) 09/02/2013 $36.30 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $63.77 03/03/2014 $36.67 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $64.14 09/01/2014 $37.80 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $65.27 03/02/2015 $38.20 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $65.67 ........ ---------_..._... 08/31/2015 $39.35 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $66.82 _..._...................................... PILE DRIVER 03/04/2013 $35.17 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $62.64 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) 09/02/2013 $36.30 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $63.77 03/03/2014 $36.67 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $64.14 09/01/2014 $37.80 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $65.27 03/02/2015 $38.20 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $65.67 08/31/2015 $39.35 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $66.82 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 24 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3-Spray/Sandblast-Repaint Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $13.10 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $20.90 2 55 $14.41 $7.80 $1.43 $0.00 $23.64 3 60 $15.72 $7.80 $1.56 $0.00 $25.08 4 65 $17.03 $7.80 $1.69 $0.00 $26.52 5 70 $18.34 $7.80 $11.02 $0.00 $37.16 6 75 $19.65 $7.80 $11.15 $0.00 $38.60 7 80 $20.96 $7.80 $11.28 $0.00 $40.04 8 90 $23.58 $7.80 $11.54 $0.00 $42.92 Notes: _ Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:l PAINTER/TAPER(BRUSH,NEW)* 01/01/2013 $27.48 $7.80 $11.80 $0.00 $47.08 *if 30%or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 Apprentice- PAINTER-Local 35 Zone 3-BRUSHNEW Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate .........................._. ..........................._ -- ------ -- - --- .............. 1 50 $13.74 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $21.54 2 55 $15.11 $7.80 $1.43 $0.00 $24.34 3 60 $16.49 $7.80 $1.56 $0.00 $25.85 4 65 $17.86 $7.80 $1.69 $0.00 $27.35 5 70 $19.24 $7.80 $11.02 $0.00 $38.06 6 75 $20.61 $7.80 $11.15 $0.00 $39.56 7 80 $21.98 $7.80 $11.28 $0.00 $41.06 8 90 $24.73 $7.80 $11.54 $0.00 $44.07 `Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 .. ............_........._..- _ ........... ............... .......... ................ _.. _......_.. ............ ........._........ __ PAINTER/TAPER(BRUSH,REPAINT) 01/01/2013 $24.80 $7.80 $11.80 $0.00 $44.40 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 0 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 23 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate - -.--..... -- ------- - _......m... .- ---- . _ _......_.. - _........ ...... 1 50 $22.51 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $30.31 2 55 $24.76 $7.80 $3.52 $0.00 $36.08 3 60 $27.01 $7.80 $3.84 $0.00 $38.65 4 65 $29.26 $7.80 $4.16 $0.00 $41.22 5 70 $31.51 $7.80 $13.68 $0.00 $52.99 6 75 $33.76 $7.80 $14.00 $0.00 $55.56 7 80 $36.01 $7.80 $14.32 $0.00 $58.13 8 90 $40.51 $7.80 $14.96 $0.00 $63.27 .Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER(SPRAY OR SANDBLAST,NEW)* 01/01/2013 $28.88 $7.80 $11.80 $0.00 $48.48 *If 30%or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONES Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 3-Spray/Sandblast-New Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate __._.._._ ..................._.__..._-__ .---_--------- ....._._................................._.__--.- --__........... .........__. .._-_.._-_-._ ................... 1 50 $14.44 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $22.24 2 55 $15.88 $7.80 $1.43 $0.00 $25.11 3 60 $17.33 $7.80 $1.56 $0.00 $26.69 4 65 $18.77 $7.80 $1.69 $0.00 $28.26 5 70 $20.22 $7.80 $11.02 $0.00 $39.04 6 75 $21.66 $7.80 $11.15 $0.00 $40.61 7 80 $23.10 $7.80 $11.28 $0.00 $42.18 8 90 $25.99 $7.80 $11.54 $0.00 $45.33 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:l:l ........ ......... .......................................... ....................... ....---- ......... ......... ........ PAINTER(SPRAY OR SANDBLAST,REPAINT) 01/01/2013 $26.20 $7.80 $11.80 $0.00 $45.80 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 Asok Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 22 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment - Apprentice- MILLWRIGHT-Local 1121 Zone 3 Effective Date- 04/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate _-__...__....._.........._ _ -- __- ...___. _ _ _ 1 55 $17.03 $9.80 $4.32 $0.00 $31.15 2 65 $20.13 $9.80 $13.01 $0.00 $42.94 3 75 $23.23 $9.80 $13.80 $0.00 $46.83 4 85 $26.32 $9.80 $14.58 $0.00 $50.70 Effective Date- 10/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 55 $17.35 $9.80 $4.32 $0.00 $31.47 2 65 $20.51 $9.80 $13.01 $0.00 $43.32 3 75 $23.66 $9.80 $13.80 $0.00 $47.26 4 85 $26.82 $9.80 $14.58 $0.00 $51.20 ;Notes: Steps are 2,000 hours Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 MORTAR MIXER 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.56 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" OILER 12/01/2012 $25.83 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $45.45 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" _............ _. --_ _....__ _ -_......... _. OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT-CLASS VI 12/01/2012 $23.85 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $43.47 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" --- ........ - ...._........................_.....- ................ ..............._..... _. __. ........ ._... __ - ........ ._---.- ................ - PAINTER(BRIDGES/TANKS) 01/01/2013 $45.01 $7.80 $15.60 $0.00 $68.41 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 21 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate ..__-_.__- _.___,._ __ ___ ____ Unemployment MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS&TERRAZZO MECH 03/04/2013 $35.91 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $62.08 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3(SPR/PITT)-MARBLE&TILE 09/02/2013 $36.81 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $63.05 03/03/2014 $37.37 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $63.6"' 09/01/2014 $38.27 $10.18 $16.13 $0.00 $64.58 03/02/2015 $38.83 $10.18 $16.13 $0.00 $65.14 08/31/2015 $39.73 $10.18 $16.20 $0.00 $66.11 02/29/2016 $40.30 $10.18 $16.20 $0.00 $66.68 09/05/2016 $41.20 $10.18 $16.28 $0.00 $67.66 02/27/2017 $41.77 $10.18 $16.28 $0.00 $68.23 Apprentice- MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO MECH-Local 3 Marble/Tile(Spr/Pitt) Effective Date- 03/04/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate - ._.._.. . .....-... ...........-....... ......... ._...._...... ............. 1 50 $17.96 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $44.13 2 60 $21.55 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $47.72 3 70 $25.14 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $51.31 4 80 $28.73 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $54.90 5 90 $32.32 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $58.49 Effective Date- 09/02/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate ........ ................ . ......... _.._..._.. __ 1 50 $18.41 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $44.65 "" 2 60 $22.09 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $48.33 3 70 $25.77 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $52.01 4 80 $29.45 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $55.69 5 90 $33.13 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $59.37 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 -- -........_- - ....-..__...._..W._._ - MECH.SWEEPER OPERATOR(ON CONST.SITES) 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $50.29 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" ................................... ....................... . __. ............................................................... ......... . MECHANIC/WELDER/BOOM TRUCK 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.76 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" MILLWRIGHT(Zone 3) 04/01/2013 $30.97 $9.80 $15.76 $0.00 $56.53 MILLWRIGHTS LOCAL 1121-Zone 3 10/01/2013 $31.55 $9.80 $15.76 $0.00 $57.11 04/01/2014 $32.14 $9.80 $15.76 $0.00 $57.70 10/01/2014 $32.88 $9.80 $15.76 $0.00 $58.44 04/01/2015 $33.63 $9.80 $15.76 $0.00 $59.19 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 20 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment LASER BEAM OPERATOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $27.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEA VY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.72 06/01/2014 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.22 12/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.72 06/01/2015 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.22 12/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 06/01/2016 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 12/01/2016 $30.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.97 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) MARBLE&TILE FINISHERS 03/04/2013 $29.28 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $55.16 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3(SPR/PITT)-MARBLE&TILE 09/02/2013 $30.19 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $56.13 03/03/2014 $30.75 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $56.69 09/01/2014 $31.66 $10.18 $15.82 $0.00 $57.66 03/02/2015 $32.22 $10.18 $15.82 $0.00 $58.22 08/31/2015 $33.13 $10.18 $15.88 $0.00 $59.19 02/29/2016 $33.70 $10.18 $15.88 $0.00 $59.76 09/05/2016 $34.61 $10.18 $15.95 $0.00 $60.74 02/27/2017 $35.18 $10.18 $15.95 $0.00 $61.31 Apprentice- MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 3 Marble/Tile(SprIPitt) Effective Date- 03/04/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate . _. _- ................ ... ..................---11 .-.................................. .... ._....... _....... _ 1 50 $14.64 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $40.52 2 60 $17.57 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $43.45 3 70 $20.50 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $46.38 4 80 $23.42 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $49.30 5 90 $26.35 $10.18 $15.70 $0.00 $52.23 Effective Date- 09/02/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate ........... ... _........ ......... . ._.-. ......... . ... . ......... .. . ........ _...... .__..... 1 50 $15.10 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $41.04 2 60 $18.11 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $44.05 3 70 $21.13 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $47.07 4 80 $24.15 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $50.09 5 90 $27.17 $10.18 $15.76 $0.00 $53.11 Notes: _ Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 19 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate _ _ _ _ U_nemploYment _ LABORER: MASON TENDER LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/03/2013 $28.40 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.98 12/02/2013 $29.04 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.62 06/02/2014 $29.70 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.:AMOK 12/01/2014 $30.36 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.94 06/01/2015 $31.05 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.63 12/07/2015 $31.73 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.31 06/06/2016 $32.42 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $50.00 12/05/2016 $33.10 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $50.68 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:MASON TENDER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $27.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.72 06/01/2014 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.22 12/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.72 06/01/2015 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.22 12/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 06/01/2016 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 12/01/2016 $30.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.97 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) LABORER:MULTI-TRADE TENDER 06/03/2013 $27.40 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $44.98 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.04 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.62 06/02/2014 $28.70 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.28 12/01/2014 $29.36 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.94 06/01/2015 $30.05 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.6"*W". 12/07/2015 $30.73 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.31 06/06/2016 $31.42 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.00 12/05/2016 $32.10 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.68 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:TREE REMOVER LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 06/03/2013 $27.40 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $44.98 12/02/2013 $28.04 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.62 06/02/2014 $28.70 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.28 12/01/2014 $29.36 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.94 06/01/2015 $30.05 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.63 12/07/2015 $30.73 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.31 06/06/2016 $31.42 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.00 12/05/2016 $32.10 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.68 This classification applies to the wholesale removal of standing trees including all associated trimming of branches and limbs,and applies to the removal of branches at locations not on or around utility lines.For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" ........... .... ..........._ 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 LASER BEAM OPERATOR $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.5`'' 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.2 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 18 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment took Apprentice- LABORER(Heavy&Highway)-Zone 3 Effective Date- 06/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.19 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $33.17 2 70 $18.89 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $35.87 3 80 $21.59 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $38.57 4 90 $24.29 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $41.27 Effective Date- 12/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $33.47 2 70 $19.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $36.22 3 80 $21.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $38.97 4 90 $24.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $41.72 =Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 LABORER:CARPENTER TENDER 06/03/2013 $27.40 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $44.98 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.04 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.62 a 06/02/2014 $28.70 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.28 12/01/2014 $29.36 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.94 06/01/2015 $30.05 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.63 12/07/2015 $30.73 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.31 06/06/2016 $31.42 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.00 12/05/2016 $32.10 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.68 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:CEMENT FINISHER TENDER 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.56 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER 12/03/2012 $27.64 $7.10 $9.60 $0.00 $44.34 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 17 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- LABORER-Zone 3 Building&Site Aw%h Effective Date- 06/03/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate -- ----------.......... .._.__.._.........._ 1 60 $16.44 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $34.02 2 70 $19.18 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $36.76 3 80 $21.92 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $39.50 4 90 $24.66 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $42.24 Effective Date- 12/02/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.82 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $34.40 2 70 $19.63 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $37.21 3 80 $22.43 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $40.01 4 90 $25.24 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $42.82 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 LABORER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $26.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $43.97 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $27.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.47 06/01/2014 $27.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.9 12/01/2014 $28.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.47 06/01/2015 $28.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.97 12/01/2015 $29.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.47 06/01/2016 $29.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.97 12/01/2016 $30.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.72 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 16 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- IRONWORKER-Local 7 Springfield Effective Date- 09/16/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.83 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $42.63 2 70 $19.64 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $45.44 3 75 $21.04 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $46.84 4 80 $22.44 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $48.24 5 85 $23.84 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $49.64 6 90 $25.25 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $51.05 Notes: i Structural 1:6;Ornamental 1:4 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio: JACKHAMMER&PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.56 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 r or apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER 06/03/2013 $27.40 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $44.98 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.04 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.62 06/02/2014 $28.70 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.28 12/01/2014 $29.36 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.94 06/01/2015 $30.05 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.63 12/07/2015 $30.73 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.31 06/06/2016 $31.42 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.00 12/05/2016 $32.10 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.68 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 15 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate -__- _ _ Unemployment HYDRAULIC DRILLS(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.72 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.22 06/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.7''0 12/01/2014 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.22 06/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 12/01/2015 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 06/01/2016 $30.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.72 12/01/2016 $31.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $48.47 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) INSULATOR(PIPES&TANKS) 09/01/2012 $33.17 $10.65 $11.50 $0.00 $55.32 HEAT&FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6(SPRINGFIELD) 09/01/2013 $34.77 $10.65 $11.50 $0.00 $56.92 09/01/2014 $36.77 $10.65 $11.50 $0.00 $58.92 Apprentice- ASBESTOS INSULATOR(Pipes& Tanks)-Local 6 Springfield Effective Date- 09/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate .......... ...................... ..__ - ........ .......-_ . ......... .... ......... 1 50 $16.59 $10.65 $8.60 $0.00 $35.84 2 60 $19.90 $10.65 $9.18 $0.00 $39.73 3 70 $23.22 $10.65 $9.76 $0.00 $43.63 4 80 $26.54 $10.65 $10.34 $0.00 $47.53 Effective Date- 09/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $17.39 $10.65 $8.60 $0.00 $36.64 2 60 $20.86 $10.65 $9.18 $0.00 $40.69 3 70 $24.34 $10.65 $9.76 $0.00 $44.75 4 80 $27.82 $10.65 $10.34 $0.00 $48.81 Notes: Steps are 1 year Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 _ _---_- - .......---- ...........- ....... IRONWORKER/WELDER 09/16/2012 $28.05 $7.70 $18.10 $0.00 $53.85 IRONWORKERS LOCAL 7(SPRINGFIELD AREA) Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 14 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment AOW Apprentice- GLAZIER-Local 1333 Effective Date- 06/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate _---------- ............ ..----- -. 1 50 $17.09 $9.35 $1.00 $0.00 $27.44 2 56 $19.23 $9.35 $1.00 $0.00 $29.58 3 63 $21.36 $9.35 $1.50 $0.00 $32.21 4 69 $23.50 $9.35 $1.50 $0.00 $34.35 5 75 $25.64 $9.35 $2.00 $0.00 $36.99 6 81 $27.77 $9.35 $2.00 $0.00 $39.12 7 88 $29.91 $9.35 $7.50 $0.00 $46.76 8 94 $32.04 $9.35 $7.50 $0.00 $48.89 Effective Date- 06/01/2014 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate -1_. .._...__50- ----._._ __... --------- ------- __ _...... _._..._ - - ----. - $17.29 $9.80 $1.00 $0.00 $28.09 2 56 $19.45 $9.80 $1.00 $0.00 $30.25 3 63 $21.61 $9.80 $1.50 $0.00 $32.91 4 69 $23.77 $9.80 $1.50 $0.00 $35.07 5 75 $25.94 $9.80 $2.00 $0.00 $37.74 6 81 $28.10 $9.80 $2.00 $0.00 $39.90 7 88 $30.26 $9.80 $7.75 $0.00 $47.81 8 94 $32.42 $9.80 $7.75 $0.00 $49.97 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 ...._ .. . ---_-....._............. ........._..._.._ __-_.__. _. __.__ __ _____..... ................................._.......... _.__--- ---___.._ ......._............ ___._._ __ _......................... GRADER/TRENCHING MACHINE/DERRICK 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $50.29 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" HVAC(DUCTWORK) 01/01/2013 $31.56 $8.64 $12.93 $1.59 $54.72 SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 07/01/2013 $32.31 $8.64 $12.93 $1.62 $55.50 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-SHEET METAL WORKER" HVAC(ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) 03/01/2013 $35.36 $9.05 $9.21 $0.00 $53.62 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 07/01/2013 $36.36 $9.05 $9.24 $0.00 $54.65 12/30/2013 $36.86 $9.05 $9.26 $0.00 $55.17 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ELECTRICIAN" HVAC(TESTING AND BALANCING-AIR) 01/01/2013 $31.56 $8.64 $12.93 $1.59 $54.72 SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL 63 07/01/2013 $32.31 $8.64 $12.93 $1.62 $55.50 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-SHEET METAL WORKER" HVAC(TESTING AND BALANCING-WATER) 03/17/2013 $35.81 $8.30 $13.75 $0.00 $57.86 PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 ,*Vlk-r apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" ......... ........................................................ ..._........ . .. ...._...... . - - ............................................... 1. MECHANIC 03/17/2013 $35.81 $8.30 $13.75 $0.00 $57.86 PLUMBERS&PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 13 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- FLOORCOVERER-Local 2168 Zone H Effective Date- 03/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension unemployment Total Rate ................................----- -- ____._.._.__..._....._...-----..----.................. ..._....--------- 1 50 $18.15 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $29.74 2 55 $19.97 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $31.56 3 60 $21.78 $9.80 $11.34 $0.00 $42.92 4 65 $23.60 $9.80 $11.34 $0.00 $44.74 5 70 $25.41 $9.80 $13.13 $0.00 $48.34 6 75 $27.23 $9.80 $13.13 $0.00 $50.16 7 80 $29.04 $9.80 $14.92 $0.00 $53.76 8 85 $30.86 $9.80 $14.92 $0.00 $55.58 Effective Date- 09/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate _......__. _._....__..... ........... __- ------..................... - ...... ._... 1 50 $18.15 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $29.74 2 55 $19.97 $9.80 $1.79 $0.00 $31.56 3 60 $21.78 $9.80 $11.34 $0.00 $42.92 4 65 $23.60 $9.80 $11.34 $0.00 $44.74 5 70 $25.41 $9.80 $13.13 $0.00 $48.34 6 75 $27.23 $9.80 $13.13 $0.00 $50.16 7 80 $29.04 $9.80 $14.92 $0.00 $53.76 lowk 8 85 $30.86 $9.80 $14.92 $0.00 $55.58 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 ...- .._--. _ ............. - ................................. .............._.......... ..... ........ . ........ FORK LIFT 12/01/2012 $30.36 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.98 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" GENERATORS/LIGHTING PLANTS 12/01/2012 $26.91 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $46.53 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" GLAZIER(GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIERANTERIOR 06/01/2013 $34.18 $9.35 $7.50 $0.00 $51.03 SYSTEMS) GLAZIERS LOCAL 1333 06/01/2014 $34.58 $9.80 $7.75 $0.00 $52.13 06/01/2015 $35.08 $10.25 $8.00 $0.00 $53.33 06/01/2016 $35.58 $10.70 $8.25 $0.00 $54.53 •'"*: Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 12 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Awl*, Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS-Local 98 Class 3 Effective Date- 12/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $18.08 $9.70 $9.92 - ^^$0.00 $37.70 2 70 $21.10 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $40.72 3 80 $24.11 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $43.73 4 90 $27.13 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $46.75 '.Notes: - Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs.;Steps 3-4 are 2000 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:6 � -------- ..__ ..... - ......... _..--- ............................ .... __ ...... -....--- ...................--- ........ ---- ------_._ ............. FLAGGER&SIGNALER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $20.50 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $37.48 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $20.50 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $37.48 06/01/2014 $20.50 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $37.48 12/01/2014 $20.50 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $37.48 06/01/2015 $20.50 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $37.48 12/01/2015 $20.50 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $37.48 06/01/2016 $20.50 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $37.48 12/01/2016 $20.50 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $37.48 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) )RCOVERER 03/01/2013 $36.30 $9.80 $16.71 $0.00 $62.81 ?COVERERS LOCAL 2168 ZONE H 09/01/2013 $36.30 $9.80 $16.71 $0.00 $62.81 03/01/2014 $36.30 $9.80 $16.71 $0.00 $62.81 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 11 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate -__-_�- ��_ _ Unemployment _ ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 01/01/2012 $47.37 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $63.11 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41 Apprentice- ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR-Local 41 Effective Date- 01/01/2012 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $23.69 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $39.43 2 55 $26.05 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $41.79 3 65 $30.79 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $46.53 4 70 $33.16 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $48.90 5 80 $37.90 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $53.64 Notes: Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.;Steps 3-5 are 1 year Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 . . ..................... 111.1__. ........ ...... __. ........ ...... ... ...... _..._ ........ ............... ......... ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER 01/01/2012 $33.16 $8.78 $6.96 $0.00 $48.90 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 41 -.--- FENCE&GUARD RAIL ERECTOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $27.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.72 06/01/2014 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.22 12/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.72 06/01/2015 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.7 12/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 06/01/2016 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 12/01/2016 $30.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.97 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) - .._..... --......... -- FIELD ENG.INST/ROD-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 06/01/1999 $18.84 $4.80 $4.10 $0.00 $27.74 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 FIELD ENG.PARTY CHIEF:BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 06/01/1999 $21.33 $4.80 $4.10 $0.00 $30.23 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 .._....I.........-... .........."I"..,.............. � 1111_ 1111.. 1111....._...... --- -1111 ....... FIELD ENG.SURVEY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 06/01/1999 $22.33 $4.80 $4.10 $0.00 $31.23 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 1111....._ 1111 1111..- _........ .1111___-- _--1111 11 11-......... .. ..................._._.__- ...1111.11..1 _.........._._... _._......_._ FIRE ALARM INSTALLER 03/01/2013 $35.36 $9.05 $9.21 $0.00 $53.62 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 07/01/2013 $36.36 $9.05 $9.24 $0.00 $54.65 12/30/2013 $36.86 $9.05 $9.26 $0.00 $55.17 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ELECTRICIAN" ........ _.. .111...1. 1 "1....._.. _. ..............._.__ _._......................1111- ....1111. - --- - -----. 1111 _ .. ...._. ........- FIRE ALARM REPAIR/MAINTENANCE 03/01/2013 $35.36 $9.05 $9.21 $0.00 $53.62 /COMMISSIONINGELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 07/01/2013 $36.36 $9.05 $9.24 $0.00 $54.65 12/30/2013 $36.86 $9.05 $9.26 $0.00 $55.17 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN' ......... ................ _.......... ......... _....._......................_.1111 -....... ._111 _ 1111. . -------. - --.............. FIREMAN 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.76 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 .40orR Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 10 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment DEMO:WRECKING LABORER 12/01/2011 $31.80 $7.10 $12.45 $0.00 $51.35 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" 'R 08/01/2012 $54.88 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $82.35 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) 08/01/2013 $56.98 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $84.45 08/01/2014 $59.08 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $86.55 08/01/2015 $61.18 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $88.65 __ �..�__ _- .111 .__. .._ -- - - .__..... - .-_._.. .___ .- - - -- ....... - - DIVER TENDER 08/01/2012 $54.88 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $82.35 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) 08/01/2013 $56.98 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $84.45 08/01/2014 $59.08 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $86.55 08/01/2015 $61.18 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $88.65 -.-_-..._._ _ .1.1.1.1 _ ..... __ ....._.._. ____ .1111 .11.1.1. -_1.11.1..m... ._ _.._._... 1.1_.1.._.1.__..._ DIVER TENDER(EFFLUENT) 08/01/2012 $58.80 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $86.27 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) 08/01/2013 $61.05 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $88.52 08/01/2014 $63.30 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $90.77 08/01/2015 $65.55 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $93.02 .............__. .......... ..__1.111__ ._....... .......... .11.11.._ ....._. _ -..._.. ....... ...-.... .... ......... DIVER/SLURRY(EFFLUENT) 08/01/2012 $82.32 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $109.79 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) 08/01/2013 $85.47 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $112.94 08/01/2014 $88.62 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $116.09 08/01/2015 $91.77 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $119.24 ._._..- --.- _ ELECTRICIAN(Including Core Drilling) 03/01/2013 $35.36 $9.05 $9.21 $0.00 $53.62 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 7 07/01/2013 $36.36 $9.05 $9.24 $0.00 $54.65 12/30/2013 $36.86 $9.05 $9.26 $0.00 $55.17 Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN-Local 7 Effective Date- 03/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate - -- -........ ................. ......... ._ 1111.__................... -. .111 ......._ ...1111... .. ................ 1 40 $14.14 $4.00 $0.42 $0.00 $18.56 2 45 $15.91 $4.00 $0.48 $0.00 $20.39 3 50 $17.68 $9.05 $5.18 $0.00 $31.91 4 55 $19.45 $9.05 $5.23 $0.00 $33.73 5 65 $22.98 $9.05 $6.34 $0.00 $38.37 6 70 $24.75 $9.05 $7.39 $0.00 $41.19 Effective Date- 07/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate __-__. . _..-.1111_-. ............................ .....11.11. __ .__..._......... ......_.._..____ 111.1___-- . ......._...__ .1.1.1.1. _- _............................... _ .11.11-._..................._........... 1 40 $14.54 $4.00 $0.44 $0.00 $18.98 2 45 $16.36 $4.00 $0.49 $0.00 $20.85 3 50 $18.18 $9.05 $5.20 $0.00 $32.43 4 55 $20.00 $9.05 $5.25 $0.00 $34.30 5 65 $23.63 $9.05 $6.36 $0.00 $39.04 6 70 $25.45 $9.05 $7.41 $0.00 $41.91 Notes:Pre-5/31/11 1$27.26/2$29.08/3$35.55/4$37.37/5$41.64/6$43.64 Steps 1-2 are 1000 hrs;Steps 3-6 are 1500 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:2:3**** Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 9 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment - CHAIN SAW OPERATOR 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.5 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.56 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" COMPRESSOR OPERATOR 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.76 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" CRANE/BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER OPERATOR 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $50.29 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" .......-- _... -- - _..... _._._.._....... DELEADER(BRIDGE) 01/01/2013 $45.01 $7.80 $15.60 $0.00 $68.41 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 3 Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate __-- _.... ___....... .._....._.-._-........_....... __... ..........-- - ... .._..._ ...... _ ... .....___. ..- ....................___. ..._.......... __......_.... __..__... 1 50 $22.51 $7.80 $0.00 $0.00 $30.31 2 55 $24.76 $7.80 $3.52 $0.00 $36.08 A00k 3 60 $27.01 $7.80 $3.84 $0.00 $38.65 4 65 $29.26 $7.80 $4.16 $0.00 $41.22 5 70 $31.51 $7.80 $13.68 $0.00 $52.99 6 75 $33.76 $7.80 $14.00 $0.00 $55.56 7 80 $36.01 $7.80 $14.32 $0.00 $58.13 8 90 $40.51 $7.80 $14.96 $0.00 $63.27 Notes: Steps are 750 hrs. Apprentice to 3ourneyworker Ratio:1:1 ...-......_-__._.....................-------_._._._...._....--...._..._............._ - _._...._- ...... __....._._- --___-_ DEMO:ADZEMAN 12/01/2011 $31.80 $7.10 $12.45 $0.00 $51.35 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2011 $32.80 $7.10 $12.45 $0.00 $52.35 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" _ ............__ .._........ .._...... --. ._........ _._ _ .-__........ ....._...._._................_....__- ........... ____.................I ......_...1_ ........ ............ ......._......- DEMO:BURNERS 12/01/2011 $32.55 $7.10 $12.45 $0.00 $52.10 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" .-_.........-__ ._ _ . ...... -- -- -.._.-_. DEMO.CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER 12/01/2011 $32.80 $7.10 $12.45 $0.00 $52.35 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:JACKHAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2011 $32.55 $7.10 $12.45 $0.00 $52.10 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 8 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemplovment Apprentice- CARPENTER-Local 108 Hampden Hampshire Effective Date- 03/04/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $15.52 $7.20 $1.12 $0.00 $23.84 2 60 $18.62 $7.20 $1.12 $0.00 $26.94 3 70 $21.73 $7.20 $10.00 $0.00 $38.93 4 75 $23.28 $7.20 $10.00 $0.00 $40.48 5 80 $24.83 $7.20 $11.12 $0.00 $43.15 6 80 $24.83 $7.20 $11.12 $0.00 $43.15 7 90 $27.94 $7.20 $12.24 $0.00 $47.38 8 90 $27.94 $7.20 $12.24 $0.00 $47.38 Effective Date- 09/02/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $15.90 $7.20 $1.12 $0.00 $24.22 2 60 $19.07 $7.20 $1.12 $0.00 $27.39 3 70 $22.25 $7.20 $10.00 $0.00 $39.45 4 75 $23.84 $7.20 $10.00 $0.00 $41.04 5 80 $25.43 $7.20 $11.12 $0.00 $43.75 6 80 $25.43 $7.20 $11.12 $0.00 $43.75 7 90 $28.61 $7.20 $12.24 $0.00 $48.05 8 90 $28.61 $7.20 $12.24 $0.00 $48.05 jNotes:Pre-6/09 Step 1$23.47/2$25.02/3$39.18/4$42.29/5$45.39/6$46.94 ** 1: 1-5/2:6-8/3:9-11/Steps:6 mos(600 hrs)/rates by step 7$48.50/8$50.05 Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** ........ - ,...... .. .._._.__ ......... _ _ _._.-_......... _ __ .. _.__.,. .._. ._..... _._____. __ .__....... ....._........... ......._....... _.._....... ___.. CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING 01/01/2013 $36.20 $10.60 $13.84 $1.30 $61.94 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3(SPRINGFIELDIPITTSFIELD) 07/01/2013 $36.22 $10.60 $13.84 $1.30 $61.96 01/01/2014 $37.18 $10.60 $13.84 $1.30 $62.92 07/01/2014 $37.74 $10.60 $13.84 $1.30 $63.48 01/01/2015 $38.71 $10.60 $13.84 $1.30 $64.45 07/01/2015 $39.28 $10.60 $13.84 $1.30 $65.02 01/01/2016 $40.24 $10.60 $13.84 $1.30 $65.98 Apprentice- CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING-Springfield/Pittsfield Effective Date- 01/01/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate ......... ........ ........_ .................... .......... -._ 1 0 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Notes:Apprentice wages shall be no less than the following Steps; 1$45.35/2$51.10/3$54.23/4$57.36/5$60.49/6$63.62/7$68.87 Steps 3,4 are 500 hrs.All other steps are 1,000 hrs. Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 7 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment CAISSON&UNDERPINNING TOP MAN 06/01/2013 $33.05 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $52.75 LABORERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE 12/01/2013 $33.80 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $53.50 06/01/2014 $34.55 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $54.2° 12/01/2014 $35.30 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.00 06/01/2015 $36.05 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.75 12/01/2015 $36.80 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $56.50 06/01/2016 $37.55 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $57.25 12/01/2016 $38.55 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $58.25 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.56 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CARPENTER CARPENTERS LOCAL 108-HAMPDEN HAMPSHIRE 03/04/2013 $31.04 $7.20 $13.36 $0.00 $51.60 09/02/2013 $31.79 $7.20 $13.36 $0.00 $52.35 03/03/2014 $32.54 $7.20 $13.36 $0.00 $53.10 09/01/2014 $33.29 $7.20 $13.36 $0.00 $53.85 03/02/2015 $34.09 $7.20 $13.36 $0.00 $54.60' 08/31/2015 $34.89 $7.20 $13.36 $0.00 $55.4 02/29/2016 $35.64 $7.20 $13.36 $0.00 $56.20 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 6 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- BRICKIPLASTER/CEMENT MASON-Local 3 Springfield/Pittsfield Effective Date- 03/04/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $17.96 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $44.13 2 60 $21.55 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $47.72 3 70 $25.14 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $51.31 4 80 $28.73 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $54.90 5 90 $32.32 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $58.49 Effective Date- 09/02/2013 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $18.41 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $44.65 2 60 $22.09 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $48.33 3 70 $25.77 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $52.01 4 80 $29.45 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $55.69 5 90 $33.13 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $59.37 Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 ........ . ....... -.____ ........ __._.... .......................___. ____._._... . -........ __. , "*LDOZER/POWER SHOVEL/TREE SHREDDER 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $50.29 /CLAM SHELLOPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" CAISSON&UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN 06/01/2013 $34.20 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $53.90 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2013 $34.95 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $54.65 06/01/2014 $35.70 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.40 12/01/2014 $36.45 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $56.15 06/01/2015 $37.20 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $56.90 12/01/2015 $37.95 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $57.65 06/01/2016 $38.70 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $58.40 12/01/2016 $39.70 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $59.40 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CAISSON&UNDERPINNING LABORER 06/01/2013 $33.05 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $52.75 LABORERS-FOUNDATION AND MARINE 12/01/2013 $33.80 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $53.50 06/01/2014 $34.55 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $54.25 12/01/2014 $35.30 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.00 06/01/2015 $36.05 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $55.75 12/01/2015 $36.80 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $56.50 06/01/2016 $37.55 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $57.25 12/01/2016 $38.55 $7.10 $12.60 $0.00 $58.25 )r apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 5 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- BOILERMAKER-Local 29 , Effective Date- 01/01/2010 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate ........._. _. ___-- __.-- - �_._. _ . _..__. _... __ --- �. 1 65 $24.51 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $42.66 2 65 $24.51 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $42.66 3 70 $26.39 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $44.54 4 75 $28.28 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $46.43 5 80 $30.16 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $48.31 6 85 $32.05 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $50.20 7 90 $33.93 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $52.08 8 95 $35.82 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $53.97 :Notes: Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY(INCL.MASONRY 03/04/2013 $35.91 $10.18 $15.99 $0.00 $62.08 WATERPROOFING) BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3(,SPRINGFIELDIPITTSFIELD) 09/02/2013 $36.81 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $63.05 03/03/2014 $37.37 $10.18 $16.06 $0.00 $63.61 09/01/2014 $38.27 $10.18 $16.13 $0.00 $64.58 03/02/2015 $38.83 $10.18 $16.13 $0.00 $65.14 08/31/2015 $39.73 $10.18 $16.20 $0.00 $66.1 02/29/2016 $40.30 $10.18 $16.20 $0.00 $66.68 09/05/2016 $41.20 $10.18 $16.28 $0.00 $67.66 02/27/2017 $41.77 $10.18 $16.28 $0.00 $68.23 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 4 of 35 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment _._..._� ASPHALT RAKER(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $27.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.72 06/01/2014 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.22 12/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.72 06/01/2015 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.22 12/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 06/01/2016 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 12/01/2016 $30.99 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.97 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) AUTOMATIC GRADER-EXCAVATOR(RECLAIMER) 12/01/2012 $30.67 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $50.29 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.88 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.56 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" ..............._._..._......... _............_._............_.._.._.._.._.____.._.....__._ _._.__._____. ..._ ____.__........ .._.._.__._,..______._._.._ BATCH/CEMENT PLANT-ON SITE 12/01/2012 $30.14 $9.70 $9.92 $0.00 $49.76 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 98 or apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" -- .......... ._ ...... _ ........ ............... ......... ........- --- ........ ......... _..... .. .._..... .__...__ L .CK PAVER,RAMMER/CURB SETTER 06/03/2013 $28.15 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.73 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/01/2013 $28.79 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.37 06/02/2014 $29.45 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.03 12/01/2014 $30.11 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.69 06/01/2015 $30.80 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.38 12/07/2015 $31.48 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.06 06/06/2016 $32.17 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.75 12/05/2016 $32.85 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $50.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" _. .-__....._._. ..... .. ......... ......... ......... ...... - - .........................................................................._._......................................................................................................._.......... ............. ............................ ..__.. BLOCK PAVER,RAMMER/CURB SETTER(HEAVY& 06/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44.72 HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.22 LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.72 12/01/2014 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.22 06/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 12/01/2015 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 06/01/2016 $30.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.72 12/01/2016 $31.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $48.47 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) ......... ........ .................................................. ......... ................. BOILER MAKER 01/01/2010 $37.70 $6.97 $11.18 $0.00 $55.85 BOILERMAKERS LOCAL 29 Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 3 of 35 Classification Supplemental Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total) Construction (2 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 12/01/2012 $30.45 $8.91 $8.00 $0.00 $47.36 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO 10 ZONE B Q AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 12/01/2012 $30.52 $8.91 $8.00 $0.00 $47.43 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO,10 ZONE B ..................1.11.1..._ ......... ................ _ ....... ..... _.. ....... ........... (4&5 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 12/01/2012 $30.64 $9.07 $8.00 $0.00 $47.71 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE B ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT 08/01/2012 $82.32 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $109.79 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 3) 08/01/2013 $85.47 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $112.94 08/01/2014 $88.62 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $116.09 08/01/2015 $91.77 $9.80 $17.67 $0.00 $119.24 ......... ......... . ....... __...... ...__. _ _....... -___.._ _.. ....1111...--.. AIR TRACK OPERATOR 06/03/2013 $28.15 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.73 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/01/2013 $28.79 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.37 06/02/2014 $29.45 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.03 12/01/2014 $30.11 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.69 06/01/2015 $30.80 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.38 12/07/2015 $31.48 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.06 06/06/2016 $32.17 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.75 12/05/2016 $32.85 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $50.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" - ..................... .. ............ . ... . ......... _.. _ ........ ._._._..............---__._ ___ AIR TRACK OPERATOR(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 06/01/2013 $27.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $44./ LABORERS-ZONE 3(HEAVY&HIGHWAY) 12/01/2013 $28.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.22 06/01/2014 $28.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $45.72 12/01/2014 $29.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.22 06/01/2015 $29.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $46.72 12/01/2015 $30.24 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.22 06/01/2016 $30.74 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $47.72 12/01/2016 $31.49 $7.10 $9.88 $0.00 $48.47 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER(Heavy and Highway) . 11 ....................._. ......... _.._.... ........_..............- .._._............ _.. _ ...................... _ ._.._.,..__. .................... ---................ . ..............1111.---_................_-........... ASBESTOS WORKER(PIPES&TANKS) 06/01/2013 $26.89 $10.40 $5.45 $0.00 $42.74 HEAT&FROST INSULATORS LOCAL 6(SPRINGFIELD) 12/01/2013 $27.61 $10.40 $5.45 $0.00 $43.46 06/01/2014 $28.42 $10.40 $5.45 $0.00 $44.27 12/01/2014 $29.23 $10.40 $5.45 $0.00 $45.08 06/01/2015 $30.09 $10.40 $5.45 $0.00 $45.94 12/01/2015 $30.94 $10.40 $5.45 $0.00 $46.79 ASPHALT RAKER 06/03/2013 $27.65 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.23 LABORERS-ZONE 3(BUILDING&SITE) 12/02/2013 $28.29 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $45.87 06/02/2014 $28.95 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $46.53 12/01/2014 $29.61 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.19 06/01/2015 $30.30 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $47.8,$ 12/07/2015 $30.98 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $48.5 06/06/2016 $31.67 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.25 12/05/2016 $32.35 $7.10 $10.48 $0.00 $49.93 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 Page 2 of 35 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS W EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates look DEVAL L.PATRICK As determined by the Director under the provisions of the JOANNE F.GOLDSTEIN Govem ar y or Secretar TIMOTHY er P.HURRAY Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 to 27H HEATHER ROWE Lt.Governor Director Awarding Authority: Pioneer Valley Transit Authority Contract Number: City/Town: NORTHAMPTON Description of Work: Reconfiguration of,and additions to the administration wing at the Northampton Operations Facility.Construction of an approx.200 square foot addition Job Location: 54 Industrial Drive,Northampton Ma 01107 Information about Prevailing Wage Schedules for Awarding Authorities and Contractors • This wage schedule applies only to the specific project referenced at the top of this page and uniquely identified by the"Wage Request Number"on all pages of this schedule. • Awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule from the Department of Labor Standards("DLS")if it has not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the wage schedule. • The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project as required by M.G.L.c. 149, § 27. Once a contractor has been selected by the awarding authority,the wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract for that project. The wage schedule must be posted in a conspicuous place at the work site during the life of the project in accordance with M.G.L. c. 149, §27.The wages listed on the wage schedule must be paid to employees performing construction work on the project regardless of whether they are employed by the prime contractor,a filed sub-bidder,or any sub-contractor. All apprentices working on the project are required to be registered with the Massachusetts Division of Apprentice Training JAT). Apprentices must keep his/her apprentice identification card on his/her person during all work hours on the project. If an apprentice rate is listed on the prevailing wage schedule for the trade in which an apprentice is registered with the DAT,the apprentice may be paid the lower apprentice wage rate at the applicable step as provided on the prevailing wage schedule. If an apprentice rate is not listed on the prevailing wage schedule for the trade in which an apprentice is registered with the DAT,the apprentice must be paid the journeyworker's rate for the trade. • The wage rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project,except in the case of multi-year public construction projects. For construction projects lasting longer than one year,awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule. Awarding authorities are required to request these updates no later than two weeks before the anniversary of the date the contract was executed by the awarding authority and the general contractor. Contractors are required to obtain the wage schedules from awarding authorities,and to pay no less than these rates to covered workers. The annual update requirement is not applicable to 27F"rental of equipment"contracts. • Every contractor or subcontractor which performs construction work on the project is required to submit weekly payroll reports directly to the awarding authority and keep them on file for three years. Each weekly payroll report must contain: the employee's name,address,occupational classification,hours worked,and wages paid. Do not submit weekly payroll reports to DLS. A sample of a payroll reporting form may be obtained at http://www.mass.gov/dols/pw. • Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at(617)626-6953. • Employees not receiving the prevailing wage rate set forth on the wage schedule may report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the office of the Attorney General at(617)727-3465. • Failure of a contractor or subcontractor to pay the prevailing wage rates listed on the wage schedule to all employees who perform construction work on the project is a violation of the law and subjects the contractor or subcontractor to civil and criminal penalties. ew Issue Date: 06/27/2013 Wage Request Number: 20130627-025 In accordance with the Massachusetts Bureau of Municipal Facilities Policy Memorandum CG-16, the ENGINEER will submit documentation to substantiate quantities with a final payment request or change order request. 10. Payment for Rock Excavation Payment for excavation and removal of rock will be in accordance with the Massachusetts Bureau of Municipal Facilities Policy Memorandum CG-14. Memorandum CG-14 is included in Attachment D. 11. Experience of Equipment or Materials Manufacturer Whenever it is written that an equipment or materials manufacturer must have a specified period of experience with its product, equipment which does not meet the specified experience period can be considered if the equipment or materials supplier or manufacturer is willing to provide an efficiency guarantee bond or cash deposit for the duration of the specified time period which will guarantee replacement of the equipment or material in the event of failure. 12. ARRA Funded Projects—Job Posting_Requirements Employers and hiring agents on all projects funded in whole or in part by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 shall post notices of available employment opportunities to the commonwealth's job bank or the one-stop career centers closest to where the projects shall be located. The postings shall contain such information as directed by the secretary of labor and workforce development. END OF SECTION 08/17/2011 00830-7 A. The primary noise source(s) shall not produce a puretone condition. Puretone is any given octave band center frequency that exceeds the two adjacent center frequencies by three(3)or more decibels. 4. OSHA 10 Hour Certification Requirements All employees of the Contractor who work at the jobsite must have received OSHA 10 Hour safety training, and have proof, at the jobsite, of being certified by OSHA as having received the training. The Contractor must provide written proof (copy of OSHA card each employee is required to carry is preferred) of this certification for every employee with submission of the first certified payroll report for each employee. 5. Easements and Rights-of-Way The AWARDING AUTHORITY shall obtain all easements and rights-of-way prior to the, award of the Contract, in accordance with the Massachusetts Bureau of Municipal Facilities Policy Memorandum CG-1. See CG-1 in Attachment D. 6. Record Drawings In accordance with the Massachusetts Bureau of Municipal Facilities Policy Memorandum CG-4, the ENGINEER will provide record drawings to the AWARDING AUTHORITY upon completion of the project. 7. Pipe Testing In accordance with the Massachusetts Bureau of Municipal Facilities Policy Memorandum CG-9,the following policy shall be followed with regard to pipe testing: Monthly payment estimates shall be prepared in accordance with the Contract Documents. All sewer pipe shall be tested in accordance with the Contract Documents and sound engineering practice. If, after 60 days following submission of a monthly payment estimate for pipe items, the pipe for which payment is requested has not be successfully tested, the AWARDING AUTHORITY may withhold up to 10% of the amount requested for such pipe items until the pipe has been so tested. 8. Access to Work This project is funded in part by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Bureau of Municipal Facilities. Representatives of the Commonwealth shall be authorized access to the work under this contract wherever it is in preparation or progress and shall be provided proper facilities to conduct inspections as they deem necessary. 9. Documentation to Substantiate Quantities -took 08/17/2011 00830-6 AOW B. The schedule of wages referred to above are minimum rates only, and the AWARDING AUTHORITY will not consider any claims for additional compensation made by CONTRACTOR because of payment by the CONTRACTOR of any wage rate in excess of the applicable rate contained in the Contract. All construction associated with this Contract will be governed by Heavy and Highway Rates. C. The said schedule of wages shall continue to be the minimum rates to be paid during the life of this Agreement, except in the case of the duration of this Agreement exceeding one year, when the Contractor will be responsible for requesting and obtaining updated minimum wage rates from the Owner, and a legible copy of said schedule shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the Work. D. CONTRACTOR and subcontractors shall submit a copy of weekly payroll records to the AWARDING AUTHORITY and the AWARDING AUTHORITY shall retain the records for a minimum of three years." B. OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS: I.Working Hours No laborer, workman, mechanic, foreman, or inspector, working within the Commonwealth, in the employ of the CONTRACTOR, subcontractor, or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or a part of the work contemplated by this contract, shall be required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one day or more than forty-eight hours in any one week, or more than six days in any one week, except in cases of emergency. 2. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Supplemental Equal Employment Opportunity, Non-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program. The Contractor shall abide by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Supplemental Equal Employment Opportunity, Non-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program, which is attached in its entirety on pages 00830-C. 3. DEP Community Sound Level Criteria The Community Sound Level Criteria as established by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts' Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) must be conformed to prior to the AWARDING AUTHORITY's acceptance of the structure. The following sound level criteria must be met at the construction site: A. The increase in the broadband noise level shall not be in excess of ten (10) dB(A) above ambient at the station boundary. The ambient level is defined as the A-weighted noise level that is exceeded ninety (90) percent of the time measured during the period in question. 08/17/2011 00830-5 "I. If, on the basis of the ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection and, upon the ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the ENGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and that the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, the ENGINEER will indicate in writing its recommendation of payment and present the Application to the AWARDING AUTHORITY for payment. Thereupon the ENGINEER will give written notice to the AWARDING AUTHORITY and the CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise, the ENGINEER will return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment. In such case the CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the AWARDING AUTHORITY shall in accordance with the applicable Massachusetts General Law, pay the CONTRACTOR the amount recommended by the ENGINEER." 10. Suspension of Work and Termination Delete paragraph 15.01A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. The AWARDING AUTHORITY may order, at any time and without cause, the CONTRACTOR to suspend or delay the Work in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 390." 11. Labor Classifications and Minimum Wage Rates Add the following paragraphs under the heading "Wage Rates" after paragraph 17.09 of the Supplementary Conditions: "17.11 Wage Rates A. Minimum Wage Rates as determined by the Commissioner of the Division of Occupational Safety of the Executive Office of Labor and Workforce Development under the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 26-27D apply to this project. A copy of the wage schedule is included in Attachment A of Section 00830. If, after the Notice of Award, it becomes necessary to employ any person in a trade or occupation not classified in the wage determinations, such person shall be paid at not less than such rates as shall be determined by the Commissioner. Such approved minimum rate shall be retroactive to the time of the initial employment of such person in such trade or occupation. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the AWARDING AUTHORITY of its intention to employ persons in trades or occupations not classified in the wage determinations as soon as possible in order to allow sufficient time for the AWARDING AUTHORITY to obtain approved rates for such trades or Aon%� occupations. 08/17/2011 00830-4 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.09C of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: "D. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable provisions Chapter 30, Section 39R of the Massachusetts General Laws regarding, CONTRACTOR's records." 6. Massachusetts Sales and Use Tax Add the following paragraph after paragraph 6.1 O of the General Conditions: "B. The materials and supplies to be used by the CONTRACTOR in the Work of this Contract are exempt from the Sales and Use Tax of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The AWARDING AUTHORITY tax exemption certificate number will be furnished to the CONTRACTOR." 7. Clarifications and Interpretations Add the following language at the end of paragraph 9.04A of the General Conditions: "The ENGINEER'S interpretation will be made in accordance with the requirements of Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39P." 8. Change of Contract Price Delete paragraphs 11.01, 11.02 and 12.01 of the General Conditions, having to do with Change of Contract Price. Changes in contract price will be governed by the section called "Change Orders," in Attachment D, Section 00830 and Article 11 in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.Payments Delete paragraph 14.02B.I of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "1. Progress Payments will be made in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39G, or 39K,as applicable." Add the following new paragraph following paragraph 14.02C.1 of the General Conditions: "2. The CONTRACTOR shall make payments to Subcontractors in accordance with the requirements of Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39F." Delete paragraph 14.0713 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 08/17/2011 00830-3 A. REVISIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS: • 1. Definitions The term "AWARDING AUTHORITY," as used herein, shall be considered to be synonymous with the term "OWNER," described in definition 1.01 A.30. Delete definition 1.01 A.43 entitled "Substantial Completion" in the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "Substantial Completion shall be interpreted in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39G or 39K as appropriate." 2.Subsurface Conditions Found Different Add the following sentence to the end of paragraph 4.03A of the General Conditions: "...to do so. Adjustments resulting from subsurface or latent physical conditions will be in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39N." 3. Subcontracting Add the following language at the end of paragraph 6.06F of the General Conditions: "Except as required otherwise by Massachusetts General Law Chapter 149, Section 44F, for Work governed by Chapter 149, sections 44A through 44H. 4. Permits Delete paragraph 6.08A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. Unless otherwise provided for in Section 00890 PERMITS, the AWARDING AUTHORITY shall be responsible for identifying and obtaining all federal, state, and local permits required by the nature and location of construction, including but not limited to railroad permits, building construction permits, and permits for street and highway cuts and openings. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining all permits required of its equipment, work force, or particular operations (such as blasting) in the performance of the Work and not otherwise specified to be obtained by the AWARDING AUTHORITY. These permit fees shall be paid by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement." 5. Contractor Records 08/17/2011 00830-2 SECTION 00830 STATE STATUTES AND REGULATIONS COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS A. REVISIONS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. Definitions 2. Subsurface Conditions Found Different 3. Subcontracting 4. Permits 5. Contractor Records 6. Massachusetts Sales and Use Tax 7. Clarifications and Interpretations 8. Change of Contract Price 9. Payments 10. Suspension of Work and Termination 11. Labor Classification and Minimum Wage Rates B. OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. Working Hours 2. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Supplemental Equal Employment Opportunity, Non-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program 3. DEP Community Sound Level Criteria 4. OSHA 10 Hour Certification Requirements ATTACHMENT A- Wage Rates ATTACHMENT B Excerpts from Chapter 149, Chapter 30 and Chapter 82 of the Massachusetts General Law ATTACHMENT C Change Orders 08/17/2011 00830-1 total hours of employees subject to the apprentice requirement, the contractor shall submit a plan to the awarding authority describing how the contractor shall comply with the apprentice requirement. (d) The attorney general shall have all the necessary powers to require compliance with the requirements of subsections (a), (b) and (c) therewith, including the power to institute and prosecute proceedings in the superior court to restrain the award of contracts and the performance of contracts. Prior to award of the contract, an awarding authority may petition the attorney general for approval to adjust the requirements set forth in said subsections (a), (b) and (c). The attorney general may adjust these requirements only if he determines that compliance with these requirements is not feasible or if application of the requirements would be preempted by federal law. (e) An awarding authority serving a low-income population may require additional specifications that address the needs of its clients including, but not limited to, preferential hiring for residents of public housing authorities for available apprenticeship positions. (f) Subject to appropriation, the division of apprentice training shall enhance its outreach efforts to underserved populations in order to increase and diversify the number of apprentices in the commonwealth." Section 39. "Any entity located in the commonwealth that receives federal funds through the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 shall provide information as directed by the secretary of administration and finance regarding the use of the funds. The required information shall include, but not be limited to, the reporting information required by the federal government and any other information deemed necessary by the secretary to administer the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 responsibly, efficiently and transparently. To the extent possible, the secretary shall work to streamline the reporting of this information, minimize duplication of data entry by recipients and ensure data consistency. The secretary may issue regulations to effectuate this reporting requirement." Section 40. "Employers and hiring agents on all projects funded in whole or in part by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 shall post notices of available employment opportunities to the commonwealth's job bank or the one-stop career centers closest to where the projects shall be located. The postings shall contain such information as directed by the secretary of labor and workforce development. The secretary may issue regulations to effectuate this job posting requirement." END OF SECTION Document2 03/04/2011 00830-B-28 general or special law, ordinance or by-law to the contrary, to the extent that any permit issued under the provisions of the state building code or state fire code requires excavation by an excavator on a public way or on private property, the permit shall not be valid unless the excavator notifies the system as required pursuant to sections 40 and 40A, before the commencement of the excavation, and has complied with the permitting requirements of chapter 82A." Section 40E. Violations of Secs. 40A to 40E; punishment. "Any person or company found by the department of telecommunications and energy, after a hearing, to have violated any provision of sections 40A to 40E, inclusive, shall be fined $1000 for the first offense and not less than $5,000 nor more than $10,000 for any subsequent offense within 12 consecutive months as set forth by the rules of said department; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to require forfeiture of any penal sum by a state or local government body for violation of section 40A or 40C; and provided, further, that nothing herein shall be construed to require the forfeiture of any penal sum by a residential property owner for the failure to premark for an excavation on such person's residential property." Attention is directed to the following sections of Chapter 30 of the Acts of 2009. Section 33. "Notwithstanding any general or special law to the contrary, the following requirements shall apply to any public works project funded by the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 where the amount of construction costs under any contract awarded is likely to exceed $1,000,000. For the purposes of this section, "public works" shall mean building or work the construction of which is carried on by authority of the commonwealth, or by a county, town, authority or district, or with funds of a federal agency or the commonwealth or a county, city, town, authority or district to serve the interest of the general public, regardless of whether title thereof is in the commonwealth or in a county, city, town, authority or district; provided, however, that for the purposes of this definition, "construction" shall have the meaning provided in section 27D of chapter 149 of the General Laws. For any public works project subject to subsection (a), the specifications set forth in any request for responses shall include a requirement that, on a per project basis, not less than 20 per cent of the total hours of employees receiving an hourly wage who are directly employed on the site of the project, employed by the contractor or a subcontractor and subject to the prevailing wage, shall be performed by apprentices in bona fide apprentice training programs as provided in sections I I and I II of chapter 23 of the General Laws which are approved by the division of apprentice training in the executive office of labor and workforce development. (c) During the performance of a public works project subject to subsections (a) and (b), the contractor shall submit periodic reports to the awarding authority with records indicating the total hours worked by all journeymen and apprentices in positions subject to the apprentice requirement. In any instance in which the apprentice hours do not constitute 5 per cent of the 03/04/2011 00830-B-27 "Within 72 hours, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, from the time the initial notice is received by the system or at such time as the company and the excavator agree, such company shall respond to the initial notice or subsequent notice by designating the location of the underground facilities within 15 feet in any direction of the premarking so that the existing facilities are to be found within a safety zone. Such safety zone shall be so designated by the use of standard color-coded markings. The providing of such designation by the company shall constitute prima facie evidence of an exercise of reasonable precaution by the company as required by this section; provided, however, that in the event that the excavator has given notice as aforesaid at a location at which because of the length of excavation the company cannot reasonably designate the entire location of its facilities within such 72 hour period, then such excavator shall identify for the company that portion of the excavation which is to be first made and the company shall designate the location of its facilities in such portion within 72 hours and shall designate the location of its facilities in the remaining portion of the location within a reasonable time thereafter. When an emergency notification has been given to the system, the company shall make every attempt to designate its facilities as promptly as possible." Section 40C. Excavator's responsibility to maintain designation markings; damage caused by excavator. "After a company has designated the location of its facilities at the location in accordance with section 4013, the excavator shall be responsible for maintaining the designation markings at such locations, unless such excavator requests remarking at the location due to the obliteration, destruction or other removal of such markings. The company shall then remark such location within 24 hours following receipt of such request. When excavating in close proximity to the underground facilities of any company when such facilities are to be exposed, non-mechanical means shall be employed, as necessary, to avoid damage in locating such facility and any further excavation shall be performed employing reasonable precautions to avoid damage to any underground facilities including, but not limited to, any substantial weakening of structural or lateral support of such facilities, penetration or destruction of any pipe, main, wire or conduit or the protective coating thereof, or damage to any pipe, main, wire or conduit. If any damage to such pipe, main, wire or conduit or its protective coating occurs, the company shall be notified immediately by the excavator responsible for causing such damage. The making of an excavation without providing the notice required by section 40A with respect to any proposed excavation which results in any damage to a pipe, main, wire or conduit, or its protective coating, shall be prima facie evidence in any legal or administrative proceeding that such damage was caused by the negligence of such person." Section 40D. Local laws requiring excavation permits; public ways. "Nothing in this section shall affect or impair local ordinances or by-laws requiring a permit to AAW be obtained before excavation in a public way or on private property; but notwithstanding any 03/04/2011 00830-B-26 "Premark", to delineate the general scope of the excavation or boring on the paved surface of the ground using white paint, or stakes or other suitable white markings on nonpaved surfaces. No premarking shall be acceptable if such marks can reasonably interfere with traffic or pedestrian control or are misleading to the general public. Premarking shall not be required of any continuous excavation that is over 500 feet in length. "Safety zone", a zone designated on the surface by the use of standard color-coded markings which contains the width of the facilities plus not more than 18 inches on each side. "Standard color-coded markings", red - electric power lines, cables, conduit or light cables; yellow- gas, oil, street petroleum, or other gaseous materials; orange - communications cables or conduit, alarm or signal lines; blue - water, irrigation and slurry lines; green - sewer and drain lines; white -premark of proposed excavation. "System", the underground plant damage prevention system as defined in section 76D of chapter 164." Section 40A. Excavations; notice. "No excavator installing a new facility or an addition to an existing facility or the relay or repair of an existing facility shall, except in an emergency, make an excavation, in any public or private way, any company right-of-way or easement or any public or privately owned land or way, unless at least 72 hours, exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays but not more than 30 days before the proposed excavation is to be made, such excavator has premarked not more than 500 feet of the proposed excavation and given an initial notice to the system. Such initial notice shall set forth a description of the excavation location in the manner as herein defined. In addition, such initial notice shall indicate whether any such excavation will involve blasting and, if so,the date and the location at which such blasting is to occur. The notice requirements shall be waived in an emergency as defined herein; provided, however, that before such excavation begins or during a life-threatening emergency, notification shall be given to the system and the initial point of boring or excavation shall be premarked. The excavator shall ensure that the underground facilities of the utilities in the area of such excavation shall not be damaged or jeopardized. In no event shall any excavation by blasting take place unless notice thereof, either in the initial notice or a subsequent notice accurately specifying the date and location of such blasting shall have been given and received at least 72 hours in advance, except in the case of an unanticipated obstruction requiring blasting when such notice shall be not less than four hours prior to such blasting. If any such notice cannot be given as aforesaid because of an emergency requiring blasting, it shall be given as soon as may be practicable but before any explosives are discharged." Section 40B. Designation of location of underground facilities. 03/04/2011 00830-B-25 Section 40. Discharge or release of bonds. "Bonds given to the commonwealth, any county, city, town or political subdivision to secure the performance of contracts for the construction or repair of public buildings or other public works may be discharged or released by the awarding authority, upon such terms as it deems expedient, after the expiration of one year from the time of completion, subject to section thirty-nine K, of the work contracted to be done; provided that no claim filed under said bond is pending, and provided further, that no such bonds shall be discharged or released prior to the expiration of all special guarantees provided for in the contract unless new bonds in substitution therefor specifically relating to the unexpired guarantees shall be taken." Attention is directed to the following sections of Chapter 82 of the General Laws of Massachusetts as amended to date. Section 40. Definitions. "The following words, as used in this section and sections 40A to 40E, inclusive, shall have the following meanings: "Company", natural gas pipeline company, petroleum or petroleum products pipeline company, public utility company, cable television company, and municipal utility company or department that supply gas, electricity, telephone, communication or cable television services or private water companies within the city or town where such excavation is to be made. "Description of excavation location", such description shall include the name of the city or town, street, way, or route number where appropriate, the name of the streets at the nearest intersection to the excavation, the number of the buildings closest to the excavation or any other description, including landmarks, utility pole numbers or other information which will accurately define the location of the excavation. "Emergency", a condition in which the safety of the public is in imminent danger, such as a threat to life or health or where immediate correction is required to maintain or restore essential public utility service. "Excavation", an operation for the purpose of movement or removal of earth, rock or the materials in the ground including, but not limited to, digging, blasting, augering, backfilling, test boring, drilling, pile driving, grading, plowing in, hammering, pulling in, jacking in, trenching, tunneling and demolition of structures, excluding excavation by tools manipulated only by human power for gardening purposes and use of blasting for quarrying purposes. "Excavator", any entity including, but not limited to, a person, partnership, joint venture, trust, corporation, association, public utility, company or state or local government body which performs excavation operations. 03/04/2011 00830-B-24 ** will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and(3)that all employees to be employed in the work subject to this bid have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration. (b)Any employee found on a worksite subject to this section without documentation of successful completion of a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration shall be subject to immediate removal. (c) The attorney general, or his designee, shall have the power to enforce this section including the power to institute and prosecute proceedings in the superior court to restrain the award of contracts and the performance of contracts in all cases where, after investigation of the facts, he has made a finding that the award or performance has resulted in violation, directly or indirectly, of subsection (b), and he shall not be required to pay to the clerk of the court an entry fee in connection with the institution of the proceeding." 03/04/2011 00830-B-23 (1) Whether the representations of management in response to this paragraph, and paragraph (b) above are consistent with the result of management's evaluation of the system of internal accounting controls; and (2) Whether such representations of management are, in addition, reasonable with respect to transactions and assets in amounts which would be material when measured in relation to the applicant's financial statements. (d) Every contractor awarded a contract by the commonwealth or by any political subdivision thereof shall annually file with the commissioner of capital asset management and maintenance during the term of the contract a financial statement prepared by an independent certified public accountant on the basis of an audit by such accountant. The final statement filed shall include the date of final payment. All statements shall be accompanied by an accountant's report. Such statements shall be made available to the awarding authority upon request. (e) The office of inspector general, the commissioner for capital asset management and maintenance and any other awarding authority shall enforce the provisions of this section. The commissioner of capital asset management and maintenance may after providing an opportunity for the inspector general and other interested parties to comment, promulgate pursuant to the provisions of chapter thirty A such rules, regulations and guidelines as are necessary to effectuate the purposes of this section. Such rules, regulations and guidelines may be applicable to all awarding authorities. A contractor's failure to satisfy any of the requirements of this , section may be grounds for debarment pursuant to section forty-four C of chapter one hundred and forty-nine. (f) Records and statements required to be made, kept or filed under the provisions of this section shall not be public records as defined in section seven of chapter four and shall not be open to public inspection; provided, however, that such records and statements shall be made available pursuant to the provisions of clause (2) of paragraph (b)." Section 39S. Contracts for construction; requirements. "(a) As used in this section the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership corporation or other business or legal entity. Any person submitting a bid for, or signing a contract to work on, the construction,reconstruction, alteration, remodeling or repair of any public work by the commonwealth, or political subdivision thereof, or by any county, city, town, district, or housing authority, and estimated by the awarding authority to cost more than $10,000, and any person submitting a bid for, or signing a contract to work on, the construction, reconstruction, installation, demolition, maintenance or repair of any building by a public agency, estimated to cost more than $10,000, shall certify on the bid, or contract, under penalties of perjury, as follows: (1) That he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor lowk employed or to be employed in the work; (2)that all employees to be employed at the worksite 03/04/2011 00830-B-22 (2) Until the expiration of six years after final payment, the office of inspector general, and the commissioner of capital asset management and maintenance shall have the right to examine any books, documents, papers or records of the contractor or of his subcontractors that directly pertain to, and involve transactions relating to, the contractor or his subcontractors, and (3) If the agreement is a contract as defined herein, the contractor shall describe any change in the method of maintaining records or recording transactions which materially affect any statements filed with the awarding authority, including in his description the date of the change and reasons therefor, and shall accompany said description with a letter from the contractor's independent certified public accountant approving or otherwise commenting on the changes, and (4) If the agreement is a contract as defined herein, the contractor has filed a statement of management on internal accounting controls as set forth in paragraph (c) below prior to the execution of the contract, and (5) If the agreement is a contract as defined herein, the contractor has filed prior to the execution of the contracts and will continue to file annually, an audited financial statement for the most recent completed fiscal year as set forth in paragraph(d) below. (c) Every contractor awarded a contract shall file with the awarding authority a statement of management as to whether the system of internal accounting controls of the contractor and subsidiaries reasonably assures that: (1) Transactions are executed in accordance with management's general and specific authorization; (2) Transactions are recorded as necessary: i. To permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, and ii. To maintain accountability for assets; (3) Access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (4) The recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action was taken with respect to any difference. Every contractor awarded a contract shall also file with the awarding authority a statement prepared and signed by an independent certified public accountant, stating that he/she has examined the statement of management on internal accounting controls, and expressing an opinion as to: 03/04/2011 00830-B-21 (3) "Records" means books of original entry, accounts, checks, bank statements and all other banking documents, correspondence, memoranda, invoices, computer printouts, tapes, discs, papers and other documents or transcribed information of any type, whether expressed in ordinary or machine language. (4) "Independent Certified Public Accountant" means a person duly registered in good standing and entitled to practice as a certified public accountant under the laws of the place of his residence or principal office and who is in fact independent. In determining whether an accountant is independent with respect to a particular person, appropriate consideration should be given to all relationships between the accountant and that person or any affiliate thereof. Determination of an accountant's independence shall not be confined to the relationships existing in connection with the filing of reports with the awarding authority. (5) "Audit," when used in regard to financial statements, means an examination of records by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards for the purpose of expressing a certified opinion thereon, or, in the alternative, a qualified opinion or a declination to express an opinion for stated reasons. (6) "Accountant's Report," when used in regard to financial statements, means a document in which an independent certified public accountant indicates the scope of the audit which he has made and sets forth his opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole with a listing of noted exceptions and qualifications, or an assertion to the effect that an overall opinion cannot be expressed. When an overall opinion cannot be expressed the reason therefor shall be stated. An accountant's report shall include as a part thereof a signed statement by the responsible corporate officer attesting that management has fully disclosed all material facts to the independent certified public accountant, and that the audited financial statement is a true and complete statement of the financial condition of the contractor. (7) "Management," when used herein, means the chief executive officers, partners, principals or other person or persons primarily responsible for the financial and operational policies and practices of the contractor. (8) Accounting terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have a meaning in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and auditing standards. (b) Subsection (a)(2) hereof notwithstanding, every agreement or contract awarded or executed pursuant to sections thirty-eight A 1/2 to thirty-eight O, inclusive, of chapter seven, or eleven C of chapter twenty-five A, and pursuant to section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty or to section forty-four A through H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred and forty-nine, shall provide that: (1) The contractor shall make, and keep for at least six years after final payment, books, records, and accounts which in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the contractor, and 03/04/2011 00830-B-20 extension of time for filing post-hearing briefs or other submissions assented to by all parties. Whenever, because an extension of time has been granted, the hearing officer is unable to issue a decision within one hundred and twenty days, he shall notify all parties of the reasons for the delay and the date when the decision will issue. Failure to issue a decision within the one hundred and twenty-day period or within the additional period specified in such written notice shall give the petitioner the right to pursue any legal remedies available to him without further delay. (d) When the amount in dispute is less than ten thousand dollars, a contractor who is party to the dispute may elect to submit the appeal to a hearing officer experienced in construction law for expedited hearing in accordance with the informal rules of practice and procedure of the division of hearing officers. An expedited hearing under this subparagraph shall be available at the sole option of the contractor. The hearing officer shall issue a decision no later than sixty days following the conclusion of any hearing conducted pursuant to this subparagraph. The hearing officer's decision shall be final and conclusive, and shall not be set aside except in cases of fraud. (2) The commissioner of administration shall require the division of hearings officers to prepare annually a report concerning the construction contract claims submitted to the division during the preceding twelve months, in such form as the commissioner shall prescribe. The report shall contain, at a minimum, the following information: the number of claims submitted; the names of all parties to each such claim; a brief description of the claim: the date of submission and of disposition of the claim; its disposition, whether by settlement, withdrawal, default or written decision; and the number of claims currently pending. The original of the report shall be submitted to the commissioner of administration by January fifteenth, and a copy shall be filed with the state librarian and shall be a public document." Section 39R. Definitions; contract provisions; management and financial statements; enforcement. "(a) The words defined herein shall have the meaning stated below whenever they appear in this section: (1) "Contractor" means any person, corporation, partnership,joint venture, sole proprietorship, or other entity awarded a contract pursuant to sections thirty-eight A 1/2 to thirty-eight O, inclusive, of chapter seven and any contract awarded or executed pursuant to section eleven C of chapter twenty-five A, section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty, or sections forty-four A to forty-four H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred and forty-nine, which is for an amount or estimated amount greater than one hundred thousand dollars. (2) "Contract" means any contract awarded or executed pursuant to sections thirty-eight A 1/2 to thirty-eight O, inclusive, of chapter seven and any contract awarded or executed pursuant to section eleven C of chapter twenty-five A, section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty, or sections forty-four A through forty-four H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred and forty-nine, which is for amount or estimated amount greater than one hundred thousand dollars. 03/04/2011 00830-B-19 party making the submission written notice of the reasons why the decision cannot be made within the thirty-day period and the date by which the decision will be made." Section 39Q. Contracts for capital facility construction; contents; annual claims report. "(1) Every contract awarded by any state agency as defined by section thirty-nine A of chapter seven for the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling, repair or demolition of any capital facility as defined by the aforesaid section thirty-nine A shall contain the following subparagraphs (a)through(d) in their entirety: (a) Disputes regarding changes in and interpretations of the terms or scope of the contract and denials of or failures to act upon claims for payment for extra work or materials shall be resolved according to the following procedures, which shall constitute the exclusive method for resolving such disputes. Written notice of the matter in dispute shall be submitted promptly by the claimant to the chief executive official of the state agency which awarded the contract or his designee. No person or business entity having a contract with a state agency shall delay, suspend, or curtail performance under that contract as a result of any dispute subject to this section. Any disputed order, decision or action by the agency or its authorized representative shall be fully performed or complied with pending resolution of the dispute. (b) Within thirty days of submission of the dispute to the chief executive official of the state agency or his designee, he shall issue a written decision stating the reasons therefor, and shall notify the parties of their right of appeal under this section. If the official or his designee is unable to issue a decision within thirty days, he shall notify the parties to the dispute in writing of the reasons why a decision cannot be issued within thirty days and of the date by which the decision shall issue. Failure to issue a decision within the thirty-day period or within the additional time period specified in such written notice shall be deemed to constitute a denial of the claim and shall authorize resort to the appeal procedure described below. The decision of the chief executive official or his designee shall be final and conclusive unless an appeal is taken as provided below. (c) Within twenty-one calendar days of the receipt of a written decision or of the failure to issue a decision as stated in the preceding subparagraph, any aggrieved party may file a notice of claim for an adjudicatory hearing with the division of hearing officers or the aggrieved party may file an action directly in a court of competent jurisdiction and shall serve copies thereof upon all other parties in the form and manner prescribed by the rules governing the conduct of adjudicatory proceedings of the division of hearing officers. In the event an aggrieved party exercises his option to file an action directly in court as provided in the previous sentence, the twenty-one day period shall not apply to such filing and the period of filing such action shall be the same period otherwise applicable for filing a civil action in superior court. The appeal shall be referred to a hearing officer experienced in construction law and shall be prosecuted in accordance with the formal rules of procedure for the conduct of adjudicatory hearings of the division of hearing officers, except as provided below. The hearing officer shall issue a final decision as expeditiously as possible, but in no event more than one hundred and twenty calendar days after conclusion of the adjudicatory hearing, unless the decision is delayed by a request for 03/04/2011 00830-13-18 results in an increase or decrease in the cost of the work, the contracting authority shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price and the contract shall be modified in writing accordingly." Section 390. Contracts for construction and materials; suspension, delay or interruption due to order of awarding authority; adjustment in contract price; written claim. "Every contract subject to the provisions of section thirty-nine M of this chapter or subject to section forty-four A of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall contain the following provisions (a) and (b) in their entirety and, in the event a suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act of the awarding authority increases the cost of performance to any subcontractor, that subcontractor shall have the same rights against the general contractor for payment for an increase in the cost of his performance as provisions (a) and (b) give the general contractor against the awarding authority, but nothing in provisions (a) and(b) shall in any way change, modify or alter any other rights which the general contractor or the subcontractor may have against each other. (a) The awarding authority may order the general contractor in writing to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the work for such period of time as it may determine to be appropriate for the convenience of the awarding authority; provided however, that if there is a suspension, delay or interruption for fifteen-days or more due to a failure of the awarding authority to act within the time specified in this contract, the awarding authority shall make an adjustment in the contract price for any increase in the cost of performance of this contract but shall not include any profit to the general contractor on such increase; and provided further, that the awarding authority shall not make any adjustment in the contract price under this provision for any suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act to the extent that such is due to any cause for which this contract provides for an equitable adjustment of the contract price under any other contract provisions. (b) The general contractor must submit the amount of a claim under provision (a) to the awarding authority in writing as soon as practicable after the end of the suspension, delay, interruption or failure to act and, in any event, not later than the date of final payment under this contract and, except for costs due to a suspension order, the awarding authority shall not approve any costs in the claim incurred more than twenty-days before the general contractor notified the awarding authority in writing of the act or failure to act involved in the claim." Section 39P. Contracts for construction and materials; awarding authority's decisions on interpretation of specifications, etc.; time limit; notice. 'Every contract subject to section thirty-nine M of this chapter or section forty-four A of chapter one hundred forty-nine which requires the awarding authority, any official, its architect or engineer to make a decision on interpretation of the specifications, approval of equipment, material or any other approval, or progress of the work, shall require that the decision be made promptly and, in any event, no later than thirty-days after the written submission for decision; but if such decision requires extended investigation and study, the awarding authority, the official, architect or engineer shall, within thirty-days after the receipt of the submission, give the 03/04/2011 00830-B-17 For each item of material the specifications shall provide for either a minimum of three named brands of material or a description of material which can be met by a minimum of three manufacturers or producers, and for the equal of any one of said named or described materials." For projects estimated to cost more than $10,000, the following provision, section 39M subsection c, applies: "(c) The term "lowest responsible and eligible bidder" shall mean the bidder: (1) whose bid is the lowest of those bidders possessing the skill, ability and integrity necessary for the faithful performance of the work; (2) who shall certify, that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed in the work; (3) who shall certify that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; (4) who, where the provisions of section 8B of chapter 29 apply, shall have been determined to be qualified thereunder; and (5) who obtains within 10 days of the notification of contract award the security by bond required under section 29 of chapter 149; provided that for the purposes of this section the term "security by bond" shall mean the bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority; provided further, that if there is more than 1 surety company, the surety companies shall be jointly and severally liable." Section 39N. Construction contracts; equitable adjustment in contract price for differing subsurface or latent physical conditions. "Every contract subject to section forty-four A of chapter one hundred and forty-nine or subject to section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall contain the following paragraph in its entirety and an awarding authority may adopt reasonable rules or regulations in conformity with that paragraph concerning the filing, investigation and settlement of such claims: If, during the progress of the work, the contractor or the awarding authority discovers that the actual subsurface or latent physical conditions encountered at the site differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents either the contractor or the contracting authority may request an equitable adjustment in the contract price of the contract applying to work affected by the differing site conditions. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be delivered by the party making such claim to the other party as soon as possible after such conditions are discovered. Upon receipt of such a claim from a contractor, or upon its own initiative, the contracting authority shall make an investigation of such physical conditions, and, if they differ substantially or materially from those shown on the plans or indicated in the contract documents or from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the plans and contract documents and are of such a nature as to cause an increase or decrease in the cost of performance of the work or a change in the construction methods required for the performance of the work which 03/04/2011 00830-B-16 or before the contract completion date, whichever is later. If the general contractor fails to complete all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items within 45 days after receipt of such items furnished by the awarding authority or before the contract completion date, whichever is later, subsequent to an additional 14 days' written notice to the general contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested, the awarding authority may terminate the contract and complete the incomplete and unsatisfactory work items and charge the cost of same to the general contractor and such terminations shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the awarding authority may have under the contract. The awarding authority shall note any such termination in the evaluation form to be filed by the awarding authority pursuant to the provisions of section 44D of chapter 149." Section 39L. Public construction work by foreign corporations; restrictions and reports. "The commonwealth and every county, city, town, district, board, commission or other public body which, as the awarding authority, request proposals, bids or sub-bids for any work in the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling, repair or demolition of any public building or other public works (1) shall not enter into a contract for such work with, and shall not approve as a subcontractor furnishing labor and materials for a part of the work, a foreign corporation which has not filed with such awarding authority a certificate of the state secretary stating that the corporation has complied with requirements of section 15.03 of subdivision A of Part 15 of chapter 156D and the date of compliance, and further has filed all annual reports required by section 16.22 of subdivision B of Part 16 of said chapter 156D, and (2) shall report to the state secretary and to the department of corporations and taxation any foreign corporation performing work under such contract or subcontract, and any person, other than a corporation, performing work under such contract or subcontract, and residing or having a principal place of business outside the commonwealth." Section 39M. Contracts for construction and materials; manner of awarding. "(b) Specifications for such contracts, and specifications for contracts awarded pursuant to the provisions of said sections forty-four A to forty-four L of said chapter one hundred and forty-nine, shall be written to provide for full competition for each item of material to be furnished under the contract; except, however, that said specifications may be otherwise written for sound reasons in the public interest stated in writing in the public records of the awarding authority or promptly given in writing by the awarding authority to anyone making a written request therefor, in either instance such writing to be prepared after reasonable investigation. Every such contract shall provide that an item equal to that named or described in the said specifications may be furnished; and an item shall be considered equal to the item so named or described if, in the opinion of the awarding authority: (1) it is at least equal in quality, durability, appearance, strength and design, (2) it will perform at least equally the function imposed by the general design for the public work being contracted for or the material being purchased, and (3) it conforms substantially, even with deviations, to the detailed requirements for the item in the said specifications. 03/04/2011 00830-B-15 payment as herein provided, there shall be added to each such payment daily interest at the rate of three percentage points above the rediscount rate then charged by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston commencing on the first-day after said payment is due and continuing until the payment is delivered or mailed to the contractor; provided, that no interest shall be due, in any event, on the amount due on a periodic estimate for final payment until fifteen-days (twenty-four-days in the case of the commonwealth) after receipt of such a periodic estimate from the contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority if such a place is so designated. The contractor agrees to pay to each subcontractor a portion of any such interest paid in accordance with the amount due each subcontractor. The awarding authority may make changes in any periodic estimate submitted by the contractor and the payment due on said periodic estimate shall be computed in accordance with the changes so made, but such changes or any requirement for a corrected periodic estimate shall not affect the due date for the periodic payment or the date for the commencement of interest charges on the amount of the periodic payment computed in accordance with the changes made, as provided herein; provided, that the awarding authority may, within seven-days after receipt, return to the contractor for correction, any periodic estimate which is not in the required form or which contains computations not arithmetically correct and, in that event, the date of receipt of such periodic estimate shall be the date of receipt of the corrected periodic estimate in proper form with arithmetically correct computations. The date of receipt of a periodic estimate received on a Saturday shall be the first working day thereafter. The provisions of section thirty-nine G shall not apply to any contract for the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling, repair or , demolition of any public building to which this section applies. All periodic estimates shall be submitted to the awarding authority, or to its designee as set forth in writing to the contractor, and the date of receipt by the awarding authority or its designee shall be marked on the estimate. All periodic estimates shall contain a separate item for each filed subtrade and each sub-subtrade listed in sub-bid form as required by specifications and a column listing the amount paid to each subcontractor and sub-subcontractor as of the date the periodic estimate is filed. The person making payment for the awarding authority shall add the daily interest provided for herein to each payment for each day beyond the due date based on the date of receipt marked on the estimate. A certificate of the architect to the effect that the contractor has fully or substantially completed the work shall, subject to the provisions of section thirty-nine J, be conclusive for the purposes of this section. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, at any time after the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimation of the awarding authority, less than 1 per cent of the adjusted contract price, or the awarding authority has determined that the contractor has substantially completed the work and the awarding authority has taken possession for occupancy, the awarding authority may send to the general contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested, a complete and final list of all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items, including, for each item on the list, a good faith estimate of the fair and reasonable cost of completing such item. The Awk general contractor shall then complete all such work items within 30 days of receipt of such list 03/04/2011 00830-B-14 Section 39J. Public construction contracts; effect of decisions of contracting body or administrative board. "Notwithstanding any contrary provision of any contract for the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling, repair or demolition of any public building or public works by the commonwealth, or by any county, city, town, district, board, commission or other public body, when the amount of the contract is more than five thousand dollars in the case of the commonwealth and more than two thousand dollars in the case of any county, city, town, district, board, commission or other public body, a decision, by the contracting body or by any administrative board, official or agency, or by any architect or engineer, on a dispute, whether of fact or of law, arising under said contract shall not be final or conclusive if such decision is made in bad faith, fraudulently, capriciously, or arbitrarily is unsupported by substantial evidence, or is based upon error of law." Section 39K. Public building construction contracts; payments. 'Every contract for the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling, repair or demolition of any public building by the commonwealth, or by any county, city, town, district, board, commission or other public body, when the amount is more than five thousand dollars in the case of the commonwealth and more than two thousand dollars in the case of any county, city, town, district, board, commission or other public body, shall contain the following paragraph: Within fifteen-days (thirty-days in the case of the commonwealth, including local housing authorities) after receipt from the contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority if such a place is so designated, of a periodic estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding month, the awarding authority will make a periodic payment to the contractor for the work performed during the preceding month and for the materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site (or at some location agreed upon in writing) to which the contractor has title or to which a subcontractor has title and has authorized the contractor to transfer title to the awarding authority, upon certification by the contractor that he is the lawful owner and that the materials are free from all encumbrances, but less (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor and less (2) a retention for direct payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, and less (3) a retention not exceeding five percent of the approved amount of the periodic payment. After the receipt of a periodic estimate requesting final payment and within sixty-five-days after(a)the contractor fully completes the work or substantially completes the work so that the value of the work remaining to be done is, in the estimate of the awarding authority, less than one percent of the original contract price, or (b) the contractor substantially completes the work and the awarding authority takes possession for occupancy, whichever occurs first, the awarding authority shall pay the contractor the entire balance due on the contract less, (1) a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor and of the cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work and less (2) a retention for direct payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, or based on the record of payments by the contractor to the subcontractors under this contract if such record of payment indicates that the contractor has not paid subcontractors as provided in section thirty-nine F. If the awarding authority fails to make 03/04/2011 00830-13-13 direct payment under section thirty-nine F of chapter thirty; provided, that a five per cent value of all items that are planted in the ground shall be deducted from the periodic payments until final acceptance. No periodic, substantial completion or final estimate or acceptance or payment thereof shall bar a contractor from reserving all rights to dispute the quantity and amount of, or the failure of the awarding authority to approve a quantity and amount of, all or part of any work item or extra work item. Substantial completion, for the purposes of this section, shall mean either that the work required by the contract has been completed except for work having a contract price of less than one percent of the then adjusted total contract price, or substantially all of the work has been completed and opened to public use except for minor incomplete or unsatisfactory work items that do not materially impair the usefulness of the work required by the contract." Section 39I. Deviations from plans and specifications. "Every contractor having a contract for the construction, alteration, maintenance, repair or demolition of, or addition to, any public building or public works for the commonwealth, or of any political subdivision thereof, shall perform all the work required by such contract in conformity with the plans and specifications contained therein. No wilful and substantial deviation from said plans and specifications shall be made unless authorized in writing by the awarding authority or by the engineer or architect in charge of the work who is duly authorized by the awarding authority to approve such deviations. In order to avoid delays in the prosecution of the work required by such contract such deviation from the plans or specifications may be authorized by a written order of the awarding authority or such engineer or architect so authorized to approve such deviation. Within thirty days thereafter, such written order shall be confirmed by a certificate of the awarding authority stating: (1) if such deviation involves any substitution or elimination of materials, fixtures or equipment, the reasons why such materials, fixtures or equipment were included in the first instance and the reasons for substitution or elimination, and, if the deviation is of any other nature, the reasons for such deviation, giving justification therefor; (2) that the specified deviation does not materially injure the project as a whole; (3) that either the work substituted for the work specified is of the same cost and quality, or that an equitable adjustment has been agreed upon between the contracting agency and the contractor and the amount in dollars of said adjustment; and (4) that the deviation is in the best interest of the contracting authority. Such certificate shall be signed under the penalties of perjury and shall be a permanent part of the file record of the work contracted for. Whoever violates any provision of this section willfully and with intent to defraud shall be punished by a fine of not more than five thousand dollars or by imprisonment for not more than six months, or both." Aw^�, 03/04/2011 00830-13-12 A beyond his control, the contractor shall complete all such work items within forty-five-days after the receipt of such list or before the then contract completion date, whichever is later. If the contractor fails to complete such work within such time, the awarding authority may, subsequent to seven-days' written notice to the contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested, terminate the contract and complete the incomplete or unsatisfactory work items and charge the cost of same to the contractor. Within thirty-days after receipt by the awarding authority of a notice from the contractor stating that all of the work required by the contract has been completed, the awarding authority shall prepare and forthwith send to the contractor for acceptance a final estimate for the quantity and price of the work done and all retainage on that work less all payments made to date, unless the awarding authority's inspection shows that work items required by the contract remain incomplete or unsatisfactory, or that documentation required by the contract has not been completed. If the awarding authority fails to prepare and send to the contractor the final estimate within thirty-days after receipt of notice of completion, the awarding authority shall pay to the contractor interest on the amount which would have been due to the contractor pursuant to such final estimate at the rate hereinabove provided from the thirtieth-day after such completion until the date on which the awarding authority sends the final estimate to the contractor for acceptance or the date of payment therefor, whichever occurs first, provided that the awarding authority's inspection shows that no work items required by the contract remain incomplete or unsatisfactory. Interest shall not be paid hereunder on amounts for which interest is required to be paid in connection with the substantial completion estimate as hereinabove provided. The awarding authority shall include the amount of the interest required to be paid hereunder in the final estimate. The awarding authority shall pay the amount due pursuant to any substantial completion or final estimate within thirty-five-days after receipt of written acceptance for such estimate from the contractor and shall pay interest on the amount due pursuant to such estimate at the rate hereinabove provided from that thirty-fifth- day to the date of payment. Within 15 days, 30 days in the case of the commonwealth, after receipt from the contractor, at the place designated by the awarding authority, if such place is so designated, of a periodic estimate requesting payment of the amount due for the preceding periodic estimate period, the awarding authority shall make a periodic payment to the contractor for the work performed during the preceding periodic estimate period and for the materials not incorporated in the work but delivered and suitably stored at the site, or at some location agreed upon in writing, to which the contractor has title or to which a subcontractor has title and has authorized the contractor to transfer title to the awarding authority, upon certification by the contractor that he is the lawful owner and that the materials are free from all encumbrances. The awarding authority shall include with each such payment interest on the amount due pursuant to such periodic estimate at the rate herein above provided from the due date. In the case of periodic payments, the contracting authority may deduct from its payment a retention based on its estimate of the fair value of its claims against the contractor, a retention for direct payments to subcontractors based on demands for same in accordance with the provisions of section thirty-nine F, and a retention to secure satisfactory performance of the contractual work not exceeding five per cent of the approved amount of any periodic payment, and the same right to retention shall apply to bonded subcontractors entitled to 03/04/2011 00830-B-11 Section 39G. Completion of public works; semi-final and final estimates; payments; extra work; disputed items. "Upon substantial completion of the work required by a contract with the commonwealth, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, for the construction, reconstruction, alteration, remodeling, repair or improvement of public ways, including bridges and other highway structures, sewers and water mains, airports and other public works, the contractor shall present in writing to the awarding authority its certification that the work has been substantially completed. Within twenty-one days thereafter, the awarding authority shall present to the contractor either a written declaration that the work has been substantially completed or an itemized list of incomplete or unsatisfactory work items required by the contract sufficient to demonstrate that the work has not been substantially completed. The awarding authority may include with such list a notice setting forth a reasonable time, which shall not in any event be prior to the contract completion date, within which the contractor must achieve substantial completion of the work. In the event that the awarding authority fails to respond, by presentation of a written declaration or itemized list as aforesaid, to the contractor's certification within the twenty-one-day period, the contractor's certification shall take effect as the awarding authority's declaration that the work has been substantially completed. Within sixty-five days after the effective date of a declaration of substantial completion, the awarding authority shall prepare and forthwith send to the contractor for acceptance a substantial completion estimate for the quantity and price of the work done and all but one percent retainage on that work, including the quantity, price and all but one percent retainage for the undisputed part of each work item and extra work item in dispute but excluding the disputed part thereof, less the estimated cost of completing all incomplete and unsatisfactory work items and less the total periodic payments made to date for the work. The awarding authority also shall deduct from the substantial completion estimate an amount equal to the sum of all demands for direct payment filed by subcontractors and not yet paid to subcontractors or deposited in joint accounts pursuant to section thirty-nine F, but no contract subject to said section thirty-nine F shall contain any other provision authorizing the awarding authority to deduct any amount by virtue of claims asserted against the contract by subcontractors, material suppliers or others. If the awarding authority fails to prepare and send to the contractor any substantial completion estimate required by this section on or before the date herein above set forth, the awarding authority shall pay to the contractor interest on the amount which would have been due to the contractor pursuant to such substantial completion estimate at the rate of three percentage points above the rediscount rate then charged by the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston from such date to the date on which the awarding authority sends that substantial completion estimate to the contractor for acceptance or to the date of payment therefor, whichever occurs first. The awarding authority shall include the amount of such interest in the substantial completion estimate. Within fifteen-days after the effective date of the declaration of substantial completion, the awarding authority shall send to the contractor by certified mail, return receipt requested, a complete list of all incomplete or unsatisfactory work items, and, unless delayed by causes 03/04/2011 00830-B-10 (3) "Subcontractor" as used in this section (i) for contracts awarded as provided in sections forty-four A to forty-four H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall mean a person who files a sub-bid and receives a subcontract as a result of that filed sub-bid or who is approved by the awarding authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor, (ii) for contracts awarded as provided in paragraph (a) of section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall mean a person approved by the awarding authority in writing as a person performing labor or both performing labor and furnishing materials pursuant to a contract with the general contractor, and (iii) for contracts with the commonwealth not awarded as provided in forty-four A to forty-four H, inclusive, of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall also mean a person contracting with the general contractor to supply materials used or employed in a public works project for a price in excess of five thousand dollars. (4) A general contractor or a subcontractor shall enforce a claim to any portion of the amount of a demand for direct payment deposited as provided in subparagraph (f) of paragraph 1 by a petition in equity in the superior court against the other and the bank shall not be a necessary party. A subcontractor shall enforce a claim for direct payment or a right to require a deposit as provided in subparagraph (f) of paragraph 1 by a petition in equity in the superior court against the awarding authority and the general contractor shall not be a necessary party. Upon motion of any party the court shall advance for speedy trial any petition filed as provided in this paragraph. Sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B of chapter two hundred thirty-one shall apply to such petitions. The court shall enter an interlocutory decree upon which execution shall issue for any part of a claim found due pursuant to sections fifty-nine and fifty-nine B and, upon motion of any party, shall advance for speedy trial the petition to collect the remainder of the claim. Any party aggrieved by such interlocutory decree shall have the right to appeal therefrom as from a final decree. The court shall not consolidate for trial the petition of any subcontractor with the petition of one or more subcontractors or the same general contract unless the court finds that a substantial portion of the evidence of the same events during the course of construction (other than the fact that the claims sought to be consolidated arise under the same general contract) is applicable to the petitions sought to be consolidated and that such consolidation will prevent unnecessary duplication of evidence. A decree in any such proceeding shall not include interest on the disputed amount deposited in excess of the interest earned for the period of any such deposit. No person except a subcontractor filing a demand for direct payment for which no funds due the general contractor are available for direct payment shall have a right to file a petition in court of equity against the awarding authority claiming a demand for direct payment is premature and such subcontractor must file the petition before the awarding authority has made a direct payment to the subcontractor and has made a deposit of the disputed portion as provided in part(iii) of subparagraph (e) and in subparagraph (f) of paragraph (1). (5) In any petition to collect any claim for which a subcontractor has filed a demand for direct payment the court shall, upon motion of the general contractor, reduce by the amount of any deposit of a disputed amount by the awarding authority as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (e) and in subparagraph (f) of paragraph (1) any amount held under a trustee writ or pursuant to a restraining order or injunction." 03/04/2011 00830-B-9 subcontractor forthwith after the removal of the basis for deductions from direct payments made as provided in parts (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph. (f) The awarding authority shall forthwith deposit the amount deducted from a direct payment as provided in part (iii) of subparagraph (e) in an interest-bearing joint account in the names of the general contractor and the subcontractor in a bank in Massachusetts selected by the awarding authority or agreed upon by the general contractor and the subcontractor and shall notify the general contractor and the subcontractor of the date of the deposit and the bank receiving the deposit. The bank shall pay the amount in the account, including accrued interest, as provided in an agreement between the general contractor and the subcontractor or as determined by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. (g) All direct payments and all deductions from demands for direct payments deposited in an interest-bearing account or accounts in a bank pursuant to subparagraph (f) shall be made out of amounts payable to the general contractor at the time of receipt of a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor and out of amounts which later become payable to the general contractor and in the order of receipt of such demands from subcontractors. All direct payments shall discharge the obligation of the awarding authority to the general contractor to the extent of such payment. (h) The awarding authority shall deduct from payments to a general contractor amounts which, together with the deposits in interest-bearing accounts pursuant to subparagraph (f), are sufficient to satisfy all unpaid balances of demands for direct payment received from subcontractors. All such amounts shall be earmarked for such direct payments, and the subcontractors shall have a right in such deductions prior to any claims against such amounts by creditors of the general contractor. (i) If the subcontractor does not receive payment as provided in subparagraph (a) or if the general contractor does not submit a periodic estimate for the value of the labor or materials performed or furnished by the subcontractor and the subcontractor does not receive payment for same when due less the deductions provided for in subparagraph (a), the subcontractor may demand direct payment by following the procedure in subparagraph (d) and the general contractor may file a sworn reply as provided in that same subparagraph. A demand made after the first day of the month following that for which the subcontractor performed or furnished the labor and materials for which the subcontractor seeks payment shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the time payment was due on a periodic estimate from the general contractor. Thereafter the awarding authority shall proceed as provided in subparagraph (e), (f), (g), and (h). (2) Any assignment by a subcontractor of the rights under this section to a surety company furnishing a bond under the provisions of section twenty-nine of chapter one hundred forty-nine shall be invalid. The assignment and subrogation rights of the surety to amounts included in a demand for direct payment which are in the possession of the awarding authority or which are on deposit pursuant to subparagraph (f) of paragraph (1) shall be subordinate to the rights of all subcontractors who are entitled to be paid under this section and who have not been paid in full. 03/04/2011 00830-B-8 AOWI forthwith pay to the subcontractor the full amount received from the awarding authority less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. (c) Each payment made by the awarding authority to the general contractor pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this paragraph for the labor performed and the materials furnished by a subcontractor shall be made to the general contractor for the account of that subcontractor; and the awarding authority shall take reasonable steps to compel the general contractor to make each such payment to each such subcontractor. If the awarding authority has received a demand for direct payment from a subcontractor for any amount which has already been included in a payment to the general contractor or which is to be included in a payment to the general contractor for payment to the subcontractor as provided in subparagraphs (a) and (b), the awarding authority shall act upon the demand as provided in this section. (d) If, within seventy-days after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work, the subcontractor has not received from the general contractor the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, the subcontractor may demand direct payment of that balance from the awarding authority. The demand shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the awarding authority, and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the general contractor at the same time. The demand shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract and also a statement of the status of completion of the subcontract work. Any demand made after substantial completion of the subcontract work shall be valid even if delivered or mailed prior to the seventieth day after the subcontractor has substantially completed the subcontract work. Within ten days after the subcontractor has delivered or so mailed the demand to the awarding authority and delivered or so mailed a copy to the general contractor, the general contractor may reply to the demand. The reply shall be by a sworn statement delivered to or sent by certified mail to the awarding authority and a copy shall be delivered to or sent by certified mail to the subcontractor at the same time. The reply shall contain a detailed breakdown of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor and of the amount due for each claim made by the general contractor against the subcontractor. (e) Within fifteen days after receipt of the demand by the awarding authority, but in no event prior to the seventieth day after substantial completion of the subcontract work, the awarding authority shall make direct payment to the subcontractor of the balance due under the subcontract including any amount due for extra labor and materials furnished to the general contractor, less any amount (i) retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete or unsatisfactory items of work, (ii) specified in any court proceedings barring such payment, or (iii) disputed by the general contractor in the sworn reply; provided, that the awarding authority shall not deduct from a direct payment any amount as provided in part (iii) if the reply is not sworn to, or for which the sworn reply does not contain the detailed breakdown required by subparagraph (d). The awarding authority shall make further direct payments to the 03/04/2011 00830-B-7 office of honor, trust or profit under the commonwealth or under any county, district of municipal agency. Each and every person who shall cause or conspire to cause any contract or preliminary plans and specifications to be split or divided for the purpose of evading the provisions of this section shall forfeit and pay to the commonwealth, a political subdivision thereof or other awarding authority subject to this section, the sum of not more than five thousand dollars and, in addition, such person or persons shall pay, apportioned among them, double the amount of damages which the commonwealth or political subdivision thereof or other awarding authority may have sustained by reason of the doing of such act, together with the costs of the action. (8) If an awarding authority rejects all general bids or does not receive any general bids, and advertises for a second opening of general bids with the original filed sub-bids as set forth in subsection (1) of section forty-four E the notice for receipt of such general bids may be published in the central register and elsewhere as required not less than one week prior to the time specified for such second opening of general bids. (9)No request for proposals or invitation for bids issued under sections 38A '/2 to 380, inclusive, of chapter 7, section 11C of chapter 25A, section 39M of chapter 30, this section and sections 44A to 44H, inclusive, shall be advertised if the awarding authority's cost estimate is greater than 1 year old." Attention is directed to the following sections of Chapter 30 of the General Laws of Massachusetts as amended to date. Section 39F. Construction contracts; assignment and subrogation; subcontractor defined; enforcement of claim for direct payment; deposit; reduction of disputed amounts. "(1) Every contract awarded pursuant to sections forty-four A to L inclusive, of chapter one hundred and forty-nine shall contain the following subparagraphs (a) through (i) and every contract awarded pursuant to section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty shall contain the following subparagraphs (a) through (h) and in each case those subparagraphs shall be binding between the general contractor and each subcontractor. (a) Forthwith after the general contractor receives payment on account of a periodic estimate, the general contractor shall pay to each subcontractor the amount paid for the labor performed and the materials furnished by that subcontractor, less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor by the general contractor. (b) Not later than the sixty-fifth-day after each subcontractor substantially completes his work in accordance with the plans and specifications, the entire balance due under the subcontract less amounts retained by the awarding authority as the estimated cost of completing the incomplete and unsatisfactory items of work, shall be due the subcontractor; and the awarding authority shall pay that amount to the general contractor. The general contractor shall 03/04/2011 00830-13-6 "(1) No public agency or authority of the commonwealth or any political subdivision thereof shall award any contract for which competitive bids are required pursuant to section forty-four A of this chapter or section thirty-nine M of chapter thirty, or for which competitive proposals are required pursuant to subsection (4) of section forty-four E of this chapter or section eleven C of chapter twenty-five A, unless a notice inviting bids or proposals therefor shall have been posted no less than one week prior to the time specified in such notice for the receipt of said bids or proposals in a conspicuous place in or near the offices of the awarding authority, and shall have remained posted until the time so specified, and unless such notice shall also have been published at least once not less than two weeks prior to the time so specified in the central register published by the secretary of state pursuant to section twenty A of chapter nine and in a newspaper of general circulation in the locality of the proposed project. Said notice shall also be published at such other times and in such other newspapers or trade periodicals as the commissioner of capital asset management and maintenance may require, having regard to the locality of the work involved. (2) Said notice shall specify the time and place where plans and specification of the proposed work may be had; the time and place of submission of general bids; and the time and place for opening of the general bids. For contracts subject to the provisions of section forty-four A to H, inclusive, of this chapter, said notice shall also specify the time and place for submission of filed sub-bids, where required pursuant to section forty-four F; and the time and place for opening of said filed sub-bids. Said notice shall also provide sufficient facts concerning the nature and scope of such project, the type and elements of construction, and such other information as will assist applicants in deciding to bid on such contract. (3) No contract or preliminary plans and specifications shall be split or divided for the purpose of evading the provisions of this section. (4) General bids and filed sub-bids for any contract subject to this section shall be in writing and shall be opened in public at the time and place specified in the posted or published notice, and after being so opened shall be open to public inspection. (5) The provisions of this section shall not apply to any transaction between the commonwealth and any public service corporation. (6) The provisions of this section may be waived in cases of extreme emergency involving the health and. safety of the people and their property, upon the written approval of said commissioner. The written approval shall contain a description of the circumstances and the reasons for the commissioner's determination. (7) Whoever violates any provision of this section shall be punished by a fine of not more than ten thousand dollars or by imprisonment in the state prison for not more than three years or in a jail or house of correction for not more than two and one-half years, or by both said fine and imprisonment; and in the event of final conviction, said person shall be incapable of holding any 03/04/2011 00830-13-5 furnish adequate heat in the area so protected during the months of November through March. Standards for such specifications shall be established by the commissioner or his designee." Section 44J. Invitations to bid; notice; contents; violations; penalty. 03/04/2011 00830-13-4 each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section 44A." For projects estimated to cost more than $20,000, the following provision applies to sub- bidders: Section 44F. Plans and specifications; sub-bids; form; contents. First paragraph of clause I of subdivision(2) of section 44F. "The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section 44F." Section 44G. Allowances; alternates; weather protection devices. "(A) "Allowance" as used herein means a sum of money covering one or more items of labor or labor and materials which is designated in bid documents and which general bidders are required to use in computing their bids. The use of such allowances shall be prohibited in the award of any contract subject to the provisions of section forty-four A. Whenever the designer is unable to supply specifications for any item prior to the solicitation of bids, such item shall not be included in any contract subject to the provisions of section forty-four A. The awarding authority shall solicit bids for every such item separately pursuant to the provisions of section forty-four A after specifications for that item are prepared. (B) Every alternate contained in the form for general bids shall be listed in a numerical sequence in order of priority. When the awarding authority decides to consider alternates in determining the lowest eligible and responsible bidder, the awarding authority shall consider the alternates in descending numerical sequence, such that no single alternate shall be considered unless every alternate preceding it on the list has been added to or subtracted from the base bid price. (C) The use of options other than alternates in bid documents or bid forms subject to section forty-four A shall be prohibited under all circumstances. (D) Every contract subject to section forty-four A shall include specifications for the installation low of weather protection and shall require that the contractor shall install the same and that he shall 03/04/2011 00830-B-3 week, except in cases of emergency, or, in case any town subject to section thirty-one is a party to such a contract, more than eight hours in any one-day, except as aforesaid..." Section 34A. Contracts for public works; workers' compensation insurance; breach of contract; enforcement and violation of statute. "Every contract for the construction, alteration, maintenance, repair or demolition of, or addition to, any public building or other public works for the commonwealth or any political subdivision thereof shall contain stipulations requiring that the contractor shall, before commencing performance of such contract, provide by insurance for the payment of compensation and the furnishing of other benefits under chapter one hundred and fifty-two to all persons to be employed under the contract, and that the contractor shall continue such insurance in full force and effect during the term of the contract. No officer or agent contracting in behalf of the commonwealth or any political subdivision thereof shall award such a contract until he has been furnished with sufficient proof of compliance with the aforesaid stipulations. Failure to provide and continue in force such insurance as aforesaid shall be deemed a material breach of the contract and shall operate as an immediate termination thereof. No cancellation of such insurance, whether by the insurer or by the insured, shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the party proposing cancellation to the other parry and to the officer or agent who awarded the contract at least fifteen-days prior to the intended effective date thereof, which date shall be expressed in said notice. Notice of cancellation sent by the party proposing cancellation by registered mail, postage prepaid, with a return receipt of the addressee requested, shall be a sufficient notice..." Section 34B. Contracts for public works; wages for reserve police officer. "Every contract for the construction, alteration, maintenance, repair or demolition of, or addition to, any public works for the commonwealth or any political subdivision thereof shall contain stipulations requiring that the contractor shall pay to any reserve police officer employed by him in any city or town the prevailing rate of wage paid to regular police officers in such city or town." Whenever general bids are invited for a contract subject to Section 44A, the following provision applies: Section 44E. Filing of bids; forms; modular buildings. Second paragraph of subdivision(2), clause E. "The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for 03/04/2011 00830-B-2 ATTACHMENT B Excerpts from Chapters 30, 82 and 149 of the Massachusetts General Laws NOTICE - These are NOT the official versions of the Massachusetts General Laws (MGL). While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of the excerpts provided, do not rely on this information without first checking an official edition of the MGL. If you are in need of legal advice or counsel, consult a lawyer. These excerpts include amendments to the General Laws passed through September 30, 2010. For laws enacted since that time, see the 2010 Session Laws. Certain excerpts from the Massachusetts General Laws are applicable to Construction contracts. Attention is directed to the following Sections of Chapter 149 as amended. Section 25. Lodging, board and trade of public employees; statute part of employment contract. "Every employee in public work shall lodge, board, and trade where and with whom he elects; and no person or his agents or employees under contract with the commonwealth, a county, city or town, or with a department, board, commission or officer acting therefor, for the doing of public work shall directly or indirectly require, as a condition of employment therein, that the employee shall lodge, board or trade at a particular place or with a particular person. This section shall be made a part of the contract for such employment." Section 26. Public works; preference to veterans and citizens; wages. "In the employment of mechanics and apprentices, teamsters, chauffeurs and laborers in the construction of public works by the commonwealth, or by a county, town, authority or district, or by persons contracting or subcontracting for such works, preference shall first be given to citizens of the commonwealth who have been residents of the commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment who are male veterans as defined in clause Forty-third of section seven of chapter four, and who are qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates; and secondly, to citizens of the commonwealth generally who have been residents of the commonwealth for at least six months at the commencement of their employment, and if they cannot be obtained in sufficient numbers, then to citizens of the United States, and every contract for such work shall contain a provision to this effect..." Section 34. Public contracts; stipulation as to hours and days of work; void contracts. "Every contract, except for the purchase of material or supplies, involving the employment of laborers, workmen, mechanics, foremen or inspectors, to which the commonwealth or any county or any town, subject to section thirty, is a party, shall contain a stipulation that no laborer, workman, mechanic, foreman or inspector working within the commonwealth, in the employ of the contractor, subcontractor or other person doing or contracting to do the whole or a part of the `` work contemplated by the contract, shall be required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one-day or more than forty-eight hours in any one week, or more than six-days in any one 03/04/2011 0080OB-1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Aoftk Appendix B Example Calculation Sheet 1. Labor Foreman 10 hours @ $10.00/hour $100.00 Engineer 10 hours @ 8.80/hour 85.00 Operator 10 hours @ 9.50/hour 95.00 Laborers 24 hours @ 7.00/hour 168.00 $448.00 2. Direct Labor Cost (use the agreed upon Direct Labor Cost) *(30)% of$448. *(used for example purposes only) $ 134.00 3. Materials &Freight 150 Lf. of 12"pipe @ $2.00/1.f. $ 300.00 15 v.f. precast SMH 1,700.00 Freight (slip# enclosed 25.00 $2,025.00 4. Equipment 1 Backhoe 2 Whu $ 8 our $ 800.00 1 Truck-crane 10 hours @ 100.00/hour 1000.00 $1800.00 TOTAL (items 1 through 4): $4,407.00 5. (20%) markup for Overhead, Profit (20%) of$4,407 $ 881.00 6. (71/2 %) markup on subcontractor's cost for general contractor (if subcontractor is involved) (71/2 %) of$4,407 $ 331.00 7. Credits (deductibles) -$323.00 TOTAL COST: $5,296.00 Reminder: Provide support documentation as necessary i.e. vouchers, correspondence, calculation, photographs,reports. END OF SECTION DocumenQ 06/22/2007 00800-A-7 Change Order(Continued) (Enter Project Name) (Enter Location) Sheet_ of Date Project No. Contract No. Change Order No. Contract Amount (As Bid) $ Amount of Previous Change Orders $ Net Change in Contract Price (this Change Order) $ Total Adjusted Contract Price (including this Change Order$ This Change Order extends the time to complete the work by calendar days. The extended completion date is This Change Order checked by: Resident Representative Date This Change Order is requested by: This Change Order is recommended by: Consultant Engineer P.E.# Date The undersigned agree to the terms of the Change Order. Contractor Date Owner Date Certification of Appropriation under M.G.L. c.44, s.31C: Adequate funding in an amount sufficient to cover the total cost of this change order is available. By: Certification Officer(Auditor,Accountant,Treasurer) Date Do not write below this space: this space reserved for STATE AGENCY APPROVAL 06/22/2007 00800-A-6 APPENDIX A CHANGE ORDER (Enter Project Name) (Enter Location) Sheet_ of Date Project No. Contract No. Change Order No. Owner's Name: Owner's Address: Contractor's Name: 'lo Contractor's Address: Item 1: Description of Change: Reason for Change: Backup Information: Cost: $ Item 2 Description of Change: Reason for Change: Backup Information: Cost: $ 06/22/2007 00800-A-5 Intertec Publishing [Formerly Nielson/Dataquest] Rental Rate Bluebook for Construction Equipment (the 'Bluebook"). In determining the rental rate the following shall apply: a. For equipment already on the project - the monthly prorated rental rate by the hourly use shall be applicable; b. For equipment not on the project the daily rate, the weekly rate, or monthly rate will prevail, whichever will prove to be most cost effective. Small tools and manual equipment are examples of costs not allowable under this item. These costs are considered to be included in the overhead markup as provided in items 5 and/or 6. (1 Month(Normal Use)= 176 hours) 5.& 6. Overhead and Profit - All other costs not previously mentioned are considered to be included in this item, be it for the general contractor or subcontractor(s). 7. Credits - Work deleted, material and equipment removed from the contract, stored and/or returned shall be credited to the cost of the change order, less documented costs. This change order will be prepared in such manner as to clearly separate Eligible and Ineligible Costs (as applicable to state-funded projects). The Contractor shall furnish itemized statements of the cost of the work ordered and shall give the Engineer access to all accounts, bills and vouchers relating thereto; and unless the Contractor shall furnish such itemized statements, and access to all accounts, bills and vouchers, he shall not be entitled to payment for any items of extra work for which such information is sought by the Engineer. look 06/22/2007 00800-A-4 Explanation of items 1 through 7 as outlined in "B" and "C" above: 1. Labor - Only those workers employed on the project who are doing the extra work, including the foreman in charge, are allowable. General foremen, superintendents, or other supervisory personnel are considered to be included in the overhead markup as provided in items 5 and/or 6. Hourly labor rates in excess of those as listed in the contract wage rates require documentation. As a minimum, an explanation and the appropriate copy of the certified payroll are required. 2. Direct Labor Costs - These costs are limited to those which are required in the contract document. Coverage in excess of the contract provisions, secured by the contractor/subcontractor(s) at his option, are ineligible. The following list of typical direct labor charges is provided for your assistance and is in no way intended to be complete or all encompassing: Workman's Compensation Federal/State: Social Security Tax and Unemployment Tax; Health, Welfare and Pension Benefits; (this cost is included in the wage rates appearing in the Attachment A Massachusetts Wage Rates. .,, Liability insurance: Bodily injury; excess umbrella; property damage; public liability Blasters insurance: If applied to any required direct labor costs Builders risk insurance: If applied to any required direct labor costs Experience modification If applied to any required direct labor costs insurance: Surcharges: If applied to any required direct labor costs Following award and prior to execution of a construction contract, the Contractor and filed subbidders (where applicable) shall submit for review by the Owner, documentation to establish the markup percentage(s). The documented direct labor markup for this contract may be adjusted on an annual basis as measured from the date the contract is executed. The contract agreement will provide for the establishment of the Direct Labor Cost percentage. 3. Material and Freight - Only those materials required as a result of the change order and reasonable freight charges for delivery of same are allowable. 4. Equipment - Only the equipment required as a result of the change order is allowable. Equipment rental rates shall be governed by the current EquipmentWatch, division of 06/22/2007 00800-A-3 prices may be subject to revaluation and adjustment. See Article 11 in the Supplementary Conditions. B. Payment for work or materials for which no price is contained in the contract: If the Engineer directs, the Contractor shall submit promptly in writing to the Engineer an offer to do the required work on a lump sum or unit price basis, as specified by the Engineer. The stated price, either lump sum or unit price, shall be divided so as to show that it is the sum of: I. The estimated cost of Labor,plus 2. Direct Labor Cost, plus 3. Material and Freight Costs,plus 4. Equipment Costs,plus 5. An amount not to exceed 20% of the sum of items I through 4 for overhead and profit,plus (if applicable), 6. In the case of work done by a subcontractor an amount not to exceed 7 '/2%, for the general contractor of the sum of the cost (not including subcontractor's overhead and profit) of items 1 through 4 for his overhead and profit (less, if applicable), 7. Credits for work deleted from the contract, including actual costs of the deleted work plus the percentage of overhead, profit, bonds and insurance attributable to such credit amount. Aft* C. Payment for work on a time and materials basis: Unless an agreed lump sum and/or unit price is obtained as noted above and is so stated in the change price, the Contractor shall accept as full payment for which no agreement is contained in contract, an amount equal to: I. The estimated cost of Labor,plus 2. The Direct Labor Costs,plus 3. Equipment Costs, plus 4. Material and Freight Costs, plus 5. An amount not to exceed 20% of the sum of items 1 through 4 for overhead and profit,plus, if applicable, 6. In the case of work done by a subcontractor an amount not to exceed 7 '/2%, for the general contractor of the sum of the cost (not including subcontractor's overhead and profit) of items I through 4 for his overhead and profit(less, if applicable), 7. Credit for work deleted from the Contract, including actual costs of the deleted work plus the percentage of overhead, profit, bonds and insurance attributable to such credit amount. 06/22/2007 00800-A-2 *. ATTACHMENT A CHANGE ORDERS Policy: This section supplements Article 12, Change of Contract Price, in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. All executed change orders submitted to the Engineer for review and processing must be prepared in accordance with the attached change order format (Appendix A)with the appropriate number of copies, calculation sheet(s) (Appendix B) and all other supporting documentation necessary for evaluation. Failure to comply with these instructions will result in delays in processing the change order. In order to avoid possible delays with approval of change orders, at the beginning of the project and as circumstances warrant, the Contractor shall submit a list of construction equipment, identifying major pieces of equipment to be utilized on the project. The list shall include the Contractor's designation, if any, the manufacturer, model, year of manufacture, serial number, size and horsepower of equipment. The Contractor shall also provide for approval a proposed bluebook equipment rental rate development that separately lists for each piece of equipment the monthly rental rate, area adjustment factor, depreciation factor, estimated operating cost per hour and total hourly rate. In the event the Contractor fails or is unable to provide appropriate rate information the Engineer may develop equipment rental rates for use on change orders. Payment of Change Orders: Payment of all change orders shall be in accordance with the relevant provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30, Section 39G for non-building construction and Section 39K for building construction as amended from time to time. Payment of change orders shall be made in accordance with one of the following three methods: A. Existing unit prices as set forth in the contract; or B. Agreed upon lump sum or unit prices; or C. Time and materials A. Payment for work for which there is a unit price in the contract: Where the contract contains a unit price for work and the Engineer orders a change for work of the same kind as other work contained in the contract and is performed under similar physical conditions, the Contractor shall accept full and final payment at the contract unit price(s) for the acceptable quantities. Under certain circumstances, the unit 06/22/2007 00800-A-1 eow*- See Section 00830 for further modifications of the General Conditions due to state statutes and regulations. 17.09 Severability If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of this Agreement and of such terms and conditions, except to such extent or in such application, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every term and condition of this Agreement shall be valid and enforced to the fullest extent and in the broadest application permitted by law." END OF SECTION Document 1 04/19/2011 00800-13 Delete paragraph 14.03A in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all work, material and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than at the time of Application for Payment free and clear of all liens. CONTRACTOR shall provide written transfer of title and a certified paid invoice provided by the supplier." ARTICLE 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION SC-15.02 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 15.02 A.4 of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: 115. If the Work to be done under this Contract shall be abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof shall be sublet,without the previous written consent of OWNER, or if the contract or any claim thereunder shall be assigned by CONTRACTOR otherwise than as herein specified;" ARTICLE 17. MISCELLANEOUS SC-17.06, 17.07, 17.08, 17.09 'Awk Add the following new paragraphs after paragraph 17.05 of the General Conditions: "17.06 Assignment: A. The CONTRACTOR shall not assign the whole or any part of this Contract or any moneys due or to become due hereunder until thirty (30) days prior notice in writing has been given to the OWNER of the intention to assign, which notice shall state the identity and address of the prospective assignee. No assignment shall be made without the OWNER's prior written consent. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In case the CONTRACTOR assigns all or any part of the moneys due or to become due under this Contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee in and to any moneys due or to become due to the CONTRACTOR shall be subject to prior claims of all persons, firms and corporations of services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work called for in this Contract." 17.07 Liability It is understood and agreed that members of the OWNER or the ENGINEER or any agent or employees of the OWNER signing this Agreement shall not be personally liable hereunder for any action incurred in connection with this Agreement. 100%t 17.08 State Statutes and Regulations 04/19/2011 00800-12 ARTICLE 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK SC-13.07 Delete paragraph 13.07A of the General Conditions and insert the following in its place: "A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other work or the work of others therefrom. If CONTRACTOR does not begin the repairs within ten (10) days of receipt of written notification and promptly comply with the terms of OWNER's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk, loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective work corrected or the rejected work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others)will be paid by CONTRACTOR." SC-13.09 Revise paragraph 13.09A of the General Conditions A. Delete the word "seven" and replace it with the word "ten" so that it reads "after ten days written notice to CONTRACTOR." ARTICLE 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION SC-14.02 Delete paragraph 14.02A.3 and insert the following in its place: 113. Retainage with respect to progress payments will be five percent or, if stipulated, the maximum allowed by law." Add Paragraph 4. to read as follows: 444. The CONTRACTOR shall submit Weekly Payroll Records Report and Statement of Compliance verifying compliance with the Minimum Prevailing Wage Law, MGL ch. 149, Sections 26-27H. These Statements of Compliance shall be submitted as a condition of payment for work performed during the period the reports apply." SC-14.03 04/19/2011 00800-11 Add the following new paragraphs after paragraph 12.06 of the General Conditions: "12.07 Liquidated Damages: A. If the CONTRACTOR shall neglect, fail or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the OWNER, then the CONTRACTOR does hereby agree, as a part consideration for the awarding of this Contract,to pay to the OWNER the amount specified in the Contract,not as a penalty but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contract shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work. Such damages may be retained from time to time by the OWNER from progress payments or any amounts owing to the CONTRACTOR, or otherwise collected. B. The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the OWNER would in such event sustain, and said amount is agreed to be the amount of damages which the OWNER would sustain and said amount shall be retained from time to time by the OWNER from current periodical estimates. C. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and of the specifications wherein as definite and certain length of times if fixed for the performance of any act whatsoever; and where under the Contract an additional time is allowed for the completion of any work, the new time limit fixed by such extension shall be of the essence of this Contract. Provided that the CONTRACTOR shall not be charged with liquidated damages of any excess cost when the OWNER determines that the CONTRACTOR is without fault and the CONTRACTOR's reasons for the time extension are acceptable to the OWNER; Provided, further, that the CONTRACTOR shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due: 1) to any preference,priority or allocation order duly issued by the Government; 2) to unforeseeable cause beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the OWNER, acts of another CONTRACTOR in the performance of a contract with the OWNER, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and severe weather; and 3) to any delays of subcontractors or suppliers occasioned by any of the causes specified in subsections C(1)and C (2)above; D. Provided, further, that the CONTRACTOR shall, within thirty (30) days from the beginning of such delay, unless the OWNER shall grant a further period of time prior to the date of ,,"k final settlement of the Contract, notify the OWNER, in writing, of the causes of the delay, who shall ascertain the facts and extent of the delay and notify the CONTRACTOR within a reasonable time of its decision in the matter." 04/19/2011 00800-10 ARTICLE 9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION SC-9.01 Add a new paragraph 9.01B after paragraph 9.01A of the General Conditions, which is to read as follows: "B. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR, (2) between the OWNER and a Subcontractor or Subcontractors, or (3)between any person or entities other than the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. The ENGINEER shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS intended to facilitate performance of the ENGINEER'S duties." ARTICLE 11. COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK Delete Article 11 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following: "A. The unit price of an item of Unit Price work shall be subject to reevaluation and adjustment under the following conditions: (1) If the total extended bid price [Estimated Quantity times the Bid Unit Price] of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 5 percent or more of the Original Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of the particular item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs by more than 15 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and (2) If there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of work; and (3) If CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the effect of any such variations in the quantity of Unit Price Work performed. If OWNER believes that the quantity variation entitles OWNER to an adjustment in the unit price, OWNER shall be entitled to an adjustment in the unit price in an amount determined by the ENGINEER. ENGINEER shall not be liable in connection with any determination relating to adjustments which is rendered in good faith." ARTICLE 12. CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES SC-12.01 Delete paragraph 12.01 in its entirety. SC-12.06 04/19/2011 00800-9 Revise the second sentence of Paragraph A to read as follows: "Unless the specification indicates that a proprietary item is called for, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review under the circumstances described below." SC-6.17 In paragraph 6.17 E.1 of the General Conditions, delete the word"timely" from the first line. SC-6.20 Delete paragraph 6.20A of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following: "A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless the OWNER, the ENGINEER, ENGINEER's consultants, and any of their officers, directors, employees, agents, affiliates, subsidiaries and partners from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR, a subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall apply to any such claims, damages, losses and expenses which arise and/or are incurred by any person or entity either during the performance of the Work and/or after completion of construction. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity or contribution which would otherwise exist as to a party or person indemnified hereunder. CONTRACTOR hereby assumes the responsibility and liability for injury to or death of any and all persons, including the CONTRACTOR's employees, and for any and all damage to property caused by, resulting from, or arising out of any act, omission or neglect on the part of the CONTRACTOR, or of any Subcontractor or of anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or of anyone for whose acts, any of them may be liable. The Contractor hereby acknowledges its obligation under the foregoing paragraph to indemnify the Engineer and Owner against judgments suffered because of the contractor's work and to assume the cost of defending the Engineer and Owner against claims as described in the foregoing paragraph." Delete paragraph 6.20C of the General Conditions in its entirety. ARTICLE 8. OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-8.06 Delete paragraph 8.06A of the General Conditions in its entirety. 04/19/2011 00800-8 Amend the last sentence of paragraph 5.07A of the General Conditions by striking out the words "held by OWNER as trustee or." As so amended,paragraph 5.07A remains in effect. SC-5.08 Delete paragraph 5.08A of the General Conditions in its entirety. Delete paragraph 5.08B of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-5.09 Delete paragraph 5.09A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with this Article 5 on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing thereof within thirty days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.05C. CONTRACTOR will provide such additional information in respect of insurance provided by him as OWNER may reasonably request." ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC-6.01 Delete paragraph 6.01B of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace with the following: "B. At the site of the Work the CONTRACTOR shall employ a full-time construction superintendent or foreman who shall have full authority to act for the CONTRACTOR. It is understood that such representative shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER and shall be one who will be continued in the capacity for the particular job involved unless the representative ceases to be on the CONTRACTOR's payroll. If at any time during the Work the representative is deemed by the ENGINEER to be no longer acceptable, the representative shall be promptly replaced by the CONTRACTOR. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR." SC-6.04 Add the following paragraph after paragraph 6.04A.2 of the General Conditions: "B. The CONTRACTOR's resident superintendent shall attend weekly progress meetings at the site of the work with the ENGINEER and others as appropriate to review schedule status and such other pertinent subjects as may be listed on the agenda by the ENGINEER." SC-6.05 04/19/2011 00800-7 A. General Liability, Workers' Compensation, Automobile Liability and Umbrella Liability Policies will contain waivers of subrogation in favor of the Engineer and Owner. 2. If the aggregate limits of liability indicated in CONTRACTOR' insurance provided in accordance with paragraphs 5.03 and 5.04 are not sufficient to cover all claims for damages arising from his operations under this Contract and from any other work performed by him or if policies of insurance do not provide that the aggregate limits of liability for bodily injury and property damage apply to each contract or project separately, CONTRACTOR shall have such policies amended so that the aggregate limits of liability required by this Contract will be available to cover all claims for damages due to operations under this Contract." SC-5.05 Delete paragraph 5.05 of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-5.06 Delete Paragraph 5.06 A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain,until final payment,property insurance upon the Work at the site in an amount equal to the total bid price for the completed construction. This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S consultants in the Work, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage, shall include "all risk" insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and shall include damages, losses and expenses rising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). This insurance shall be provided on the completed value form. If not covered under the "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in these Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment." A $20,000 deductible shall be acceptable. Any other deductible amount shall be approved in advance by the OWNER and any deductible amount shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Delete paragraph 5.0613 of the General Conditions in its entirety. Delete Paragraph 5.06C of the General Conditions in its entirety. Delete paragraph 5.06D of the General Conditions in its entirety. Delete paragraph 5.06E of the General Conditions in its entirety. SC-5.07 04/19/2011 00800-6 Commercial General Liability $1,000,00012,000,000 Products/completed Operations $2,000,000 Aggregate 5.04 A.6 Automobile Liability for owned,hired and non-owned vehicles: (1) Bodily injury: $1,000,000 Combined single limit (2) Property damage $1,000,000 Combined single limit A. Engineer and Owner shall be named as Additional Insured, and so stated on contractors General Liability and Umbrella Liability certificates of insurance. The Contractual Liability required by paragraph 5.0413.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: (1) Bodily injury: $1,000,000 Each occurrence $1,000,000 Annual aggregate (2) Property damage,including explosion, $1,000,000 Each occurrence collapse and underground coverage: $1,000,000 Annual aggregate Delete paragraph 5.04.13.5 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 465. contains a provision that notice of cancellation of insurance be delivered in accordance with policy provisions. In addition, the CONTRACTOR and/or its insurance broker/agent shall immediately notify the OWNER and ENGINEER should any insurance coverage be cancelled. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately stop work on the Project and shall not resume work until the CONTRACTOR provides evidence, to the OWNER and ENGINEER, in the form of an acceptable insurance certificate, of new insurance coverage that replaces all cancelled coverage that is required for the Project." Add two new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 5.0413 of the General Conditions which are to read as follows: "C. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide: 1. CONTRACTOR shall, as a minimum, purchase and maintain excess liability insurance in the umbrella form with a combined single limit of not less than $5,000,000 per claim and in the aggregate. Evidence of such excess liability shall be delivered to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.05C in the form of a certificate indicating the policy numbers and limits of liability of all underlying insurance. 04/19/2011 00800-5 "B. ENGINEER may check the lines, elevations and reference marks set by CONTRACTOR, ANV* and CONTRACTOR shall correct any errors disclosed by such check. Such a check shall not be considered as approval of CONTRACTOR's work and shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for construction of the entire Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall furnish personnel to assist ENGINEER in checking lines and grades." ARTICLE 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR: 1. Proof of Insurance coverage shall be furnished to the OWNER in accordance with the schedule for submittal of Bonds and Agreements. 2. Additionally refer to Article 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS,Paragraph SC-2.05.0 SC-5.01 Insert these sentences following SC-5.01.A: The Surety Company providing the bonds shall have a rating of A or better within the Best Key Rating Guide and be licensed by the Massachusetts .. Division of Insurance. The CONTRACTOR shall pay the premiums for such Bonds. SC-5.03 Delete the second sentence in paragraph 5.03A of the General Conditions, which begins "OWNER shall deliver to...." SC-5.04 The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.04A of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by law: 5.04 A.1 and 5.04 A.2 Workers' Compensation. (1) Worker's Compensation per Statutory Requirements (2) Coverage B -Employer's Liability $100,000/$500,000/$100,000 5.04 A.3, 5.04 A.4 and 5.04 A.5 Commercial General Liability Limits shall include Coverage for independent Contractors, Personal Injury, Owners and Contractors Protective Liability, Explosion, Underground and Collapse, Broad Form Property Damage, and Blanket Contractual Liability per A0%01 location/project endorsement 04/19/2011 00800-4 SC-2.05 Delete paragraph 2.05C of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "C. Evidence of Insurance: CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with a copy to the ENGINEER, Certificates of Insurance within 10 days after receipt of the notice of the acceptance of bid(and other evidence requested by OWNER) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the requirements of Article 5." ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMENDING,REUSE SC-3.01 Add the following sentence at the end of Paragraph 3.0 1A of the General Conditions: "...by all. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract Documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion." ARTICLE 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS SC-4.02 Delete the term "Supplementary Conditions" of paragraph 4.02 A of the General Conditions and replace it with"Contract Documents". SC-4.04 Change"of'to"or"on line 6 of paragraph 4.04 B.2 of the General Conditions. Delete the following words from lines 8 and 9 of paragraph 4.04 B.2 of the General Conditions: "...or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy..." SC-4.05 Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 4.05A of the General Conditions which is to read as follows: 04/19/2011 00800-3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AMENDMENTS TO GENERAL CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1996 edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY Add the following language at the beginning of definition 1.01 A.12 entitled "Contract Documents" in the General Conditions: "The Advertisement for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, State Regulations, ..." Delete the words "The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement" in 1.0I.A.19 and insert the following in their place: "The individual or entity duly appointed by the Owner to undertake the duties and powers herein assigned to the Engineer, acting either directly or through duly appointed representatives." Delete the words "and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions" at the end of definition 1.01 A.20, entitled"ENGINEER'S Consultant." Delete definition 1.01 A.41 entitled "Specifications" in the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: "Sections included under Division 1 through Division 16 of the Contract Documents." ARTICLE 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS SC-2.03 Add paragraph 2.0313: Notwithstanding the time limitations provided in paragraph 2.03A, the OWNER may desire to commence the Contract Times later than the sixtieth day after the bid opening. The OWNER and lowwk CONTRACTOR, upon mutual agreement, may extend the commencement of the Contract Times to any date that they elect. OWNER must obtain CONTRACTOR's approval for extending the time beyond the dates/times stated in the Contract Documents. 04/19/2011 00800-2 SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Article Number Title 1 DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMENDING, REUSE 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 6 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8 OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9 ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 11 COST OF THE WORK; CASH ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 12 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 17 MISCELLANEOUS 18 MGL CHAPTER 149, SECTION 29E PROMPT PAYMENT FOR PRIVATE CONSTRUCTION 04/19/2011 00800-1 A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in,required by,or given in accordance Awk with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Agreement. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-40 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to act on an Application obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any AOFW C. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may, terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any seven days after written notice to OWNER and rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR ENGINEER, stop the Work until payment is made of all then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.04 are not will not release CONTRACTOR from liability. intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making a Claim under paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price 15.03 OWNER May Terminate For Convenience or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping the A. Upon seven days written notice to CON- Work as permitted by this paragraph. TRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may,without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of ARTICLE 16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any 16.01 Methods and Procedures items): A. Dispute resolution methods and procedures,if any, 1. for completed and acceptable Work execut- shall be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. If no ed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior method and procedure has been set forth, and subject to the to the effective date of termination, including fair provisions of paragraphs 9.09 and 10.05, OWNER and and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as Work; either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. 2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and fur- ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS nishing labor,materials,or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncom- 17.01 Giving Notice pleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be 3. for all claims, costs, losses, and damages deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to (including but not limited to all fees and charges of the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other the corporation for whom it is intended,or if delivered at or professionals and all court or arbitration or other sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,to the dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of last business address known to the giver of the notice. terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others;and 17.02 Computation of Times 4. for reasonable expenses directly A. When any period of time is referred to in the attributable to termination. Contract Documents by days,it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last B. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable arising out of or resulting from such termination. jurisdiction,such day will be omitted from the computation. 15.04 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. If,through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR,the A. The duties and obligations imposed by these Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by General Conditions and the rights and remedies available OWNER or under an order of court or other public hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to,and are not authority,or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application for to be construed in any way as a limitation of,any rights and Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or OWNER remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise fails for 30 days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon warranty or guarantee,or by other provisions of the Contract seven days written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER,and Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will be as provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Documents in connection with each particular duty, Contract and recover from OWNER payment on the same obligation,right,and remedy to which they apply. terms as provided in paragraph 15.03. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or 17.04 Survival of Obligations * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-39 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 ENGINEER will rot,,.n the A ppl:...,tion f r D.,.,men TRACTOR CTO and L'Nf'_PA EED „L ieh .:11 fix the date an to CONTRACTOR, indioating in yaiting--4he high Aloft, ,,,:11 be r-esumed. CONTRACTOR shat reasons f efiasi g to .^ end final« efit in r @ sci}ne—the—Wor-k an the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR whi n--vase E NTP�kCTTOR shall make the shall be allowed an adjustment in the Cofit acA Price o neeessafy eeffeetions and resubmit the Application extension of the Qmtfaet—'fees, or- both, direetly f Payment. attfibutable to an), sueb stispension if CONTn n CTnn makes C. Payment Becomes Due a Claim therefef as provided in pafagmph 10.05. 15.02 OWNER May Terminate for 1. Thirty days after the presentation to OWN- Cause ER of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount A. The occurrence of any one or more of the recommended by ENGINEER will become due and, following events will justify termination for cause: when due, will be paid by OWNER to CON- TRACTOR. 1. CONTRACTOR's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract 14.08 Final Completion Delayed Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materi- A. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final als or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if schedule established under paragraph 2.07 as ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and 6.04); recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that 2. CONTRACTOR's disregard of Laws or portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage 3. CONTRACTOR's disregard of the author- stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been ity of ENGINEER;or furnished as required in paragraph 5.01,the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that 4.CONTRACTOR's violation in any portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be substantial way of any provisions of the Contract submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Documents. Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, B. If one or more of the events identified in except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. paragraph 15.02.A occur, OWNER may, after giving 14.09 Waiver of Claims CONTRACTOR(and the surety, if any)seven days written notice, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude A. The making and acceptance of final payment will CONTRACTOR from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, con- constitute: struction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the 1. a waiver of all Claims by OWNER against same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR, except Claims arising from CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all after final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.06, materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which from failure to comply with the Contract Documents OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored or the terms of any special guarantees specified elsewhere, and fmish the Work as OWNER may deem therein, or from CONTRACTOR's continuing expedient. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall not be obligations under the Contract Documents;and entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price 2. a waiver of all Claims by CONTRACTOR exceeds all claims,costs,losses,and damages(including but against OWNER other than those previously made not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, in writing which are still unsettled. attorneys,and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by OWNER ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such TERMINATION excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, 15.01 OWNER May Suspend Work CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims,costs,losses,and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and, A. At an), fitne and withetit cause, 01ANER may when so approved by ENGINEER, incorporated in a suspend the`lefk of ^^fti^n thef:eof f f^period of not Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies more than 90 eonseeutive days by notiee in w GON * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-38 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 14.05 Partial Utilization 14.07 Final Payment �Ow_ A. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any A. Application for Payment substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or 1. After CONTRACTOR has, in the opinion which OWNER, ENGINEER, and CONTRACTOR agree of ENGINEER, satisfactorily completed all constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the corrections identified during the final inspection and Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose has delivered, in accordance with the Contract without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's Documents, all maintenance and operating performance of the remainder of the Work, may be instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the certificates or other evidence of insurance Work subject to the following conditions. certificates of inspection, marked-up record docu- ments (as provided in paragraph 6.12), and other 1. OWNER at any time may request CON- documents, CONTRACTOR may make application TRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any for final payment following the procedure for such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be progress payments. ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part 2. The final Application for Payment shall be of the Work is substantially complete, CON- accompanied(except as previously delivered)by: (i) TRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGI- all documentation called for in the Contract Docu- NEER that such part of the Work is substantially ments, including but not limited to the evidence of complete and request ENGINEER to issue a insurance required by subparagraph 5.04.13.7; (ii) certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; and the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify (iii) complete and legally effective releases or OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that waivers(satisfactory to OWNER) of all Lien rights CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work ready for its intended use and substantially Work. complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certifi- cate of Substantial Completion for that part of the 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens Work. Within a reasonable time after either such specified in paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of releases in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR the Work to determine its status of completion. If that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work services, material, and equipment for which a Lien to be substantially complete,ENGINEER will notify could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's of the Work to be substantially complete, the property might in any way be responsible have been provisions of paragraph 14.04 will apply with paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or respect to certification of Substantial Completion of Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in that part of the Work and the division of full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien. 2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the B. Review of Application and Acceptance requirements of paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 1. 1€, an the basis of I✓��=T*'�. observa- 14.06 Final Inspection tion of the Work during eonswaction and final o.Aie and T.AT(_'INEEP's of the final A. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that *�+. ,,,.:..o,l �„ the �,���,� + r.,.,. �� the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, m`nt ion as Fequi Contract ENGINEER will promptly make a final inspection with ENGINEE is satisfied that the Wofk has been e�.mpleted and COTNTP CTO '� tho,. obligations OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CON- "`"''"'"""" and ,.nder the !'....tact Do merit.. have been Fainliaivcr`1 TRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this �;,.:11 v �a,:.,to.,days..mo,.,.e':.,t„Ft,,o inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. a„..1 Application E wil M in to Payment, :after-r- :i ..of t CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as `.N NE EI.:GI'.`;EEn's .-o,.,.......e,,,l.,t:,.,. of ,.....,..o.,t a an are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such sent the Application for n.... enl to!lM44ED F �` deficiencies. present t..�nt the same time i~'A7/-'TT4EE ll also Payrnent. give vTitten notice to OWI-�ER and CON TP n STOP that the weak is aceeptable subject to theme evisions of Paragraph 14.99. Other i , * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-37 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 c. OWNER has been required to correct 14.03 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.09;or * A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that titic° Avok d. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of to all Wedc, materials, and egoip::e,t covered by an), Applisatien for- Payment, whether- ated—in the the occurrence of any of the events enumerated P..,,:o,..„ „+ ,,,;n pass to nlznrcn „,.,.,.o..,w.,„.,,e t:.„o of in paragraph 15.02.A. ~not, payment free and elear of all Liens. C. Payment Becomes Due 14.04 Substantial Completion 1. Ten days after presentation of the Applica- A. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work tion for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify recommendation, the amount recommended will OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is (subject to the provisions of paragraph 14.02.13) substantially complete (except for items specifically listed become due,and when due will be paid by OWNER by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that to CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Promptly thereafter,OWNER,CONTRACTOR,and ENGI- D. Reduction in Payment NEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider 1. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify the full amount recommended by ENGINEER CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If because: ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative a. claims have been made against OWN- certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date ER on account of CONTRACTOR's perfor- of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the mance or furnishing of the Work; certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven b. Liens have been filed in connection days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not Auk of such Liens; substantially complete, ENGINEER will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER c. there are other items entitling OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, stating the reasons to a set-off against the amount recommended;or therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete, d. OWNER has actual knowledge of the ENGINEER will within said 14 days execute and deliver to occurrence of any of the events enumerated in OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of paragraphs 14.02.B.5.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Substantial Completion(with a revised tentative list of items paragraph 15.02.A. to be completed or corrected)reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified 2. if OWNER refuses to make payment of the after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the full amount recommended by ENGINEER, time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of the reasons for such action and promptly pay CON- responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER TRACTOR any amount remaining after deduction and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, of the amount so withheld. OWNER shall promptly safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld,or any utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing CONTRACTOR,when CONTRACTOR corrects to and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on 3. If it is subsequently determined that OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. OWNER's refusal of payment was not justified,the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an B. OWNER shall have the right to exclude amount due as determined by paragraph 14.02.0.1. CONTRACTOR from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the Aftk tentative list. * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-36 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 the Work completed as of the date of the any other qualifications stated in the Application and accompanied by such supporting recommendation);and AM". documentation as is required by the Contract Docu- ments. If payment is requested on the basis of c. the conditions precedent to materials and equipment not incorporated in the CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such pay- Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or ment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it at another location agreed to in writing,the Applica- is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the tion for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill Work. of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equip- 3. By recommending any such payment ment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have materials and equipment are covered by appropriate represented that: (i) inspections made to check the property insurance or other arrangements to protect quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been OWNER'S interest therein, all of which must be performed have been exhaustive, extended to every satisfactory to OWNER. aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities 2. Beginning with the second Application for specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Payment,each Application shall include an affidavit Documents; or (ii) that there may not be other of CONTRACTOR stating that all previous progress matters or issues between the parties that might payments received on account of the Work have entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by been applied on account to discharge OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR's legitimate obligations associated CONTRACTOR. with prior Applications for Payment. 4. Neither ENGINEER's review of 3. e-amstinc o=—r cca=ntr6c—vixen--rcapa-vczo CONTRACTOR's Work for the purposes of recom- nrr^�°^^ °«'^ will be stipulated t� mending payments nor ENGINEER's recommenda- r �° i e�'m �, -�_-�� tion of any payment, including final payment, will B. Review of Applications impose responsibility on ENGINEER to supervise, direct, or control the Work or for the means,meth- ods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of 1. ENGMEEIt willAith;« 10 days-a€fer � � ===�T construction,or the safety precautions and programs r pt of each Appl:, t•„« for- U..yment °:the incident thereto,or for CONTRACTOR's failure to indicate i ..:t:«• dation F t _� -•__ ass-��n°" _� comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to and present the Applioation to 03A'�n R of fetum the CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Applisa iert to CONTRACTOR indisatint, Additionally, said review or recommendation will YMting ENG P3EER's reasefts—€errefusing to not impose responsibility on ENGINEER to make recommend-payment. In the latter ease, C any examination to ascertain how or for what TRACTOR may make the neeessary eefFerAien purposes CONTRACTOR has used the moneys paid °submit the Appliration. on account of the Contract Price, or to determine that title to any of the Work,materials,or equipment 2. ENGINEER's recommendation of any has passed to OWNER free and clear of any Liens. payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to 5. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the OWNER, based on ENGINEER's observations on whole or any part of any payment if, in the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and ENGINEER's opinion, it would be incorrect to qualified design professional and on ENGINEER's make the representations to OWNER referred to in review of the Application for Payment and the paragraph 14.02.13.2. ENGINEER may also refuse accompanying data and schedules,that to the best of to recommend any such payment or, because of ENGINEER's knowledge,information and belief: subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests,revise or revoke any a. the Work has progressed to the point such payment recommendation previously made, to indicated; such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (sub- a. the Work is defective, or completed ject to an evaluation of the Work as a function- Work has been damaged,requiring correction or ing whole prior to or upon Substantial Comple- replacement; tion,to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final deter- b. the Contract Price has been reduced by mination of quantities and classifications for Written Amendment or Change Orders; Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.08, and to * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-35 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 °sts of re eplaeement of w eFIE of others) will b-e B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paid by CONTRACTOR. paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, ,*M* B. In special circumstances where a particular item of OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, con- the Specifications or by Written Amendment. struction equipment and machinery at the Site,and incorpo- rate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the C. Where defective Work(and damage to other Work Site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow replaced under this paragraph 13.07, the correction period OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employ- hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an ees, OWNER's other contractors, and ENGINEER and additional period of one year after such correction or ENGINEER's Consultants access to the Site to enable removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. D. CONTRACTOR's obligations under this paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or C. All Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including warranty. The provisions of this paragraph 13.07 shall not but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions architects,attorneys,and other professionals and all court or of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work under this paragraph 13.09 will be charged against CON- TRACTOR, and a Change Order will be issued incorpo- A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and rating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in damages(including but not limited to all fees and charges of paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or AOW* all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR's accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by defective Work. ENGINEER as to reasonableness)and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by D. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension CONTRACTOR pursuant to this sentence. If any such of the Contract Times(or Milestones)because of any delay acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's recommendation in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of final payment, a Change Order will be issued by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies under this incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract paragraph 13.09. Documents with respect to the Work,and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, ARTICLE 14 - PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the COMPLETION parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in 14.01 Schedule of Values paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by A. The schedule of values established as provided in CONTRACTOR to OWNER. paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Applica- 13.09 OWNER May Correct Defective Work tion for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on * A. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time the number of units completed. after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective 14.02 Progress Payments Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.06.A,or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance A. Applications for Payments with the Contract Documents,or if CONTRACTOR fails to 1. At least 20 days before the date established comply with any other provision of the Contract for each progress payment(but not more often than Documents, OWNER may, after seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to deficiency. ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-34 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and famish ENGINEER the required certificates 13.05 OWNER May Stop the Work of inspection or approval. A. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails D. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for the completed Work will conform to the Contract OWNER's and ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop equipment to be incorporated in the Work;or acceptance of the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such materials,mix designs,or equipment submitted for approval order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any OWNER and ENGINEER. other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by CONTRAC- 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work TOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER,it must,if requested by ENGINEER,be uncovered for observation. A. CONTRACTOR shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the F. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph Work has been rejected by ENGINEER,remove it from the 13.03.E shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense unless CON- Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. TRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR shall pay all Claims, costs, losses, and CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGI- damages(including but not limited to all fees and charges of NEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and to such notice. all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal 13.04 Uncovering Work (including but not limited to all costs of repair or ,., replacement of work of others). A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGI- 13.07 Correction Period NEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. A if one .° after the date F Substantial B. If ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable Completion of su onge" period .-:l.°.] 1... Laws �r De..,,l.,+:..«� ..r�.,ulie. t.°...w«s F that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected p esefi e �' "' "�s o Regulations o '� _is of any or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at ENGINEER's applieable-spe`ial gtea>=apAee required by the—GoFATa request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available ` oeume"`s of by an), sp'ecirie pr-o°ision of the Contraz for observation, inspection, or testing as ENGINEER may Deetonents, any perk—is found-te-be defeetive,-or- if __ require,that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all repair- of «, damages to the land or areas Made available �: CONTRACTOR's r��rnD�� ° w., nixnrcD •,+ a w necessary labor,material, and equipment. If it is found that Laws «, D°°„1°t:R' ° „.°««l.,t°,1 : -of-permitted „ n such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall pay all and s e `° P a`ed in paragraph 6.1!-.A Claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not is found to be defeetive, CONTRACTOR shall « ty-, 'th ♦ t t v AP,A l u a 'th OWNER' limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, ,,.;,,°« ;«..t...,,.t:°«�, ,;� repair-a " ,,,,, defective 1°«a attorneys,and other professionals and all court or arbitration ^ ,..� ° t °h: yctl yp sue ect defective areas, or other dispute resolution costs)arising out of or relating to r e""" su hasbeen :°:°,..°a 1.., n�xni>~D ,.°,.,,.,,° it f.,,.., tl,° D.-,.:°°. such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and rejected b OI testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction and replace it with WeAE that is net de€eetive—and (iii)�°t; � ,°ra„ ° , „ «,1 ..°,.,°,. (including but not limited to all costs of repair or sa"""c efil eefre ~ ~°Pair °r Y°« °`° ° .1.,.++....°t,. tl� \77 1 ♦,.tl.° 1, F..tl.., other-land..age to ec:er v�eifc,cv he�a v'or E of others otherzand of replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be areas resulting-there€rorr�I€ CONTRACTOR�s--,-.ot entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If promptly . «1 with m.. °F ,.suoh the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, pr `mpl ith the efrns"_ of in an emer- ene where delay would ea se serious r-isk e F less OWNER may make a Claim therefor as provided in v"`amage 'where Wed- paragraph 10.05.If,however, such Work is not found to be er damage, O-WI*111D may '�°��° the de€estive-i�rl� defective, CONTRACTOR shall h all eo eeted of `° ..ed o m have the ejecAea Work owed an increase in °°� ..�Yµ:. °~ '°y Y moved and feplaeed, and all Claims,eests, losses, the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times(or damages,;neluding but«„t limited to all fees and ehafge F Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such ��'"...b.,.,``_""="""'b`"" """"""""'"__ uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, "s°'e`' all ,...t ° 1.'t.. t. tl,°.. dispute 1 t' t � replacement,and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to .ouft or aroiccanon of tithe dispute fesmu ion eoscs arising otA of of relating to sueh ooffec4ion of repair-or sueh ........... and r°cp acclnen c (nroicicn:xg-but--not--inrrrcca co—m-r * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-33 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 12.02 Change of Contract Times 2. delays beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR including but not limited to A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. conditions, acts of God, or acts or neglect by utility Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or owners or other contractors performing other work Milestones) shall be based on written notice submitted by as contemplated by Article 7. the party making the claim to the ENGINEER and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of B. Nothing in this paragraph 12.06 bars a change in paragraph 10.05. Contract Price pursuant to this Article 12 to compensate CONTRACTOR due to delay, interference, or disruption B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times (or directly attributable to actions or inactions of OWNER or Milestones)covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for anyone for whom OWNER is responsible. an adjustment in the Contract Times(or Milestones)will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this* ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; Article 12. CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF 12.03 Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's Control DEFECTIVE WORK A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from 13.01 Notice of Defects completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of OWNER or ENGINEER has actual knowledge will be CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will given to CONTRACTOR. All defective Work may be be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph Article 13. 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by 13.02 Access to Work OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by A. OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Con- Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather sultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER, conditions,or acts of God. independent testing laboratories,and governmental agencies 12.04 Delays Within CONTRACTOR's Control with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, A. The Contract Times (or Milestones) will not be inspecting,and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them extended due to delays within the control of proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them CONTRACTOR. Delays attributable to and within the of CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be so that they may comply therewith as applicable. delays within the control of CONTRACTOR. 13.03 Tests and Inspections 12.05 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's A. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely Control notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, A. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both B. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of OWNER and CONTRACTOR,an extension of the Contract an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, Times (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and except: exclusive remedy for such delay. 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals 12.06 Delay Damages covered by paragraphs 13.03.0 and 13.03.D below; A. In no event shall OWNER or ENGINEER be 2. that costs incurred in connection with liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor,any Supplier, tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph or any other person or organization, or to any surety for or 13.04.13 shall be paid as provided in said paragraph employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out 13.04.11;and of or resulting from: 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the 1. delays caused by or within the control of Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR;or Am%` C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected,tested,or approved by an employee or other * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-32 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 xxl «4 an amount e al to the sum of the tmit pfiee for-e eh all, e for- e«he.t.t and pr-eAt nut ne te :1. in separately-identi fied item of Unit Pr-:..e Work tifnes the or-da ce tt,;th paragraph 12.04.C.2); estim a*d quantity o f e eb .tour. ndieated the A gFee .,.,.t.....�.,u y�u..r�y � t: Fnte.., F Unit in D«:..e u�,.«v xx� t l a • r a,,,. meat. The estimated quantities of items of Unit PFiee WOFIc 33. where the Warrk inyelved is not eovered b y are-not-guaranteed and a selely fefr±cnE-piii"P^osE�€ ^:t p o ,..named in the Contfaet rL.,..,mefA..and of u;a.. and ,tote,....inin,. an initial Gat t,-ae agFeemefA to a ltt.V s is not« aehea under-p Price. l✓leterminatione of the aetual quantities—an- g aph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the slassihEatiens of Unit—Pr-iee —Wer4 peffefined by W or4E (deter-mined as pr-evided in paragraph W." CONTRACTOR 411 be made by >til.Tr_lT.EER ....h:eet t plus a CONTD n CTOR's fee for eFhe d and.fe fit the pr-oyision of pa fa.raph n n4 ed as pf%,ided in par-agFaph 12.0 1 G) E. EaEh tmit p^ e ill he deemed to-inelude an E. 6'0A74?,4CT0R's F�ee.- The CONTRACT-OR's ame "t a side«ed by CONTRACTOR CTO to he adequate to fee fee ever-head and profit shall he deter mined as 44W.,.,. O TTD_A n_TO '. ever-head and refit for- aeh se _ of tely identAie.t ite L_ .v,.4ually aeeeptable fixed F 7'c 2 :F.,fixed fee: «,.t.. e.„l, then C. 03A �zR or- CO,�TTR CONTRACTOR make a Claim gF en for- an adjustment in the Ce««.et D.•,e i4i aeoer-danee tt:th based on the following e e«t. .es of the . «.,.«dints of the Cost..F the xx orl ,n nc;F• Y'rA9�P"i°:°�T F any it fx nit Priee.x le«1. a. for costs incurred under paragraphs 1. the�ar>•tit�r-�7--r�em�-.o�.� 1 l.n, n 1 ,..,a 1 1 n1 A � the�n,.rTD n r'TnD'., pe.•f«..toil by CONTD n CONTRACTOR .tiff fn ate , rva�v�,..�..-s F L...11 1 and significantly ffew the estimated quantity of e.. l.0 C e..t. item indieated in the Agreemenf,�� b—. for- costs inetffed under- pafagraph 1.01.A.3, the (`n,�TTD A!`Tl1D'.. fee shall he 2. thefe-is no eeffesponding adjustment with a eet other item of Wof!..an' F pement;any E. .,,h a«e a ,,,- at e tier,. ..F s..h,.,... 3. i€ EENTRACTO believes that of t�ts., .,the h.,s:s of Cost of the xx�„«v.il„s., C0NT%6.GT-0R is entitled to an-ine-eae�e=ar t o and fixed he fee is ov,, the:.i plus a Con truvt P iee tilt of he e.t .,.tit' ••« ... errh ,�n, ��.. ., that the ct,h,.,.rtt«....te« tion.tl expense «03ALATE believes that nxxn.T>JD is entitled te deer-ease in Contract D.•:ee and the acWarry-per-fefms the Work, at whatever parties tierv.411 .hie lid a fee of 15 p e.it of the ests ..hle t., � r.,the «t .,F.. "Y”` " "" sueh i fe «ae e inet.red by such—Sabeentractor under- aphs 44.01.A.1 nd 11.01.A.2 and th t any—higher tier Subeemfaeter armed- CON ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; TRACTOR r�rnD tt,;n e....h he a..:a fee ..F a..e CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES e„t O the., t be to the of lower-o tier paid i 12.01 Change of Contract Price Sttbeefiti-arAer-; d— no fee shall be payable on the Masis eF costs itemized tinder- paragraphs 1 114, A. The !-'e..r.•ac4 D.•;ee may only be ehanged by ,,.n1 `Arc and 4 1.01.B; Change Orderer by a Written Amendment. Any Claim Ter an adjustment in the Coat act Pr-iee shall lie base'.-A- ..•:tter. e— the amett„t of e(edit to he allowed by „etiee submitted by the ....«t., staking the Claim to the CONT ACT-OR to OANER fof any change ENGWEEU and the ,.the.• part), to the Cont.act in weef tt,hieh« tilts in a net deer-ease:« est..,:11 he the dance zi-Iith the pFovisiens ofparagraph 10.05, amatmt of the ..t....l net deerease in cost plus dedeetien -ift CONT- nR's—fiae—by- an B Tie altte of any Work eovered by a Change amount equal to five e ent of eh net Order- e of any Claim f« an adjustment in the Cent.-act se D.•:..e will be determined as F tt...t,..• when both additions and emit:t.. e in 1. where the xxle«L involved is eover-ed by .led in any efie ehange, the adjustment ifl tmit pr-iees antained in the Cont.ae4 Doeumen h.. CONTD ALTO 's fee shell he, .,ttea the appl: et;.. of stieh .tit pfiees to the qttantiti ,.F basis of the net change in aecer-danee .:th pafa the items involved(...,h:eet to the pr-evisions ofp graphs 12.0i.C.2.a threlt&h 12:0i.C.2.e ineitt g faph 11.03);of 2. where the xx/...•L involved is not c e«ed by tmit pr-iees eentained in the Cent«.,,.t Doe...rten h.. * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-31 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 m.��fthe Weds (except losses and damages 4 Costs a..°to the negligence of CO T-P n r within the deduetible amounts of pfopef:t,: TOR,any Subwe.«tz.cAef, anyone 7:.eal. ° indi 'ded sueh losses and damages have festilted an),of them may be liable ineluding but not limited €rem saiises ether than the negligence-e€ to, the eet:reetiea of de€eet' "�vc , disposal o CgIS;TR n r �any o" entfacter, er-anyon materials of engl3 supplied, and- dkeedy or-indir-eedy employed by any of them making good Foper-ty. �A4iese nets an),efthem may be li°'�&ueh losses shall inelud.e settlements made with the vq:i46m 5. Other overhead of general expense osts °F eensent and appreval of 03AWER. Ne sueh-losses, any kind and the eests of an), item of eeif,,.°4. .i.,...ages and wipnss shah be ifieluded:«the r,,..t and ° ....1., ineluded aph.. 1 i tll A nd ° ° ° mil. CONTR A rTOR &P, G. GOXTV� s Fee: When all the VUME is g The eest of utilities, €ael, and sanitary peff4med en the basis of eost«1.,. rn1.1TR n CTnR fee F edit:°.at the C:t° shall be g1 tefm '1 t the shall c a°c xxxxixic°a as S°ct€girth in the agreement. �'1�heH cnc h. Minor- expenses sueh as rl.,:.« fa.. a;« t«° t:« r°«t°°t R;.°:., a°t «°1 ° distanee telephone eall.. telephone ser-viee at the the basis of Cost of the Work CONTR CTOR's foe shall expressage, and SifflijaF pet45, eash items in Site,°g.t:,,«..,;th the u7,,.-L .,..........f.�...,......o o....f.,.u,.x paragraph 12.0 1.C. D. Deettmentation. Whenever the Lest of the AW4 i. 1171.°,. the Cost of the 3A'efL used to fef an), « se is to be deteFmined« «t to« aphs- ° the ,.,1..° g.f a Change Offer of ° 1 1 !11 A nd 1 1 01 R CONTR ACTOR ill establish «.] °° , Claim, the eest Of n ° s for- additional Rand,. maintain reeerds thereof in aeeofdanee with ° eFall., 1b Ork sed h.. the event giving rise to the aeeeptable to ✓NdWER an itemized eest-meakd-wA..OF Claim together-with suppeffing data. j. When all the 3AI@f4E is peFfeFmed on th 11.02 GaSh n flaw°nee n �- S basis of eest nln.. the ests of pfemitffns for- all A. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has jfle; e the Cont act 11..g uments ton fehase and.« «t..:« the Cont ac4 P flee all all,.wanees mod the rg.nt.act rl..ettments and shall e e the 1x7...-L s fed to B. Costs Ekeluded—The tefm Lest of the AIME shall be per€ermed for- sueh sums-asp a), be aeeeptable, to not in ludo" of the folio-.ring items: 11�17 E and ENGWEER. CONTRACTOR CTOR ° ees that. ,t s a l the g.11..wanees elude the eost to rn1.i Cc*�'RT.,PUWTOR''s officers, e*eet4iV(S,piniEipals TRAGT-OR (less plie,1.1°trade disc,..,«t..\ ..f (of paftner-.hips «.l sole n ,-iet.,.-ship..) general materials and equipment r ed by the.,11,...,..«,.°.. neys,g°cis, engineers, arehiteets, estimatefs, atter- to be delivered at the Site, and all ..««.able taxes, nets, auditors, aeeeuntants,purehasi#ig-and een and trading. agents, pediteFs timekeepers elefks nd othef personnel ° played h., CONTRACTOR, 2. A CTOR's eests f nlg.ading. whethef at the Site in CONTR A CTOR's pfineipal hand4ing on the Site, labo installation ..tom or h«., eh offiee F al administfa4ion of the head ..fit and other expenses nt° pl..ted F r 1 efk and of s eifieall„ ,neluded in the eed the all....,anees have been ,n.,iudea in the Contra,.t iipon sebed..le of job ..1..ssifieations of ed t.. Pr-iee and not in the ..11....,anees and no demand F h 1 l t11 A 1 eeifieall. ° e h., additional payment an nt of any of the for-ego paragraph�.b,uY ... ...,..0 ln,iy�.xx paragraph-11.01.A.4, all of whiehh-: e to be ing will be val:l 'dered ...1ministf tiye ests ed h., the CONTR A CTOR's r B. Prier to final payment, Rig--appfepnate r�hange issued as rveemmended by ENGWEER to Or-def will be 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's prineipal fefleet aetua? .....otmts due CONTRACTOR on meat t of f and bfaneb effiees other- than CONTRACTOR'.. Work-eevered by ^bees-and the Contraet-Pfiee-shall effie°at the Sit° be e nding.ly adjusted. 3. Any pai4 of CONTR n CTOR's eapital 11.03 Unit Pfiee Wer-k «ell ling. interest CONTR A CTOR's eapital employed l ed the 117°..1.«and charges A. Where the :jam.u ..::j,.,y'., x C'9ntraEt D9einneirtS-pivdiElre that all-vr CONTRACTOR for-delinquent payments. part of the WME-is-te be Unit Prig° Work, n:�l., th , r�xixc C t.- tR will be deemed t 1 a fOF all Unit R ' * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-30 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 TRACTOR shall obtain eempetitive bids froyn D. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or „u antes n e«tahle to nxxn.rcD a...l rnwr Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not TRACTOR and shall delivef,.00h bids to OWNER, submitted in accordance with this paragraph 10.05. who will then ,fetes: 4h the ,1 F LING! vvno`v'v'i, a,cn accch uiiac°,w�x"'m-cnc-cs¢s-ivwrarwr �`IEER,whieh bids,if any,will be aeeeptabl,e. if an ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; CASH, subcontmet provides that the Subee wetne_r is to be ALLOWANCES;UNIT PRICE WORK paid on the b F Cost f the xxle_1_ 1 F 4h basis vra�scv, crrc�rorir-prasazcc, me Subeent,•aetor-'s vest of the \x1 k d F shall-be a. determined v in the e maitiier as 11.01 Cost of the Work CONTRACTOR's Cest of the Wed( and fee ass 1 nt A. Eest-s Meluded: The teEm Cos of the WeF pr-ovide in this« ,.nh 1 means the sum of all eests neeessar-ily ineuffed and paid by 4. Costs of special eensultants (ineluding GONTD A rTnn n the n e.F..,.nnee ,.F the W 1 ..........a....�.�. aaa .aa proper- s,t 1;,.�.:}e.l nh;}eats test' 1 h t Wy,en the al,e of an),\x left.covered by rh n ,1 limited engineers, , ,,,he Claim o' dj tment .n C t.. t D k . > and aeeaetmtants) em .. .... .. uaaaa . air-acx�u.�icirrcrrc� ployed fef se •fieally ln} d} }L. \x1 1 deteymi ed on the basin of Cast afthe\x1 1. the eests 4 be Y• J" oe a'ioees3Pivinvarry--re°-iueeerevcae�rvr� mbu sed to CONTRACTOR CTO ^11 be only then ddi.t' 1 ",.... �_��� .,`".... ... "• 5. Supplemental oasts iri6ltldirg—the Work or bemuse of the event e to th rl Except-as otherwise may be agreed to in `citing by a. The try nAion of e .. e }ans pertation, travel, and wbsistenee a eases-of these«..°„nil:«.. in the leeal:t.. ,.F the Project h ll 1 d ""r-�•"""`b••• rnT.rTD ArTnD'� employees ....e,l in a;aah a..,.e C.OR na „nt.. the following :4e...n and shalt } 1 a r.>_ ..::f..t.y tt,any posts itemized: ash 1, nl 1Z _.,......�.............`;Yom,:y..t.a, a a..,a.t�. of duties eenneeted A4th the Al b- Vest, inelading-transportation and -l. Pa ell bests xor employees-iirtrl'ic°Znrcot t��++ . yr n,F all �.t° 1 l' } i° of CONTRACTOR the e4 F enaft e, o a a.a „^ass, supplies, equipment, �``Y`�� " nanny: «l: „F�n „,i }n F '1' the Wef—n «de ehedule n,F eh nl 'F' ations maehi,, :y, appliances,s, °ties at the Site, and hand tools not okwed b) weed upon by-OViN -CONTn Azx ACTOR. workers,whieh ,i the e F F '��, m.°c wii�cnnec[-iircnc�cir�rniarxoc�x Sueb employees shall 1nelude trhettt limitation the)AI 1 Y d eest,less 1 4 1 F 1_ superintendents, €oremen, and ether—per-serh�el t h„}„°4 n n�...1:nl n «.,°property-of used employed full time at the Site. lza."'7rell-SeStS-for rn�.1TD ArTnD"•a,. employees not employed full t:.n he W 1 h 11 ..::Yavyvv..„v.v::t,avyvu sun e a the basis 4h }' } }l, be ppeftion°ca on axe-basis ex then thn�spew on the � Rentals ;zF all nn}«,nt,e« a e«t �xlerin Da....11 n,.n4s shall:nah,.le but }be 1' '} ,1 �' nn, ,. ' and maeh:ne...% and the«a..ts th F whether } d to, sala_-ies and wages plus }—me—eest of fiiage from CONTRACTOR CTO }h aeeofdanee }h benefits, whieh shall inelude soeial seem ° tnl v eel e«t 1 vl �a �aah`� n\an.> D s a hove with the eontributiens, tmempleyment, eseise, and payrA cs``ova. pp'° n ta.,°., arl,e«s' n sn}:,.« health n«,1 }• } advi6e of £1a161N1✓l✓l?�, aiicl—the 6ests e€ v leading, ttaleading, assembly, pay-applieable therete. The eNpenses of pefir�g h, and removal theree€ All said rental s�hhahl be... ..,,,,.,:d:,.,,., ..itl:.0.. t.,a.a.,��ahn-zetta* ,1 ' ' agreements. The rent al of any s,eh equipment,foa Sun u„, of legal h.l:l n.n shall he ;nah.ne. : eh:n arts shall ,rhea the th F use�hn\„�}••the e.,}e«}n,.th., eel h..nxx/ATCD .aa.a�.:y', ”parts .n ° n above uu. er-ized by fie!Em neeessafy F r the\x lerl& 2 r„nt ..F all .ante,-:stn and a„} a,.. Cost o .tat matt d. Sales,n use, a other- sifailar ,.F ti-�.s«...-t�4:,.« n«.7 n},,,.a..°thereof, nn.7 c ,• taxes related to the \xl l d F whieh r ” pe TRACTOR s liable imposed by Laws and Degu field serviees required in conneetion therewith-All 11 `t '° liable, eash dhseounts shall aeerue to CONTRACT-OR unless 03A ED deposits €aids with the than ,; e. Deposits lest fer causes othcrZrrzm negh CONTRACTOR ,,.:t��,h:nh }„ nt.e to gesso of CONTRACTOR,". ..a whieh to �Tl1D�_Subeon cetera or o.hheh ease the-eash diseounts shall a66i�le� anyone difectly or- indifec4ly employed by a*y-ef 03ArN R. All trade diseotints,r rebates and refr them of fe f whose ants n of them may be liable and returns from sale of swplus-materials-Emd and reqnu>i`prTn n r rn =o s h„ payments entn na Fees F_ e..m ment shall—aeeme to OMg4ER, and �e�.D shall make n ° that they :tn i may be obtained, € Dosses and damages (and related by CONTn A rTO t expenses) eaused by damage to the Wer-k, n 3. Payrrients made 6empensated by-insuranee or othef-Mse, sustained Subeeittraeters for- Wed(perfer-rtied by CONTRACTOR by . eonneetion with the F Subeontraeters. if required by OWNER, CON V y * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-29 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 10.05 Claims and Disputes 1. changes in the Work which are: (i)ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.01.A, (ii)re- A. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature quired because of acceptance of defective Work of each Claim, dispute,or other matter shall be delivered by under paragraph 13.08.A or OWNER's correction of the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the defective Work under paragraph 13.09, or (iii) Contract promptly(but in no event later than 30 days) after agreed to by the parties; the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim,dispute,or other matter with 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract supporting data shall be delivered to the ENGINEER and Times which are agreed to by the parties, including the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work of such event(unless ENGINEER allows additional time for actually performed in accordance with a Work claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in Change Directive;and support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.01.B. A Times which embody the substance of any written Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to para- in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.02.B. graph 10.05;provided that, in lieu of executing any Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire any such decision in accordance with the provisions adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any Regulations, but during any such appeal, response to ENGINEER and the claimant within 30 days CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph ENGINEER allows additional time). 6.18.A. B. ENGINEER's Decision: ENGINEER will render 10.04 Notification to Surety a formal decision in writing within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope opposing party, if any. ENGINEER's written decision on of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents such Claim, dispute, or other matter will be final and (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: A, Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be 1. an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is CONTRACTOR's responsibility. The amount of each taken within the time limits and in accordance with applicable Bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Article such change. 16;or 2. if no such dispute resolution procedures have been set forth in Article 16,a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRAC- TOR to the other and to ENGINEER within 30 days after the date of such decision, and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction within 60 days after the date of such decision or within 60 days after Substantial Completion, whichever is later (unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR), to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such Claim, dispute, or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If ENGINEER does not render a formal decision in writing within the time stated in paragraph 10.05.13, a decision denying the Claim in its entirety shall be deemed to have been issued 31 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party,if any. Aawk * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-28 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 A. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities mance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accor- ,, CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CON- dance with the Contract Documents. TRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon C. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision thereon will be Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing final and binding (except as modified by ENGINEER to any of the Work. reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, subject to the D. ENGINEER's review of the final Application for provisions of paragraph 10.05. Payment and accompanying documentation and all mainte- nance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and Documents and Acceptability of Work other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their A. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the content complies with the requirements of, and in the case requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work, the Documents. quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work, the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, and set forth in this paragraph 9.10 shall also apply to Claims seeking changes in the Contract Price or Contract ENGINEER's Consultants,Resident Project Representative, Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing,in and assistants. accordance with the provisions of paragraph 10.05, with a request for a formal decision. ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK;CLAIMS B. When functioning as interpreter and judge under 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work this paragraph 9.09,ENGINEER will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in notice to any surety,OWNER may,at any time or from time good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work ENGINEER pursuant to this paragraph 9.09 with respect to by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work any such Claim,dispute, or other matter(except any which Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, have been waived by the making or acceptance of final CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work payment as provided in paragraph 14.07)will be a condition involved which will be performed under the applicable precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have specifically provided). under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such Claim,dispute,or other matter. B. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, 9.10 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times,or Responsibilities both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in A. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility paragraph 10.05. under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or A. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an performance of any authority or responsibility by increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the ENGINEER shall create,impose,or give rise to any duty in Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is contract, tort, or otherwise owed by ENGINEER to not required by the Contract Documents as amended, CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04, other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph or agent of any of them. 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.04.13. B. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control,or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's 10.03 Execution of Change Orders means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of low construction, or the safety precautions and programs A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the perfor- (or Written Amendments)covering: * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-27 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supple- Supplementary Conditions. mentary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations CONSTRUCTION A. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable prompt- 9.01 OWNER'S Representative ness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents as ENGINEER A. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative may determine necessary,which shall be consistent with the during the construction period. The duties and responsi- intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Docu- bilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as ments. Such written clarifications and interpretations will OWNER's representative during construction are set forth be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER. or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the �c Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be 9.02 Visits to Site allowed as a result of a written clarification or interpretation, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph A. ENGINEER will make visits to the Site at inter- 10.05. vals appropriate to the various stages of construction as '� ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an 9.05 Authorized Variations in Work experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of A. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents obtained during such visits and observations, ENGINEER, which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or for the benefit of OWNER,will determine,in general,if the the Contract Times and are compatible with the design Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as Documents. ENGINEER will not be required to make indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on the quality or quantity of the Work. ENGINEER's efforts OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR, who shall perform will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater the Work involved promptly. If OWNER and CONTRAC- degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform TOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or visits and observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER Contract Times, or both, as a result of a Field Order, a informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to Claim may be made therefor as provided in paragraph guard OWNER against defective Work. 10.05. B. ENGINEER's visits and observations are subject 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work to all the limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.10, and particularly, A. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or but without limitation,during or as a result of ENGINEER's reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control, or have Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the construction, or the safety precautions and programs Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have authority incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to to require special inspection or testing of the Work as comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the provided in paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is performance of the Work. fabricated,installed,or completed. 9.03 Project Representative 9.07 Shop Drawings,Change Orders and Payments A. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER A. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Shop Drawings and Samples,see paragraph 6.17. ENGINEER in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations B. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to thereon of any such Resident Project Representative and Change Orders,see Articles 10, 11,and 12. assistants will be as provided in paragraph 9.10 and in the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another C. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to representative or agent to represent OWNER at the Site who Applications for Payment,see Article 14. is not ENGINEER's Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-26 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct A. OWNER shall make payments to CONTRAC- contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and TOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs other contractors. 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of 8.05 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall inspect A. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in and easements and providing engineering surveys to writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.01 work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to OWNER's identifying execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports CONTRACTOR's failure to so report will constitute an of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site defects and deficiencies in such other work. that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 7.02 Coordination 8.06 Insurance A. If OWNER intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the >ti n E sibilitie if any, in Fespec4 to following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: un Y n hasinrJ-end maintaining liability a .+ ' J Y Y J-°1pL"-CflOC 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the 8.07 Change Orders activities among the various contractors will be identified; A. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as 2. the specific matters to be covered by such indicated in paragraph 10.03. authority and responsibility will be itemized;and 8.08 Inspections,Tests,and Approvals 3. the extent of such authority and responsi- A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to certain bilities will be provided. inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in paragraph B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary 13.03.13. Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and respon- sibility for such coordination. 8.09 Limitations on OWNER's Responsibilities ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, 8.01 Communications to Contractor CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and A. Except as otherwise provided in these General programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CON- Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to TRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applica- CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. ble to the performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the 8.02 Replacement of ENGINEER Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. A. In case of termination of the employment of 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer to whom Condition CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undis- former ENGINEER. closed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in paragraph 4.06. 8.03 Furnish Data 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. OWNER shall promptly furnish the data required A. If and to the extent OWNER has agreed to furnish of OWNER under the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy OWNER's obligations under the Contract Documents, OWNER's * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-25 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 2. recommendation by ENGINEER or pay- anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the ment by OWNER of any progress or final payment; indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or Completion by ENGINEER or any payment related for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor,Supplier,or thereto by OWNER; other individual or entity under workers'compensation acts, disability benefit acts,or other employee benefit acts. 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; fishatio obligations f C=0NTD A r E. The tt3detnttt vaao vox.�anrnxT�z—cvrrz�av-rc TlID «.]°~«.,~..,..-.,„h�7!1 A ..t..,il«.,t°.,t°«.]t,.tl.°l:.,l.;la.. 5. an acceptance b OWNER or an failure TOR undo pa Y P Y Y to do so; of >~T.rrMEE L`i�T and GINEER's Cons.ltan4s or to t ° o€filers, directors,partners, employees,agents, and oth eonsultants and subeona-7aeter-s of eaeh and any of them 6. any review and approval of a Shop Draw- °...°c. ing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice °r of acceptability by ENGINEER; 1. the pFeparatien or approval of, or- t'xe 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; failure to , maps 8. any correction of defective Work by 2.giving direetiens or- instrado ns, of fa OWNER. to give them if that is the prirAaFy eause of tw° 6.20 Indemnification ~damage. * ARTICLE 7-OTHER WORK A. To the f4llest extent permitted by Laws—aid Regulations CONTRACTOR CTO shall inde ,„;11. and hold 7.01 Related Work at Site .,bu.A. harmless OANE,E-NGP1 EER, EwrrER's Gonsttl tants and the offieers, dir-eetors, payers, employees; A. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by OWNER's employees, or let other any of them ftem and against all elaims est° losses, and direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by damages(including but not limited to all fees°«a ehar-ges°c utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Con- °° ..bite°t° affo ° and othe of ..1. „a tract Documents,then: ,.-t all , arbitration of other- dispute r-esolution ..ts) arising out of, elating to the „°..c....sans.° of the Wor4c 1. written notice thereof will be given to ided that a eh elaim °.t lase F damage: CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other pro.. >” work;and 1. is attributable to 'beds ii t y, sielaiess disease or death, - to i to °~ destmetion o 2. if OWNER and CONTRACTOR are tangible property (other than the WoflE itself), unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount ineluding the less of use r-es l ting there fte,,.an or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a 2. is eaused in N"ol° „°~t by an), result of such other work, a Claim may be made negligent aet or emission of TD A CTO °« therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. Subeentfaeter er, individual entity difeetly of indifer4ly 1° ed by f B. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor them to pe;of m any of the Wool e for- who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility :.hose acts an),of them may be liab! ~° °~a' °F owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the other :whether o. not eaused in paFt by any egligenee ° work with OWNER's employees)proper and safe access to emission of an individual entity indemnified the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction hereande° whether liability imposed upon sue-h and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of indemnified party by Laws nd Regulations regard such other work and shall properly coordinate the Work less of the negli epee of ° sueh individual o with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract entity: Documents, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly B. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGI- connect or otherwise make its several parts come together NEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, and properly integrate with such other work. CON- officers, directors, partners, or employees by any employee TRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by (or the survivor or personal representative of such cutting,excavating,or otherwise altering their work and will employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any only cut or alter their work with the written consent of Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-24 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 b. all materials with respect to intended from the requirements of the Contract Documents use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called assembly, and installation pertaining to the ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the performance of the Work; time of each submittal as required by paragraph 6.17.D.3 and ENGINEER has given written c. all information relative to means,meth- approval of each such variation by specific written ods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying construction and safety precautions and the Shop Drawing or Sample approval;nor will any programs incident thereto;and approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for complying with the require- d. CONTRACTOR shall also have ments of paragraph 6.17.D.1. reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples F. Resubmittal Procedures and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 1. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER and shall return the 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specif- required number of corrected copies of Shop is written indication that CONTRACTOR has satis- Drawings and submit as required new Samples for fied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct Contract Documents with respect to specific attention in writing to revisions other than CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that the corrections called for by ENGINEER on previ- submittal. ous submittals. 3. At the time of each submittal,CONTRAC- 6.18 Continuing the Work TOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any,that the Shop Drawing or A. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and Sample submitted may have from the requirements adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or written communication separate from the submittal; postponed pending resolution of any disputes or and,in addition,shall cause a specific notation to be disagreements,except as permitted by paragraph 15.04 or as made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such writing. variation. 6.19 CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and E. ENGINEER's Review Guarantee 1. ENGINEER will timely review and A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance OWNER, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's Consultants that with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Docu- submittals acceptable to ENGINEER.ENGINEER's ments and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's review and approval will be only to determine if the warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or items covered by the submittals will, after damage caused by: installation or incorporation in the Work,conform to 1. abuse, modification, or improper main- the information given in the Contract Documents tenance or operation by persons other than CON- and be compatible with the design concept of the TRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other completed Project as a functioning whole as individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is indicated by the Contract Documents. responsible;or 2. ENGINEER's review and approval will 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except B CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and where a particular means, method, technique, complete the Work in accordance with the Contract sequence, or procedure of construction is Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance incident thereto. The review and approval of a with the Contract Documents or a release of separate item as such will not indicate approval of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in the assembly in which the item functions. accordance with the Contract Documents: '` 3. ENGINEER's review and approval of 1. observations by ENGINEER; Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CON- TRACTOR from responsibility for any variation * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-23 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 2. all the Work and materials and equipment 6.16 Emergencies to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site;and A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection , of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR is obligated to act to prevent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks,pave- threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall ments, roadways, structures, utilities, and Under- give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR ground Facilities not designated for removal,reloca- believes that any significant changes in the Work or tion,or replacement in the course of construction. variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If ENGINEER B. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable determines that a change in the Contract Documents is Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in property, or to the protection of persons or property from response to such an emergency,a Work Change Directive or damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all Change Order will be issued. necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the and replacement of their property. All damage, injury, or acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.13.A.2 or submittals. All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, may require and in the number of copies specified in the by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by materials, and similar data to show ENGINEER the CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the services, materials, and equipment CONTRACTOR fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's information for the limited purposes required by paragraph Consultant,or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone 6.17.E. for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable,directly or indirectly, in whole or in part,to the B. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample directly or indirectly employed by any of them). submittals. Each Sample will be identified clearly as to CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for safety and material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGI- all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a NEER may require to enable ENGINEER to review the notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with submittal for the limited purposes required by paragraph paragraph 14.07.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as 6.17.E.The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial as specified in the Specifications. Completion). C. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by 6.14 Safety Representative the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals acceptable to ENGINEER as A. CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and required by paragraph 2.07, any related Work performed experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and CONTRACTOR. programs. D. Submittal Procedures 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or A. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordi- Sample,CONTRACTOR shall have determined and nating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other verified: hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at a. all field measurements, quantities, the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-22 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for ENGINEER's Consultant, and the officers, monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws directors, partners, employees, agents, and other or Regulations. consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages B. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work knowing (including but not limited to all fees and charges of or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or engineers, architects, attorneys, and other Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, professionals and all court or arbitration or other losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees dispute resolution costs)arising out of or relating to and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute any such owner or occupant against OWNER, resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work; ENGINEER., or any other party indemnified however, it shall not be CONTRACTOR's primary hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations,but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the obligations under paragraph 3.03. Work: During the progress of the Work CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the of waste materials,rubbish,and other debris. Removal and time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on Work CONTRACTOR shall clean the Site and make it entitlement to or on the amount or extent,if any,of any such ready for utilization by OWNER. At the completion of the adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Work CONTRACTOR shall remove from the Site all tools, paragraph 10.05. appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all 6.10 Taxes property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by D. Loading Structures: CONTRACTOR shall not CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall during the performance of the Work. CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas 6.12 Record Documents A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas A. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, 1. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, Change Directives,Field Orders,and written interpretations and the operations of workers to the Site and other and clarifications in good order and annotated to show areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall changes made during construction. These record documents not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all with construction equipment or other materials or approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record responsibility for any damage to any such land or documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any to ENGINEER for OWNER. adjacent land or areas resulting from the 6.13 Safety and Protection performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such A. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for owner or occupant because of the performance of initiating,maintaining and supervising all safety precautions the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle and programs in connection with the Work. with such other party by negotiation or otherwise CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to resolution proceeding or at law. prevent damage,injury or loss to: 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and 1. all persons on the Site or who may be Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and affected by the Work; hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-21 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's acceptance OWNER, CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's (either in writing or by failing to make written objection Consultants,and all other individuals or entities identified in thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, such Subcontractor,Supplier,or other individual or entity so employees,agents,and other consultants and subcontractors identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable of each and any of them)for all losses and damages caused objection after due investigation. CONTRACTOR shall by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier,CONTRAC- Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. TOR will obtain the same. No acceptance by OWNER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier,or other individual or entity,whether initially or as 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work. A. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the C. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the of any invention, design,process,product, or device which Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. performing or furnishing any of the Work just as If a particular invention,design,process,product,or device CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or relationship between OWNER or ENGINEER and any such royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless due any such Subcontractor, Supplier,or other individual or OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and the entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and officers, directors, partners, employees or agents, and other Regulations. consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims,costs,losses,and damages(including but not limited D. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the contract with CONTRACTOR. use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention,design,process, E. CONTRACTOR shall require all Subcontractors, product,or device not specified in the Contract Documents. Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with ENGI- 6.08 Permits NEER through CONTRACTOR. ** A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcon- CONTRACTOR,when necessary,in obtaining such permits tractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental performed by any specific trade. charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of G. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor owners for connections to the Work,and OWNER shall pay or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the thereto,such as plant investment fees. Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER. Whenever any such agreement is with a 6.09 Laws and Regulations Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in paragraph A. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply 5.06, the agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby performance of the Work. Except where otherwise the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-20 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 a. If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an expressly required by the Contract Documents, CON- item of material or equipment proposed by TRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means,meth- CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an od, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction "or-equal"item under paragraph 6.05.A.1,it will approved by ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit be considered a proposed substitute item. sufficient information to allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to determine that the b. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for information as provided below to allow ENGI- by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by NEER to determine that the item of material or ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to 6.05.A.2. that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items C. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be of material or equipment will not be accepted by allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each ENGINEER from anyone other than CON- proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A TRACTOR. and 6.05.13. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of accept- ability. No"or-equal"or substitute will be ordered,installed c. The procedure for review by ENGI- or utilized until ENGINEER's review is complete, which NEER will be as set forth in paragraph will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute 6.05.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Requirements and as ENGINEER may decide is ENGINEER will advise CONTRACTOR in writing of any appropriate under the circumstances. negative determination. d. CONTRACTOR shall first make D. Special Guarantee: OWNER may require CON- written application to ENGINEER for review of TRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's expense a a proposed substitute item of material or special performance guarantee or other surety with respect equipment that CONTRACTOR seeks to furnish to any substitute. or use. The application shall certify that the proposed substitute item will perform adequately E. ENGINEER's Cost Reimbursement: ENGINEER the functions and achieve the results called for will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGINEER's by the general design,be similar in substance to Consultants in evaluating substitute proposed or submitted that specified, and be suited to the same use as by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and that specified. The application will state the 6.05.13 and in making changes in the Contract Documents extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with substitute item will prejudice CONTRACTOR's OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. achievement of Substantial Completion on time, Whether or not ENGINEER approves a substitute item so whether or not use of the proposed substitute proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR, CON- item in the Work will require a change in any of TRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of the Contract Documents(or in the provisions of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating any other direct contract with OWNER for work each such proposed substitute. on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item and whether or not F. CONTRACTOR's Expense: CONTRACTOR shall incorporation or use of the proposed substitute provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or item in connection with the Work is subject to "or-equal"at CONTRACTOR's expense. payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute item from 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers,and Others that specified will be identified in the applica- tion, and available engineering, sales, A. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcon- maintenance, repair, and replacement services tractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including will be indicated. The application will also those acceptable to OWNER as indicated in paragraph contain an itemized estimate of all costs or 6.06.13),whether initially or as a replacement,against whom credits that will result directly or indirectly from OWNER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR use of such substitute item, including costs of shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor,Supplier, redesign and claims of other contractors affected or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the by any resulting change, all of which will be Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the objection. proposed substitute item. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the data about the proposed substitute item. identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to OWNER in B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: advance for acceptance by OWNER by a specified date If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if procedure of construction is shown or indicated in and CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 19 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 the progress f the Work, paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the prog- GQNTP�&,CTOR shall assign a eempetepA r ,,:dent s _ _ ress schedule that will not result in changing the tendent thereto who ..hall „t be epla,.od wit-hoot Nwitto„ Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments � notice te—OIWW�R And- except under will conform generally to the progress schedule then extraordinary eifeumstanees. T-he-superintendent rit�be in effect and additionally will comply with any CONTD CTOR's repr-went.five at the Site and shall,av_e provisions of the General Requirements applicable anther-45, to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. A14 thereto. eamnitinieatieus given to or reeeived €fern—the superia 2. Proposed adjustments in the progress s,,n be r:,d:,.an CnrTn n�Tnn schedule that will change the Contract Times (or 6.02 Labor;Working Hours Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Such adjustments A. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,suitably may only be made by a Change Order or Written qualified personnel to survey, lay out, and construct the Amendment in accordance with Article 12. Work as required by the Contract Documents. CON- TRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. 6.05 Substitutes and"Or-Equals" B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or specified or described in the Contract Documents by using adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Contract Documents,all Work at the Site shall be performed Supplier, the specification or description is intended to during regular working hours,and CONTRACTOR will not establish the type, function, appearance, and quality permit overtime work or the performance of Work on required. Unless the specification or description contains or Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without OWNER's is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) "or-equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to ENGINEER for review 6.03 Services,Materials,and Equipment under the circumstances described below. A. Unless otherwise specified in the General Re- 1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in ENGINEER's quirements, CONTRACTOR shall provide and assume full sole discretion an item of material or equipment pro- responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, posed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to transportation, construction equipment and machinery, that named and sufficiently similar so that no change tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, in related Work will be required, it may be con- sanitary facilities,temporary facilities,and all other facilities sidered by ENGINEER as an "or-equal" item, in and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, which case review and approval of the proposed start-up,and completion of the Work. item may, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the of the requirements for approval of proposed substi- Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of tute items. For the purposes of this paragraph good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees will be considered functionally equal to an item so specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly named if run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, ENGINEER determines that: (i) it is at least and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equal in quality,durability,appearance,strength, equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, and design characteristics; (ii) it will reliably erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in perform at least equally well the function accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, imposed by the design concept of the completed except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Docu- Project as a functioning whole,and; ments. b. CONTRACTOR certifies that: (i)there 6.04 Progress Schedule is no increase in cost to the OWNER; and(ii)it will conform substantially,even with deviations, A. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress to the detailed requirements of the item named schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.07 as it in the Contract Documents. may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 2. Substitute Items 1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGI- NEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 18 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 B. OWNER waives all rights against 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, Replace ENGINEER's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and if eithe. nix W n CONTRACTOR has any subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of '"" """"""`""" equifed to be pufehased and maintained b�the other-r ..t� .] 'th fti 1 G anee use, or other consequential loss extending beyond = the basis of r�e�t sen€er�anse with theme direct physical loss or damage to OWNER's r�n�,�n,°nb ♦1, 1 t +.. wee th the other- resulting property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or ' s r ' so resulting from fire or other peril whether or not PaAy in within insured by OWNER;and paragraph 2.05.r 03AWER and CONTRACTOR—shall 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or -"v"" pr-evide to the other sueh additional infe�atien in part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting t rF either- ee p aide nit n ^, th ^ r-easonably, ..n ..r pafty from fire or other insured. peril or cause of loss the Bonds°n,,: ,.°,, ,.F.,,,^,,.,°..t. ,. +,, r• covered by any property insurance maintained on a Y°`' the completed Project or part thereof by OWNER tMet Doeuments, P", shall notify the other pal4y in t •icing of s eh F:1,.«° to h t the + ,•t F tl, during partial utilization pursuant to paragraph ""° � """" """"" "' rur-e"a°e prior 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to paragraph 14.07. or femedy, ton ^tees . eh Other n...+.,', intefests t C. Any insurance policy maintained by OWNER „,, „ e pat4 who shall s required t.°issued t o t adjust stieh covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to �.,^�G��=�r' in paragraph 5.07.13 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or 5.10 Partial Utilization,Acknowledgment of Property consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of Insurer recovery against CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER,or ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, A. If OWNER finds it necessary directors,partners,employees, agents,and other consultants to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial and subcontractors of each and any of them. Completion of all the Work as provided in paragraph 14.05, 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to paragraph 5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in A. Any i ed less , der the ' F • "---� "•����� ��� � ry writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall and made n ,able to OWNER as fidueiafy for-the a consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to 5.08.& lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. OV44ER shall deposit in a sepaFate aeeaunt any money so .eived and shall a' t..:1 t it in aeeerdanee with su ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES agreement as the pa#ies in interest may reaeb. if fie ether `peeial agFeenien4 is eaebed, the damaged "' '' shall be 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence aeeetffit thereof-,and the WeFlE and the rest tl F covered A. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and by an rr-or--»-e C==W=scO=ate= o_W�«enmen =en. direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as B. O)Aq4ER as fidueiaf�, shall have power- to may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with and settle an),loss with the inswers unless one of the pafties the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely in interest shall objeet :n „°.:t:ng within 15 days °a t, responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, v to ... YY11, w and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall �.�-� Hof tee to-oWI'dI✓I�s exercise p e rise e€this ewer 1€ sueh objection made, 03AL TL'U a,1, responsible for the negligence of OWNER or shall Hiak-e V'vv"�: v v ° a , ENGINEER in the design or specification of a specific settlement rvitlr—t€te insurers in aeeer�--spit-n�a� agreement as the parties in interest may feaeh. if means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of aa'°°ment° the °,.tie°; interest; reached,03AL T construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly as fid eiai shall the n required b the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall '!s fa„^i�r” ^1:u11 ^a^,;,t and settle the t with the q Y and,ifrequ;ed in� ',t,ng by any pat4 03AgsT be responsible to see that the completed Work complies as a. shall give bond for-the peffeimanee F accurately with the Contract Documents. such duties. * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 17 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 individuals or entities identified in the n3ALt4T d CONTRACTOR and to eeeh other additional 1 .1' fF, e d t b «t'F t F' h b d �lpprelnentai3�Eon�tioi}S, and mvaxca co�rxvm-crocrcmoac�va--inocsrmiw- uo been di t «.. pai4 ye«s employees, agents and ether and •�°t�vr11 eontaill-=::ixiver=pivVisieiis—m—nvovrd�anee- with It 4 d b t« to F eeb and vrn-r�aacacxsa-cmcr�csvwirtx-accoi•s az e...... .... any-4 par-agmph 5.07. them, eaeh F h is deemed to have an «able interest .1 shall be 1' t d as an additional instw .1• v sdi-All not he responsible F« .. «ehev.:.,.. 2. be vAiaen on a Buildef's Risk"all risk"of and mainta4iing , p L n speeified in i open e of it°"' eauses ^s ^" paFagraph 5.06 to the test ! A!Tl shall at least 1 a e f.« phy steel less . Stib eo xfaet ofs, of n the We«iE to the F iter Af .1 .1 t'bl that identified e,l the C, .�.le „_tar damage to the \ or4c te,«pomiy, buildings, f lie are in h '.ment,e,l 1 d materials and ,,,ui merit in t msit'µ,,,1 Genditlons. "4he—irsk of less YAthin suvr.--identifies equipment :„ , deductible ,.,t .:II be borne by CONT-D n CTOR shall� e against at least the F Il,,.y».,a ., ,•;lce �"� °7f ' C heent«eeter-s others su4 .eh 1.,.... eauses of F.«e lightning, *tended_ e e ' loss: , ^, ••••••••:b..v F them ..he pr-opeFtt, theft,vandalism .1 1' ,......:seb:eF ee,.th,,,,eLe ..........b.. .......... ......11..,...y.ak , eafl-vse, et the« eb e..e«>.. F t F Laws �d Regulations,ti t « dam expense- age, Othef * l3 If CONTRACTOR «e ests ..•sting that other- beee;Feelly, red by, the Suppl ,,...,......J el h„ ,.ty.,le.l a the„ pe,•ty, �; ° , 03ALNER shall, if 3. inelude expenses ed ift the h .1 t.. CONTRACTOR by, .. .•sate !''be.,..e !-1.•d «le a ent „f a ., ed efty, (ineltidin but Change .�..,... .. ... «y, :«� .�«.... or \�scv°ii-ir=roixiirieRt. D«:..« t.. .y.. ° e...°«t ..F tL.° r limited d to fees d ehe«a s of a inee«.. .y.i rvc--rm�xrcvo cv-xvc�--isi',v--onuxge� .,_ ..::F,......,.., ....... afehiteG tl°); Work at the Si te, n\x 1rLD shall in .:t:,. ",y.:tee GOIn TD A CTO whether- or of s,eh other ifiswmee ha 4. eever-material and equipment stored at the OWNER. Site or- at anothef loeation that was agFeed 5.07 Waiver of Rights ,Aq4ting by OIAWER prior- to being ineei-7por-ated in the \\7.y«lE .ided that a,eh materials and e «^y 11µV oat nfo A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that all t h � been :,,el,,.le.l in ..., A«..l:eer:..« F.• Payment«ee°ff ffnen ed by FR(iREER policies purchased in accordance with paragraph 5.06 will protect OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, 3 allow for-«raft;el i4il;.,etion of the]TIME by ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other o;;q4ER; individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds 6. inel...le testing and startup;an' (and the officers,directors,partners,employees,agents,and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of 7 be ai rained in effeet upAil final ..ay,.., them)in such policies and will provide primary coverage for a 1 • the Miss a eed to in r4ina b, all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss 03AWE , CONTRACTOR,and ENGINEER ;._it?: covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions 3n days •tte. t;ee to eaeh other additional to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or �v�xaTs�vixrcoxx—:���� .,., ., .. d io_o,,x, a #i fi t of insuFanee has been damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against issued. any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each B. n\I ATCD shall be"e a fain suc? b°;,°« other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees,agents,and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused may be fequir-ed by the Supplementai=y Conditions of Laws and Regulatiams—y°hi l—inehide the—.nt°:ems by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or ^`I�..rcD rnl.lTD n�TnD C.,hee.,t«e er,.«.. >rllrzrlrc>JD causes of loss covered by such policies and any other >~,.,r,l,.rz,>rD, Consultants, a other :.,di_,:,1.,",.. °« property insurance applicable to the Work; and,in addition,any ENGINEER'S Co'"""�"' °a"r in _dtial' o= waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ENGINEER, entities ',7 t'F. ,1 the C , t f'' .1't' eeet� ,.f• `�'Re""r`ed in the„`�ementaT�ndi i s ENGINEER's Consultants, and all other individuals or b ,1 " e.l to be..e ., fable :,,re«e..t a«,i�shall be entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as an instifed of additional insured. listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors,partners,employees,agents,and other consultants E All the polie;e" of in e (and the eert.ficat..., " ��_� and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such of rb 'aenee thereof) «e red to be .. «ebasea and policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the maintained•„ ee orda,ee w th. aph 5.06..rill ^°„ant e above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party . ender-sement that the eover-age aff aea will not making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance b V.Anoolpd ete,•;elly, ebe«..ed or renewal refi"e. 11"t;l otherwise payable under at least �n a"." tre ^t:eebas been gi en `o any policy so issued. * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 16 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 5.04 CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability Aw*. A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such provided in the Supplementary Conditions or liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is being performed and as will provide protection from claims greater; set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work and 3. include completed operations insurance; CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by 4• include contractual liability insurance CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to under paragraphs 6.07,6.11,and 6.20; perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially 1. claims under workers' compensation, changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days disability benefits, and other similar employee prior written notice has been given to OWNER and benefit acts; CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions 2. claims for damages because of bodily to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR's employees; CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person 6. remain in effect at least until final payment other than CONTRACTOR'S employees; and at all rimes thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting,removing, or replacing defective 4. claims for damages insured by reasonably Work in accordance with paragraph 13.07;and available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: (i) by any person as a result of an 7. with respect to completed operations insur- offense directly or indirectly related to the employ- ance, and any insurance coverage written on a ment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or(ii)by claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least two any other person for any other reason; years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional 5. claims for damages,other than to the Work insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, property wherever located, including loss of use evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such resulting therefrom;and additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter).' 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage 5.05 03ANER's Liability insur-anee arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. B. The policies of insurance so required by this , OWNER, at paragraph 5.04 to be purchased and maintained shall: 9 -s ept-ioni may purchase and maintain at 1. with respect to insurance required by pars- �z ill protect OlAq4ER .R.inst ..,.ims...1 ieh may se t_- -- � , � t Documents. graphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include operations under the as additional insureds (subject to any customary 5.066--Pr-operty histwanee exclusion in respect of professional liability) OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be Conditions, OIAIT�ER shall pur-chase and maintain-pfopeft-y listed as additional insureds, and include coverage on the Work at the Site , _ of the fifll„ for the respective officers, directors, partners, rPplaeeni ip st t, f ( 1. t to sueh a d bl employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional Conditions or- r-equir-ed by Laws and I---- insureds, and the insurance afforded to these addi- tional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 1 include the interests of OlAq ER, CON TRACTOR, bubeentraetofs, ElyGP;EER, ENGPT ER's—Consultants, -and any other * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 15 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 amount or extent,if any,of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stop- ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE page or such special conditions under which Work is agreed ,,,k to be resumed by CONTRACTOR,either party may make a 5.01 Performance,Payment,and Other Bonds Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. A. CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and F. If after receipt of such written notice payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the resume such Work under such special conditions, then Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at OWNER may order the portion of the Work that is in the least until one year after the date when final payment area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRAC- entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an TOR shall also famish such other Bonds as are required by adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of the Contract Documents. deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the OWNER may have such deleted portion of the Work Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accor- or Regulations,and shall be executed by such sureties as are dance with Article 7. named in the current list of"Companies Holding Certifi- cates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Regulations, OWNER shall indemnify and hold harmless Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the ENGINEER's Consultants and the officers, directors, Treasury. All Bonds signed by an agent must be partners, employees, agents, other consultants, and accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all act. claims,costs,losses,and damages(including but not limited C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by CON- to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, TRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other right to do business is terminated in any state where any part dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such of paragraph 5.01.13, CONTRACTOR shall within 20 days Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i)was not shown or thereafter substitute another Bond and surety,both of which indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 5.01.13 the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of and 5.02. the Work,and(ii)was not created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers in this paragraph 4.06.E shall obligate OWNER to indemni- fy any individual or entity from and against the conse- A. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract quences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consul- insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. tants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and additional requirements and qualifications as may be any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and provided in the Supplementary Conditions. damages(including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and 5.03 Certificates of Insurance all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental A. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with Condition created by CONTRACTOR or by anyone for copies to each additional insured identified in the Supple- whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. Nothing in this mentary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other paragraph 4.06.F shall obligate CONTRACTOR to evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other indemnify any individual or entity from and against the additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is required to consequences of that individual's or entity's own negli- `purchase and maintain. "�,�Elk shall deliver to gence. CONTRACT-OR, with copies toes motional insured identified in ♦l.o C l ..-.. Conditions, ..o.-f:F....,to.. „f' 1. The provisions of paragraphs 4.02,4.03, and 4.04 are not intended to apply to a Hazardous Environmental CONTRACTOR ne additional insured) ...,: ,any Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. CO TR : oa., «,, other- and.« „. :„ * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 14 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming the Contract Documents.'` aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical in connection therewith (except in an emergency as Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the required by paragraph 6.16.A),identify the owner of general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such such Underground Facility and give written notice to reports and drawings,but such reports and drawings are not that owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER. Contract Documents. Such"technical data"is identified in ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on Facility and determine the extent,if any,to which a such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon change is required in the Contract Documents to or make any Claim against OWNER,ENGINEER or any of reflect and document the consequences of the ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be 1. the completeness of such reports and responsible for the safety and protection of such drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, Underground Facility. including, but not limited to, any aspects of the 2. If ENGINEER concludes that a change in means, methods, techniques, sequences and the Contract Documents is required,a Work Change procedures of construction to be employed by Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and and document such consequences. An equitable programs incident thereto;or 'adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they information contained in such reports or shown or are attributable to the existence or location of any indicated in such drawings;or Underground Facility that was not shown or `indicated or not sho::-nor indicted with 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or reasonable asstffiGy in the Contract Documents and conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not such other data, interpretations, opinions or reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to information. have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR C. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for any are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Contract Price or Contract Times, OWNER or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be CONTRACTOR may make a Claim therefor as Within the scope of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be provided in paragraph 10.05. responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by CON- 4.05 Reference Points TRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. A. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to D. If CONTRACTOR encounters a Hazardous establish reference points for construction which in Environmental Condition or if CONTRACTOR or anyone ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CON- for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible creates a TRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR Hazardous Environmental Condition,CONTRACTOR shall shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect immediate) i secure or otherwise isolate such condition; and preserve the established reference points and property y' () monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations (ii)stop all Work in connection with such condition and in without the prior written approval of OWNER. any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any required by paragraph 6.16); and (iii) notify OWNER and reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or ENGINEER(and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades Ming). OWNER shall promptly consult with ENGINEER or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified replacement or relocation of such reference points or expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, property monuments by professionally qualified if any. personnel.' E. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR written A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to the notice: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected Supplementary Conditions for the identification of area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of those* reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Work; or(ii)specifying any special conditions under which Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 13 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in ration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous the Contract Documents;or areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for 3. differs materially from that shown or CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's indicated in the Contract Documents;or making such final commitment;or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs c. CONTRACTOR failed to give the materially from conditions ordinarily encountered written notice within the time and as required by and generally recognized as inherent in work of the paragraph 4.03.A. character provided for in the Contract Documents; 3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are then CONTRACTOR shall,promptly after becoming aware unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract physical conditions or performing any Work in connection Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be therewith(except in an emergency as required by paragraph made therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. 6.16.A), notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about However, OWNER, ENGINEER, and such condition. CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to such condition or perform any Work in connection CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses, or therewith(except as aforesaid)until receipt of written order damages (including but not limited to all fees and to do so. charges of engineers,architects,attorneys,and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other B. ENGINEER's Review: After receipt of written dispute resolution costs) sustained by notice as required by paragraph 4.03.A, ENGINEER will CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the project or anticipated project. necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or 4.04 Underground Facilities tests with respect thereto, and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR)of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER , 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facili- or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that ties,including OWNER,or by others. Unless it is otherwise the existence of such differing subsurface or expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: physical condition causes an increase or decrease in 1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any performance of the Work; subject, however, to the such information or data;and following: a. such condition must meet any one or 2• the cost of all of the following will be more of the categories described in paragraph included in the Contract Price,and CONTRACTOR 4.03.A;and shall have full responsibility for: b. with respect to Work that is paid for on a. reviewing and checking all such a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract information and data, Price will be subject to the provisions of para- graphs 9.08 and 11.03. b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, 2. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to c. coordination of the Work with the any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract owners of such Underground Facilities, Times if: including OWNER,during construction,and a. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence d. the safety and protection of all such of such conditions at the time CONTRACTOR Underground Facilities and repairing any made a final commitment to OWNER in respect damage thereto resulting from the Work. of Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a B. Not Shown or Indicated negotiated contract;or b. the existence of such condition could 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or reasonably have been discovered or revealed as revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not a result of any examination,investigation,explo- shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 12 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract construction lien against such lands in accordance with Documents applicable Laws and Regulations. A. The Contract Documents may be amended to C. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. of the following ways: (i) a Written Amendment; (ii) a Change Order;or(iii)a Work Change Directive. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may * A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary be supplemented,and minor variations and deviations in the Conditions identify: Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: (i) a Field Order; (ii) ENGINEER's approval of a 1. those reports of explorations and tests of Shop Drawing or Sample; or (iii) ENGINEER's written subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site interpretation or clarification. that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Contract 3.05 Reuse of Documents Documents;and A. CONTRACTOR and any Subcontractor or 2. those drawings of physical conditions in Supplier or other individual or entity performing or or relating to existing surface or subsurface struc- tures at or contiguous to the Site (except furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used U contract with OWNER:(i)shall not have or acquire any title U preparing the Contract Documents. to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, in Specifications,or other documents(or copies of any thereof) B. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR on Technical prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or Data Authorized: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the ENGINEER's Consultant, including electronic media general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such editions; and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, reports and drawings,but such reports and drawings are not Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on Contract Documents. Such"technical data"is identified in extensions of the Project or any other project without the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon written verification or adaption by ENGINEER. This or make any Claim against OWNER, ENGINEER, or any prohibition will survive final payment, completion, and of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: acceptance of the Work,or termination or completion of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude CONTRACTOR 1. the completeness of such reports and from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, includ- purposes. ing, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, ARTICLE 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR, REFERENCE POINTS and safety precautions and programs incident thereto;or 4.01 Availability of Lands 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and A. OWNER shall furnish the Site. OWNER shall information contained in such reports or shown or notify CONTRACTOR of any encumbrances or restrictions indicated in such drawings;or not of general application but specifically related to use of 3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or the Site with which CONTRACTOR must comply in conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any performing the Work. OWNER will obtain in a timely such other data, interpretations, opinions, or infor- manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If CONTRACTOR mation. and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both,as a result of any delay in A. Notice: If CONTRACTOR believes that any OWNER's furnishing the Site, CONTRACTOR may make subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site a Claim therefor as provided in paragraph 10.05. that is uncovered or revealed either: B. Upon reasonable written request, OWNER shall 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any furnish CONTRACTOR with a current statement of record "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 is Work is to be performed and OWNER's interest therein as materially inaccurate;or necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 11 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to otherwise specifically stated in the Contract complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment Documents. shall be made to CONTRACTOR until acceptable schedules A are submitted to ENGINEER. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification,manual or code,or any instruction of a 1. The progress schedule will be acceptable to Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or ENGINEER if it provides an orderly progression of responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, or the Work to completion within any specified Mile- ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consul- stones and the Contract Times. Such acceptance tants, agents, or employees from those set forth in will not impose on ENGINEER responsibility for the Contract Documents, nor shall any such the progress schedule,for sequencing,scheduling,or provision or instruction be effective to assign to progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full Consultants, agents, or employees any duty or responsibility therefor. authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake 2. CONTRACTOR's schedule of Shop responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Drawing and Sample submittals will be acceptable Contract Documents. to ENGINEER if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies required submittals. A. Reporting Discrepancies 3. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and 1. If, during the performance of the Work, substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict,error,ambi- Contract Price to component parts of the Work. guity,or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provi- ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, sion of any Law or Regulation applicable to the AMENDING,REUSE performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction 3.01 Intent of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once. CONTRACTOR A. The Contract Documents are complementary; shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. (except in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the describe a functionally complete Project(or part thereof)to methods indicated in paragraph 3.04; provided, be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. however,that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to Any labor,documentation,services,materials,or equipment OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Docu- such conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy ments or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should required to produce the intended result will be provided have known thereof whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to B. Resolving Discrepancies OWNER. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of Article 9. the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or 3.02 Reference Standards discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Lmvs, and Regulations a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction 1. Reference to standards, specifications, (whether or not specifically incorporated by manuals,or codes of any technical society,organiza- reference in the Contract Documents);or tion, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, b. the provisions of any Laws or whether such reference be specific or by implica- tion, shall mean the standard, specification,manual, Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work(unless such an interpretation of the provi- code,or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of sions of the Contract Documents would result in Aw opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be violation of such Law or Regulation). * See Supplementary Conditions 00700- 10 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said Work affected thereby;however, CONTRACTOR shall not services, materials, or equipment complete and be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report ready for intended use. any conflict,error,ambiguity,or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or should have known thereof. "provide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly B. Preliminary Schedules: Within ten days after the requiring an obligation of CONTRACTOR, Effective Date of the Agreement(unless otherwise specified "provide"is implied. in the General Requirements),CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for its timely review: E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Docu- ments,words or phrases which have a well-known technical 1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the the times(numbers of days or dates)for starting and Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized completing the various stages of the Work, meaning. including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing, A. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed and processing such submittal;and Agreements to OWNER,CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be 3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of required to furnish. the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract 2.02 Copies of Documents Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress A. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to payments during performance of the Work. Such ten copies of the Contract Documents. Additional copies prices will include an appropriate amount of will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to C. Evidence of Insurance: Before any W odi at the Proceed* Site is .,taft a GONT%kCTO d OAq.E shall h A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the the oche NNith eopies Co eaeh additional i suf irl,Y,t:F:va ;., tt,o c t .,.,. t Conditions, ..t•r r thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement or,if rr a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the in.uranee (and other- eyvidenee of h t either-of Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at ,�,,,;e,� ten,.,.,-D n.,,�R and B�ER���tively--� any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. In no event will the Contract Times commence required to pufehase and maintain in aeeor-dmiee. with to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening Ar-tiele 5. or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the 2.06 Preconstruction Conference Agreement,whichever date is earlier. 2.04 Starting the Work A. Within 20 days after the Contract Times start to run,but before any Work at the Site is started,a conference A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No appropriate will be held to establish a working Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the understanding among the parties as to the Work and to Contract Times commence to run. discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.05.13,proce- dures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, 2.05 Before Starting Construction processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. A. CONTRACTOR's Review of Contract Documents: 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules Before undertaking each part of the Work,CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu- and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all menu, at least ten days before submission of the first applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall Application for Payment a conference attended by CON- error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR £ promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, TRACTOR, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate will be may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any paragraph 2.05.B. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-9 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 43. Substantial Completion--The time at which 1.02 Terminology the Work(or a specified part thereof)has progressed to the point where,in the opinion of ENGINEER,the Work (or a A. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in 1. Whenever in the Contract Documents the accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work terms "as allowed," "as approved," or terms of like (or a specified part thereof)can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms"substantially complete" effect or import are used,or the adjectives"reasonable," and"substantially completed"as applied to all or part of the "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of ENGINEER as to the Work, 44. Supplementary Conditions--That part of the it is intended that such action or determination will be Contract Documents which amends or supplements these solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for General Conditions. compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the 45. Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, suppli- design concept of the completed Project as a functioning er, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct Whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to (unless there is a specific statement indicating furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the 46. Underground Facilities--All underground Work or any duty or authority to undertake pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and 9.10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum B. Day products, telephone or other communications, cable 1. The word"day" shall constitute a calendar television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next chemicals,or traffic or other control systems. midnight. 47. Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the C. Defective basis of unit prices. 48. Work--The entire completed construction or 1. The word"defective,"when modifying the the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to word"Work,"refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes faulty,or deficient in that it does not conform to the and is the result of performing or providing all labor, Contract Documents or does not meet the require- services, and documentation necessary to produce such ments of any inspection, reference standard, test, or construction,and furnishing,installing,and incorporating all approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or materials and equipment into such construction, all as has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recom- required by the Contract Documents. mendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by 49. Work Change Directive--A written statement OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance to CONTRACTOR issued on or after the Effective Date of with paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended D. Furnish,Install,Perform,Provide by ENGINEER ordering an addition,deletion,or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen 1. The word"furnish,"when used in connec- subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is tion with services, materials, or equipment, shall to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract or equipment to the Site (or some other specified Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change location) ready for use or installation and in usable ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be or operable condition. incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, 2 The word "install," when used in connec- on the Contract Price or Contract Times. tion with services, materials, or equipment, shall 50. Written Amendment--A written statement mean to put into use or place in final position said modifying the Contract Documents,signed by OWNER and services, materials, or equipment complete and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the ready for intended use. 140% Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering or 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when nontechnical rather than strictly construction-related aspects used in connection with services, materials, or of the Contract Documents. * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-8 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two 31. Partial Utilization--Use by OWNER of a parties to sign and deliver. substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for 19. ENGINEER--The individual or entity named which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to as such in the Agreement. Substantial Completion of all the Work. 20. ENGINEER'S Consultant--An individual or 32. PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls. entity having a contract with ENGINEER to furnish services 33. Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 as such in the Supplementary Conditions. pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil 21. Field Order--A written order issued by mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. ENGINEER which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the 34. Project--The total construction of which the Contract Times. Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole,or a part as may be indicated elsewhere in the 22. General Requirements--Sections of Division. Contract Documents. 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 35. Project Manual--The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the 23. Hazardous Environmental Condition--The Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, which may be bound in one or more volumes, is contained Hazardous Waste,or Radioactive Material in such quantities in the table(s)of contents. or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the 36. Radioactive Material--Source, special nucle- Work. ar, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended 24. Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous from time to time. Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as 37. Resident Project Representative--The autho- amended from time to time. rized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 25. Laws and Regulations;Laws or Regulations-- Any and all applicable laws,rules, regulations, ordinances, 38. Samples--Physical examples of materials, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some agencies,authorities,and courts having jurisdiction. portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 26. Liens--Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds,real property,or personal 39. Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, property. illustrations, schedules,and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CON- 27. Milestone--A principal event specified in the TRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion some portion of the Work. date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 40. Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract 28. Notice of Award--The written notice by Documents as being furnished by OWNER upon which the OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and timely compliance by the apparent successful bidder with easements for access thereto,and such other lands furnished the conditions precedent listed therein, OWNER will sign by OWNER which are designated for the use of and deliver the Agreement. CONTRACTOR. 29. Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by >F 41. Spec cations--Thatpai4 of the Gentfact OWNER to CONTRACTOR fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which mat als, equipment, systems, standards,and wor-lananship CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work under the as applied to the Work and ee44ain administfative d Contract Documents. ppheable thereto. 30. OWNER--The individual, entity,public body,Y P Y 42. Subcontractor--An individual or entity or authority with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-7 ** See Supplementary Conditions 17.08 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 11. Contract--The entire and integrated written agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR 1.01 Defined Terms concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether A. Wherever used in the Contract Documents and written or oral. printed with initial or all capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are 12. Contract Documents--The Contract Docu- applicable to both the singular and plural thereof ments establish the rights and obligations of the parties and 1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments include the Agreement,Addenda(which pertain to the Con- issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify,correct,or tract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including docu- change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract mentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bid Documents. documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement,the Notice to 2. Agreement--The written instrument which is Proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the evidence of the agreement between OWNER and Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the CONTRACTOR covering the Work. Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement,together with all Written Amendments, Change 3. Application for Payment--The form Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and acceptable to ENGINEER which is to be used by CON- ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications TRACTOR during the course of the Work in requesting issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied Approved Shop Drawings and the reports and drawings of by such supporting documentation as is required by the subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Contract Documents. Documents. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in this paragraph are Contract Documents. Files in 4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more electronic media format of text, data, graphics, and the like than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing that may be furnished by OWNER to CONTRACTOR are asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels not Contract Documents. , established by the United States Occupational Safety and 13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by Health Administration. OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in 5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a bidder submit- accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the ted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Agreement(subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.03 in Work to be performed. the case of Unit Price Work). 6. Bidding Documents--The Bidding 14. Contract Times--The number of days or the Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (in- dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Substantial cluding all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Completion; and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER'S written 7. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or recommendation of final payment. Invitation to Bid,Instructions to Bidders,Bid security form, 15. CONTRACTOR--The individual or entity if any,and the Bid form with any supplements. with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. 8. Bonds--Performance and payment bonds and 16. Cost of the Work--See paragraph I LOLA for other instruments of security. definition. 9. Change Order--A document recommended by ENGINEER which is signed by CONTRACTOR and 17. Drawings--That part of the Contract OWNER and authorizes an addition,deletion,or revision in Documents prepared or approved by ENGINEER which the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Work to be performed by CONTRACTOR. Shop Agreement. Drawings and other CONTRACTOR submittals are not 10. Claim--A demand or assertion by OWNER or Drawings as so defined. CONTRACTOR seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or 18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date ,, Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which third party is not a Claim. * See Supplementary Conditions 00700-6 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work......................................................................................................................33 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work.............................................................................................33 13.07 Correction Period.....................................................................................................................................33 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work...............................................................................................................34 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work......................................................................................................34 ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION..........................................................................................34 14.01 Schedule of Values..................................................................................................................................34 14.02 Progress Payments...................................................................................................................................34 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................................36 14.04 Substantial Completion............................................................................................................................36 14.05 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................................37 14.06 Final Inspection........................................................................................................................................37 14.07 Final Payment.........................................................................................................................................37 14.08 Final Completion Delayed.......................................................................................................................38 14.09 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................................38 ARTICLE 15-SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION....................................................................................................38 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................................38 15.02 Owner May Terminate For Cause...........................................................................................................38 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience................................................................................................39 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate...............................................................................................39 ARTICLE16-DISPUTE RESOLUTION.............................................................................................................................................39 16.01 Methods and Procedures..........................................................................................................................39 ARTICLE17-MISCELLANEOUS......................................................................................................................................................39 17.01 Giving Notice...........................................................................................................................................39 17.02 Computation of Times.............................................................................................................................39 17.03 Cumulative Remedies..............................................................................................................................39 17.04 Survival of Obl igations............................................................................................................................39 17.05 Controlling Law.......................................................................................................................................40 02/18/05 00700-5 6.16Emergencies....................................................................................................................................................22 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples...........................................................................................................................22 6.18 Continuing the Work.......................................................................................................................................23 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee...............................................................................................23 6.20 Indemnification................................................................................................................................................24 ARTICLE7-OTHER WORK...............................................................................................................................................................24 7.01 Related Work at Site........................................................................................................................................24 7.02 Coordination....................................................................................................................................................25 ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES...................................................................................................................................25 8.01 Communications to Contractor.......................................................................................................................25 8.02Replacement of Engineer................................................................................................................................25 8.03 Furnish Data....................................................................................................................................................25 8.04 Pay Promptly When Due.................................................................................................................................25 8.05 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests.......................................................................................................25 8.061nsurance..........................................................................................................................................................25 8.07 Change Orders.................................................................................................................................................25 8.08 Inspections,Tests,and Approvals...................................................................................................................25 8.09 Limitations On OWNER's Responsibilities...................................................................................................25 8.1 OUndisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition........................................................................................25 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements..............................................................................................................25 ARTICLE 9-ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION................................................................................................26 9.01 Owner's Representative..................................................................................................................................26 9.02 Visits to Site.....................................................................................................................................................26 9.03 Project Representative.....................................................................................................................................26 9.04 Clarifications and Interpretations....................................................................................................................26 9.05Authorized Variations in Work.......................................................................................................................26 9.06 Rejecting Defective Work...............................................................................................................................26 9.07 Shop Drawings,Change Orders and Payments..............................................................................................26 9.08 Determinations for Unit Price Work...............................................................................................................26 9.09 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work.........................................27 9.10 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities............................................................................27 ARTICLE 10-CHANGES IN THE WORK;CLAIMS.......................................................................................................................27 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work............................................................................................................27 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................................27 10.03 Execution of Change Orders....................................................................................................................27 10.04 Notification to Surety...............................................................................................................................28 10.05 Claims and Disputes................................................................................................................................28 ARTICLE 11 -COST OF THE WORK;CASH ALLOWANCES;UNIT PRICE WORK.................................................................29 11.01 Cost of the Work......................................................................................................................................29 11.02 Cash Allowances......................................................................................................................................30 11.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................................30 ARTICLE 12-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE;CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES...............................................................31 12.01 Change of Contract Price.........................................................................................................................31 12.02 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................................32 12.03 Delays Beyond Contractor's Control......................................................................................................32 12.04 Delays Within Contractor's Control........................................................................................................32 12.05 Delays Beyond Owner's And Contractor's Control...............................................................................32 12.06 Delay Damages........................................................................................................................................32 ARTICLE 13-TESTS AND INSPECTIONS;CORRECTION,REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVEWORK......................................................................................................................................32 13.01 Notice of Defects.....................................................................................................................................32 13.02 Access to Work........................................................................................................................................32 13.03 Tests and Inspections...............................................................................................................................32 13.04 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................................33 02/18/05 00700-4 �Oow TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY..........................................................................................................................6 1.01 Defined Terms...................................................................................................................................................6 1.02 Terminology......................................................................................................................................................8 ARTICLE2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS.............................................................................................................................................9 2.01 Delivery of Bonds.............................................................................................................................................9 2.02 Copies of Documents........................................................................................................................................9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times;Notice to Proceed...................................................................................9 2.04 Starting the Work..............................................................................................................................................9 2.05 Before Starting Construction.............................................................................................................................9 2.06Preconstruction Conference..............................................................................................................................9 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules........................................................................................................................9 ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:INTENT,AMENDING,REUSE.................................................................................10 3.01 Intent................................................................................................................................................................10 3.02 Reference Standards........................................................................................................................................10 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.........................................................................................................10 3.04Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.....................................................................................l l 3.05 Reuse of Documents........................................................................................................................................l l ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCEPOINTS..................................................................................................................................................11 4.01 Availability of Lands.......................................................................................................................................11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions...............................................................................................................11 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions.................................................................................................11 4.04Underground Facil ities....................................................................................................................................12 4.05 Reference Points.......................... ...........13 ......................................................................................................... 4.06Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site..................................................................................................13 ARTICLE5-BONDS AND INSURANCE..........................................................................................................................................14 5.01 Performance,Payment,and Other Bonds.......................................................................................................14 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers........................................................................................................................14 5.03 Certificates of Insurance..................................................................................................................................14 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance.....................................................................................................................15 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance............................................................................................................................15 5.06Property Insurance...........................................................................................................................................15 5.07 Waiver of Rights.............................................................................................................................................16 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds.............................................................................................17 5.09Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance;Option to Replace...............................................................................17 5.10 Partial Utilization,Acknowledgment of Property Insurer..............................................................................17 ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES......................................................................................................................17 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence...................................................................................................................17 6.02 Labor;Working Hours....................................................................................................................................18 6.03 Services,Materials,and Equipment................................................................................................................18 6.04Progress Schedule............................................................................................................................................18 6.05 Substitutes and"Or-Equals"...........................................................................................................................18 6.06Concerning Subcontractors,Suppliers,and Others........................................................................................19 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties................................................................................................................................20 6.08 Permits.............................................................................................................................................................20 6.09Laws and Regulations.....................................................................................................................................20 6.10 Taxes........................................................................................................................................................21 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas............................................................................................................................21 6.12 Record Documents..........................................................................................................................................21 6.13 Safety and Protection.......................................................................................................................................21 6.14 Safety Representative......................................................................................................................................22 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs..................................................................................................................22 02/18/05 00700-3 Alak 4milk. Copyright©1996 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street,Alexandria,VA 22314 American Consulting Engineers Council 1015 15th Street N.W.,Washington,DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 345 East 47th Street,New York,NY 10017 02/18/05 00700-2 AWW This document has important legal consequences;consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Project and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and Issued and Published Jointly By PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRIVATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN CONSULTING ENGINEERS COUNCIL AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America Construction Specifications Institute These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Owner-Contractor Agreements (No. 1910-8-A-1 or 1910-8-A-2) (1996 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC User's Guide (No. 1910-50). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions,see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions(No. 1910-17)(1996 Edition). EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1996 Edition) 02/18/05 Aprok DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Awk Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Date: Signed: END OF DOCUMENT low 7/15/2013 00625 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition ❑ Samples ❑ Warranties ❑ Tests ❑ In addition to specific product information, attachments shall address the following issues: •Manufacturer's Name,Address and Phone Number. •Age of product availability in US marketplace • Point by point comparative with specified product. • List of 3 Similar installations, include Project Name,A/E and A/E phone number .......................................................................................................................................................................... Response Date: List date by which response by Engineer is requested to maintain project schedule and allow sufficient time for inclusion of proposed substitution. Requested Response Date': *shall be not less than 10 working days from date substitution request is received. .......................................................................................................................................................................... Contractor's Certification: The Contractor certifies substitution complies with the project requirements and with the General Conditions by initiating each line below: Investigation:------------------------------------- Warranties and Guarantees:-------------------- Cost Data: ---------------------------------------- Coordination of Substitute: -------------------- Submitted by: Awk (company name & address) Authorized Signature .......................................................................................................................................................................... Notations listed below shall have the same meaning as on Engineer's review stamp. Clarifications to or changes in project schedule or time shall be processed using standard project forms. Engineer's Response: Approved: ---------------------------------------- Approved as Corrected: ------------------------ Revise and Resubmit:--------------------------- Rejected:------------------------------------------ Returned without Review: --------------------- Remarks: 7/15/2013 00625 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition 00*1. DOCUMENT 00625 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Date Submitted: Engineer's Project Number: Project: To the Engineer: Weston & Sampson 85 Devonshire Street, 3rd Floor Boston, MA, 02109 Submitted By: Company Name: .......................................................................................................................................................................... The Contractor proposes the following substitution in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: References: Specification Section Number: ---- Article/Paragraph / Subparagraph: Drawing Number: -------------------- Detail Number: ----------------------- Scope of Substitution: Reason for Substitution: Impact on Project Cost: Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: $ Impact on Project Schedule❑ None ❑Yes [Add] [Deduct] #of Calendar Days _ Impact on Related Work: ❑ None ❑Yes - explain: .......................................................................................................................................................................... List all Deviations from specified requirements: Attach Additional Sheets if necessary to describe deviations .......................................................................................................................................................................... Attachments: Attach supporting documentation sufficient for Engineer to evaluate substitution. Substitution Request Forms submitted without adequate documentation will be returned without review. Attachments: ❑ Drawings ❑ Product Data ❑ Reports 7/15/2013 00625 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition ❑ ❑ ❑ File END OF DOCUMENT 7/15/2013 00623 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition DOCUMENT 00623 REQUEST FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI)FORM Date Submitted: .................................................................................. To the ENGINEER: Weston & Sampson Engineer's Assigned 85 Devonshire Street, 3rd Floor RFI# Boston, MA 02109 A/E Project Number: Submitted By: Company: Address References: Specification Section Number: Article/Paragraph/ Subparagraph: Drawing Number: Detail Number: Request: ❑ Refer to Attachment(s) Signed By: Response: ❑ Refer to Attachment(s) ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ...........................................................................: Response From: Date Received at Engineer Signed by: Copies to: ❑OwneT ................................................................................ ❑Consultants ❑ Date Returned by ❑ ❑ Engineer 7/15/2013 00623 - 1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK , Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition * ❑ Rejected ❑ Revise and Resubmit COMMENTS: DISTRIBUTION AND COORDINATION Project File: Site Office: Owner's Project Manager: Resident Engineer/ Clerk: END OF DOCUMENT 7/15/2013 00621 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition ........................................................................................................................................................................., ,.W Product Information: Product Description/Name: Specified Manufacturer: model#: Submitted Manufacturer: model #: (company name & address) Manufacturer's Phone#: .......................................................................................................................................................................... Deviation from contract documents?: ❑ NO Deviations ❑ YES (attach complete documentation) Lead time after approval: Date items required at project: ........................................................................................................................................................................., SUBCONTRACTOR COORDINATION IS REQUIRED WITH WORK IN THESE DIVISIONS 02 ❑ 03 F] 04 ❑ 05 ❑ 06 ❑ 07 ❑ 08 ❑ 09 ❑ 10 ❑ 11 El 12 ❑ 130 14 ❑ 21 ❑ 22 ❑ 23 ❑ 25 ❑ 26 ❑ 27 ❑ 28 ❑ 31 ❑ 32 ❑ 33 ❑ ........................................................................................................................................................................., ... .................................................................................................................... REVIEW STAMPS GENERAL CONTRACTOR: ENGINEER ❑ No Exceptions Taken ❑ Confirm Revise And Resubmit ❑ Make Corrections Noted ❑ Rejected ❑ Submit Specified Item COMMENTS: CONSULTANT ❑ Reviewed ❑ Furnish As Corrected 7/15/2013 00621 - 2 DOCUMENT 00621 PRODUCT SUBMITTAL FORM This 2-page document is to be fully completed, and attached to,ALL submittals for the Project. Use additional sheets as needed. Attach cut sheets,technical data sheets,materials safety data sheets,and other documentation supporting product data. General Submittal Information: Date submitted: Pioneer Valley Transit Authority Transit Maintenance Facility Submittal #: Administration Reconfiguration and Addition Resubmittal:: R- Northampton, Massachusetts Specification Section Reference: Engineer: Page: Article: Weston&Sampson Engineers 85 Devonshire Street,3`d Floor Drawing Number Reference: Boston,Massachusetts 02109 Detail Number: Construction Manager/General Contractor: Quantity submitted: Reproducibles: Prints: Standard References (ANSI, ASTM, FS, etc.) Trade Contractor/or/ Subcontractor/or/ Sub- subcontractor: Attachments: ❑ Product Data ❑ Warranties Vendor: ❑ Drawings ❑ MSDS ❑ Samples ❑ Schedules ❑ Reports ❑ Calculations ❑ Tests ❑3rd. Party Certification 7/15/2013 00621- 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six (6) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of , ATTEST: (Principal) (Principal Secretary) By (Address-Zip Code) (Witness as to Principal) (Address-Zip Code) (SEAL) ATTEST: *'" ^ ( Surety) By- - (Attorney-in-Fact) (Address-Zip Code) - (SEAL) (Witness as to Surety) (Address-Zip Code) NOTE: If Contractor is a partnership,all partners should execute bond. DocumenQ .100%� 12/23/2009 00615-2 • SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (Name of Contractor) a hereinafter called"Principal" and (Corporation,Partnership,Joint Venture,Limited Liability Company,or Individual) of _, State of (Surety) (City) (State) hereinafter called"Surety" and licensed by the State Division of Insurance to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are held and firmly bound to the Pioneer Valley Transit Authority, Springfield Massachusetts,hereinafter called "Owner," in the penal sum of Dollars and Cents ($ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the day of , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction described as follows: Pioneer Valley Regional Transit Authority Reconfiguration of and Addition to the Northampton Operations Facility NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the work provided for in such contract, and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used in connection with the construction of such work, and all insurance premiums on said work, and for all labor,performed in such work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of this contract or to the work or to the specifications. The Surety Company providing the bond shall have a rating of A or better within the Best Key Rating Guide. 11, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. 12/23/2009 00615-1 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six (6) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of , ATTEST: (Principal) (Principal Secretary) By (Address-Zip Code) (Witness as to Principal) (Address-Zip Code) (SEAL) ATTEST: (Surety) By (Attorney-in-Fact) (Address-Zip Code) (SEAL) Witness as to Surety (Address-Zip Code) NOTE: If Contractor is a partnership, all partners should execute bond. DocumenO 12/23/2009 00610-3 PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. 12/23/2009 00610-2 AVW SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we (Name of Contractor) a hereinafter called "Principal" and(Corporation, Partnership, Joint Venture, Limited Liability Company, or Individual) of, State of (Surety) (City) (State) hereinafter called the "Surety" and licensed by the State Division of Insurance to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts are held and firmly bound to The Pioneer Valley Regional Transit Authority, Springfield, Massachusetts, hereinafter called "Owner," in the penal sum of Dollars and Cents ($ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that Whereas, the Principal entered into a certain contract with the Owner, dated the day of , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the construction described as follows: Pioneer Valley Regional Transit Authority Reconfiguration of and Addition to the Northampton Operations Facility NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said contract during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such contract, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of this contract or to the work or to the specifications. The Surety Company providing the bond shall have a rating of A or better within tow the Best Key Rating Guide. 12/23/2009 00610-1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this agreement the date and year first above-written. SEAL ATTEST (Name of Subcontractor) By SEAL ATTEST (Name of Contractor) By ew Documentl 06/28/2007 00525-3 responsibilities that the Awarding Authority by the terms of the hereinbefore described *►, documents assumes to the Contractor, except to the extent that provisions contained therein are by their terms or by law applicable only to the Awarding Authority. 2. The Contractor agrees to begin, prosecute and complete the entire work specified by the Awarding Authority in an orderly manner so that the Subcontractor will be able to begin, prosecute and complete the work described in this subcontract; and, in consideration thereof, upon notice from the Contractor, either oral or in writing, the Subcontractor agrees to begin, prosecute and complete the work described in this Subcontract in an orderly manner and with due consideration to the date or time specified by the Awarding Authority for the completion of the entire work. 3. The Subcontractor agrees to furnish to the Contractor within a reasonable time after the execution of this subcontract, evidence of workmen's compensation insurance as required by law and evidence of public liability and property damage insurance of the type and in limits required to be furnished to the Awarding Authority by the Contractor. 4. The Contractor agrees that no claim for services rendered or materials furnished by the Contractor to the Subcontractor shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the Contractor to the Subcontractor during the first ten (10) days of the calendar month following that in which the claim originated. 5. This agreement is contingent upon the execution of a general contract between the Contractor and the Awarding Authority for the complete work. Awk- 06/28/2007 00525-2 SECTION 00525 SUBCONTRACT FORM (00525) THIS AGREEMENT MADE THIS day of , by and between , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of , a partnership consisting of , an individual doing business as hereinafter called the "Contractor," and a corporation organized and existing under the laws of , a partnership consisting of , an individual doing business as ,hereinafter called the "Subcontractor." WITNESSETH that the Contractor and the Subcontractor for the considerations hereafter named, agree as follows: 1. The Subcontractor agrees to furnish all labor and materials required for the completion of all work specified in Section No. , _ of the specifications for and the plans referred to therein and addenda No. , (project and project no.) and for the all as prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for the sum of Dollars ($ ) and the Contractor agrees to pay the Subcontractor said sum for said work. This price includes the following alternates (and other items set forth in the sub-bid): Alternate No(s). _,_, _. (a) The Subcontractor agrees to be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications (including all general conditions stated therein) and addenda No. , and , and , and to assume to the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities that the Contractor by those documents assumes to (Awarding Authority) hereinafter called the "Awarding Authority," except to the extent that provisions contained therein are by their terms or by law applicable only to the Contractor. (b) The Contractor agrees to be bound to the Subcontractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described documents and to assume to the Subcontractor all the obligations and 06/28/2007 00525-1 SECTION 00525 SUBCONTRACT FORM Chapter 149 Section 44F of Massachusetts General Laws prescribes the format for the subcontract form to be used on all Chapter 149 projects. The following subcontract form, which is based on the stipulated requirements, is included for the Contractor's convenience; however, the Contractor is ultimately responsible for complying with the law. The Owner does not guarantee that the form is fully consistent with the latest requirements. Executive Branch contracts; that pursuant to federal requirements, the Contractor shall verify the immigration status of all workers assigned to such contracts without engaging in unlawful discrimination; and that the Contractor shall not knowingly or recklessly alter, falsify, or accept altered or falsified documents from any such worker(s). The Contractor understands and agrees that breach of any of these terms during the period of each contract may be regarded as a material breach, subjecting the Contractor to sanctions, including but not limited to monetary penalties, withholding of payments, contract suspension or termination. Date: Contractor Authorizing Signature Print Name Title: Telephone: Fax: Email: The Contractor is required to sign this Certification only once and may provide a copy of the signed Certification for any contract executed with an Executive Branch Department. A copy of this signed Certification must be attached to the "record copy" of all contracts with this Contractor that are filed with the contracting Department. State mandated clauses: lowk Attestation Clause Pursuant to M.G.L. Ch. 62C, Sec. 49A,I certify under the penalties of perjury that I,to the best of my knowledge and belief,have filled all state tax returns and paid all state taxes required under law. Social Security Number or Signature of Individual or Corporate Name Federal Identification Number By: Corporate Officer (if applicable) Provision of Child Care(Contractor's Certification) (Effective for all Contracts awarded on or after 7/l/92) The contractor certifies that, at the time of execution, it is in compliance with the provisions of the Acts of 1990, c.521, °7 as amended by the Acts of 1991, c.329 and 102 CMR 12.00, and that the Contractor is either a"qualified employer"(it has fifty(50)or more full time employees and has established a dependent care assistance program, child care tuition assistance, or on-site or near-site child care placements) or the Contractor is an"exempt employer". By: Date: Company: Address: Executive Order 481 applies to all state agencies in the Executive Branch, including all executive offices, boards, commissions, agencies, departments, divisions, councils, bureaus, and offices, now existing and hereafter established. CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION: As evidenced by the signature of the Contractor's Authorized Signatory below,the Contractor certifies under the pains and penalties of perjury that the Contractor shall not knowingly use undocumented workers in connection with the performance of all BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATION (STEEL OR MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS) [61 FR 6302,Feb. 16, 1996,as amended at 74 FR 30239,June 25,20091 General Requirement(as stated in 49 CFR 661.5) (a) Except as provided in 49 CFR 661.7 and 49 CFR 661.11, no funds may be obligated by FTA for a grantee project unless all iron, steel, and manufactured products used in the project are produced in the United States. (b) All steel and iron manufacturing processes must take place in the United States, except metallurgical processes involving refinement of steel additives. (c) The steel and iron requirements apply to all construction materials made primarily of steel or iron and used in infrastructure projects such as, transit or maintenance facilities, rail lines, and bridges. These items include, but are not limited to, structural steel or iron, steel or iron beams and columns, running rail and contact rail. These requirements do not apply to steel or iron used as components or subcomponents of other manufactured products or rolling stock, or to bimetallic power rail incorporating steel or iron components. (d) For a manufactured product to be considered produced in the United States: (1) All of the manufacturing processes for the product must take place in the United States; and (2) All of the components of the product must be of U.S. origin. A component is considered of U.S. origin if it is manufactured in the United States, regardless of the origin of its subcomponents. If steel, iron, or manufactured products (as defined in 49 CFR 661.3 and 661.5)are being procured, the appropriate certificate as set forth below shall be completed and submitted by each bidder or offeror in accordance with the requirement contained in 49 CFR 661.13(b). Certificate of Compliance with Buy America Requirements. The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 53230)(1), and the applicable regulations in 49 CFR part 661. Company Name Title Signature Date Certificate of Non-Compliance with Buy America Steel or Manufactured Products Requirements The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 53230), but it may qualify for an exception to the requirement pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 53230)(2), as amended, and the applicable regulations in 49 C.F.R. 661.7. Company Name Title Signature Date ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application R1 A 0..' F' TA National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org TtBrm ern,r+ GOVERNMENT-WIDE DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION (NONPROCUREMENT) 49 CFR Part 29, Executive Orders 12549, 12689, and 31 U.S.C.6101(Contracts over$25,000) Background and Applicability In conjunction with the Office of Management and Budget and other affected Federal agencies, DOT published an update to 49 CFR Part 29 on November 26, 2003. This government-wide regulation implements Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, Executive Order 12689, Debarment and Suspension, and 31 U.S.C. 6101 note (Section 2455, Public Law 103-355, 108 Stat. 3327). The provisions of Part 29 apply to all grantee contracts and subcontracts at any level expected to equal or exceed $25,000 as well as any contract or subcontract(at any level)for Federally required auditing services. 49 CFR 29.220(b). This represents a change from prior practice in that the dollar threshold for application of these rules has been lowered from $100,000 to $25,000. These are contracts and subcontracts referred to in the regulation as "covered transactions." Grantees, contractors, and subcontractors(at any level)that enter into covered transactions are required to verify that the entity(as well as its principals and affiliates)they propose to contract or subcontract with is not excluded or disqualified. They do this by(a) Checking the Excluded Parties List System, (b) Collecting a certification from that person, or(c)Adding a clause or condition to the contract or subcontract. This represents a change from prior practice in that certification is still acceptable but is no longer required. 49 CFR 29.300. Grantees, contractors, and subcontractors who enter into covered transactions also must require the entities they contract with to comply with 49 CFR 29, subpart C and include this requirement in their own subsequent covered transactions (i.e., the requirement flows down to subcontracts at all levels). Instructions for Certification: By signing and submitting this bid or proposal, the prospective lower tier participant is providing the signed certification set out below. Suspension and Debarment This contract is a covered transaction for purposes of 49 CFR Part 29. As such, the contractor is required to verify that none of the contractor, its principals, as defined at 49 CFR 29.995, or affiliates, as defined at 49 CFR 29.905, are excluded or disqualified as defined at 49 CFR 29.940 and 29.945. The contractor is required to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C and must include the requirement to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C in any lower tier covered transaction it enters into. By signing and submitting its bid or proposal, the bidder or proposer certifies as follows: The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact relied upon by the recipient. If it is later determined that the bidder or proposer knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to remedies available to the recipient, the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment. The bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 29, Subpart C while this offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from this offer. The bidder or proposer further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions. Contractor Signature of Authorized Official Date Name and Title of Contractor's Authorized Official _ ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application I _ ,� , , National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org CERTIFICATION AND RESTRICTIONS ON LOBBYING I, hereby certify (Name and title of official) On behalf of that: (Name of Bidder/Company Name) ➢ No federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, and officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any federal contract, the making of any federal grant, the making of any federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. ➢ If any funds other than federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, and officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form— LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions. ➢ The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all sub-awards at all tiers (including sub-contracts, sub- grants and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all sub-recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. § 1352 (as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995). Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. The undersigned certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of the contents of the statements submitted on or with this certification and understands that the provisions of 31 U.S.C. Section 3801, et seq., are applicable thereto. Name of Bidder/Company Name Type or print name Signature of authorized representative Date Signature of notary and SEAL rte .n ProcurementPRO-National RTAP s Procurement Software Application T ArD 1k P TA fedt�' T,a A A&jjr,&ti National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org Federal Certifications r wn 0 J ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application P /'a1► 4W Fade nama� �, National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org To the extent applicable and except to the extent that FTA determines otherwise in writing,the Recipient agrees to comply with the policies of Executive Order No. 13166, "Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency,"42 U.S.C. §2000d 1 note, and with the provisions of U.S. DOT Notice, "DOT Guidance to Recipients on Special Language Services to Limited English Proficient(LEP) Beneficiaries,"70 Fed. Reg. 74087, December 14, 2005. Environmental Justice The Recipient agrees to comply with the policies of Executive Order No. 12898, "Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low Income Populations,"42 U.S.C. §4321 note, except to the extent that the Federal Government determines otherwise in writing. Environmental Protections Compliance is required with any applicable Federal laws imposing environmental and resource conservation requirements for the project. Some, but not all, of the major Federal laws that may affect the project include:the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969;the Clean Air Act;the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act;the comprehensive Environmental response, Compensation and Liability Act; as well as environmental provisions with Title 23 U.S.C., and 49 U.C. chapter 53. The U.S. EPA, FHWA and other federal agencies may issue other federal regulations and directives that may affect the project. Compliance is required with any applicable Federal laws and regulations in effect now or that become effective in the future. Geographic Information and Related Spatial Data Any project activities involving spatial data or geographic information systems activities financed with Federal assistance are required to be consistent with the National Spatial Data Infrastructure promulgated by the Federal Geographic Data Committee, except to the extent that FTA determines otherwise in writing. Federal Single Audit Requirements for State Administered Federally Aid Funded Projects Only Non Federal entities that expend $500,000 or more in a year in Federal awards from all sources are required to comply with the Federal Single Audit Act provisions contained in U.S. Office of Management and Budget(OMB) Circular No.A 133,Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non Profit Organizations. Non Federal entities that expend Federal awards from a single source may provide a program specific audit, as defined in the Circular. Non Federal entities that expend less than $500,000 in a year in Federal awards from all sources are exempt from Federal audit requirements for that year, except as noted in'3052.215(a), but records must be available for review or audit by appropriate officials of the Federal and State agencies. CFDA number for the Federal Transportation Administration A Recipient covered by the Single Audit Act Amendments of 1996 and OMB Circular A-133, "Audits of States, Local Governments, and Non-Profit Organizations,"agrees to separately identify the expenditures for Federal awards under the Recovery Act on the Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Awards(SEFA)and the Data Collection Form (SF-SAC)required by OMB Circular A-133.The Recipient agrees to accomplish this by identifying expenditures for Federal awards made under Recovery Act separately on the SEFA, and as separate rows under Item 9 of Part III on the SF-SAC by CFDA number,and inclusion of the prefix"ARRA"in identifying the name of the Federal program on the SEFA and as the first characters in Item 9d of Part III on the SF-SAC. 0'` .. A FTA ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application RTA t National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org Access Requirements for Persons with Disabilities Contractor shall comply with 49 USC 5301(d), stating Federal policy that the elderly and persons with disabilities have the same rights as other persons to use mass transportation services and facilities and that special efforts shall be made in planning and designing those services and facilities to implement that policy. Contractor shall also comply with all applicable requirements of Sec. 504 of the Rehabilitation Act(1973), as amended, 29 USC 794,which prohibits discrimination on the basis of handicaps, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), as amended,42 USC 12101 et seq., which requires that accessible facilities and services be made available to persons with disabilities, including any subsequent amendments thereto. Notification of Federal Participation To the extent required by law, in the announcement of any third party contract award for goods and services (including construction services)having an aggregate value of$500,000 or more, contractor shall specify the amount of Federal assistance to be used in financing that acquisition of goods and services and to express that amount of Federal assistance as a percentage of the total cost of the third party contract. Interest of Members or Delegates to Congress No members of, or delegates to,the US Congress shall be admitted to any share or part of this contract nor to any benefit arising therefrom. Ineligible Contractors and Subcontractors Any name appearing upon the Comptroller General's list of ineligible contractors for federally-assisted contracts shall be ineligible to act as a subcontractor for contractor pursuant to this contract. If contractor is on the Comptroller General's list of ineligible contractors for federally financed or assisted construction, the recipient shall cancel, terminate or suspend this contract. Other Contract Requirements To the extent not inconsistent with foregoing Federal requirements,this contract shall also include those standard clauses attached hereto, and shall comply with the recipient's Procurement Guidelines, available upon request from the recipient. Compliance with Federal Regulations Any contract entered pursuant to this solicitation shall contain the following provisions: All USDOT-required contractual provisions, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1 F, are incorporated by reference.Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, FTA mandated terms shall control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Agreement. Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any grantee request that would cause the recipient to be in violation of FTA terms and conditions. Contractor shall comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including,without limitation, those listed directly or incorporated by reference in the Master Agreement between the recipient and FTA, as may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this contract. Contractor's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this contract. Real Property Any contract entered into shall contain the following provisions: Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable statutes and USDOT regulations, policies, procedures and directives governing the acquisition, use and disposal of real property, including, but not limited to, 29 CFR 18.31,49 CFR 24 Subpart B, FTA Circular 5010.1 D, and FTA Master Agreement, as they may be amended or promulgated during the term of this contract. Contractor's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this contract. 14"k Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency FT AProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application rvdm�P arjmA Ad+hftt tr ijn National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org of this contract. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the municicpal corporation deems appropriate. Each subcontract the contractor signs with a subcontractor must include the assurance in this paragraph (see 49 CFR 26.13(b)). c. If a separate contract goal has been established, Bidders/offerors are required to document sufficient DBE participation to meet these goals or, alternatively, document adequate good faith efforts to do so, as provided for in 49 CFR 26.53. d. If no separate contract goal has been established,the successful bidder/offeror will be required to report its DBE participation obtained through race-neutral means throughout the period of performance. e. The contractor is required to pay its subcontractors performing work related to this contract for satisfactory performance of that work no later than 30 days after the contractor's receipt of payment for that work from the recipient. In addition,the contractor may not hold retainage from its subcontractors or must return any retainage payments to those subcontractors within 30 days after the subcontractor's work related to this contract is satisfactorily completed or must return any retainage payments to those subcontractors within 30 days after incremental acceptance of the subcontractor's work by the recipient and contractor's receipt of the partial retainage payment related to the subcontractor's work. f.The contractor must promptly notify the recipient whenever a DBE subcontractor performing work related to this contract is terminated or fails to complete its work, and must make good faith efforts to engage another DBE subcontractor to perform at least the same amount of work. The contractor may not terminate any DBE subcontractor and perform that work through its own forces or those of an affiliate without prior written consent of the recipient. Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA)Terms All contracts except micro-purchases($3,000 or less, except for construction contracts over$2,000) The preceding provisions include, in part, certain Standard Terms&Conditions required by USDOT,whether or not expressly stated in the preceding contract provisions.All USDOT-required contractual provisions, as stated in FTA Circular 4220.1 F, are hereby incorporated by reference.Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Agreement.The contractor shall not perform any act,fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any request that would cause the recipient to be in violation of FTA terms and conditions. Full and Open Competition In accordance with 49 U.S.C. §5325(a)all procurement transactions shall be conducted in a manner that provides full and open competition. Prohibition Against Exclusionary or Discriminatory Specifications Apart from inconsistent requirements imposed by Federal statute or regulations,the contractor shall comply with the requirements of 49 USC 5323(h)(2)by refraining from using any FTA assistance to support procurements using exclusionary or discriminatory specifications. Conformance with ITS National Architecture Contractor shall conform,to the extent applicable,to the National Intelligent Transportation Standards architecture as required by SAFETEA-LU Section 5307(c),23 U.S.C. Section 512 note and follow the provisions of FTA Notice, "FTA National Architecture Policy on Transit Projects,"66 Fed. Reg.1455 etseq., January 8, 2001, and any other implementing directives FTA may issue at a later date, except to the extent FTA determines otherwise in writing. ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application R TA l FTA" ; National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org (b)Age- In accordance with Sec. 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act(1967), as amended, 29 USC 623 and 49 USC 5332, contractor shall refrain from discrimination against present and prospective employees for reason of age. Contractor shall also comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. (c) Disabilities- In accordance with Sec. 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA), as amended, 42 USC 12112, contractor shall comply with the requirements of US Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), Regulations to Implement Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act,29 CFR 1630, pertaining to employment of persons with disabilities. Contractor shall also comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. (3)Contractor shall include these requirements in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with FTA assistance, modified only if necessary to identify the affected parties. Breaches and Dispute Resolution All contracts over$100,000 Disputes arising in the performance of this contract which are not resolved by agreement of the parties shall be decided in writing by the recipient's authorized representative. This decision shall be final and conclusive unless within ten (10)days from the date of receipt of its copy, contractor mails or otherwise furnishes a written appeal to the recipient's CEO. In connection with such appeal, contractor shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard and to offer evidence in support of its position. The decision of the recipient's CEO shall be binding upon contractor and contractor shall abide by the decision. Performance During Dispute- Unless otherwise directed by the recipient, contractor shall continue performance under this contract while matters in dispute are being resolved. Claims for Damages-Should either party to the contract suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any act or omission of the party or of any of his employees, agents or others for whose acts he is legally liable, a claim for damages therefore shall be made in writing to such other party within ten days after the first observance of such injury or damage. Remedies- Unless this contract provides otherwise, all claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between the recipient and contractor arising out of or relating to this agreement or its breach will be decided by arbitration if the parties mutually agree, or in a court of competent jurisdiction within the residing State. Rights and Remedies- Duties and obligations imposed by the contract documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No action or failure to act by the recipient or contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Contracts over$3,000 awarded on the basis of a bid or proposal offering to use DBEs a. This contract is subject to the requirements of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 26, Participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in Department of Transportation Financial Assistance Programs. The national goal for participation of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises(DBE)is 10%. The recipient's overall goal for DBE participation is listed elsewhere. If a separate contract goal for DBE participation has been established for this procurement, it is listed elsewhere. b. The contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration . - fa 1 FT ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application Faraa Tr�+ss,?I National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org Subpart C while this offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from this offer. The bidder or proposer further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions. ., Contracts Involving Federal Privacy Act Requirements When a grantee maintains files on drug and alcohol enforcement activities for FTA, and those files are organized so that information could be retrieved by personal identifier, the Privacy Act requirements apply to all contracts except micro-purchases($3,000 or less, except for construction contracts over$2,000) The following requirements apply to the Contractor and its employees that administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government under any contract: (1)The Contractor agrees to comply with, and assures the compliance of its employees with, the information restrictions and other,applicable requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. §552a.Among other things, the Contractor agrees to obtain the express consent of the Federal Government before the Contractor or its employees operate a system of records on behalf of the Federal Government.The Contractor understands that the requirements of the Privacy Act, including the civil and criminal penalties for violation of that Act, apply to those individuals involved, and that failure to comply with the terms of the Privacy Act may result in termination of the underlying contract. (2)The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract to administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. Civil Rights Requirements All contracts except micro-purchases ($3,000 or less, except for construction contracts over$2,000) *on*. The following requirements apply to the underlying contract: (1) Nondiscrimination- In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended,42 USC 2000d, Sec. 303 of the Age Discrimination Act(1975), as amended,42 USC 6102, Sec. 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act (1990), 42 USC 12132, and 49 USC 5332, contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex,age or disability. Contractor shall also comply with applicable Federal implementing regulations and other requirements FTA may issue. (2) Equal Employment Opportunity-The following equal employment opportunity requirements apply to the underlying contract: (a) Race, Color, Creed, National Origin, Sex- In accordance with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 USC 2000e, and 49 USC 5332, contractor shall comply with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements of USDOL, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, USDOL,"41 CFR 60 et seq., (implementing Executive Order No. 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity,"as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity,"42 USC 2000e), and any applicable Federal statutes, executive orders, regulations, and policies that may in the future affect construction activities undertaken in the course of the project. Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race,color, creed, national origin, sex or age. Such action shall include, but not be limited to,the following:employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In addition, contractor shall comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue. ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application - ' I fiT - National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org TraffA embargoes; and 2. Contractor, within 10 days from the beginning of any delay, notifies the recipient in writing of the causes of delay. If in the recipient's judgment, delay is excusable, the time for completing the work shall be extended. The recipient's judgment shall be final and conclusive on the parties, but subject to appeal under the Disputes clauses. If, after termination of contractor's right to proceed, it is determined that contractor was not in default, or that the delay was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties will be the same as if termination had been issued for the recipient's convenience. i. Termination for Convenience or Default(Architect& Engineering)the recipient may terminate this contract in whole or in part, for the recipient's convenience or because of contractor's failure to fulfill contract obligations. The recipient shall terminate by delivering to contractor a notice of termination specifying the nature, extent, and effective date of termination. Upon receipt of the notice, contractor shall(1)immediately discontinue all services affected (unless the notice directs otherwise), and (2)deliver to the recipient all data, drawings, specifications, reports, estimates, summaries, and other information and materials accumulated in performing this contract, whether completed or in process. If termination is for the recipient's convenience, it shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price but shall allow no anticipated profit on unperformed services. If termination is for contractor's failure to fulfill contract obligations, the recipient may complete the work by contact or otherwise and contractor shall be liable for any additional cost incurred by the recipient. If, after termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that contractor was not in default,the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if termination had been issued for the recipient's convenience. j. Termination for Convenience or Default(Cost-Type Contracts)the recipient may terminate this contract, or any portion of it, by serving a notice or termination on contractor. The notice shall state whether termination is for convenience of the recipient or for default of contractor. If termination is for default, the notice shall state the manner in which contractor has failed to perform the requirements of the contract. Contractor shall account for any property in its possession paid for from funds received from the recipient, or property supplied to contractor by the recipient. If termination is for default,the recipient may fix the fee, if the contract provides for a fee, to be paid to contractor in proportion to the value, if any, of work performed up to the time of termination. Contractor shall promptly submit its termination claim to the recipient and the parties shall negotiate the termination settlement to be paid to contractor. If termination is for the recipient's convenience, contractor shall be paid its contract close- out costs, and a fee, if the contract provided for payment of a fee, in proportion to the work performed up to the time of termination. If, after serving a notice of termination for default, the recipient determines that contractor has an excusable reason for not performing, such as strike,fire, flood, events which are not the fault of and are beyond the control of contractor, the recipient, after setting up a new work schedule, may allow contractor to continue work, or treat the termination as a termination for convenience. Government Wide Debarment and Suspension (Non Procurement) Applicability—Contracts over$25,000 This contract is a covered transaction for purposes of 49 CFR Part 29. As such, the contractor is required to verify that none of the contractors, its principals, as defined at 49 CFR 29.995, or affiliates, as defined at 49 CFR 29.905, are excluded or disqualified as defined at 49 CFR 29.940 and 29.945. The contractor is required to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C and must include the requirement to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C in any lower tier covered transaction it enters into. By signing and submitting its bid or proposal, the bidder or proposer certifies as follows: The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact relied upon by the recipient. If it is later ` determined that the bidder or proposer knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to remedies available to the recipient, the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment. The bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 29, P fa F TA ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application rr t�armar tw in srrae n National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationairtap.org any further obligation to contractor.Any such termination for default shall not in any way operate to preclude the recipient from also pursuing all available remedies against contractor and its sureties for said breach or default. d. Waiver of Remedies for any Breach In the event that the recipient elects to waive its remedies for any breach by contractor of any covenant,term or condition of this Contract,such waiver by the recipient shall not limit its remedies for any succeeding breach of that or of any other term, covenant, or condition of this Contract. e. Termination for Convenience(Professional or Transit Service Contracts)the recipient, by written notice, may terminate this contract, in whole or in part,when it is in the recipient's interest. If the contract is terminated,the recipient shall be liable only for payment under the payment provisions of this contract for services rendered before the effective date of termination. f. Termination for Default(Supplies and Service) If contractor fails to deliver supplies or to perform the services within the time specified in this contract or any extension or if the contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of this contract,the recipient may terminate this contract for default. The recipient shall terminate by delivering to contractor a notice of termination specifying the nature of default. Contractor shall only be paid the contract price for supplies delivered and accepted, or services performed in accordance with the manner or performance set forth in this contract. If, after termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that contractor was not in default,the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if termination had been issued for the recipient's convenience. g. Termination for Default(Transportation Services) If contractor fails to pick up the commodities or to perform the services, including delivery services,within the time specified in this contract or any extension or if contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of this contract, the recipient may terminate this contract for default. The recipient shall terminate by delivering to contractor a notice of termination specifying the nature of default. Contractor shall only be paid the contract price for services performed in accordance with the manner of performance set forth in this contract. If this contract is terminated while contractor has possession of the recipient goods, contractor shall, as directed by the recipient, protect and preserve the goods until surrendered to the recipient or its agent. Contractor and the recipient shall agree on payment for the preservation and protection of goods. Failure to agree on an amount shall be resolved under the Dispute clause. If, after termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that contractor was not in default,the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if termination had been issued for the recipient's convenience. h. Termination for Default(Construction) If contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work or any separable part, with the diligence that will insure its completion within the time specified, or any extension, or fails to complete the work within this time, or if contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of this contract,the recipient may terminate this contract for default. the recipient shall terminate by delivering to contractor a notice of termination specifying the nature of default. In this event, the recipient may take over the work and compete it by contract or otherwise, and may take possession of and use any materials, appliances,and plant on the work site necessary for completing the work. Contractor and its sureties shall be liable for any damage to the recipient resulting from contractor's refusal or failure to complete the work within specified time,whether or not contractor's right to proceed with the work is terminated. This liability includes any increased costs incurred by the recipient in completing the work. Contractor's right to proceed shall not be terminated nor shall contractor be charged with damages under this clause if: 1. Delay in completing the work arises from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of contractor. Examples of such causes include: acts of God, acts of the recipient, acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with the recipient, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes,freight ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application 8t` OTA National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrta or assistance. It is further agreed that the clause shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions. Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements or Related Acts Applicability—All contracts except micro-purchases($3,000 or less, except for construction contracts over$2,000) (1)Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, as amended, 31 USC 3801 et seq. and USDOT regulations, "Program Fraud Civil Remedies,"49 CFR 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this project. Upon execution of the underlying contract, contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of any statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the underlying contract or FTA assisted project for which this contract work is being performed. In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, contractor further acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submittal, or certification, the US Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act(1986)on contractor to the extent the US Government deems appropriate. (2) If contractor makes, or causes to be made, a false,fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submittal, or certification to the US Government under a contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with FTA assistance under the authority of 49 USC 5307, the Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of 18 USC 1001 and 49 USC 5307(n)(1)on contractor, to the extent the US Government deems appropriate. (3)Contractor shall include the above two clauses in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with FTA assistance. The clauses shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to the provisions. Termination Applicability—All Contracts over$10,000, except contracts with nonprofit organizations and institutions of higher learning,where the threshold is$100,000 a. Termination for Convenience(General Provision)the recipient may terminate this contract, in whole or in part, at any time by written notice to contractor when it is in the recipient's best interest. Contractor shall be paid its costs, including contract close-out costs, and profit on work performed up to the time of termination. Contractor shall promptly submit its termination claim to the recipient. If contractor is in possession of any of the recipient's property, contractor shall account for same, and dispose of it as the recipient directs. b. Termination for Default[Breach or Cause](General Provision) If contractor does not deliver items in accordance with the contract delivery schedule, or, if the contract is for services, and contractor fails to perform in the manner called for in the contract, or if contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of the contract,the recipient may terminate this contract for default. Termination shall be effected by serving a notice of termination to contractor setting forth the manner in which contractor is in default. Contractor shall only be paid the contract price for supplies delivered and accepted, or for services performed in accordance with the manner of performance set forth in the contract. If it is later determined by the recipient that contractor had an excusable reason for not performing, such as a strike, fire, or flood, events which are not the fault of or are beyond the control of contractor, the recipient, after setting up a new delivery or performance schedule, may allow contractor to continue work, or treat the termination as a termination for convenience. c. Opportunity to Cure (General Provision)the recipient in its sole discretion may, in the case of a termination for breach or default, allow contractor an appropriately short period of time in which to cure the defect. In such case, the notice of termination shall state the time period in which cure is permitted and other appropriate conditions If contractor fails to remedy to the recipient's satisfaction the breach or default or any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of this Contract within ten (10)days after receipt by contractor or written notice from the recipient setting forth the nature of said breach or default, the recipient shall have the right to terminate the Contract without o-'VW,,try,0 �" /► ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application I i !J•+1, F+e&%e Tra,,s it r',Ti National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5,6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor(or any of its subcontractors)and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. (10)Certification of Eligibility-(i) By entering into this contract, contractor certifies that neither it(nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii)No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a)of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii)The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in 18 USC 1001. Contract Work Hours & Safety Standards Act Applicability—Contracts over$100,000 (1)Overtime requirements-No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek. (2)Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages-In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in para. (1)of this section, contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in para. (1)of this section, in the sum of$10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in para. (1)of this section. (3)Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages-the recipient shall upon its own action or upon written request of USDOL withhold or cause to be withheld,from any moneys payable on account of work performed by contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours&Safety Standards Act,which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in para. (2)of this section. (4)Subcontracts-Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. Prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in this section. No Government Obligation to Third Parties Applicability—All contracts except micro-purchases($3,000 or less,except for construction contracts over$2,000) (1)The recipient and contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence by the US Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying contract, absent the express written consent by the US Government,the US Government is not a party to this contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to the recipient,the contractor, or any other party(whether or not a party to that contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying contract. (2)Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with FTA i ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application T' ri ,Trams A&*,iwaton National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate)specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress,expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination.Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program,the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.(ii)Trainees- Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16,trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program,the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal employment opportunity-The utilization of apprentices,trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. (5)Compliance with Copeland Act requirements-The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3,which are incorporated by reference in this contract. (6)Subcontracts-The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)through (10)and such other clauses as the Federal Transit Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. (7)Contract termination: debarment-A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (8)Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements-All rulings and interpretations of the Davis- Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards-Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance r F;TProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application I 4i aw Sim National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B)of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such elk benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A)The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the recipient for transmission to the Federal Transit Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i)of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents(Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office,Washington, DC 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a"Statement of Compliance,"signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1)That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i)of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5 and that such information is correct and complete; (2)That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee)employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned,without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; (3)That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. (C)The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance"required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B)of this section. "lk" (D)The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. (iii)The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i)of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the Federal Transit Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (4)Apprentices and trainees-(i)Apprentices-Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program,who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency(where appropriate)to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate,who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates 1A ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application ttirar rra National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org expressed as an hourly rate,the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person,the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided,That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor,that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (v)(A)The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following criteria have been met: (1)The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2)The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3)The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate(including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.(C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer,to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator,or an authorized representative,will issue a determination with 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (D)The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate)determined pursuant to paragraphs(a)(1)(v)(B)or(C)of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (2)Withholding-The recipient shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor,or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements,which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices,trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work(or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, the grantee may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (3) Payrolls and basic records-(i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work(or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B)of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application R T CID, "f ' r� °_ National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org Davis-Bacon and Copeland Anti-Kickback Acts Applicability -Construction contracts and subcontracts, including actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including decorating and painting, over$2,000 (1)Minimum wages-(i)All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work(or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project),will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account(except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act(29 CFR part 3)),the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof)due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2)of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv)of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly)under plans,funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed,without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided,That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph (1)(ii)of this section)and the Davis-Bacon poster(WH-1321)shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (ii)(A)The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers,which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) Except with respect to helpers as defined as 29 CFR 5.2(n)(4),the work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2)The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3)The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and (4)With respect to helpers as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(n)(4), such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed. (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate(including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative,will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits,where appropriate),the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer,to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that "*' additional time is necessary. (D)The wage rate(including fringe benefits where appropriate)determined pursuant to paragraphs(a)(1)(ii)(B)or(C)of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.(iii)Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not TA ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application F National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationairtap.org (d)When it is determined that a payment bond is required, the Contractor shall be required to obtain payment bonds as follows: 1. The penal amount of payment bonds shall equal: (i) Fifty percent of the contract price if the contract price is not more than $1 million; (ii) Forty percent of the contract price if the contract price is more than $1 million but not more than $5 million; or (iii) Two and one half million if the contract price is increased. Advance Payment Bonding Requirements The Contractor may be required to obtain an advance payment bond if the contract contains an advance payment provision and a performance bond is not furnished. The(recipient)shall determine the amount of the advance payment bond necessary to protect the(Recipient). Patent Infringement Bonding Requirements(Patent Indemnity) The Contractor may be required to obtain a patent indemnity bond if a performance bond is not furnished and the financial responsibility of the Contractor is unknown or doubtful. The(recipient)shall determine the amount of the patent indemnity to protect the(Recipient). Warranty of the Work and Maintenance Bonds 1. The Contractor warrants to(Recipient), the Architect and/or Engineer that all materials and equipment furnished under this Contract will be of highest quality and new unless otherwise specified by(Recipient), free from faults and defects and in conformance with the Contract Documents. All work not so conforming to these standards shall be considered defective. If required by the[Project Manager], the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 2. The Work furnished must be of first quality and the workmanship must be the best obtainable in the various trades. The Work must be of safe, substantial and durable construction in all respects. The Contractor hereby guarantees the Work against defective materials or faulty workmanship for a minimum period of one(1)year after 00%" Final Payment by(Recipient)and shall replace or repair any defective materials or equipment or faulty workmanship during the period of the guarantee at no cost to(Recipient). As additional security for these guarantees, the Contractor shall, prior to the release of Final Payment[as provided in Item X below],furnish separate Maintenance(or Guarantee)Bonds in form acceptable to(Recipient)written by the same corporate surety that provides the Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond for this Contract. These bonds shall secure the Contractor's obligation to replace or repair defective materials and faulty workmanship for a minimum period of one(1)year after Final Payment and shall be written in an amount equal to ONE HUNDRED PERCENT(100%)of the CONTRACT SUM, as adjusted (if at all). Clean Air 1)Contractor shall comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations pursuant to the Clean Air Act, 42 USC 7401 et seq. Contractor shall report each violation to the recipient and understands and agrees that the recipient will, in turn, report each violation as required to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office. 2)Contractor shall include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with FTA assistance. Recycled Products All contracts for items designated by the EPA,when the purchaser or contractor procures$10,000 or more of one of these items during the current or previous fiscal year using Federal funds. The contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act(RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6962), including but not limited to the regulatory provisions of 40 CFR Part 247, and Executive Order 12873, as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of 40 CFR Part 247. FTA ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application 1 A p r eam t�,;,�,ra� National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program ofthe Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org The Contractor shall be required to obtain performance and payment bonds as follows: (a) Performance bonds ell* 1. The penal amount of performance bonds shall be 100 percent of the original contract price, unless the (Recipient)determines that a lesser amount would be adequate for the protection of the(Recipient). 2. The(Recipient) may require additional performance bond protection when a contract price is increased. The increase in protection shall generally equal 100 percent of the increase in contract price. The(Recipient)may secure additional protection by directing the Contractor to increase the penal amount of the existing bond or to obtain an additional bond. (b) Payment bonds 1. The penal amount of the payment bonds shall equal: (i) Fifty percent of the contract price if the contract price is not more than $1 million. (ii) Forty percent of the contract price if the contract price is more than $1 million but not more than $5 million; or (iii) Two and one half million if the contract price is more than $5 million. 2. If the original contract price is$5 million or less,the(Recipient)may require additional protection as required by subparagraph 1 if the contract price is increased. Performance and Payment Bonding Requirements(Non-Construction) The Contractor may be required to obtain performance and payment bonds when necessary to protect the (Recipient's) interest. (a)The following situations may warrant a performance bond: 1. (Recipient)property or funds are to be provided to the contractor for use in performing the contract or as partial compensation (as in retention of salvaged material). 2. A contractor sells assets to or merges with another concern,and the(Recipient), after recognizing the latter concern as the successor in interest, desires assurance that it is financially capable. 3. Substantial progress payments are made before delivery of end items starts. 4. Contracts are for dismantling, demolition, or removal of improvements. (b)When it is determined that a performance bond is required,the Contractor shall be required to obtain performance bonds as follows: 1. The penal amount of performance bonds shall be 100 percent of the original contract price, unless the (Recipient)determines that a lesser amount would be adequate for the protection of the(Recipient). 2. The(Recipient)may require additional performance bond protection when a contract price is increased. The increase in protection shall generally equal 100 percent of the increase in contract price. The(Recipient)may secure additional protection by directing the Contractor to increase the penal amount of the existing bond or to obtain an additional bond. (c)A payment bond is required only when a performance bond is required, and if the use of payment bond is in the(Recipient's)interest. A., , F°"' " ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application , i r #cd' Tram raffia National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org Bonding Requirements Applicability—For those construction or facility improvement contracts or subcontracts exceeding $100,000, FTA may accept the bonding policy and requirements of the recipient, provided that they meet the minimum requirements for construction contracts as follows: a. A bid guarantee from each bidder equivalent to five (5)percent of the bid price. The"bid guarantees"shall consist of a firm commitment such as a bid bond, certifies check, or other negotiable instrument accompanying a bid as assurance that the bidder will, upon acceptance of his bid, execute such contractual documents as may be required within the time specified. b. A performance bond on the part to the Contractor for 100 percent of the contract price. A"performance bond" is one executed in connection with a contract to secure fulfillment of all the contractor's obligations under such contract. c. A payment bond on the part of the contractor for 100 percent of the contract price. A"payment bond"is one executed in connection with a contract to assure payment, as required by law, of all persons supplying labor and material in the execution of the work provided for in the contract. Payment bond amounts required from Contractors are as follows: (1) 50%of the contract price if the contract price is not more than$1 million; (2) 40%of the contract price if the contract price is more than$1 million but not more than$5 million; or (3) $2.5 million if the contract price is more than $5 million. d. A cash deposit, certified check or other negotiable instrument may be accepted by a grantee in lieu of performance and payment bonds, provided the grantee has established a procedure to assure that the interest of FTA is adequately protected. An irrevocable letter of credit would also satisfy the requirement for a bond. Bid Bond Requirements(Construction) **+, (a) Bid Security-A Bid Bond must be issued by a fully qualified surety company acceptable to(Recipient)and listed as a company currently authorized under 31 CFR, Part 223 as possessing a Certificate of Authority as described thereunder. (b) Rights Reserved- In submitting this Bid, it is understood and agreed by bidder that the right is reserved by (Recipient)to reject any and all bids, or part of any bid, and it is agreed that the Bid may not be withdrawn for a period of[ninety(90)]days subsequent to the opening of bids, without the written consent of(Recipient). It is also understood and agreed that if the undersigned bidder should withdraw any part or all of his bid within [ninety(90)]days after the bid opening without the written consent of(Recipient), shall refuse or be unable to enter into this Contract, as provided above, or refuse or be unable to furnish adequate and acceptable Performance Bonds and Labor and Material Payments Bonds, as provided above, or refuse or be unable to furnish adequate and acceptable insurance, as provided above, he shall forfeit his bid security to the extent of (Recipient's)damages occasioned by such withdrawal, or refusal, or inability to enter into an agreement, or provide adequate security therefor. It is further understood and agreed that to the extent the defaulting bidder's Bid Bond, Certified Check, Cashier's Check, Treasurer's Check, and/or Official Bank Check(excluding any income generated thereby which has been retained by(Recipient)as provided in [Item x"Bid Security"of the Instructions to Bidders])shall prove inadequate to fully recompense(Recipient)for the damages occasioned by default, then the undersigned bidder agrees to indemnify(Recipient)and pay over to(Recipient)the difference between the bid security and (Recipient's)total damages, so as to make(Recipient)whole. The undersigned understands that any material alteration of any of the above or any of the material contained on AWW this form, other than that requested,will render the bid unresponsive. Performance and Payment Bonding Requirements (Construction) Myna;,vn r}: FTAProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application FVde1J»Tr~J i,,w~ National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org Access to Records and Reports Applicability—As shown below. These requirements do not apply to micro-purchases($3,000 or less, except for construction contracts over$2,000) The following access to records requirements apply to this Contract: 1. Where the purchaser is not a State but a local government and is an FTA recipient or a subgrantee of FTA recipient in accordance with 49 CFR 18.36(1), contractor shall provide the purchaser, the FTA,the US Comptroller General or their authorized representatives access to any books, documents, papers and contractor records which are pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions. Contractor shall also, pursuant to 49 CFR 633.17, provide authorized FTA representatives, including any PMO contractor, access to contractor's records and construction sites pertaining to a capital project, defined at 49 USC 5302(a)1,which is receiving FTA assistance through the programs described at 49 USC 5307, 5309 or 5311. 2. Where the purchaser is a State and is an FTA recipient or a subgrantee of FTA recipient in accordance with 49 CFR 633.17, contractor shall provide the purchaser, authorized FTA representatives, including any PMO Contractor, access to contractor's records and construction sites pertaining to a capital project, defined at 49 USC 5302(a)1,which receives FTA assistance through the programs described at 49 USC 5307, 5309 or 5311. By definition, a capital project excludes contracts of less than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $100,000. 3. Where the purchaser enters into a negotiated contract for other than a small purchase or under the simplified acquisition threshold and is an institution of higher education, a hospital or other non-profit organization and is an FTA recipient or a subgrantee of FTA recipient in accordance with 49 CFR 19.48, contractor shall provide the purchaser, the FTA,the US Comptroller General or their authorized representatives, access to any books, documents, papers and record of the contractor which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions. 4. Where a purchaser which is an FTA recipient or a subgrantee of FTA recipient in accordance with 49 USC 5325(a)enters into a contract for a capital project or improvement(defined at 49 USC 5302(a)1)through other than competitive bidding, contractor shall make available records related to the contract to the purchaser,the Secretary of USDOT and the US Comptroller General or any authorized officer or employee of any of them for the purposes of conducting an audit and inspection. 5. Contractor shall permit any of the foregoing parties to reproduce by any means whatsoever or to copy excerpts and transcriptions as reasonably needed. 6. Contractor shall maintain all books, records, accounts and reports required under this contract for a period of not less than three(3)years after the date of termination or expiration of this contract,except in the event of litigation or settlement of claims arising from the performance of this contract, in which case contractor agrees to maintain same until the recipient, FTA Administrator, US Comptroller General, or any of their authorized representatives, have disposed of all such litigation, appeals, claims or exceptions related thereto. Re: 49 CFR 18.39(i)(11). FTA does not require the inclusion of these requirements in subcontracts. Federal Changes All Contracts except micro-purchases($3,000 or less, except for construction contracts over$2,000) Contractor shall comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including without limitation those listed directly or by reference in the Master Agreement between the purchaser and FTA, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of the contract. Contractor's failure to comply shall constitute a material breach of the contract. ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application I Fx�� National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationalrtap.org Buy America Certification (Steel and Manufactured Products) Construction Contracts and Acquisition of Goods or Rolling Stock(valued at more than $100,000) Contractor shall comply with 49 USC 53230)and 49 CFR 661, stating that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 CFR 661.7, and include final assembly in the US for 15 passenger vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by Chrysler Corp., software, microcomputer equipment and small purchases (currently less than $100,000) made with capital, operating or planning funds. Separate requirements for rolling stock are stated at 53230)(2)(C)and 49 CFR 661.11. Rolling stock must be manufactured in the US and have a minimum 60% domestic content. A bidder or offeror shall submit appropriate Buy America certification to the recipient with all bids on FTA-funded contracts, except those subject to a general waiver. Proposals not accompanied by a completed Buy America certification shall be rejected as nonresponsive. This requirement does not apply to lower tier subcontractors. Seismic Safety Construction of new buildings or additions to existing buildings. These requirements do not apply to micro- purchases($3,000 or less, except for construction contracts over$2,000). Contractor agrees that any new building or addition to an existing building shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the standards required in USDOT Seismic Safety Regulations 49 CFR 41 and shall certify compliance to the extent required by the regulation. Contractor shall also ensure that all work performed under this contract, including work performed by subcontractors, complies with the standards required by 49 CFR 41 and the certification of compliance issued on the project. Energy Conservation All Contracts except micro-purchases($3,000 or less, except for construction contracts over$2,000) Contractor shall comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency, stated in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy& Conservation Act. ' Clean Water All Contracts and Subcontracts over$100,000 Contractor shall comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 USC 1251 et seq. Contractor shall report each violation to the recipient and understands and agrees that the recipient shall, in turn, report each violation as required to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office. Contractor shall include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with FTA assistance. Lobbying Construction/Architectural and Engineering/Acquisition of Rolling Stock/Professional Service Contract/Operational Service Contract/Turnkey contracts over$100,000 Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment, 31 U.S.C. 1352, as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995, P.L. 104- 65[to be codified at 2 U.S.C. § 1601, et seq.]-Contractors who apply or bid for an award of$100,000 or more shall file the certification required by 49 CFR part 20, "New Restrictions on Lobbying." Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier shall also disclose the name of any registrant under the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 who has made lobbying contacts on its behalf with non- Federal funds with respect to that Federal contract, grant or award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the recipient. PTAProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application rya Tr~Adm r,�,Ar4tK#, National Rural Transit Assistance Program is program of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationairtap.org Federal Clauses _ ProcurementPRO-National RTAP's Procurement Software Application I F, TA g ram is P ro National Rural Transit Assistance Pro ram of the Federal Transit Administration www.nationairtap.org g Ao"k The following attachments are incorporated into this document: Federal Clauses Federal Certifications State mandated Clauses 08/17/2011 00520-8 Subcontractor's Certification Prior to the award of any subcontract, regardless of tier, the prospective subcontractors must execute and submit to the General Contractor the following certification, which will be deemed a part of the resulting subcontract: SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Name of the Subcontractor certifies that it: 7. Will not discriminate in their employment practices; 8. Intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract: and 9. Will make good faith efforts to comply with the minority employee and women employee workforce participation ratio goals and specific affirmative action steps contained herein; and 10. Is in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations governing fair labor and employment practices; and 11. Will provide the provisions of the "Supplemental Equal Employment Opportunity,Non-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program"to each and every subcontractor employed on the Project and will incorporate the terms of this Section into all subcontracts and work orders entered into on the Project. 12. Agrees to comply with all provisions contained herein. Signature of authorized representative of Subcontractor Date Printed name of authorized representative of Subcontractor 08/17/2011 00520-7 Contractor's Certification _"k A Contractor will not be eligible for award of a contract unless such Contractor has submitted the following certification, which is deemed a part of the resulting contract: CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION Name of the General Contractor certifies that it: I. Will not discriminate in their employment practices; 2. Intends to use the following listed construction trades in the work under the contract: and 3. Will make good faith efforts to comply with the minority employee and women employee workforce participation ratio goals and specific affirmative action steps contained herein; and 4. Is in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, and regulations governing fair labor and employment practices; and 5. Will provide the provisions of the "Supplemental Equal Employment Opportunity, Non-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program"to each and every subcontractor employed on the Project and will incorporate the terms of this Section into all subcontracts and work orders entered into on the Project. 6. Agrees to comply with all provisions contained herein. Signature of authorized representative of Contractor Date Printed name of authorized representative of Contractor 08/17/2011 00520-6 CERTIFICATE OF VOTE (to be filed if Contractor is a Corporation) I, , hereby certify that I am the duly qualified and acting Secretary of (Secretary of Corporation) and I further certify that a meeting of the Directors of said company, (Name of Corporation) duly called and held on , at which all members were present and voting,the (Date of Meeting) following vote was unanimously passed: VOTED: To authorize and empower Anyone acting singly, to execute Forms of General Bid, Contracts or Bonds on behalf of the Corporation. I further certify that the above vote is still in effect and has not been changed or modified in any respect. By: (Secretary of Corporation) A True Copy: Attest: (Notary Public) My Commission Expires: (Date) 08/17/2011 00520-5 In accordance with M.G.L. C.44, Section 31C, this is to certify that an appropriation in the , amount of this Contract is available therefor and that the has been authorized to execute the Contract and approve all requisitions and change orders. By (Owner's Accountant) (Name) 100%, 08/17/2011 00520-4 CONDITIONS, and to make payments on account thereof as provided in Section 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Agreement in six (6) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, in the year and day first above mentioned. AGREED: Pioneer Valley Regional Transit Authority (Owner) By (Name) (Title) (Contractor) By (Name) (Title) (Address) (City and State) Approved as to Form: By - (Owner's Counsel) (Name) 08/17/2011 00520-3 paid to DBEs, and its efforts to achieve the goals, with each invoice submitted or at such greater intervals as specified by the Pioneer Valley Regional Transit Authority. The CONTRACTOR shall not discriminate against or exclude any person from participation herein on grounds of race, color, religious creed, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, ancestry, or age; and that it shall take affirmative actions to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during their employment, without regard to race, color, religious creed, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, ancestry, age, or handicapped status. The CONTRACTOR, SUB-RECIPIENT, or SUBCONTRACTOR shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the CONTRACTOR to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate." The prime CONTRACTOR agrees to pay each SUBCONTRACTOR under the prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 10 (ten) days from the receipt of each payment the prime CONTRACTOR receives from PVTA. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the PVTA. This clause applies to both the DBE and non-DBE subcontracts. The prime CONTRACTOR agrees to return retainage payments to each SUBCONTRACTOR .. , within 30 (thirty) days after the SUBCONTRACTOR'S work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the PVTA. This clause applies to both DBE and non- DBE subcontracts. The prime CONTRACTOR is required to maintain records and documents of payments to all SUBCONTRACTORS for three years following the performance of the contract. These records will be made available for inspection upon request. The CONTRACTOR shall not participate in or cooperate with an international boycott, as defined in Section 999 (b)(3) and (4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or engage in conduct declared to be unlawful by Section 2 of Chapter 151E of the Massachusetts General Laws. Applicable provisions of Massachusetts General Laws and Regulations and/or the United States Code and Code of Federal Regulations govern this Agreement and any provision in violation of the foregoing shall be deemed null, void and of no effect. Where conflict between Code of Federal Regulations and State laws and Regulations exist, the more stringent requirement shall apply. Subject to G.L. c.149, sec. 39K and/or sec. 39G and G.L. c.30, sec. 39F, as applicable, the OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the Agreement, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in Section 00700, GENERAL 08/17/2011 00520-2 SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of by and between the party of the first part, the Pioneer Valley Transit Authority, a body politic and corporate of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts established pursuant to Chapter 161B of the general Laws, hereinafter called "OWNER", and the party of the second part, doing business as (a corporation) (a limited liability company) (a partnership) (a joint venture) (an individual)* located in the (City) (Town)* of County of , and State of hereinafter called "CONTRACTOR." WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the OWNER to commence and complete the project described as follows: PVTA Northampton Operations Facility- Building Reconfiguration and Addition hereinafter called the project, for the sum of Dollars and Cents ($ ) and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the General and Supplementary Conditions; and at its own proper cost and expense to furnish superintendence, labor, services, materials, equipment, plant, machinery, apparatus, appliances, tools, supplies, bailing, shoring, removal, and all other things necessary to complete the said project in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID, Section 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS, Section 00800, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, Section 00830, STATE REGULATIONS, the plans, which include all maps, plates, blue prints, and the specifications and contract documents therefor as prepared by Weston& Sampson Engineers, Inc. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be fixed in the written Notice to Proceed given by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR and to fully complete the project within 148 consecutive days of the start date fixed in the Notice to Proceed. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the sum of$1,000.00 (one- thousand dollars) for each consecutive calendar day thereafter during which the work has not been fully completed, as provided in the Liquidated Damages paragraph of Section 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. The fair share construction goals for disadvantaged business enterprise (DBE) participation for this contract is six percent (6 %), combined, applicable to the total amount paid for the construction contract. The CONTRACTOR shall take all affirmative steps necessary to achieve this goal, and shall provide reports documenting the portion of contract and subcontract dollars 08/17/2011 00520-1 MW doing public construction work in the commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Date: (Name of Sub-bidder) By: (Title and Name of Person Signing Bid) (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) (Business Address) (City and State) (Telephone Number) (Fax Number) 07/01/2008 00430-4 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of General Contractor and architect on which you served as a subcontractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building. Building Architect General Contractor Amount of Contract a. b. C. I. The undersigned hereby certifies he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee: and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section forty-four F. J. The undersigned understands that all bids for this project are subject to the applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J, as amended. Every sub-bidder must furnish the DCAM Sub- bidder Update Statement with the bid. K. The undersigned agrees to comply with the applicable portions of Division 00 and 01 of the project specifications, and other sections of the specification as referenced. The undersigned also agrees to coordinate all work with that of other trades to avoid conflict of equipment, so that the work of the entire project, including all trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with. L. Bid security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check,treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the Owner, in a dollar amount of 5 percent of the total bid, in accordance with the conditions in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, has been attached to this bid. M. The successful sub-bidder shall be required to submit to the General Contractor a signed certification showing compliance with the minority manpower ratios and specific action steps contained in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Equal Employment Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program reprinted in Section 00830 of this specification. N. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As ,, used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from 07/01/2008 00430-3 D. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as a sub-bidder he will, within five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested so to do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor, or if prequalification is required pursuant to section 44D 3/4 , furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof are: Name Class of Work Bid Price (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the General Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general and supplemental general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name years. 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 07/01/2008 00430-2 SECTION 00430g FORM FOR SUB-BID ITEM 2G To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and addenda, all the work specified in DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL of the specifications and in any plans specified in such section, prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for work at the PVTA's Northampton Operations facility, 95 Industrial Drive, Northampton, Massachusetts, for the contract sum of Dollars* • All entries must be made clearly and in ink. B. This sub-bid includes addenda numbered C. This sub-bid ( ) may be used by any general bidder except: ( )may only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders,insert "X" in one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) 07/01/2008 00430-1 doing public construction work in the commonwealth under the provisions of section '"" twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Date: (Name of Sub-bidder) By: (Title and Name of Person Signing Bid) (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) (Business Address) (City and State) (Telephone Number) (Fax Number) 07/01/2008 00430-4 ►, 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of General Contractor and architect on which you served as a subcontractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building. Building Architect General Contractor Amount of Contract a. b. c. L The undersigned hereby certifies he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee: and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section forty-four F. J. The undersigned understands that all bids for this project are subject to the applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J, as amended. Every sub-bidder must furnish the DCAM Sub- bidder Update Statement with the bid. K. The undersigned agrees to comply with the applicable portions of Division 00 and 01 of the project specifications, and other sections of the specification as referenced. The undersigned also agrees to coordinate all work with that of'other trades to avoid conflict of equipment, so that the work of the entire project, including all trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with. L. Bid security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the Owner, in a dollar amount of 5 percent of the total bid, in accordance with the conditions in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,has been attached to this bid. M. The successful sub-bidder shall be required to submit to the General Contractor a signed certification showing compliance with the minority manpower ratios and specific action steps contained in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Equal Employment Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program reprinted in Section 00830 of this specification. N. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from 07/01/2008 00430-3 D. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as a sub-bidder he will, within five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested so to do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor, or if prequalification is required pursuant to section 44D 3/4 , furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof are: Name Class of Work Bid Price AMW (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the General Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general and supplemental general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name years. Aowk 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 07/01/2008 00430-2 SECTION 00430f FORM FOR SUB-BID ITEM 2F To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and addenda, all the work specified in Section 15500 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning of the specifications and in any plans specified in such section, prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for work at the PVTA's Northampton Operations facility, 95 Industrial Drive, Northampton, Massachusetts, for the contract sum of Dollars* • All entries must be made clearly and in ink. B. This sub-bid includes addenda numbered C. This sub-bid ( ) may be used by any general bidder except: O may only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders, insert "X" in one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) 07/01/2008 00430-1 doing public construction work in the commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Date: (Name of Sub-bidder) By: (Title and Name of Person Signing Bid) (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) (Business Address) (City and State) (Telepbone Number) (Fax Number) 07/01/2008 00430-4 * 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of General Contractor and architect on which you served as a subcontractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building. Building Architect General Contractor Amount of Contract a. b. C. L The undersigned hereby certifies he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee: and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section forty-four F. J. The undersigned understands that all bids for this project are subject to the applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J, as amended. Every sub-bidder must furnish the DCAM Sub- bidder Update Statement with the bid. K. The undersigned agrees to comply with the applicable portions of Division 00 and 01 of the project specifications, and other sections of the specification as referenced. The undersigned also agrees to coordinate all work with that of other trades to avoid conflict of equipment, so that the work of the entire project, including all trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with. L. Bid security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the Owner, in a dollar amount of 5 percent of the total bid, in accordance with the conditions in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, has been attached to this bid. M. The successful sub-bidder shall be required to submit to the General Contractor a signed certification showing compliance with the minority manpower ratios and specific action steps contained in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Equal Employment Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program reprinted in Section 00830 of this specification. N. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from 07/01/2008 00430-3 D. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as a sub-bidder he will, within five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested so to do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor, or if prequalification is required pursuant to section 44D 3/4 , furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof are: Name Class of Work Bid Price (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the General Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general and supplemental general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name_ years. 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 07/01/2008 00430-2 JV*k SECTION 00430e FORM FOR SUB-BID ITEM 2E To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and addenda, all the work specified in Section 15400 Plumbing of the specifications and in any plans specified in such section, prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for work at the PVTA's Northampton Operations facility, 95 Industrial Drive, Northampton, Massachusetts, for the contract sum of Dollars* • All entries must be made clearly and in ink. B. This sub-bid includes addenda numbered look C. This sub-bid ( ) may be used by any general bidder except: O may only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders, insert "X" in one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) 07/01/2008 00430-1 doing public construction work in the commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Date: (Name of Sub-bidder) By: (Title and Name of Person Signing Bid) (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) (Business Address) (City and State) (Telephone Number) (Fax Number) 07/01/2008 00430-4 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of General Contractor and architect on which you served as a subcontractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building. Building Architect General Contractor Amount of Contract a. b. C. I. The undersigned hereby certifies he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee: and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section forty-four F. J. The undersigned understands that all bids for this project are subject to the applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J, as amended. Every sub-bidder must furnish the DCAM Sub- bidder Update Statement with the bid. K. The undersigned agrees to comply with the applicable portions of Division 00 and 01 of the project specifications, and other sections of the specification as referenced. The undersigned also agrees to coordinate all work with that of other trades to avoid conflict of equipment, so that the work of the entire project, including all trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with. L. Bid security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the Owner, in a dollar amount of 5 percent of the total bid, in accordance with the conditions in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,has been attached to this bid. M. The successful sub-bidder shall be required to submit to the General Contractor a signed certification showing compliance with the minority manpower ratios and specific action steps contained in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Equal Employment Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program reprinted in Section 00830 of this specification. N. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from 07/01/2008 00430-3 D. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as a sub-bidder he will, within five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested so to do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor, or if prequalification is required pursuant to section 44D 3/4 , furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof are: Name Class of Work Bid Price Amok (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the General Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general and supplemental general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name years. A"k. 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 07/01/2008 00430-2 SECTION 00430d FORM FOR SUB-BID ITEM 2D To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and addenda, all the work specified in Section 15300 Fire Protection of the specifications and in any plans specified in such section, prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for work at the PVTA's Northampton Operations facility, 95 Industrial Drive, Northampton, Massachusetts, for the contract sum of Dollars* (S )• • All entries must be made clearly and in ink. B. This sub-bid includes addenda numbered C. This sub-bid ( ) may be used by any general bidder except: ( ) may only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders,insert "X" in one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) 07/01/2008 00430-1 doing public construction work in the commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Date: (Name of Sub-bidder) By: (Title and Name of Person Signing Bid) (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) (Business Address) (City and State) (Telephone Number) (Fax Number) 07/01/2008 00430-4 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of General Contractor and architect on which you served as a subcontractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building. Building Architect General Contractor Amount of Contract a. b. C. I. The undersigned hereby certifies he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee: and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section forty-four F. J. The undersigned understands that all bids for this project are subject to the applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J, as amended. Every sub-bidder must furnish the DCAM Sub- bidder Update Statement with the bid. K. The undersigned agrees to comply with the applicable portions of Division 00 and 01 of the project specifications, and other sections of the specification as referenced. The undersigned also agrees to coordinate all work with that of other trades to avoid conflict of equipment, so that the work of the entire project, including all trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with. L. Bid security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the Owner, in a dollar amount of 5 percent of the total bid, in accordance with the conditions in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,has been attached to this bid. M. The successful sub-bidder shall be required to submit to the General Contractor a signed certification showing compliance with the minority manpower ratios and specific action steps contained in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Equal Employment Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and A_ffirmative Action_Pro ram reprinted in Section 00830 of this specification. N. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from 07/01/2008 00430-3 D. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as a sub-bidder he will, within five (5) days, -lark Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested so to do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor, or if prequalification is required pursuant to section 44D 3/4 , furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof are: Name Class of Work Bid Price (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the General Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general and supplemental general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name years. 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 07/01/2008 00430-2 SECTION 00430c FORM FOR SUB-BID ITEM 2C To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and addenda, all the work specified in Section 08800 Glass and Glazing of the specifications and in any plans specified in such section, prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for work at the PVTA's Northampton Operations facility, 95 Industrial Drive, Northampton, Massachusetts, for the contract sum of Dollars* • All entries must be made clearly and in ink. B. This sub-bid includes addenda numbered C. This sub-bid ( ) may be used by any general bidder except: O may only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders,insert "X" in one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) 07/01/2008 00430-1 doing public construction work in the commonwealth under the provisions of section Alftke twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Date: (Name of Sub-bidder) By: (Title and Name of Person Signing Bid) (SEAL- if bid is by a corporation) (Business Address) (City and State) (Telephone Number) Afftk (Fax Number) 07/01/2008 00430-4 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of General Contractor and architect on which you served as a subcontractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building. Building Architect General Contractor Amount of Contract a. b. C. I. The undersigned hereby certifies he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee: and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section forty-four F. J. The undersigned understands that all bids for this project are subject to the applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J, as amended. Every sub-bidder must furnish the DCAM Sub- bidder Update Statement with the bid. K. The undersigned agrees to comply with the applicable portions of Division 00 and 01 of the project specifications, and other sections of the specification as referenced. The undersigned also agrees to coordinate all work with that of other trades to avoid conflict of equipment, so that the work of the entire project, including all trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with. L. Bid security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the Owner, in a dollar amount of 5 percent of the total bid, in accordance with the conditions in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, has been attached to this bid. M. The successful sub-bidder shall be required to submit to the General Contractor a signed certification showing compliance with the minority manpower ratios and specific action steps contained in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Equal Employment Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program reprinted in Section 00830 of this specification. N. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from 07/01/2008 00430-3 D. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as a sub-bidder he will, within five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested so to do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor, or if prequalification is required pursuant to section 44D 3/4 , furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof are: Name Class of Work Bid Price (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the General Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general and supplemental general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name years. lowk 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 07/01/2008 00430-2 ►, SECTION 00430b FORM FOR SUB-BID ITEM 2B To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and addenda, all the work specified in Section 07542 Roofing and Flashing of the specifications and in any plans specified in such section, prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for work at the PVTA's Northampton Operations facility, 95 Industrial Drive, Northampton, Massachusetts, for the contract sum of Dollars* • All entries must be made clearly and in ink. B. This sub-bid includes addenda numbered C. This sub-bid ( ) may be used by any general bidder except: ( ) may only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders, insert "X" in one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) 07/01/2008 00430-1 doing public construction work in the commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Date: (Name of Sub-bidder) By: (Title and Name of Person Signing Bid) (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) (Business Address) (City and State) (Telephone Number) (Fax Number) 07/01/2008 00430-4 +• 3. List one or more recent buildings with names of General Contractor and architect on which you served as a subcontractor for work of similar character as required for the above-named building. Building Architect General Contractor Amount of Contract a. b. C. I. The undersigned hereby certifies he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee: and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section forty-four F. J. The undersigned understands that all bids for this project are subject to the applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J, as amended. Every sub-bidder must furnish the DCAM Sub- bidder Update Statement with the bid. K. The undersigned agrees to comply with the applicable portions of Division 00 and 01 of the project specifications, and other sections of the specification as referenced. The undersigned also agrees to coordinate all work with that of other trades to avoid conflict of equipment, so that the work of the entire project, including all trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with. L. Bid security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the Owner, in a dollar amount of 5 percent of the total bid, in accordance with the conditions in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,has been attached to this bid. M. The successful sub-bidder shall be required to submit to the General Contractor a signed certification showing compliance with the minority manpower ratios and specific action steps contained in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Equal Employment Opportunity Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program reprinted in Section 00830 of this specification. N. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this sub-bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from 07/01/2008 00430-3 D. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as a sub-bidder he will, within five (S) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested so to do in the general bid by the general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor, or if prequalification is required pursuant to section 44D 3/4 , furnish a performance and payment bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereof are: Name Class of Work Bid Price (Do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on the hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the awarding authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the General Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans, specifications, including all general and supplemental general conditions stated therein, and addenda, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all the requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present business name years. 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 07/01/2008 00430-2 SECTION 00430a FORM FOR SUB-BID ITEM 2A To All General Bidders Except Those Excluded: A. The undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and addenda, all the work specified in Section 04200 Masonry of the specifications and in any plans specified in such section, prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for work at the PVTA's Northampton Operations facility, 95 Industrial Drive, Northampton, Massachusetts, for the contract sum of Dollars* • All entries must be made clearly and in ink. B. This sub-bid includes addenda numbered C. This sub-bid ( ) may be used by any general bidder except: O may only be used by the following general bidders: (To exclude general bidders, insert "X" in one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) 07/01/2008 00430-1 PART 5 - SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL List all supervisory personnel who will be assigned to the project if your firm is awarded the contract. Attach the resume of each person listed below. NAME TITLE OR FUNCTION PART 6 - CHANGES IN BUSINESS ORGANIZATION OR FINANCIAL CONDITION Have there been any changes in your firm's business organization, financial condition or bonding capacity since the date your current Certificate of Eligibility was issued? ❑ Yes ❑ No If YES, attach a separate page providing complete details. PART 7 - LIST OF COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS SUBMITTED TO THE DIVISION OF CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT ALONG WITH CERTIFICATION PAGE. Attach here a copy of the list of completed construction projects which was submitted with your firm's Application for your most recently issued (not extended or amended) Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility. The Attachment must include a complete copy of the entire Section F—"Completed Projects" (Section G —"Completed Projects"for firms certified based upon their Prime/General Application), and the final page— "Certification Page", (Section I in the Sub-bidder Application or Section J in Prime/General Application) containing the signature and date that the Completed Projects list (Section F or G)was submitted to the Division of Capital Asset Management. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 10 of]0 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 RT 4 - Legal or Administrative Proceedings; Compliance with Laws (continued) YES NO 5. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of any state or federal law regulating hours of labor, unemployment compensation, minimum wages,prevailing wages, overtime pay, equal pay, child labor or worker's compensation? 6. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of any state or federal law prohibiting discrimination in employment? 7. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a claim of repeated or aggravated violation of any state or federal law regulating labor relations? 8. Have any proceedings by a municipal, state, or federal agency been brought, ❑ ❑ concluded, or settled relating to decertification, debarment, or suspension of your firm or any principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm from public contracting? 9. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of state or federal law regulating the environment? 10. Has your firm been fined by OSHA or any other state or federal agency for ❑ ❑ violations of any laws or regulations related to occupational health or safety?Note: this information may be obtained from OSHA's Web Site at www.oslia.gov 11. Has your firm been sanctioned for failure to achieve DBE/MBE/WBE goals, ❑ ❑ workforce goals, or failure to file certified payrolls on any public projects? 12. Other than previously reported in the above paragraphs of this Section I,have any ❑ ❑ administrative proceedings or investigations involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled by any local, state or federal agency relating to the procurement or performance of any construction contract? 13. Are there any other issues that you are aware which may affect your firm's ❑ ❑ responsibility and integrity as a building contractor? Division of Capital Asset Management Page 9 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 4 - Legal or Administrative Proceedings; Compliance with Laws Please answer the following questions. Information must supplement all judicial and administrative proceedings involving bidder's firm,which were instituted or concluded (adversely or otherwise) since your firm's Application for your most recently issued (not extended or amended) Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility. You must report all requested information not previously reported on that DCAM Application. The term "administrative proceeding" as used in this Sub-Bidder Update Statement includes (i) any action taken or proceeding brought by a governmental agency, department or officer to enforce any law, regulation, code, legal, or contractual requirement, except for those brought in state or federal courts, or(ii) any action taken by a governmental agency, department or officer imposing penalties, fines or other sanctions for failure to comply with any such legal or contractual requirement. The term"anyone with a financial interest in your firm" as used in this Section"I", shall mean any person and/or entity with a 5% or greater ownership interest in the applicant's firm. If you answer YES to any question, on a separate page provide a complete explanation of each proceeding or action and any judgment, decision, fine or other sanction or result. Include all details (name of court or administrative agency, title of case or proceeding, case number, date action was commenced, date judgment or decision was entered, fines or penalties imposed, etc.). YES NO 1. Have any civil,judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a ❑ ❑ principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to the procurement or performance of any construction contract, including but not limited to actions to obtain payment brought by subcontractors, suppliers or others? 2. Have any criminal proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or ❑ ❑ anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to the procurement or performance of any construction contract including, but not limited to, any of the following offenses: fraud, graft, embezzlement, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, or receipt of stolen property? 3. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of any state's or federal procurement laws arising out of the submission of bids or proposals? 4. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of M.G.L. Chapter 268A, the State Ethics Law? Division of Capital Asset Management Page 8 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30,2010 PART 3 - PROJECT PERFORMANCE For Parts 3 and 4, if you answer YES to any question,please provide on a separate page a complete explanation. Information you provide herein must supplement the Application for your most recently issued (not extended or amended) Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility. You must report all requested information not previously reported on that Application. Include all details [project name(s) and location(s), names of all parties involved, relevant dates, etc.]. YES NO 1. Has your firm been terminated on any contract prior to completing a project or has ❑ ❑ any officer, partner or principal of your firm been an officer,partner or principal of another firm that was terminated or failed to complete a project? 2. Has your firm failed or refused either to perform or complete any of its work under ❑ ❑ any contract prior to substantial completion? 3. Has your firm failed or refused to complete any punch list work under any contract? ❑ ❑ 4. Has your firm filed for bankruptcy, or has any officer, principal or individual with a ❑ ❑ financial interest in your current firm been an officer, principal or individual with a financial interest in another firm that filed for bankruptcy? 5. Has your surety taken over or been asked to complete any of your work under any ❑ El contract? 6. Has a payment or performance bond been invoked against your current firm, or has ❑ ❑ any officer, principal or individual with a financial interest in your current firm , * been an officer, principal or individual with a financial interest in another firm that had a payment or performance bond invoked? 7. Has your surety made payment to a materials supplier or other party under your ❑ ❑ payment bond on any contract? 8. Has any subcontractor filed a demand for direct payment with an awarding authority ❑ ❑ fora public project on any of your contracts? 9. Have any of your subcontractors or suppliers filed litigation to enforce a mechanic's ❑ ❑ lien against property in connection with work performed or materials supplied under any of your contracts? 10. Have there been any deaths of an employee or others occurring in connection with El ❑ any of your projects? 11. Has any employee or other person suffered an injury in connection with any of ❑ ❑ your projects resulting in their inability to return to work for a period in excess of one ear? Division of Capital Asset Management Page 7 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE INFORMATION FOR EACH INCOMPLETE PROJECT LISTED ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE. PROJECT TITLE COMPANY NAME CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone Is your company or any individual who owns, manages or controls your company affiliated with any owner, designer or general contractor named above either through a business or family relationship? [] YES ❑ NO Are any of the contact persons named above affiliated with your company or any individual who owns, manages or control your company, either through a business or family relationship? [:] YES ❑ NO If you have answered YES to either question, explain. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 6 of 10 Su' er Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 2 - CURRENTLY HELD CONTRACTS LIST ALL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROJECTS OF $20,000 OR MORE THAT YOUR FIRM HAS UNDER CONTRACT ON THIS DATE REGARDLESS OF WHEN OR WHETHER THE WORK COMMENCED. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 PROJECT TITLE & WORK START AND ON CONTRACT % NOT $VALUE OF LOCATION CATEGORY END DATES SCHEDU PRICE COMPLETE WORK NOT LE COMPLETE es/no (col. 5 X col. 6) Division of Capital Asset Management Page 5 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE INFORMATION FOR EACH COMPLETED PROJECT LISTED ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE. PROJECT TITLE COMPANY NAME CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone Is your company or any individual who owns, manages or controls your company affiliated with any owner, designer or general contractor named above, either through a business or family relationship? ❑ YES ❑ NO Are any of the contact persons named above affiliated with your company or any individual who owns, manages or control your company, either through a business or family relationship? [:] YES ❑ NO If you have answered YES to either question, explain. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 4 of 10 SL" der Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 1 - COMPLETED PROJECTS LIST ALL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROJECTS OF $20,000 OR MORE THAT YOUR FIRM HAS COMPLETED SINCE THE DATE OF APPLICATION FOR YOUR MOST RECENTLY ISSUED (NOT EXTENDED OR AMENDED) SUB- BIDDER CERTIFICATE OF ELIGIBILITY*. PROJECT TITLE & LOCATION WORK CONTRACT PRICE START DATE DATE CATEGORY COMPLETED Attach additional sheets if necessary * If your firm has been terminated from a project prior to completion of the work or has failed or refused to complete its work under any contract, full details and an explanation must be provided. See Part 3 of this Sub-bidder Update Statement. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 3 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30,2010 INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO SUB-BIDDERS • This form must be completed and submitted by all Filed INSTRUCTIONS TO AWARDING AUTHORITIES Sub-Bidders bidding on projects pursuant to M.G.L. c. Determination of Sub-Bidder Qualifications 149, §44F and Trade Contractors bidding on projects pursuant to M.G.L. c. 149A. It is the awarding authority's responsibility to determine • You must give complete and accurate answers to all each responsible bidder.You must consider all of the questions and provide all of the information requested. information in the bidder's Sub-bidder Update Statement MAKING A MATERIALLY FALSE STATEMENT IN THIS in making this determination. Remember: this SUB-BIDDER UPDATE STATEMENT IS GROUNDS information was not available to the Division of Capital FOR REJECTING YOUR BID AND FOR DEBARRING Asset Management at the time of certification. YOU FROM ALL PUBLIC CONTRACTING. 0 The sub-bidder's performance on the projects listed in • This Sub-Bidder Update Statement must include all Parts 1 and 2 must be part of your review. Contact the requested information that was not previously project references. reported on the Application used for your firm's 0 AWARDING AUTHORITIES ARE STRONGLY most recently issued(not extended or amended) ENCOURAGED TO REVIEW THE SUB-BIDDER'S Sub-Bidder Certificate of Eligibility. The Sub-Bidder ENTIRE CERTIFICATION FILE AT THE DIVISION OF Update Statement must cover the entire period since CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT. Telephone(617) the date of that Application, NOT since the date of 727-9320 for an appointment. your Certification. • You must use this official form of Sub-bidder Update Statement. Copies of this form may be obtained from the Correction of Errors and Omissions in Sub-bidder awarding authority and from the DCAM Web Site: Update Statements www.mass,aov/dcam . • If additional space is needed, please copy the Matters of Form: An awarding authority shall not reject a appropriate page of this Sub-bidder Update Statement sub-bidder's bid because there are mistakes or omissions of and attach it as an additional sheet. form in the Sub-bidder Update Statement submitted with the bid pursuant to M.G.L.c.149,§44D, provided the sub-bidder promptly corrects those mistakes or omissions upon request of the awarding authority. [810 CMR 8.13(1)]. Correction of Other Defects: An awarding authority may, in its discretion,give a sub-bidder notice of minor defects and omissions as to form in the Sub-bidder's Update Statement and provide an opportunity to correct its Sub-bidder Update Statement. However,the sub-bidder shall not be allowed to make corrections to a Sub-bidder Update Statement if material information about the sub-bidder was omitted from the Sub-bidder Update Statement filed with the sub-bidder's bid. The Awarding Authority shall advise DCAM of any material omissions in a Sub-bidder's Update Statement.. [810 CMR 8.13(2)]. Ao%, Division of Capital Asset Management Page 2 of 10 Sub-bidder Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 SPECIAL NOTICE 1 AWARDING AUTHORITY SUB-BIDDERS' UPDATE STATEMENTS ARE 1 T PUBLIC RECORDS ARE NOT OPEN TO PUBLIC INSPECTION • 1 EFFECTIVE MARCH 30,2010 Commonwealth of Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management II SUB-BIDDER UPDATE STATEMENT TO ALL SUB-BIDDERS, TRADE CONTRACTORS AND AWARDING AUTHORITIES A COMPLETED AND SIGNED SUB-BIDDER UPDATE STATEMENT MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH EVERY FILED SUB-BID PURSUANT TO M.G.L. c.149, §44F AND EVERY TRADE SUB-BID PURSUANT TO M.G.L. C. 149A. ANY FILED SUB-BID OR TRADE SUB-BID SUBMITTED WITHOUT AN APPROPRIATE SUB-BIDDER UPDATE STATEMENT IS INVALID AND MUST BE REJECTED. Caution: This form is to be used for submitting Filed Sub-Bids and Trade Sub-Bids. It is not to be used for submitting Prime/General Contract bids. AWARDING AUTHORITIES If the Awarding Authority determines that the sub-bidder is not competent to perform the work as specified on the project, it should reject the bid. SUB-BIDDER'S AFFIDAVIT I swear under the pains and penalties of perjury that I am duly authorized by the bidder named below to sign and submit this Sub-bidder Update Statement on behalf of the bidder named below, that I have read this Sub-bidder Update Statement, and that all of the information provided by the bidder in this Sub-bidder Update Statement is true, accurate, and complete as of the bid date. Bid Date Print Name of Sub-bidder or Trade Contractor Project Number (or Business Address name if no number) Awarding Authority Telephone Number SIGNATUREr* Bidder's Authorized Representative Division of Capital Asset Management Page 1 of 10 NNOMMONNNOW PART 5 - SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL List all supervisory personnel, such as project managers and superintendents, who will be assigned to the project if your firm is awarded the contract. Attach the resume of each person listed below. NAME TITLE OR FUNCTION PART 6 - CHANGES IN BUSINESS ORGANIZATION OR FINANCIAL CONDITION Have there been any changes in your firm's business organization, financial condition or bonding capacity since the date your current Certificate of Eligibility was issued? ❑ Yes ❑ No If YES, attach a separate page providing complete details. PART 7 — LIST OF COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS SUBMITTED TO THE DIVISION OF CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT. Attach here a copy of the list of completed construction projects which was submitted with your firm's DCAM Application for your most recently issued (not extended or amended) DCAM Certificate of Eligibility. The Attachment must include a complete copy of the entire Section G - "Completed Projects" and the final page - "Certification" (Section J) containing the signature and date that the Completed Projects list (Section G) was submitted to the Division of Capital Asset Management. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 10 of 10 Prime/General Contractor Update Statement Effective March 30,2010 T 4 - Legal or Administrative Proceedings; Compliance with Laws (continued) YES NO 5. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of any state or federal law regulating hours of labor, unemployment compensation, minimum wages, prevailing wages, overtime pay, equal pay, child labor or worker's compensation? 6. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of any state or federal law prohibiting discrimination in employment? 7. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a claim of repeated or aggravated violation of any state or federal law regulating labor relations? 8. Have any proceedings by a municipal, state, or federal agency been brought, ❑ ❑ concluded, or settled relating to decertification, debarment, or suspension of your firm or any principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm from public contracting? 9. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of state or federal law regulating the environment? 10. Has your firm been fined by OSHA or any other state or federal agency for ❑ ❑ violations of any laws or regulations related to occupational health or safety?Note: this information may be obtained from OSHA's Web Site at www.osha.gov 11. Has your firm been sanctioned for failure to achieve DBE/MBE/WBE goals, ❑ ❑ workforce goals, or failure to file certified payrolls on any public projects? 12. Other than previously reported in the above paragraphs of this Section I,have any ❑ ❑ administrative proceedings or investigations involving your firm or a principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled by any local, state or federal agency relating to the procurement or performance of any construction contract? 13. Are there any other issues that you are aware which may affect your firm's ❑ ❑ responsibility and integrity as a building contractor? Division of Capital Asset Management Page 9 of 10 Prime/General Contractor Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 4 - Legal or Administrative Proceedings; Compliance with Laws Please answer the following questions. Information must supplement all judicial and administrative proceedings involving bidder's firm, which were instituted or concluded (adversely or otherwise) since your firm's Application for your most recently issued (not extended or amended) Certificate of Eligibility. You must report all requested information not previously reported on that DCAM Application for Prime/General Certificate of Eligibility. The term "administrative proceeding"as used in this Prime/General Contractor Update Statement includes (i) any action taken or proceeding brought by a governmental agency, department or officer to enforce any law, regulation, code, legal, or contractual requirement, except for those brought in state or federal courts, or(ii) any action taken by a governmental agency, department or officer imposing penalties, fines or other sanctions for failure to comply with any such legal or contractual requirement. The term "anyone with a financial interest in your firm" as used in this Section "I", shall mean any person and/or entity with a 5% or greater ownership interest in the applicant's firm. If you answer YES to any question, on a separate page provide a complete explanation of each proceeding or action and any judgment,decision,fine or other sanction or result. Include all details (name of court or administrative agency,title of case or proceeding,case number,date action was commenced, date judgment or decision was entered,fines or penalties imposed,etc.). YES NO 1. Have any civil,judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a ❑ ❑ principal or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to the procurement or performance of any construction contract, including but not limited to actions to obtain payment brought by subcontractors, suppliers or others? 2. Have any criminal proceedings involving your firm or a principal or officer or ❑ ❑ anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to the procurement or performance of any construction contract including, but not limited to, any of the following offenses: fraud, graft, embezzlement, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, or receipt of stolen property? 3. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of any state's or federal procurement laws arising out of the submission of bids or proposals? 4. Have any judicial or administrative proceedings involving your firm or a principal ❑ ❑ or officer or anyone with a financial interest in your firm been brought, concluded, or settled relating to a violation of M.G.L. Chapter 268A, the State Ethics Law? Division of Capital Asset Management Page 8 of 10 Prime/General Contractor Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 3 - PROJECT PERFORMANCE For Parts 3 and 4,if you answer YES to any question,please provide on a separate page a complete explanation. Information you provide herein must supplement the Application for your most recently issued (not extended or amended) DCAM Certificate of Eligibility. You must report all requested information not previously reported on that DCAM Application for Prime/General Certificate of Eligibility. Include all details [project name(s) and location(s), names of all parties involved, relevant dates,etc.]. YES NO 1. Has your firm been terminated on any contract prior to completing a project or has ❑ ❑ any officer,partner or principal of your firm been an officer,partner or principal of another firm that was terminated or failed to complete a project? 2. Has your firm failed or refused either to perform or complete any of its work under ❑ ❑ any contract prior to substantial completion? 3. Has your firm failed or refused to complete any punch list work under any contract? ❑ ❑ 4. Has your firm filed for bankruptcy, or has any officer,principal or individual with a ❑ ❑ financial interest in your current firm been an officer,principal or individual with a financial interest in another firm that filed for bankruptcy? 5. Has your surety taken over or been asked to complete any of your work under any ❑ ❑ contract? 6. Has a payment or performance bond been invoked against your current firm, or has ❑ ❑ any officer,principal or individual with a financial interest in your current firm been an officer,principal or individual with a financial interest in another firm that had a payment or performance bond invoked? 7. Has your surety made payment to a materials supplier or other party under your ❑ ❑ payment bond on any contract? 8. Has any subcontractor filed a demand for direct payment with an awarding authority ❑ ❑ fora public project on any of your contracts? 9. Have any of your subcontractors or suppliers filed litigation to enforce a mechanic's ❑ ❑ lien against property in connection with work performed or materials supplied under any of your contracts? 10. Have there been any deaths of an employee or others occurring in connection with ❑ ❑ any of your projects? 11. Has any employee or other person suffered an injury in connection with any of ❑ ❑ your projects resulting in their inability to return to work for a period in excess of one ear? Division of Capital Asset Management Page 7 of 10 Prime/General Contractor Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE INFORMATION FOR EACH INCOMPLETE PROJECT LISTED ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE. PROJECT TITLE COMPANY NAME CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone Is your company or any individual who owns, manages or controls your company affiliated with any owner, designer or general contractor named above either through a business or family relationship? ❑ YES ❑ NO Are any of the contact persons named above affiliated with your company or any individual who owns, manages or control your company, either through a business or family relationship? ❑ YES ❑ NO If you have answered YES to either question, explain. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 6 of 10 Pr eneral Contractor Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 2 - CURRENTLY HELD CONTRACTS LIST ALL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE BUILDING AND NON-BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS YOUR FIRM HAS UNDER CONTRACT ON THIS DATE REGARDLESS OF WHEN OR WHETHER THE WORK COMMENCED. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PROJECT TITLE & WORK START ON CONTRACT % NOT $VALUE OF NO. OF ANNUALIZED LOCATION CATEGORY AND END SCHEDULE PRICE COMPLET WORK NOT YEARS VALUE OF DATES (yes/ no) E COMPLETE REMAINING INCOMPLETE (col. 5 X col.6) (see note WORK below) (col. 7=col. 8) (divided by) ANNUALIZED VALUE OF ALL INCOMPLETE CONTRACT WORK (Total of Column 9) $ Column 8 • If less than one year is left in the project schedule, write 1. • If more than 12 months are left in the project schedule, divide the number of months left in the project schedule by 12 (calculate to three decimal places). Division of Capital Asset Management Page 5 of 10 Prime/General Contractor Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE INFORMATION FOR EACH COMPLETED PROJECT LISTED ON THE PREVIOUS PAGE. PROJECT TITLE COMPANY NAME CONTACT PERSON TELEPHONE OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone OWNER: Owner Contact Person Telephone DESIGNER: Designer Contact Person Telephone GC: GC Contact Person Telephone Is your company or any individual who owns, manages or controls your company affiliated with any owner, designer or general contractor named above, either through a business or family relationship? ❑ YES ❑ NO Are any of the contact persons named above affiliated with your company or any individual who owns, manages or control your company, either through a business or family relationship? ❑ YES (—] NO If you have answered YES to either question, explain. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 4 of 10 Pri Jeneral Contractor Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 PART 1 - COMPLETED PROJECTS LIST ALL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE BUILDING PROJECTS YOUR FIRM HAS COMPLETED SINCE THE DATE OF APPLICATION FOR YOUR MOST RECENTLY ISSUED (NOT EXTENDED OR AMENDED) DCAM CERTIFICATE OF ELIGIBILITY. YOU MUST REPORT ALL REQUESTED INFORMATION NOT PREVIOUSLY REPORTED ON THAT DCAM APPLICATION*. PROJECT TITLE & LOCATION WORK CONTRACT PRICE START DATE DATE CATEGORY COMPLETED Attach additional sheets if necessary If your firm has been terminated from a project prior to completion of the work or has failed or refused to complete its work under any contract, full details and an explanation must be provided. See Part 3 of this Update Statement. Division of Capital Asset Management Page 3 of 10 Prime/General Contractor Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS when added to the annual cost to complete the bidder's other currently held contracts, may not exceed the bidder's • This form must be completed and submitted by all Aggregate Work Limit. Use the following procedure to Prime/General contractors bidding on projects pursuant determine whether the low bidder is within its Aggregate to M.G.L.c. 149,§44A and M.G.L. c. 149A. Work Limit: • You must give complete and accurate answers to all questions and provide all of the information requested. Step 1 Review Update Statement Question#2 to MAKING A MATERIALLY FALSE STATEMENT IN THIS make sure that all requested information is UPDATE STATEMENT IS GROUNDS FOR provided and that the bidder has accurately REJECTING YOUR BID AND FOR DEBARRING YOU calculated and totaled the annualized value of FROM ALL PUBLIC CONTRACTING. all incomplete work on its currently held • This Update Statement must include all requested contracts(column 9). information that was not previously reported on the Application used for your firm's most recently Step 2 Determine the annual dollar value of the work issued(not extended or amended) Prime/General to be performed on your project. This is done Contractor Certificate of Eligibility. The Update as follows: Statement must cover the entire period since the (i) If the project is to be completed in less date of your Application,NOT since the date of your than 12 months,the annual dollar value of Certification. the work is equal to the full amount of the • You must use this official form of Update Statement. bid. Copies of this form may be obtained from the awarding authority and from the Asset Management Web Site: (ii)If the project will take more than 12 months www.mass.gov/dcam . to complete, calculate the number of years • If additional space is needed, please copy the given to complete the project by dividing appropriate page of this Update Statement and attach it the total number of months in the project as an additional sheet. schedule by 12 (calculate to 3 decimal • See the section entitled"Bidding Limits"in the places),then divide the amount of the bid Instructions to Awarding Authorities for important by the calculated number of years to find information concerning your bidding limits. the annual dollar value of the work. Step 3 Add the annualized value of all of the bidder's INSTRUCTIONS TO AWARDING AUTHORITIES incomplete contract work(the total of column 9 on page 5) to the annual dollar value of the Determination of Bidder Qualifications work to be performed on your project.The total may not exceed the bidder's • It is the awarding authority's responsibility to determine Aggregate Work Limit. who is the lowest eligible and responsible bidder.You must consider all of the information in the low bidder's Update Statement in making this determination. Remember: this information was not available to the Correction of Errors and Omissions in Update Division of Capital Asset Management at the time of Statements certification. • The bidder's performance on the projects listed in Parts Matters of Form: An awarding authority shall not reject a 1 and 2 must be part of your review. Contact the project contractor's bid because there are mistakes or omissions of references. form in the Update Statement submitted with the bid, • AWARDING AUTHORITIES ARE STRONGLY provided the contractor promptly corrects those mistakes or ENCOURAGED TO REVIEW THE LOW BIDDER'S omissions upon request of the awarding authority. [810 CMR ENTIRE CERTIFICATION FILE AT THE DIVISION OF 8.05(1)]. CAPITAL ASSET MANAGEMENT. Telephone(617) 727-9320 for an appointment. Correction of Other Defects: An awarding authority may, in its discretion,give a contractor notice of defects,other than mistakes or omissions of form, in the contractor's Update Bidding Limits Statement, and an opportunity to correct such defects, provided the correction of such defects is not prejudicial to Single Project Limit: The total amount of the bid, including all fair competition.An awarding authority may reject a corrected alternates, may not exceed the bidder's Single Project Limit. Update Statement if it contains unfavorable information about the contractor that was omitted from the Update Statement Aggregate Work Limit: The annual value of the work to be filed with the contractor's bid. [810 CMR 8.05(2)]. performed on the contract for which the bid is submitted, Division of Capital Asset Management Page 2 of 10 Prime/General Contractor Update Statement Effective March 30, 2010 SPECIAL NOTICE TO AWARDING AUTHORITY BIDDERS' UPDATE STATEMENTS ARE • RECORDS RE NO T OPEN TO PUBLIC INSPEC TION 4' .44I EFFECTIVE MARCH 30, 2010 Commonwealth of Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management PRIME/GENERAL CONTRACTOR UPDATE STATEMENT TO ALL BIDDERS AND AWARDING AUTHORITIES A COMPLETED AND SIGNED PRIME/GENERAL CONTRACTOR UPDATE STATEMENT MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH EVERY PRIME/GENERAL BID FOR A CONTRACT PURSUANT TO M.G.L. c.149, §44A AND M.G.L. c. 149A. ANY PRIME/GENERAL BID SUBMITTED WITHOUT AN APPROPRIATE UPDATE STATEMENT IS INVALID AND MUST BE REJECTED. Caution: This form is to be used for submitting Prime/General Contract bids. It is not to be used for submitting Filed Sub-Bids or Trade Sub-Bids. AWARDING AUTHORITIES If the Awarding Authority determines that the bidder does not demonstrably possess the skill, ability, and integrity necessary to perform the work on the project, it must reject the bid. BIDDER'S AFFIDAVIT I swear under the pains and penalties of perjury that I am duly authorized by the bidder named below to sign and submit this Prime/General Contractor Update Statement on behalf of the bidder named below, that I have read this Prime/General Contractor Update Statement, and that all of the information provided by the bidder in this Prime/General Contractor Update Statement is true, accurate, and complete as of the bid date. Bid Date Print Name of Prime/General Contractor Project Number (or Business Address name if no number) Awarding Authority Telephone Number SIGNATURE[* Bidder's Authorized Representative o Division of Capital Asset Management Page 1 of 10 The undersigned certifies under penalties of perjury that there have been no substantial lovmk changes in its financial position or business organization other than those changes noted within the application since the applicant's most recent pre-qualification statement. Respectfully submitted: Date By (Signature) (Name-Typed or Printed) (Title) (SEAL - if bid is by a corporation) (Business Name) (Federal ID Number) (Business Address) (City and State) (Telephone Number) (Fax Number) Ank 10/13/2011 00410-4 ., The undersigned understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informalities in the bidding. The undersigned agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of bids, where Federal approval is not required; and where Federal approval is required, the time for holding bids is 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after Federal approval . Bid security in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the Owner, in a dollar amount of 5% (five percent) of the total bid, in accordance with the conditions in the INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS,has been attached to this bid. Pursuant to M.G.L. CH. 62C, Sec 49A, I certify under the penalties of perjury that I have complied with all laws of the Commonwealth relating to taxes, reporting of employees and contractors, and withholding and remitting child support. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) goals are applicable to the total dollars paid to the construction contract. The goals for this project are a minimum of 6% (six percent) total for DBE participation. The Bidder shall submit completed DBE forms from the Supplier Diversity Office, Operational Services Division, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with the bid (www.mass,gov/sdo). Failure to comply with the requirements of this paragraph may be deemed to render a proposal nonresponsive. The undersigned Bidder hereby certifies it will comply with the minority workforce percentage ratio and specific affirmative action steps contained in the EEO/AA provisions of this Contract, including compliance with the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise as required under these contract provisions. The contractor receiving the award of the contract shall be required to obtain from each of its subcontractors a copy of the certification by said subcontractor, regardless of tier, that it will comply with the minority workforce ratio and specific affirmative action steps contained in these EEO/AA contract provisions prior to the award of such subcontract. 00"` 10/13/2011 00410-3 MW The undersigned hereby certifies that it is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that it will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section forty-four A. The undersigned further certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. The word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity which sells materials, equipment or supplies used in or for, or engages in the performance of, the same or similar construction, reconstruction, installation, demolition, maintenance or repair work or any part thereof. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts under the provisions of Section Twenty-Nine F of Chapter Twenty-Nine, Section 25C (10) of Chapter 152 (workers' compensation) or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other Chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulations promulgated thereunder The Bidder hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be fixed in the written "Notice to Proceed" given by the Owner to the Contractor and to fully complete the project within 148 consecutive calendar days of the start date fixed in the "Notice to Proceed." The Bidder further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the sum of the $1 000.00 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter during which the work has not been fully completed, as provided in the "Liquidated Damages" paragraph of Section 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. The undersigned understands that all bids for this project are subject to the applicable bidding laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J, as amended. Every bidder (including sub-bidders) must furnish the DCAM Update Statement with the bid. The contract will be awarded to the lowest responsible and eligible bidder. 10/13/2011 00410-2 2E Plumbing Section 15400 2F HVAC Section 15500 2G Electrical DIV 16 Total Item 2 The undersigned agrees that the above named sub-bidders will be used for the work indicated at the amount stated, unless a substitution is made. The undersigned further agrees to pay the premiums for the performance and payment bonds furnished by sub-bidders as requested herein and that all of the cost of all such premiums is included in the amount set forth in Item 1 of this bid. The undersigned agrees that if it is selected as general contractor, it will promptly confer with the awarding authority on the question of sub-bidders; and that the awarding authority may substitute for any sub-bid listed above a sub-bid filed with the awarding authority by another sub-bidder for the sub-trade against whose standing and ability the undersigned makes no objection; and that the undersigned will use all such finally selected sub-bidders at the amounts named in their respective sub-bids and be in every way as responsible for them and their work as if they had been originally named in this general bid, the total contract price being adjusted to conform thereto. E. The undersigned agrees that, if it is selected as general contractor, it will within five days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the awarding authority, execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this bid and furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials or payment bond, each of a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the commonwealth and satisfactory to the awarding authority and each in the sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the general wk contractor and are included in the contract price. 10/13/2011 00410-1 ., SECTION 00410 FORM FOR GENERAL BID (For Buildings Mass. Chapter 149 Work) To the Awarding Authority: A. The Undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for building renovation and addition at the Pioneer Valley Regional Transit Authority's Northampton Operations Facility (The Project), located at 95 Industrial Drive, Northampton Massachusetts, in accordance with the accompanying plans and specifications prepared by Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. for the contract price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the specifications. B. This bid includes addenda numbered C. The proposed contract price is dollars D. The subdivision of the proposed contract price is as follows: Item 1. The work of the general contractor, being all work other than that covered by Item 2, $ Item 2. Sub-bids as follows: Bond Required Sub-trade Name of Sub-bidder Amount Indicate by "Yes" or"No" 2A Masonry Section 04200 2B Roofing and Flashing Section 07542 2C Glass and Glazing Section 08800 2D Fire Protection Section 15300 10/13/2011 00410-0 DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Amik 5. Such other recommendations as the Procurement Officer determines necessary to promote compliance. 8.2 In determining the appropriate recommendation, the review panel shall consider all the circumstances surrounding the procurement or proposed procurement including, but not limited to,the seriousness of the procurement deficiency, the degree of prejudice to other interested parties or to the integrity of the competitive procurement system, the good faith of the parties,the extent of performance,cost to the Authority, the urgency of the procurement and the impact of the recommendation on the Authority's mission. 9.0 Time For Decision By The Authority's Review Panel 9.1 The review panel shall issue a final decision on a protest within 60 days from the date the protest is filed with it. The determination of PVTA regarding a protest will be final. 10.0 FTA Involvement 10.1 FTA Circular 4220.1F provides the following advice regarding appeals from the Authority's determination: ,AOW ...A protester must exhaust all administrative remedies with the grantee (Authority)before pursuing a protest with FTA. Review of protests by FTA will be limited to a grantee's failure to have or follow its protest procedures, or its failure to review a complaint or protest. An appeal to the FTA must be received by the cognizant FTA regional or Headquarters Office within five(5) working days of the date the protestor knew or should have known of the violation. Violations of Federal law or regulation will be handled by the complaint process stated in that law or regulation. Violations of State or local law or regulations will be under the jurisdiction of State or local authorities. 8.Judicial proceedings. The Authority will not consider protests where the matter involved is the subject of litigation before a court of competent jurisdiction, unless the court requests a decision by the Authority in accordance with these procedures. The Authority will not consider protests where the matter involved has been decided on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction. 6.0 Withholding Of Award And Suspension Of Contract Performance 6.1 When the Authority receives notice of a protest prior to award of a contract it may not award a contract under the protested procurement while the protest is pending unless the Procurement Officer determines in writing that urgent and compelling circumstances significantly affecting interests of PVTA will not permit waiting for the protest decision. 7.0 Conference Meeting 7.1 A conference meeting on the merits of the protest may, at the sole discretion of the review panel, be held at the request of the protester or interested parties who have responded to the notice given above. Requests for a conference should be made at the earliest possible time in the protest proceeding. 7.2 Conferences will be held on a date set by the review panel no later than 5 days after receipt by the protester and interested parties of the review panel report. All interested parties shall be invited to attend. Ordinarily, only one conference will be held on a protest 7.3 If any party refuses to attend such a conference, or a witness fails to attend or fails to answer a relevant question, the review panel may draw an inference unfavorable to the party refusing to cooperate. 7.4 The review panel may request that a conference be held if at any time during the protest proceeding it decides that such a conference is needed to clarify material issues. If such a conference is held the review panel shall make such adjustments in the submission deadlines as it determines to be fair to all parties. 7.5 Failure of the protester to file comments, or to file a statement requesting that the case be decided on the existing record will result in dismissal of the protest. 8.0 Remedies 8.1 If the review panel determines that a solicitation or proposed award does not comply with statute or regulation, it shall recommend that the Authority implement any combination of the following remedies which it deems appropriate under the circumstances: 1. Refrain from exercising options under the contract; 2. Recompete the contract; 3. Issue a new solicitation; 4. Award a contract consistent with statute and regulation; or Aftk 5.3 Protests shall be reviewed by a panel consisting of representatives of Legal, the Procurement Officer and appropriate technical and other staff. Such review panel shall be chaired by the Procurement Officer or by a designee, as authorized in writing. Documents that will be included in the review will consist of the protest, the bid or proposal submitted by the protester, the solicitation, including the specifications or portions relevant to the protest, the abstract of bids or offers or relevant portions, any other documents that are relevant to the protest, or any additional evidence or information deemed necessary in determining the validity of the protest. Following final review, the Procurement Officer will furnish a copy of the report to the protester and interested parties who have responded to the notice. 5.4 Comments on the report shall be filed by the protester and interested parties with the Procurement Officer within 5 days after receipt of the report. Failure of the protester to file comments,or to file a statement requesting that the case be decided on the existing record,or to request an extension under this section within the 5-day period will result in dismissal of the protest. 5.5 Notwithstanding any other provision of this procedure, when on its face a protest does not state a valid basis for protest or is untimely, the Procurement Officer may summarily dismiss the protest. Among the protests which may be dismissed without consideration of the merits are those concerning the following: 1. PVTA's Purchasing Regulations and Procedures. "? 2. Contract Administration. 3. Affirmative Determination of Responsibility by the Procurement Officer.Because the determination that a bidder or offeror is capable of performing a contract is based in large measure on subjective judgments which generally are not readily susceptible of reasoned review, an affirmative determination of responsibility will not be reviewed, absent a showing that such determination was made fraudulently or in bad faith or that definitive responsibility criteria in the solicitation were not met. 4. Determinations by the Authority of "minor informalities" in bids or proposals which can be waived by the Authority, absent a showing that such determination was made fraudulently or in bad faith or that definitive responsiveness criteria in the solicitation were not met. 5.Affirmative determination by the Authority that a bid or proposal is responsive to the Authority's specifications, absent a showing that such determination was made fraudulently or in bad faith or that definitive specification criteria in the solicitation were not met. 6. Protests not filed within the time limits set forth above. 7. Subcontractor Protests. The Authority will not consider subcontractor protests. 4. Set forth a detailed statement of the legal and factual grounds of protest,including , copies of relevant documents; and, 5. State the form of relief requested. 3.5 No formal briefs or other technical forms of pleading or motion are required. Protest submissions should be concise, logically arranged, and clearly state legally sufficient grounds of protest. 3.6 A protest filed with the Authority may be dismissed for failure to comply with any of the requirements of this section. 4.0 Time Of Filing 4.1 Protests based upon alleged improprieties in a solicitation which are apparent prior to bid opening or the closing date for receipt of initial proposals shall be filed prior to bid opening or the closing date for receipt of initial proposals. In procurements where proposals are requested, alleged improprieties which do not exist in the initial solicitation,but which are subsequently incorporated into the solicitation,must be protested not later than the next closing date for receipt of proposals following the incorporation. 4.1.1 In cases other than those covered above, protests shall be filed not later than 5 days after the basis of protest is known or should have been known, while within 5 days prior to the date specified for a bid opening of an IFB or for the due date for filing a response for RFP's. 4.2 The term "filed" regarding protests to PVTA means receipt of the protest submission in PVTA's Procurement Department. 4.3 PVTA, for good cause shown, or where it determines that a protest raises issues significant to the procurement system, may consider any protest which is not filed timely. 5.0 Notice Of Protest, Submission Of Authority Report And Time For Filing Of Comments On Report 5.1 The Procurement Officer shall promptly give notice of the protest to the contractor if award has been made or,if no award has been made,to all bidders or offerors who appear to have a substantial and reasonable prospect of receiving an award if the protest is denied. The Procurement Officer shall furnish copies of the protest submissions to such parties, if requested to do so in writing. In addition,if a contract will be paid in part with funding from the FTA,then the FTA Region I office shall be notified in writing of the protest. 5.2 Material submitted by a protester will not be withheld from any interested party outside the Authority which may be involved in the protest except to the extent that the withholding of information is permitted or required by law or regulation. If the protester considers that the protest contains material which should be withheld,a statement advising of this fact must be affixed to the front page of the protest submission and the allegedly protected information must be so identified whenever it appears. Appendix A.1 PVTA Protest Procedures 1.0 General 1.1 This procedure is applicable to all procurements in excess of $100,000. Protests for procurements of less than $100,000 shall be informally handled by the Procurement Department. 2.0 Definitions 2.1 "Interested Party" means an actual or prospective bidder or offeror whose direct economic interest would be affected by the award of a contract or by the failure to award a contract. It does not include subcontractors or potential subcontractors. 2.2 All "days" referred to are deemed to be normal business days. Except as otherwise provided,in computing a period of time prescribed by these regulations,the day from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be counted, but the last day of the period shall be counted unless that day is not a normal business day,in which event the period shall include the next working day. Time for filing any document or copy thereof with the Authority expires at 4:30 p.m.Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Savings Time,as applicable on the last day on which such filing may be made. 2.3 "Adverse agency action" is any action or inaction on the part of the Authority which is prejudicial to the position taken in a protest filed with the Authority. It may include but is not limited to: a decision on the merits of a protest; a procurement action such as the opening of bids or receipt of proposals, the award of a contract, or the rejection of a bid despite the pendency of a protest; or the Authority acquiescence in and active support of continued and substantial contract performance. 3.0 Filing Of Protest 3.1 An interested party may protest to the Authority a solicitation issued by the Authority for the procurement of property or services, or the proposed award or the award of such a contract. 3.2 Protest must be in writing and addressed as follows: Procurement Officer,PVTA, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107. ATTN: Protest 3.3 The protester shall furnish two complete copies of the protest to the Procurement Officer, addressed as stated above. 3.4 A protest filed with the Authority shall: 1. Include the name, address and telephone number of the protester; 2. Include an original signed by the protester or its representative; 3. Identify the solicitation and purchase order number; DBE Firms: Please complete for each DBE Firm , 5. What is the name of the firm? 6. Have you received any payments? a. If so, are they timely? 7. Did you negotiate the contract? 8. Is there a payment schedule in the contract? 9. Did you hire the suppliers that you utilize? 10. Project Manager: Have you received a payroll list of this firm? a. Did you do a random spot check of the employees? i. What was the name of the employee (s)? ii. Were they present? If not,where were they? If answering for General Contractor,stop here. If answering for subcontractor please continue. 11. Are you subcontracting out any of your work? a. If yes, please fill out the section below A. Name of Firm B. Work Performing C. Is this firm DBE certified? Project Manager Signature Page 2 Project Manager Site Review Rev 6/13 TA "An 40"h", Date of site visit: Location of site: P0: 1. What is the name of the general contractor firm being reviewed? a. Are you (M/W) DBE certified? Yes or no 2. What work have you been contracted to perform? 3. Are you subcontracting any of your workout? a. If yes, please fill out the section below A. Name of Firm B. Work Performing C. Is this firm DBE certified? 4. If you have answered 'Yes'to Question 1(a) and/or Question 3(C) please go to Question 5 and answer for each firm you answered 'Yes'to. If not,stop here. Notes: Page 1 Project Manager Site Review Rev 6/13 Afth DO NOT REMOVE THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Awk F u �r DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) UTILIZATION Please include a corresponding Letter of Intent form with your submission By Completing & Signing this form, the below-mentioned bidder affirms that they satisfy the requirements of the bid specification in the following manner: Please check the appropriate space The bidder is committed to a minimum of % DBE utilization on this contract . The bidder (if unable to meet the DBE goal of %) is committed to a minimum of % DBE utilization on this contract & submits documentation demonstrating good faith efforts. Name of bidder's firm: Address: City: State: Zip: Telephone: work mobile Email: Website: State Registration No: Bidder: Signature Title P u 0 1 LETTER OF INTENT Please submit a copy of this form for EACH DBE subcontractor By Completing & Signing this form, the below-mentioned affirm that a portion of the awarded contract will be performed by the designated DBE firm. Name of bidder's firm: Address: City: State: Zip: Name of DBE firm: Address: City: State: Zip: Telephone: work mobile Email: Website: Description of work to be performed by DBE firm: Estimated dollar value of work to be performed by DBE firm: $ Bidder: Signature Title DBE firm: Signature Title *If the bidder does not receive award of the prime contract, any and all representations in this Letter of Intent shall be null and void. �„ r.rrrll U -A APPENDIX ELECTRONIC ATTACHMENTS A.Referenced in Document 1. A Organizational Chart– pVTAOrgChart.pdf 2. DBE Directory(2013 Year, updated annually)– DBE list.pdf 3. Monitoring and Enforcement Mechanisms&/Legal Remedies- DBE Program-monitoring a 4. .......... Project Manager On-site DBE vendor checklist– Project....Manager checklist.pdf 5. Letter of Intent- DBE letter of Intent.pdf 6. Good Faith Effort- DBE Good Faith Effort.pdf B.Other 7. Certification Forms-htti)://www.somwba.state.ma.us/defauIt.aspx 8. DBE Regulation: 49 CFR Part 26- eCFR— Code of Federal Regulations.url 9. Overall goal calculation and breakout of race-neutral and race-conscious participation are included in the current 3 year goal upload on the TEAM Website. PVTA's recipient ID is 1379. Page 20 ............... PVTA DBE Program public records. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of state or local law, we will not release personal financial information submitted in response to the personal net worth requirement to a third party(other than DOT) without the written consent of the submitter. Monitoring Payments to DBEs PVTA will track and report any request by any authorized representative of the PVTA or DOT.This reporting requirement also extends to any certified DBE subcontractor. PVTA will perform interim audits of contract payments to DBEs. The audit will review payments to DBE subcontractors to ensure that the actual amount paid to DBE subcontractors equals or exceeds the dollar amounts states in the schedule of DBE participation. PVTA will require prime contractors to maintain records and documents of payments to DBEs for three years following the performance of the contract. These records will be made available for inspection upon request. Page 19 ............... PVTA DBE Program Office (SDO)of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The UCP will meet all of the requirements of this section. PVTA will use and count for DBE credit only those DBE firms certified by the Massachusetts UCP. The following is a description of the UCP:The Supplier Diversity Office(SDO) is an agency within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts helping to promote the development of business enterprises and non- profit organizations owned and operated by minorities or women. Its website can be found at http://www.somwba.state.ma.us/default.aspx and vendors can apply online for certification as a minority or woman owned business. For information about the certification process or to apply for certification, firms should contact: Supplier Diversity Office (SDO) The McCormack Building One Ashburton Place, Room 1313 Boston, MA 02108 Phone-(617)502-8831 Fax- (617) 502-8841 wsdo(@_state.ma.us Section 26.89-26.91 Appeal Procedures Any firm or complainant may appeal a Massachusetts UCP decision in a certification matter to DOT. Such appeals may be sent to: U.S. Department of Transportation Office of Civil Rights Certification Appeals Branch 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE West Building, 7th Floor Washington, D.C. 20590 PVTA will promptly implement any DOT certification appeal decisions affecting the eligibility of DBEs for our DOT-assisted contracting (e.g., certify a firm if DOT has determined that our denial of its application was erroneous). COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT Section 26.109, Information, Confidentiality, Cooperation PVTA will safeguard from disclose to third parties information that may reasonably be regarded as confidential business information, consistent with Federal,state, and local law. The Massachusetts Public Records Law(G.L. c. 66) provides that every person has a right of access to public information. This right of access includes the right to inspect, copy or have copies of records provided upon the payment of a reasonable fee. The Massachusetts General Laws broadly define "public records" to include "all books, papers, maps, photographs, recorded tapes, financial statements, statistical tabulations, or other documentary materials or data, regardless of physical form or characteristics, made or received by any officer or employee" of any Massachusetts governmental entity. The Public Records Law sets forth several, narrowly construed exemptions. Unless a record is exempt from disclosure under one of the exemptions, the public shall have a right of access to such record. The Public Records Law may be enforced by the Massachusetts Supervisor of Public Records or through court action by a person who has been wrongfully denied access to non-exempt ,,. Page 18 ............... PVTA DBE Program Before transmitting to PVTA its request to terminate, the prime contractor must give notice in writing to the DBE of its intent to do so. A copy of this notice must be provided to PVTA prior to consideration of the request to terminate. The DBE will then have five(5)days to respond and advise PVTA of why it objects to the proposed termination. Note: the five day period may be reduced if the matter is one of public necessity—e.g., safety. In those instances where"good cause"exists to terminate a DBE's contract, PVTA will require the prime contractor to make good faith efforts to replace a DBE that is terminated or has otherwise failed to complete its work on a contract with another certified DBE,to the extent needed to meet the contract goal. We will require the prime contractor to notify the DBE Liaison officer immediately of the DBE's inability or unwillingness to perform and provide reasonable documentation. In this situation, PVTA will require the prime contractor to obtain our prior approval of the substitute DBE and to provide copies of new or amended subcontracts, or documentation of good faith efforts. If the contractor fails or refuses to comply in the time specified, our contracting office will issue an order stopping all or part of payment/work until satisfactory action has been taken. If the contractor still fails to comply, PVTA's Administrator or her designee may issue a termination for default proceeding. Sample Bid Specification: The requirements of 49 CFR Part 26, Regulations of the U.S. Department of Transportation, apply to this contract. It is the policy of the PVTA to practice nondiscrimination based on race, color, sex, or national origin in the award or performance of this contract. All firms qualifying under this solicitation are encouraged to submit bids/proposals. Award of this contract will be conditioned upon satisfying the requirements of this bid specification. These requirements apply to all bidders/offerors, including those who qualify as a DBE. A DBE contract goal of _% percent has been established for this contract. The bidder/offeror shall make good faith efforts, as defined in Appendix A,49 CFR Part 26(Attachment 1),to meet the contract goal for DBE participation in the performance of this contract. The bidder/offeror will be required to submit the following information: (1) the names and addresses of DBE firms that will participate in the contract; (2)a description of the work that each DBE firm will perform; (3)the dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm participating; (4) Written documentation of the bidder/offeror's commitment to use a DBE subcontractor whose participation it submits to meet the contract goal; (5)Written confirmation from the DBE that it is participating in the contract as provided in the commitment made under(4); and (5) if the contract goal is not met, evidence of good faith efforts. Included in the Appendix of this document is Electronic Attachment 5 which contains a letter of intent and Electronic Attachment 6 which contains a Good Faith Effort form that PVTA utilizes in its bid documents when DBE contract goals have been established. Section 26.55, Counting DBE Participation We will count DBE participation toward overall and contract goals as provided in 49 CFR 26.55. CERTIFICATION Section 26.81, Unified Certification Programs PVTA is the member of a Unified Certification Program (UCP)administered by the Supplier Diversity Page 17 ............... PVTA DBE Program assistance offices; and other organizations as allowed on a case-by-case basis to provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of DBEs. ■ In determining whether a bidder has made good faith efforts, PVTA will take into account the performance of other bidders in meeting the contract. For example, when the apparent successful bidder fails to meet the contract goal, but others meet it, you may reasonably raise the question of whether, with additional reasonable efforts, the apparent successful bidder could have met the goal. If the apparent successful bidder fails to meet the goal, but meets or exceeds the average DBE participation obtained by other bidders, you may view this, in conjunction with other factors, as evidence of the apparent successful bidder having made good faith efforts. PVTA will ensure that all information is complete and accurate and adequately documents the bidder/offer's good faith efforts before we commit to the performance of the contract by the bidder/offeror. Information to be Submitted: 26.53(b) PVTA treats bidder compliance with good faith efforts'requirements as a matter of responsibility. Each solicitation for which a contract goal has been established will require the bidders to submit the following information: 1. The names and addresses of DBE firms that will participate in the contract; 2. A description of the work that each DBE will perform; 3. The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm participating; 4. Written and signed documentation of commitment to use a DBE subcontractor whose participation it submits to meet a contract goal; 5. Written and signed confirmation from the DBE that it is participating in the contract as provided in the prime contractors commitment and 6. If the contract goal is not met, evidence of good faith efforts. Administrative Reconsideration: 26.53(d) Within 10 days of being informed by PVTA that it is not responsive because it has not documented sufficient good faith efforts,a bidder may request administrative reconsideration. Bidders should make this request in writing to the following reconsideration official: Patricia O'Leary, Chief Financial Officer, 413-732- 6248, Ext 207, po%ary@pvta.com. The reconsideration official will not have played any role in the original determination that the bidder/offeror did not document sufficient good faith efforts. As part of this reconsideration,the bidder/offeror will have the opportunity to provide written documentation or argument concerning the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts to do so. The bidder/offeror will have the opportunity to meet in person with our reconsideration official to discuss the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate good faith efforts to do. We will send the bidder/offeror a written decision on reconsideration, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not meet the goal or make adequate good faith efforts to do so. The result of the reconsideration process is not administratively appealable to the Department of Transpiration. Good Faith Efforts when a DBE is Terminated/Replaced on a Contract with Contract Goals: 26.53(f) PVTA requires that prime contractors not terminate a DBE subcontractor listed on a bid/contract with a DBE contract goal without PVTA's prior written consent. Prior written consent will only be provided where there is "good cause" for termination of the DBE firm, as established by Section 26.53(f)(3) of the DBE regulation. Page 16 ............... PVTA DBE Program A contractor must also make a GFE to replace a defaulting DBE with another certified DBE. The prime contractor must notify the DBE Liaison immediately of the DBE's inability to perform and provide reasonable documentation. The contractor must receive prior approval on the substitute DBE from the PVTA. The contractor must provide copies of new or amended subcontracts and a completed certification form for each new DBE, or any applicable good faith efforts. If the contractor fails or refuses to comply in the time specified, PVTA will issue an order stopping all or part of payment/work until satisfactory action has been taken. If the contractor still fails to comply, the Administrator or his/her designee may issue a termination for default proceeding, PVTA will use the following process to establish good faith efforts were met. ■ Soliciting through all reasonable and available means (e.g. attendance at pre-bid meetings, advertising and/or written notices)the interest of all certified DBEs who have the capability to perform the work of the contract. PVTA will solicit this interest within sufficient time to allow the DBEs to respond to the solicitation. PVTA determine with certainty if the DBEs are interested by taking appropriate steps to follow up initial solicitations. ■ PVTA will select when possible portions of the work to be performed by DBEs in order to increase the likelihood that the DBE goals will be achieved. This includes, where appropriate, breaking out contract work items into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation, even when the prime contractor might otherwise prefer to perform these work items with its own forces. ■ PVTA will provide interested DBEs with adequate information about the plans, specifications, and requirements of the contract in a timely manner to assist them in responding to a solicitation. ■ PVTA will negotiate in good faith with interested DBEs. It is PVTA's responsibility to make a portion of the work available to DBE subcontractors and suppliers and to select those portions of the work or material needs consistent with the available DBE subcontractors and suppliers, so as to facilitate DBE participation. Evidence of such negotiation includes the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of DBEs that were considered; a description of the information provided regarding the plans and specifications for the work selected for subcontracting; and evidence as to why additional agreements could not be reached for DBEs to perform the work. ■ PVTA will use good business judgment when considering a number of factors in negotiating with subcontractors, including DBE subcontractors, and take a firm's price and capabilities as well as contract goals into consideration. However, the fact that there may be some additional costs involved in finding and using DBEs is not in itself sufficient reason for a bidder's failure to meet the contract DBE goal, as long as such costs are reasonable.Also, the ability or desire of a prime contractor to perform the work of a contract with its own organization does not relieve the bidder of the responsibility to make good faith efforts. Prime contractors are not, however, required to accept higher quotes from DBEs if the price difference is excessive or unreasonable. ■ PVTA will not reject DBEs as being unqualified without sound reasons based on a thorough investigation of their capabilities. The contractor's standing within its industry, membership in specific groups, organizations, or associations and political or social affiliations (for example union vs. non-union employee status)are not legitimate causes for the rejection or non- solicitation of bids in the contractor's efforts to meet the project goal. ■ PVTA will make efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, or insurance as required by the recipient or contractor. PVTA will also make efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials, or related assistance or services. ■ PVTA will effectively using the services of available minority/women community organizations; minority/women contractors'groups; local, state, and Federal minority/women business Page 15 ............... PVTA DBE Program _4041k 4. Written documentation of commitment to use a DBE subcontractor whose participation it submits to meet a contract goal; 5. Written confirmation from the DBE that it is participating in the contract as provided in the prime contractor's commitment; and, 6. If the contract goal is not met, evidence of good faith efforts. The kinds of efforts that will be considered demonstrative of"Good Faith Efforts"(GFE) include, but are not limited to, the following: • Whether the contractor solicited through all reasonable and available means (e.g. attendance at pre-bid meetings, advertising and/or written notices)the interest of all certified DBEs who have the capability to perform the work of the contract. • Whether the contractor solicited interest within sufficient time to allow the DBEs to respond and if appropriate steps were taken to follow up with interested DBEs. • Whether the contractor selected portions of the work to be performed by DBEs and where appropriate, breaking out contract work items into economically feasible units to facilitate DBE participation, even when the prime contractor might otherwise prefer to perform these work items with its own forces. • Whether the contractor negotiated in good faith with interested DBEs. Evidence of such negotiation includes the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of DBEs that were considered; a description of the information provided regarding the plans and specifications for the work selected for subcontracting and evidence as to why additional agreements could not be reached. • Whether the contractor made efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining necessary equipment, supplies, materials, or related assistance or services. • Whether the contractor made efforts to assist interested DBEs in obtaining bonding, lines of credit, or insurance as required by the recipient or contractor. • Whether the contractor effectively used the services of available minority/women community organizations, contractors groups and other organizations to provide assistance in the recruitment and placement of DBEs. • Whether other bidders on the procurement met the DBE goal. If the GFE Committee determines that the apparent successful bidder/proposer has failed to meet the GFE requirements, the bidder/proposer has an opportunity for administrative consideration. The reconsideration official will be a member of the PVTA staff who did not take part in the initial GFE decision. The bidder will have the opportunity to provide written documentation or argument concerning the issue of whether it met the goal or made adequate GFE to do so. They will also be permitted, upon request, to meet in person with the reconsideration official to discuss the issue. PVTA will send the bidder a written decision on reconsideration, explaining the basis for finding that the bidder did or did not meet the goal or made adequate GFE to do so. The result of the reconsideration process is not administratively appealable to the Department of Transportation. Amw Page 14 ............... PVTA DBE Program • Carrying out information and communications programs on contracting procedures and specific contract opportunities (e.g., ensuring the inclusion of DBEs, and other small businesses, on recipient mailing lists for bidders; ensuring the dissemination to bidders on prime contracts of lists of potential subcontractors; provision of information in languages other than English,where appropriate); • Ensuring distribution of our DBE directory, through print and electronic means, to the widest feasible universe of potential prime contractors; and • Assisting DBEs, and other small businesses, to develop their capability to utilize emerging technology and conduct business through electronic media. • Each time PVTA submits its overall goal for review we will also submit a projection of the portion of the goal that we expect to meet through race-neutral means and the basis for that projection The PVTA will use contract goals to meet any portion of the overall goal PVTA does not project being able to meet using race-neutral means. Contract goals are established so that, over the period to which the overall goal applies, they will cumulatively result in meeting any portion of our overall goal that is not projected to be met through the use of race-neutral means. We will establish contract goals only on those DOT-assisted contracts that have subcontracting possibilities. We need not establish a contract goal on every such contract, and the size of contract goals will be adapted to the circumstances of each such contract(e.g.,type and location of work, availability of DBEs to perform the particular type of work.) We will express our contract goals as a percentage of the Federal share of a DOT-assisted contract Section 26.53, Good Faith Efforts Procedures Award of Contracts with a DBE Contract Goal: 26.53(a) In those instances where a contract-specific DBE goal is included in a procurement/solicitation, PVTA will not award the contract to a bidder who does not either: (1)meet the contract goal with verified, countable DBE participation; or(2)documents it has made adequate good faith efforts to meet the DBE contract goal, even though it was unable to do so. It is the obligation of the bidder to demonstrate it has made sufficient good faith efforts prior to submission of its bid. Evaluation of Good Faith Efforts: 26.53(a)&(c) The following personnel are responsible for determining whether a bidder/offeror who has not met the contract goal has documented sufficient good faith efforts to be regarded as responsive: Robert Johnson, Procurement Officer. The process used to determine whether good faith efforts have been made by a bidder are as follows: Each solicitation for, which a contract goal has been established will require the bidders to submit the following information either under sealed bid procedures as a matter of responsiveness, or with initial proposals under contract negotiation procedures; or at any time before a commitment to the performance of the contract: 1. The names and addresses of DBE firms that will participate in the contract; 2. A description of the work that each DBE will perform; 3. The dollar amount of the participation of each DBE firm participation; Page 13 ............... PVTA DBE Program After consultation with CEO's of all these organizations, a final goal will be determined and an advertisement will be published. PVTA will publish a notice of the proposed overall goals, informing the public that the proposed goal and its rational are available for inspection during normal business hours at your principal office for 30 days following the date of the notice, and informing the public that you and DOT will accept comments on the goals for 45 days from the date of the notice. This notice will be advertised in the Springfield Republican Newspaper and on the PVTA website in order to maximize distribution in our service area. Normally we will issue this notice on June 1s`of a goal year. This notice will include addresses to which comments may be sent and addresses (including offices and websites)where the proposal may be reviewed. Our overall goal submission to DOT will include: the goal (including the breakout of estimated race- neutral and race-conscious participation, as appropriate); a copy of the methodology, worksheets, etc., used to develop the goal; a summary of information and comments received during this public participation process and our responses; and proof of publication of the goal in media outlets listed above. We will begin using our overall goal on October 1 of the specified year, unless we have received other instructions from DOT. If we establish a goal on a project basis, we will begin using our goal by the time of the first solicitation for a DOT-assisted contract for the project. Our goal will remain effective for the duration of the three-year period established and approved by FTA. Section 26.47, Goal Setting and Accountability If the awards and commitments shown on PVTAs Uniform Report of Awards or Commitments and Payments at the end of any fiscal year are less than the overall applicable to that fiscal year, we will: 1. Analyze in detail the reason for the difference between the overall goal and the actual awards/commitments; 2. Establish specific steps and milestones to correct the problems identified in the analysis; and 3. Submit the plan to FTA within 90 days of the end of the affected fiscal year. Section 26.49, Transit Vehicle Manufacturers Goals PVTA will require each transit vehicle manufacturer, as a condition of being authorized to bid or propose on FTA-assisted transit vehicle procurements, to certify that it has complied with the requirements of this section. Alternatively, PVTA may, at its discretion and with FTA approval, establish project-specific goals for DBE participation in the procurement of transit vehicles in lieu of the TVM complying with this element of the program. Section 26.51, Meeting Overall Goals/Contract Goals The PVTA will meet the maximum feasible portion of its overall goal using race-neutral means of facilitating DBE participation. In order to do so, PVTA will make an effort to achieve race-neutral DBE participation by doing implementing the following practices: • Provide assistance in overcoming limitations such as inability to obtain bonding or financing (e.g., by such means as simplifying the bonding process, reducing bonding requirements, eliminating the impact of surety costs from bids, and providing services to help DBEs, and other small businesses, obtain bonding and financing); • Provide technical assistance and other services; -look. Page 12 ............... PVTA DBE Program PVTA will also request use of project-specific DBE goals as appropriate,and/or will establish project-specific DBE goals as directed by FTA. Step 1. The following methodology is used to determine a baseline figure for the DBE goal: The DBE goal baseline figure is determined by identifying anticipated FTA-funded contracting opportunities over the 3 year period and examining the composition of DBEs within the subset of active firms available for such contracting opportunities with the PVTA using the following formula for calculation: DBE Baseline Goal =The number of DBE firms that are ready,willing and able to do business with PVTA divided by all firms including DBE firms that are ready,willing and able to do business with PVTA. Contracting Opportunities=Anticipated DOT-assisted contracts to be entered into over the upcoming 3 year period. Available DBE firms = Registered/certified DBE firms in area ready, willing, and able to perform work specific to contracting opportunities (determined by SDO and NAICS coding). Step 2.Adjustments Based on Available Evidence; calls for examination of all available evidence in the jurisdiction to determine what adjustment, if any, is needed to the base figure in order to arrive at the overall goal. PVTA will use historical data to show: a. The capacity of DBEs to perform work on projected DOT-assisted procurement, based on volume or work DBEs have performed for PVTA in recent years; and b. The probability of construction projects, at least the design and engineering phases beginning in any future fiscal year by utilizing this same data from previous construction projects C. Past attainment of the DBE goal will be used to determine if any further adjustment is necessary. All of these factors will be considered before an adjusted goal is established. PVTA will participate in public outreach, particularly with the agencies listed below. Attendance at any and all meetings in order to build on its DBE program goals is a high priority. As new agencies are uncovered, PVTA will contact them and build coalitions/relationships when possible. Some of the agencies have provided PVTA with vendor email lists that we are now using in our procurement department in order to reach out during procurement publications. NAACP, Springfield Chapter Affiliated Chamber of Commerce, Professional Women's Chamber Unity First Small Business Development Center Network Mass Rehabilitation Business West Regional Employment Board Various Trade Associations Page 11 ............... PVTA DBE Program Affiliated Chambers of Greater Springfield, Inc. 1441 Main St., Suite 136 Springfield, MA 01103-1449 (413)787-1555 Fax: (413)731-8530 Small Business Administration Springfield Branch Office One Federal Street STTC Technology Park 413-785-0314 Springfield, MA 01105 Fax:413-785-0267 Massachusetts Small Business Development Center University of Massachusetts Georgiana Parkin, State Director 227 Isenberg School of Management 121 Presidents Drive Amherst, MA 01003 413-545-6301 Fax:413-545-1273 University of Massachusetts Western Region Small Business Development Center Dianne Fuller Doherty, Director One Federal Street 413-737-6712 Springfield, MA 01105 Fax:413-737-2312 In multi-year design-build contracts or other large contracts(e.g.,for"megaprojects") PVTA will require bidders on the prime contract to specify elements of the contract or specific subcontracts that are of a size that small businesses, including DBEs, can reasonably perform. On prime contracts not having DBE contract goals, PVTA requires the prime contractor to provide subcontracting opportunities of a size that small businesses, including DBEs, can reasonably perform, rather than self-performing all the work involved. PVTA will structure procurements to facilitate the ability of consortia or joint ventures consisting of small businesses, including DBEs,to compete for and perform prime contracts. PVTA will actively implement program elements to foster small business participation in good faith. And as part of our overall DBE program. GOALS, GOOD FAITH EFFORTS, AND COUNTING Section 26.43, Set-asides or Quotas The PVTA does not use quotas in any way in the administration of this DBE program. Section 26.45, Overall Goals In accordance with Section 26.45, the PVTA will submit its triennial overall DBE goal to the FTA on August 1 of the year specified by the FTA. PVTA is assigned to Group B. The next 3 year goal is due on August 1, 2014. Our current three year goals are uploaded on the TEAM web site. Page 10 ............... PVTA DBE Program 2)be primarily in the wholesale or retail trade and normally sell the type of the item9s)being supplied; 3)take ownership or possession of the item(s)with its personnel, equipment or facilities in a manner consistent with industry practice; and 4)supply the end item of a United States small business manufacturer, processor or producer or obtain a waiver of such requirement pursuant to SBA's regulations. This is called the"nonmanufacturer rule." This rule does not apply to supply contracts of$25,000 or less that are processed under Simplified Acquisition Procedures. • For SBA's financial assistance and other Federal programs the Retail Trade size standards apply. Services • Most common: $7 million • Computer programming, data processing and systems design: $25.5 million • Engineering and architectural services and a few other industries have different size standards • The highest annual-receipts size standard in any service industry: $35.5 million Wholesale Trade • For loans and all other Federal government programs: 100 employees is the size standard for all wholesale trade industries. • However,for Federal contracts set aside for small businesses a concern that supplies a product it did not manufacture is a"nonmanufacturer." To qualify as small for Federal government contracting, a nonmanufacturer must: 1) have 500 or fewer employees; 2)be primarily in the wholesale or retail trade and normally sell the type of item being supplied; 3)take ownership or possession of the item(s)with its personnel, equipment or facilities in a manner consistent with industry practice; and 4)supply the end item of a United States small business manufacturer, processor or producer or obtain a waiver of such requirement pursuant to SBA's regulations. This is called the "nonmanufacturer rule." This rule does not apply to supply contracts of$25,000 or less that are processed under Simplified Acquisition Procedures. Other NAICS Sectors and Industries • Other NAICS Sectors include Agriculture;Transportation and Warehousing; Information (such as telecommunications); Utilities; and Finance, Insurance and Real Estate. Because of a wide variation in the structure of industries in these Sectors,there is no common size standard pattern. PVTA has established a race-neutral small business set-aside for prime contracts under $500,000. On a fiscal year basis we will review this set aside with the DBELO and the Procurement Officer. The Procurement Officer will conduct an annual assessment of all contracts in order to determine if a reasonable number of prime contracts can be made available to small businesses. Outreach activities through the Springfield Chamber of Commerce and all its affiliates, as well as the Springfield Small Business Administration, the Massachusetts Small Business Development Center at the University of Massachusetts, and the University of Massachusetts Western Region Small Business Development Center will be conducted both annually and whenever procurement opportunities exist. Full contact information for these centers are listed below. 00"° Page 9 ............... PVTA DBE Program 0N%► at PVTA to monitor these vendors on-site. 4. PVTA will keep a running tally of actual payments to DBE firms for work committed to them at the time of contract award. Section 26.39, Small Business Provision PVTA has incorporated the following non-discriminatory element to its DBE program, in order to facilitate competition on DOT-assisted public works projects by small business concerns (both DBEs and non-DBE small businesses. PVTA will utilize the Small Business Administration's definition of a small business. That definition is listed below and was acquired from the website,www.sba.gov. Size guidelines define the maximum size that a firm (including its affiliates)can be to qualify as a small business for most SBA programs. Size standards usually are a measure of a business's number of employees or its average annual receipts. Based on those criteria, the SBA has established the following common standards for a small business, depending on its North American Industry Classification System (NAICS)code: • 500 employees for most manufacturing and mining industries, and • $7 million in average annual receipts for most non-manufacturing industries. There are many exceptions, but these are the primary size standards for most industries. For complete information on size standards, see the SBA's Small Business Size Regulations(13 CFR Part 12 1)or the Table of Small Business Size Standards. Size Standards for principal NAICS Sectors: Construction Amok, • General building and heavy construction contractors: $33.5 million • Special trade construction contractors: $14 million • Land subdivision: $7 million • Dredging: $20 million Manufacturing • About 75 percent of the manufacturing industries: 500 employees • A small number of industries: 1,500 employees • The balance: either 750 or 1,000 employees Mining • All mining industries, except mining services: 500 employees Retail Trade • Most retail trade industries: $7 million • A few(such as grocery stores, department stores, motor vehicle dealers and electrical appliance dealers)have higher size standards, but none above$35.5 million (or 200 employees for New Car Dealers only). • Retail Trade NAICS codes and their size standards do not apply to Federal procurement of supplies. For Federal contracts set aside for small businesses a concern that supplies a product it did not manufacture(which is what a retailer would do)is a "nonmanufacturer." To qualify as small for Federal government contracting, a nonmanufacturer must: 1)have 500 or fewer employees; Page 8 ............... PVTA DBE Program includes, but is not limited to the following core areas of business development: • Strategic planning • Financial management planning • Human resource management • Planning, information technology access and management • Marketing 2. Mass Alliance and SDO-Another approach to providing for broader DBE participation through the Mass Alliance and SDO's Business Development Program. Each year the Agency schedules a number of training courses, workshops and procurement fairs throughout the Commonwealth that are open to all small businesses. At these sessions small businesses will have an opportunity to meet with PVTA officials and prime contractors and to gain a better understanding of the process and procedures associated with DBE procurement practices. Conversely, PVTA staff will have the opportunity to become acquainted with qualified business owners who may supply services or products. The specifics of doing business with the PVTA will be discussed at each training event. Workshops and training sessions will include the following subjects: • How to set up joint ventures or teaming • How to write a winning proposal or bid • How to write a business plan • How to obtain bonding and/or insurance • How to access capital for your business • How to address various barriers that most small businesses encounter When a company is identified as a potential candidate for a business development program or further technical assistance the company will be encouraged to apply to participate in the previously described MOBD, Mass Alliance and SDO programs. PVTA will re evaluate its Business Development Program every 2 years. Section 26.37, Monitoring and Enforcement Mechanisms The PVTA will take the following monitoring and enforcement mechanisms to ensure compliance with 49 CFR Part 26. 1. PVTA will bring to the attention of the Department of Transportation any false,fraudulent, or dishonest conduct in connection with the program, so that DOT can take the steps (e.g., referral to the Department of Justice for criminal prosecution, referral to the DOT Inspector General,action under suspension and debarment or Program Fraud and Civil Penalties rules) provided in 26.109. 2. PVTA will consider similar action under out own legal authorities, including responsibility determinations in future contracts. Electronic Attachment 3 in the Appendix of this document is an example of the form used at PVTA which lists the regulation, provisions, and contract remedies available to us in the events of non-compliance with the DBE regulation by a participant in our procurement activities. 3. PVTA will also provide a monitoring and enforcement mechanism to verify that work committed to DBEs at contract award is actually performed by the DBEs. This will be accomplished by on site reviews by our Capital Project Manager at the work sites in which DBE's are performing, and this will occur randomly for each contract/project on which DBEs are participating. Documentation of these reviews will be kept in the project files and any non compliance will be reported to the DBE Liaison Officer. Electronic Attachment 4 in the Appendix of this document is an example of the form used Page 7 ............... PVTA DBE Program If performance is breached and retainage held, The Chief Financial Officer and Administrator are notified in writing -since beyond retainage, there could be a contract dispute that results in legal action. If it appears that the situation may not be resolvable, PVTA attorneys would be apprised. The Finance Department staff who process invoices and track overall retainage percentages must also be notified. Following final inspections and owner acceptance, and other contract provisions(that may include contractor written statements demonstrating that payrolls, bills and other indebtedness connected with the work have been fully paid/satisfied, lien waivers released, etc.), final payment is made along with the release of retainage. Note: This policy was written for construction projects but can be transferred to any project with retainage involved. Project Managers would replace Capital Projects Manager Section 26.31, Directory The PVTA maintains a directory identifying all firms eligible to participate as DBEs. The directory lists the firm's name, address, phone number, email address (if available), date of the most recent certification, and the type of work the firm has been certified to perform as a DBE. The Supplier Diversity Office (SDO) through the UCP (Unified Certification Program) act as the DBE certifying agency for the PVTA. As the state designated agency for DBE certification and certain compliance functions, SOMWBA is fully responsive in meeting DBE certification standards and criteria as outlined in the above mentioned sections of 49 CFR Part 26. The compilation of certified businesses lists the firm's name, address, phone number, and the type of work the firm has been certified to perform as a DBE. The directory is revised at least annually and, for , recertification purposes, will determine if the firm is within the criteria of a small business as specified in 13 CFR 121, by SIC Code/NAICS Codes. The directory is distributed to staff members and prime contractors. It is also made available to the public on request. The current directory is included as Electronic Attachment 2 in the Appendix of this document. PVTA is listed as a recipient in the Massachusetts Uniform Certification Program and information about PVTA and the program is available to the general public on the web: httP://www.mass.gov/anf/budget-taxes- and-procurement/procurement-info-and-res/procurement-grog-and-sere/sdo/ucp/massachusetts-recipients html. This website contains much information to the general public about this process. Section 26.33, Overconcentration The DBE Liaison Officer monitors industries or fields of work to determine if they are so over concentrated with DBEs as to unduly burden the opportunity of non-DBE firms to participate in this type of work. If it is determined there is over-concentration of DBE firms in a certain type of work,the corrective measures outlined in 49 CFR Part 26.33 will be utilized. PVTA has not identified that overconcentration exists in the types of work that DBEs perform. PVTA will re-evaluate for overconcentration every 2 years. Section 26.35, Business Development Programs PVTA collaborates with two state agencies as part of its Business Development Programs. 1. Massachusetts Office of Business development Program (MOBD)—this office has a program that is responsible for providing a capacity development program for minority and women businesses seeking to do business with the Commonwealth. The capacity program ,,^Wk Page 6 ............... PVTA DBE Program Section 26.29, Prompt Payment Mechanisms Prompt Payment: 26.29(a) The PVTA will include the following clause in each DOT-assisted prime contract: The prime contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor under this prime contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than 10 (ten) days from the receipt of each payment the prime contract receives from PVTA. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the PVTA. This clause applies to both DBE and non- DBE subcontracts. Retainage: 26.29(b) The prime contractor agrees to return retainage payments to each subcontractor within 30 (thirty)days after the subcontractors work is satisfactorily completed. Any delay or postponement of payment from the above referenced time frame may occur only for good cause following written approval of the PVTA.This clause applies to both DBE and non-DBE subcontracts. Monitoring and Enforcement: 26.29(d) The PVTA has established procedures to monitor and enforce that prompt payment and return of retainage. The policy is listed below: For construction projects, a retainage clause/section is standard in PVTA contracts. There is a contractually agreed upon dollar amount or percentage of payment(s)to be withheld from periodic payments as security for contractor's performance over the life of the contract(until specific milestones are met). Payments are processed over the life of the contract and retainage amounts that are withheld from each payment accumulate according to the terms of the agreement. On FTA funded projects, PVTA policy is to pay retainage within 30 days of project completion as defined in the contract and required by FTA regulations. PVTA's Capital Projects Manager authorizes retainage payment based on satisfactory completion of the project and written concurrence by the Project Designer/Construction Administrator. PVTA also requires that the prime contractors pay their subcontractors(all of them not just DBE's) promptly and return retainage in accordance with Massachusetts General Law Chapter 30, Section 39F. One of the stipulations of the MGL is that not later than the 65th day after each subcontractor substantially completes their work in accordance with plans and specifications, the entire balance due under the subcontract less amounts retained by the awarding authority shall be due the subcontractor; and the awarding authority shall pay that amount to the general contractor. The general contractor must then pay to the subcontractor the full amount received from the awarding authority less any amount specified in any court proceedings barring such payment and also less any amount claimed due from the subcontractor to the general contractor. Retainage is revoked/frozen when there is documented proof of substandard or incomplete performance, which the contractor has not cured after written notice of breach and a reasonable period to cure. This written notice is generally provided after proper documentation is provided by the Project Designer/Construction Administrator. PVTA does not un-encumber or use retainage funds for any other purpose until a performance issue or dispute that revokes or freezes retainage is resolved. AOW Page 5 ............... PVTA DBE Program We have designated the following individual as our DBE Liaison Officer(DBELO): Patricia O'Leary, Chief Financial Officer, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107, 413-732-6248, Ext 207 In that capacity, the DBELO is responsible for implementing all aspects of the DBE program and ensuring that the PVTA complies with all provision of 49 CFR Part 26. The DBELO has direct, independent access to the Administrator concerning DBE program matters. An organization chart displaying the DBELO's position in the organization is found in Electronic Attachment 1 in the Appendix of this document. The DBELO is responsible for developing, implementing and monitoring the DBE program, in coordination with other appropriate officials. The DBELO has a staff of 4(four)to assist in the administration of the program and the services of the Procurement Officer. The duties and responsibilities include the following: 1. Gathers and reports statistical data and other information as required by DOT. 2. Reviews third party contracts and purchase requisitions for compliance with this program. 3. Works with all departments to set overall annual goals. 4. Ensures that bid notices and requests for proposals are available to DBEs in a timely manner. 5. Identifies contracts and procurements so that DBE goals are included in solicitations(both race-neutral methods and contract specific goals attainment and identifies ways to improve progress. 6. Analyzes PVTA's progress toward attainment and identifies ways to improve progress. 7. Participates in pre-bid meetings. 8. Advises the CEO\governing body on DBE matters and achievement. 9. Participates in pre-bid meetings. 10. Provides DBEs with information and assistance in preparing bids, obtaining bonding and insurance. 11. Plans and participates in DBE training seminars. 12. Certifies DBEs in according to the criteria set by DOT and acts as liaison to the Uniform Certification Process in Massachusetts. 13. Provides outreach to DBEs and community organizations to advise them of opportunities. 14. Maintains the PVTA's updated directory on certified DBEs. Additionally, PVTA's general Accountant is responsible for assisting the CFO in all DBE reporting matters and outreach. The general accountant at PVTA is a member of Springfield's minority community and has many connections that are valuable to the PVTA's DBE program. She has increased our outreach efforts tremendously in the past 2 years. She completes DBE reports and submits them to the CFO for approval and uploading into TEAM. Additionally, she works with the Procurement Officer on DBE issues/concerns and reports back to the CFO. The Procurement Officer at PVTA is a seasoned veteran and very familiar with the DBE process and has been very helpful in his first year at PVTA in gathering relevant information at the procurement level. Section 26.27, DBE Financial Institutions It is the policy of the PVTA to investigate the full extent of services offered by financial institutions owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals in the community,to make reasonable efforts to use these institutions, and to encourage prime contractors on DOT-assisted contract to make use of these institutions. We have made the following efforts to identify and use such institutions: In FY 2013 we completed procurement of banking services; however no DBE banks applied, despite outreach efforts. We will continue to re-evaluate the availability of DBE financial institutions every 2 years. To date we have not identified any such institutions but the DBE Liaison Officer will continue to outreach and search for such institutions that may be able to assist PVTA. Prime contractors will also be encouraged to use such institutions at such time as the PVTA is made aware of them. Page 4 ............... PVTA DBE Program vendor does not have the capacity to do this we will assist them over the phone and enter the information for them. Prior to registering, all vendors will have to read our DBE policy • contract clause requiring prime bidders to report the names/addresses, and possibly other information, of all firms who quote to them on subcontracts • a notice in all solicitations, and otherwise widely disseminated, request to firms quoting on subcontracts to report information directly to the recipient, Section 26.13, Federal Financial Assistance Agreement PVTA has signed the following assurances,applicable to all DOT-assisted contracts and their administration: General Assurance: 26.13(a) PVTA shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the award and performance of any DOT assisted contract or in the administration of its DBE Program or the requirements of 49 CFR part 26. The recipient shall take all necessary and reasonable steps under 49 CFR part 26 to ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. The recipient's DBE Program, as required by 49 CFR part 26 and as approved by DOT, is incorporated by reference in this agreement. Implementation of this program is a legal obligation and failure to carry out its terms shall be treated as a violation of this agreement. Upon notification to the PVTA of its failure to carry out its approved program, the Department may impose sanction as provided for under part 26 and may, in appropriate cases, refer the matter for enforcement under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and/or the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 (31 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.). This language will appear in financial assistance agreements with sub-recipients. Contract Assurance: 26.13b PVTA will ensure that the following clause is placed in every DOT-assisted contract and subcontract: The contractor, sub-recipient, or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR part 26 in the award and administration of DOT assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract,which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS Section 26.21, DBE Since the PVTA has received a grant of $250,000 or more in FTA planning capital, and or operating assistance in a federal fiscal year, authorized by the statute for which this part applies, we will continue to carry out this program until all funds from DOT financial assistance have been expended. We will provide to DOT updates representing significant changes in the program. Section 26.25 DBE Liaison Officer(DBELO) Page 3 ............... PVTA DBE Program Section 26.1, 26.23, Objectives The objectives are found in the policy statement on the first page of this program. Section 26.3,Applicability The PVTA is the recipient of federal—aid highway funds authorized under Titles I and V of the Intermodal Surface Transportation Efficiency Act of 1991 (ISTEA), Pub. L. 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914, Titles I, III, and V of the Transportation Equity Act for the 21St Century(TEA-21, Pub. L. 105-178, 112 Stat. 107. The PVTA is the recipient of federal transit funds authorized by Titles I, III, V, and VI of ISTEA, Pub. L. 102-240 or by Federal transit laws in Title 49, U.S. Code, or Titles I, II, and V of the Teas-21, Pub. L. 05- 178. Section 26.5, Definitions The PVTA will adopt the definitions contained in Section 26.5 of Part 26 for this program and will ensure that all definitions from the regulations are included and correct; (2) PVTA will add and include any new/amended definitions as they are provided by USDOT; and (3) PVTA not include any definitions for terms not included in the definitions found in Section 26.5 of Part 26.] Section 26.7,Non-discrimination Requirements The PVTA will never exclude any person from participation in, deny any person the benefits of, or otherwise discriminate against anyone in connection with the award and performance of any contract covered by 49 CFR part 26 on the basis of race, color, sex, or national origin. In administering its DBE program, the PVTA will not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, use criteria or methods of administration that have the effect of defeating or substantially impairing accomplishment of the objectives of the DBE program with respect to individuals of a particular race, color, sex, or national origin. Section 26.11, Record Keeping Requirements Uniform Report of DBE Awards or Commitments and Payments: 26.11(a) PVTA will report DBE participation to the FTA using the Uniform Report of DBE Awards or Commitments and Payments, found in Appendix B to the DBE regulation. DOT Records 26.11 (b) PVTA will continue to provide data about its DBE program to the Department as directed by DOT operating administrations as required. Bidders List: 26.11(c) The PVTA will create a bidders list, consisting of information about all DBE and non-DBE firms that bid or quote on DOT-assisted contracts. The purpose of this requirement is to allow use of the bidders list approach to calculating overall goals. The bidder list will include the name, address, DBE non-DBE status, age, and annual gross receipts of firms. We will collect this information in the following ways: • prospective Vendors must register on our website so that we may capture this information. If a AO%4 Page 2 PIONEER VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) PROGRAM In compliance with U.S. DOT 49 CFR 26 Final Rule Section 26.1, 26.23, PVTA's DBE Objective/POLICY STATEMENT The Pioneer Valley Transit Authority(hereinafter referred to as the "PVTA") has established a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) program in accordance with regulations of the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), 49 CFR Part 26. The PVTA has received Federal financial assistance from the Department of Transportation,and as a condition of receiving this assistance,the PVTA has signed an assurance that it will comply with 49 CFR Part 26. It is the policy of the PVTA to ensure that DBEs are defined in part 26, have an equal opportunity to receive and participate in DOT—assisted contracts. It is also our policy: 1. To ensure nondiscrimination in the award and administration of DOT—assisted contracts; 2. To create a level playing field on which DBEs can compete fairly for DOT-assisted contracts; 3. To ensure that the DBE Program is narrowly tailored in accordance with applicable law; 4. To ensure that only firms that fully meet 49 CFR Part 26 eligibility standards are permitted to participate as DBEs; 5. To help remove barriers to the participation of DBEs in DOT assisted contracts; 6. To assist the development of firms that can compete successfully in the market place outside the DBE Program. The Chief Financial Officer has been delegated as the DBE Liaison Officer. In that capacity, the Chief Financial Officer is responsible for implementing all aspects of the DBE program. Implementation of the DBE program is accorded the same priority as compliance with all other legal obligations incurred by the PVTA in its financial assistance agreements with the Department of Transportation. PVTA has disseminated this policy statement to the Advisory Board and all of the components of our organization. We have distributed this statement to DBE and non-DBE business communities that perform work for us on DOT-assisted contracts. Distribution is accomplished via our web page, on all procurement documents, through outreach to a list of community organizations both DBE and non DBE. Currently the outreach is done through both electronic and regular mail communication. This policy will continue to be circulated throughout the organization and to the DBE and non-DBE business communities that work on PVTA DOT-assisted contracts. This process will occur each time PVTA hires a new Administrator. The DBE Liaison Officer will be responsible for this distribution. ew Signature of Recipients Chief Executive Officer](Administrator) DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) PROGRAM ......................................3 Section 26.1, 26.23, PVTA's DBE Objective / POLICY STATEMENT..............................3 Section26.1, 26.23, Objectives...............................................................................................2 Section26.3, Applicability..........................................................................................................2 Section26.5, Definitions...........................................................................................................2 Section 26.7, Non-discrimination Requirements.....................................................................2 Section 26.11, Record Keeping Requirements.....................................................................2 Section 26.13, Federal Financial Assistance Agreement....................................................3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................3 Section26.21, DBE ...................................................................................................................3 Section 26.27, DBE Financial Institutions ..........................................................................4 Section 26.29, Prompt Payment Mechanisms..................................................................5 Section26.31, Directory............................................................................................................6 Section 26.33, Overconcentration........................................................................................6 Section 26.35, Business Development Programs............................................................6 Section 26.37, Monitoring and Enforcement Mechanisms.............................................7 Section 26.39, Small Business Provision ...........................................................................8 GOALS, GOOD FAITH EFFORTS, AND COUNTING......................................................10 Section 26.43, Set-asides or Quotas.................................................................................10 Section26.45, Overall Goals............................................................................................... 10 Section 26.47, Goal Setting and Accountability..............................................................12 Section 26.49, Transit Vehicle Manufacturers Goals ....................................................12 Section 26.51, Meeting Overall Goals/Contract Goals..................................................12 Section 26.53, Good Faith Efforts Procedures................................................................ 13 Section 26.55, Counting DBE Participation ..................................................................... 17 CERTIFICATION ........................................................................................................................17 Section 26.81, Unified Certification Programs.................................................................17 Section 26.89-26.91 Appeal Procedures.....................................................................................18 COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT.................................................................................18 Section 26.109, Information, Confidentiality, Cooperation...........................................18 APPENDIX.....................................................................................................................................20 HP PVTA At DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM To find information about potential DBE subcontractors, or to apply for DBE certification, firms must contact: NAME: Supplier Diversity Office (SDO) ADDRESS: McCormack Building One Ashburton Place 1313 Boston, MA 02108 TELEPHONE: (617) 502-8831 EMAIL: wsomwba @state.ma.us WEBSITE: http://www.mass.gov/sdo ATTACHMENTS TO THIS SECTION PVTA Protest Procedures PVTA Disadvantaged Business Enterprise program PVTA DBE letter of Intent ko,,,' PVTA DBE Good Faith Effort Documentation PVTA DBE Vendor Checklist END OF SECTION �"""' 08/17/2011 00200-11 This Project is subject to the Safety and Health Regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor set forth in Title 29 CFR, Part 1926 and to all subsequent amendments, and to the Massachusetts Department of Labor and Industries, Division of Industrial Safety `Rules and Regulations for the Prevention of Accidents in Construction Operations' (Chapter 454 CMR 10.00 et seq.). Contractors shall be familiar with the requirements of these regulations. 28. Efficiency Guarantee Bond Whenever it is written that an equipment manufacturer must have a specified period of experience with its product, equipment which does not meet the specified experience period can be considered if the equipment supplier or manufacturer is willing to provide an "Efficiency Guarantee Bond" or cash deposit for the duration of the specified time period which will guarantee replacement of that equipment in the event of failure. 29. Bid Protest Procedures The Pioneer Valley Regional Transit Authority has established formal protocols to be followed in the event a bidder wishes to file a protest concerning the bidding process. Those procedures are provided as an attachment to this Section. 30. PVTA Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program , The Pioneer Valley Regional Transit Authority (PVTA) has established a 2013 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program, in accordance with regulations of the US Department of Transportation (DOT), specifically 49 CFR Part 26. A copy of that program is provided as an attachment to this Section. All requirements for DBE participation in this contract as stipulated elsewhere in these Sections, shall be controlled by this 2013 version of PVTA's DBE Program. The Program includes provisions assuring prompt payment by the General Contractor to Subcontractors, In addition, the Program outlines monitoring and enforcement procedures that PVTA will utilize to assure compliance with the Program's participation and prompt payment requirements. PVTA will employ the Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Administration and Finance/Supplier Diversity Office (SDO) for DBE certification services and the establishment of a Massachusetts Unified Certification Program (MassUCP) and thereby further develop and improve the process of DBE certification within the Commonwealth to assist DBEs in entering DBE programs. SDO has agreed to use the certification standards of Subpart D of Part 26 and the certification procedures of Subpart E of Part 26 to determine the eligibility of firms to participate as DBEs in USDOT-assisted contracts. To be certified as a DBE, a firm must A meet all 49 CFR Part 26 certification eligibility standards. SDO will make DBE certification decisions based on the facts as a whole. 08/17/2011 00200-10 Noncompliance with this law will disqualify contractors from bidding on public contracts. 24. The OWNER will mail to all bidders who have taken out plans in accord with the advertisements, not later than the second day excluding Saturday, Sunday and legal holidays, before the day for opening of general bids, a list of those sub-bidders who have filed bids in complete conformance with the Massachusetts General Laws. 25. Minimum Wage Rates Applicable provisions of Massachusetts General Laws and Regulations and/or the United States Code and Code of Federal Regulations govern this Contract and any provision in violation of the foregoing shall be deemed null, void and of no effect. Where conflict between the Code of Federal Regulations and State Laws and Regulations exist, the more stringent requirement shall apply. Minimum Wage Rates as determined by the Commissioner of the Division of Occupational Safety of the Executive Office of Labor and Workforce Development under the provision of the Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 149, Sections 26 to 27D, as amended, apply to this project. It is the responsibility of the contractor, before bid opening, to request if necessary, any additional information on Minimum Wage Rates for those trades people who may by employed for the proposed work under this contract. 26. Guarantee The Contractor shall guarantee that the Work and Services to be performed under the Contract, and all workmanship, materials and equipment performed, furnished, used or installed in the construction of the same shall be free from defects and flaws, and shall be performed and furnished in strict accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and other contract documents, that the strength of all parts of all manufactured equipment shall be adequate and as specified and that the performance test requirements of the contract shall be fulfilled. This guarantee shall be for a period of one year from and after the date of completion and acceptance of the Work as stated in the final estimate. If part of the Work is accepted in accordance with that subsection of this AGREEMENT titled"Partial Acceptance", the guarantee for that part of the Work shall be for a period of one year from the date fixed for such acceptance. If at any time within the said period of guarantee any part of the Work requires repairing, correction or replacement, the Owner may notify the Contractor in writing to make the required repairs, correction or replacements. If the Contractor neglects to commence making such repairs, corrections or replacements to the satisfaction of the Owner within seven (7) days from the date of receipt of such notice, or having commenced fails to prosecute such Work with diligence, the Owner may employ other persons to make said repairs, correction or replacements, and charge the costs, including compensation for additional professional services, to the Contractor. 27. Safety and Health Regulations 08/17/2011 00200-9 between Code of Federal Regulations and State Laws and Regulations exist, the more stringent requirement shall apply. The bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State laws, municipal ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the Contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though herein written out in full. Attention is directed to Section 00830 and to other applicable sections of this specification. 20. Liquidated Damages for Failure to Enter into Contract The successful bidder, upon its failure or refusal to execute and deliver the Contract, Bonds and Certificates of Insurance required within 10 days after receipt of notice of the acceptance of the bid, shall forfeit to the OWNER, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, the security deposited with its bid, provided that the amount forfeited shall not exceed the difference between its bid price and the bid price of the next lowest responsible and eligible bidder. In case of death, disability, bonafide clerical or mechanical error of a substantial nature, or other similar unforeseen circumstances affecting the bidder, its bid deposit will be returned. 21. Items and Indeterminate Items The work to be done under this Contract has been divided into parts or items to enable each bidder to bid on different portions of the work in accordance with its estimate of their cost and so that the actual quantity of work executed under each item may be paid for at the price bid for that particular item, even though each bidder may have judged that such quantity may be greater or less than the estimated quantity stated in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID. 22. CONTRACTOR Records The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 30, Section 39R, concerning CONTRACTOR records. This section has been reprinted in Section 00830, STATE REGULATIONS. 23. Bidder Certification—OSHA Training All employees who work on Massachusetts public works construction sites, on projects estimated to cost more than $10,000, must have no less than ten (10) hours of OSHA- approved safety and health training. This law directs the Massachusetts Attorney General to restrain award of construction contracts to any contractor who is in violation of this requirement and to restrain the performance of these contracts by non-complying contractors. 08/17/2011 00200-8 projects of this category, value, and up to an aggregate limit. General contractors shall also file with their bids an update statement, DCAM Form CQ3 [Section 00410- Attachment A]. All subcontractors submitting filed sub-bids must include a valid DCAM Certificate of Eligibility, and a completed Sub-Bidder Update Statement [Section 00430-Attachment A] with their sub-bids. No award will be made to any bidder who cannot satisfy the OWNER that it has sufficient ability and experience in this class of work and sufficient capital and plant to enable it to prosecute and complete the work successfully within the time named. The OWNER's decision or judgment on these matters will be final, conclusive, and binding. The OWNER may make such investigations as it deems necessary, and the bidder shall furnish to the OWNER, under oath if so required, all such information and data for this purpose as the OWNER may request. 16. Conditions of Work Each bidder must inform itself fully of the conditions relating to the construction of the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful bidder of its obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to carry out ,,, the provisions of its contract. Insofar as possible the CONTRACTOR, in carrying out its work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruption of or interference with the work of any other contractor. 17. Security for Faithful Performance Simultaneously with its delivery of the executed Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish a surety bond or bonds as security for faithful performance of this Contract and for the payment of all persons performing labor and materials under this Contract as specified in Section 00700, GENERAL CONDITIONS included herein. The surety on such bond or bonds shall be a surety company qualified to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the OWNER. The bonds shall remain in force for one year after final acceptance of the work by the OWNER, unless the OWNER, in writing,releases the CONTRACTOR from the obligation sooner. 18. Power of Attorney Attorneys-in-fact who sign Contract bonds must file with each bond a certified and effectively dated copy of their power of attorney. 19. Laws and Re ug lations Applicable provisions of Massachusetts General Laws and Regulations and/or the United 00"* States Code and Code of Federal Regulations govern this Contract and any provision in violation of the foregoing shall be deemed null, void and of no effect. Where conflict 08/17/2011 00200-7 The bid and all accompanying documents so required shall be signed by the Bidder or its authorized representative before submission. All bidders shall include with their bids written acknowledgment of receipt of all addenda. Refer to acknowledgment form provided in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID (and Section 00430, FORM OF SUB-BID, if applicable). The total dollar amount of each bid will be read, and the three apparent lowest bids will be selected for further consideration. These three apparent low bids will be read aloud for the benefit of the other bidders and the bid opening procedure will be closed. All those present at the bid opening may examine all bids after the bid opening and after the reading of the three apparent low bids. 12. Comparison of Bids Bids will be compared on the basis of the quantities and unit and lump sum prices stated in the bid forms. In the event that there is a discrepancy in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID between the lump sum or unit prices written in words and figures, the prices written in words will govern. The OWNER agrees to examine and consider each FORM OF GENERAL BID submitted in consideration of the bidder's agreements, as herein above set forth and as set forth in Section 00410, FORM OF GENERAL BID. 13. Statutes Regulating Competitive Bidding Any bid, which does not comply with the provisions of Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149, Sections 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended, need not be accepted and the OWNER may reject every such bid. 14. Right to Reiect Bid The OWNER may consider informal any bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the provisions hereof and may waive any informalities or reject any and all bids, should the OWNER deem it to be in the public interest to do so. The OWNER may also reject bids which in its sole judgment are either incomplete, conditional, obscure or not responsive or which contain additions not called for, erasures not properly initialed, alterations, or similar irregularities, or the OWNER may waive such omissions, conditions or irregularities. 15. Ability and Experience of Bidder All general contractors shall file with their bids a copy of a certificate of eligibility from Division of Capital Asset Management (DCAM) showing that they are eligible to bid on 08/17/2011 00200-6 three lowest responsible and eligible sub-bidders for each subtrade, shall be returned within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of the general bids. The bid deposit checks of sub-bidders not returned pursuant to the provisions of the preceding sentence will be returned within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the execution of the general contract; except that, if a selected sub-bidder fails to perform its agreement to execute a subcontract with the general bidder selected as the general CONTRACTOR, contingent upon the execution of the general contract, or fails to furnish the performance and payment bond stated in its sub-bid if requested in the general bid, its bid security shall be forfeited. 9. Time for Completion The bidder must agree to commence work on or before a date to be specified in the written "Notice to Proceed" from the OWNER and to fully complete the project within the time limit stated in Section 00410,FORM OF GENERAL BID. 10. Addenda and Interpretations No interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications or other prebid documents will be made to any bidder orally. All information given to bidders other than by means of the plans, specifications, or by addenda, as described below, is given informally and shall not be used as the basis of a claim against the OWNER or the ENGINEER. ""` Every request for such interpretation should be in writing (typed, not handwritten) addressed to PVTA, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107, Attention: Manager of Capital Projects, or sent via FAX to PVTA at (508) 775-8513, and to be given consideration must be received by the date fixed in Section 00100. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which, when issued, will be mailed to all prospective bidders who have not already received them at the respective address furnished by them for such purposes. Bidders picking up sets of bid documents will be given all addenda issued to date and will be required to sign for all documents, acknowledging receipt. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under its bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. 11. Bid Opening Procedure The following list of requirements shall be met by each filed bid. Bids shall be filed at the place and before the time specified in Receipt and Op ring of Bids, above. Properly executed bid security shall be placed in a sealed envelope and shall be attached to the outside of the envelope containing the bid. 08/17/2011 00200-5 known by the OWNER until the sealed bid is opened. If written confirmation is not received within two days from the closing time, no consideration will be given to the telegraphic communication. 6. Obligation of Bidder At the time of the opening of bids each bidder will be presumed to have inspected the site and to have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the Contract Documents (including all addenda). The failure or omission of any bidder to examine any form, instrument, or document shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation in respect of its bid. 7. Information not Guaranteed All information given in the Contract Documents relating to subsurface and other conditions, natural phenomena, existing pipes, and other structures is from the best sources at present available to the OWNER. All such information is furnished only for the information and convenience of bidders and is not guaranteed. It is agreed and understood that the OWNER does not warrant or guarantee that the subsurface or other conditions, natural phenomena, existing pipes, or other structures encountered during construction will be the same as those indicated in the Contract Documents. It is further agreed and understood that no bidder or CONTRACTOR shall use or be entitled to use any of the information made available to it or obtained in any examination made by it in any manner as a basis of or grounds for any claim or demand against the OWNER or the ENGINEER, arising from or by reason of any variance which may exist between the information made available and the actual subsurface or other conditions, natural phenomena, existing pipes or other structures actually encountered during the construction work, except as may otherwise be expressly provided for in the Contract Documents. 8. Bid Security Each bid must be accompanied by a certified check, a bid bond, cash, a treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the OWNER, in the amount stated in Section 00100, ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS. Such deposits will be returned to all except the three lowest responsible and eligible bidders within five days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of bids, and the remaining deposits will be returned promptly after the OWNER and the accepted bidder have executed the Contract, or if no notice of intent to award has been presented to the selected contractor within 30 days, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays excluded, after the date of the opening of bids, upon demand of the bidder at any time thereafter. All bid deposit checks of sub-bidders except those of the sub-bidders named in the general bids of the three lowest responsible and eligible general bidders and those of the 08/17/2011 00200-4 3. Instructions for Obtaining Bid Documents Parties wishing to prepare a bid for this contract must register with the Owner prior to obtaining bid documents. Bidders may register electronically through the OWNER's web site (http://www.pvta.com/opportunities.php) and - after registration is complete - download digital copies of bidding documents from the OWNER's web site (http://www.pvta.com/opportunities.php). Alternatively, bidders may register in person at the PVTA offices, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107, and obtain a copy of the bid documents at the same location. 4. Preparation of Bid Each bid must be submitted on the prescribed form in Section 00410. All blank spaces for bid prices must be filled in, in ink or typewritten, in both words and figures. General Contractors shall file their bids with a copy of the certificate from Division of Capital Asset Management (DCAM) showing that they are eligible to bid on projects of this category, of this estimated project dollar amount and up to an aggregate limit, and with a current Update Statement, DCAM Form CQ3 and Certificate of Eligibility, DCAM Form CQ7. Subcontractors shall file with their sub-bids a copy of their DCAM Certificate of Eligibility and a current Sub-Bidders Update Statement. Each bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope bearing on the outside the name of the bidder, its address, and endorsed with the name of the project as specified in Receipt and Opening of Bids, above. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed as specified in Receipt and Opening of Bids, above. 5. Telegraphic Modification Any bidder may modify its bid by facsimile transmission at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the OWNER prior to the closing time, and, provided further, the OWNER is satisfied that a written confirmation of the telegraphic modification over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the closing time. The telegraphic communication shall not reveal the bid price but shall provide the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be 08/17/2011 00200-3 1. Receipt and Opening of Bids The Pioneer Valley Transit Authority herein called the OWNER, acting by and through its administrator, will receive sealed Bids for the reconfiguration of and addition to its Northampton Operations Facility. Such bids addressed to the authority and endorsed to identify the contents will be received at Pioneer Valley Transit Authority's offices, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107, until 2:00 PM on Wednesday, August 28, 2013 at which time and place said bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. Filed sub-bids for the trades in Item 2 in Section 00410 FORM OF GENERAL BID shall be addressed to the OWNER and endorsed to identify the contents, will be received at the Pioneer Valley Transit Authority's offices, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107, until 2:00 PM on Wednesday, August 21, 2013 at which time and place said sub-bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. If the building at which bids are to be received is closed for any reason on the date and time that bids are due, receipt of bids by the Owner will be postponed until the next business day at the time originally stated for receipt of bids. Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of bids or authorized postponement thereof. Any bid received after the time and date specified will ,. not be considered. The bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for the number of days, after the opening of bids, as stipulated in the FORM OF GENERAL BID. 2. Location and Work to be Done The location, general characteristics, and principal details of the Work are indicated on a set of 68 drawings titled "Transit Maintenance Facility Administration Reconfiguration and Addition," including a cover sheet and following sheets numbered LD.1 - L.2, AD1.0 - A8.2, 51.01 - 52.01, P0.1 - P2.1, H0.1 - H2.0% E0.1 - E4.1, FA0.1 - FA2.1, and FP0.1 - FP2.1, inclusive. Additional drawings showing details in accordance with which the Work is to be done may be furnished by addendum from time to time during the bidding period by the ENGINEER, and shall then become a part of the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all superintendence, labor, services, materials, equipment, plant, machinery, apparatus, appliances, tools, supplies, bailing, shoring, removal, and all other things necessary to do all work required for the completion of each item of the Work and as herein specified. The Work to be done and paid for under any item shall not be limited to the exact extent ,,,,,,K mentioned or described but shall include all incidental work necessary or customarily done for the completion of that item. 08/17/2011 00200-2 SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS IFB 14-001 1. Receipt and Opening of Bids 2. Location and Work to be Done 3. Deposit on Documents 4. Preparation of Bid 5. Telegraphic Modification 6. Obligation of Bidder 7. Information not Guaranteed 8. Bid Security 9. Time for Completion 10. Addenda and Interpretations 11. Bid Opening Procedure 12. Comparison of Bids 13. Statutes Regulating Competitive Bidding 14. Right to Reject Bid 15. Ability and Experience of Bidder 16. Conditions of Work 17. Security for Faithful Performance 18. Power of Attorney 19. Laws and Regulations 20. Liquidated Damages for Failure to Enter into Contract 21. Items and Indeterminate Items 22. CONTRACTOR Records 23. Bidder Certification—OSHA Training 24. Report of Sub-Bids 25. Minimum Wage Rates 26. Guarantee of Work and Services 27. Safety and Health Regulations 28. Efficiency Guarantee Bond 29. Bod protest Procedures 30. PVTA Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program Attachments: PVTA Protest Procedures PVTA Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program PVTA DBE Letter of Intent PVTA DBE Good Faith Effort Documentation PVTA DBE vendor Checklist 08/17/2011 00200-1 copies of DBE certification for those entities with whom the Contractor intends to purchase goods or services as part of this project. Documentation that will be acceptable is in the form of a current certificate from the Supplier Diversity Office, Commonwealth of Massachusetts (formerly known as the State Office of Minority & Women Business Assistance). Additional information is provided in SECTION 00200. A Prebid Conference will be held on Wednesday,July 24, 2013, 2:00 PM, at the Northampton Operations Facility, located at 54 Industrial Drive, Northampton MA 01060. Bidders will have an opportunity to view the site of the work following the Prebid Conference. Any request for interpretation of plans and specifications may be submitted in writing until 2:00 PM Wednesday July 31, 2013. Such requests shall be made as directed in Section 00200, Article 10. All bids for this project are subject to applicable bidding laws of Massachusetts, including General Laws Chapter 149, Section 44A to 44J inclusive, as amended. Minimum Wage Rates as determined by the Commissioner of the Division of Occupational Safety of the Executive Office of Labor and Workforce Development under the provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 149, Section 26 to 27D, as amended, apply to this project. It is the responsibility of the Bidder, before bid opening, to request if necessary, any additional information on Minimum Wage Rates for those trades people who may be employed for the proposed work under this contract. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30 working days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded after the opening of bids. The Owner reserves the right to waive any informality or to reject any or all bids. PIONEER VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY BY ITS MARY L. MACINNES, ADMINISTRATOR 08/22/2011 00100-3 General Contractor's CATEGORY OF CERTIFICATION: General Building Construction Filed sub-bids for the trades in Item 2 in Section 00410 FORM OF GENERAL BID shall be received at the PVTA's offices, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107, and endorsed to identify its contents, until 2:00 PM prevailing time, on Wednesday, August 21, 2013, said sub-bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. Bid security for all general bidders and sub-bidders in the form of a bid bond, cash, certified check, treasurer's or cashier's check, payable to the Owner, is required in the amount of 5 percent of the total bid, in accordance with the conditions in Section 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. SUB-BIDS Item Sub-bid Specification Section(s) 2A Masonry 04200 2B Roofing and Flashing 07542 2C Glass and Glazing 08800 2D Fire Protection 15300 2E Plumbing 15400 2F HVAC 15500 2G Electrical DIV 16 look, The Instructions to Bidders, Form of General Bid, Agreement, Plans, Specifications, Performance and Payment Bond, and other Contract Documents may be examined at the following location during normal business hours: PVTA's offices, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107 Copies of the documents may be obtained at the PVTA's offices, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107, from 9 a.m. to 12 noon and 1 to 4 p.m. Digital copies of the documents may be downloaded from the Owner's web site (http://www.pvta.com/opportunities.php). The selected contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in amount at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price as stipulated in Section 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS of these specifications. General Contractors shall file their bids with a copy of the certificate from Division of Capital Asset Management (DCAM) showing that they are eligible to bid on projects of this category, of this estimated project dollar amount and up to an aggregate limit, and with an Update Statement, DCAM Form CQ3 Section 00410-Attachment A and Certificate of Eligibility, DCAM Form CQ7. Subcontractors shall file with their sub-bids, a copy of their DCAM Certificate of Eligibility and a current Sub-Bidders Update Statement. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise DBE oals are applicable to the total dollars paid to the Awk construction contract. The goals for this project are six percent(6%) for total participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE). General Contractors shall submit with their bids 08/22/2011 00100-2 ,o. SECTION 00100 INVITATION FOR BIDS IFB 14-001 THE PIONEER VALLEY TRANSIT AUTHORITY (PVTA) SPRINGFIELD, MASSACHUSETTS (Owner) Sealed bids for Reconfiguration of and additions to the Administration Wing at the Northampton Operations Facility, located at 54 Industrial Drive, Northampton MA 01060, will be received at the PVTA's offices, 2808 Main Street, Springfield, MA 01107, until 2:00 PM prevailing time, on Wednesday,August 28, 2013, at which time and place said bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. The scope of work includes: • Removal, reconfiguration and replacement of nearly all interior partitioning within the existing Northampton Operations Facility administration wing, and adjacent former day care center; • Construction of an approximately 200 square foot addition to the administration wing; • Replacement of portion of existing exterior sidewalk and resetting of existing granite curbing; • Removal of existing wood-framed, exterior in-fill panels within precast concrete wall panels at the administration wing and adjacent former day care center; • Installation of sections of new tubular aluminum storefront system within precast concrete wall panels at the administration wing and adjacent former day care center; • Installation of sections of new hollow metal door/frame /window walls within the administration wing and adjacent former day care center; • Removal of existing and installation of new plumbing fixtures within the existing toilet rooms; • Installation of new finishes within all new and reconfigured spaces; • Replacement of existing boiler; • Replacement of existing roof top DX HVAC units on roof of administration wing, and patching/reflashing of the existing roof and roof membrane; • Installation of two new split AC systems, one within the reconfigured administration wing and one in an adjacent office; • Reuse of existing suspended ceiling lighting within the administration wing and adjacent former day care center; • Installation of new wired services from a central location to all new and reconfigured spaces. Estimated construction cost: $ 1,098,374.00 08/22/2011 00100-1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition (* Filed Sub-Bid Required as part of Section 16001) Section 16410 Low Voltage Distribution (*Filed Sub-Bid Required as part of Section 16001) Section 16500 Light Fixtures (*Filed Sub-Bid Required as part of Section 16001) Section 16700 Telecommunication (*Filed Sub-Bid Required as part of Section 16001) Section 16725 Fire Alarm (* Filed Sub-Bid Required as part of Section 16001) END - TABLE OF CONTENTS 7/15/2013 0001 10 - 4 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 08310 Access Doors and Panels Section 08411 Aluminum Framed Storefronts (* Filed Sub-Bid Required as part of Section 08008) Section 08710 Door Hardware Section 08800 Glazing (* Filed Sub-Bid Required as part of Section 08008) DIVISION 09—FINISHES Section 09100 Non-Structural Metal Framing Section 09220 Portland Cement Plastering Section 09250 Gypsum Board Section 09310 Ceramic Tiling Section 09510 Acoustical Ceilings Section 09651 Resilient Base and Accessories Section 09653 Resilient Tile Flooring Section 09682 Tile Carpeting Section 09810 Acoustical Insulation Section 09910 Painting Document 09912 Interior Painting Schedule DIVISION 10— SPECIALTIES Section 10170 Plastic Toilet Compartments Section 10400 Signage Section 10410 Safety Specialties Section 10503 Metal Lockers Section 10550 Postal Specialties Section 10653 Demountable Partitions Section 10810 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 12—FURNISHINGS Section 12484 Entrance Grilles and Floor Mats Section 12492 Vertical Louver Blinds Section 12620 Furnishings and Casegoods DIVISION 15—HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Section 15300* Fire Protection (Filed Sub-Bid Required) Section 15400* Plumbing (Filed Sub-Bid Required) Section 15500* HVAC (Filed Sub-Bid Required) DIVISION 16—ELECTRICAL Section 16001* Electrical Filed Sub-Bid Requirements Section 16010 Electrical Special Conditions (* Filed Sub-Bid Required as part of Section 16001) Section 16050 Basic Materials and Methods (* Filed Sub-Bid Required as part of Section 16001) k Section 16100 Wiring Methods 7/15/2013 0001 10 - 3 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition Section 0 13 10 Construction Scheduling Section 01320 Construction Photographs Section 01330 Submittals Section 01380 Health and Safety Plan Section 01420 References Section 01519 Temporary Office Section 01732 Cutting and Patching Section 01739 Selective Demolition Section 01740 Cleaning Up Section 01770 Project Closeout DIVISION 02—EXISTING CONDITIONS Section 02300 Earthwork Section 02513 Portland Cement Concrete Paving Section 02528 Granite Curb Section 02580 Pavement Marking Section 02700 Bituminous Concrete Pavement Section 02950 Exterior Plants DIVISION 03—CONCRETE Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete Section 03361 Resurfacing of Cast-in-Place Concrete DIVISION 04—MASONRY Section 04200" Unit Masonry (Filed Sub-Bid Required) DIVISION 05—METALS Section 05120 Structural Steel Section 05500 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 06—WOOD,PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 06200 Finish Carpentry Section 06400 Architectural Woodwork DIVISION 07—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07210 Thermal Insulation Section 07260 Vapor Retarders Section 07542* Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC)Roofing (Filed Sub-Bid Required) Section 07840 Firestopping Section 07900 Joint Sealants DIVISION 08—OPENINGS Section 08008* Glass and Glazing Filed Sub-Bid Requirements (Filed Sub-Bid Required) Section 08110 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames A"k 7/15/2013 0001 10 - 2 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00—PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS Document 00001 Project Title Page Document 00002 Project Directory Document 00010 Table of Contents Document 00100 Invitation for Bids Document 00200 Instructions to Bidders IFB 14-001 Document 00200a PVTA Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program Document 00200b PVTA Letter of Intent Document 00200c PVTA Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)Utilization Document 00200d PVTA Vendor Checklist Document 00200e Appendix A.1 PVTA Protest Procedures Document 00410 Form for General Bid Document 00410 Prime/General Contractor Update Statement Document 00430 Sub-Bidder Update Statement Document 00430a Form for Sub-Bid Item 2A Document 00430b Form for Sub-Bid Item 2B Document 00430c Form for Sub-Bid Item 2C Document 00430d Form for Sub-Bid Item 2D Document 00430e Form for Sub-Bid Item 2E Document 00430f Form for Sub-Bid Item 2F Document 00430g Form for Sub-Bid Item 2G Document 00520 Agreement Document 00520a Federal Clauses Document 00525 Subcontract Form Document 00610 Performance Bond Document 00615 Payment Bond Document 00621 Product Submittal Form Document 00623 Request For Interpretation(RFI) Form Document 00625 Substitution Request Form Document 00700 General Conditions Document 00800 Supplementary Conditions Document 00800A Attachment A - Change Orders Document 00800B Attachment B–Excerpts from Chapters 30, 82 and 149 Massachusetts General Laws Document 00830 State Statutes and Regulations Commonwealth of Massachusetts Document 00830a State Prevailing Wage Rates Document 00890 Permits DIVISION 01 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01014 Scope and Sequence of Work Section 01110 Control of Work and Materials Section 01270 Measurement and Payment 7/15/2013 0001 10 - 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority May,2013 Administration Renovation and Addition PROJECT DIRECTORY OWNER Pioneer Valley Transit Authority (PVTA) 2808 Main Street Springfield, MA 01107 ENGINEER(ARCHITECURAL, STRUCTURAL,AND CIVIL) Weston & Sampson Engineers, Inc. 85 Devonshire Street, 3rd Floor Boston, Massachusetts 02110 CONSULTANTS COST ESTIMATING Structures by Design, Inc. P.O. BOX 1086 Northampton, Massachusetts 01061 MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL,PLUMBING,AND FIRE PROTECTION_ ENGINEERING R.W. Sullivan Engineering The Schrafft Center 529 Main Street, Suite 203 Boston, Massachusetts 02129 SPECIFICATIONS CONSULTANT Wil-Spec LLC Lynnfield Medical Office Building 15 Post Office Square South Lynnfield,Massachusetts 01940 7/15/2013 000102 - 1 A5A t � ��PL�N OF�qs __ �0 MICHAE Of MgSS9c = I7F rylgss g TRICKETT o� PAUL D. yGN gcti v ELECTRIC z SULLIVAN 9���� All rte*+ ,9 No.41 2 v MN H4ANICAI y !�pE P14 TEGTION Na 4 ' SS/ONAL ypt" L Project Manual For 1 Pioneer Valley Transit Authority Northampton, Massachusetts SY rx af vs beive TRANSIT MAINTENANCE FACILITY ADMINISTRATION RECONFIGURATION AND ADDITION DAFi�/Y�ye kdo.3950 N _ 4 M � �M OF � rHOFM RICKM CAMPBELL "` e STRUCTURAL. '" l Na 38256 - .. prepared Oy. NT AL/INF/�gs� 9 Z west8fiv,101.0son ESTABLISHED '� When it's essential...it's Weston&Sampson en1GINEERIN4G BID DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL Date of Issue: July 15, 2013